Iliad; books 13-24. With notes by D.B. Monro

G LOVOOELO 1921 €

HOU

OLNOHOL 40 ALISH3AINN

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2008 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/iliadbooks1324wi1324homeuoft

} ven i

ΡΜ
δ | ‘ ἢ

}

Lite ft

"
᾿

Clarendon Press Series

POU ER

ILIAD, BOOKS XILI-XXIV

». B. MONRO

HENRY FROWDE, M.A.
PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY OF OxFoRD
LONDON, EDINBURGH, NEW YORK

TORONTO AND MELBOURNE

\

Eflarendon Presse Sertes

ἘΓΟΣ ΜΙ ΕΣ

περι BOOKS ΧΧΧΙΝ

WITH NOTES
BY

D.- B.. MONRO; M.A.

PROVOST OF ORIEL COLLEGE, OXFORD

HON. LL.D. (GLASGOW); HON. D.LITT. (DUBLIN)

FOURTH EDITION, REVISED

OXFORD np
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

M DCCCC ΠῚ

OXFORD
PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

BY HORACE HART, M.A.
PRINTER. TO THE UNIVERSITY

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.

--------

THE present volume completes the school edition of the
Iliad, the first part of which was published at the Clarendon
Press in 1884. The plan of the commentary is substantially the
same, but I have assumed that my readers are no longer
troubled by the first difficulties of Homeric language.

As in the case of the preceding volume the notes have had
the advantage of being revised by Mr. R. W. Raper, to whom
my best thanks are due.

D. B. M.

OXFORD, October 14, 1888.

Pw hACE. -[O-— THE” THIRD, EDEIDION.

—. oe

IN this edition the text and notes have been carefully revised.
In the introduction to the notes on Book XVIII an attempt has
been made to show how the questions relating to Homeric Art
have been affected by recent discoveries at Mycenae and else-
where.

OXFORD, September 11, 1893.

CON PEN TLS:

ILIAD, Books XIII-XXIV

NOTES

IAIAAOZ N.

Mayy ἐπὶ ταῖς ναυσΐν.

A 3 a t
Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν Τρῶάς re καὶ “Ἕκτορα νηυσὶ πέλασσε,
\ Ν x Ν “ , + At) / N Dae SN
τυὺς μὲν ἔα Tapa τῇσι πόνον τ᾽ ἐχέμεν Kal ὀϊζὺν
, 9) τ Ν 4 ἵν ») ’
νωλεμέως, αὑτὸς δὲ πάλιν τρέπεν ὄσσε φαεινῶώ,
νόσφιν ἐφ᾽ ἱπποπόλων Θρῃκῶν καθορώμενος αἷαν
Μυσῶν 7 ἀγχεμάχων καὶ ἀγαυῶν ἹἹππημολγῶν 5
γλακτοφάγων, ᾿Αβίων τε, δικαιοτάτων ἀνθρώπων.
> , ἌΡ τς " ᾿ » Pe
es Τροίην δ᾽ ov πάμπαν ἔτι τρέπεν ὄσσε φαεινῷ
᾽ Ν ig ee) , 3) S/F A XX Ν
οὐ yap ὅ γ᾽ ἀθανάτων τιν᾽ ἐέλπετο ὃν κατὰ θυμὸν
ΕἾ nN a
eAOovT’ ἢ Τρώεσσιν ἀρηξέμεν ἢ Δαναοῖσιν.
Οὐδ᾽ ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε κρείων ἐνοσίχθων" 10
ον ὌΝ ε “ - , , ’
καὶ γὰρ ὁ θαυμάζων ἧστο πτόλεμόν τε μάχην τε
« νι ELT (ὦ / fad , [4 /
ὑψοῦ ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς Σάμου ὑληέσσης
Θρηϊκίης" ἔνθεν γὰρ ἐφαίνετο πᾶσα μὲν ἤδη,
’ Xx , , Ν na 3 lal
φαίνετο δὲ Πριάμοιο πόλις καὶ νῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν.
ἔνθ᾽ dp ὅ γ᾽ ἐξ ἁλὸς ἕζετ’ ἰών, ἐλέαιρε δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 15
Τρωσὶν δαμναμένους, Διὶ δὲ κρατερῶς ἐνεμέσσα.
Αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὄρεος κατεβήσετο παιπαλόεντος
κραιπνὰ ποσὶ προβιβάς" τρέμε δ᾽ οὔρεα μακρὰ καὶ ὕλη
οἵ τὸς Πα / / 77
ποσσὶν ὑπ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι ἸΤοσειδάωνος ἰόντος.
Ν Ν Sif, ede et 4 Ν ΩΝ , “ ,
τρὶς μὲν ὀρέξατ᾽ ἰών, τὸ δὲ τέτρατον ἵκετο τέκμωρ, 20
Αἰγάς" ἔνθα δέ οἱ κλυτὰ δώματα βένθεσι λίμνης
χρύσεα μαρμαίροντα τετεύχαται, ἄφθιτα αἰεί.

ἔνθ᾽ ἐλθὼν tm ὄχεσφι τιτύσκετο χαλκοποδ᾽ ἵππω,
VOL. Il. B

2 13. IATAAOS N.

ὠκυπέτα, χρυσέῃσι» ἐθείρησιν κομόωντε,
Ν .᾽ Che ok “Ὁ \ fh / YM Ὁ /
χρυσὸν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔδυνε περὶ χροΐ, γέντο δ᾽ ἱμάσθλην
ὔ Μ τ Lo Way ee) "4 /
χρυσείην εὔτυκτον, ἑοῦ δ᾽ ἐπεβήσετο δίφρου,
βῆ δ᾽ ἐλάαν ἐπὶ κύματ᾽" ἄταλλε δὲ κήτε᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ
’ - n x9) 5 ᾽ὔ Ν
πάντοθεν ἐκ κευθμῶν, οὐδ᾽ ἠγνοίησεν ἄνακτα"
γηθοσύνῃ δὲ θάλασσα διίστατο: τοὶ δ᾽ ἐπέτοντο
ῥίμφα μάλ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ὑπένερθε διαίνετο χάλκεος ἄξων'
Ν Ἐν "5 a “ 5... / “
τὸν ὃ ἐς ᾿Αχαιῶν νῆας ἐὕὔσκαρθμοι φέρον ἵπποι.
Ἔστι δέ τι σπέος εὐρὺ βαθείης βένθεσι λίμνης,
μεσσηγὺς Tevédo.o καὶ Ἴμβρου παιπαλοέσσης"
ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους ἔστησε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων
λύσας ἐξ ὀχέων, παρὰ δ᾽ ἀμβρόσιον βάλεν εἶδαρ
ἔδμεναι" ἀμφὶ δὲ ποσσὶ πέδας ἔβαλε χρυσείας,
5 , 5 (a μ > ΟΝ μὴ /
ἀρρήκτους ἀλύτους, ὄφρ᾽ ἔμπεδον αὖθι μένοιεν
΄ " eat ec) \ ¥ 5.5 a
νοστήσαντα ἄνακτα' ὁ δ᾽ ἐς στρατὸν ὥχετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.
Τρῶες δὲ φλογὶ ἴσοι ἀολλέες ἠὲ θυέλλῃ
"E ll (ὃ Dy cat “
κτορι ΤΠριαμίδῃ ἄμοτον μεμαῶτες ἕποντο,
" 5. ΣΝ ἊΝ Ἐν ᾽ a
ἄβρομοι aviaxou ἔλποντο δὲ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
αἱρήσειν, κτενέειν δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτόθι πάντας ἀρίστους.
5 Ἂς / , 3 4
ἀλλὰ Ποσειδάων γαιήοχος ἐννοσίγαιος
᾿Αργείους ὥτρυνε, βαθείης ἐξ ἁλὸς ἐλθών,
et t D \ 9 , aN
εἰσάμενος Κάλχαντι δέμας καὶ ἀτειρέα φωνήν
Αἴαντε πρώτω προσέ ἐμαῶτε καὶ αὐτώ'
ἢ b
“Αἴαντε, σφὼ μέν Te σαώσετε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
PJ Lad / Ν tal ,
ἀλκῆς μνησαμένω, μηδὲ κρυεροῖο φόβοιο.
BA Ἂς Ν 5 Τὰ 3 > / a SP,
ἄλλῃ μὲν yap ἐγώ γ᾽ ov δείδια χεῖρας ἀάπτους
Τρώων, ot μέγα τεῖχος ὑπερκατέβησαν ὁμίλῳ"
d ἽΝ / 3s / 3 7.
ἕξουσιν γὰρ πάντας ἐϊκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί
a / 7
τῇ δὲ δὴ αἰνότατον περιδείδια μή τι πάθωμεν,
Θ'. €3° Ὁ 3) δ ᾿ \ 3 ς Ἂ
ἢ ῥ᾽ ὃ γ᾽ ὃ λυσσώδης φλογὶ εἴκελος ἡγεμονεύει,
“ A Ν Μ aS / ἢ.» Φ
Extwp, ὃς Διὸς εὔχετ᾽ ἐρισθενέος πάϊς εἶναι.
fat na ’
σφῶϊν δ᾽ ὧδε θεῶν τις ἐνὶ φρεσὶ ποιήσειεν

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

13. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ν.

a /
αὐτώ θ᾽ ἑστάμεναι κρατερῶς καὶ ἀνωγέμεν ἄλλους"
τῷ κε καὶ ἐσσύμενόν περ ἐρωήσαιτ᾽ ἀπὸ νηῶν
3 , > / ? ,ὔ δος 3 7 ΕΣ]
ὠκυπόρων, εἰ καί μιν ᾽Ολύμπιος αὐτὸς ἐγείρει.
Ἢ, καὶ σκηπανίῳ γαιήοχος ἐννοσίγαιος
ἀμφοτέρω κεκοπὼς πλῆσεν μένεος κρατεροῖο,
γυῖα δ᾽ ἔθηκεν ἐλαφρά, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν.
SEAN 7 a ¥ eo? 2 > “
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὥς τ᾽ ἴρηξ ὠκύπτερος ὦρτο πέτεσθαι,
[v4 ue See ay Sf, / / 3 ‘
ὅς ῥά τ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αἰγίλιπος πέτρης περιμήκεος ἀρθεὶς
ς , 7 , » "
ὁρμήσῃ πεδίοιο διώκειν ὄρνεον ἄλλο,
ὡς ἀπὸ τῶν ἤϊξε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων.
τοῖιν δ᾽ ἔγνω πρόσθεν ’Oidijos ταχὺς Αἴας,
αἷψα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἴαντα προσέφη Τελαμώνιον υἱόν"
“Αἴἷαν, ἐπεί τις νῶϊ θεῶν, οἱ "OdAvpTOV ἔχουσι,
, “ δ... » / Ν SN
μάντεϊ εἰδόμενος κέλεται παρὰ νηυσὶ μάχεσθαι,
οὐδ᾽ ὅ γε Κάλχας ἐστί, θεοπρόπος οἰωνιστής"
» Ν , an ON /
ἴχνια yap μετόπισθε ποδῶν ἠδὲ κνημάων
(Seta: eae 3 , > ener Ν ,
pet ἔγνων ἀπιόντος" ἀρίγνωτοι δὲ θεοί rep:
καὶ δ᾽ ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλοισι
μᾶλλον ἐφορμᾶται πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι,
s ae, , \ cal [τ ”
μαιμώωσι δ᾽ ἔνερθε πόδες καὶ χεῖρες ὕπερθε.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη Τελαμώγιος Αἴας"
«(ρὕτω νῦν καὶ ἐμοὶ περὶ δούρατι χεῖρες ἄαπτοι
μαιμῶσιν, καί μοι μένος ὥρορε, νέρθε δὲ ποσσὶν
ἔσσυμαι ἀμφοτέροισι" μενοινώω δὲ καὶ οἷος
Ἕκτορι Πριαμίδῃ ἄμοτον μεμαῶτι μάχεσθαι."
“Qs οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον,
χάρμῃ γηθόσυνοι, τήν σφιν θεὸς ἔμβαλε θυμῷ"
δ' Ν Ν wv / > ᾽ 7
τόφρα δὲ τοὺς ὄπιθεν γαιήοχος ὦρσεν ᾿Αχαιούς,
ἃ Ἂς \ Lal 3 / / >
οἱ παρὰ νηυσὶ Oojnow ἀνέψυχον φίλον ἦτορ.
a / tal
τῶν ῥ᾽ ἅμα τ᾽ ἀργαλέῳ καμάτῳ φίλα γυῖα λέλυντο,
, LA Ν Ν S27. /
καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο δερκομένοισι

Τρῶας, τοὶ μέγα τεῖχος ὑπερκατέβησαν ὁμίλῳ.
Β 2

60

7°

Bo

oo
τι

4 13 IATAAOS N.

τοὺς of γ᾽ εἰσορόωντες ὑπ᾽ ὀφρύσι δάκρυα λεῖβον"
οὐ γὰρ ἔφαν φεύξεσθαι ὑπὲκ κακοῦ" ἀλλ᾽ ἐνοσίχθων
ῥεῖα μετεισάμενος κρατερὰς ὥτρυνε φάλαγγας. 9°
Τεῦκρον ἔπι πρῶτον καὶ Λήϊτον ἦλθε. κελεύων
Πηνέλεών θ᾽ ἥρωα Θόαντά τε Δηΐπυρόν τε
Μηριόνην τε καὶ ᾿Αντίλοχον, μήστωρας ἀὑὐτῆς"
τοὺς ὅ γ᾽ ἐποτρύνων ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
τ ΓΝ Δ Ἐν, a a Pee teeta
αἰδώς, ᾿Αργεῖοι, κοῦροι νέοι ὕμμιν ἐγώ γε 95
μαρναμένοισι πέποιθα σαωσέμεναι νέας ἀμάς"
εἰ δ᾽ ὑμεῖς πολέμοιο μεθήσετε λευγαλέοιο,
νῦν δὴ εἴδεται ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι.
x , Φ / n 45) > cal € lol
® πόποι, ἢ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι,
x , A oy ΣΕ UE , "
δεινόν, ὃ οὔ TOT ἐγώ ye τελευτήσεσθαι ἔφασκον, 100
Τρῶας ἐφ᾽ ἡμετέρας ἰέναι νέας, οἱ τὸ πάρος περ
φυζακινῇς ἐλάφοισιν ἐοίκεσαν, αἵ τε καθ᾽ ὕλην
θώων παρδαλίων τε λύκων τ᾽ ἤϊα πέλονται
y+ > E νὰ 4.) κν /
αὕτως ἠλάσκουσαι ἀνάλκιδες, οὐδ᾽ ETL χαρμη"
ὡς Τρῶες τὸ πρίν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ᾿Αχαιῶν 105
’ 3 3 / 5 , 35. 3 ,
μίμνειν οὐκ ἐθέλεσκον ἐναντίον, οὐδ᾽ ἡβαιόν"
a NEES ‘ 7 3. ἢ Ν “
νῦν δὲ ἑκὰς πόλιος κοίλῃς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ μάχονται
ἡγεμόνος κακότητι μεθημοσύνῃσί τε λαῶν,
ol κείνῳ ἐρίσαντες ἀμυνέμεν οὐκ ἐθέλουσι
fal 5 , 5 Ν , ra) > if
νηῶν ὠκυπόρων, ἀλλὰ κτείνονται ay αὐτὰς. 110
> 3 εἰ Ν ‘ / Say, Μ , ΕῚ
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δὴ καὶ πάμπαν ἐτήτυμον αἴτιός ἐστιν
e 93 oh
ἥρως ᾿Ατρεΐδης, εὐρυκρείων "Ayapeuvar,
vA -) i) /, , oh
οὕνεκ᾽ ἀπητίμησε ποδώκεα Πηλεΐωνα,
« 7 9 Μ wv / /
ἡμέας γ᾽ ov πως ἔστι μεθιέμεναι πολέμοιο.
ἀλλ᾽ ἀκεώμεθα θᾶσσον" ἀκεσταί τοι φρένες ἐσθλῶν. τι
ὑμεῖς δ᾽ οὐκέτι καλὰ μεθίετε θούριδος ἀλκῆς
2 Le, } Ν ’ 999 ἃ 3 ’
πάντες ἄριστοι ἐόντες ἀνὰ στρατόν. οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγώ γε
3 ‘ / ev / 7
ἀνδρὶ μαχεσσαίμην ὅς τις πολέμοιο μεθείη
λυγρὸς ἐών" ὑμῖν δὲ νεμεσσῶμαι περὶ κῆρι.

13. IAIAAOS N.

Pate , , Ν , val
ὦ πέπονες, τάχα δή τι κακὸν ποιήσετε μεῖζον
τῇδε μεθημοσύνῃ" ἀλλ᾽ ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε ἕκαστος
αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν" δὴ γὰρ μέγα νεῖκος ὄρωρεν.
Ἕκτωρ δὴ παρὰ νηυσὶ βοὴν ἀγαθὸς πολεμίζει

, Ν / ‘ Ν eC. eee
καρτερός, ἔρρηξεν δὲ πύλας καὶ μακρὸν ὀχῆα.

“Ὡς ῥα κελευτιόων γαιήοχος ὦρσεν ᾿Αχαιούς.
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἴαντας δοιοὺς ἵσταντο φάλαγγες
καρτεραί, ἃς οὔτ᾽ ἄν κεν “Apns ὀνόσαιτο μετελθὼν
οὔτε x’ ᾿Αθηναίη λαοσσόος" οἱ γὰρ ἄριστοι
κρινθέντες Τρῶάς τε καὶ Ἕκτορα δῖον ἔμιμνον,

ἢ , , t Panis , Ἢ
φράξαντες δόρυ δουρί, σάκος σάκεϊ προθελύμνῳ
5 Ν τα Tee) 72 of , , ie eC ΦΥ͂ AES
ἀσπὶς ἄρ᾽ ἀσπίδ᾽ ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα 6 ἀνὴρ

a ᾽ς , , tal !
ψαῦον δ᾽ ἱππόκομοι κόρυθες λαμπροῖσι φάλοισι

, ε ἊΝ 1,9 ,ὔ 2 ,
νευόντων, ὡς πυκνοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἀλλήλοισιν"
ΝΜ 2.49 /, UY CSS n
ἔγχεα δ᾽ ἐπτύσσοντο θρασειάων ἀπὸ χειρῶν
σειόμεν᾽" οἱ δ᾽ ἰθὺς φρόνεον, μέμασαν δὲ μάχεσθαι.

Τρῶες δὲ προὔτυψαν ἀολλέες, ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Extwp
᾽ ς , 2 , ‘A 4, Σὰ ;᾽
ἀντικρὺ μεμαώς, ὀλοοίτροχος ὡς ἀπὸ πέτρης,

Ὁ Xs 4 \ / Ψ
ὅν τε κατὰ στεφάνης ποταμὸς χειμάρροος ὥσῃ,
ce > , » 9 : yv , ϑ
ῥήξας ἀσπέτῳ ὄμβρῳ ἀναιδέος ἔχματα πέτρης
ὕψι δ᾽ ἀναθρῴσκων πέτεται, κτυπέει δέ θ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ
ὕλη" ὁ δ᾽ ἀσφαλέως θέει ἔμπεδον, ἧος ἵκηται
9 , , ’ » Δ 3 , ,
ἰσόπεδον, τότε δ᾽ οὔ τι κυλίνδεται ἐσσύμενός TEP"
ὡς Ἕκτωρ ἧος μὲν ἀπείλει μέχρι θαλάσσης
ῥέα διελεύσεσθαι κλισίας καὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν

, ’ >, Ν cy Siar Ki t
κτείνων" ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πυκινῇς ἐνέκυρσε φάλαγξι,
στῆ ῥα μάλ᾽ ἐγχριμφθείς" οἱ δ᾽ ἀντίοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν

, ,ὔ 4 ᾿ς ὁ «Ὁ > ,
νύσσοντες ξίφεσίν τε καὶ ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισιν
ΩΣ 4... Pane te , ,
ὥὦσαν ἀπὸ σφείων" ὁ δὲ χασσάμενος πελεμίχθη.

Ye \ , , ’

ἤνυσεν δὲ διαπρύσιον Τρώεσσι γεγωνως"
“Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταΐί,
παρμένετ᾽" οὔ τοι δηρὸν ἐμὲ σχήσουσιν ᾿Αχαιοΐ,

120

130

135

140

145

150

6 | 13. IAIAAOS N.

καὶ μάλα πυργηδὸν σφέας αὐτοὺς ἀρτύναντες,
> 9. 9h t ΕΣ tee YJ
αλλ΄, OW, χάσσονται UT EYXEOS, εἰ ETEOY με
> fal Ν ΕΝ: , “ 3)
ὧρσε θεῶν ὦριστος, ἐρίγδουπος πόσις ᾿Ἡρης.
ἃ 2 Ν ΝΜ / Ἂς, Ν ε /
Ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.
Δηΐφοβος δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι μέγα φρονέων ἐβεβήκει
, > > / / >) 4.
Πριαμίδης, πρόσθεν δ᾽ ἔχεν ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην,
lal \ a Ane / ,
κοῦφα ποσὶ προβιβὰς καὶ ὑπασπίδια προποδίζων.
, > > lal ’ A a
Μηριόνης 6 αὐτοῖο τιτύσκετο δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
καὶ βάλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτε, κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην
ταυρείην" τῆς δ᾽ οὔ τι διήλασεν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρὶν
ἐν καυλῷ ἐάγη δολιχὸν δόρυ: Δηΐφοβος δὲ
> 77> Ψ' Κ᾽ Sa ΩΝ Ney, al Ν “
ἀσπίδα ταυρεΐην σχέθ΄ ἀπὸ ἕο, δεῖσε δὲ θυμῷ
" ; , ὦ re PES ht ek Tate)
ἔγχος Μηριόναο δαΐφρονος" αὐτὰρ 6 γ᾽ ἥρως
ἂψ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο, χώσατο δ᾽ αἰνῶς
> , ’ὔ Ws ὰ ,
ἀμφότερον, νίκης τε καὶ ἔγχεος ὃ ξυνέαξε.
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι παρά τε κλισίας καὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
οἰσόμενος δόρυ μακρόν, ὅ οἱ κλισίηφι λέλειπτο.
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι μάρναντο, βοὴ δ᾽ ἄσβεστος ὀρώρει.
Tevxpos δὲ πρῶτος Τελαμώνιος ἄνδρα κατέκτα,
’ oh
Ἴμβριον αἰχμητήν, πολυΐππου Μέντορος υἱόν"
ναῖε δὲ Πήδαιον, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν,
κούρην δὲ Πριάμοιο νόθην ἔχε, Μηδεσικάστην"
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ Δαναῶν νέες ἤλυθον ἀμφιέλισσαι,
a Ν
ayy εἰς Ἴλιον ἦλθε, μετέπρεπε δὲ Τρώεσσι,
Ὁ Ν / e ε , > ’
ναῖε δὲ πὰρ Πριάμῳ" ὁ δέ μιν τίεν ἶσα τέκεσσι.
τόν ῥ᾽ υἱὸς Τελαμῶνος ὑπ᾽ οὔατος ἔγχεϊ 3
ῥ μῶνος ὑπ᾽ οὔατος ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ

7 δ᾽ 5 3. » 3 a 3
νύξ᾽, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔσπασεν ἔγχος" ὁ δ᾽ ait ἔπεσεν μελίη ὥς,

cf 9.» “

1] T ὄρεος κορυφῇ ἕκαθεν περιφαινομένοιο

χαλκῷ ταμνομένη τέρενα χθονὶ φύλλα πελάσσῃ"

Δ - Ul 3 \ ὃ , c / ’ ir a“
Os πέσεν, ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ βράχε τεύχεα ποικίλα χαλκῷ.
r fal 3 “

Γεῦκρος δ᾽ ὡρμήθη μεμαὼς ἀπὸ τεύχεα δῦσαι"

ui 3 tel
“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὁρμηθέντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ.

155

160

170

175

180

13. IAIAAOS Ν.

ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος

τυτθόν" ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αμφίμαχον, Κτεάτου vi’ ᾿Ακτορίωνος,

ΡΣ Py) ΄)χ
νισόμενον πόλεμόνδε κατὰ στῆθος βάλε δουρί

, Ν , πον, ἃς , δι ee) Spar
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ TEvXE ET αὐτῷ.

“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡρμήθη κόρυθα κροτάφοις ἀραρυῖαν
κρατὸς ἀφαρπάξαι μεγαλήτορος ᾿Αμφιμάχοιο"
Αἴας δ᾽ ὁρμηθέντος ὀρέξατο δουρὶ φαεινῷ

185

190

"Extopos’ ἀλλ᾽ ov πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο, Tas δ᾽ ἄρα χαλκῷ

> »+

‘opepoadrew κεκάλυφθ᾽" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀσπίδος ὀμφαλὸν otra,

ὧσε δέ μιν σθένεϊ μεγάλῳ ὃ δὲ χάσσατ᾽ ὀπίσσω
μ μεγαλς Χ

νεκρῶν ἀμφοτέρων, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξείρυσσαν ᾿Αχαιοί.
᾿Αμφίμαχον μὲν ἄρα Στιχίος δῖός τε Μενεσθεύς,
3 Wir , , Ν Ν > an
ἀρχοὶ ᾿Αθηναίων, κόμισαν μετὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν"
Ἴμβριον αὖτ᾽ Αἴαντε, μεμαότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς,

e 4) a , “- 4 Nea

ὥς Te δύ᾽ αἶγα λέοντε κυνῶν ὕπο καρχαροδόντων
ε / / 5 δ Taw /
ἁρπάξαντε φέρητον ava ῥωπήϊα πυκνά,

ὑψοῦ ὑπὲρ γαίης μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔχοντε,

Ὁ“ «ε Ν ε ΝΣ. , » Ν

ὥς ῥα τὸν ὑψοῦ ἔχοντε δύω Αἴαντε κορυστὰ
τεύχεα συλήτην᾽ κεφαλὴν δ᾽ ἁπαλῆς ἀπὸ δειρῆς
κόψεν ᾿Οἰϊλιάδης, κεχολωμένος ᾿Αμφιμάχοιο,
ἧκε δέ μιν σφαιρηδὸν ἑλιξάμενος Ov ὁμίλου"

σ Ν oat α fa fd 2 ,
Εκτορι δὲ προπάροιθε ποδῶν πέσεν EV κονίῃσι.»
Καὶ τότε δὴ περὶ κῆρι Ποσειδάων ἐχολώθη

υἱωνοῖο πεσόντος ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι,

Led ree Be Ld 7, Ν a 2 a
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι παρά τε κλισίας καὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
> , lA , X / > »
ὀτρυνέων Δαναούς, Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε ἔτευχεν.
᾿Ιδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ δουρικλυτὸς ἀντεβόλησεν,
5 , x» € , Ὁ «ε , 5 ᾿
ἐρχόμενος παρ᾽ ἑταίρου, ὅ οἱ νέον ἐκ πολέμοιο
> 79 , 2 , 3 5 aa a
ἦλθε κατ᾽ ἰγνύην βεβλημένος ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ.

Ν Ss ε -» » ς ἌΝ a 5 ,

TOV μὲν ἑταῖροι ἔνεικαν, ὃ δ᾽ ἰητροῖς ἐπιτείλας
ΓΝ 3 ΜΈΣ τ στ᾿ Ν , ,

ἥϊεν ἐς κλισίην" ἔτι γὰρ πολέμοιο μενοίνα

3 (Moat \ Ν , , > ,
ἀντιάαν᾽ τὸν δὲ προσέφη κρείων ἐνοσίχθων,

108

200

210

218

8 13. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ν,

εἰσάμενος φθογγὴν ᾿Ανδραίμονος vti Θόαντι,
4 a “a a
ds πάσῃ Πλευρῶνι καὶ αἰπεινῇ Καλυδῶνι
“ rs
Alrwdotow ἄνασσε, θεὸς δ᾽ ds τίετο δήμῳ"
“Ἰδομενεῦ, Κρητῶν βουληφόρε, ποῦ τοι ἀπειλαὶ
οἴχονται, τὰς Τρωσὶν ἀπείλεον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν ;”
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεύς, Κρητῶν ἀγός, ἀντίον ηὔδα"
oc ® , ν Ν, a > ν ind ie .
ὦ Odar, ov τις ἀνὴρ νῦν γ᾽ αἴτιος, ὅσσον ἐγώ ye
γιγνώσκω" πάντες γὰρ ἐπιστάμεθα πτολεμίζειν.
¥ x ld 3 , ¥ »
οὔτε τινὰ δέος ἴσχει ἀκήριον οὔτε τις ὄκνῳ
εἴκων ἀνδύεται πόλεμον κακόν ἀλλά που οὕτω
μέλλει δὴ φίλον εἶναι ὑπερμενέϊ Κρονίωνι,
γνωνύμνους ἀπολέσθαι ἀπ᾽ “Apyeos ἐνθάδ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς.
5» , La Ἀ Ἂς Ἂν | $7 few ἣν
ἀλλά, Θόαν, καὶ γὰρ τὸ πάρος μενεδήϊος ἦσθα,
ὀτρύνεις δὲ καὶ ἄλλον, ὅθι μεθιέντα ἴδηαι"
“ = eS N έλ ? Ne Ld »
τῷ νῦν μὴτ᾽ ἀπόληγε κέλευέ TE φωτὶ ἑκαστῳ.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων"
1 X
© TSoueved, μὴ κεῖνος ἀνὴρ ἔτι νοστήσειεν
ἐκ Τροίης, ἀλλ᾽ αὖθι κυνῶν μέλπηθρα γένοιτο,
“Ὁ Ψ ἂν Ν , ,
ὅς τις ἐπ᾿ ἤματι τῷδε ἑκὼν μεθίησι μάχεσθαι.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε τεύχεα δεῦρο λαβὼν ἴθι" ταῦτα δ᾽ ἅμα χρὴ
σπεύδειν, αἴ κ᾿ ὄφελός τι γενώμεθα καὶ δύ᾽ ἐόντε.
συμφερτὴ δ᾽ ἀρετὴ πέλει ἀνδρῶν καὶ μάλα λυγρῶν"
voi δὲ καί κ' ἀγαθοῖσιν ἐπισταίμεσθα μάχεσθαι."
“Os εἰπὼν 6 μὲν αὗτις ἔβη θεὸς ἂμ πόνον ἀνδρῶν"
Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κλισίην εὔτυκτον ἵκανε;
δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ περὶ χροΐ, γέντο δὲ δοῦρε,
“ον " “͵ν ᾿ - » ᾿
βὴ δ᾽ ἴμεν ἀστεροπῇ ἐναλίγκιος, ἣν τε Κρονίων
χειρὶ λαβὼν ἐτίναξεν ἀπ᾽ αἰγλήεντος ᾽Ολύμπου,
δεικνὺς σῆμα βροτοῖσιν" ἀρίζηγλοι δέ οἱ αὐγαί"
ὡς τοῦ χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε περὶ στήθεσσι θέοντος.
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ θεράπων ἐὺς ἀντεβόλησεν
ἐγγὺς ἔτι κλισίης" μετὰ γὰρ δόρυ χάλκεον ἤει

te
be
ο

225

230

235

240

745

13. IATAAOS N.

οἰσόμενος" Tov δὲ προσέφη σθένος ᾿Ιδομενῆος"

-- Μηριόνη, Μόλου υἱέ, πόδας ταχύ, φίλταθ᾽ ἑταίρων,
τίπτ᾽ ἦλθες πόλεμόν τε λιπὼν καὶ δηίνίτα; -

ἠέ τι βέβληαι, βέλεος δέ σε τείρει ἀκωκή,

ἣέ τευ ἀγγελίης μετ᾽ ἔμ᾽ ἤλυθες ; οὐδέ τοι αὐτὸς
ἦσθαι ἐνὶ κλισίησι λιλαίομαι, ἀλλὰ μάχεσθαι."

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Μηριόνης πεπνυμένος ar ίον ηὔδα"
«εἸδομενεῦ, Κρητῶν βουληφόρε χαλκοχιτώνων,
ἔρχομαι, εἴ τί τοι ἔγχος ἐνὶ κλισίῃσι λέλειπται,
οἱσόμενος" τό rv γὰρ κατεάξαμεν, ὃ πρὶν ἔχεσκον,
ἀσπίδα Δηϊφόβοιο βαλὼν ὑπερηνορέοντος.᾽

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεύς, Κρητῶν ἀγός, ἀντίον ηὔδα"
κ᾿ ——— δ᾽, αἴ x’ ἐθέλῃσθα, καὶ ἐν καὶ εἴκοσι δήεις
ἑσταότ᾽ ἐν κλισίῃ πρὸς ἐνώπια παμφανόωντα,
Τρώϊα, τὰ κταμένων ἀποαίνυμαι: οὐ γὰρ ὀΐω
ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ἑκὰς ἱστάμενος πολεμίζειν.
τῷ μοι δούρατά τ᾽ ἔστι καὶ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι,
καὶ κόρυθες καὶ θώρηκες λαμπρὸν γανόωντες."

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Μηριόνης πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα"

“ καί τοι ἐμοὶ παρά τε κλισίῃ καὶ νηὶ μελαίνῃ
πόλλ᾽ ἔναρα Τρώων" ἀλλ᾽ οὐ σχεδόν ἐστιν ἑλέσθαι.
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδ᾽ ἐμέ φημι λελασμένον ἔμμεναι ἀλκῆς,
ἀλλὰ μετὰ πρώτοισι μάχην ἀνὰ κυδιάνειραν
ἵσταμαι, ὁππότε νεῖκος ὀρώρηται πολέμοιο.

ἄλλον πού τινα μᾶλλον ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
λήθω μαρνάμενος, σὲ δὲ ἴδμεναι αὐτὸν ὀΐω."

Τὸν» δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Ἰδομενεύς, Κρητῶν ἀγός, ἀντίον ηὔδα"

« οἶδ᾽ ἀρετὴν οἷός ἐσσι" τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι;
εἰ γὰρ νῦν παρὰ νηυσὶ λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι
ἐς λόχον, ἔνθα μάλιστ᾽ ἀρετὴ διαείδεται ἀνδρῶν,
ἔνθ᾽ ὅ τε δειλὸς ἀνὴρ ὅς τ᾽ ἄλκιμος ἐξεφαάνθη"

τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ,

-Ὡ
on
uw

260

wu
Oo
uw

270

τ,
=]
on

10 13. IAIAAOS N.

al 5 / 3. ἢ \ ,
ουοε OL atpepas ἧσθαι ἐρητύετ᾽ ἐν φρεσὶ θυμός,
5 3 ,
ἀλλὰ μετοκλάζει καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους πόδας ἵζει,
ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη μεγάλα στέρνοισι πατάσσει

fol oo 3
κῆρας ὀϊομένῳ, πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ᾽ ὀδόντων"
na) 3 a wo 9K / Ν ἢ ΄
τοῦ δ᾽ ἀγαθοῦ οὔτ᾽ ap τρέπεται χρὼς οὔτε τι λίην
o 3 Ν “ 5 / , 5) lal
ταρβεῖ, ἐπειδὰν πρῶτον ἐσίζηται λόχον ἀνδρῶν,
ἀρᾶται δὲ τάχιστα μιγήμεναι ἐν δαὶ λυγρῇ"
οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοϊτο.
ν A ta] / 3 ’
εἴ περ γάρ κε βλεῖο πονεύμενος ἠὲ τυπείης,

Teoh ,

οὐκ ἂν ἐν αὐχέν᾽ ὄπισθε πέσοι βέλος οὐδ᾽ ἐνὶ νώτῳ,
“ ᾿ A” / “Ν ’ 3 ,
ἀλλά κεν ἢ στέρνων ἢ νηδύος ἀντιάσειε
πρόσσω ἱεμένοιο μετὰ προμάχων ὀαριστύν.
5) > ἡ , a γι: ΄ A
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, MNKETL ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὡς
ἑσταότες, μή πού τις ὑπερφιάλως νεμεσήσῃ"
ἀλλὰ σύ γε κλισίηνδε κιὼν ἕλευ ὄβριμον ἔγχος."
Ως φάτο, Μηριόνης δὲ θοῷ ἀτάλαντος "Αρηϊ
4 , 5 ’ὔ / ”
καρπαλίμως κλισίηθεν ἀνείλετο χάλκεον ἔγχος,
lal Ν ES: “ 2 / Ie
βῆ δὲ pet ᾿Ιδομενῆα μέγα πτολέμοιο μεμηλώς.
οἷος δὲ βροτολοιγὸς "Αρης πόλεμόνδε μέτεισι,

n Ν ’ CN ed Ν b Pee) Ἂς
τῷ δὲ Φόβος φίλος υἱὸς ἅμα κρατερὸς καὶ ἀταρβὴς
2 Ὁ
ἕσπετο, ὅς T ἐφόβησε ταλάφρονά περ πολεμιστήν"
τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐκ Θρήκης ᾿Εφύρους μέτα θωρήσσεσθον,
ὟΝ N , , μι 25) ¥ ,
ἠὲ μετὰ Φλεγύας μεγαλήτορας᾽ οὐδ᾽ dpa τώ ye
” >) , εἰ ἢ Ν “ Μ“
ἐκλυον ἀμφοτέρων, ἑτέροισι δὲ κῦδος ἔδωκαν"

“Ὁ , ν 3 , 5 Aa? nr
τοῖοι Μηριόνης τε καὶ ᾿Ιδομενεύς, ἀγοὶ ἀνδρῶν,

Hee 5 , / » Ὡς
ἡΐσαν ἐς πόλεμον κεκορυθμένοι αἴθοπι χαλκῷ.
τὸν καὶ Μηριόνης πρότερος πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπε:
“ Δευκαλίδη, πῇ T Gp μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον "
nate eS , \ IN LT EOIN t
ἢ ἐπὶ δεξιόφιν παντὸς στρατοῦ, ἢ ἀνὰ μέσσους,
ἢ ἐπ᾽ ἀριστεβόφιν ; ἐπεὶ οὔ ποθι ἔλπομαι οὕτω
δεύεσθαι πολέμοιο κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς."
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεύς, Κρητῶν ἀγός, ἀντίον ηὔδα'

——

280

290

300

35

310

13. [AIAAOZ N.

“ Ν LY , , - 5" A A ”

νηυσὶ μὲν ἐν μέσσῃσιν ἀμύνειν εἰσὶ καὶ ἄλλοι,
Alavrés τε δύω Τεῦκρός θ᾽, ὃς ἄριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν
τοξοσύνῃ, ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ ἐν σταδίῃ ὑσμίνῃ"

n, ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ n ὑσμίνῃ

“ ed 3 , YS , 7
οἵ μιν ἅδην ἐλόωσι καὶ ἐσσύμενον πολέμοιο,
Ἕκτορα Πριαμίδην, καὶ εἰ μάλα καρτερός ἐστιν.
αἰπύ οἱ ἐσσεῖται μάλα περ μεμαῶτι μάχεσθαι
κείνων νικήσαντι μένος καὶ χεῖρας ἀάπτους
νῆας ἐνιπρῆσαι, ὅτε μὴ αὐτός γε Κρονίων
ἐμβάλοι αἰθόμενον δαλὸν νήεσσι θοῆσιν.
ἀνδρὶ δέ κ᾽ οὐκ εἴξειε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
A , " ») \ . ΔΦΥ 7, >) f.
ὃς θνητός τ᾽ εἴη Kal ἔδοι Δημήτερος ἀκτήν,
χαλκῷ τε ῥηκτὸς μεγάλοισί τε χερμαδίοισιν.
οὐδ᾽ ἂν ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ ῥηξήνορι χωρήσειεν
v 3 5» ες Ν 3 x ΕΣ 3 af
ἔν γ᾽ αὐτοσταδίῃ" ποσὶ δ᾽ οὔ πως ἔστιν ἐρίζειν.

hee 2. ORS: (923° 5 Ἂν fay Ὁ ΑΡ. ,
νῶϊν δ΄ ὧδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀριστέρ᾽ EXE στρατοῦ, Opa τάχιστα

εἴδομεν ἠέ τῳ εὖχος ὀρέξ né ἡμῖν."
μεν NE τῳ εὖχος ὀρέξομεν, ἠέ τις ἡμῖν.
Ως φάτο, Μηριόνης δὲ θοῷ ἀτάλαντος "Αρηϊ

ΤῚ

we
-
tse

325

ἦρχ᾽ ἴμεν, ὄφρ᾽ ἀφίκοντο κατὰ στρατόν, ἣ μιν ἀνώγει
ἦρχ ἴμεν, Opp ἀφίκοντο κατὰ στρατὸν, ἢ μιν ἀνώγει.

a , ψ
Οἱ δ᾽ ὡς ᾿Ιδομενῆα ἴδον φλογὶ εἴκελον ἀλκήν,
> hae N \ ἣν Ν f
αὐτὸν καὶ θεράποντα, σὺν ἔντεσι δαιδαλέοισι,
κεκλόμενοι καθ᾽ ὅμιλον "ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν"
“ 3 -"
τῶν δ᾽ ὁμὸν ἵστατο νεῖκος ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσι νέεσσιν.
«ες ρον δ δα , BA
ὡς ὃ 60 ὑπὸ λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε πλείστη κόνις ἀμφὶ κελεύθους,
. >» , U € “ 5 ἢ
οἵ T ἄμυδις κονίης μεγάλην ἱστᾶσιν ομίχλην,

A na ες ce ΜΕΝ / / 2) SL N cal
ὡς ἄρα τῶν ὁμόσ᾽ ἦλθε μάχη, μέμασαν δ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ
5 ue Do) et 5} , 5 ἤν. n
ἀλλήλους Kad’ ὅμιλον ἐναιρέμεν ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ.
ἔφριξεν δὲ μάχη φθισίμβροτος ἐγχείῃσι
μακρῆς, as εἶχον ταμεσίχροας" ὄσσε δ᾽ ἄμερδεν

i ag’ ; ee A
αὐγὴ χαλκείη κορύθων ἄπο λαμπομενάων

, lal
θωρήκων τε νεοσμήκτων σακέων τε φαεινῶν

“
ἐρχομένων ἄμυδις" μάλα κεν θρασυκάρδιος εἴη

390

12 13. IAIAAOS N.

, /, Ν. , LONI} 4
ὃς τότε γηθήσειεν ἰδὼν πόνον οὐὸ ἀκάχοιτο.
Τὼ δ᾽ ἀμφὶς φρονέοντε δύω Κρόνου υἷε κραταιὼ
ἀνδράσιν ἡρώεσσιν ἐτεύχετον ἄλγεα λυγρά.
Ζεὺς μέν ῥα Τρώεσσι καὶ “Ἕκτορι βούλετο νίκην,
κυδαίνων ᾿Αχιλῆα πόδας ταχύν' οὐδέ τι πάμπαν
ἤθελε λαὸν ὀλέσθαι ᾿Αχαιϊκὸν ᾿Ιλιόθι πρό,
ἀλλὰ Θέτιν κύδαινε καὶ υἱέα καρτερόθυμον.
᾿Αργείους δὲ Ποσειδάων ὀρόθυνε μετελθών,
, ε - ν ee dent ΔΕ
λάθρῃ ὑπεξαναδὺς πολιῆς ἁλός" ἤχθετο γάρ ῥα
al /
Τρωσὶν δαμναμένους, Διὶ δὲ κρατερῶς ἐνεμέσσα.
ἦ μὰν ἀμφοτέροισιν ὁμὸν γένος ἠδ᾽ ἴα πάτρη,
τ Ν Ν , , »»Ἤ
ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς πρότερος γεγόνει καὶ πλείονα ἤδη.
τῷ pa καὶ ἀμφαδίην μὲν ἀλεξέμεναι ἀλέεινε.
λάθ δ᾽ NN ¥ Ν , a ὃ \ eo ,
ἀθρῃ δ΄ αἰὲν ἔγειρε κατὰ στρατόν, ἀνδρὶ ἐοικώς.
τοὶ δ᾽ ἔριδος κρατερῆς καὶ ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο
πεῖραρ ἐπαλλάξαντες ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι τάνυσσαν,
ἄρρηκτόν τ᾽ ἄλυτόν τε, τὸ πολλῶν γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν.
Ἔνθα μεσαιπόλιός περ ἐὼν Δαναοῖσι κελεύσας
᾿Ιδομενεὺς Τρώεσσι μετάλμενος ἐν φόβον ὦρσε.
πέφνε yap ᾿Οθρυονῆα Καβησόθεν ἔνδον ἐόντα,
ὅς ῥα νέον πολέμοιο μετὰ κλέος εἰληλούθει,
Ν / na e 5 id
ἦτεε δὲ Πριάμοιο θυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστην,
Κασσάνδρην, ἀνάεδνον, ὑπέσχετο δὲ μέγα ἔργον,
5 7 5. 2 , Φ2 , an
ex Τροίης ἀέκοντας ἀπωσέμεν vias ᾿Αχαιῶν.

a 3 eaeere BY δἰ «οὖ < aii \ ,
τῷ ο γέρων βιαμοφ υπὸοτ €OXETO KAL KATEVEVTE

δωσέμεναι" 6 δὲ μάρναθ᾽ ὑποσχεσίησι πιθήσα
μ μάρ χεσίῃσι πιθήσας.
1ὸ Ν > > a , Α a
ομενεὺς δ᾽ αὐτοῖο τιτύσκετο δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
καὶ βάλεν ὕψι βιβάντα τυχών" οὐδ᾽ ἤρκεσε θώρηξ
a
χάλκεος, ὃν φορέεσκε, μέσῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστέρι πῆξε.
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεύξατο φώνησέν Te
> fal , na
“Οθρυονεῦ, περὶ δή σε βροτῶν αἰνίζομ᾽ ἁπάντων,
+ Poe) 4 ἊΝ r , > 28 /
εἰ ἐτεὸν δὴ πάντα τελευτήσεις ὅσ᾽ ὑπέστης

345

355

360

365

370

378

13. IATAAOS N.

Aapdavidy Πριάμῳ᾽ ὁ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο θυγατέρα ἣν.
καί κέ τοι ἡμεῖς ταῦτά γ᾽ ὑποσχόμενοι τελέσαιμεν,
δοῖμεν δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδαο θυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστην,
at 5 ’, 5 , Μμ Ν +
pyeos ἐξαγαγόντες, ὀπυιέμεν, εἴ κε σὺν ἄμμιν
Ἵ rd Ψ , a , ’ὔ
λίου ἐκπέρσῃς εὖ ναιόμενον πτολίεθρον.
° .¢ Μ 3, ΠΝ Ν , ,
GAN ἕπευ, ὄφρ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶ συνώμεθα ποντοπύροισιν
3 Ν , > Ν » > ὃ \ | ee 39
ἀμφὶ γάμῳ, ἐπεὶ οὔ τοι ἐεδνωταὶ κακοί εἰμεν.
a Χῖος \ e bs Ν € /
Ὡς εἰπὼν ποδὸς ἕλκε κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην
ἥρως ᾿Ιδομενεύς" τῷ δ᾽ “Acros ἦλθεν ἀμύντωρ
ν me εὐος χες , >»
πεζὸς πρόσθ᾽ ἵππων" τὼ δὲ πνείοντε κατ᾽ ὦὥμων
3N peer ae la e « SS Ὃν ἊΣ
αἰὲν ἔχ᾽ ἡνίοχος θεράπων" 6 δὲ ἵετο θυμῷ
᾿Ιδομενῆα βαλεῖν" ὃ δέ μιν φθάμενος βάλε δουρὶ
A € a n in A Ἂς 4 o
λαιμὸν ὑπ΄ avOepedva, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσεν.
δ ce “ a » “-
ἤριπε δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπεν 7) ἀχερωΐς,
ὟΝ , 2 7 ’ ” , ”
ἠὲ πίτυς BAwOpH, THY T οὔρεσι τέκτονες ἄνδρες
ἐξέταμον πελέκεσσι νεήκεσι νήϊον εἷναι"
ὡς ὁ πρόσθ᾽ ἵππων καὶ δίφρου κεῖτο τανυσθείς,
βεβρυχώς, κόνιος δεδραγμένος αἱματοέσσης.
5 , δ΄. 5 9.4 , , ΤΕ , a
ἐκ δέ of ἡνίοχος πλήγη. φρένας, ἃς πάρος εἶχεν,
X99 ὦ aS ee oh OAL N ° eA
οὐδ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐτόλμησεν, δηΐων ὑπὸ χεῖρας ἀλύξας,
ἂψ ἵππους στρέψαι, τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος μενεχάρμης
δουρὶ μέσον περόνησε τυχών" οὐδ᾽ ἤρκεσε θώρηξ
a , / «2.» lA “Ὁ
χάλκεος, ὃν φορέεσκε, μέσῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστέρι πῆξεν.
b ee Ye hae | , ’ ‘s Ba '
αὐτὰρ ὅ y ἀσθμαίνων εὐεργέος ἔκπεσε δίφρου,
ἵππους δ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος, μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱός,
ἐξέλασε Τρώων μετ᾽ ἐὐκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς.
Δηΐφοβος δὲ μάλα σχεδὸν ἤλυθεν ᾿Ιδομενῆος,
7 Ἃ 3 4 Ἄς ἐν , \ a
Ασίου ἀχνύμενος, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ.
> she Ν x ION 3 ? t »
ἀλλ΄ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἡλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος
Ἰδομενεύς" κρύφθη γὰρ ὑπ᾽ ἀσπίδι πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσῃ,
Ν Εν ε o na Ν ’ “
τὴν ap ὃ γε ῥινοῖσι βοῶν καὶ νώροπι χαλκῷ
δινωτὴν φορέεσκε, δύω κανόνεσσ᾽ ἀραρυῖαν"

380

385

390

Las}
oe
ur

400

495

14 13. IAIAAOZ N.

oN Fe, ΄σ x7 Ν > eae , / Ν
τῇ ὕπο πᾶς ἐάλη, τὸ δ᾽ ὑπέρπτατο χάλκεον ἔγχος,
/ ,ὔ ΠῈΣ \ 5 / Mee
καρφαλέον δέ of ἀσπὶς ἐπιθρέξαντος diver
ἔγχεος" οὐδ᾽ ἅλιόν ῥα βαρείης χειρὸς ἀφῆκεν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ᾿ἹΙππασίδην Ὑψήνορα, ποιμένα λαῶν,
“ e_4 7 * 3 ,ς ,(Ἀ / λὲν
Tap ὑπὸ πραπίδων, εἶθαρ 6 ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσε.
Δηΐφοβος δ᾽ ἔκπαγλον ἐπεύξατο, μακρὸν ἀΐσας"
ov μὰν αὖτ᾽ ἄτιτος Keir’ “Actos, ἀλλά ἕ φημι
4 Ν - , Cad / tal
εἰς Aidos περ ἰόντα πυλάρταο κρατεροῖο
/ Ν , 5» Ὁ ἫΝ ὁ c wv , ”
ynOnoew κατὰ θυμόν, ἐπεί pa ol ὥπασα πομπόν.
?
“Qs par’, ᾿Αργείοισι δ᾽ ἄχος γένετ᾽ εὐξαμένοιο,
᾿Αντιλόχῳ δὲ μάλιστα δαΐφρονι θυμὸν ὄρινεν᾽"
ΕῚ > 3 ὦ ον ie , Ee Ὁ / c ,
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ΄ axrvupevos περ ἑοῦ ἀμέλησεν ἑταίρου,
ἀλλὰ θέων περίβη καί οἱ σάκος ἀμφεκάλυψε.
Ν Ν Μ » ἐδ / , ae c al
τὸν μὲν ἐπειθ᾽ ὑποδύντε δύω ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι,
Μηκιστεύς, ᾿Εχίοιο πάϊς, καὶ δῖος ᾿Αλάστωρ,
΄ ΠῚ XQ / / /
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυρὰς φερέτην βαρέα στενάχοντα.
> ‘ > > “ / , “ > SIS
Ιδομενεὺς δ΄ ov λῆγε μένος μέγα, ἵετο δ᾽ αἰεὶ
ἠέ τινα Τρώων ἐρεβεννῇ νυκτὶ καλύψαι,
x o MNS πρὸ 5 ᾽ Ν 3 Lal
ἢ αὐτὸς δουπῆσαι ἀμύνων λοιγὸν Ayatots.
ἔνθ᾽ Αἰσυήταο διοτρεφέος φίλον υἱόν,
ἥρω᾽ ᾿Αλκάθοον, γαμβρὸς δ᾽ ἦν ᾿Αγχίσαο,

/ 7” a « ͵
πρεσβυτατὴν δ᾽ ὦπυις θυγατρῶν, “Ἱπποδάμειαν,
τὴν περὶ κῆρι φίλησε πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ
ἐν μεγάρῳ᾽ πᾶσαν γὰρ ὁμηλικίην ἐκέκαστο

, “" Ἄς οὗ ION Ta Μ /
καλλεὶ καὶ ἔργοισιν ἰδὲ φρεσί: τοὔνεκα καί μιν
γῆμεν ἀνὴρ ὦριστος ἐνὶ Tpoln εὐρείῃ:

3 2 9 Due
τὸν τόθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενῆϊ Ποσειδάων ἐδάμασσε
θέλξας ὄσσε φαεινά, πέδησε δὲ φαίδιμα γυῖα:
οὔτε γὰρ ἐξοπίσω φυγέειν δύνατ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἀλέασθαι,

x

ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τε στήλην ἢ δένδρεον ὑψιπέτηλον
ἀτρέμας ἑσταότα στῆθος μέσον οὔτασε δουρὶ
Wd > , ea le WE) \ a
ἥρως ᾿Ιδομενεύς, ῥῆξεν δέ of ἀμφὶ χιτῶνα

410

415

425

~
os
νυν

13. IAIAAOS N.

χάλκεον, ὅς of πρόσθεν ἀπὸ χροὸς ἤρκει ὄλεθροι"
Ν ’ > > 3 se 3 , Ν ’ὔ
δὴ τότε γ᾽ αὖον ἄῦσεν ἐρεικόμενος περὶ δουρί.

U4 Ν , , δι 3 , 5
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, δόρυ δ᾽ ἐν κραδίῃ ἐπεπήγει;
et he πὶ 7 Ν bee 2 λέ ζ
ἣ ῥά οἱ ἀσπαίρουσα καὶ οὐρίαχον πελέμι(εν

3
ἔγχεος" ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀφίει μένος ὄβριμος “Apys*
᾽ ν > + οὐδ τι ον ΕΓ ᾿
Ιδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἔκπαγλον ἐπεύξατο, μακρὸν dicas
“Δηΐφοβ᾽, ἢ ἄρα δή τι ἐΐσκομεν ἄξιον εἶναι

lal Cah 2 \ ! 5 \ / » A 7
τρεῖς ἑνὸς ἀντὶ πεφάσθαι ; ἐπεὶ σύ TEP εὔχεαι οὕτω

δαιμόνι᾽, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐναντίον ἵστασ᾽ ἐμεῖο,
ὄφρα ἴδῃ οἷος Ζηνὸς γόνος ἐνθάδ᾽ ἱκάνω,
a n , / σις Ἁ 3, 3-2 Ξ
ὃς πρῶτον Μίνωα τέκε Κρήτῃ ἐπίουρον
9
Mivas δ᾽ αὖ τέκεθ᾽ υἱὸν ἀμύμονα Δευκαλίωνα,
fa Ως EAS , Ld in OW, Μ
Δευκαλίων δ᾽ ἐμὲ τίκτε πολέσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἄνακτα
Κρήτη ἐν εὐρείῃ" νῦν δ᾽ ἐνθάδε νῆες ἔνεικαν
ρήτῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ" νῦν Nes ἔνε
, Ν Ν Ν Nw: , 2)
σοί τε κακὸν καὶ πατρὶ καὶ ἄλλοισι Τρώεσσιν.
oh

“Os φάτο, Δηΐφοβος δὲ διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν,
ἢ τινά που Τρώων ἑταρίσσαιτο μεγαθύμων
x Ψ te > / \ 9
a ἀναχωρήσας, ἢ πειρήσαιτο Kal οἷος.

e ες , , , a
ὧδε δέ οἱ φρονέοντι δοάσσατο κέρδιον εἴναι,

“ Ἄν > / 7 \ τὸ “᾿ δορὰ,
βῆναι ἐπ᾽ Αἰνείαν" τὸν δ᾽ ὕστατον εὑρεν ὁμίλου
ε Pies oN = / 5 , ,
ἑσταότ᾽" αἰεὶ yap Πριάμῳ ἐπεμῆήνιε δίῳ,

e a ee} ἈΝ 4. ὃ 39) / Μ ,
οὕνεκ᾽ ap ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα μετ΄ ἀνδράσιν ov τι τίεσκεν.

ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα᾽
“Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε, νῦν σε μάλα χρὴ
γαμβρῷ ἀμυνέμεναι, εἴ πέρ τί σε κῆδος ἱκάνει.
ἀλλ᾽ ἕπευ, ᾿Αλκαθόῳ ἐπαμύνομεν, ὅς σε πάρος γε
ΧΟ ΤΑΙ͂Ν. κ᾽ , y Nene ‘
γαμβρὸς ἐὼν ἔθρεψε δόμοις ἔνι τυτθὸν ἐόντα
τὸν δέ τοι ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἐξενάριξεν.᾽»
“Qs φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὄρινε,
βῆ δὲ per ᾿Ιδομενῆα μέγα πτολέμοιο μεμηλώς.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ᾿Ιδομενῆα φόβος λάβε τηλύγετον ὥς,
Ξ >» 2), ὧδ ¢ a » 5 \ 4,2
ἀλλ᾽ ἔμεν΄, ὡς ὅτε TLS σῦς οὔρεσιν ἀλκὶ TETOLO OS,

15

440

445

455

465

470

τό 14. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ν.

Ld / Ἂς 3 , \ 5 lol
ὅς TE μένει κολοσυρτὸν ἐπερχόμενον πολὺν ἀνδρῶν

, 3 , , , , n “
χώρῳ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ, φρίσσει δε τε νῶτον ὕπερθεν"
ὀφθαλμὼ δ᾽ ἄρα ot πυρὶ λάμπετον" αὐτὰρ ὀδόντας
θήλει, ἀλέξασθαι μεμαὼς κύνας ἠδὲ καὶ ἀνδρας" 475
ὡς μένεν ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτός, οὐδ᾽ ὑπεχώρει,
Αἰνείαν ἐπιόντα βοηθόον" abe δ᾽ ἑταίρους,
᾿Ασκάλαφόν τ᾽ ἐσορῶν ᾿Αφαρῆά τε Δηΐπυρόν τε
Μηριόνην τε καὶ ᾿Αντίλοχον, μήστωρας ἀὺὐτῆς"
τοὺς ὅ γ᾽ ἐποτρύνων ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 480
“δεῦτε, φίλοι, καί μ᾽ οἴῳ ἀμύνετε" δείδια δ᾽ αἰνῶς
Αἰνείαν ἐπιόντα πόδας ταχύν, ὅς μοι ἔπεισιν,
A r Paes. t 7 a 5) ,
ὃς μάλα καρτερὸς ἐστι μάχῃ ἔνι φῶτας ἐναίρειν"

Ν > ἪΡ “ Ψ “ , 5 Ν “
καὶ δ᾽ ἔχει ἥβης ἄνθος, ὅ τε κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.
εἰ γὰρ ὁμηλικίη γε γενοίμεθα τῷδ᾽ ἐπὶ θυμῷ, 485
αἶψά κεν ἠὲ φέροιτο μέγα κράτος, ἠὲ pepotunv.”

ὲ y ” ᾿

Ως ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἕνα φρεσὶ θυμὸν ἔχοντες
πλησίοι ἔστησαν, σάκε᾽ ὦμοισι κλίναντες.
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐκέκλετο οἷς ἑτάροισι,

of f n “
AnipoBov τε Πάριν τ᾽ ἐσορῶν καὶ ᾿Αγήνορα δῖον, 400
ee τ Sa = 4 , M4 ‘ eS μὴ
οἵ of ἅμ᾽ ἡγεμόνες Τρώων ἔσαν᾽ αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα

oa ; Some 4 » XX ld ea a
λαοὶ ἕπονθ᾽, ὡς εἴ τε μετὰ κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα

’ re t 2 t >» , ,
πιόμεν᾽ ἐκ βοτάνης" γάνυται δ᾽ apa τε φρένα ποιμήν᾽
a ᾿] ’ Ν bye AY 4θ ,
ὡς Αἰνείᾳ θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι γεγήθει,
ὡς ἴδε λαῶν ἔθνος ἐπισπόμενον ἑοῖ αὐτῷ. 405

€ 3, 5 Les , 3 Ν ε

Οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αλκαθόῳ αὐτοσχεδὸν ὡρμήθησαν

μακροῖσι ξυστοῖσι" περὶ στήθεσσι δὲ χαλκὸς
, ,
σμερδαλέον κονάβιζε τιτυσκομένων καθ᾽ ὅμιλον
3 ᾽ “

ἀλλήλων" δύο δ᾽ ἄνδρες ᾿Αρήϊοι ἔξοχον ἄλλων,
Αἰνείας τε καὶ ᾿Ιδομενεύς, ἀτάλαντοι “Api, 500
ἵεντ᾽ ἀλλήλων ταμέειν χρόα νηλέϊ χαλκῷ.
Αἰνείας δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισεν ᾿Ιδομενῆος"
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος,

13. TAIAAOS Ν. 17

αἰχμὴ δ᾽ Αἰνείαο κραδαινομένη κατὰ γαίης
ν ’ =] eS ἫΝ “ . Ν No Ε
ᾧχετ᾽, ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἅλιον στιβαρῆς ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὄρουσεν, 505
71} A ed 9 , / / 7
Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ apa Οἰνόμαον βαλε γαστέρα μέσσην,
ῥῆξε δὲ θώρηκος γύαλον, διὰ δ᾽ ἔντερα χαλκὸς
ΝΜ ’ c νον , Ν 4 al 3 Led
ἤφυσ᾽" ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι πεσὼν ἕλε γαΐαν ἀγοστῷ.
Td Ν eee I ᾿ς , , ν᾿
δομενεὺς δ᾽ ἐκ μὲν νέκυος δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος
5 / 2, BAN ee, (ore ee. Soe De A , , Ν
ἐσπάσατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄλλα δυνήσατο τεύχεα καλὰ μιο
ὦμοιιν ἀφελέσθαι" ἐπείγετο γὰρ βελέεσσιν.
> \ "» }ν al “ τὰ ε ,
οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἔμπεδα yvia ποδῶν ἦν ὁρμηθέντι,
οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπαΐξαι μεθ᾽ ἑὸν βέλος οὔτ᾽ ἀλέασθαι.
τῷ ῥα καὶ ἐν σταδίῃ μὲν ἀμύνετο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ,
! may ey , , > ἢ Υ
τρέσσαι δ᾽ οὐκέτι ῥίμφα πόδες φέρον ἐκ πολέμοιο. 5158
“ Ν ! Ψ , 5 , \ “
τοῦ δὲ βάδην ἀπιόντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ
ch SN , εν , 5) Ν sag
Δηϊφοβος" δὴ yap οἱ ἔχεν κότον ἐμμενές αἰεί.
> , t >
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ ye καὶ τόθ᾽ ἅμαρτεν, 6 δ᾽ ᾿Ασκάλαφον βάλε δουρί,
υἱὸν ᾿Ενυαλίοιο" δι᾽ ὦὥμου δ᾽ ὄβριμον ἔγχος
Ν Ὄ ΑΝ a's , Ν e - ΕῚ a
ἔσχεν" ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι πεσὼν ἕλε γαῖαν ἀγοστῳ. 520
Υ̓ ᾿
οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ τι πέπυστο βριήπυος ὄβριμος "Αρης
υἷος ἑοῖο πεσόντος ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ,
5 ἜΠΟΣ pent Ae ae 3 , e Ν / f
ἀλλ᾽ 6 γ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄκρῳ Ὀλύμπῳ ὑπὸ χρυσέοισι νεφεσσιν
φ X na 5
ἧστο, Διὸς βουλῇσιν ἐελμένος, ἔνθα περ ἄλλοι
/ >
ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἦσαν ἐεργόμενοι πολέμοιο.

σι
nS
σι

Οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ασκαλάφῳ αὐτοσχεδὸν ὡρμήθησαν"
Δηΐφοβος μὲν am ᾿Ασκαλάφου πήληκα φαεινὴν
ἥρπασε, Μηριόνης δὲ θοῷ ἀτάλαντος “Apni
δουρὶ βραχίονα τύψεν ἐπάλμενος, ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα χειρὸς
αὐλῶπις τρυφάλεια χαμαὶ βόμβησε πεσοῦσα. 530
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἐπάλμενος, αἰγυπιὸς ὥς,
ἐξέρυσε πρυμνοῖο βραχίονος ὄβριμον ἔγχος,
ἂψ δ᾽ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο. τὸν δὲ Πολίτης,
αὐτοκασίγνητος, περὶ μέσσῳ χεῖρε τιτήνας,

ἐξῆγεν πολέμοιο δυσηχέος, ὄφρ᾽ ἵκεθ᾽ ἵππους 533
VOL. I. c

18 13. IAIAAOS N,

ΕἸ , Ὁ ΟΡ Ὁ , Od ,
ὠκέας, οἵ of ὄπισθε μάχης ἠδὲ πτολέμοιο
ἕστασαν ἡνίοχόν τε καὶ ἅρματα ποικίλ᾽ ἔχοντες"

,
ol τόν ye προτὶ ἄστυ φέρον βαρέα στενάχοντα
τειρόμενον᾽ κατὰ δ᾽ αἷμα νεουτάτου ἔρρεε χειρός.
Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι μάρναντο, βοὴ δ᾽ ἄσβεστος ὀρώρει.
ἔνθ᾽ Αἰνέας ᾿Αφαρῆα Καλητορίδην ἐπορούσας
λαιμὸν τύψ᾽ ἐπὶ of τετραμμένον ὀξέϊ δουρί'
ἐκλίνθη δ᾽ ἑτέρωσε κάρη, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἀσπὶς ἑάφθη
\ , Ὁ \ / e / , - ,

καὶ κόρυς, ἀμφὶ δέ of θάνατος xUTO θυμοραϊστης.
᾽

Αντίλοχος δὲ Θόωνα μεταστρεφθέντα δοκεύσας

ν Ψ 3 of. 5 Ν Ν / - v
οὕτασ᾽ ἐπαΐξας, ἀπὸ δὲ φλέβα πᾶσαν EKepoer,
GES PENS a! sen , κ᾿ ἜΣ, Sa / 3
iT ava νῶτα θέουσα διαμπερὲς αὐχὲν ἱκάνει
τὴν ἀπὸ πᾶσαν éxepoev’ ὁ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἐν κονίῃσι

, 7 tal 7 el 47, is
κάππεσεν, ἄμφω χεῖρε φίλοις ἐτάροισι πετάσσας.
᾽ , δ, , ‘ x [4 Wes = ee
Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε, Kal αἴνυτο τεύχε AT μων
παπταίνων' Τρῶες δὲ περισταδὸν ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος
x , 3 oN / -“ἀῷ κ /
οὔταζον σάκος εὐρὺ παναίολον, οὐδ᾽ ἐδύναντο

"“ 3 / ’ , fas a
εἴσω ἐπιγράψαι τέρενα χρόα νηλεὶ χαλκῷ

τ ; ἢ ,

᾿Αντιλόχου" πέρι γάρ ῥα Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων
Νέστορος υἱὸν ἔρυτο καὶ ἐν πολλοῖσι βέλεσσιν.

5 Ν 9) 98. of τῇ »} Ν 93 > Ν
οὐ μὲν γάρ ToT ἄνευ δηΐων ἣν, ἀλλὰ KaT αὐτοὺς

στρωφᾶτ᾽" οὐδέ οἱ ἔγχος ἔχ᾽ ἀτρέμας, ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ αἰεὶ

σειόμενον ἐλέλικτο" τιτύσκετο δὲ φρεσὶν Tow
LA 5 , oN ἊΝ ε Lod
ἤ τευ ἀκοντίσσαι, ἠὲ σχεδὸν ὁρμηθῆναι.

540

545

55°

555

"ANN οὐ ARO ᾿Αδάμαντα τιτυσκόμενος καθ᾽ ὅμιλον, 560

3 / va e μὴ ’ , af sue “
Ασιάδην, ὅ of οὗτα μέσον σάκος ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ

3 , € Tees ,ὔ AN ΤΡ Sos S
ἐγγύθεν ὁρμηθείς" ἀμενήνωσεν δὲ οἱ αἰχμὴν
κυανοχαῖτα Ποσειδάων, βιότοιο μεγήρας.

καὶ τὸ μὲν αὐτοῦ μεῖν᾽ ὥς τε σκῶλος πυρίκαυστος,
5 f 3 , Ν pis 2 τ ὩΣ eh OA ,
ἐν σάκει ᾿Αντιλόχοιο, τὸ ὃ ἥμισυ κεῖτ ἐπὶ γαίης"
ἂψ δ᾽ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο Kip’ ἀλεείνων"
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἀπιόντα μετασπόμενος βάλε δουρὶ

565

13. IATAAOS N. 19

αἰδοίων τε μεσηγὺ καὶ ὀμφαλοῦ, ἔνθα μάλιστα
γίγνετ᾽ "Αρης ἀλεγεινὸς ὀϊζυροῖσι βροτοῖσιν.
Μ εν x ay? ϑι “6 , \ 4
ἔνθα οἱ ἔγχος ἔπηξεν᾽ ὁ δ᾽ ἑσπόμενος περὶ δουρὶ 570
” 9 δ: ΔΝ a , sy , ”
ἤσπαιρ᾽ ὡς ὅτε Bods, τόν τ᾽ οὔρεσι βουκόλοι ἄνδρες
ἰλλάσιν οὐκ ἐθέλοντα βίῃ δήσαντες ἄγουσιν"
ἃ e \ » ’ 7 x f /
ds ὁ τυπεὶς ἤσπαιρε μίνυνθά περ, ov TL μάλα δὴν,
ὄφρα οἱ ἐκ χροὸς ἔγχος ἀνεσπάσατ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἐλθὼν
ἥρως Μηριόνης" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψε. 575
Δηΐπυρον 8 Ἕλενος ξίφεϊ σχεδὸν ἤλασε κόρσην
Θρηϊκίῳ μεγάλῳ, ἀπὸ δὲ τρυφάλειαν ἄραξεν.
«ς Ἂς >) a Ἂς / 4 3 “Ὁ
ἡ μὲν ἀποπλαγχθεῖσα χαμαὶ πέσε, Kat τις ᾿Αχαιῶν
μαρναμένων μετὰ ποσσὶ κυλινδομένην ἐκόμισσε"
τὸν δὲ κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐρεβεννὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν. 580
᾿Ατρεΐδην δ᾽ ἄχος εἷλε, βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον"
βῆ δ᾽ ἐπαπειλήσας “Ἑλένῳ ἥρωϊ ἄνακτι,
ὀξὺ δόρυ κραδάων᾽ ὁ δὲ τόξου πῆχυν ἄνελκε.
Ν, 2S oe » ε Ἂς Ν “᾿ “Ὁ ,
τὼ δ᾽ dp’ ὁμαρτήδην 6 μὲν ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι
3 9 7 ε ~ Lae \ 2 Des a
ler ἀκοντίσσαι, 6 δ᾽ ἀπὸ νευρῆφιν ὀϊστῷ. 585
4 Ν x Ν, a , a
Πριαμίδης μὲν ἔπειτα κατὰ στῆθος βάλεν ἰῷ
θώρηκος γύαλον, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔπτατο πικρὸς ὀϊστός.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀπὸ πλατέος πτυόφιν μεγάλην κατ᾽ ἀλωὴν
θρῴσκωσιν κύαμοι μελανόχροες ἢ ἐρέβινθοι,
ao Le] Ν “ pl “Ἂ
πνοιῇ ὕπο λιγυρῇ καὶ λικμητήῆρος ἐρωῇῃ, 500
ὡς ἀπὸ θώρηκος Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο
πολλὸν ἀποπλαγχθεὶς ἑκὰς ἔπτατο πικρὸς ὀϊστός.
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἄρα χεῖρα, βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος,
τὴν βάλεν ἧ ῥ᾽ ἔχε τόξον ἐὔξοον" ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τόξῳ
τ XN x \ By. ’ yy
ἀντικρὺ διὰ χειρὸς ἐλήλατο χάλκεον ἐγχος. 505
ἂψ δ᾽ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο Kip’ ἀλεείνων,
, r See S97 0/f , "
χεῖρα παρακρεμάσας" τὸ δ᾽ ἐφέλκετο μείλινον ἔγχος.
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐκ χειρὸς ἔρυσεν μεγάθυμος ᾿Αγήνωρ,
αὐτὴν δὲ ξυνέδησεν ἐὐστρεφεῖ olds ἀώτῳ
7) 7 Pp Ὁ»
Ὁ 2

20 13. IATAAOS Ν.

σφενδόνη, ἣν apa ot θερά ἔ ένι Aad
ῃ, ἣν ἄρα οἱ θεράπων ἔχε ποιμένι λαῶν.
>
Πείσανδρος δ᾽ ἰθὺς Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο
Clean >» » Ν , ,
nie’ τὸν δ᾽ ἄγε μοῖρα κακὴ θανάτοιο τέλοσδε,
σοί, Μενέλαε, δαμῆναι ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
’ ah S ed Ν , eid , 3. s.
Ατρεΐδης μὲν ἅμαρτε, παραὶ δε οἱ ἐτράπετ᾽ ἔγχος,
Πείσανδρος δὲ σάκος Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο
Μ 99. Ν Ν , Ἂς 5 , .
οὕτασεν, οὐδὲ διαπρὸ δυνήσατο χαλκὸν ἐλάσσαι
ἔσχεθε γὰρ σάκος εὐρύ, κατεκλάσθη δ᾽ ἐνὶ καυλῷ
ot ett Ἂς Ν = , N37 ,
ἔγχος" 6 δὲ φρεσὶν ἧσι χάρη Kal ἐέλπετο νίκην.
᾿Ατρεΐδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον
GAT ἐπὶ Πεισάνδρῳ᾽ ὁ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἀσπίδος εἵλετο καλὴν
ἀξίνην εὔχαλκον, ἐλαΐνῳ ἀμφὶ πελέκκῳ,
μακρῷ ἐὐξέστῳ" ἅμα δ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἐφίκοντο.
ἢ τοι 6 μὲν κόρυθος φάλον ἤλασεν ἱπποδασείης
ἄκρον ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, ὁ δὲ προσιόντα μέτωπον “
ε Ν 4 , ὃ Ul pte) ’ Ν , ew
ῥινὸς ὕπερ πυμάτης" λάκε δ᾽ ὀστέα, τὼ δε οἱ ὄσσε
πὰρ ποσὶν αἱματόεντα χαμαὶ πέσον ἐν κονίῃσιν,
/ ,
ἰδνώθη δὲ πεσών" ὁ δὲ λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βαίνων
, , 249 , A: > , ” Μ 5
τεύχεά τ᾽ ἐξενάριξε καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα
“ λείψετέ θην οὕτω γε νέας Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων,
Τρῶες ὑπερφίαλοι, δεινῆς ἀκόρητοι airijs,
ἄλλης μὲν λώβης τε καὶ αἴσχεος οὐκ ἐπιδευεῖς,
ἣν ἐμὲ λωβήσασθε, κακαὶ κύνες, οὐδέ τι θυμῷ
, a
Ζηνὸς ἐριβρεμέτεω χαλεπὴν ἐδείσατε μῆνιν
lA
ewlov, ὅς τέ ποτ᾽ ὕμμι διαφθέρσει πόλιν αἰπήν"
,
οἵ μευ κουριδίην ἄλοχον καὶ κτήματα πολλὰ
4 , ᾽ ᾿ γε νὰ
μὰψ οἴχεσθ᾽ ἀνάγοντες, ἐπεὶ φιλέεσθε παρ αὐτῇ"
“ ,
νῦν αὖτ᾽ ἐν νηυσὶν μενεαίνετε ποντοπόροισι
a a 2 3 ,
πῦρ ὀλοὸν βαλέειν, κτεῖναι δ᾽ ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιοῦς.
Ν
ἀλλά ποθι σχήσεσθε καὶ ἐσσύμενοί περ Apros.

“ > ‘ , ” v
Zed πάτερ, ἢ TE TE φασι περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων,

6oc

605

610

615

nN
το
ο

63ο

13. IAIAAOS N. 21

ἀνδρῶν ἠδὲ θεῶν" σέο δ᾽ ἐκ τάδε πάντα πέλονται'
οἷον δὴ ἄνδρεσσι χαρίζεαι ὑβριστῇσι,
Τρωσίν, τῶν μένος αἰὲν ἀτάσθαλον, οὐδὲ δύνανται
, / ε fh /
φυλόπιδος κορέσασθαι ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο. 635
ld τς , ° , Net \ ,
πάντων μὲν κόρος ἐστί, καὶ ὕπνου Kal φιλότητος
μολπῆς τε γλυκερῆς καὶ ἀμύμονος ὀρχηθμοῖο,
a / \ lad “7 5 yy Ὁ
τῶν πέρ τις καὶ μᾶλλον ἐέλδεται ἐξ ἔρον εἷναι
ΕΥ , a a ἊΝ ! cya y ”
ἢ πολέμου; Τρῶες δὲ μάχης ἀκόρητοι ἐασιν.
a ως Ν Ν yi Maple Ν ε ,
Qs εἰπὼν τὰ μὲν ἔντε᾽ ἀπὸ χροὸς αἱματόεντα 640
συλήσας ἑτάροισι δίδου Μενέλαος ἀμύμων,
ἌΝ » a 9 3 ca) oN , Sas
αὐτὸς δ᾽ adr’ ἐξαῦτις ἰὼν προμάχοισιν ἐμίχθη.
Ἔνθα οἱ υἱὸς ἐπᾶλτο Πυλαιμένεος βασιλῆος,
“Αρπαλίων, ὅ ῥα πατρὶ φίλῳ ἔπετο πτολεμίξων
3 4 293 > 3 , / val ᾿
ἐς Τροίην, οὐδ᾽ αὖτις ἀφίκετο πατρίδα γαῖαν 645
“ ε ΓΑ͂Ν ek) oh / ’ + \
ὅς pa τότ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδαο μέσον σάκος οὔτασε δουρὶ
“ , IO’ \ fe x 5
ἐγγύθεν, οὐδὲ διαπρὸ δυνήσατο χαλκὸν ἐλάσσαι,
3 , a
ἂψ δ᾽ ἑτάρων els ἔθνος ἐχάζετο Kip’ ἀλεείνων,
, / , , 93 ,
πάντοσε παπταίνων, μή τις χρόα χαλκῷ ἐπαύρῃ.
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἀπιόντος ἵει χαλκήρε᾽ ὀϊστὸν 650
καί ῥ' ἔβαλε γλουτὸν κάτα δεξιόν" αὐτὰρ ὀϊστὸς
3 Ν Ν /, δ΄...» 4 / 3 J
ἀντικρὺ κατὰ κύστιν tm ὀστέον ἐξεπέρησεν.
ἑζόμενος δὲ κατ᾽ αὖθι φίλων ἐν χερσὶν ἑταίρων
A 5 / Ὁ , es Ψ Ν ’ὔ
θυμὸν ἀποπνείων, ὥς τε σκώληξ ἐπὶ γαίῃ
a 3 φ2 “ f a a
. κεῖτο ταθείς" ἐκ δ᾽ αἷμα μέλαν ῥέε, deve δὲ γαῖαν. 655
,
τὸν μὲν Παφλαγόνες μεγαλήτορες ἀμφεπένοντο,
7 » 3.5 / 7 \ ov iN
és δίφρον δ᾽ ἀνέσαντες ἄγον προτὶ ᾿ἴλιον ἱρὴν
5) , : NZ Ν , , ,
ἀχνύμενοι" μετὰ δέ σφι πατὴρ κίε δάκρυα λείβων,
ποινὴ δ᾽ οὔ τις παιδὸς ἐγίγνετο τεθνηῶτος.
Τοῦ δὲ Πάρις μάλα θυμὸν ἀποκταμένοιο χολώθη" 660
a , coy , Ν ,
ξεῖνος γάρ of ἔην πολέσιν μετὰ ΠΠαφλαγόνεσσι"
τοῦ ὅ γε χωόμενος προΐει χαλκήρε᾽ ὀϊστόν.
,
ἣν δέ τις Εὐχήνωρ, Πολυίδου μάντιος υἱόν,

22 13. IAIAAOX N.

ἀφνειός τ᾽ ἀγαθός τε, ἹζΚορινθόθι οἰκία ναίων,
ὅς ῥ᾽ εὖ εἰδὼς Kip ὀλοὴν ἐπὶ νηὸς ἔβαινε: 665
πολλάκι yap ot ἔειπε γέρων ἀγαθὸς Πολύιδος
νούσῳ ὑπ᾽ ἀργαλέῃ φθίσθαι οἷς ἐν μεγάροισιν
͵ : ργαλξῃ μεγὰρ ’
x ae) n ee Te , a =
ἢ μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν νηυσὶν ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι
τῷ ῥ᾽ ἅμα τ᾽ ἀργαλέην θωὴν ἀλέεινεν ᾿Αχαιῶν
νοῦσόν τε στυγερήν, ἵνα μὴ πάθοι ἄλγεα θυμῷ 670
γερήν, ἵνα μὴ γεα θυμῷ. ;

τὸν βάλ᾽ ὑπὸ γναθμοῖο καὶ οὔατος" ὦκα δὲ θυμὸς
a 3.5 eee λέ Ν δ᾽ " , a fA
ὑχετ᾽ ἀπὸ μελέων, στυγερὸς δ᾽ ἄρα μιν σκότος εἷλεν.

ἃ δ, ὡς , , Ν > sf 5

Ὡς ot μὲν μάρναντο δέμας πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπέπυστο διίφιλος, οὐδέ τι ἤδη
“ ἘΠ « “ Shs ee Ἂς oF
ὅττι pa οἱ νηῶν ET ἀριστερὰ δηϊόωντο 675
λαοὶ ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων. τάχα δ᾽ ἂν καὶ κῦδος ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἔπλετο" τοῖος γὰρ γαιήοχος ἐννοσίγαιος
Ν 3 9 , Ν ἣν , 7A Ν =,
ὦτρυν᾽ ᾿Αργείους, πρὸς δὲ σθένει αὐτὸς ἄμυνεν
b>) 2st, or Ν “ £ \ a eer
ἀλλ΄ ἔχεν ἡ TA πρῶτα πῦλας καὶ τεῖχος ἐσᾶλτο,
ε “ Ν ΄, > ,
ῥηξάμενος Δαναῶν πυκινὰς στίχας ἀσπιστάων, 68c
ἔνθ᾽ ἔσαν Αἴαντός Te νέες καὶ Πρωτεσιλάου
Oiv’ Ep’ ἁλὸς πολιῆς εἰρυμέναι" αὐτὰρ ὕπερθε
τεῖχος ἐδέδμητο χθαμαλώτατον, ἔνθα μάλιστα
Caxpyets γίγνοντο μάχῃ αὐτοί τε καὶ ἵπποι.

Ἔνθα δὲ Βοιωτοὶ καὶ ᾿Ιάονες ἑλκεχίτωνες, 685
Λοκροὶ καὶ Φθῖοι καὶ φαιδιμόεντες ᾿Επειοί,
σπουδῇ ἐπαΐσσοντα νεῶν ἔχον, οὐδ᾽ ἐδύναντο
ὦσαι ἀπὸ σφείων φλογὶ εἴκελον “Ἕκτορα δῖον,
οἱ μὲν ᾿Αθηναίων προλελεγμένοι" ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν
ἦρχ᾽ υἱὸς Πετεῶο Μενεσθεύς, οἱ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο 690
Φείδας τε Στιχίος τε Bias τ᾽ ἐΐς" αὐτὰρ ᾿Επειῶν
Φυλείδης τε Μέγης ᾿Αμφίων τε Δρακίος τε,
πρὸ Φθίων δὲ Μέδων τε μενεπτόλεμός τε Ποδάρκης.
ἦ τοι ὁ μὲν νόθος υἱὸς ᾿Οἱλῆος θείοιο
ἔσκε Μέδων, Αἴαντος ἀδελφεός" αὐτὰρ ἔναιεν 695

13. IATAAOZ N.

ἐν Φυλάκῃ, γαίης ἄπο πατρίδος, ἄνδρα κατακτάς,
\ fae ©) , fe oO TICY heey
γνωτὸν μητρυιῆς ᾿Εριώπιδος, ἣν ἔχ᾽ Oidevs
αὐτὰρ 6 ᾿Ιφίκλοιο πάϊς τοῦ Φυλακίδαο.
οἱ μὲν πρὸ Φθίων μεγαθύμων θωρηχθέντες
ναῦφιν ἀμυνόμενοι μετὰ Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο"
Αἴας δ᾽ οὐκέτι πάμπαν, ᾿Οἱλῆος ταχὺς vids,
ἵστατ᾽ ἀπ᾿ Αἴαντος Τελαμωνίου οὐδ᾽ ἠβαιόν,
ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τ᾽ ἐν νειῷ Bde οἴνοπε πηκτὸν ἄροτρον
ἶσον θυμὸν ἔχοντε τιταίνετον' ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρα σφι
πρυμνοῖσιν κεράεσσι πολὺς ἀνακηκίει ἱδρώς"
τὼ μέν τε ὠγὸν οἷον ἐὔξοον ἀμφὶς ἐέργει
ἘΠ τ . 5 l D , a eee ‘
ἱεμένω κατὰ Aka’ τέμει δέ TE TEATOY ἀρούρης
ὡς τὼ παρβεβαῶτε μάλ᾽ ἕστασαν ἀλλήλοιιν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι Τελαμωνιάδῃ πολλοί τε καὶ ἐσθλοὶ
λαοὶ €xovb’ ἕταροι, οἵ of σάκος ἐξεδέχοντο,
δ , Ε , Wa Ν » 3 ᾧ
ὁππότε μιν κάματός τε καὶ ἱδρὼς γούναθ᾽ ἵκοιτο.
LE TE Ly a ee , ν Ξ
οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Οἰλιάδῃ μεγαλήτορι Λοκροὶ ἕποντο
> t , τ , , , ee
ov yap σφι σταδίῃ ὑσμίνῃ μίμνε φίλον κῆρ
οὐ γὰρ ἔχον κόρυθας χαλκήρεας ἱπποδασείας,
259 9». b) y > 4, \ / a
οὐδ᾽ ἔχον ἀσπίδας εὐκύκλους καὶ μείλινα δοῦρα,
GAN ἄρα τόξοισιν καὶ ἐϊστρεφεῖ οἷος ἀώτῳ
Ἴλιον εἰς ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο πεποιθότες, οἷσιν ἔπειτα
ταρφέα βάλλοντες Τρώων ῥήγνυντο φάλαγγας"
δή ῥα τόθ᾽ of μὲν πρόσθε σὺν ἔντεσι δαιδαλέοισι
μάρναντο Τρωσίν τε καὶ Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ,
οἱ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν βάλλοντες ἐλάνθανον" οὐδέ τι χάρμης
Τρῶες μιμνήσκοντο᾽ συνεκλόνεον γὰρ ὀϊστοί.
Ἔνθα κε λευγαλέως νηῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων
Τρῶες ἐχώρησαν προτὶ Ἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν,
εἰ μὴ Πουλυδάμας θρασὺν “Extopa εἶπε παραστάς"
te ἭΜἭ 3 ’ , 3 a / -
κτορ, ἀμήχανός ἐσσι παραρρητοῖσι πιθέσθαι.
οὕνεκά τοι πέρι δῶκε θεὸς πολεμήϊα ἔργα,

ao

700

710

715

720

725

24 13. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ν,

τοὔνεκα καὶ βουλῇ ἐθέλεις περιίδμεναι ἄλλων.
ἀλλ᾽ οὔ πως ἅμα πάντα δυνήσεαι αὐτὸς ἑλέσθαι.
BA ᾿Ξ ϑὲ Μ Ν Fue ”
ἄλλῳ μὲν yap ἔδωκε θεὸς πολεμήϊα ἔργα, 730
[ἄλλῳ δ᾽ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν καὶ ἀοιδήν, |
ἄλλῳ δ᾽ ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς
ἐσθλόν, τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ᾽ ἄνθρωποι,
l4 / 5) ἃ 2 Ν Ἂν... “ἃς 5 [4
kal τε πολέας ἐσάωσε, μάλιστα δὲ καὐτὸς ἀνέγνω.
eS eee eh Ψ ae 7
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἐρέω ὥς μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἄριστα' 735
πάντη ya ὶ στέ λέμοιο δέδηε"
VTN yap σε περὶ στέφανος πολέμοιο δέδηε
Τρῶες δὲ μεγάθυμοι, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τεῖχος ἔβησαν,
ol μὲν ἀφεστᾶσιν σὺν τεύχεσιν, οἱ δὲ μάχονται
παυρότεροι πλεόνεσσι, κεδασθέντες κατὰ νῆας.
ἀλλ᾽ ἀναχασσάμενος κάλει ἐνθάδε πάντας ἀρίστους" 740
ἔνθεν δ᾽ ἂν μάλα πᾶσαν ἐπιφρασσαίμεθα βουλήν,
“. /
ἤ κεν ἐνὶ νήεσσι πολυκλήϊσι πέσωμεν,
» 3.5 / \ , ᾿ 3 yo
αἴ K ἐθέλῃσι θεὸς δόμεναι κράτος, ἢ κεν ἔπειτα
\ n a 3 Δ > Ν ,
πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν ἀπήμονες. ἢ yap ἐγώ ye
δείδω μὴ τὸ χθιζὸν ἀποστήσωνται ᾿Αχαιοὶ 745
χρεῖος, ἐπεὶ παρὰ νηυσὶν ἀνὴρ τος πολέμοιο
Δ.
μίμνει, ὃν οὐκέτι πάγχυ μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω.
‘Qs φάτο Πουλυδάμας, ἅδε δ᾽ “Ἕκτορι μῦθος ἀπήμων,
ϑ Je} > / Ν ’ Low o
[αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν GATO χαμᾶζε]
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 750
“TT / Ἂς Ν > oe 9. {9 “ 353 7
ουλυδάμα, σὺ μὲν αὐτοῦ ἐρύκακε πάντας ἀρίστους,

- PA 3 ΝἕΝὟ ru 5:5 i“ \ 33 , / e

αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Keio” εἶμι Kal ἀντιόω πολέμοιο
ral ”

aia δ᾽ ἐλεύσομαι αὖτις, ἐπὴν εὖ τοῖς ἐπιτείλω.

Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ὡρμήθη ὄρεϊ νιφόεντι ἐοικώς,

3

κεκληγώς, διὰ δὲ Τρώων πέτετ᾽ ἠδ᾽ ἐπικούρων. 755
οἵ δ᾽ és Πανθοΐδην ἀγαπήνορα Πουλυδάμαντα

, 5 ἮΝ ? 3 Lad ΜΝ Ε] /
πάντες ETETTEVOVT , ἐπεὶ Extopos ἔκλυον αὐδὴν.
αὐτὰρ 6 AnipoBdv τε βίην θ᾽ “Ἑλένοιο ἄνακτος
᾿Ασιάδην τ᾽ ᾿Αδάμαντα καὶ ΓΑσιον, Ὑρτάκου υἱόν.

13. IAIAAOS N. 25

φοίτα ava προμάχους διζήμενος, εἴ που ἐφεύροι. "69

N ee 9? t ΠΕΣ 5.2. 9 D :
τοὺς δ᾽ εὗρ᾽ οὐκέτι πάμπαν ἀπήμονας οὐδ᾽ ἀνολέθρους
ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν δὴ νηυσὶν ἔπι πρύμνῃσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν

Ἂς Ἐν τ aA 7 / Ν > ,

χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων κέατο ψυχὰς ὀλέσαντες,
οἱ δ᾽ ἐν τείχει ἔσαν βεβλημένοι οὐτάμενοί τε.

\ Ν ΠΕ Ὁ , eer hay Ν /
τὸν δὲ τάχ᾽ εὗρε μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ δακρυοέσσης 705
δῖον ᾿Αλέξανδρον, ᾿Ελένης πόσιν ἠὐκόμοιο,
θαρσύνονθ᾽ ἑτάρους καὶ ἐποτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι,
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος προσέφη αἰσχροῖς ἐπέεσσι"
{ς Δ ,ὔ ων ᾽ / 3 ,

ὕσπαρι, εἶδος ἄριστε, γυναιμανές, ἠἡπεροπευτά,

ποῦ τοι Δηΐφοβός τε βίη θ᾽ “Ἑλένοιο ἄνακτος 770
᾿Ασιάδης τ᾽ ᾿Αδάμας ἠδ᾽ “Acros, Ὑρτάκου vids ;

a / ᾽ ue a ν “ >»
ποῦ δέ τοι Obpvoveds ; viv ὦλετο πᾶσα κατ᾽ ἄκρης
eT Lem a n SEN » 39

Atos αἰπεινή" νῦν τοι σῶς αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος.

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής"
“"Extop, ἐπεί τοι θυμὸς ἀναίτιον αἰτιάασθαι, 778
ἄλλοτε δή ποτε μᾶλλον ἐρωῆσαι πολέμοιο
μέλλω, ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἐμὲ πάμπαν ἀνάλκιδα γείνατο μήτηρ"
ἐξ οὗ γὰρ παρὰ νηυσὶ μάχην ἤγειρας ἑταίρων,
ἐκ τοῦ δ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντες ὁμιλέομεν Δαναοῖσι
νωλεμέως" ἕταροι δὲ κατέκταθεν, ods ob μεταλλᾷς. 780
οἴω Δηϊφοβός τε βίη θ᾽ “Ἑλένοιο ἄνακτος
οἴχεσθον, μακρῇσι τετυμμένω ἐγχείῃσιν
5 , Ν aie Be , > >» ,
ἀμφοτέρω κατὰ χεῖρα" φόνον δ᾽ ἤμυνε Κρονίων.

a ἈΠ ον". 39), “Ὁ, , , pews
νῦν 6 ἄρχ᾽, ὅππῃ σε κραδίη θυμός τε κελεύει
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐμμεμαῶτες ἅμ᾽ ἑψόμεθ᾽, οὐδέ τί φημι 733
5) lad Ἢ “ , 4 /
ἀλκῆς δευήσεσθαι, ὅση δύναμίς ye πάρεστι.

Ν , > > ” AN aoe , "4 3)
πὰρ δύναμιν δ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι καὶ ἐσσύμενον πολεμίζειν.

“Os εἰπὼν παρέπεισεν ἀδελφειοῦ φρένας ἥρως"
βὰν δ᾽ ἴμεν ἔνθα μάλιστα μάχη καὶ φύλοπις ἣεν,
ἀμφί τε Κεβριόνην καὶ ἀμύμονα Πουλυδάμαντα, 790
Φάλκην Ὀρθαῖόν τε καὶ ἀντίθεον ἸΠολυφήτην

26 13. [AIAAOS N.

Πάλμυν τ᾽ ᾿Ασκάνιόν τε Μόρυν θ᾽, vf’ ἹἹπποτίωνος,

οἵ ῥ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Ασκανίης ἐριβώλακος ἦλθον ἀμοιβοὶ

Peta τ αν / ᾿ , Ν > /

ἠοῖ τῇ προτέρῃ" τότε δὲ Ζεὺς ὦρσε μάχεσθαι.

of δ᾽ ἴσαν ἀργαλέων ἀνέμων ἀτάλαντοι ἀέλλῃ,,
i] ῥά θ᾽ ὑπὸ βροντῆς πατρὸς Διὸς εἶσι πέδονδε,
θεσπεσίῳ δ᾽ ὁμάδῳ ἁλὶ μίσγεται, ἐν δέ τε πολλὰ
κύματα παφλάζοντα πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης,

κυρτὰ φαληριόωντα, πρὸ μέν T ἄλλ᾽, αὐτὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλα"

795

ds Τρῶες πρὸ μὲν ἄλλοι ἀρηρότες, αὐτὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοι, 800

χαλκῷ μαρμαίροντες ἅμ᾽ ἡγεμόνεσσιν ἕποντο.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο, βροτολοιγῷ ἴσος "Αρηὶ,

Πριαμίδης" πρόσθεν δ᾽ ἔχεν ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην,

ῥινοῖσιν πυκινήν, πολλὸς δ᾽ ἐπελήλατο χαλκός"
ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ κροτάφοισι φαεινὴ σείετο πήληξ.
, sues \ , 5 - /
πάντῃ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ φάλαγγας ἐπειρᾶτο προποδίζων,
» , eae « 4 I -
εἴ πώς οἱ εἴξειαν ὑπασπίδια προβιβαντι
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ σύγχει θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
Αἴας δὲ πρῶτος προκαλέσσατο, μάκρα βιβάσθων'"
“δαιμόνιε, σχεδὸν ἐλθέ" τίη δειδίσσεαι αὔτως
’ / ΝΜ la f ui 7 , >
Ἀργείους ; ov τοί τι μάχης ἀδαήμονές εἰμεν,
> Ν Nee U ee INE ’ ,
ἀλλὰ Διὸς μάστιγι κακῇ ἐδάμημεν ᾿Αχαιοί.
ἢ θήν πού τοι θυμὸς ἐέλπεται ἐξαλαπάξειν
ἈῊΡ Δ ὦ , . Ne ἈΝ > _\ Nees ἃ
νῆας" ἄφαρ ὃέ τε χεῖρες ἀμύνειν εἰσὶ καὶ ἡμῖν.
Ss Ν / Lo / , ers
ἢ κε πολὺ φθαίη εὖ ναιομένη πόλις ὑμὴ
A ε gute / « fal 2 /

χερσὶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμετέρῃσιν ἁλοῦσά τε περθομένη τε.

σοὶ δ᾽ αὐτῷ φ Ν δὸ 7 ς ΄ ύ
υ φημὶ σχεδὸν ἐμμεναι, ὁππότε φεύγων

ἀρήσῃ Διὶ πατρὶ καὶ ἄλλοις ἀθανάτοισι
θάτσονας ἰρήκων ἔμεναι καλλίτριχας ἵππους,

“ , b) » ,ὔ / 3)
οἵ σε πόλινδ᾽ οἴσουσι κονίοντες πεδίοιο.

ΩΣ By ς ed ᾿Ξ fe Ν »

Ὡς ἄρα ot εἰπόντι ἐπέπτατο δεξιὸς ὄρνις,

αἰετὸς ὑψιπέτης" ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἴαχε λαὸς ᾿Αχαιῶν

! > me x 9 s / “ ὦ
θάρσυνος οἰωνῳ᾽ ὁ δ᾽ ἀμείβετο φαίδιμος “Εἰκτωρ

810

815

820

13. ΛΙΑΔΟΣ N.

rs}
“Nr

« Atay ἁμαρτοεπές, βουγάϊε, ποῖον ἔειπες"
> Ν ἜΤ ας σ΄ Ν fos > ,
εἰ yap ἐγὼν οὕτω ye Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο 825
Μ » / / / , σ“
εἴην ἤματα πάντα, τέκοι δέ με πότνια “Hpn,
τιοίμην δ᾽ ὡς tler ᾿Αθηναίη καὶ ᾿Απόλλων,
ὡς νῦν ἡμέρη ἥδε κακὸν φέρει ᾿Αργείοισι
fal 4.3 3 Ἂς Ν a , Μ ,
πᾶσι μάλ᾽, ἐν δὲ σὺ τοῖσι πεφήσεαι, al κε ταλάασσῃς
μεῖναι ἐμὸν δόρυ μακρόν, ὅ τοι χρόα λειριόεντα 830
ddeu ἀτὰρ Τρώων κορέεις κύνας ἠδ᾽ οἰωνοὺς
δημῷ καὶ σάρκεσσι, πεσὼν ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.᾽
“Os ἄρα φωνήσας ἡγήσατο" τοὶ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο
Sak / ae > ¥ Ν »
ἠχῇ θεσπεσίῃ, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἴαχε λαὸς ὄπισθεν.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐπίαχον, οὐδ᾽ ἐλάθοντο 83
3

οι

ἀλκῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμενον Τρώων ἐπιόντας ἀρίστους.
ἠχὴ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἵκετ᾽ αἰθέρα καὶ Διὸς αὐγάς.

IAITAAOZ &.

A ,
Διὸς ἀπάτη.

’; ᾽
Νέστορα δ᾽ οὐκ ἔλαθεν ἰαχὴ πίνοντά περ ἔμπης,
ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Ασκληπιάδην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“φράζεο, δῖε Μαχᾶον, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα"
uelCwy δὴ παρὰ νηυσὶ βοὴ θαλερῶν αἰζηῶν.
τὶ Ν Ν Ν al lal / ν =
ἀλλὰ ov μὲν νῦν πῖνε καθήμενος αἴθοπα οἷνον,
εἰς ὅ κε θερμὰ λοετρὰ ἐὐπλόκαμος “Ἑκαμήδη
θερμήνῃ καὶ λούσῃ ἄπο Bporov αἱματόεντα"
DN ἍΝ > Ν t » 3 » 33
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἐλθὼν τάχα εἴσομαι ἐς περιωπήν.
ὰ > ας , 7, - ΓΝ
Ὡς εἰπὼν σάκος εἷλε τετυγμένον υἷος ἑοῖο,
/ 5 / te € U
κείμενον ἐν κλισίῃ, Θρασυμήδεος ἱπποδάμοιο,
a a seek 3» gpl) 39) / Ν con
χαλκῷ παμφαῖνον" ὁ δ᾽ ἔχ᾽ ἀσπίδα πατρὸς ἑοῖο.
ἵλ ὃ᾽ ἄλκ ν 5 rs )ξέϊ ‘ Ako
εἵλετο δ΄ ἄλκιμον ἔγχος, ἀκαχμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
“ 3: .19 Ν ᾿ 2) ταν Υ τι 7
στῆ ὃ ἐκτὸς κλισίης, τάχα δ᾽ εἴσιδεν ἔργον ἀεικές,
Ν Ν > / Ἃς Ν / Vv
TOUS μὲν ὁρινομένους, τοὺς δὲ κλονέοντας ὄπισθε,
Τρῶας ὑπερθύμους" ἐρέριπτο δὲ τεῖχος ᾿Αχαιῶν.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε πορφύρῃ πέλαγος μέγα κύματι κωφῷ
τορφυρῇ yos pey ! Ds
ὀσσόμενον λιγέων ἀνέμων λαιψηρὰ κέλευθα
Μ 39) ν ’ὔ > /
αὕτως, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα τε προκυλίνδεται οὐδετέρωσε,
πρίν τινα κεκριμένον καταβήμεναι ἐκ Διὸς οὖρον,
A ς ΄ “ ee Ν Ν
ὡς ὁ γέρων ὥρμαινε δαϊζόμενος κατὰ θυμὸν
διχθάδι᾽, ἢ μεθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἴοι Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων,
ἦε μετ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδην ᾿Αγαμέμνονα, ποιμένα λαῶν.
ὧδε δέ οἱ φρονέοντι δοάσσατο κέρδιον εἷναι,

1ο

15

20

: 14. IAIAAO® &.

βῆναι ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδην. οἱ δ᾽ ἀλλήλους ἐνάριζον
Α , ‘ Ν Ν b] Ἂς
μαρνάμενοι" λάκε δέ σφι περὶ χροὶ χαλκὸς ἀτειρὴς
/ ’ ὔ ny ey ’ ,
νυσσομένων ξίφεσίν τε Kal ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισι.
Νέστορι δὲ ξύμβληντο διοτρεφέες βασιλῆες
πὰρ νηῶν ἀνιόντες, ὅσοι βεβλήατο χαλκῷ,
ἐ 3
Τυδείδης ᾿Οδυσεύς τε καὶ ᾿Ατρεΐδης ᾿Αγαμέμνων.
A , ἘΝ ἐν Ι ιν ὦ -“
πολλὸν γάρ ῥ᾽ ἀπάνευθε μάχης εἰρύατο νῆες
θῖν ἔφ᾽ ἁλὸς πολιῆς" τὰς γὰρ πρώτας πεδίονδε
εἴρυσαν, αὐτὰρ τεῖχος ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσιν ἔδειμαν.
IgX Ν 99) τὺ aN 3 , ,
οὐδὲ yap οὐδ᾽ εὐρύς περ ἐὼν ἐδυνήσατο πάσας
5 Ν fal / ’, Ν ,
αἰγιαλὸς νῆας χαδέειν, στείνοντο δὲ λαοί"
τῷ ῥα προκρόσσας ἔρυσαν, καὶ πλῆσαν ἁπάσης
ἠϊόνος στόμα μακρόν, ὅσον συνεέργαθον ἄκραι.
Le TS leek, Dee ie] , deen Ν λέ
τῷ ῥ᾽ οἵ γ᾽ ὀψείοντες ἀὐτῆς καὶ πολέμοιο
" 3 , , 5 BLAM ,
ἔγχει ἐρειδόμενοι κίον ἀθρόοι ἄχνυτο δέ σφι
θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν. ὁ δὲ ξύμβλητο γεραιός,
Νέστωρ, πτῆξε δὲ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
x: \ , / , ? , —
τὸν καὶ φωνήσας προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων"
«3 Νέστορ Νηληϊάδη, μέγα κῦδος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
τίπτε λιπὼν πόλεμον φθισήνορα δεῦρ᾽ ἀφικάνεις ;
, yy
δείδω μὴ δή μοι τελέσῃ ἔπος ὄβριμος “Ἕκτωρ,
e Nee) / 2 \ , 3 3 ,
ὥς mor ἐπηπείλησεν ἐνὶ Τρώεσσ᾽ ἀγορεύων,
Ν Ν Ν cal \” "ἡ
μὴ πρὶν πὰρ νηῶν προτὶ ᾿ἴλιον ἀπονέεσθαι,
πρὶν πυρὶ νῆας ἐνιπρῆσαι, κτεῖναι δὲ καὶ αὐτούς.
κεῖνος τὼς ἀγόρευε" τὰ δὴ νῦν πάντα τελεῖται.
& πόποι, ἦ ῥα καὶ ἄλλοι ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ἐν θυμῷ βάλλονται ἐμοὶ χόλον, ὥς περ ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλουσι μάχεσθαι ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσι νέεσσι."
μάχ ρύμνῃ .
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ’ ἔπειτα Γερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ"
“ἢ δὴ ταῦτά γ᾽ ἑτοῖμα τετεύχαται, οὐδέ κεν ἄλλως
Ζεὺς ὑψιβρεμέτης αὐτὸς παρατεκτήναιτο.
tal , “5
τεῖχος μὲν γὰρ δὴ κατερήριπεν, ᾧ ἐπέπιθμεν

Nv
“σι

320

55

30 14. IAIAAOS Ξ.

” a \ x A = » Ξ
ἄρρηκτον νηῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν εἷλαρ ἔσεσθαι"
« 3. FOX \ n / Pp) ,ὔ v7
οἱ & ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῇσι μάχην ἀλίαστον ἔχουσι
/ e 9979 ἃ 4 ’ ἐξ /

νωλεμές" οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔτι γνοίης μάλα περ σκοπιάζων
ε “ 9 ἌΝ ld /
ὁπποτέρωθεν ᾿Αχαιοὶ ὀρινόμενοι κλονέονται;
ὡς ἐπιμὶξ κτείνονται, ἀὐτὴ δ᾽ οὐρανὸν ἵκει. 60
ἡμεῖς δὲ φραζώμεθ᾽ ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα,
εἴ τι νόος ῥέξει' πόλεμον δ᾽ οὐκ ἄμμε κελεύω
δύμεναι" οὐ γάρ πως βεβλημένον ἔστι μάχεσθαι."

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων"
“Νέστορ, ἐπεὶ δὴ νηυσὶν ἔπι πρύμνῃσι μάχονται, 65
τεῖχος δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχραισμε τετυγμένον, οὐδέ τι τάφρος,

ἡ ἔπι πόλλ᾽ ἔπαθον Δαναοί, ἔλποντο δὲ θυμῷ
ἄρρηκτον νηῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν εἷλαρ ἔσεσθαι,
οὕτω που Διὶ μέλλει ὑπερμενέϊ φίλον εἶναι,
νωνύμνους ἀπολέσθαι ἀπ᾽ “Apyeos ἐνθάδ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς. ze
ἤδεα μὲν γὰρ ὅτε πρόφρων Δαναοῖσιν ἄμυνεν
ἤδεα μὲν γὰρ ὅτε πρόφρ pover,
a XX fal “ ἊΝ Ν ε an / a
οἶδα δὲ νῦν OTE τοὺς μὲν ὁμῶς μακάρεσσι θεοῖσι
κυδάνει, ἡμέτερον δὲ μένος καὶ χεῖρας ἔδησεν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγεθ᾽, ὡς ἂν ἐγὼν εἴπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες.
νῆες ὅσαι πρῶται εἰρύαται ἄγχι θαλάσσης, 75
ἕλκωμεν, πάσας δὲ ἐρύσσομεν εἰς ἅλα δῖαν,
ὕψι δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εὐνάων ὁρμίσσομεν, εἰς ὅ κεν ἔλθῃ
\ 3 , Ἅ Ν na 9 ἐς 7
νὺξ ἀβρότη, ἢν καὶ τῇ ἀπόσχωνται πολέμοιο
Τρῶες" ἔπειτα δέ κεν ἐρυσαίμεθα νῆας ἁπάσας.
> , / / , SIND) 5 Ν 4
οὐ yap τις νέμεσις φυγέειν κακόν, οὐδ᾽ ἀνὰ νύκτα. 80

/ aA “2 i? Ν Ἄς VE , 3)
βέλτερον ὃς φεύγων προφύγῃ κακὸν ἠὲ ἁλώῃ.

; ,

Tov δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσσεύς"
‘cc 7A td ar " ΄ e 35 , A

τρεΐδη, ποῖόν σε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων
οὐλόμεν᾽, αἴθ᾽ ὥφελλες ἀεικελίου στρατοῦ ἄλλου
, 3. 5" / e Ν \
σημαίνειν, μηδ᾽ ἄμμιν ἀνασσέμεν, οἷσιν apa Ζεὺς 85
ἐκ νεότητος ἔδωκε καὶ ἐς γῆρας τολυπεύειν
ἀργαλέους πολέμους, ὄφρα φθιόμεσθα ἕκαστος.

14. IATAAO® Ξ.

,
οὕτω δὴ μέμονας Τρώων πόλιν εὐρυάγυιαν
“2 t
καλλείψειν, ἧς εἵνεκ᾽ ὀϊζύομεν κακὰ πολλά;
lal ny fe
σίγα, μή τίς τ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ
lal ¢ t xv
μῦθον, dv ov κεν ἀνήρ γε διὰ στόμα πάμπαν ἄγοιτο,
oe ἄγον ἢ e \ wv t
ὅς τις ἐπίσταιτο OL φρεσὶν ἄρτια βάζειν
fal , ᾽ » / ε I, \
σκηπτοῦχός T εἴη, καί οἱ πειθοίατο λαοὶ
σῷ} of \ >? I . 7 ‘
τοσσοίδ᾽ ὅσσοισιν ov μετ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀνάσσεις
νῦν δέ σευ ὠνοσάμην πάγχυ φρένας, οἷον ἔειπες"
ὃς κέλεαι πολέμοιο συνεσταότος καὶ ἀὐτῆς
νῆας ἐὐσσέλμους ἅλαδ᾽ ἑλκέμεν, Opp’ ἔτι μᾶλλον
Τρωσὶ μὲν εὐκτὰ γένηται ἐπικρατέουσί περ ἔμπης,
τς πο 3 eX Μ " / > Ν 3. Ν
ἡμῖν δ᾽ αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος ἐπιρρέπῃ. οὐ γὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
, lal e 2 e (7
σχήσουσιν πόλεμον νηῶν Grad ἑλκομενάων,
4 3753 / 3 , Ν ,
GAN ἀποπαπτανέουσιν, ἐρωήσουσι δὲ χάρμης.
ἔνθα κε σὴ βουλὴ δηλήσεται, ὄρχαμε λαῶν. _
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ’ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων"
“ὦ ᾿Οδυσεῦ, μάλα πώς με καθίκεο θυμὸν ἐνιπῇ
ἀργαλέῃ" ἀτὰρ οὐ μὲν ἐγὼν ἀέκοντας ἄνωγα
νῆας ἐὐσσέλμους ἅλαδ᾽ ἑλκέμεν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
νῦν δ᾽ εἴη ὃς τῆσδέ γ᾽ ἀμείνονα μῆτιν ἐνίσποι,
εν ὌΠ (ioe) \ / 5 / Tee ed
ἢ νέος ἠὲ παλαιός" ἐμοὶ δέ KEV ἀσμένῳ εἰη.
Τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδη"
“ς ἐγγὺς ἀνήρ---οὐ δηθὰ ματεύσομεν---, αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλητε
, A , , >) / ¢
πείθεσθαι, καὶ μή τι κότῳ ἀγάσησθε ἕκαστος,
’ os δ , re fe Silent
οὕνεκα δὴ γενεῆφι νεώτατος εἰμι μεθ᾽ ὑμῖν
9 a“
πατρὸς δ᾽ ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ ἐγὼ γένος εὔχομαι εἶναι,
’ A / SS Ν ral 7,
Τυδέος, ὃν Θήβῃσι χυτὴ κατὰ γαῖα καλύπτει.
Πορθεῖ γὰρ τρεῖς παῖδες ἀμύμονες ἐξεγένοντο,
ᾧκεον δ᾽ ἐν Πλευρῶνι καὶ αἰπεινῇ Καλυδῶνι,
“Aypios ἠδὲ Μέλας, τρίτατος δ᾽ ἦν ἱππότα Οἰνεύς,
πατρὸς ἐμοῖο πατήρ' ἀρετῇ δ᾽ ἦν ἔξοχος αὐτῶν.
3 3 “6 Ἂς 3 , ca) Ν ΕΠ NS ν - /
ἀλλ᾽ 6 μὲν αὐτόθι μεῖνε, πατὴρ δ᾽ ἐμὸς “Apyei νάσθη

e

31

go

100

Iio

32 14. IAIAAOS &.

πλαγχθείς" ὡς yap που Ζεὺς ἤθελε καὶ θεοὶ ἄλλοι. 120
᾿Αδρήστοιο δ᾽ ἔγημε θυγατρῶν, vate δὲ δῶμα
ἀφνειὸν βιότοιο, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι
πυροφόροι, πολλοὶ δὲ φυτῶν ἔσαν ὄρχατοι ἀμφίς,
πολλὰ δέ οἱ πρόβατ᾽ ἔσκε" κέκαστο δὲ πάντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
3 / e x Ν / ya) / ϑιι9 ,
ἐγχείῃ" τὰ δὲ μέλλετ᾽ ἀκουέμεν, εἰ ἐτεόν περ. 125
”~ > SA / 4 uN A, 33 1X ὃ 4
τῷ οὐκ ἄν με γένος γε κακὸν Kal ἀνάλκιδα φάντες
a 5 , / 24 3., οὐ αν
μῦθον ἀτιμήσαιτε πεφασμένον, ὅν κ᾽ εὖ εἴπω.
ὍΝ Φὺ , , Ν Eee ἢ ie 9 Ud
δεῦτ᾽ ἴομεν πόλεμόνδε Kal οὐτάμενοί περ ἀνάγκῃ.
ν x, ν ᾽ ’ Ν Ν 5 , “ Lal
ἔνθα δ΄ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος
ἐκ βελέων, μή πού τις ἐφ᾽ ἕλκεϊ ἕλκος ἄρηται" 130
" 2453 , ΕῚ ,ὔ A \ /
ἄλλους δ᾽ ὀτρύνοντες ἐνήσομεν, ol TO πάρος περ
θυμῷ ἦρα φέροντες ἀφεστᾶσ᾽ οὐδὲ μάχονται."
μῷ ἦρα φέρ μάχονται.
By, n > .
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ pada μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο
Ν n )
βὰν δ᾽ ἴμεν, ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων.
Οὐδ᾽ ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε κλυτὸς ἐννοσίγαιος, 135
ἀλλὰ μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἦλθε παλαιῷ φωτὶ ἐοικώς,
εἰ -) 3 fh
δεξιτερὴν δ᾽ ἕλε χεῖρ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρεΐδαο,
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“᾿Ατρεΐδη, νῦν δή που ᾿Αχιλλῆος ὀλοὸν κῆρ
γηθεῖ ἐνὶ στήθεσσι, φόνον καὶ φύζαν ᾿Αχαιῶν 140
ὃ 2 ἢ 9 \ ΝΜ ec / ὑδ᾽ πὸ ,
ἐρκομένῳ, ἐπεὶ OV οἱ ἐνι φρένες, οὐδ ἡβαιαί.
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ὡς ἀπόλοιτο, θεὸς δὲ E σιφλώσειε"
σοὶ δ᾽ οὔ πω μάλα πάγχυ θεοὶ μάκαρες κοτέουσιν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι που Τρώων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες
δ᾽ ἢ, , , Ν 94493 , Fi HN
εὐρὺ κονίσουσιν πεδίον, σὺ δ᾽ ἐπόψεαι αὐτὸς 145
“ ”
φεύγοντας προτὶ ἄστυ νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων.
ἃ > eee POS Hise 5 / ,
Qs εἰπὼν μέγ᾽ ἄῦσεν, ἐπεσσύμενος πεδίοιο.
ὅσσον δ᾽ ἐννεάχιλοι ἐπίαχον ἢ δεκάχιλοι
f / ¥
ἀνέρες ἐν πολέμῳ, ἔριδα ξυνάγοντες “Apyos,
τύσσην ἐκ στήθεσφιν ὄπα κρείων ἐνοσίχθων 150
᾿ a. val SX / , 4 PA tena 2
ἧκεν" ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν δὲ μέγα σθένος ἔμβαλ᾽ ἑκάστῳ

14. IATAAOS

,
καρδίῃ, ἄλληκτον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι.
σ al a
Hpn δ᾽ εἰσεῖδε χρυσόθρονος ὀφθαλμοῖσι
ao)
στᾶσ᾽ ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο ἀπὸ ῥίου" αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔγνω
τὸν μὲν ποιπνύοντα μάχην ἀνὰ κυδιάνειραν

> 7 Ν , - Ν ae
αὐτοκασίγνητον καὶ da€pa, χαῖρε δὲ θυμῷ

a ’ n
Ζῆνα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς πολυπίδακος Ἴδης
Ὁ“ > cal \ δ᾽, ον ον
ἥμενον εἰσεῖδε, στυγερὸς δὲ οἱ ἔπλετο θυμῷ.

, bee} ““ , “
μερμήριξε δ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη
4 3 / Ν , > ,
ὅππως ἐξαπάφοιτο Διὸς νόον αἰγιόχοιο"
ἧδε δέ οἱ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή,
5 ta Si ν ς 3 4 > la
ἐλθεῖν εἰς Ἴδην εὖ ἐντύνασαν & αὐτήν,
€ τς , ,
εἴ πως ἱμείραιτο παραδραθέειν φιλότητι
a a ’ /
ἡἧ χροιῇ, τῷ δ᾽ ὕπνον ἀπήμονά τε λιαρόν τε
χεύῃ ἐπὶ βλεφάροισιν ἰδὲ φρεσὶ πευκαλίμῃσι.
βῆ δ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς θάλαμον, τόν οἱ φίλος υἱὸς ἔτευξεν
Ἥφαιστος, πυκινὰς δὲ θύρας σταθμοῖσιν ἐπῆρσε
2 a ᾽ n
κληῖδι κρυπτῇ, τὴν δ᾽ οὐ θεὸς ἄλλος ἀνῷγεν'
ἔνθ᾽ fy εἰσελθοῦσα θύρας ἐπέθηκε φαεινάς.
ἀμβροσίῃ μὲν πρῶτον ἀπὸ χροὸς ἱμερόεντος
λύματα πάντα κάθηρεν, ἀλείψατο δὲ λίπ᾽ ἐλαίῳ
5 , = LZ ¢ /
ἀμβροσίῳ ἑδανῷ, τό ῥά οἱ τεθυωμένον ἦεν"
τοῦ καὶ κινυμένοιο Διὸς κατὰ χαλκοβατὲς δῶ
ἔμπης ἐς γαῖάν τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἵκετ᾽ ἀὐτμή.

Ae ἂν ὦ , \ 5 / IOXK /
τῷ ῥ᾽ 7] γε χρόα καλὸν ἀλειψαμένη, ἰδὲ χαίτας
πεξαμένη, χερσὶ πλοκάμους ἔπλεξε φαεινοὺς

A "3 , od / 3 /
καλοὺς ἀμβροσίους ἐκ κράατος ἀθανάτοιο.
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμβρόσιον ἑανὸν ἕσαθ᾽, ὅν οἱ ᾿Αθήνη
ἔξυσ᾽ ἀσκήσασα, τίθει δ᾽ ἐνὶ δαίδαλα πολλά"
χρυσείῃς δ᾽ ἐνετῇσι κατὰ στῆθος περονᾶτο.
ζώσατο δὲ ζώνην ἑκατὸν θυσάνοις ἀραρυῖαν,
3 > » e » 3... 7, a
ἐν 6 apa ματα ἧκεν πόρον νος λοβοῖσι

τρίγληνα popdevta’ χάρις δ᾽ Ἐὐπεδο πετὰ πολλή.
VOL: I,

33

160

165

170

175

180

34 14. IAIAAOS Ξ.

κρηδέμνῳ δ᾽ ἐφύπερθε καλύψατο δῖα θεάων

καλῷ νηγατέῳ' λευκὸν δ᾽ ἦν ἠέλιος ὥς" 186

ποσσὶ δ᾽ ὑπὸ λιπαροῖσιν ἐδήσατο καλὰ πέδιλα.

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ πάντα περὶ χροὶ θήκατο κόσμον,

βῆ ῥ᾽ ἴμεν ἐκ θαλάμοιο, καλεσσαμένη δ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτην

τῶν ἄλλων ἀπάνευθε θεῶν πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπε"

“ἡ ῥά νύ μοί τι πίθοιο, φίλον τέκος, ὅττι κεν εἴπω, 190

He κεν ἀρνήσαιο, κοτεσσαμένη τό γε θυμῷ,

οὕνεκ᾽ ἐγὼ Δαναοῖσι, σὺ δὲ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγεις 3’
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη"

“Ἥρη, πρέσβα θεά, θύγατερ μεγάλοιο Κρόνοιο,

αὔδα ὅ τι φρονέεις" τελέσαι δέ με θυμὸς ἄνωγεν, 195

Ε

ψ. (eee |)
εἰ δύναμαι τελέσαι ye Kal εἰ τετελεσμένον ἐστίν.
al , ¢ .
Τὴν δὲ δολοφρονέουσα προσηύδα πότνια “Ἥρη
Ν a , No ey, < \ ,
“δὸς νῦν μοι φιλότητα καὶ ἵμερον, ᾧ Te σὺ πάντας
an Ν
δαμνᾷ ἀθανάτους ἠδὲ θνητοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
εἶμι γὰρ ὀψομένη πολυφόρβου πείρατα γαίης, 200
3 ᾽ θ “ , Ν / T θ 4,
Qreavov τε, θεῶν γένεσιν, καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν,
a i >
of με σφοῖσι δόμοισιν ἐὺ τρέφον ἠδ᾽ ἀτίταλλον,
/ «ς , “ ’ >’ et Ν
δεξάμενοι ἹΡείας, ὅτε τε Κρόνον εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς
/ / “ N22 / /
γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε καὶ ἀτρυγέτοιο θαλάσσης"
\ e 9 9 , , > + ΄ ΒΡ τς
τοὺς εἰμ᾽ ὀψομένη, καί σφ᾽ ἄκριτα νείκεα λύσω 205
¥ SS \ , ΟΣ / p) 7
Ἴδη γὰρ δηρὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλων ἀπέχονται
Dears \ , 5 \ , Ν ed
εὐνὴς καὶ φιλότητος, ἐπεὶ χόλος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ.
/ an lad
εἰ κείνω γ᾽ ἐπέεσσι παραιπεπιθοῦσα φίλον κῆρ
> SN, 5 / c la ἐς
εἰς εὐνὴν ἀνέσαιμι ὁμωθῆναι φιλότητι,
αἰεί κέ σφι φίλη τε καὶ αἰδοίη καλεοίμην." 210
Ν >
Τὴν δ᾽ aire προσέειπε φιλομμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη"
“οὐκ ἔστ᾽ οὐδὲ ἔοικε τεὸν ἔπος ἀρνήσασθαι:
ig a Ν πὰ 4 ΕῚ 5 , ἈΠ 2)
ais γὰρ Tov ἀρίστου ἐν ἀγκοίνῃσιν ἰαύεις.
δ Ὁ Ν Ue
Π, καὶ ἀπὸ στήθεσφιν ἐλύσατο κεστὸν ἱμάντα
ποικίλον, ἔνθα τέ οἱ θελκτήρια πάντα τέτυκτο" 215

14. IAIAAOS Ξ. 45

ἔνθ᾽ ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ᾽ ἵμερος, ἐν δ᾽ ὀαριστὺς
πάρφασις, ἥ τ᾽ ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων.
τόν ῥά οἱ ἔμβαλε χερσὶν ἔπος τ᾽ par’ ἔκ τ᾽ dvdpace
“rh νῦν, τοῦτον ἱμάντα τεῷ ἐγκάτθεο κόλπῳ,
7 ey ἢ , Ae ee ΧῊΣ

ποικίλον, ᾧ ἔνι πάντα τετεύχαται" οὐδέ TE φημι 220
ἄπρηκτόν γε νέεσθαι, ὅ τι φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς."

‘Os φάτο, μείδησεν. δὲ βοῶπις πότνια “Hon,
μειδήσασα δ᾽ ἔπειτα ἑῷ ἐγκάτθετο κόλπῳ.

n 2

ἯἩ μὲν ἔβη πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη,
. ah
Ηρη δ᾽ ἀΐξασα λίπεν ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο, 225
Πιερίην δ᾽ ἐπιβᾶσα καὶ ᾿Ημαθίην ἐρατεινὴν
σεύατ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἱπποπόλων Θρῃκῶν ὄρεα νιφόεντα,
5 , fins Od , / ° A
ἀκροτάτας κορυφάς" οὐδὲ χθόνα μάρπτε ποδοῖιν
5 > , > ee Δ δ , 3 Ἂν /
ἐξ ᾿Αθόω δ᾽ ἐπὶ πόντον ἐβήσετο κυμαίνοντα,
Λῆμνον δ᾽ εἰσαφίκανε, πόλιν θείοιο Θόαντος. 230
” bn) 7 ᾿ς I
ἔνθ᾽ Ὕπνῳ ξύμβλητο, κασιγνήτῳ Oavaroro,
ἔν τ᾽ ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρὶ ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν"

of a 3
“rye, ἄναξ πάντων τε θεῶν πάντων T ἀνθρώπων,
ἠμὲν δή ποτ᾽ ἐμὸν ἔπος ἔκλυες, ἠδ᾽ ἔτι καὶ νῦν
πείθευ" ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν ἤματα πάντα. 235
κοίμησόν μοι Ζηνὸς ὑπ᾽ ὀφρύσιν ὄσσε φαεινώ,
αὐτίκ᾽ ἐπεί κεν ἐγὼ παραλέξομαι ἐν φιλότητι.
δῶρα δέ τοι δώσω καλὸν θρόνον, ἄφθιτον αἰεί͵
χρύσεον Ἥφαιστος δέ κ᾿ ἐμὸς πάϊς ἀμφιγυήεις

4 cs) 7 ere & Ν “ \ ef
τεύξει᾽ ἀσκήσας, ὑπὸ δὲ θρῆνυν ποσὶν ἥσει, 240
τῷ κεν ἐπισχοίης λιπαροὺς πόδας εἰλαπινάζων."

Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσεφώνεε νήδυμος Ὕπνος"
«Ἥρῃ, πρέσβα θεά, θύγατερ μεγάλοιο Κρόνοιο,
ἄλλον μέν κεν ἐγώ γε θεῶν αἰειγενετάων
ῥεῖα κατευνήσαιμι, καὶ ἂν ποταμοῖο ῥέεθρα 245
᾿Ωκεανοῦ, ὅς περ γένεσις πάντεσσι τέτυκται"

Ζηνὸς δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἐγώ γε Κρονίονος ἄσσον ἱκοίμην,
D2

36 14. IAIAAOS Ξ.

OX la 9 [ὦ Ν, 3 , ,
οὐδὲ κατευνήσαιμ', OTE μὴ αὐτός ye κελεύοι.
ἤδη γάρ με καὶ ἄλλο τεὴ ἐπίνυσσεν ἐφετμή,
Ψ ἘΣ, a tay Q εν
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε κεῖνος ὑπέρθυμος Διὸς υἱὸς 250
ἔπλεεν ᾿Ιλιόθεν, Τρώων πόλιν ἐξαλαπάξας.
> “WS εν Ν Ν , 3 ,
ἢ τοι ἐγὼ μὲν ἔλεξα Διὸς νόον αἰγιόχοιο
, 5 ΚΙ SPRL ἃ Ν , a
νήδυμος ἀμφιχυθείς" σὺ δέ of κακὰ μήσαο θυμῷ,
ὄρσασ᾽ ἀργαλέων ἀνέμων ἐπὶ πόντον ἀήτας,
la a , 3 “ / 5 /
καί μιν ἔπειτα Kowyd’ εὖ ναιομένην ἀπένεικας, 255
νόσφι φίλων πάντων. 6 δ᾽ ἐπεγρόμενος χαλέπαινε,
ε t Ν δῶ 6 “4 DSN > of lA
ῥιπτάζων κατὰ δῶμα θεούς, ἐμὲ δ᾽ ἔξοχα πάντων
, 5 > Wee 2 ὧδ }] Ν ,
ζήτει" καί κέ μ᾽ ἄϊστον am αἰθέρος ἔμβαλε πόντῳ,
εἰ μὴ Νὺξ δμήτειρα θεῶν ἐσάωσε καὶ ἀνδρῶν"
Ν ε ’ , ς ch ΟἹ 4 , ’
τὴν ἱκόμην φεύγων, ὁ δ᾽ ἐπαύσατο χωόμενός περ. 26ο
ἅζετο γὰρ μὴ Νυκτὶ θοῇ ἀποθύμια ἔρδοι
cero Yap μή ἢ μιὰ ἐρόοι.
n 3 “ , 3. “4 ᾿ / » ’ ”
νῦν αὖ τοῦτο μ' ἄνωγας ἀμήχανον ἄλλο τελέσσαι.
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη"
Ὕπνε, τίη δὲ σὺ ταῦτα μετὰ φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς ;
ἢ φὴς ὡς Τρώεσσιν ἀρηξέμεν εὐρύοπα Ζῆν 265
ὡς Ἡρακλῆος περιχώσατο παῖδος ἑοῖο;
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθ᾽, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι Χαρίτων μίαν ὁπλοτεράων
Ve » [4 Ν Ν Led BA
δώσω ὀπυιέμεναι καὶ σὴν κεκλῆσθαι ἄκοιτιν
3
[Πασιθέην, ἣ ἧς αἰὲν ἐέλδεαι ἤματα πάντα]. ;
“Qs φάτο, χήρατο δ᾽ Ὕπνος, ἀμειβόμενος. δὲ προσ-
ηὔδα" 270
«(κ᾿ a » ad > Ν. ὕὸ
ἄγρει νῦν μοι ὄμοσσον ἀάατον Στυγὸς ὕδωρ,
χειρὶ δὲ τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν ἕλε χθόνα πουλυβότειραν,
“ ee. ἢ « / ee ed
τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃ ἅλα μαρμαρέην, ἵνα νῶϊν ἅπαντες
5 \ ,
μάρτυροι @a οἱ ἔνερθε θεοὶ Κρόνον ἀμφὶς ἐόντες,
ἡ μὲν ἐμοὶ δώσειν Χαρίτων μίαν ὁπλοτεράων, 278
Πασιθέην, ἧς τ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐέλδομαι ἤματα πάντα."
“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
ὄμνυε δ᾽ ὡς ἐκέλευε, θεοὺς δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἅπαντας

14. LAIAAOS 2.

Nee xe t ἃ Aly aA we
τοὺς ὑποταρταρίους, οἱ Τιτῆνες καλέονται.
> ‘ s L832 Ὦ. ,ὔ / / \ Ὁ
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ὄμοσέν τε τελεύτησέν τε τὸν ὅρκον,
τὼ βήτην Λήμνου τε καὶ Ἴμβρου ἄστυ λιπόντε,
Ws ε / Ly / ,
ἠέρα ἑσσαμένω, ῥίμφα πρήσσοντε κέλευθον.
ν “
[δην δ᾽ ἱκέσθην πολυπίδακα, μητέρα θηρῶν,
Λεκτόν, ὅθι πρῶτον λιπέτην ἅλα" τὼ δ᾽ ἐπὶ χέρσου
, ° ! fal Ὁ“ , δ
βήτην, ἀκροτάτη δὲ ποδῶν ὕπο σείετο ὕλη.
ἔνθ᾽ Ὕπνος μὲν ἔμεινε πάρος Διὸς ὄσσε ἰδέσθαι,
53 3 / 3 Ν / ἃ Pins 9 v
εἰς ἐλάτην ἀναβὰς περιμήκετον, ἣ TOT ἐν “lon
t a 297 At? ᾧ d
μακροτάτη πεφυυῖα δι᾽ ἠέρος αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανεν
4 9 @ aw, / I] ,
ἔνθ᾽ jor ὄζοισιν πεπυκασμένος εἰλατίνοισιν,
» a) 33 / Ὁ δ +
ὄρνιθι λιγυρῇ ἐναλίγκιος, ἥν τ᾽ ἐν ὄρεσσι
χαλκίδα κικλήσκουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δὲ κύμινδιν.
Ἥρη δὲ κραιπνῶς προσεβήσετο Γάργαρον ἄκρον
Ἴϊδης ὑψηλῆς" ἴδε δὲ νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς.

Oo
“MI

280

290

ὡς δ᾽ ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν,

“ lal , 3 / ,
οἷον ὅτε πρῶτόν περ ἐμισγέσθην φιλότητι,
εἰς εὐνὴν φοιτῶντε, φίλους λήθοντε τοκῆας.

295

στῆ δ᾽ αὐτῆς προπάροιθεν ἔπος τ᾽ par ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν"

“Ἥρῃ, πῇ μεμαυῖα κατ᾽ Οὐλύμπου τόδ᾽ ἱκάνεις ;
¢ 3 > / e n 9 Ὁ ‘4 2)
ἵπποι δ᾽ οὐ παρέασι καὶ ἅρματα, τῶν K ἐπιβαίης.

Τὸν δὲ δολοφρονέουσα προσηύδα πότνια Ἥρη"
“ ἔρχομαι ὀψομένη πολυφόρβου πείρατα γαίης,
᾽Ωκεανόν τε, θεῶν γένεσιν, καὶ μητέρα Τηθύν,
οἵ με σφοῖσι δόμοισιν ev τρέφον ἠδ᾽ ἀτίταλλον"

Ν o> 2), 5 iS , a ΡῈ ’ὔ “9 .
τοὺς εἶμ᾽ ὀψομένη, καί σφ᾽ ἄκριτα νείκεα λύσω
ἤδη γὰρ δηρὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλων ἀπέχονται

a oS \ , 3 Ἂν , 7 Lal
εὐνῆς καὶ φιλότητος, ἐπεὶ χόλος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ.
chee , / ww
ἵπποι δ᾽ ἐν πρυμνωρείῃ πολυπίδακος “léns
ἑστᾶσ᾽, οἵ μ᾽ οἴσουσιν ἐπὶ τραφερήν τε καὶ ὑγρήν.
νῦν δὲ σεῦ εἵνεκα δεῦρο κατ᾽ Οὐλύμπου τόδ᾽ ἱκάνω,
μή πώς μοι μετέπειτα χολώσεαι, αἴ κε σιωπῇ

300

395

310

38 14. IATAAOS 2.

οἴχωμαι πρὸς δῶμα βαθυρρόου ’Qxeavoio.”

Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"
“Ἥρη, κεῖσε μὲν ἔστι καὶ ὕστερον ὁρμηθῆναι,
νῶϊ δ᾽ ἄγ᾽ ἐν φιλότητι τραπείομεν εὐνηθέντε.
οὐ γάρ πώ ποτέ μ᾽ ὧδε θεᾶς ἔρος οὐδὲ γυναικὸς 318
θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι περιπροχυθεὶς ἐδάμασσεν,

9.) € δ δ 4 ’ ip 5 ,
οὐδ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἠρασάμην ᾿Ιξιονίης ἀλόχοιο,
ἣ τέκε ΠΕειρίθοον, θεόφιν μήστωρ᾽ ἀτάλαντον"
οὐδ᾽ ὅτε περ Δανάης καλλισφύρου ᾿Ακρισιώνης,
ἣ τέκε Περσῆα, πάντων ἀριδείκετον ἀνδρῶν" 320
οὐδ᾽ ὅτε Φοίνικος κούρης τηλεκλειτοῖο,
ἣ τέκε μοι Μίνων τε καὶ ἀντίθεον Ῥαδάμανθυν"
οὐδ᾽ ὅτε περ Σεμέλης οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αλκμήνης ἐνὶ Θήβῃ,
we) “4 fal , ’ lal
ἡ p Ἡρακλῆα κρατερόφρονα γείνατο παῖδα"
ἡ δὲ Διώνυσον Σεμέλη τέκε, χάρμα βροτοῖσιν" 328
οὐδ᾽ ὅτε Δήμητρος καλλιπλοκάμοιο ἀνάσσης,
δου ΗΝ, , fal of / OX ny 7A
οὐδ΄ ὁπότε Λητοῦς ἐρικυδέος, οὐδὲ σεῦ αὐτῆς,
ὡς σέο νῦν ἔραμαι καί με γλυκὺς ἵμερος αἱρεῖ."

Τὸν δὲ δολοφρονέουσα προσηύδα πότνια Ἥρη"
“αἰνότατε Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες. 230
εἰ νῦν ἐν φιλότητι λιλαίεαι εὐνηθῆναι
Ἴδης ἐν κορυφῇσι, τὰ δὲ προπέφανται ἅπαντα᾽
πῶς κ᾽ ἔοι, εἴ τις νῶϊ θεῶν αἰειγενετάων
εὕδοντ᾽ ἀθρήσειε, θεοῖσι δὲ πᾶσι μετελθὼν
πεφράδοι ; οὐκ dy ἐγώ γε τεὸν πρὸς δῶμα νεοίμην 335
ἐξ εὐνῆς ἀνστᾶσα, νεμεσσητὸν δέ κεν εἴη.
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δή ῥ᾽ ἐθέλεις καί τοι φίλον ἔπλετο θυμῷ,
ἔστιν τοι θάλαμος, τόν τοι φίλος υἱὸς ἔτευξεν
Ἥφαιστος, πυκινὰς δὲ θύρας σταθμοῖσιν ἐπῆρσεν"

Ν > ¥ 7 b) , ’ » 2 P OF
ἔνθ᾽ ἴομεν κείοντες, ἐπεί νύ τοι εὔαδεν εὐνή. 340

Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"

“Ἥρη, μήτε θεῶν τό γε δείδιθι μήτε τιν᾽ ἀνδρῶν

14. IAIAAOS Ξ. 39

a / ,
ὄψεσθαι" τοῖόν τοι ἐγὼ νέφος ἀμφικαλύψω
3 As , t
χρύσεον" οὐδ᾽ ἂν νῶϊ διαδράκοι ᾿Ηέλιός περ,
t , 3»
οὗ τε καὶ ὀξύτατον πέλεται φάος εἰσοράασθαι. 345
? me " » a f
Ἦ pa, καὶ ἀγκὰς ἔμαρπτε Κρόνου παῖς ἣν παράκοιτιν"
τοῖσι δ᾽ ὑπὸ χθὼν δῖα φύεν νεοθηλέα ποίην,
/
λωτόν θ᾽ ἑρσήεντα ἰδὲ κρόκον ἠδ᾽ ὑάκινθον
Ω Ν 2! ὧν
πυκνὸν καὶ μαλακόν, ὃς ἀπὸ χθονὸς ὑψόσ᾽ ἔεργε.
τῷ ἔνι λεξάσθην, ἐπὶ δὲ νεφέλην ἕσσαντο 350
Ἂς ͵ Ν , 8 / Ν
καλὴν χρυσείην" στιλπναὶ δ᾽ ἀπέπιπτον ἔερσαι.
a ε Ν b) / Ὁ Ν SN t +
Ὡς ὁ μὲν ἀτρέμας εὗδε πατὴρ ava Tapyapw ἄκρῳ,
es Ν t Pees 29 S525 9p Z
ὕπνῳ καὶ φιλότητι dapets, ἔχε δ᾽ ἀγκὰς ἄκοιτιν
βῆ δὲ θέειν ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν νήδυμος Ὕπνος, =
ἀγγελίην ἐρέων γαιηόχῳ ἐννοσιγαίῳ" 355
a 3 Σ
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“πρόφρων νῦν Δαναοῖσι, Ποσείδαον, ἐπάμυνε,
καί σφιν κῦδος ὄπαζε μίνυνθά περ, ὄφρ᾽ ἔτι εὕδει
ἌΡΑΣ ΑΝ SN ot Τὶ κὸν λ5, Ἂς δ WS ee 5
Ζεύς, ἐπεὶ αὐτῷ ἐγὼ μαλακὸν περὶ κῶμ ἐκάλυψα
σ / “ 29)
Hpn δ᾽ ἐν φιλότητι παρήπαφεν εὐνηθῆναι. 360
ay? ,
“Ὡς εἰπὼν 6 μὲν φχετ᾽ ἐπὶ κλυτὰ φῦλ᾽ ἀνθρώπων,
τὸν δ᾽ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀνῆκεν ἀμυνέμεναι Δαναοῖσιν.
> aw 29 , / Ν vy 4 .
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐν πρώτοισι μέγα προθορὼν ἐκέλευσεν
tal τ
““Αργεῖοι, καὶ δὴ αὖτε μεθίεμεν “Ἕκτορι νίκην
Πριαμίδῃ, ἵνα νῆας ἕλῃ καὶ κῦδος ἄρηται; 365
3 Ν,
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν οὕτω φησὶ καὶ εὔχεται, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσι μένει κεχολωμένος ἤτορ᾽
>
κείνου δ᾽ οὔ τι λίην ποθὴ ἔσσεται, εἴ κεν οἱ ἄλλοι
ς al 3 ’ 3ι. 5 / Pp) [4
ἡμεῖς ὀτρυνώμεθ᾽ ἀμυνέμεν ἀλλήλοισιν.
>
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγεθ᾽, ὡς ἂν ἐγὼν εἴπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες" 370
b) / oe Ν SN 2 ISS ,
ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται ἐνὶ στρατῷ ἠδὲ μέγισται
«ε \ Ν / 4
ἑσσάμενοι, κεφαλὰς δὲ παναίθησιν κορύθεσσι
/ 7 Ν , LE eh τῇ
κρύψαντες, χερσίν Te TA μακρότατ᾽ ἔγχε᾽ ἑλόντες,
¥ ΗΒ SNE) ΣΝ τς δ τ 95) ¥ \
ἴομεν᾽ αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἡγήσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ἔτι φημὶ

40 14. IAIAAOS =.

Ἕκτορα Πριαμίδην pevee μάλα περ μεμαῶτα. 375
a | Ak See bash / Ν ee ar / ν
ὃς δέ κ΄ ἀνὴρ μενέχαρμος, ἔχει δ᾽ ὀλίγον σάκος ὦμῳ,
χείρονι φωτὶ δότω, ὁ δ᾽ ἐν ἀσπίδι μείζονι δύτω.᾽᾽
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ μάλα μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο"
δ 3 > \ Led ents reed
τοὺς δ᾽ αὐτοὶ βασιλῆες ἐκόσμεον οὐτάμενοί περ,
Τυδεΐδης ᾿Οδυσεύς τε καὶ ᾿Ατρεΐδης ᾿Αγαμέμνων" 380
i] , ca: es , 3 Fase (4 ed .
οἰχόμενοι δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντας ᾿Αρήϊα τεύχε᾽ ἄμειβον
ἐσθλὰ μὲν ἐσθλὸς ἔδυνε, χέρηα δὲ χείρονι δόσκεν.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἕσσαντο περὶ χροὶ νώροπα χαλκόν,
βάν ῥ᾽ ἴμεν" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφι Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων,
δεινὸν ἄορ τανύηκες ἔχων ἐν χειρὶ παχείῃ, 385
εἴκελον ἀστεροπῇ" τῷ δ᾽ οὐ θέμις ἐστὶ μιγῆναι
ἐν δαὶ λευγαλέῃ, ἀλλὰ δέος ἰσχάνει ἄνδρας.
Τρῶας δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐκόσμει φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ.
δή pa τότ᾽ αἰνοτάτην ἔριδα πτολέμοιο τάνυσσαν
κυανοχαῖτα Ποσειδάων καὶ φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ, 300
> ςε XN , LS ler, / 2) te
7 τοι ὁ μὲν Τρώεσσιν, ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀρήγων.
ἐκλύσθη δὲ θάλασσα ποτὶ κλισίας τε νέας τε
᾿Αργείων" οἱ δὲ ξύνισαν μεγάλῳ ἀλαλητῷ.
οὔτε θαλάσσης κῦμα τόσον βοάᾳ ποτὶ χέρσον,
ποντόθεν ὀρνύμενον πνοιῇ Βορέω ἀλεγεινῇ" 305
Ν Ἂν , t , 3 /
οὔτε πυρὸς τόσσος ye πέλει βρόμος αἰθομένοιο
x 5 , “ > » 4 DA e
οὔρεος ἐν βήσσης, ὅτε T ὥρετο καιέμεν ὕλην
" 3. ν᾽ Α Ν \ € ld
οὔτ᾽ ἄνεμος τόσσον γε περὶ δρυσὶν ὑψικόμοισι
“3 , “ / / , 4
nivel, Os τε μάλιστα μέγα βρέμεται χαλεπαίνων,
ὅσση ἄρα Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἔπλετο φωνὴ 400
Ν Suse: τ gerd 025. 3.9 / »
δεινὸν ἀύσαντων, OT ἐπ΄ ἀλλήλοισιν ὄρουσαν.
Αἴαντος δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισε φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ
y 3 \ / \ >] / c 399 59 /
ἔγχει, ἐπεὶ τέτραπτο πρὸς ἰθύ οἱ, οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτε,
τῇ ῥα δύω τελαμῶνε περὶ στήθεσσι τετάσθην,
Φ ε Ν 4 € Ν / 5 [4 .
ἢ τοι O μὲν σάκεος, ὃ δὲ φασγάνου ἀγρυροήλου 405
, ἘΠῊΝ / , / ae
τώ οἱ ῥυσάσθην Tépeva χρόα. χώσατο δ᾽ Ἕκτωρ,

14. ἸΛΙΆΔΟΣ 2. 41

ὅττι ῥά οἱ βέλος ὠκὺ ἐτώσιον ἔκφυγε χειρός,
dy δ᾽ ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο Kip’ ἀλεείνων.
τὸν μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπιόντα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας
, Puce , ‘ 7 n
χερμαδίῳ, τά pa πολλά, Joawy ἐχματα νηῶν, 410
πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο, τῶν ἐν ἀείρας
στῆθος βεβλήκει ὑπὲρ ἄντυγος ἀγχόθι δειρῆς,
στρόμβον δ᾽ ὡς ἔσσευε βαλών, περὶ δ᾽ ἔδραμε πάντῃ.
« δ δ tN “ Ν Ν . , a
ὡς δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ ὑπὸ πληγῆς πατρὸς Διὸς ἐξερίπῃ δρῦς
2. ΝᾺ x / / eI Ἂς
πρόρριζος, δεινὴ δὲ θεείου γίγνεται ὀδμὴ 418
" 3, τοὶ Ν > BY yA , “
ἐξ αὐτῆς, τὸν δ᾽ οὔ περ ἔχει θράσος ὅς κεν ἴδηται
ἐγγὺς ἐών, χαλεπὸς δὲ Διὸς μεγάλοιο κεραυνός,
ὡς ἔπεσ᾽ Ἕκτορος ὦκα χαμαὶ μένος ἐν κυνίῃσι.
χειρὸς δ᾽ ἔκβαλεν ἔγχος, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ δ᾽ ἀσπὶς ἑάφθη
Ν , ° \ ,ὔ ε , 4 / a
καὶ κόρυς, ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ βράχε τεύχεα ποικίλα χαλκῷ. 420
οἱ δὲ μέγα ἰάχοντες ἐπέδραμον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,
ἐλπόμενοι ἐρύεσθαι, ἀκόντιζον δὲ θαμειὰς
αἰχμάς" ἀλλ᾽ οὔ τις ἐδυνήσατο ποιμένα λαῶν
> A Id (aa Ν XN 7 BA
οὐτάσαι οὐδὲ βαλεῖν" πρὶν yap περίβησαν ἄριστοι,
Πουλυδάμας τε καὶ Αἰνείας καὶ δῖος ᾿Αγήνωρ 425
Σαρπηδών 7’, ἀρχὸς Λυκίων, καὶ Γλαῦκος ἀμύμων.
τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων οὔ τίς εὑ ἀκήδεσεν, ἀλλὰ πάροιθεν
3 7 Ψ αν if > a \ ΩΝ Δ᾽. 6 cal
ἀσπίδας εὐκύκλους σχέθον αὐτοῦ. τὸν δ᾽ ap ἑταῖροι
\ See, L 5] , » Ig I”
χερσὶν ἀείραντες φέρον ἐκ πόνου, Opp ἵκεθ᾽ ἵππους
> / ov ec wv Ie ION /
ὠκέας, of of ὄπισθε μάχης ἠδὲ πτολέμοιο 430
ἕστασαν ἡνίοχόν τε καὶ ἅρματα ποικίλ᾽ ἔχοντες"
οἱ τόν γε προτὶ ἄστυ φέρον βαρέα στενάχοντα.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πόρον ἵξον evppetos ποταμοῖο,
Ξάνθου δινήεντος, ὃν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς,
ἔνθα μιν ἐξ ἵππων πέλασαν χθονί, kad δέ οἱ ὕδωρ 435
a > a
xedav’ ὁ δ᾽ ἐμπνύνθη καὶ ἀνέδρακεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν,
ἑζμενος δ᾽ ἐπὶ γοῦνα κελαινεφὲς αἷμ᾽ ἀπέμεσσεν'
= δῷ Ὁ. ,ὔ a ,ὔ Ν , Coe
αὖτις δ᾽ ἐξοπίσω πλῆτο χθονί, τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε

42 14. IAIAAOS Ξ.

νὺξ ἐκάλυψε μέλαινα' βέλος δ᾽ ἔτι θυμὸν ἐδάμνα.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἴδον Ἕκτορα νόσφι κιόντα,

μᾶλλον ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι θόρον, μνήσαντο δὲ χάρμης.
ἔνθα πολὺ πρώτιστος ᾿Οἴϊλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας
Σάτνιον οὔτασε δουρὶ μετάλμενος ὀξυόεντι
Ἠνοπίδην, ὃν ἄρα νύμφη τέκε νηὶς ἀμύμων
Ἤνοπι βουκολέοντι παρ᾽ ὄχθας Σατνιόεντος.
τὸν μὲν ᾿Οἱλιάδης δουρικλυτὸς ἐγγύθεν ἐλθὼν

440

445

᾽ ᾽ a
οὗτα κατὰ λαπάρην' ὁ δ᾽ ἀνετράπετ᾽, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτῷ

ἠδ a LA Ἂ Ψ Ν. ς /
p@es καὶ Δαναοὶ σύναγον κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην.
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Πουλυδάμας ἐγχέσπαλος ἦλθεν ἀμύντωρ
Πανθοΐδης, βάλε δὲ ΠΠροθοήνορα δεξιὸν ὦμον,
υἱὸν ᾿Αρηϊλύκοιο, δι’ ὥμου δ᾽ ὄβριμον ἔγχος
Ν « 27.43 4 ‘ ed a 3 cal
ἐσχεν, ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι πεσὼν ἕλε γαῖαν ἀγοστῷ.
Πουλυδάμας δ᾽ ἔκπαγλον ἐπεύξατο μακρὸν ἀὔΐσας"
“ov μὰν adr’ ὀΐω μεγαθύμου Πανθοΐδαο
\ BA “ εἰ = +
χειρὸς ἄπο στιβαρῆς ἅλιον πηδῆσαι ἄκοντα,
b) , 3 ’ , oh , 3.
ἀλλά τις ᾿Αργείων κόμισε χροΐ, καί μιν ὀΐω
ΟΕ a) , , , ΜΑ" » 32)
QUT® σκηπτόμενον κατίμεν δόμον "Αἴδος εἴσω.
“Qs ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Αργείοισι δ᾽ ἄχος γένετ᾽ εὐξαμένοιο"
Αἴαντι δὲ μάλιστα δαΐφρονι θυμὸν ὄρινε,
τῷ Τελαμωνιάδῃ" τοῦ γὰρ πέσεν ἄγχι μάλιστα.
ras , 3 , s it
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἀπιόντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ.
Πουλυδάμας δ᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν ἀλεύατο κῆρα μέλαιναν
λικριφὶς ἀΐξας, κόμισεν δ᾽ ᾿Αντήνορος υἱὸς
᾿Αρχέλοχος" τῷ γάρ ῥα θεοὶ βούλευσαν ὄλεθρον.
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλεν κεφαλῆς τε καὶ αὐχένος ἐν συνεοχμῷ,
, > , 29 AQ y¥ ἢ ͵ Ξ
νείατον ἀστράγαλον, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἄμφω κέρσε τένοντε
“ Ν Ν , ‘ , ἘΦ
τοῦ δὲ πολὺ πρότερον κεφαλὴ στόμα τε ῥῖνές τε
οὔδεϊ πλῆντ᾽ ἤ περ κνῆμαι καὶ γοῦνα πεσόντος.
Αἴας δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐγέγωνεν ἀμύμονι ἸΠουλυδάμαντι"
“φράζεο. ΠΠουλυδάμα, καί μοι νημερτὲς ἐνίσπες,

450

455

460

405

470

14. IAIAAOS 2. 43

ἡ ῥ᾽ οὐχ οὗτος ἀνὴρ Προθοήνορος ἀντὶ πεφάσθαι
Ν > / X Ν IO fal 7
ἄξιος ; οὐ μέν μοι κακὸς εἴδεται οὐδὲ κακῶν ἔξ,
ἀλλὰ κασίγνητος ᾿Αντήνορος ἱπποδάμοιο,
Δ lal 3 a Ν ‘\ xv af ”
ἢ παῖς" αὐτῷ γὰρ γενεὴν ἄγχιστα ἐῴκει.
Ἦ ῥ᾽ εὖ γιγνώσκων, Τρῶας δ᾽ ἄχος ἔλλαβε θυμόν 475
ἔνθ᾽ ᾿Ακάμας ἸΤρόμαχον Βοιώτιον οὔτασε δουρί,
ἀμφὶ κασιγνήτῳ βεβαώς" ὁ δ᾽ ὕφελκε ποδοῖιν.
τῷ δ᾽ ᾿Ακάμας ἔκπαγλον ἐπεύξατο μακρὸν ἀΐσας"
c
“ >A tal i , 5 . ,
ργεῖοι ἰόμωροι, ἀπειλάων ἀκόρητοι,
» ν , , 2 33 Ν δὲ. ἘΝ
οὔ θην οἴοισίν γε πόνος T ἔσεται καὶ ὀϊζὺς 480
ἡμῖν, ἀλλά ποθ᾽ ὧδε κατακτενέεσθε καὶ ὔμμες.
φράζεσθ᾽ ὡς ὑμῖν Πρόμαχος δεδμημένος εὕδει
ἔγχει ἐμῷ, ἵνα μή τι κασιγνήτοιό γε ποινὴ
Ν 7 ΝΜ e ” , ‘4 ᾽ 3 5 ἂξ
δηρὸν ἄτιτος ἔῃ" τῷ καί τίς τ᾽ εὔχεται ἀνὴρ
Ν 5/8) if ee 5 “ / ”
γνωτὸν ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρα λιπέσθαι. 485
“Os par’, ᾿Αργείοισι δ᾽ ἄχος γένετ᾽ εὐξαμένοιο"
Ψ Ν if oh X » ᾿
Πηνέλεῳ δὲ μάλιστα δαΐφρονι θυμὸν ὄρινεν
ε , 39 , ἊΣ OND rena τς See UE οὐ σεν τὰς
ὡρμήθη δ᾽ ᾿Ακάμαντος" ὁ δ΄ οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ἐρωὴν
Πηνελέωο ἄνακτος" ὃ δ᾽ οὔτασεν ᾿Ιλιονῆα,
υἱὸν Φόρβαντος πολυμήλου, τόν ῥα μάλιστα 490
Ἑρμείας Τρώων ἐφίλει καὶ κτῆσιν ὄπασσε"
Ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὸ μήτηρ μοῦνον τέκεν ᾿Ιλιονῆ
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ μήτηρ μοῦνον τέκεν νῆα.
τὸν τόθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ὀφρύος οὗτα kar ὀφθαλμοῖο θέμεθλα,
ἐκ δ᾽ ὦσε γλήνην" δόρυ δ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖο διαπρὸ
Ν a ΚΗ > ε Dnief, tal f
καὶ διὰ ἰνίου ἦλθεν, ὁ δ᾽ ἕζετο χεῖρε πετάσσας 495
ἄμφω: Πηνέλεως δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ὀξὺ
ΠΕ ΄ "ἢ eee. - ε
αὐχένα μέσσον ἔλασσεν, ἀπήραξεν δὲ χαμᾶζε
etn ON , feet >» ν᾽
αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη" ἔτι δ᾽ ὄβριμον ἔγχος
ἦεν ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ" ὁ δὲ φὴ κώδειαν ἀνασχὼν
πέφραδέ τε Τρώεσσι καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα" 500
ἀπ , , na 5 a3 a
εἰπέμεναί μοι, Τρῶες, ἀγαυοῦ ᾿Ιλιονῆος
πατρὶ φίλῳ καὶ μητρὶ γοήμεναι ἐν μεγάροισιυ"

44 14. IAIAAOS &.

οὐδὲ yap ἣ ΠΠρομάχοιο δάμαρ ᾿Αλεγηνορίδαο
ἀνδρὶ φίλῳ ἐλθόντι γανύσσεται, ὁππότε κεν δὴ
ἐκ Τροίης σὺν νηυσὶ νεώμεθα κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν."

5°5

‘Qs φάτο, τοὺς δ᾽ dpa πάντας ὑπὸ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα,

πάπτηνεν δὲ ἕκαστος ὅπῃ φύγοι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον.

Ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι,

ὅς τις δὴ πρῶτος βροτόεντ᾽ ἀνδράγρι᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἤρατ᾽, ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἔκλινε μάχην κλυτὸς ἐννοσίγαιος.
Αἴας ῥα πρῶτος Τελαμώνιος Ὕρτιον οὗτα
Γυρτιάδην, Μυσῶν ἡγήτορα καρτεροθύμων"
Φάλκην δ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος καὶ Μέρμερον ἐξενάριξε"

, Ν , Aue / /
Μηριόνης δὲ Μόρυν τε καὶ ἹἹπποτίωνα κατέκτα,
Τεῦκρος δὲ Προθόωνά τ᾽ ἐνήρατο καὶ Περιφήτην᾽
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ Ὑπερήνορα, ποιμένα λαῶν,
οὗτα κατὰ λαπάρην, διὰ δ᾽ ἔντερα χαλκὸς ἄφυσσε

, β S ss 3... 9 , 2 \
δηώσας" ψυχὴ δὲ Kar’ οὐταμένην ὠτειλὴν
Ν EE) Ἑ Ν , »» f
ἔσσυτ᾽ ἐπειγομένη, τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψε.
πλείστους δ᾽ Αἴας εἷλεν, ᾿Οἱλῆος ταχὺς υἱός"
οὐ γάρ οἵ τις ὁμοῖος ἐπισπέσθαι ποσὶν ἦεν
5» “ / μῷ Ν 3 , La
ἀνδρῶν τρεσσάντων, ὅτε τε Ζεὺς ἐν φόβον ὄρσῃ.

510

515

520

IAIAAOZ Ὁ.

Παλίωξις παρὰ τῶν νεῶν.

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ διά τε σκόλοπας καὶ τάφρον ἔβησαν
φεύγοντες, πολλοὶ δὲ δάμεν Δαναῶν ὑπὸ χερσίν,
8 ΩΝ Ν be sh ὦ 3 , /
οἱ μὲν δὴ Tap ὄχεσφιν ἐρητύοντο μένοντες,
χλωροὶ ὑπαὶ δείους, πεφοβημένοι' ἔγρετο δὲ Ζεὺς
Ἴδης ἐν κορυφῇσι παρὰ χρυσοθρόνου Ἥρης,
στῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀναΐξας, ἴδε δὲ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς,
\ Ν > / \ SS / ».
τοὺς μὲν ὀρινομένους, τοὺς δὲ κλονέοντας ὄπισθεν
᾿Αργείους, μετὰ δέ σφι Ποσειδάωνα ἄνακτα:
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἐν πεδίῳ ἴδε κείμενον, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἑταῖροι
ἥαθ᾽, 6 δ᾽ ἀργαλέῳ ἔχετ᾽ ἄσθματι κῆρ ἀπινύσσων,
αἷμ᾽ ἐμέων, ἐπεὶ οὔ μιν ἀφαυρότατος βάλ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.
x S IOd Eas Ν b) fat a
Tov δὲ ἰδὼν ἐλέησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν Te,
δεινὰ δ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν “Ἥρην πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν"
7 μάλα δὴ κακότεχνος, ἀμήχανε, σὸς δόλος, “Ἥρη,
Ἕκτορα δῖον ἔπαυσε μάχης, ἐφόβησε δὲ λαούς.
» Ν, AQ? pd bs) ,ὔ 5 a
ov μὰν οἷδ᾽ εἰ αὖτε Kaxoppadins ἀλεγεινῆς
’ 5 ’ , m ε /
πρώτη ἐπαύρηαι καί σε πληγῇσιν ἱμάσσω.
ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ᾽ ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν, ἐκ δὲ ποδοῖιν
" Ὁ , Ν Ν Ν MX
ἄκμονας. ἧκα δύω, περὶ χερσὶ δὲ δεσμὸν ἴηλα
, Dy See ge) 5242 λ “4
χρύσεον ἄρρηκτον ; σὺ δ᾽ ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσιν
Sa ον ΟΝ, δ \ \ a)
ἐκρέμω" ἠλάστεον δὲ θεοὶ κατὰ μακρὸν ᾿᾽Ολυμπον,
λῦσαι δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδύναντο παρασταδόν" ὃν δὲ λάβοιμι,
δίπτασκον τεταγὼν ἀπὸ βηλοῦ, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἵκηται

10

15

20

46 15. IAIAAOS O.

γῆν ὀλιγηπελέων᾽ ἐμὲ δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὡς θυμὸν ἀνίει
ἀζηχὴς ὀδύνη Ἡρακλῆος θείοιο,
τὸν σὺ ξὺν Βορέῃ ἀνέμῳ πεπιθοῦσα θυέλλας
πέμψας ἐπ᾽ ἀτρύγετον πόντον, κακὰ μητιόωσα,
7 Ν , ’ = Ls . ,
kat μιν ἔπειτα Κόωνδ᾽ εὖ ναιομένην ἀπένεικας.
Ν Ν ΩΝ, x « Ἂς μὴν 4 μι
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼν ἔνθεν ῥυσάμην καὶ ἀνήγαγον αὖτις
"Apyos ἐς ἱππόβοτον, καὶ πολλά περ ἀθλήσαντα.
“ » = / a ee / >) /
TOV σ᾽ αὖτις μνήσω, ἵν᾽ ἀπολλήξηῃς ἀπατάων,
ὄφρα ἴδῃ ἤν τοι χραίσμῃ φιλότης τε καὶ εὐνή

ΒΕ ΛΟ) KPO ῆ ἢ»
ἃ Sh > ra a » δ: ' Ἔσδαν 39
ἣν ἐμίγης ἐλθοῦσα θεῶν ἄπο καί μ᾽ ἀπάτησας.

“Ὡς φάτο, ῥίγησεν δὲ βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη,
καί μιν φωνήσασ᾽ ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα καὶ Οὐρανὸς εὐρὺς ὕπερθε

Ν Ν , \ vA a ’
καὶ τὸ κατειβόμενον Στυγὸς ὕδωρ, ὅς τε μέγιστος
ὅρκος δεινότατός τε πέλει μακάρεσσι θεοῖσι,
σή θ᾽ ἱερὴ κεφαλὴ καὶ νωΐτερον λέχος αὐτῶν

/ Ν Ν 3 a > , Ἂν 3 ,

κουρίδιον, TO μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἐγώ ποτε μὰψ ὀμόσαιμι"
μὴ 80 ἐμὴν ἰότητα Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων
πημαίνει Τρῶάς τε καὶ Ἕκτορα, τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀρήγει,;
Ψ , bee SS Ν “ 4 δεν" ,
ἀλλά που αὐτὸν θυμὸς ἐποτρύνει καὶ ἀνώγει,
τειρομένους δ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἰδὼν ἐλέησεν ᾿Αχαιούς.
αὐτάρ τοι καὶ κείνῳ ἐγὼ παραμυθησαίμην
τῇ ἴμεν ἣ κεν δὴ σύ, κελαινεφές, ἡγεμονεύῃς."
ἢ ἴμεν ἧ κεν δὴ σύ, > ἡγεμονεύῃς.

Ὡς φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε,

3 , x , +,
καί μιν ἀμειβόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“el μὲν δὴ σύ γ᾽ ἔπειτα, βοῶπις πότνια “Hpn,
ἶσον ἐμοὶ φρονέουσα per ἀθανάτοισι καθίζοις,

a / Ν 4 BY
τῷ ke [Ποσειδάων ye, καὶ εἰ μάλα βούλεται ἄλλῃ,
= 'p , Ἂν; Ν x“ 9 Ν Led
αἶψα μεταστρέψειε νόον μετὰ σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ.
5 3 > (ECE) , ς 9. ’ 5 /
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δὴ p ἐτεόν γε καὶ ἀτρεκέως ἀγορεύεις,
ἔρχεο νῦν μετὰ φῦλα θεῶν, καὶ δεῦρο κάλεσσον
Ἵρίν τ’ ἐλθέμεναι καὶ ᾿Απόλλωνα κλυτότοξον,

25

30

35

40

50

15. IAIAAOS O.

ὄφρ᾽ 7 μὲν μετὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
ἔλθῃ, καὶ εἴπῃσι Ποσειδάωνι ἄνακτι
παυσάμενον πολέμοιο τὰ ἃ πρὸς δώμαθ᾽ ἱκέσθαι,
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ὀτρύνῃσι μάχην ἐς Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,
αὗτις δ᾽ ἐμπνεύσῃσι μένος, λελάθῃ δ᾽ ὀδυνάων
at νῦν μιν τείρουσι κατὰ φρένας, αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
αὖτις ἀποστρέψῃσιν ἀνάλκιδα φύζαν ἐνόρσας,
φεύγοντες δ᾽ ἐν νηυσὶ πολυκλήϊσι πέσωσι
Πηλεἴδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος" 6 δ᾽ ἀνστήσει ὃν ἑταῖρον
Πάτροκλον" τὸν δὲ κτενεῖ ἔγχεϊ φαίδιμος “Extwp
Ἰλίου προπάροιθε, πολέας ὀλέσαντ᾽ αἰζηοὺς
τοὺς ἄλλους, μετὰ δ᾽ υἱὸν ἐμὸν Σαρπηδόνα δῖον.
τοῦ δὲ χολωσάμενος κτενεῖ Ἕκτορα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
ἐκ τοῦ δ᾽ ἄν τοι ἔπειτα παλίωξιν παρὰ νηῶν
αἰὲν ἐγὼ τεύχοιμι διαμπερές, els ὅ κ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
Ἴλιον αἰπὺ ἕλοιεν ᾿Αθηναίης διὰ βουλάς.
τὸ πρὶν δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐγὼ παύω χόλον οὔτε TW’ ἄλλον
ἀθανάτων Δαναοῖσιν ἀμυνέμεν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐάσω,
πρίν γε τὸ ΠΠηλεΐδαο τελευτηθῆναι ἐέλδωρ,
ὥς οἱ ὑπέστην πρῶτον, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ἐπένευσα κάρητι,
ἤματι τῷ ὅτ᾽ ἐμεῖο θεὰ Θέτις ἥψατο γούνων,
λισσομένη τιμῆσαι ᾿Αχιλλῆα πτολίπορθον."

Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
βῆ δ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων ἐς μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ἀΐξῃ νόος ἀνέρος, ὅς τ᾽ ἐπὶ πολλὴν
γαῖαν ἐληλουθὼς φρεσὶ πευκαλίμῃσι νοήσῃ,
“ ἔνθ᾽ εἴην, ἢ ἔνθα," μενοινήησί τε πολλά,
ὡς κραιπνῶς μεμαυῖα διέπτατο πότνια Ἥρη"
ἵκετο δ᾽ αἰπὺν ολυμπον, ὁμηγερέεσσι δ᾽ ἐπῆλθεν
ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι Διὸς δόμῳ" οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες
πάντες ἀνήϊξαν καὶ δεικανόωντο δέπασσιν.
ἡ δ᾽ ἄλλους μὲν ἔασε, Θέμιστι δὲ καλλιπαρήῳ

60

65

70

80

85

48 15. IAIAAOS Ο.

’
δέκτο δέπας" πρώτη γὰρ ἐναντίη ἦλθε θέουσα,
καί μιν φωνήσασ᾽ ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ “
“Ἥρῃ, τίπτε βέβηκας 3 ἀτυζομένῃ δὲ ἕοικας"

/ , Pr)
ἢ μάλα δή σ᾽ ἐφόβησε Κρόνου πάϊς, ὅς τοι ἀκοίτης.᾽

Ν. ϑι
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη"
4 Ν ld “
“un με, θεὰ Θέμι, ταῦτα διείρεο" οἶσθα καὶ αὐτή,
οἷος ἐκείνου θυμὸς ὑπερφίαλος καὶ ἀπηνής.
3 o
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ ἄρχε θεοῖσι δόμοις ἔνι δαιτὸς ἐΐσης"
ταῦτα δὲ καὶ μετὰ πᾶσιν ἀκούσεαι ἀθανάτοισιν,
οἷα Ζεὺς κακὰ ἔργα πιφαύσκεται" οὐδέ τί φημι
- n 4 o
πᾶσιν ὁμῶς θυμὸν κεχαρησέμεν, οὔτε βροτοῖσιν
οὔτε θεοῖς, εἴ πέρ τις ἔτι νῦν δαίνυται εὔφρων."
Ἡ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ds εἰποῦσα καθέζετο πότνια “Hon,
ὥχθησαν δ᾽ ἀνὰ δῶμα Διὸς Geol ἡ δ᾽ ἐγέλασσε
7 τ / Pe J 4 /
χείλεσιν, οὐδὲ μέτωπον ET ὀφρύσι κυανέῃσιν
ΡΣ 5 c a - a
ἰάνθη" πᾶσιν δὲ νεμεσσηθεῖσα μετηύδα
“εν δ Pay) , 5) !
νήπιοι, οἱ Ζηνὶ μενεαίνομεν ἀφρονέοντες"
ἣ ἔτι μιν μέμαμεν καταπαυσέμεν ἄσσον ἰόντες
ἣ ἔπει ἠὲ βίῃ" ὃ δ᾽ ἀφήμενος οὐκ ἀλεγίζει
οὐδ᾽ ὄθεται" φησὶν γὰρ ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι
, a4 / A x = oie ‘af
κἀρτεΐ τε σθένεΐ τε διακριδὸν εἶναι ἄριστος.
nS er » Ἂς ’ c ,
τῷ ἔχεθ᾽ ὅττι κεν ὕμμι κακὸν πέμπῃσιν ἑκάστῳ.
ἤδη γὰρ νῦν ἔλπομ᾽ ᾿Αρηΐ γε πῆμα τετύχθαι"
υἱὸς γάρ οἱ ὄλωλε μάχῃ ἔνι, φίλτατος ἀνδρῶν,
᾿Ασκάλαφος, τόν φησιν ὃν ἔμμεναι ὄβριμος “Apns.”
δῷς ἔφατ᾽, αὐτὰρ “Apys θαλερὼ πεπλήγετο μηρὼ
Ν in ties , >» Ye,
χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσ', ὀλοφυρόμενος δ᾽ ἔπος ηὔδα
κὰν ἃς a , > 9 ’ ὃ , 3. of
μὴ νῦν μοι νεμεσήσετ', Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες,
τίσασθαι φόνον υἷος ἰόντ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν,
” / Ν al Ν ,ὔ al
εἴ πέρ μοι καὶ μοῖρα Διὸς πληγέντι κεραυνῷ
lal ες a , > \ >
κεῖσθαι ὁμοῦ νεκύεσσι μεθ᾽ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν.

go

95

1090

105

110

115

“Os φάτο, καί ῥ᾽ ἵππους κέλετο Δεῖμόν τε Φόβον τε

15. IAIAAOS O. 49

‘ oe ᾽ 5 [5 ’ ,
ζευγνύμεν, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔντε᾽ ἐδύσετο παμφανόωντα. 120
ἔνθα κ᾿ ἔτι μείζων τε καὶ ἀργαλεώτερος ἄλλος
πὰρ Διὸς ἀθανάτοισι χόλος καὶ μῆνις ἐτύχθη,
᾿ Ἂν 9 is - ’ὔ a
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αθήνη πᾶσι περιδείσασα θεοῖσιν
ὦρτο διὲκ προθύρου, λίπε δὲ θρόνον ἔνθα θάασσε,
τοῦ & ἀπὸ μὲν κεφαλῆς κόρυθ᾽ εἵλετο καὶ σάκος ὦμων,
9 an n
ἔγχος δ᾽ ἔστησε στιβαρῆς ἀπὸ χειρὸς ἑλοῦσα 126
, se he Be) / / a Μ >
χάλκεον" ἡ δ᾽ ἐπέεσσι καθάπτετο θοῦρον “Apna
“ μαινόμενε, φρένας HAE, διέφθορας" 7 νύ τοι αὔτως
ν re / 3 ig , a , ‘ > ,
ovaT ἀκουέμεν ἐστί, νόος δ᾽ ἀπόλωλε Kal αἰδώς.
οὐκ ἀΐεις ἅ τέ φησι θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρῃ, 130
ἢ δὴ νῦν πὰρ Ζηνὸς Ὀλυμπίου εἰλήλουθεν ;
ἡ ἐθέλεις αὐτὸς μὲν ἀναπλήσας κακὰ πολλὰ
BN ν x , Ἂν κα , , Saif
ἂψ ἴμεν Οὔλυμπόνδε καὶ ἀχνύμενός περ ἀνάγκῃ,
αὐτὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοισι κακὸν μέγα πᾶσι φυτεῦσαι;
owes. Ν a Ν ε Ψ Ἂ) 3 Ν
αὐτίκα γὰρ Τρῶας μὲν ὑπερθύμους καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 135
λείψει, ὁ δ᾽ ἡμέας εἶσι κυδοιμήσων ἐς ᾽Ὄλυμπον,
dQ ¢€ , [τς 3 x 4 \ The κα
μάρψει δ᾽ ἑξείης ὅς τ᾽ αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί.
ᾧ σ᾽ αὖ νῦν κέλ θέ ὅλον υἷος ἑῆος"
τῷ σ᾽ αὖ νῦν κέλομαι μεθέμεν χόλον υἷος ἑῆος
ἤδη γάρ τις τοῦ γε βίην καὶ χεῖρας ἀμείνων
a , 2 4 \ oy , ξι 5 "
ἢ πέφατ᾽, ἣ καὶ ἔπειτα πεφήσεται" ἀργαλέον δὲ 140
πάντων ἀνθρώπων ῥῦσθαι γενεήν τε τόκον TE.”
a > σα ΔΝ, Ρ “ ΝΜ
Ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἵδρυσε θρόνῳ ἔνι θοῦρον “Apna.
Ἤρη δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα καλέσσατο δώματος ἐκτὸς
Ἷ ,ὔ ’ “ ° I b) /
ρίν θ᾽, Te θεοῖσι μετάγγελος ἀθανάτοισι,
, , » ἡ , 7x
καί σφεας φωνήσασ᾽ ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα 145
“Ζεὺς σφὼ εἰς Ἴδην κέλετ᾽ ἐλθέμεν ὅττι τάχιστα'
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν ἔλθητε, Διός 7 εἰς ὦπα ἴδησθε,
wv ὃ ing lal 3 % ὶ τὶ , 2
ἔρδειν ὅττι κε κεῖνος ἐποτρύνῃ καὶ ἀνώγῃ.
Ἡ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ds εἰποῦσα πάλιν κίε πότνια Ἥρη,
eto δ᾽ εἰνὶ θρόνῳ τὼ δ᾽ ἀΐξαντε πετέσθην. 150

Ἴδην δ᾽ ἵκανον πολυπίδακα, μητέρα θηρῶν,
VOL, II, Ε

50 15. ΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ο.

Kal ’ ees / 5 ὮΝ Ν
εὗρον δ᾽ εὐρύοπα Κρονίδην ἀνὰ Γαργάρῳ ἄκρῳ
of e 5 Ν / / / »] /
ἥμενον" ἀμφὶ δέ μιν θυόεν νέφος ἐστεφάνωτο.
τὼ δὲ πάροιθ᾽ ἐλθόντε Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο
στήτην" οὐδέ σφωὶν ἰδὼν ἐχολώσατο θυμῷ,
ὅττι οἱ ὦκ᾽ ἐπέεσσι φίλης ἀλόχοιο πιθέσθην,
Ἶριν δὲ προτέρην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
Back’ ἴθι, Ἶρι ταχεῖα, Ποσειδάωνι ἄνακτι
πάντα τάδ᾽ ἀγγεῖλαι, μηδὲ ψευδάγγελος εἶναι.
παυσάμενόν μιν ἄνωχθι μάχης ἠδὲ πτολέμοιο
ἔρχεσθαι μετὰ φῦλα θεῶν ἢ εἰς ἅλα δῖαν.

> ft > 3 Ξ 2 9. 9 7 2 3,9 ,
εἰ δὲ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται, ἀλλ΄ ἀλογήσει,

᾽ NP Sor, Ν / \ Ἂς ,
φραζέσθω δὴ ἔπειτα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,

,

μή μ᾽ οὐδὲ κρατερός περ ἐὼν ἐπιόντα ταλάσσῃ

-“ 5» 7] “ ’ Ν, / =
μεῖναι, ἐπεί εὖ φημι Bin πολὺ φέρτερος εἶναι

\ “ , cal ᾽ τὶ »͵ / 3
καὶ γενεῇ πρότερος" τοῦ ὃ οὐκ ὄθεται φίλον ἦτορ
ἶσον ἐμοὶ φάσθαι, τόν τε στυγέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι.

“Qs ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις,

a Ey 2.) 7 ΡΥ oe, Ce
βῆ δὲ Kar ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων εἰς ϊλιον ἱρήν.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ἐκ νεφέων πτῆται νιφὰς ἠὲ χάλαζα

Sa eA Fe a bd ᾿ ,
ψυχρὴ ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς αἰθρηγενέος Βορέαο,
ὡς κραιπνῶς μεμαυῖα διέπτατο ὠκέα Ἶρις,
> a gre , a Nai , a
ἀγχοῦ 6 ἱσταμένη προσέφη κλυτὸν ἐννοσίγαιον
“ ἀγγελίην τινά τοι, γαιήοχε κυανοχαῖτα,
ἦλθον δεῦρο φέρουσα παραὶ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο.

f , A Ms ἢ / 5. Ν /
παυσάμενόν σ᾽ ἐκέλευσε μάχης ἠδὲ πτολέμοιο
ἔρχεσθαι μετὰ φῦλα θεῶν ἢ εἰς ἅλα δῖαν.
εἰ δέ οἱ οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀλογήσεις,
ἠπείλει καὶ κεῖνος ἐναντίβιον. πολεμίξων
ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐλεύσεσθαι" σὲ δ᾽ ὑπεξαλέασθαι ἀνώγει
χεῖρας, ἐπεὶ σέο φησὶ βίῃ πολὺ φέρτερος εἶναι
καὶ γενεῇ πρότερος" σὸν δ᾽ οὐκ ὄθεται φίλον ἦτορ
ἱσόν of φάσθαι, τόν τε στυγέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι.

155

160

170

189.

15. IAIAAOS 0.

Τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη κλυτὸς ἐννοσίγαιος"

«ἃ , Φ 45.» , XN te Sed ν
ὦ πόποι, ἦ ῥ᾽ ἀγαθός περ ἐὼν ὑπέροπλον ἔειπεν,
εἴ μ᾽ ὁμότιμον ἐόντα βίῃ ἀέκοντα καθέξει.

51

185

τρεῖς γάρ τ᾽ ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί, ods τέκετο ‘Pea,

iz \ A ’ 14 3... ah b] / 2 ,
evs Kal ἐγώ, Tpitatos δ᾽ ᾿Αἴδης, ἐνέροισιν ἀνάσσων.

τριχθὰ δὲ πάντα δέδασται, ἕκαστος δ᾽ ἔμμορε τιμῆς"
“3 3 Ν a “ e / EN
ἢ τοι ἐγὼν ἔλαχον πολιὴν ἅλα ναιέμεν αἰεὶ
.
παλλομένων, ᾿Αἴδης δ᾽ ἔλαχε ζόφον ἠερόεντα,
᾽

Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἔλαχ᾽ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι"

al 3 & Ν. / \ Nee 9;
γαῖα δ᾽ ἔτι ξυνὴ πάντων καὶ μακρὸς “Odvpu Tos.
τῷ ῥα καὶ οὔ τι Διὸς βέομαι φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ ἕκηλος

\ , IN / 4 5 ,
καὶ κρατερός περ ἐὼν μενέτω τριτάτῃ ἐνὶ μοίρῃ.

\ Ν , , Ν ἃ / =
χερσὶ δὲ μὴ τί με πάγχυ κακὸν ὡς δειδισσέσθω
θυγατέρεσσιν γάρ τε καὶ υἱάσι βέλτερον εἴη
ἐκπάγλοις ἐπέεσσιν ἐνισσέμεν, ods τέκεν αὐτός,

8 3 , 5 4 Nar: ! PP
of ἑθεν ὀτρύνοντος ἀκούσονται καὶ ἀνάγκῃ.
» , 9
Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις"
“« οὕτω γὰρ δή τοι, γαιήοχε κυανοχαῖτα,
'' / XN nan ° / ἊΝ
τόνδε φέρω Διὶ μῦθον ἀπηνέα τε κρατερὸν τε,
᾽ ΄ \ / ΄ " fad
ἢ τι μεταστρέψεις ; στρεπταὶ μέν τε φρένες ἐσθλῶν.
“ Fi / 3 a Pas ef 3)
οἷσθ᾽ ὡς πρεσβυτέροισιν ᾿Ερινύες αἰὲν ἕπονται.
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων"
ce FT 6 ἊΝ ca) By SS ” x a
pt θεά, pada τοῦτο ἔπος κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες
ἐσθλὸν καὶ τὸ τέτυκται, ὅτ᾽ ἄγγελος αἴσιμα εἰδῇ.
3 /
ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει,
ς Lie ἃ ΕΟ εν 7ὔ »
ὁππότ᾽ ἂν ἰσόμορον καὶ dun πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ
5Δ' a 2 7
νεικείειν ἐθέλῃσι χολωτοῖσιν ἐπέεσσιν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι νῦν μέν κε νεμεσσηθεὶς ὑποείξω"
+ Z ao? SN) Ps , ae
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, καὶ ἀπειλήσω TO γε θυμῷ
αἴ κεν ἄνευ ἐμέθεν καὶ ᾿Αθηναίης ἀγελείης,
Ἥρης ῬἙρμείω τε καὶ ἩΗφαίστοιο ἄνακτος,

᾽Ιλίου αἰπεινῆς πεφιδήσεται, οὐδ᾽ ἐθελήσει
E 2

190

195

200

205

210

215

52 15. IAIAAOS Ο.

» , “ Ν / / ᾽ /
ἐκπέρσαι, δοῦναι δὲ μέγα κράτος ᾿Αργείοισιν,
ν ς᾽ ΨΦΨ Aes τς ὧν , Ba ”
ἴστω τοῦθ᾽, ὅτι νῶϊν ἀνήκεστος χόλος ἔσται.
‘Qs εἰπὼν λίπε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιϊκὸν ἐννοσίγαιος,
δῦνε δὲ πόντον ἰών, πόθεσαν δ᾽ ἥρωες ᾿Αχαιοί.
καὶ τότ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς 220
a a ΠΣ
“ ἔρχεο νῦν, φίλε Φοῖβε, μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα χαλκοκορυστήν
ἤδη μὲν γάρ τοι γαιήοχος ἐννοσίγαιος
οἴχεται εἰς ἅλα δῖαν, ἀλευάμενος χόλον αἰπὺν
Ce) Ξ ἢ , , 32-7 Ny
ἡμέτερον" μάλα yap κε μάχης ἐπύθοντο Kal ἄλλοι,
“ 5 , fe 93 ’, 5 Ν »»
οἵ περ ἐνερτεροί εἰσι θεοί, Κρόνον ἀμφὶς ἐόντες. 225
ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ ἠμὲν ἐμοὶ πολὺ κέρδιον ἠδέ of αὐτῷ
+ vg / Ν ¢ ,
ἔπλετο, ὅττι πάροιθε νεμεσσηθεὶς ὑπόειξε
ca Di iP =) \ » 5 ΞΕ Ὲ Δ ,
χεῖρας ἐμάς, ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ᾽ ἐτελέσθη.
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ ἐν χείρεσσι λάβ᾽ αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν,
τῇ μάλ᾽ ἐπισσείων φοβέειν ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιούς" 230
ημ : np Χ 5 3
᾽ > Lat
σοὶ δ᾽ αὐτῷ μελέτω, ἑκατηβόλε, φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ:
τόφρα γὰρ οὖν οἱ ἔγειρε μένος μέγα, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
΄, at NER / a
φεύγοντες νῆας Te καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον ἵκωνται.
lal 3 SN AEN 4 yo +
κεῖθεν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ φράσομαι ἔργον τε ἔπος τε,
“ ἈΝ io 9 Aa) id , 3)
ὥς κε Kal αὖτις ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἀναπνεύσωσι πόνοιο. 235
a ’ 3
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πατρὸς ἀνηκούστησεν ᾿Απόλλων,
n Ν 33 , 5 “ »” 5" X
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων, ἴρηκι ἐοικὼς
5 fae / Ὁ 3! 9. lal
ὠκεῖ φασσοφόνῳ, ὅς τ᾽ ὥκιστος πετεηνῶν.
εὕρ᾽ υἱὸν Πριάμοιο δαΐφρονος, Ἕκτορα δῖον,
Gi 399 » -" / 2149 7
ἥμενον, OVO ἔτι κεῖτο, νέον δ᾽ ἐσαγείρετο θυμόν, 240
"» ἃ , « f - τε της ων δε Ν
ἀμφὶ γιγνώσκων ἑτάρους" ἀτὰρ ἅσθμα καὶ ἱδρὼς
(pi SOR , x x , ,
παύετ᾽, ἐπεί μιν ἔγειρε Διὸς νόος αἰγιόχοιο.
“ 3
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων'
“Ἕκτορ, υἱὲ Πριάμοιο, τίη δὲ σὺ νόσφιν ἀπ’ ἄλλων
, a
ἧσ᾽ ὀλιγηπελέων 3 ἣ πού τί σε κῆδος ἱκάνει 3” 245
Τὸν δ᾽ ὀλιγοδρανέων προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Ἑκτωρ'
“τίς δὲ σύ ἐσσι φέριστε θεῶν, ὅς μ᾽ εἴρεαι ἄντην ;

15. IATAAOS O.

> 4. τς Ν ΝΜ , b) a
οὐκ ἀΐεις & με νηυσὶν ἔπι πρύμνησιν ᾿Αχαιῶν
ods ἑτάρους ὀλέκοντα βοὴν ἀγαθὸς βάλεν Αἴας
χερμαδίῳ πρὸς στῆθος, ἔπαυσε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς ;
a .᾿
καὶ δὴ ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐφάμην νέκυας καὶ δῶμ᾽ ᾿Αἴΐδαο
ἤματι τῷδ᾽ ἵξεσθαι, ἐπεὶ φίλον ἄϊον ἦτορ."
Τὸν & αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων"
«θάρσει νῦν" τοῖόν τοι ἀοσσητῆρα Κρονίων
Di aed / Lf See ,
ἐξ Ἴδης προέηκε παρεστάμεναι καὶ ἀμύνειν,
Φοῖβον ᾿Απόλλωνα χρυσάορον, ὅς σε πάρος περ
ἘΠΡ 3 ε na οὶ , \ ᾽ Ἂς /
ῥύομ᾽, ὁμῶς αὐτόν τε καὶ αἰπεινὸν πτολίεθρον.
τ - sp a 7 a ὩΣ , /
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν ἱππεῦσιν ἐπότρυνον πολέεσσι
aie a 2 , ἢ ῳ 5.
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν ὠκέας ἵππους
SN EES / Ν ῳ t
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ προπάροιθε κιὼν ἵπποισι κέλευθον
a] / / Dele?! 3 “Μ᾿. 33
πᾶσαν λειανέω, τρέψω 5 ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιούς.
a SN: Ν / , / fal
Ὡς εἰπὼν ἔμπνευσε μένος μέγα ποιμένι λαῶν.
ε 3 ΑΝ αν 3 4 ΖΗΝῚ !
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τις στατὸς ἵππος, ἀκοστήσας ἐπὶ φάτνῃ,
A 3 7 ’ , ,
δεσμὸν ἀπορρήξας θείῃ πεδίοιο κροαίνων,
> Ἂς 7, Se lal a
εἰωθὼς λούεσθαι evppetos ποταμοῖο,
κυδιόων᾽ ὑψοῦ δὲ κάρη ἔχει, ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται
a 2 of
duos ἀΐσσονται ὃ δ᾽ ἀγλαΐηφι πεποιθώς,
a / > .ν,
ῥίμφα ἑ γοῦνα φέρει μετά τ᾽ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων"
ds Ἕκτωρ λαιψηρὰ πόδας καὶ γούνατ᾽ ἐνώμα
> ᾿ς ε “ > \ a of > ,
ὀτρύνων ἱππῆας, ἐπεὶ θεοῦ ἔκλυεν αὐδήν.
Ὁ x
of δ᾽ ὥς τ᾽ ἢ ἔλαφον κεραὸν ἢ ἄγριον αἶγα
ἐσσεύαντο κύνες τε καὶ ἀνέρες ἀγροιῶται"
τὸν μέν τ᾽ ἠλίβατος πέτρη καὶ δάσκιος ὕλη
3). 12 3: 9nd Sy , , y ΡΣ rs
εἰρύσατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα TE σφι κιχήμεναι αἴσιμον nev
τῶν δέ θ᾽ ὑπὸ ἰαχῆς ἐφάνη Als ἠὐγένειος
> eg 7 = Ν - ’ \ a -
εἰς ὁδόν, αἶψα δὲ πάντας ἀπέτραπε καὶ μεμαῶτας
ὡς Δαναοὶ ἧος μὲν ὁμιλαδὸν αἰὲν ἕποντο,
, , , \ oo 3 , x
νύσσοντες ξίφεσίν τε Kal ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισιν
> ἃς 5 δ." “ we) / / 5 lal
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ ἴδον “Exrop’ ἐποιχόμενον otixas ἀνδρῶν,

250

255

260

265

270

275

B4 15. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ O.

τάρβησαν, πᾶσιν δὲ παραὶ ποσὶ κάππεσε θυμός. 280
Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀγόρευε Θόας, ᾿Ανδραίμονος vids,
» cal ee ΤΡ o) / Ν A
Αἰτωλῶν 6x’ ἄριστος, ἐπιστάμενος μὲν ἄκοντι,
3 x 93 pf ia es RN Tp oe a ᾽ n
ἐσθλὸς δ᾽ ἐν otadin’ ἀγορῇ δέ ἑ παῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν
νίκων, ὁππότε κοῦροι ἐρίσσειαν περὶ μύθων"
“ 3.5. , > , \ / 3
ὅ σφιν ἐὐφρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν 285
“ ὦ πόποι, ἢ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι,
“- “ fal
οἷον. δὴ adr’ ἐξαῦτις ἀνέστη κῆρας ἀλύξας
e ΡΝ I ’
Εκτωρ᾽ ἢ θήν μιν μάλα ἔλπετο θυμὸς ἑκάστου
χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ Αἴαντος θανέειν Τελαμωνιάδαο.
3 / = lal 5 iP: + Saat)
ἀλλά τις αὖτε θεῶν ἐρρύσατο καὶ ἐσάωσεν 290
"Extop’, ὃ δὴ πολλῶν Δαναῶν ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν,
ὡς καὶ νῦν ἔσσεσθαι ὀΐομαι" οὐ γὰρ ἄτερ γε
Ζηνὸς ἐριγδούπου πρόμος ἵσταται ὧδε μενοινῶν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγεθ᾽, ὡς ἂν ἐγὼν εἴπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες.
\ Ν Ν “ " , 5 7 e
πληθὺν μὲν ποτὶ νῆας ἀνώξομεν ἀπονέεσθαι 295
> \ b [τὰ ow bees n 3 , 3 =
αὐτοὶ δ΄, ὅσσοι ἄριστοι ἐνὶ στρατῷ εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι,
στήομεν, εἴ κεν πρῶτον ἐρύξομεν ἀντιάσαντες,
δούρατ᾽ ἀνασχόμενοι" τὸν δ᾽ οἴω καὶ μεμαῶτα
θυμῷ δείσεσθαι Δαναῶν καταδῦναι ὅμιλον.
“Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ μάλα μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο"
μ
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ Αἴαντα καὶ ᾿Ιδομενῆα ἄνακτα, 301
a 3 “
Τεῦκρον Μηριόνην te Μέγην τ᾽, ἀτάλαντον "Αρηὶ,
ὑσμίνην ἤρτυνον, ἀριστῆας καλέσαντες,
on Ν , 3 yer SON ig ME
κτορι καὶ Τρώεσσιν ἐναντίον" αὐτὰρ ὀπίσσω
« Ν bees o 3 “ 5 /
7 πληθὺς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν ἀπονέοντο. 305
Τρῶες δὲ προὔτυψαν ἀολλέες, ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ
μακρὰ βιβάς" πρόσθεν δὲ κί᾽ αὐτοῦ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
εἱμένος ὦμοιιν νεφέλην, ἔχε δ᾽ αἰγίδα θοῦριν,
Ν Φ / τὰ }» ἃ a Ἂν
δεινὴν ἀμφιδάσειαν ἀριπρεπέ᾽, ἣν ἄρα χαλκεὺς
Ἥφαιστος Aut δῶκε φορήμεναι ἐς φόβον ἀνδρῶν" 310
Ν Se οὐδεν. ’ὔ “ e / n
τὴν ἄρ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐν χείρεσσιν ἔχων ἡγήσατο λαῶν.

15. IATAAOS O. 55

᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπέμειναν ἀολλέες, ὦρτο δ᾽ airy
ὀξεῖ ἀμφοτέρωθεν, ἀπὸ νευρῆφι δ᾽ ὀϊστοὶ
“a πε Ν Ν a ὁ 5 Ν n
θρῷσκον᾽ πολλὰ δὲ δοῦρα θρασειάων ἀπὸ χειρὼν
ἄλλα μὲν ἐν χροὶ πήγνυτ᾽ ἀρηϊθόων αἰζηῶν, 315
πολλὰ δὲ καὶ μεσσηγύ, πάρος χρόα λευκὸν ἐπαυρεῖν,
ἐν γαίῃ ἵσταντο λιλαιόμενα χροὸς Goat.
ε
a ᾽
ὄφρα μὲν αἰγίδα χερσὶν ἔχ᾽ ἀτρέμα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,
τόφρα μάλ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων βέλε᾽ ἥπτετο, πῖπτε δὲ Aads.
. ἔων 5 Ν Pos. a8 9X a ,
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ κατ᾽ ἐνῶπα ἰδὼν Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων 320
σεῖσ᾽, ἐπὶ δ᾽ αὐτὸς dice μάλα μέγα, τοῖσι δὲ θυμὸν
ἐν στήθεσσιν ἔθελξε, λάθοντο δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς.
« vt J t Saeed n b) / x a ieee) An
οἱ δ᾽ ὥς τ᾽ ἠὲ βοῶν ἀγέλην ἢ TAU μέγ᾽ οἰῶν
θῆρε δύω κλονέωσι μελαίνης νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ,
5 , 23 / / > ,
ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐξαπίνης σημάντορος ov παρεόντος, 325
ὡς ἐφόβηθεν ᾽Αχαιοὶ ἀνάλκιδες" ἐν yap ᾿Απόλλων
ἧκε φόβον, Τρωσὶν δὲ καὶ “Exropt κῦδος ὄπαζεν.
Ἔνθα δ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἕλεν ἄνδρα κεδασθείσης ὑσμίνης.
“Ἕκτωρ μὲν Στιχίον τε καὶ ᾿Αρκεσίλαον ἔπεφνε,
τὸν μὲν Βοιωτῶν ἡγήτορα χαλκοχιτώνων, 330
τὸν δὲ Μενεσθῆος μεγαθύμου πιστὸν ἑταῖρον"
Αἰνείας δὲ Μέδοντα καὶ Ἴασον ἐξενάριξεν.
ἣ τοι 6 μὲν νόθος υἱὸς ᾿Οἱλῆος θείοιο
ἔσκε Μέδων, Αἴαντος ἀδελφεός" αὐτὰρ ἔναιεν
ἐν Φυλάκῃ γαίης ἄπο πατρίδος, ἄνδρα κατακτάς, 335
γνωτὸν μητρυιῆς ᾿Εριώπιδος, ἣν ἔχ᾽ ᾿Οἰἱλεύς"
AT cee ἈΕῚ Ν Ν 2 ’ὔ es
agos αὖτ᾽ ἀρχὸς μὲν ᾿Αθηναίων ἐτέτυκτο,
υἱὸς δὲ Σφήλοιο καλέσκετο Βουκολίδαο.
Μηκιστῆ δ᾽ ἕλε Πουλυδάμας, ᾿Εχίον δὲ Πολίτης
πρώτῃ ἐν ὑσμίνῃ, Κλονίον δ᾽ ἕλε δῖος ᾿Αγήνωρ. 340
Anioxov δὲ Πάρις βάλε νείατον ὦμον ὄπισθε
φεύγοντ᾽ ἐν προμάχοισι, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσεν.
“Odp’ οἱ τοὺς ἐνάριζον ἀπ᾽ ἔντεα, τόφρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ

56 15. IAIAAOS O.

τάφρῳ καὶ σκολόπεσσιν ἐνιπλήξαντες ὀρυκτῇ
ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα φέβοντο, δύοντο δὲ τεῖχος ἀνάγκῃ. 345
¢ N , Shue AE aie 2
Exrwp δὲ Τρώεσσιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν dicas
“cc ν \ 5 7 6 3c ὃ᾽ Μ , e
ηυσὶν ἐπισσεύεσθαι, ἐᾶν δ᾽ ἔναρα βροτόεντα
ὃν δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε νεῶν ἑτέρωθι νοήσω,
αὐτοῦ οἱ θάνατον μητίσομαι, οὐδέ νυ τόν γε
γνωτοί τε γνωταί τε πυρὸς λελάχωσι θανόντα, 350
3
ἀλλὰ κύνες ἐρύουσι πρὸ ἄστεος ἡμετέροιο."
“Os εἰπὼν μάστιγι κατωμαδὸν ἤλασεν ἵππους,

, ΄ Ν , τ στε τὰν Ν ak” α
κεκλόμενος Γρώεσσι κατὰ στίχας" οἱ δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ
πάντες ὁμοκλήσαντες ἔχον ἐρυσάρματας ἵππους
ἠχῇ θεσπεσίῃ" προπάροιθε δὲ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων 355
pet’ ὄχθας καπέτοιο βαθείης ποσσὶν ἐρείπων
ἐς μέσσον κατέβαλλε, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον

Ν. 29? 93 a “ εν X 3 Ν
μακρὴν ἠδ᾽ εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον T ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ
γίγνεται, ὁππότ’ ἀνὴρ σθένεος πειρώμενος ἧσι.

CS Te? I , ir ,
τῇ ῥ᾽ οἵ ye προχέοντο φαλαγγηδόν, πρὸ δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων 360
5 + Ν al n
αἰγίδ᾽ ἔχων ἐρίτιμον" ἔρειπε δὲ τεῖχος ᾿Αχαιῶν
ῥεῖα μάλ᾽, ὡς ὅτε τις ψάμαθον πάϊς ἄγχι θαλάσσης:
΄ ϑι Ἂς S ΄, πὰ / /
ὅς τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ποιήσῃ ἀθύρματα νηπιέῃσιν,
ἂψ αὖτις συνέχευε ποσὶν καὶ χερσὶν ἀθύρων.
ὥς ῥα σύ, ἤϊε Φοῖβε, πολὺν κάματον καὶ ὀϊζὺν *aaGE
ovyxeas ᾿Αργείων, αὐτοῖσι δὲ φύζαν ἐνῶρσας.
“Os οἱ μὲν παρὰ νηυσὶν ἐρητύοντο μένοντες,
ἀλλήλοισί τε κεκλόμενοι καὶ πᾶσι θεοῖσι
χεῖρας ἀνίσχοντες μεγάλ᾽ εὐχετόωντο ἕκαστος"
Νέστωρ αὖτε μάλιστα Γερήνιος, οὖρος ᾿Αχαιῶν, 370
εὔχετο, χεῖρ᾽ ὀρέγων εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα"
“ Vf a / y+ / Ψ > ΓἼἌἌ oh ON 7
εῦ πάτερ, εἴ ποτέ τίς τοι ἐν “Apyet περ πολυπύρῳ
ἢ βοὸς ἢ ὄϊος κατὰ πίονα μηρία καίων
εὔχετο νοστῆσαι, σὺ δ᾽ ὑπέσχεο καὶ κατένευσας
7] ᾽
τῶν μνῆσαι καὶ ἄμυνον, ᾿Ολύμπιε, νηλεὲς ἦμαρ, 375

15. IAIAAOS Ο.

μηδ᾽ οὕτω Τρώεσσιν ἔα δάμνασθαι ᾿Αχαιούς.ἢ

/ 2) oF ’ὔ ’
‘Os ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, μέγα δ᾽ ἔκτυπε μητίετα Ζεύς,

of ” ͵ὔ
ἀράων ἀΐων Νηληϊάδαο γέροντος.
a ,
Τρῶες δ᾽ ὡς ἐπύθοντο Διὸς κτύπον αἰγιόχοιο,
“ ὔ
μᾶλλον ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι θόρον, μνήσαντο δὲ χάρμης.
“ ,
οἱ δ᾽ ὥς τε μέγα κῦμα θαλάσσης εὐρυπόροιο
/ {pa} he) 14
νηὸς ὑπὲρ τοίχων καταβήσεται, ὁππότ᾽ ἐπείγῃ
, ἦτ 5 κοὐ Ε
ts ἀνέμου ἡ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε κύματ᾽ ὀφέλλει
a ! ΟῚ n aN a x
ds Τρῶες μεγάλῃ ἰαχῇ κατὰ τεῖχος aa:
‘ /
ἵππους δ᾽ εἰσελάσαντες ETL πρύμνῃσι μάχοντ
Μ 9. ,ὔ > , ε ἃς > 93 ὦ
ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοις αὐτοσχεδόν, οἱ μὲν ap ἵππων,
οἱ δ᾽ ἀπὸ νηῶν ὕψι μελαινάων ἐπιβάντες
-“ “a δὲ IS f bas eS \ Ν
μακροῖσι ξυστοῖσι, τά ῥά op ἐπὶ νηυσὶν EKELTO
, n
ναύμαχα κολλήεντα, κατὰ στόμα εἱμένα χαλκῷ.
a ,
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ jos μὲν ᾿Αχαιοί re Τρῶές τε
τείχεος ἀμφεμάχοντο θοάων ἔκτοθι νηῶν,
, 3. (ὦ they τς ’ὔ 5 pe > ’ὔὕ
τόφρ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐνὶ κλισίῃ ἀγαπήνορος ᾿ιὐρυπύλοιο
ἧστό τε καὶ τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἕλκεϊ λυγρῷ
jj pire λόγοις, γρᾷ
φάρμακ᾽ ἀκέσματ᾽ ἔπασσε μελαινάων ὀδυνάων.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ τεῖχος ἐπεσσυμένους ἐνόησε
Τρῶας, ἀτὰρ Δαναῶν γένετο ἰαχή τε φόβος τε,
Μ ξέ ἈΠ, ie Ν ray λ , Ν
pager τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα καὶ ὦ πεπλήγετο μηρὼ
\ | ae , > ¥ Iu,
χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσ᾽, ὀλοφυρόμενος δ᾽ ἔπος ηὔδα

ε
“ Εὐρύπυλ᾽, οὐκέτι τοι δύναμαι χατέοντί περ ἔμπης

3 / / A Ν x / -“ »ν
ἐνθάδε παρμενέμεν" δὴ γὰρ μέγα νεῖκος ὁρωρεν"
»} Ἂν Ν , / : ΚΞ Φ tA
ἀλλὰ σὲ μὲν θεράπων TOTLTEPTETW, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ YE
σπεύσομαι εἰς ᾿Αχιλῆα, ἵν᾽ ὀτρύνω πολεμίζειν.

᾽
τίς δ᾽ οἷδ᾽ εἴ κέν οἱ σὺν δαίμονι θυμὸν ὀρίνω
παρειπών ; ἀγαθὴ δὲ παραίφασίς ἐστιν ératpov.”

Sai
a

380

385

390

395

400

\ 3
Τὸν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰπόντα πόδες φέρον" αὐτὰρ ’᾿Αχαιοὶ

Τρῶας ἐπερχομένους μένον ἔμπεδον, οὐδ᾽ ἐδύναντο
παυροτέρους περ ἐόντας ἀπώσασθαι παρὰ νηῶν"

406

58 15. IAIAAOS O.

οὐδέ ποτε Τρῶες Δαναῶν ἐδύναντο φάλαγγας
ε / 14 / XOX /
ῥηξάμενοι κλισίῃσι μιγήμεναι ἠδὲ νέεσσιν.
ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τε στάθμη δόρυ νήϊον ἐξιθύνει 410
τέκτονος ἐν παλάμῃσι δαήμονος, ds ῥά τε πάσης
μὴ pI Wad 4 3 iA 3 /
εὖ εἰδῇ σοφίης ὑποθημοσύνῃσιν ᾿Αθήνης,
ὡς μὲν τῶν ἐπὶ toa μάχη τέτατο πτόλεμός TE
ΕΣ 3) Ὁ aor , 2 7
ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ἄλλῃσι μάχην ἐμάχοντο νέεσσιν͵
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ἄντ᾽ Αἴαντος ἐείσατο κυδαλίμοιο. 418
‘\ Ν “ Ν Ν wv , 959 39 7
τὼ δὲ μιῆς περὶ νηὸς ἔχον πόνον, οὐδ᾽ ἐδύναντο
νἝὍὌ ,Ἔ x b) f Va) a Ν “
οὔθ᾽ ὃ τὸν ἐξελάσαι καὶ ἐνιπρῆσαι πυρὶ νῆα
οὔθ᾽ ὁ τὸν ἂψ ὥσασθαι, ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἐπέλασσέ γε δαίμων.
ἔνθ᾽ υἷα Κλυτίοιο Καλήτορα φαίδιμος Αἴας,
πῦρ ἐς νῆα φέροντα, κατὰ στῆθος βάλε δουρί: 410
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, δαλὸς δέ οἱ ἔκπεσε χειρός.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς ἐνόησεν ἀνεψιὸν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν
ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντα νεὸς προπάροιθε μελαίνης,
Τρωσί τε καὶ Λυκίοισιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀΐσας"
“Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταί, 4

1)

δ
oo a
μὴ δή πω χάζεσθε μάχης ἐν στείνεϊ τῷδε,
ἀλλ᾽ υἷα Κλυτίοιο σαώσατε, μή μιν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
τεύχεα συλήσωσι νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι πεσόντα.
“Qs εἰπὼν Αἴαντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ.
“ ᾽
τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὃ δ᾽ ἔπειτα Λυκόφρονα, Μάστορος υἱόν,
ν f , “ «ε > Sse
Αἴαντος θεράποντα Κυθήριον, bs ῥα παρ᾽ αὐτῷ 431
vat’, ἐπεὶ ἄνδρα κατέκτα Κυθήροισι ζαθέοισι,
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλεν κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ οὔατος ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
ἑσταότ᾽ ἄγχ᾽ Αἴαντος" ὁ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἐν κονίῃσι
Ν LA ’ ’ 4 Ἂς a
νηὸς ἄπο πρύμνης χαμάδις πέσε, λύντο δὲ γυῖα. 435
3
Αἴας δ᾽ ἐρρίγησε, κασίγνητον δὲ προσηύδα"
“ a / Ν. Ree > / Ν ε a
Τεῦκρε πέπον, δὴ νῶϊν ἀπέκτατο πιστὸς ἑταῖρος
Μαστορίδης, ὃν νῶϊ Κυθηρόθεν ἔνδον ἐόντα
* , a Saas, " ’ 5
toa φίλοισι τοκεῦσιν ἐτίομεν ἐν μεγάροισι

15. IAIAAOS O. 59

τὸν δ᾽ Ἕκτωρ μεγάθυμος ἀπέκτανε. ποῦ νύ τοι lot 440
ὠκύμοροι καὶ τόξον, ὅ τοι πόρε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων ;””
λῶς φάθ᾽, ὃ δὲ ξυνέηκε, θέων δέ οἱ ἄγχι παρέστη,
τόξον ἔχων ἐν χειρὶ παλίντονον ἠδὲ φαρέτρην
ἰοδόκον" μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα βέλεα Τρώεσσιν ἐφίει.
καί ῥ' ἔβαλε Κλεῖτον, Πεισήνορος ἀγλαὸν υἱόν, 445
Πουλυδάμαντος ἑταῖρον, ἀγαυοῦ Πανθοΐδαο,
ey) NE tov A δον kG , > of =
ἡνία χερσὶν ἔχοντα" ὃ μὲν πεπόνητο καθ᾽ ἵππους
τῇ γὰρ ἔχ᾽ ἣ pa πολὺ πλεῖσται κλονέοντο φάλαγγες,
Ἕκτορι καὶ Τρώεσσι χαριζόμενος" τάχα δ᾽ αὐτῷ
SS , , ε Ε > , e ,
ἦλθε κακόν, TO οἱ οὔ τις ἐρύκακεν ἱεμένων περ. 480
ΠΣ ἀν r ε»ν , " a7,
αὐχένι γάρ οἱ ὄπισθε πολύστονος ἔμπεσεν ἰός
δ 3, τὸς > / [4 , , eae
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, ὑπερώησαν δέ οἱ ἵπποι
δ ἂν / + a3 , 4
kelp’ ὄχεα κροτέοντες. ἄναξ δ᾽ ἐνόησε τάχιστα
ΠΠουλυδάμας, καὶ πρῶτος ἐναντίος ἤλυθεν ἵππων.
Ν Ν ae A 4 Tl i. C he δῶ ες
τοὺς μὲν ὅ γ᾽ ᾿Αστυνόῳ Προτιάονος υἱέϊ δῶκε, 4:5
3
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐπότρυνε σχεδὸν ἴσχειν εἰσορόωντα
¢ a aera > Σὰν “Χ , ΕΒ
ἵππους" αὐτὸς δ᾽ αὗτις ἰὼν προμάχοισιν ἐμίχθη.
Τεῦκρος δ᾽ ἄλλον ὀϊστὸν ἐφ᾽ Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ
αἴνυτο, καί κεν ἔπαυσε μάχης ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν,
εἴ μιν ἀριστεύοντα βαλὼν ἐξείλετο θυμόν. 460
GAN οὐ λῆθε Διὸς πυκινὸν νόον, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐφύλασσεν
wv 3 pa an , » 9 Ἅὦ
Extop, ἀτὰρ Tedxpov Γελαμώνιον εὖχος ἀπηύρα,
ὅς οἱ ἐὐστρεφέα νευρὴν ἐν aps “ξ
ρ ρὴ μύμονι τόξῳ
en Fh Code) ἊΝ
ῥῆξ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐρύοντι' παρεπλάγχθη δέ οἱ ἄλλῃ
/ -
ἰὸς χαλκοβαρής, τόξον» δέ οἱ ἔκπεσε χειρός. 465
Τεῦκρος δ᾽ ἐρρί ί δὲ "δα"
ρος δ᾽ ἐρρίγησε, κασίγνητον δὲ προσηύδα
x , ce Ν ,
“ὦ πόποι, ἢ δὴ πάγχυ μάχης ἐπὶ μήδεα κείρει
τ /
δαίμων ἡμετέρης, ὅ TE μοι βιὸν ἔκβαλε χειρός,
Ν 3 7
νευρὴν δ᾽ ἐξέρρηξε νεόστροφον, ἣν ἐνέδησα
Fae » ἌΡΑ / \ vA Dee A. 293
πρώϊον, Opp ἀνέχοιτο θαμὰ θρῴσκοντας ὀϊστούς. 470
Ν .-“ 3 a >»
Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Alas:

60 15. IAIAAOS 0.

“ὦ πέπον, ἀλλὰ βιὸν μὲν ἔα καὶ ταρφέας ἰοὺς
κεῖσθαι, ἐπεὶ συνέχευε θεὸς Δαναοῖσι μεγήρας"
αὐτὰρ χερσὶν ἑλὼν δολιχὸν δόρυ καὶ σάκος ὥμῳ
μάρναό τε Τρώεσσι καὶ ἄλλους ὄρνυθι λαούς. 475
X\ x 3 , U , ef
μὴ μὰν ἀσπουδί ye δαμασσάμενοί περ ἕλοιεν
νῆας ἐὐσσέλμους, ἀλλὰ μνησώμεθα χάρμης.
a 3
Qs pad’, ὁ δ᾽ αὖ τόξον μὲν ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἔθηκεν,
Ν ᾽
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὦμοισι σάκος θέτο τετραθέλυμνον,
2 A
κρατὶ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἰφθίμῳ κυνέην εὔτυκτον ἔθηκεν 48.
ἵππόυριν, δεινὸν δὲ λόφος καθύπερθεν Evevev"
χὰ rat Ν x / > 7. a
εἵλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἔγχος, ἀκαχμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι, μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα θέων Αἴαντι παρέστη.

Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς εἶδεν Τεύκρου βλαφθέντα βέλεμνα,
Τρωσί τε καὶ Λυκίοισιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀὔσας" 485
“Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταί,
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς
νῆας ἀνὰ γλαφυράς" δὴ γὰρ ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσιν
ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος Διόθεν βλαφθέντα βέλεμνα.
ean NO er: Ν 5 , >} ,
ῥεῖα δ΄ ἀρίγνωτος Διὸς ἀνδράσι γίγνεται ἀλκή, 490
ἠμὲν ὁτέοισιν κῦδος ὑπέρτερον ἐγγυαλίξῃ,
ἠδ᾽ ὅτινας μινύθῃ τε καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλῃσιν ἀμύνειν,

ε a 3 id 4 / " 3 3. Εὖ
ὡς νῦν ᾿Αργείων μινύθει μένος, ἄμμι δ᾽ ἀρήγει.
ἀλλὰ μάχεσθ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἀολλέες" ὃς δέ κεν ὑμέων
te CES Ν / \ , 5 ,
βλήμενος ἠὲ τυπεὶς θάνατον καὶ πότμον ἐπίσπῃ, 495
τεθνάτω" οὔ οἱ ἀεικὲς ἀμυνομένῳ περὶ πάτρης
τεθνάμεν" ἀλλ᾽ ἄλοχός τε σόη καὶ παῖδες ὀπίσσω,

A 9 \ Led 5 , » 3 Ν

καὶ οἶκος καὶ κλῆρος ἀκήρατος, εἴ κεν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
v Ν \ 7 5 7 o 3”
οἴχωνται σὺν νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν.

ὰ 3 Ν Ν / \ Ν «ε /

Qs εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου. 500
Αἴας δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐκέκλετο οἷς ἑτάροισιν"
“ αἰδώς, ᾿Αργεῖοι" νῦν ἄρκιον ἢ ἀπολέσθαι
ἠὲ σαωθῆναι καὶ ἀπώσασθαι κακὰ νηῶν.

15. IAIAAOS Ο.

ἡ ἔλπεσθ᾽, ἣν νῆας ἕλῃ κορυθαίολος “Exrwp,
ἐμβαδὸν ἵξεσθαι ἣν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἕκαστος ;
ἣ- 3 5 3 " ,ὔ Υ̓ 4“
ἢ οὐκ ὀτρύνοντος ἀκούετε λαὸν ἅπαντα
σ ἃ Ἅ, a 5) a
Exropos, ὃς δὴ νῆας ἐνιπρῆσαι μενεαίνει ;
οὐ μὰν ἔς γε χορὸν κέλετ᾽ ἐλθέμεν, ἀλλὰ μάχεσθαι.
ἡμῖν δ᾽ οὔ τις τοῦδε νόος καὶ μῆτις ἀμείνων,
ἢ αὐτοσχεδίῃ μῖξαι χεῖράς τε μένος τε.
/ A 9 / e , oN lal
βέλτερον, ἢ ἀπολέσθαι Eva χρόνον ἠὲ βιῶναι,
Ν Ν Δ 3 Seen “- fal
ἢ δηθὰ στρεύγεσθαι ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι
ey? » Ν Ν Cae) ὧδ , , 37)
ὧδ᾽ αὔτως παρὰ νηυσὶν ὑπ᾽ ἀνδράσι χειροτέροισιν.
ἃ τς ΤΑΣ Μ Le Ν \ ε /

Qs εἰπὼν ὦτρυνε μένος Kal θυμὸν ἑκάστου.
ἔνθ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ μὲν ἕλε Σχεδίον, Περιμήδεος υἱόν,
ἀρχὸν Φωκήων, Αἴας δ᾽ ἕλε Λαοδάμαντα
ε , , ? , 5 x cre
ἡγεμόνα πρυλέων, ᾿Αντήνορος ἀγλαὸν υἱόν
Πουλυδάμας δ᾽ "Qrov Κυλλήνιον ἐξενάριξε,
Φυλεΐδεω ἕταρον, μεγαθύμων ἀρχὸν ᾿Επειῶν.
τῷ δὲ Μέγης ἐπόρουσεν ἰδών" ὁ δ᾽ ὕπαιθα λιάσθη

61

510

515

520

Πουλυδάμας" καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀπήμβροτεν᾽ οὐ yap’ Απόλλων

» / εν SN 2 =
eta IlavOov υἱὸν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι δαμῆναι

τσ τας [ὦ ’ὔ “ / y+ δ
αὐτὰρ ὅ γε Κροίσμου στῆθος μέσον οὔτασε δουρί.

, Ν έν CN Ay at 5 2 (Ee ak a
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών" ὁ ὃ aT ὦμων τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα.
τόφρα δὲ τῷ ἐπόρουσε Δόλοψ, αἰχμῆς εὖ εἰδώς,
Λαμπετίδης, ὃν Λάμπος ἐγείνατο φέρτατον υἱόν,
Λαομεδοντιάδης, εὖ εἰδότα θούριδος ἀλκῆς,
“Δ , a / Μ
ὃς τότε Φυλεΐδαο μέσον σάκος οὔτασε δουρὶ
5) , e ee \ Fae ἘΌΝ, , “-
ἐγγύθεν ὁρμηθείς" πυκινὸς δέ οἱ ἤρκεσε θώρηξ,

, 2055, , / - , , οὗ
τὸν p ἐφόρει γυάλοισιν ἀρηρότα τὸν ποτε Φυλεὺς
ἤγαγεν ἐξ ᾿Εφύρης, ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος.

fal / ΦιΥΝ ” 5 cal > /
ξεῖνος yap οἱ ἔδωκεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Εὐφήτης
5 te Ms fh > n 5 /
ἐς πόλεμον φορέειν, δηΐων ἀνδρῶν ἀλεωρήν'᾽
“ « Ν , Ν »} Ν A Μ 3) Ὁ Ὁ
ὅς οἱ καὶ τότε παιδὸς ἀπὸ χροὸς ἤρκεσ᾽ ὄλεθρον.
τοῦ δὲ Μέγης κόρυθος χαλκήρεος ἱπποδασείης

525

53°

tn
Ww
tn

62 15, IAIAAOS O.

, 3 , ΚΘ ὉΨ se 9% ,
κύμβαχον ἀκρότατον we ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι,
ῥῆξε δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ἵππειον λόφον αὐτοῦ" πᾶς δὲ χαμᾶζε
κάππεσεν ἐν κονίῃσι, νέον φοίνικι φαεινός.
ho ς oO r / ¢ / Ν δ᾽ ἔλ ,
jos 6 τῷ πολέμιζε μένων, ἔτι δ᾽ ἔλπετο νίκην,
τόφρα δέ οἱ Μενέλαος ᾿Αρήϊος ἦλθεν ἀμύντωρ, 540
στῆ δ᾽ εὐρὰξ σὺν δουρὶ λαθών, βάλε δ᾽ ὦμον ὄπισθεν"
αἰχμὴ δὲ στέρνοιο διέσσυτο μαιμώωσα,

, ἘΣΘ ΣΕ το εν το τα ΤῸ
πρόσσω ἱεμένη" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα πρηνὴς ἐλιάσθη.

Ν Ν 3 / / 4 ΡῈ SES
τὼ μὲν ἐεισάσθην χαλκήρεα τεύχε᾽ ἀπ᾽ ὥμων
συλήσειν" “Ἕκτωρ δὲ κασιγνήτοισι κέλευσε 545

- n 3
πᾶσι μάλα, πρῶτον δ᾽ ‘Ikeraovidny ἐνένιπεν,
ἴφθιμον Μελάνιππον. ὃ δ᾽ ὄφρα μὲν εἰλίποδας βοῦς

Pee 19) Ὁ , “ 5 , 27 a
Book ἐν Ilepkarn, δηΐων ἀπονόσφιν ἐόντων
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ Δαναῶν νέες ἤλυθον ἀμφιέλισσαι,
ay εἰς Ἴλιον ἦλθε, μετέπρεπε δὲ Τρώεσσι, 550
ναῖε δὲ πὰρ Πριά ὁ δέ lev ἃ 1 :

πὰρ Πριάμῳ, 6 δέ μιν τίεν ἶσα τέκεσσι
τόν ῥ᾽ Ἕκτωρ ἐνένιπεν ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν"
ςς 4 , / / , Io 7 ,

οὕτω 6n, Μελάνιππε, μεθήσομεν ; οὐδέ νυ σοί περ
5) / 7] 4 > a ,
ἐντρέπεται φίλον ἡτορ ἀνεψιοῦ κταμένοιο ;

> Ld / e id A 4 ba cf
οὐχ dpdas οἷον Δόλοπος περὶ τεύχε᾽ ἕπουσιν ; 558
ἀλλ᾽ ἕπευ" οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἔστιν ἀποσταδὸν ᾿Αργείοισι

b]
μάρνασθαι, πρίν y ἠὲ κατακτάμεν ἠὲ κατ᾽ ἄκρης
Ἴλιον αἰπεινὴν ἑλέειν κτάσθαι τε πολίτας."

“Qs εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν ἦρχ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕσπετο ἰσόθεος φώς"
᾿Αργείους δ᾽ ὥτρυνε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας" 500
“ὦ φίλοι, ἀνέρες ἔστε, καὶ αἰδῶ θέσθ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ,
ἀλλήλους τ᾽ αἰδεῖσθε κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας.

᾿ , >> n , ΠΕΣ Cap oe? Ξ
αἰδομένων δ΄ ἀνδρῶν πλέονες σόοι ἠὲ πέφανται

, 3 » 9 / » » >) so»
φευγόντων δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ dp κλέος ὄρνυται οὔτε Tis ἀλκή.

“Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀλέξασθαι pevéatvov, 505
ἐν θυμῷ δ᾽ ἐβάλοντο ἔπος, φράξαντο δὲ νῆας
“ ὃς Ὅν ΡΝ ICS. ον γος y
Epxel χαλκείῳ᾽ ἐπὶ δὲ Ζεὺς Τρῶας ἔγειρεν.

15. IAIAAOS Ο.

᾿Αντίλοχον δ᾽ Srpuve βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος"
““᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, οὔ τις σεῖο νεώτερος ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
» \ t y¥ 9 9 ε ν , x
οὔτε ποσὶν θάσσων οὔτ᾽ ἄλκιμος ὡς σὺ μάχεσθαι
εἴ τινἁ που Τρώων ἐξάλμενος ἄνδρα βάλοισθα."

“Os εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν αὖτις ἀπέσσυτο, τὸν δ᾽ ὀρόθυνεν"

ἐκ δ᾽ ἔθορε προμάχων, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ
ἀμφὶ ἕ παπτήνας" ὑπὸ δὲ Τρῶες κεκάδοντο

ἀνδρὸς ἀκοντίσσαντος" ὃ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἧκεν,
ἀλλ᾽ Ἱκετάονος υἱόν, ὑπέρθυμον Μελάνιππον,
νισόμενον πόλεμόνδε βάλε στῆθος παρὰ μαζόν.
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε κύων ὥς, ὅς T ἐπὶ νεβρῷ
βλημένῳ atéy, τόν τ᾽ ἐξ εὐνῆφι θορόντα

θηρητὴρ ἐτύχησε βαλών, ὑπέλυσε δὲ γυῖα’

ὡς ἐπὶ σοί, Μελάνιππε, θόρ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος μενεχάρμης

τεύχεα συλήσων" ἀλλ᾽ οὐ λάθεν Ἕκτορα δῖον,
ὅς ῥά οἱ ἀντίος ἦλθε θέων ἀνὰ δηϊοτῆτα.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ οὐ μεῖνε θοός περ ἐὼν πολεμιστής,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτρεσε θηρὶ κακὸν ῥέξαντι ἐοικώς,
ὅς τε κύνα κτείνας ἢ βουκόλον ἀμφὶ βόεσσι
φεύγει πρίν περ ὅμιλον ἀολλισθήμεναι ἀνδρῶν"
ὡς τρέσε Νεστορίδης, ἐπὶ δὲ Τρῶές τε καὶ Ἕκτωρ
ἠχῇ θεσπεσίῃ βέλεα στονόεντα χέοντο'
στῆ δὲ μεταστρεφθείς, ἐπεὶ ἵκετο ἔθνος ἑταίρων.
Τρῶες δὲ λείουσιν ἐοικότες ὠμοφάγοισι
νηυσὶν ἐπεσσεύοντο, Διὸς δ᾽ ἐτέλειον ἐφετμάς,
ὅ σφισιν αἰὲν ἔγειρε μένος μέγα, θέλγε δὲ θυμὸν
᾿Αργείων καὶ κῦδος ἀπαίνυτο, τοὺς δ᾽ ὀρόθυνεν.
Ἕκτορι γάρ οἱ θυμὸς ἐβούλετο κῦδος ὀρέξαι
Πριαμίδῃ, ἵνα νηυσὶ κορωνίσι θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ
ἐμβάλοι ἀκάματον, Θέτιδος δ᾽ ἐξαίσιον ἀρὴν
πᾶσαν ἐπικρήνειε" τὸ γὰρ μένε μητίετα Ζεύς,

510

580

59°

64 15. IAIAAOS Ο.

νηὸς καιομένης σέλας ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδέσθαι.

ἐκ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ ἔμελλε παλίωξιν παρὰ νηῶν
θησέμεναι Τρώων, Δαναοῖσι δὲ κῦδος ὀρέξειν.

τὰ φρονέων νήεσσιν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἔγειρεν
Ἕκτορα Πριαμίδην, μάλα περ μεμαῶτα καὶ αὐτόν.
patveto δ᾽ ὡς ὅτ᾽ “Apns ἐγχέσπαλος ἢ ὀλοὸν πῦρ
οὔρεσι μαίνηται, βαθέης ἐν τάρφεσιν ὕλης"
ἀφλοισμὸς δὲ περὶ στόμα γίγνετο, τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε

λαμπέσθην βλοσυρῇσιν ὑπ᾽ ὀφρύσιν, ἀμφὶ δὲ πήληξ

if
σμερδαλέον κροτάφοισι τινάσσετο μαρναμένοιο
“ ae Ca ! 2.59, 8.. ks ney 4 5257
Exropos* αὐτὸς yap ot an’ αἰθέρος ἦεν ἀμύντωρ
Ζεύς, ὅς μιν πλεόνεσσι μετ᾽ ἀνδράσι μοῦνον ἐόντα
Ψ, Ν Si / Ἂν x
τίμα καὶ κύδαινε. μινυνθάδιος yap ἔμελλεν
Ν 1 x / | ae) , , >
ἔσσεσθ᾽" ἤδη yap οἱ ἐπώρνυε μόρσιμον ἦμαρ
Παλλὰς ᾿Αθηναίη ὑπὸ ἸΠηλεΐδαο βίηφιν.
“- ἘΠῚ en fp 5 n ,
καί ῥ᾽ ἔθελεν ῥῆξαι στίχας ἀνδρῶν πειρητίζων,
7 δὴ πλεῖστον ὅμιλον ὅρα καὶ τεύχε᾽ ἄριστα᾽
1 Οἡ Fs ρ χε ap
> en
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὡς δύνατο ῥῆξαι μάλα περ μενεαίνων"
ἴσχον γὰρ πυργηδὸν ἀρηρότες, nite πέτρη
ἠλίβατος μεγάλη, πολιῆς ἁλὸς ἐγγὺς ἐοῦσα,
ἥ τε μένει λιγέων ἀνέμων λαιψηρὰ κέλευθα
κύματά τε τροφόεντα, τά τε προσερεύγεται αὐτήν'
ὃς Δαναοὶ Τρῶας μένον ἔμπεδον οὐδ᾽ ἐφέβοντο.
ΦΟΣΩΝ ε , ‘ 4 Ba YS le
αὐτὰρ ὁ λαμπόμενος πυρὶ πάντοθεν ἔνθορ᾽ ὁμίλῳ,
᾿Ὶ >,» Pe 4 “ coke } /
ἐν ὃ ἔπεσ᾽ ὡς OTE κῦμα θοῇ ἐν νηὶ πέσῃσι
λάβρον ὑπαὶ νεφέων ἀνεμοτρεφές" ἡ δέ τε πᾶσα
e / 3 / Ν \ piste
ἄχνῃ ὑπεκρύφθη, ἀνέμοιο δὲ δεινὸς ἀήτης
ἱστίῳ ἐμβρέμεται, τρομέουσι δέ τε φρένα ναῦται
δειδιότες" τυτθὸν γὰρ ὑπὲκ θανάτοιο φέρονται"
ὡς ἐδαΐζετο θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ὥς τε λέων ὀλοόφρων βουσὶν ἐπελθών,
Bey, cts! « » ἡ / ,
ai par ἐν εἱαμενῇ ἕλεος μεγάλοιο νέμονται

600

61c

615

620

625

15. IATAAOS O. 65

-ἰ , “ ἣν » 4 ION
μυρίαι, ἐν δέ τε τῇσι νομεὺς οὔ πω σάφα εἰδὼς
Ν / dd A 5» a
Onpt μαχέσσασθαι ἕλικος Bods ἀμφὶ φονῇσιν"

ἢ τοι ὃ μὲν πρώτῃσι καὶ ὑστατίῃσι βόεσσιν

Ν ε / ς / ιν / > ,
αἰὲν ὁμοστιχάει, 6 δέ τ᾽ ἐν μέσσῃσιν ὀρούσας 635
βοῦν ἔδει, αἱ δέ τε πᾶσαι ὑπέτρεσαν" ὡς τότ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
θεσπεσίως ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ᾽ “Ἕκτορι καὶ Διὶ πατρὶ
πάντες, ὁ δ᾽ οἷον ἔπεφνε Μυκηναῖον Περιφήτην,
Κοπρῆος φίλον υἱόν, ὃς Εὐρυσθῆος ἄνακτος
ἀγγελίης οἴχνεσκε βίῃ Ηρακληεΐῃ. 640
τοῦ yeveT ἐκ πατρὸς πολὺ χείρονος vids ἀμείνων

7] 5 / 3 / b] ,

παντοίας ἀρετάς, ἠμὲν πόδας ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι,
καὶ νόον ἐν πρώτοισι Μυκηναίων ἐτέτυκτο"
ὅς pa τόθ᾽ Ἕκτορι κῦδος ὑπέρτερον ἐγγυάλιξε.
στρεφθεὶς γὰρ μετόπισθεν ἐν ἀσπίδος ἄντυγι πάλτο, 645
‘ Epa , , eek, pei Φ
τὴν αὐτὸς φορέεσκε ποδηνεκέ᾽, ἕρκος ἀκόντων
τῇ ὅ γ᾽ ἐνὶ βλαφθεὶς πέσεν ὕπτιος, ἀμφὶ δὲ πήληξ
σμερδαλέον κονάβησε περὶ κροτάφοισι πεσόντος.
oR Δ Sige , la / em /

κτωρ δ᾽ ὀξὺ νόησε, θέων δέ οἱ ἄγχι παρέστη,
στήθεϊ δ᾽ ἐν δόρυ πῆξε, φίλων δέ μιν ἐγγὺς ἑταίρων 650

a ᾿ς ε >) »] 9 ’ eS: ’ ’ c ’ὔ
κτεῖν᾽" οἱ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδύναντο καὶ ἀχνύμενοί περ ἑταίρου
χραισμεῖν" αὐτοὶ γὰρ μάλα δείδισαν “Ἕκτορα δῖον.

Εἰσωποὶ δ᾽ ἐγένοντο νεῶν, περὶ δ᾽ ἔσχεθον ἄκραι
νῆες, ὅσαι πρῶται εἰρύατο' τοὶ δ᾽ ἐπέχυντο.
? a Ν a Ν > , Avis /
Apyetot δὲ νεῶν μὲν ἐχώρησαν Kal ἀνάγκῃ 65

σι

na / > a Ν ‘ , Ba
τῶν πρωτέων, αὐτοῦ δὲ παρὰ κλισίῃσιν ἔμειναν
> , 999 9 7 PN σιν εν Ν IDX
ἀθρόοι, οὐδ᾽ ἐκέδασθεν ἀνὰ στρατόν" ἴσχε yap αἰδὼς
καὶ δέος" ἀζηχὲς γὰρ ὁμόκλεον ἀλλήλοισι.

3 n
Νέστωρ αὖτε μάλιστα Γερήνιος, οὖρος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
λίσσεθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τοκέων γουνούμενος ἄνδρα ἕκαστον" 660
“ὦ φίλοι, ἀνέρες ἔστε, καὶ αἰδῶ θέσθ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ
ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων, ἐπὶ δὲ μνήσασθε ἕκαστος
4 999 9 , Ν 4 IX /

παίδων ἠδ᾽ ἀλόχων Kal κτήσιος NE τοκήων,

VOL. Il. F

66 15. IAIAAOS 0.

rs , x
ἠμὲν ὅτεῳ ζώουσι καὶ ᾧ κατατεθνήκασι
τῶν ὕπερ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐγὼ γουνάζομαι οὐ παρεόντων 665
ε , n Ν lal , »”
ἑστάμεναι κρατερῶς, μηδὲ τρωπᾶσθε φόβονδε.
“Qs εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.
“-“ n > ᾽ ,
τοῖσι δ᾽ am ὀφθαλμῶν νέφος ἀχλύος ὦσεν ᾿Αθήνη
3
θεσπέσιον" μάλα δέ σφι φόως γένετ᾽ ἀμφοτέρωθεν,
ἠμὲν πρὸς νηῶν καὶ ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο. 670
Ἕκτορα δὲ φράσσαντο βοὴν ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἑταίρους,
SS “ , τ / 2&3) 2 f
ἠμὲν ὅσοι μετόπισθεν ἀφέστασαν οὐδ᾽ ἐμάχοντο,
ἦδ᾽ ὅσσοι παρὰ νηυσὶ μάχην ἐμάχοντο θοῇσιν.
LN εν ΚΕΝ Μ , e/ a
Οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ Αἴαντι μεγαλήτορι ἥνδανε θυμῷ
ἑστάμεν ἔνθα περ ἄλλοι ἀφέστασαν υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν: 675
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε νηῶν ikpv’ ἐπῴχετο μακρὰ βιβάσθων,
, δὲ ξ Ν / ee 3 λά
νώμα δὲ ξυστὸν μέγα ναύμαχον ἐν παλάμῃσι,
‘ / Ὁ 4
κολλητὸν βλήτροισι, δυωκαιεικοσίπηχυ.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἵπποισι κελητίζειν εὖ εἰδώς,
ὅς τ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐκ πολέων πίσυρας συναείρεται ἵππους, ὄϑο
σεύας ἐκ πεδίοιο μέγα προτὶ ἄστυ δίηται
λαοφόρον καθ’ dddv* πολέες τέ E θηήσαντο
ἀνέρες ἠδὲ γυναῖκες" ὃ δ᾽ ἔμπεδον ἀσφαλὲς αἰεὶ
θρῴσκων ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλον ἀμείβεται, οἱ δὲ πέτονται"
ὡς Αἴας ἐπὶ πολλὰ θοάων ἴκρια νηῶν ᾿ς ΕΘ 8 5
φοίτα μακρὰ βιβάς, φωνὴ δέ οἱ αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανεν,
αἰεὶ δὲ σμερὸνὸν βοόων Δαναοῖσι κέλευε
, oN 4 2 / IO Ν Cd
νηυσί τε καὶ κλισίῃσιν ἀμυνέμεν. οὐδὲ μὲν “Ἕκτωρ
, aS , ey, , ete
pipvev ἐνὶ Tpowy ὅμάδῳ πύκα θωρηκτάων
3 a
GAN’ ὥς τ᾽ ὀρνίθων πετεηνῶν αἰετὸς αἴθων 690
ἔθνος ἐφορμᾶται ποταμὸν πάρα βοσκομενάων,
n BS x 4 /
χηνῶν ἢ γεράνων ἢ κύκνων δουλιχοδείρων,
ὡς Ἕκτωρ ἴθυσε νεὸς κυανοπρῴροιο
5 ’ 3... Ν Ων Ν > »Ὦ
ἀντίος ἀΐξας" τὸν δὲ Ζεὺς ὦσεν ὄπισθε
χειρὶ μάλα μεγάλῃ, ὥτρυνε δὲ λαὸν ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ. 695

15. IAIAAOS Ο.

Adris δὲ δριμεῖα μάχη παρὰ νηυσὶν ἐτύχθη.
φαίης κ᾿ ἀκμῆτας καὶ ἀτειρέας ἀλλήλοισιν
ἄντεσθ᾽ ἐν πολέμῳ, ὡς ἐσσυμένως ἐμάχοντο.
τοῖσι δὲ μαρναμένοισιν ὅδ᾽ ἦν νόος" ἦ τοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ

Ξ a 3
οὐκ ἔφασαν φεύξεσθαι ὑπὲκ κακοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὀλέεσθαι,
Τρωσὶν δ᾽ ἔλπετο θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἑκάστου
νῆας ἐνιπρήσειν κτενέειν θ᾽ ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιούς.
οἱ μὲν τὰ φρονέοντες ἐφέστασαν ἀλλήλοισιν"
“Ἕκτωρ δὲ πρύμνης νεὸς ἥψατο ποντοπόροιο,
καλῆς ὠκυάλου, ἣ Πρωτεσίλαον ἔνεικεν
ἐς Τροίην, οὐδ᾽ αὗτις ἀπήγαγε πατρίδα γαῖαν.

“ Ἂς \ qa 3 , al
τοῦ περ δὴ περὶ νηὸς Axatol Te Τρῶες τε

, > , > ee mE Ne Ie 7 ,
δήουν ἀλλήλους αὐτοσχεδόν᾽ οὐδ΄ ἄρα Tol γε

, de > \ 7 CN ae ἐδ ον
τόξων ἀϊκὰς ἀμφὶς μένον οὐδέ τ᾽ ἀκόντων,
ἀλλ᾽ οἵ te) 50 ε , ef 6 Ν A

ν᾿ of γ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενοι, Eva θυμὸν ἔχοντες,

ὀξέσι δὴ πελέκεσσι καὶ ἀξίνησι μάχοντο

ἢ ἥσι pax:
καὶ ξίφεσιν μεγάλοισι καὶ ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισι.
πολλὰ δὲ φάσγανα καλὰ μελάνδετα κωπήεντα

705

719

ἄλλα μὲν ἐκ χειρῶν χαμάδις πέσον, ἄλλα δ᾽ ἀπ᾿ ὥμων

ΕῚ a / hee ote > e val U
ἀνδρῶν μαρναμένων" ῥέε δ᾽ αἵματι γαῖα μέλαινα.
Ἕκτωρ δὲ πρύμνηθεν ἐπεὶ λάβεν οὐχὶ μεθίει,
ἄφλαστον μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχων, Τρωσὶν δὲ κέλευε"
6c CY a ed 2 3 NGS. f » ca te MUSES Aer
οἴσετε πῦρ, ἅμα δ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἀολλέες ὄρνυτ᾽ avTHY
a tra / Ν, A > BA
νῦν ἡμῖν πάντων Ζεὺς ἄξιον ἦμαρ ἔδωκε,
νῆας ἑλεῖν, al δεῦρο θεῶν ἀέκητι μολοῦσαι
ἡμῖν πήματα πολλὰ θέσαν, κακότητι γερόντων,
¢ EE / / y ee 2 /
οἵ μ᾽ ἐθέλοντα μάχεσθαι ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσι νέεσσιν
>
αὐτόν τ᾽ ἰσχανάασκον ἐρητύοντό τε λαόν"
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δή ῥα τότε βλάπτε φρένας εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς
ἡμετέρας, νῦν αὐτὸς ἐποτρύνει καὶ ἀνώγει."

715

720

725

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, of δ᾽ ἄρα μᾶλλον ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ὄρουσαν.

Αἴας δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἔμιμνε βιάζετο γὰρ βελέεσσιν"

Ἐ 2

68 15. IAIAAOS Ο.

ἀλλ᾽ ἀνεχάζετο τυτθόν, diduevos θανέεσθαι,
θρῆνυν ἐφ᾽ ἑπταπόδην, λίπε δ᾽ ἴκρια νηὸς ἐΐσης.
ἔνθ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἑστήκει δεδοκημένος, ἔγχεϊ δ᾽ αἰεὶ
Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ'
αἰεὶ δὲ σμερὸνὸν Bodwr Δαναοῖσι κέλευε"

COD

ὦ φίλοι ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες ἔΑρηος,

, ”

ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς.
ἦέ τινάς φαμεν εἶναι ἀοσσητῆρας ὀπίσσω,

,ὔ
έ
= a Μ

ἦέ τι τεῖχος ἄρειον, ὅ κ᾽ ἀνδράσι λοιγὸν ἀμύναι;
οὐ μέν τι σχεδόν ἐστι πόλις πύργοις ἀραρυῖα,

HK
3 ͵

ἀλλ΄ ἐν γὰρ Τρώων πεδίῳ πύκα θωρηκτάων

πόντῳ κεκλιμένοι ἑκὰς ἥμεθα πατρίδος αἴης"

τόντῳ κεκλιμένοι ἑκὰς ἥμεθα πατρίδος αἴης

.

ἀπαμυναίμεσθ᾽ ἑτεραλκέα δῆμον ἔχοντες"

τῷ ἐν χερσὶ φόως, οὐ μειλιχίῃ πολέμοιο."
Ἦ, καὶ μαιμώων ἔφεπ᾽ ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι.

ὅς τις δὲ Τρώων κοίλῃς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ φέροιτο

σὺν πυρὶ κηλείῳ, χάριν “Exropos ὀτρύναντος,

τὸν δ᾽ Αἴας οὔτασκε δεδεγμένος ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ"

δώδεκα δὲ προπάροιθε νεῶν αὐτοσχεδὸν οὗτα.

730

735

740

745

ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ II.

Πατρόκλεια.

*Os of μὲν περὶ νηὸς ἐὐσσέλμοιο μάχοντο"
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ παρίστατο, ποιμένι λαῶν,
δάκρυα θερμὰ χέων ὥς τε κρήνη μελάνυδρος,

ἥ τε Kat’ αἰγίλιπος πέτρης δνοφερὸν χέει ὕδωρ.
τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ᾧκτειρε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδο"
“τίπτε δεδάκρυσαι, Πατρόκλεες, Hite κούρη
νηπίη, ἥ θ᾽ ἅμα μητρὶ θέουσ᾽ ἀνελέσθαι ἀνώγει,
εἱανοῦ ἁπτομένη, καί τ' ἐσσυμένην κατερύκει,
δακρυόεσσα δέ μιν ποτιδέρκεται, ὄφρ᾽ ἀνέληται"
τῇ ἴκελος, Πάτροκλε, τέρεν κατὰ δάκρυον εἴβεις.
ἠέ τι Μυρμιδόνεσσι πιφαύσκεαι, 7) ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ,
née τιν᾽ ἀγγελίην Φθίης ἐξ ἔκλυες οἷος ;

ζώειν μὰν ἔτι φασὶ Μενοίτιον, ΓΑκτορος υἱόν,
ζώει δ᾽ Αἰακίδης Πηλεὺς μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσι,
τῶν κε μάλ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἀκαχοίμεθα τεθνηώτων:
ne σύ γ᾽ Αργείων ὀλοφύρεαι, ὡς ὀλέκονται
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ὑπερβασίης ἕνεκα σφῆς ;
ἐξαύδα, μὴ κεῦθε νόῳ, ἵνα εἴδομεν ἄμφω.

10

15

Tov δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων προσέφης, Πατρόκλεες ἱππεῦ" 20

«ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, Πηλέος υἱέ, μέγα péprur’ ᾿Αχαιῶν,
N pasts a ν ἡ , ᾽ ,

μὴ νεμέσα' τοῖον γὰρ ἄχος βεβίηκεν ᾿Αχαιούς.

οἱ μὲν γὰρ δὴ πάντες, ὅσοι πάρος ἦσαν ἄριστοι,

“0 16. IAIAAOS Π.

ἐν νηυσὶν κέαται βεβλημένοι οὐτάμενοί τε.
βέβληται μὲν ὁ Τυδείδης κρατερὸς Διομήδης, 25
οὔτασται δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἠδ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
βέβληται δὲ καὶ Εὐρύπυλος κατὰ μηρὸν ὀϊστῷ.
Ν. a 3 \ U , /
τοὺς μέν τ᾽ ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται,
ἕλκε᾽ ἀκειόμενοι" σὺ δ’ ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ.
μὴ ἐμέ γ᾽ οὖν οὗτός γε λάβοι χόλος, ὃν σὺ φυλάσσεις, 30
αἰναρέτη" τί σευ ἄλλος ὀνήσεται ὀψίγονός περ, -
» ἈΝ ’ὔ »} / Q 3 4
αἴ κε μὴ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς ;
νηλεές, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γε πατὴρ ἦν ἱππότα Πηλεύς,
οὐδὲ Θέτις μήτηρ' γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα
, ἘΣ 2. / “ , “ \ 3 la
πέτραι τ᾽ ἠλίβατοι, ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής. 35
εἰ δέ τινα φρεσὶ σῇσι θεοπροπίην ἀλεείνεις
Pe u βοπιῇ
, , x Ν Ἂ / , 12
καί τινά τοι πὰρ Ζηνὸς ἐπέφραδε πότνια μήτηρ,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμέ περ πρόες By’, ἅμα δ᾽ ἄλλον λαὸν ὄπασσον
Μυρμιδόνων, ἢν πού τι φόως Δαναοῖσι γένωμαι.
δὸς δέ μοι ὦμοιιν τὰ σὰ τεύχεα θωρηχθῆναι, 40
αἴ κ᾿ ἐμὲ σοὶ ἴσκοντες ἀπόσχωνται πολέμοιο ate
Τρῶες, ἀναπνεύσωσι δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν
τειρόμενοι: ὀλίγη δέ τ᾽ ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο.
ῥεῖα δέ κ᾽ ἀκμῆτες κεκμηότας ἄνδρας ἀϊτῇ
ὥσαιμεν προτὶ ἄστυ νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων.᾽ 45
δῷς φάτο λισσόμενος μέγα νήπιος" ἦ γὰρ ἔμελλεν
rented , Ν Ν fal “
of αὐτῷ θάνατόν τε κακὸν καὶ κῆρα λιτέσθαι.
τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“ᾧ μοι, διογενὲς Πατρόκλεες, οἷον ἔειπες"
ΝΜ , 3 / ef Ὁ
οὔτε θεοπροπίης ἐμπάζομαι, ἥν τινα οἶδα, 50
" , . ΠΡ ΤΡ, ΣΟ , , ᾿
οὔτε τί μοι πὰρ Ζηνὸς ἐπέφραδε πότνια μήτηρ
ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει,
ε , X Q ε tal 3 Ν 5 “ 9 4
ὁππότε δὴ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἀνὴρ ἐθέλῃσιν ἀμέρσαι
καὶ γέρας ἂψ ἀφελέσθαι, ὅ τε κράτεϊ προβεβήκῃ"
eh BA , “τῶ 3 Ν t " Lal
αἰνὸν ἄχος τό μοί ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πάθον ἄλγεα θυμῷ. 55

16. IAIAAOS II. γι

κούρην ἣν ἄρα μοι γέρας ἔξελον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,
δουρὶ δ᾽ ἐμῷ κτεάτισσα, πόλιν εὐτείχεα πέρσας,
τὴν ἂψ ἐκ χειρῶν ἕλετο κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
᾿Ατρεΐδης ὡς εἴ τιν᾽ ἀτίμητον μετανάστην.
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν" οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πως ἦν 60
ἀσπερχὲς κεχολῶσθαι ἐνὶ φρεσίν" ἢ τοι ἔφην γε
οὐζπρὶν μηνιθμὸν καταπαυσέμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν δὴ
νῆας ἐμὰς ἀφίκηται airy τε πτόλεμός τε.
τύνη δ᾽ ὦμοιιν μὲν ἐμὰ κλυτὰ τεύχεα δῦθι,
ἄρχε δὲ Μυρμιδόνεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισι μάχεσθαι, 65
εἰ δὴ κυάνεον Τρώων νέφος ἀμφιβέβηκε
Ν 5» / ε pp 1 ta] ,
νηυσὶν ἐπικρατέως, οἱ δὲ ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης
κεκλίαται, χώρης ὀλίγην ἔτι μοῖραν ἔ
» χώρης ὀλίγην ἔτι μοῖραν ἔχοντες,
᾿Αργεῖοι: Τρώων δὲ πόλις ἐπὶ πᾶσα βέβηκε
θάρσυνος" οὐ γὰρ ἐμῆς κόρυθος λεύσσουσι μέτωπον 70
ἐγγύθι. λαμπομένης" τάχα κεν φεύγοντες ἐναύλους
πλήσειαν νεκύων, εἴ μοι κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
" ὅς Paes LEME τι Ν ne 0
ἥπια εἰδείη" νῦν δὲ στρατὸν ἀμφιμάχονται.
οὐ γὰρ Τυδείδεω Διομήδεος ἐν παλάμῃσι
la vl i” A ny 3 A A 9 aaa e
μαίνεται ἐγχείη Δαναῶν ἀπὸ λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι 75
Io 7 > ah 3. =X yx 3 /
οὐδέ πω ᾿Ατρεΐδεω ὀπὸς ἔκλυον αὐδήσαντος
ἐχθρῆς ἐκ κεφαλῆς" ἀλλ᾽ Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο
\ / ’ ε 249 a
Τρωσὶ κελεύοντος περιάγνυται, οἵ 6 ἀλαλητῷ
πᾶν πεδίον κατέχουσι, μάχῃ νικῶντες ᾿Αχαιούς.
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥς, Πάτροκλε, νεῶν ἀπὸ λοιγὸν ἀμύνων 80
Ν er / Ας Ν Ν ᾿] /
ἔμπεσ᾽ ἐπικρατέως, μὴ δὴ πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο
νῆας ἐνιπρήσωσι, φίλον δ᾽ ἀπὸ νόστον ἕλωνται.
πείθεο δ᾽ ὥς τοι ἐγὼ μύθου τέλος ἐν φρεσὶ θείω,
c ww Ν, / \ a BA
ὡς ἄν μοι τιμὴν μεγάλην Kal κῦδος ἄρηαι
Ν ! n Doe «ας «ε ’ Ζ
πρὸς πάντων Δαναῶν, ἀτὰρ οἱ περικαλλέα κούρην 85
dy ἀπονάσσωσιν, ποτὶ δ᾽ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα πόρωσιν.
3 an. 3/0 2} ἢ ἘΚ ἢ) >
ἐκ νηῶν ἐλάσας ἰέναι πάλιν" εἰ δέ κεν αὖ τοι

79 16. JAIAAOS I.

δώῃ κῦδος ἀρέσθαι ἐρίγδουπος πόσις Ἥρης,

μὴ σύ γ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἐμεῖο λιλαίεσθαι πολεμίζειν
Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισιν" ἀτιμότερον δέ με θήσεις"
μηδ᾽ ἐπαγαλλόμενος πολέμῳ καὶ δηϊοτῆτι,

Τρῶας ἐναιρόμενος, προτὶ ἼΙ'λιον ἡγεμονεύειν,

μή τις ἀπ᾿ Οὐλύμποιο θεῶν αἰειγενετάων

ἐμβήῃ" μάλα τούς γε φιλεῖ ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων"
ἀλλὰ πάλιν τρωπᾶσθαι, ἐπὴν φάος ἐν νήεσσι
θήῃς, τοὺς δέ 7 ἐᾶν πεδίον κάτα δηριάασθαι.

at γάρ, Ζεῦ τε πάτερ καὶ ᾿Αθηναίη καὶ "Απολλον,
μήτε τις οὖν Τρώων θάνατον φύγοι, ὅσσοι ἔασι,
μήτε τις ᾿Αργείων, νῶϊν δ᾽ ἐκδῦμεν ὄλεθρον,

ὄφρ᾽ οἷοι Τροίης ἱερὰ κρήδεμνα λύωμεν.

“Qs οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον,
Αἴας δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἔμιμνε" βιάζετο γὰρ βελέεσσι"
δάμνα μιν Ζηνός τε νόος καὶ Τρῶες ἀγαυοὶ
βάλλοντες" δεινὴν δὲ περὶ κροτάφοισι φαεινὴ
πήληξ βαλλομένη καναχὴν ἔχε, βάλλετο δ᾽ αἰεὶ

Kam φάλαρ᾽ εὐποίηθ᾽" ὃ δ᾽ ἀριστερὸν ὦμον ἔκαμνεν,

ἔμπεδον αἰὲν ἔχων σάκος αἰόλον οὐδ᾽ ἐδύναντο
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ πελεμίξαι ἐρείδοντες βελέεσσιν.

αἰεὶ δ᾽ ἀργαλέῳ ἔχετ᾽ ἄσθματι, κὰδ δέ οἱ ἱδρὼς
πάντοθεν ἐκ μελέων πολὺς ἔρρεεν, οὐδέ πῃ εἶχεν
ἀμπνεῦσαι' πάντῃ δὲ κακὸν κακῷ ἐστήρικτο.

go

95

too

105

Ilo

Ἔσπετε viv μοι, Μοῦσαι Ὀλύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι,

Φ Ἂς “ “ ΕΣ \ 9 n
ὅππως δὴ πρῶτον πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
Ἕκτωρ Αἴαντος δόρυ μείλινον ἄγχι παραστὰς
πλῆξ᾽ ἄορι μεγάλῳ, αἰχμῆς Tapa καυλὸν) ὄπισθεν,
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ amdpage τὸ μὲν Τελαμώνιος Αἴας

ay? UA a A
THA’ αὔτως ἐν χειρὶ κόλον δόρυ, τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ

αἰχμὴ χαλκείη χαμάδις βόμβησε πεσοῦσα.
γνῷ δ᾽ Αἴας κατὰ θυμὸν ἀμύμονα, ῥίγησέν τε,

15

16, IAIAAOS Π. 73

ἔργα θεῶν! O\pa πάγχυ μάχης ἐπὶ μήδεα κεῖρε 120
Ζεὺς ὑψιβρεμέτης, Τρώεσσι δὲ βούλετο νίκην"
χάζετο δ᾽ ἐκ βελέων. τοὶ δ᾽ ἔμβαλον ἀκάματον πῦρ
νηὶ θοῇ" τῆς δ᾽ αἶψα κατ᾽ ἀσβέστη κέχυτο φλόξ.
ὡς τὴν μὲν πρύμνην πῦρ ἄμφεπεν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
μηρὼ πληξάμενος Πατροκλῆα προσέειπεν" 125
“ ὄρσεο, διογενὲς Πατρόκλεες, ἱπποκέλευθε"
λεύσσω δὴ παρὰ νηυσὶ πυρὸς δηΐοιο ἰωήν:
μὴ δὴ νῆας ἕλωσι καὶ οὐκέτι φυκτὰ πέλωνται"
δύσεο τεύχεα θᾶσσον, ἐγὼ δέ κε λαὸν ἀγείρω.᾽"

“Os φάτο, Πάτροκλος δὲ κορύσσετο νώροπι χαλκῷ. 130
κνημῖδας μὲν πρῶτα περὶ κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε
καλάς, ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας"
δεύτερον αὖ θώρηκα περὶ στήθεσσιν ἔδυνε
ποικίλον ἀστερόεντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο.
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὦμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον 135
χάλκεον, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν Te
κρατὶ δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἰφθίμῳ κυνέην εὔτυκτον ἔθηκεν
ἵππουριν᾽ δεινὸν δὲ λόφος καθύπερθεν ἔνευεν.
εἵλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμα δοῦρε, τά οἱ παλάμηφιν ἀρήρει.
ἔγχος δ᾽ οὐχ ἕλετ᾽ οἷον ἀμύμονος Αἰακίδαο, 140
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρόν" τὸ μὲν οὐ δύνατ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν
πάλλειν, ἀλλά μιν οἷος ἐπίστατο πῆλαι ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
Πηλιάδα μελίην, τὴν πατρὶ φίλῳ πόρε Χείρων
Πηλίου ἐκ κορυφῆς, φόνον ἔμμεναι ἡρώεσσιν.
ἵππους δ᾽ Αὐτομέδοντα θοῶς ζευγνῦμεν ἄνωγε, 145
τὸν μετ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆα ῥηξήνορα tre μάλιστα,
πιστότατος δέ οἱ ἔσκε μάχῃ ἔνι μεῖναι ὁμοκλήν.
τῷ δὲ καὶ Αὐτομέδων ὕπαγε ζυγὸν ὠκέας ἵππους,
Ξάνθον καὶ Βαλίον, τὼ ἅμα πνοιῇσι πετέσθην,
τοὺς ἔτεκε Ζεφύρῳ ἀνέμῳ ἽΑρπυια Ποδάργη, 150
βοσκομένη λειμῶνι Tapa ῥόον ᾿Ωκεανοῖο.

74 16. IAIAAO® Π.

ἐν δὲ παρηορίῃσιν ἀμύμονα Πήδασον ἵει,
τόν ῥά ποτ᾽ ᾿Ηετίωνος ἑλὼν πόλιν ἤγαγ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
ὃς καὶ θνητὸς ἐὼν ἕπεθ᾽ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοισι.

Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐποιχόμενος θώρηξεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 155
πάντας ἀνὰ κλισίας σὺν τεύχεσιν" οἱ δὲ λύκοι ὡς
ὠμοφάγοι, τοῖσίν τε περὶ φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή,
οἵ τ᾽ ἔλαφον κεραὸν μέγαν οὔρεσι δῃώσαντες
δάπτουσιν" πᾶσιν δὲ παρήϊον αἵματί φοινόν"
καί τ᾽ ἀγεληδὸν ἴασιν ἀπὸ κρήνης μελανύδρου 160
λάψοντες γλώσσῃσιν ἀραιῇσιν μέλαν ὕδωρ
ἄκρον, ἐρευγόμενοι φόνον αἵματος" ἐν δέ τε θυμὸς
στήθεσιν ἄτρομός ἐστι, περιστένεται δέ τε γαστήρ᾽
τοῖοι Μυρμιδόνων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες
ἀμφ᾽ ἀγαθὸν θεράποντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο 165
ῥώοντ᾽" ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ᾿Αρήϊος tartar ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
ὀτρύνων ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας.

Πεντήκοντ᾽ ἦσαν νῆες θοαΐ, ἧσιν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἐς Τροίην ἡγεῖτο διίφιλος" ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ
πεντήκοντ᾽ ἔσαν ἄνδρες ἐπὶ KAniow ἑταῖροι" 170
πέντε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἡγεμόνας ποιήσατο τοῖς ἐπεποίθει
σημαίνειν" αὐτὸς δὲ μέγα κρατέων ἤνασσε.
τῆς μὲν ins στιχὸς ἦρχε Μενέσθιος αἰολοθώρηξ,
υἱὸς Σπερχειοῖο, διιπετέος ποταμοῖο"
ὃν τέκε Πηλῆος θυγάτηρ, καλὴ Πολυδώρη, 175
Σπερχειῷ ἀκάμαντι, γυνὴ θεῷ εὐνηθεῖσα,
αὐτὰρ ἐπίκλησιν Βώρῳ, Περιήρεος υἱῷ,
ὅς p ἀναφανδὸν ὄπυιε, πορὼν ἀπερείσια ἕδνα.
τῆς δ᾽ ἑτέρης Εὔδωρος ᾿Αρήϊος ἡγεμόνευε,
παρθένιος, τὸν ἔτικτε χορῷ καλὴ Πολυμήλη, 180
Φύλαντος θυγάτηρ᾽ τῆς δὲ κρατὺς ᾿Αργειφόντης
ἠράσατ᾽, ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδὼν μετὰ μελπομένῃσιν
ἐν χορῷ ᾿Αρτέμιδος χρυσηλακάτου κελαδεινῆς.

16. IAIAAO® II.

a /
αὐτίκα δ᾽ els ὑπερῷ ἀναβὰς παρελέξατο λάθρῃ
“Ἑρμείας ἀκάκητα, πόρεν δέ of ἀγλαὸν υἱὸν
[4
Εὔδωρον, πέρι μὲν θείειν ταχὺν ἠδὲ μαχητήν-

Μ ΕἾ κ᾿ 5 \ bY , , 5 ’
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ τόν γε μογοστόκος Ἐϊλείθυια
ἐξάγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε καὶ ἠελίου ἴδεν αὐγάς,

rn 3
τὴν μὲν ᾿Ἐχεκλῆος κρατερὸν μένος ᾿Ακτορίδαο
ἠγάγετο πρὸς δώματ᾽, ἐπεὶ πόρε μυρία ἕδνα,
τὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων Φύλας εὖ ἔτρεφεν ἠδ᾽ ἀτίταλλεν,
b] , ες » + eh ΘΝ ΜΡ
ἀμφαγαπαζόμενος ὡς εἴ θ᾽ ἑὸν υἱὸν ἐόντα.
τῆς δὲ τρίτης Πείσανδρος ᾿Αρήϊος ἡγεμόνευε
Μαιμαλίδης, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε Μυρμιδόνεσσιν
Ν “. , Ν oh ε a
ἔγχεϊ μάρνασθαι μετὰ Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον.
τῆς δὲ τετάρτης ἦρχε γέρων ἱππηλάτα Φοῖνιξ,
πέμπτης δ᾽ ᾿Αλκιμέδων, Λαέρκεος υἱὸς ἀμύμων.

3 5 Ν Ν ! hE aie 4 3 Ν
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ πάντας ἅμ᾽ ἡγεμόνεσσιν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
στῆσεν ἐὺ κρίνας, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλε"
“ Μυρμιδόνες, μή τίς μοι ἀπειλάων λελαθέσθω,
as ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῆσιν ἀπειλεῖτε Τρώεσσι

iv. Aya ἀραῖος , 229) Ὁ I? ed
πάνθ᾽ ὑπὸ μηνιθμόν, καί wp ἡτιάασθε ἕκαστος"
“σχέτλιε Πηλέος υἱέ, χόλῳ ἄρα σ᾽ ἔτρεφε μήτηρ,
νηλεές, ὃς παρὰ νηυσὶν ἔχεις ἀέκοντας ἑταίρους"
οἴκαδέ περ σὺν νηυσὶ νεώμεθα ποντοπόροισιν

μὴ 3 Cs φ Xi , 5 a)
αὖτις, ἐπεί ῥά τοι ὧδε κακὸς χόλος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ.
ταῦτά μ᾽ ἀγειρόμενοι θάμ᾽ ἐβάζετε" νῦν δὲ πέφανται

, / Ν ed Ἂς id eee ame A
φυλόπιδος μέγα ἔργον, Ens TO πρίν γ᾽ ἐράασθε.
ἔνθα τις ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχων Τρώεσσι μαχέσθω."

Ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.
μᾶλλον δὲ στίχες ἄρθεν, ἐπεὶ βασιλῆος ἄκουσαν.
ε 3 ee - νος δὴ 5 / a
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τοῖχον ἀνὴρ ἀράρῃ πυκινοῖσι λίθοισι
δώματος ὑψηλοῖο, βίας ἀνέμων ἀλεείνων,
ὡς ἄραρον κόρυθές τε καὶ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι.
bP) Ν POs 5 7g? ν , , 3 , 3... /
ἀσπὶς ap ἀσπίδ᾽ ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα d ἀνὴρ"

185

190

195

200

205

210

215

“6 16. IAIAAOS Π.

ψαῦον δ᾽ ἱππόκομοι κόρυθες λαμπροῖσι φάλοισι
, e ὌΝ , b) /
νευόντων, ὡς πυκνοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἀλλήλοισι.
, Ἂς ! αν ΔῈΝ ,
πάντων δὲ προπάροιθε δύ᾽ ἀνέρε θωρήσσοντο,
Πάτροκλός τε καὶ Αὐτομέδων, ἕνα θυμὸν ἔχοντες,

πρόσθεν Μυρμιδόνων πολεμιζέμεν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 220

Bn ῥ ἰ 5 λ / Nod δ᾽ ἀπὸ bu ἀνέῳγε
ἢ ῥ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς κλισίην, χηλοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ πῶμ vy
καλῆς δαιδαλέης, τήν οἱ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα
το
θῆκ᾽ ἐπὶ νηὸς ἄγεσθαι, ev πλήσασα χιτώνων
χλαινάων τ᾽ ἀνεμρσκεπέων οὔλων τε ταπήτων.
ἔνθα δέ οἱ δέπας ἔσκε τετυγμένον, οὐδέ τις ἄλλος
Amey 5) n ,ὔ Lye) > n =
οὔτ᾽ ἀνδρῶν πίνεσκεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἴθοπα οἶνον,
οὔτε τεῳ σπένδεσκε θεῶν, ὅτε μὴ Διὶ πατρί.
τό ῥα τότ᾽ ἐκ χηλοῖο λαβὼν ἐκάθηρε θεείῳ
πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δ᾽ ἔνιψ᾽ ὕδατος καλῇσι ῥοῇσι,

νίψατο δ᾽ αὐτὸς χεῖρας, ἀφύσσατο δ᾽ αἴθοπα οἷνον.

εὔχετ᾽ ἔπειτα στὰς μέσῳ ἕρκεϊ, λεῖβε δὲ οἶνον
οὐρανὸν εἰσανιδών' Δία δ᾽ οὐ λάθε τερπικέραυνον"
“Ζεῦ ἄνα, Δωδωναῖε, Πελασγικέ, τηλόθι ναΐων,
Δωδώνης μεδέων δυσχειμέρου' ἀμφὶ δὲ Σελλοὶ
σοὶ valova’ ὑποφῆται ἀνιπτόποδες χαμαιεῦναι.
ἠμὲν δὴ ποτ᾽ ἐμὸν ἔπος ἔκλυες εὐξαμένοιο,
τίμησας μὲν ἐμέ, μέγα δ᾽ tao λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν,

nd ἔτι καὶ νῦν μοι τόδ᾽ ἐπικρήηνον ἐέλδωρ᾽

αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ μενέω νηῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι;

ἀλλ᾽ ἕταρον πέμπω πολέσιν μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσι
μάρνασθαι" τῷ κῦδος ἅμα πρόεφ, εὐρύοπα Ζεῦ,
θάρσυνον δέ οἱ ἦτορ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ὄφρα καὶ “Ἕκτωρ
εἴσεται ἤ ῥα καὶ οἷος ἐπίστηται πολεμίζειν
ἡμέτερος θεράπων, ἢ οἱ τότε χεῖρες ἄαπτοι
μαίνονθ᾽, ὁππότ’ ἐγώ περ ἴω μετὰ μῶλον “Apnos.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί K ἀπὸ ναῦφι μάχην ἐνοπήν τε δίηται,
ἀσκηθής μοι ἔπειτα θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἵκοιτο

225

230

235

240

245

16, IAIAAOS TI. ἢ

τεύχεσί τε ξὺν πᾶσι καὶ ἀγχεμάχοις ἑτάροισιν."
‘Qs ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε μητίετα Ζεύς.
fal Io Ν ΝΜ ϑ 4 ὁ. «ἢ Ξ
τῷ O ἕτερον μὲν ἔδωκε πατήρ, ἕτερον δ᾽ ἀνένευσε 250
νηῶν μέν οἱ ἀπώσασθαι πόλεμόν τε μάχην τε
δῶκε, σόον δ᾽ ἀνένευσε μάχης ἐξ ἀπονέεσθαι.
3 ε Ν ’ὔ Ν 3 / Ν
ἦ τοι ὁ μὲν σπείσας τε καὶ εὐξάμενος Διὶ πατρὶ
ἂψ κλισίην εἰσῆλθε, δέπας δ᾽ ἀπέθηκ᾽ ἐνὶ χηλῷ,
στῆ δὲ πάροιθ᾽ ἐλθὼν κλισίης, ἔτι δ᾽ ἤθελε θυμῷ 255
εἰσιδέειν Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπιν αἰνήν.
3
Οἱ δ᾽ ἅμα Πατρόκλῳ μεγαλήτορι θωρηχθέντες
ἔστιχον, ὄφρ᾽ ἐν Τρωσὶ μέγα φρονέοντες ὄρουσαν.
: πε ᾽ς Ἂς Ξ 3 , 5 /
αὐτίκα δὲ σφήκεσσιν ἐοικότες ἐξεχέοντο
εἰνοδίοις, οὺς παῖδες ἐριδμαίνωσιν ἔθοντες, 260
oN , en rm 0 9 Ψ Ψ
αἰεὶ κερτομέοντες, ὁδῷ ἔπι οἰκί᾽ ἔχοντας,
7 Ν AQ if ral
νηπίαχοι" ξυνὸν δὲ κακὸν πολέεσσι τιθεῖσι.
τοὺς δ᾽ εἴ περ παρά τίς τε κιὼν ἄνθρωπος ὁδίτης
/, yee ε ὃ᾽ ἄλ > yx
κινήσῃ ἀέκων, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχοντες
πρόσσω πᾶς πέτεται καὶ ἀμύνει οἷσι τέκεσσι. 265
na , , , \ \ Ν
τῶν τότε Μυρμιδόνες κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἔχοντες
> Asano? \ a) » ΣΎΕΣ
ἐκ νηῶν ἐχέοντο᾽ βοὴ 6 ἄσβεστος ὀρώρει.
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτάροισιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀΐὔσας"
“Μυρμιδόνες, ἕταροι Πηληϊάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος,
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς, 270
ε Ἃ oh / aA LORIE:
ws ἂν [Πηλεΐδην τιμήσομεν, ὃς μέγ᾽ ἄριστος
᾿Αργείων παρὰ νηυσὶ καὶ ἀγχέμαχοι θεράποντες,
“ Ν Nate aA > γ΄: 3 /
γνῷ δὲ καὶ ᾿Ατρεΐδης εὐρυκρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἃ 7 Lid >» 5] »“ OX Ν 3)
ἣν ἄτην, OT ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισεν.
ἃ
“Ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου, 275
ἐν δ᾽ ἔπεσον Τρώεσσιν ἀολλέες" ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες
σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϊσάντων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.
a >
Τρῶες δ᾽ ὡς εἴδοντο Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱόν,
αὐτὸν καὶ θεράποντα, σὺν ἔντεσι μαρμαίροντας,

78 16. [AIAAOS Π.

πᾶσιν ὀρίνθη θυμός, ἐκίνηθεν δὲ φάλαγγες, 280
ἐλπόμενοι παρὰ ναῦφι ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα
μηνιθμὸν μὲν ἀπορρῖψαι, φιλότητα δ᾽ ἑλέσθαι"
ἈΠ “ 4 νας »
πάπτηνεν δὲ ἕκαστος ὅπῃ φύγοι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον.
Πάτροκλος δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ
= \ Ν / “ a t
ἀντικρὺ κατὰ μέσσον, ὅθι πλεῖστοι KAOVEOVTO, 285
3. / 7 , /
νηΐ Tapa πρύμνῃ μεγαθύμου ΤΠρωτεσιλάου,
καὶ βάλε Πυραίχμην, ὃς Παίονας ἱπποκορυστὰς
ἤγαγεν ἐξ ᾿Αμυδῶνος am’ ᾿Αξιοῦ εὐρὺ ῥέοντος"
x , , δ -£une peat ον ἐδ
τὸν βάλε δεξιὸν ὦμον" ὁ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἐν κονίῃσι
κάππεσεν οἰμώξας, ἕταροι δέ μιν ἀμφεφόβηθεν 290
Παίονες" ἐν γὰρ Πάτροκλος φόβον ἧκεν ἅπασιν
ἡγεμόνα κτείνας, ὃς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι.
ἐκ νηῶν δ᾽ ἔλασεν, κατὰ δ᾽ ἔσβεσεν αἰθόμενον πῦρ.
ἡμιδαὴς δ᾽ ἄρα νηῦς λίπετ᾽ αὐτόθι" τοὶ δ᾽ ἐφόβηθεν
Τρῶες θεσπεσίῳ ὁμάδῳ" Δαναοὶ δ᾽ ἐπέχυντο 295
νῆας ἀνὰ γλαφυράς" ὅμαδος δ᾽ ἀλίαστος ἐτύχθη.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ad’ ὑψηλῆς κορυφῆς ὄρεος μεγάλοιο
κινήσῃ πυκινὴν νεφέλην στεροπηγερέτα Ζεύς,
ἔκ τ᾽ ἔφανεν πᾶσαι σκοπιαὶ καὶ πρώονες ἄκροι
Ν / 9 , Pak fees Ber , Ν 534.7
καὶ νάπαι, οὐρανόθεν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπερράγη ἄσπετος αἰθήρ, 300
ὡς Δαναοὶ νηῶν μὲν ἀπωσάμενοι δήϊον πῦρ
Ν »} / , ᾽ > ’ che /
τυτθὸν ἀνέπνευσαν, πολέμου δ᾽ οὐ γίγνετ᾽ ἐρωή"
οὐ γάρ πώ τι Τρῶες ἀρηϊφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
/ / 3 \ n
προτροπάδην φοβέοντο μελαινάων ἀπὸ νηῶν,
5 os) ΑΝ / a 3.8 ’ τὰ /
GAN’ ἔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀνθίσταντο, νεῶν δ᾽ ὑπόεικον ἀνάγκῃ. 305
Ἔνθα δ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἕλεν ἄνδρα κεδασθείσης ὑσμίνης
ε , a Ν Ν παν
ἡγεμόνων. πρῶτος δὲ Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱὸς
αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρα στρεφθέντος ᾿Αρηϊλύκου βάλε μηρὸν
ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσε"
en 4) 9 / Ν ε Ν Ν pee ,
ῥῆξεν δ᾽ ὀστέον ἔγχος, ὁ δὲ πρηνὴς ἐπὶ γαίῃ 310
κάππεσ᾽" ἀτὰρ Μενέλαος ᾿Αρήϊος otra Θόαντα

16. IAIAAO® II.

, , Pos) , a Q a
στέρνον γυμνωθέντα παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα.
Φυλεΐδης δ᾽ "Αμφικλον ἐφορμηθέντα δοκεύσας
ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος πρυμνὸν σκέλος, ἔνθα πάχιστος

Ἂς »} , / A + ee > ΄
μυὼν ἀνθρώπου πέλεται" περὶ δ᾽ ἔγχεος αἰχμῇ

n 7 A Ἂς , ¥ /
νεῦρα διεσχίσθη" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψε.
Νεστορίδαι δ᾽ 6 μὲν οὔτασ᾽ ᾿Ατύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ
᾿Αντίλοχος, λαπάρης δὲ διήλασε χάλκεον ἔγχος"
ἤριπε δὲ προπάροιθε. Μάρις δ᾽ αὐτοσχεδὰ δουρὶ
3 , το A , 7
Αντιλόχῳ ἐπόρουσε κασιγνήτοιο χολωθείς,

Ν , ’ “ re) , /
στὰς πρόσθεν vexvos* τοῦ δ᾽ ἀντίθεος Θρασυμήδης
ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος πρὶν οὐτάσαι, οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν,
κα ΓΙ Ξ Ν ’, ᾿ > Ν
ὦμον ἄφαρ' πρυμνὸν δὲ βραχίονα δουρὸς ἀκωκὴ
δρύψ᾽ ἀπὸ μυώνων, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ὀστέον ἄχρις ἄραξε"

4 Ν , Ἂς Ν , » ,
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, κατὰ δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν.
ὡς τὼ μὲν δοιοῖσι κασιγνήτοισι δαμέντε
βήτην εἰς Ἔρεβος, Σαρπηδόνος ἐσθλοὶ ἑταῖροι,
υἷες ἀκοντισταὶ ᾿Αμισωδάρου, ὅς ῥα Χίμαιραν
θρέψεν ἀμαιμακέτην, πολέσιν κακὸν ἀνθρώποισιν.
Αἴας δὲ Κλεόβουλον ᾿Οἰλιάδης ἐπορούσας
ζωὸν ἕλε, βλαφθέντα κατὰ κλόνον" ἀλλά οἱ αὖθι
λῦσε μένος, πλήξας ξίφει αὐχένα κωπήεντι.
πᾶν δ᾽ ὑπεθερμάνθη ξίφος αἵματι τὸν δὲ Kar’ ὄσσε
ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή.
Πηνέλεως δὲ Λύκων τε συνέδραμον" ἔγχεσι μὲν γὰρ
ἤμβροτον ἀλλήλων, μέλεον δ᾽ ἠκόντισαν ἄμφω"
τὼ δ᾽ αὖτις ξιφέεσσι συνέδραμον. ἔνθα Λύκων μὲν
ἱπποκόμου κόρυθος φάλον ἤλασεν, ἀμφὶ δὲ καυλὸν

, > CY Sek SS} » ey? a
φάσγανον ἐρραίσθη" ὁ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ οὔατος αὐχένα θεῖνε
Πηνέλεως, πᾶν δ᾽ εἴσω ἔδυ ξίφος, ἔσχεθε δ᾽ οἷον
δέρμα, παρηέρθη δὲ κάρη, ὑπέλυντο δὲ γυῖα.
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ᾿Ακάμαντα κιχεὶς ποσὶ καρπαλίμοισι
we ἵππων ἐπιβησόμενον κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον"

ie

315

320

33°

335

340

80 16. TAIAAOS TI.

ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, κατὰ δ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς.
᾿Ιὸὃ Ν, a 4 ἧς , hee ζω

ομενεὺς δ᾽ ᾿Ερύμαντα κατὰ στόμα νηλέϊ χαλκῷ 345
νύξε" τὸ δ᾽ ἀντικρὺ δόρυ χάλκεον ἐξεπέρησε
νέρθεν ὑπ᾽ ἐγκεφάλοιο, κέασσε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀστέα λευκά'
ἐκ δ᾽ ἐτίναχθεν ὀδόντες, ἐνέπλησθεν δέ οἱ ἄμφω
αἵματος ὀφθαλμοί: τὸ δ᾽ ἀνὰ στόμα καὶ κατὰ ῥῖνας
πρῆσε χανών' θανάτου δὲ μέλαν νέφος ἀμφεκάλυψεν 350

Οὗτοι ἄρ᾽ ἡγεμόνες Δαναῶν ἕλον ἄνδρα ἕκαστος.

ε Ν 4 ΕΣ 5 / Cee es
ὡς δὲ λύκοι ἄρνεσσιν ἐπέχραον 7) ἐρίφοισι
7 ε ὯΝ / ε 4 [ κα »
σίνται, ὑπὲκ μήλων αἱρεύμενοι, αἵ τ᾽ ἐν ὄρεσσι
ποιμένος ἀφραδίῃσι διέτμαγεν᾽ οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες
alya διαρπάζουσιν ἀνάλκιδα θυμὸν ἐχούσας" 355
ὡς Δαναοὶ Τρώεσσιν ἐπέχραον" of δὲ φόβοιο
δυσκελάδου μνήσαντο, λάθοντο δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς.
9 iq / 3X πὶ 3“, n

Alas δ᾽ ὁ μέγας αἰὲν ἐφ᾽ “Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ

ier’ ἀκοντίσσαι" ὁ δὲ ἰδρείῃ πολέμοιο,

5) / ὔ / eR A BA

ἀσπίδι ταυρείῃ κεκαλυμμένος εὐρέας ὦμους, 360
σκέπτετ᾽ ὀϊστῶν τε ῥοῖζον καὶ δοῦπον ἀκόντων.

9 Ν Ν la Me € /

ἢ μὲν δὴ γίγνωσκε μάχης ἑτεραλκέα νίκην

>) Ἂς Ν 5» / , re ΤΩ ε /

ἀλλὰ καὶ Os ἀνέμιμνε, σάω δ᾽ ἐρίηρας ἑταίρους.

‘Qs δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀπ’ Οὐλύμπου νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω
αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης, ὅτε τε Ζεὺς λαίλαπα τείνῃ, 365
ὡς τῶν ἐκ νηῶν γένετο ἰαχή τε φόβος Te,
οὐδὲ κατὰ μοῖραν πέραον πάλιν. Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἵπποι
ἔκφερον ὠκύποδες σὺν τεύχεσι, λεῖπε δὲ λαὸν
Τρωϊκόν, ods ἀέκοντας ὀρυκτὴ τάφρος ἔρυκε.

Ν ϑιι. Ὁ / 5) / 3 / [
πολλοὶ δ΄ ἐν τάφρῳ ἐρυσάρματες ὠκέες ἵπποι 370
ἄξαντ᾽ ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ λίπον ἅρματ᾽ ἀνάκτων,
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἕπετο σφεδανὸν Δαναοῖσι κελεύων,

Ν Ν / = € ee) “ ΄
Τρωσὶ κακὰ φρονέων" οἱ δὲ ἰαχῇ τε φόβῳ τε
πάσας πλῆσαν ὁδούς, ἐπεὶ dp Tudyev’ ὕψι δ᾽ ἄελλα

, δξεας ,ὔ , Ν , Ψ
σκίδναθ᾽ ὑπὸ νεφέων, τανύοντο δὲ μώνυχες ἵπποι 375

16. IAIAAO® II. 81

ἄψορρον προτὶ ἄστυ νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων.
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἣ πλεῖστον ὀρινόμενον ἴδε λαόν,
τῇ ῥ᾽ ἔχ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας" ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἄξοσι φῶτες ἔπιπτον
πρηνέες ἐξ ὀχέων, δίφροι δ᾽ ἀνακυμβαλίαζον.
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἄρα τάφρον ὑπέρθορον ὠκέες ἵπποι 380
[ἄμβροτοι, ods Πηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ dépa, |
πρόσσω ἱέμενοι, ἐπὶ δ᾽ “Ἕκτορι κέκλετο θυμός"
ἵετο γὰρ βαλέειν" τὸν δ᾽ ἔκφερον ὠκέες ἵπποι.
ὡς δ᾽ ὑπὸ λαίλαπι πᾶσα κελαινὴ βέβριθε χθὼν
Μ 9 a Φ᾽ , ’ ef
aT ὀπωρινῷ, ὅτε λαβρότατον χέει ὕδωρ 385
Ζεύς, ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι κοτεσσάμενος χαλεπήνῃ,
οἱ βίῃ εἰν ἀγορῇ σκολιὰς κρίνωσι θέμιστας,
ἐκ δὲ δίκην ἐλάσωσι, θεῶν ὄπιν οὐκ ἀλέγοντες"
τῶν δέ τε πάντες μὲν ποταμοὶ πλήθουσι ῥέοντες,
πολλὰς δὲ κλιτῦς τότ᾽ ἀποτμήγουσι χαράδραι,.. 390
2 9. ¢ , , 4 εἰ
ἐς δ΄ ἅλα πορφυρέην μεγάλα στενάχουσι ῥέουσαι
ἐξ ὀρέων ἐπὶ Kap, μινύθει δέ τε ἔργ᾽ ἀνθρώπων"
ὡς ἵπποι Τρῳαὶ μεγάλα στενάχοντο θέουσαι.
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν πρώτας ἐπέκερσε φάλαγγας,
ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἔεργε παλιμπετές, οὐδὲ πόληος 395
» ε / 3 4 . » Ν,
εἴα ἱεμένους ἐπιβαινέμεν, ἀλλὰ μεσηγὺ
νηῶν καὶ ποταμοῦ καὶ τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο
κτεῖνε μεταΐσσων, πολέων δ᾽ ἀπετίνυτο ποινήν.
» a eee 2 , n \ “
ἔνθ᾽ ἡ τοι IIpdvooy πρῶτον βάλε δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
t f eS) / a al
στέρνον γυμνωθέντα παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα" 400
Τά
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών' 6 δὲ Θέστορα, Ἤνοπος υἱόν,
, ε 7ὔ] ε Ν 3 / SPAY 7
δεύτερον ὁρμηθείς---- μὲν εὐξέστῳ ἐνὶ δίφρῳ
ἧστο ἀλείς" ἐκ γὰρ πλήγη φρένας, ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα χειρῶν
ες 3.1 € 9) » oe , \
ἡνία ἠΐχθησαν---ὁ δ᾽ ἔγχεϊ νύξε παραστὰς
Χ , Ny ὁ 9... τ - ὅς ἢ
γναθμὸν δεξιτερόν, διὰ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεῖρεν ὀδόντων, 405
ἕλκε δὲ δουρὸς ἑλὼν ὑπὲρ ἄντυγος, ws ὅτε τις φὼς

/ Bs fal / € Ν + Ν
πέτρῃ ἐπι προβλῆτι καθήμενος ἱερὸν ἰχθὺν
ὙΟΙ.. 11. G

82 16, IAIAAOS II.

ἐκ πόντοιο θύραζε λίνῳ καὶ ἤνοπι χαλκῷ"
e 5. ἐν / » \ a
ὡς ἕλκ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο κεχηνότα δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
ἃς a3 09 AN eee) ES e ; ’ ’ ,
κὰδ 0 ap ἐπὶ στόμ᾽ ἔωσε' πεσόντα δέ μιν λίπε θυμός. 410
LS 4 et ΄ 5 ’ ἢ /
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Ερύλαον ἐπεσσύμενον Bade πέτρῳ
μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλήν" ἡ δ᾽ ἄνδιχα πᾶσα κεάσθη
3 , a, ew Ὁ ee)
ἐν κόρυθι βριαρῇ" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα πρηνὴς ἐπὶ γαίῃ
/ > \ / , - ,
καππεσεν, ἀμφὶ δὲ μιν θάνατος χύτο θυμοραϊστής.
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Ερύμαντα καὶ ᾿Αμφοτερὸν καὶ ᾿Επάλτην, 415
Τληπόλεμόν τε Δαμαστορίδην ᾿Εχίον τε Πύριν τε,
Ἰφέα τ’ Εὔιππόν τε καὶ ᾿Αργεάδην Πολύμηλον,
/ 3 / / \ "ὦ
πάντας ἐπασσυτέρους πέλασε χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ.
Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἴδ᾽ ἀμιτροχίτωνας ἑταίρους
χέρσ᾽ ὕπο Πατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο δαμέντας, 420
κέκλετ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀντιθέοισι καθαπτόμενος Λυκίοισιν᾽"
“αἰδώς, ὦ Λύκιοι πόσε φεύγετε; νῦν θοοὶ ἔστε.
ἢ )4
5 / Ἂς 3 ὌΝ ay) 3 / » Le
ἀντήσω yap ἐγὼ τοῦδ᾽ ἀνέρος, ὄφρα δαείω
“ “ , Ν Ν Ν Ἂς ΧΤΑΝ,
ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει καὶ δὴ κακὰ πολλὰ ἔοργε
a a a 99
Τρῶας, ἐπεὶ πολλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν." 425
Ἦ pa, καὶ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν GATO χαμᾶζε.
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν, ἐπεὶ ἴδεν, ἔκθορε δίφρου.
οἱ δ᾽ ὥς 7 αἰγυπιοὶ γαμψώνυχες ἀγκυλοχεῖλαι
πέτρῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῇ μεγάλα κλάζοντε μάχωνται,
ἃ € , Eo) ’ y+
ὡς ol κεκλήγοντες ἐπ ἀλλήλοισιν ὀρουσαν. 430
τοὺς δὲ ἰδὼν ἐλέησε Κρόνου πάϊς ἀγκυλομήτεω,
“ ἢ , ", , ᾿
Ηρην δὲ προσέειπε κασιγνήτην ἄλοχόν τε
“ ᾧ μοι ἐγών, ὅ τέ μοι Σαρπηδόνα, φίλτατον ἀνδρῶν,
μοῖρ᾽ ὑπὸ Πατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο δαμῆναι.
διχθὰ δέ μοι κραδίη μέμονε φρεσὶν ὁρμαίνοντι, 435
7) μιν ζωὸν ἐόντα μάχης ἄπο δακρυοέσσης
Ι
θείω ἀναρπάξας Λυκίης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ,
ἢ ἤδη ὑπὸ χερσὶ Μενοιτιάδαο δαμάσσω."
’ ᾿ an
Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη"

16. IAIAAOS II.

“ αἰνότατε Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες.

ξ
ἄνδρα θνητὸν ἐόντα, πάλαι πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ,

ἂψ ἐθέλεις θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ἐξαναλῦσαι ;

ς

ἔρδ᾽" ἀτὰρ οὔ τοι πάντες ἐπαινέομεν θεοὶ ἄλλοι.
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν"
αἴ κε ζὼν πέμψῃς Σαρπηδόνα ὅνδε δόμονδε,
φράζεο μή τις ἔπειτα θεῶν ἐθέλῃσι καὶ ἄλλος

, ἃ , CNet een Net OPES, F
πέμπειν Ov φίλον υἱὸν ἀπὸ κρατερῆς ὑσμίνης

Ἂν Ν Ἂς τὰν t ἴα

πολλοὶ γὰρ περὶ ἄστυ μέγα ΤΠριάμοιο μάχονται
υἱέες ἀθανάτων, τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἐνήσεις.
ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τοι φίλος ἐστί, τεὸν δ᾽ ὀλοφύρεται ἦτορ,
ἦ τοι μέν μιν ἔασον ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ
χέρσ᾽ ὕπο Πατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο δαμῆναι"

Ἄσιον ὃν Spats X\ , ,ὔ / Ν 9.8.
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν δὴ τόν ye λίπῃ ψυχή τε Kal αἰών.
πέμπειν μιν Θάνατόν τε φέρειν καὶ νήδυμον Ὕπνον,
εἰς ὅ κε δὴ Λυκίης εὐρείης δῆμον ἵκωνται,
ἔνθα ἑ ταρχύσουσι κασίγνητοί τε ἔται τε
τύ β T oN = \ Ν , 5 Ν θ , τω 3)

μβῳ τε στήλῃ Te’ τὸ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων.

Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν Te

αἱματοέσσας δὲ ψιάδας κατέχευεν ἔραζε
παῖδα φίλον τιμῶν, τόν οἱ Πάτροκλος ἔμελλε
, b) , b) , , ,
φθίσειν ἐν Τροίῃ ἐριβώλακι, τηλόθι πάτρης.
Oi δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
ἔνθ᾽ ἦ τοι Πάτροκλος ἀγακλειτὸν Θρασύμηλον,
“ e> 3% Lf , > Ν
ὅς p nus θεράπων Σαρπηδόνος ἦεν ἄνακτος,
Ν , Ν / na Ὡς a
τὸν βάλε νείαιραν κατὰ γαστέρα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα.
Ν, 3 > n Ν »} ‘ a
Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ αὐτοῦ μὲν ἀπήμβροτε δουρὶ φαεινῷ
ΠΡ /
δεύτερον ὁρμηθείς, ὁ δὲ Πήδασον οὔτασεν ἵππον
ἔγχεϊ δεξιὸν ὦμον" ὁ δ᾽ ἔβραχε θυμὸν ἀΐσθων,
κὰδ δ᾽ ἔπεσ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι μακών, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔπτατο θυμός.
τὼ δὲ διαστήτην, κρίκε δὲ ζυγόν, ἡνία δέ σφι
’ 3 a
ovyXUT , ἐπεὶ δὴ κεῖτο παρήορος ἐν κονίῃσι.

G 2

440

445

450

455

460

495

84 16. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Π.

“Ὁ Q 3 / 4 oe ’
τοῖο μὲν Αὐτομέδων δουρικλυτὸς εὕρετο τέκμωρ"
σπασσάμενος τανύηκες ἄορ παχέος παρὰ μηροῦ,
5.1 τ / te 39) 9 /
digas ἀπέκοψε παρήορον οὐδ᾽ ἐμάτησε"
τὼ δ᾽ ἰθυνθήτην, ἐν δὲ ῥυτῆρσι τάνυσθεν' 475
τὼ δ᾽ αὖτις συνίτην ἔριδος πέρι θυμοβόροιο.
Ἔ»θ᾽ αὖ Σαρπηδὼν μὲν ἀπήμβροτε δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
Πατρόκλου δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὦμον ἀριστερὸν ἤλυθ᾽ ἀκωκὴ
ν 293 3 a iy ae CIN SNC ” a
ἔγχεος, οὐδ΄ EBad αὐτόν" ὁ δ᾽ ὕστερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ
Πάτροκλος" τοῦ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἔκφυγε χειρός, 48ο
ἀλλ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τε φρένες ἔρχαται ἀμφ᾽ ἁδινὸν κῆρ.
ΝΜ +} «Ὁ: “ “ ΝΜ ἈΝ 8 Sf
ἤριπε δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπεν ἢ ἀχερωΐς,
ἠὲ πίτυς βλωθρή, τήν τ᾽ οὔρεσι τέκτονες ἄνδρες
ἐξέταμον πελέκεσσι νεήκεσι νήϊον εἶναι"
ὡς ὁ πρόσθ᾽ ἵππων καὶ δίφρου κεῖτο τανυσθείς, 485
βεβρυχώς, κόνιος δεδραγμένος αἱματοέσσης.
ἠῦτε ταῦρον ἔπεφνε λέων ἀγέληφι μετελθών,
αἴθωνα μεγάθυμον, ἐν εἰλιπόδεσσι βόεσσι,
ὦλετό τε στενάχων ὑπὸ γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος,
ὡς ὑπὸ Πατρόκλῳ Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀσπιστάων 499
, 7 3. Δι ιν ε al a
κτεινόμενος μενέαινε, φίλον δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἑταῖρον
“Γλαῦκε πέπον, πολεμιστὰ μετ᾽ ἀνδράσι, νῦν σε μάλα
Ν.
χρὴ
αἰχμητήν τ᾽ ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέον πολεμιστήν᾽
νῦν τοι ἐελδέσθω πόλεμος κακός, εἰ θοός ἐσσι.
πρῶτα μὲν ὄτρυνον Λυκίων ἡγήτορας ἄνδρας, 495
πάντῃ ἐποιχόμενος, Σαρπηδόνος ἀμφιμάχεσθαι"
n ἐποιχόμενος, Σαρπηδόνος ἀμφιμάχ
φυνι Υ̓͂ ἫΝ bees 3 a la , a”
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα Kal αὐτὸς ἐμεῦ πέρι μάρναο χαλκῷ.
Ν Ν 5 Ν. N Tey, \ αν
σοὶ yap ἐγὼ kal ἔπειτα κατηφείη καὶ ὄνειδος
” a f , » Ψ 3.5 \
ἔσσομαι ἤματα πάντα διαμπερές, εἴ κέ μ᾽ ᾽Αχαιοὶ
τεύχεα συλήσωσι νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι πεσόντα. 500
GAN ἔχεο κρατερῶς, ὄτρυνε δὲ λαὸν ἅπαντα."
“Ὡς ἄρα μιν εἰπόντα τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψεν

16. IAIAAO® II.

a ,
ὀφθαλμοὺς pivds θ᾽" 6 δὲ λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βαίνων
> Nee), , NES , eer) -
ἐκ χροὸς ἕλκε δόρυ, προτὶ δὲ φρένες αὐτῷ ἕποντο
lal xa /, pees δ Ά 5 ᾿ be
τοῖο δ᾽ ἅμα ψυχήν τε καὶ ἔγχεος ἐξέρυσ᾽ αἰχμήν.
Μυρμιδόνες δ᾽ αὐτοῦ σχέθον ἵππους φυσιόωντας,
ἱεμένους φοβέεσθαι, ἐπεὶ λίπον ἅρματ᾽ ἀνάκτων.
, ἄν ΠΑ ὦ , a ou Ξ
Γλαύκῳ δ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος γένετο φθογγῆς ἀΐοντι
rw / δὰ Φ BSE oF. γι “
ὠρίνθη δέ οἱ ἦτορ, ὅ 7 οὐ δύνατο προσαμῦναι.
χειρὶ δ᾽ ἑλὼν ἐπίεζε βραχίονα" τεῖρε γὰρ αὐτὸν
ἕλκος, ὃ δή μιν Τεῦκρος ἐπεσσύμενον βάλεν ἰῷ
va ε » 4X ε p) ,
τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο, ἀρὴν ἑτάροισιν ἀμύνων.
εὐχόμενος δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπεν ἑκηβόλῳ ᾿Απόλλωνι"
“κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅς που Λυκίης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ
εἷς ἢ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ" δύνασαι δὲ σὺ πάντοσ᾽ ἀκούειν
3:5 ὁ / ε ay bast “ (fl /
ἀνέρι κηδομένῳ, ὡς viv ἐμὲ κῆδος ἱκάνει.

ἕλκος μὲν γὰρ ἔχω τόδε καρτερόν, ἀμφὶ δέ μοι χεὶρ

ὀξείῃς ὀδύνῃσιν ἐλήλαται, οὐδέ μοι αἷμα

a , , , 5 Ce Sik Shae ene
τερσῆναι δύναται, βαρύθει δέ μοι ὦμος ὑπ αὐτοῦ
Ν 3 > 7 o x Or 4
ἔγχος δ΄ ov δύναμαι σχεῖν ἔμπεδον, οὐδὲ μάχεσθαι
ἐλθὼν δυσμενέεσσιν. ἀνὴρ δ᾽ ὥριστος ὄλωλε,
Σαρπηδών, Διὸς υἱός" 6 δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οὗ παιδὸς ἀμύνει.

ἀλλὰ σύ πέρ μοι, ἄναξ, τόδε καρτερὸν ἕλκος ἄκεσσαι,

κοίμησον δ᾽ ὀδύνας, δὸς δὲ κράτος, ὄφρ᾽ ἑτάροισι
, , 5 fe 7
κεκλόμενος Λυκίοισιν ἐποτρύνω πολεμίζειν,
Sue + Lea \ / n / 39
αὑτὸς T ἀμφὶ νέκυι κατατεθνηῶτι μάχωμαι.

510

515

520

525

“Qs par’ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων.

ὌΡ Α σι; 8. NES. Ses 2 ¢ =) /
αὐτίκα Tato ὀδύνας, ἀπὸ δ΄ ἕλκεος ἀργαλέοιο
αἷμα μέλαν τέρσηνε, μένος δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε θυμῷ.

a 2: SP κυ 3 ‘ / Ρ
Γλαῦκος δ᾽ ἔγνω ἧσιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ γήθησέν τε,
Ὁ“ CR ae οδ΄; / Ν 3 /
ὅττι οἱ @k ἤκουσε μέγας θεὸς εὐξαμένοιο.
πρῶτα μὲν ὥτρυνεν Λυκίων ἡγήτορας ἄνδρας,

2 , , 3 , Ξ
πάντῃ ἐποιχόμενος, Σαρπηδόνος ἀμφιμάχεσθαι
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα μετὰ Τρῶας κίε μακρὰ βιβάσθων,

86 16. IAIAAOS Π.

δ ia a
Πουλυδάμαντ᾽ ἔπι ἸΤανθοΐδην καὶ ᾿Αγήνορα δῖον,
βῆ δὲ per’ Αἰνείαν τε καὶ Ἕκτορα χαλκοκορυστήν,
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“Ἕκτορ, νῦν δὴ πάγχυ λελασμένος εἰς ἐπικούρων,
ot σέθεν εἵνεκα τῆλε φίλων καὶ πατρίδος αἴης
θυμὸν ἀποφθινύθουσι" σὺ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλεις ἐπαμύνειν.
- , 5 Ν 3 ᾽
κεῖται Σαρπηδών, Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀσπιστάων,
ὃς Λυκίην εἴρυτο δίκῃσί τε καὶ σθένεϊ ᾧ"
τὸν δ᾽ ὑπὸ Πατρόκλῳ δάμασ᾽ ἔγχεϊ χάλκεος ΓΑρης.
ἀλλά, φίλοι, πάρστητε, νεμεσσήθητε δὲ θυμῷ,
Ν 5 \ / 3. ο΄ 5 , Ν Ν
μὴ ἀπὸ τεύχε' ἕλωνται, ἀεικίσσωσι δὲ νεκρὸν
Μυρμιδόνες, Δαναῶν κεχολωμένοι ὅσσοι ὄλοντο,
τοὺς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῇσιν ἐπέφνομεν ἐγχείησιν."
ϑεπὸ Ψὴ 1 μεν ἐγχείῃσιν.-
“Qs ἔφατο, Τρῶας δὲ κατὰ κρῆθεν λάβε πένθος
Ν 3 3 , 3 7] e ,
ἄσχετον, οὐκ ἐπιεικτόν, ἐπεί σφισιν ἕρμα πόληος
ἔσκε καὶ ἀλλοδαπός περ ἐών; πολέες γὰρ ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ
λαοὶ ἕποντ᾽, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι"
βὰν δ᾽ ἰθὺς Δαναῶν λελιημένοι" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν
v , ¢ 9 Ν 3 Ἂς
Εκτωρ χωόμενος Σαρπηδόνος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
ὦρσε Μενοιτιάδεω Πατροκλῆος λάσιον κῆρ᾽
» ’ / a \ Lee δ
Αἴαντε πρώτω προσέφη, μεμαῶτε καὶ αὐτώ
“Αἴαντε, νῦν σφῶϊν ἀμύνεσθαι φίλον ἔστω
ἢ Ἷ ’
οἷοί {τι ΠΣ ἦτε per’ ἀνδράσιν, ἣ καὶ ἀρείους.
κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὃς πρῶτος ἐσήλατο τεῖχος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
Σαρπηδών" ἀλλ᾽ εἴ μιν ἀεικισσαίμεθ' ἑλόντες,
τεύχεά T ὦμοιιν ἀφελοίμεθα, καί Tw’ ἑταίρων
αὐτοῦ ἀμυνομένων δαμασαίμεθα νηλέϊ ΧΟ
é
Qs pal’, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀλέξασθαι μενέαινον.
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν é ἐκαρτύναντο Φάλάγγαν,
Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Μυρμιδόνες καὶ "Ay aol,
σύμβαλον ἀμφὶ νέκυι κατατεθνηῶτι μάχεσθαι
δεινὸν ἀὔσαντες" μέγα δ᾽ ἔβραχε τεύχεα φωτῶν.

om
tn
σι

540

545

550

555

560

565

16. IAIAAO® II. 87

Ν tye eee ΚΡ Ἂς a ¢
Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἐπὶ νύκτ᾽ ὀλοὴν τάνυσε κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ,
ὄφρα φίλῳ περὶ παιδὶ μάχης ὀλοὸς πόνος εἴη.
ὮΩσαν δὲ πρότεροι Τρῶες ἑλίκωπας ᾿Αχαιούς"
βλῆτο γὰρ οὔ τι κάκιστος ἀνὴρ μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, 570
υἱὸς ᾿Αγακλῆος μεγαθύμου, δῖος ᾿Επειγεύς,
Ὁ“ ἘΝ 5 / Lo 7 Μ
ὅς p ἐν Βουδείῳ εὖ ναιομένῳ ἤνασσε
τὸ πρίν ἀτὰρ τότε γ᾽ ἐσθλὸν ἀνεψιὸν ἐξεναρίξας
" ad ἃ / 2 / > ,
ἐς Πηλῆ᾽ ἱκέτευσε καὶ ἐς Θέτιν ἀργυρόπεζαν"
οἱ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ ῥηξήνορι πέμπον ἕπεσθαι 575
Ἴλιον εἰς εὔπωλον, ἵνα Τρώεσσι μάχοιτο.
τόν ῥα τόθ᾽ ἁπτόμενον νέκυος βάλε φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ
χερμαδίῳ κεφαλήν" ἡ δ᾽ ἄνδιχα πᾶσα κεάσθη
> , na c ede ae Ἂς Θ᾽ Ἂν foe
ἐν κόρυθι βριαρῇ" ὃ δ᾽ apa πρηνὴς ἐπὶ νεκρῷ
/ > Ν , 4 - “- ᾽ὔ
κάππεσεν, ἀμφὶ δέ μιν θάνατος χύτο θυμοραϊστής. 580
Πατρόκλῳ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄχος γένετο φθιμένου ἑτάροιο,
ἴθυσεν δὲ διὰ προμάχων ἴρηκι ἐοικὼς
ὠκέϊ, ὅς τ᾽ ἐφόβησε κολοιούς τε ψῆράς τε"
ὡς ἰθὺς Λυκίων, Πατρόκλεες ἱπποκέλευθε,
+ Ν hd , Ἂς ed ἘΣ ἡ
ἔσσυο καὶ Τρώων, κεχόλωσο δὲ κῆρ ἑτάροιο. 585
καί ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε Σθενέλαον, ᾿Ιθαιμένεος φίλον υἱόν,
> 7 ’ὔ en > al \ lal /
αὐχένα χερμαδίῳ, ῥῆξεν δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῖο τένοντας.
, 2) 8 , , \ , a
χώρησαν δ᾽ ὑπὸ τε πρόμαχοι Kal φαίδιμος “Exrwp.
ὅσση δ᾽ αἰγανέης ῥιπὴ ταναοῖο τέτυκται,
ἣν ῥά τ’ ἀνὴρ ἀφέῃ πειρώμενος ἢ ἐν ἀέθλῳ 590
ὟΝ XN 2 / fh a “ /
ἠὲ Kal ἐν πολέμῳ, δηΐων ὕπο θυμοραϊστέων,
, 2 , 4 a Ν Ὁ. 7
τόσσον ἐχώρησαν 'Γρῶες, ὥσαντο δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί,
Γλαῦκος δὲ πρῶτος, Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀσπιστάων,
ἐτράπετ᾽, ἔκτεινεν δὲ Βαθυκλῆα μεγάθυμον,
Χάλκωνος φίλον υἱόν, ὃς “Ελλάδι οἰκία ναίων 505
» ’, / ,
ὄλβῳ τε πλούτῳ τε μετέπρεπε Μυρμιδόνεσσι.
Ν Ἂς Ν Lo) “ / Ν Ν
τὸν μὲν ἄρα Γλαῦκος στῆθος μέσον οὔτασε δουρὶ
‘ > , “ {2 ,
στρεφθεὶς ἐξαπίνης, ὅτε μιν κατέμαρπτε διώκων"

88 16, IAIAAOS Π.

δούπησεν δὲ πεσών" πυκινὸν δ᾽ ἄχος ἔλλαβ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς,
ὡς ἔπεσ᾽ ἐσθλὸς ἀνήρ' μέγα δὲ Τρῶες κεχάροντο, ὄοο
στὰν δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἰόντες ἀολλέες" οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ἀλκῆς ἐξελάθοντο, μένος δ᾽ ἰθὺς φέρον αὐτῶν.
ἔνθ᾽ αὖ Μηριόνης Τρώων ἕλεν ἄνδρα κορυστήν,
Λαόγονον, θρασὺν υἱὸν ᾿Ονήτορος, ὃς Διὸς ἱρεὺς
᾿Ιδαίου ἐτέτυκτο, θεὸς δ᾽ ὡς τίετο δήμῳ. 605
tov Bad ὑπὸ γναθμοῖο καὶ οὔατος" Oka δὲ θυμὸς
OyeT ἀπὸ μελέ ὃς δ᾽ ἄ j tA
ὄχετ᾽ ἀπὸ μελέων, στυγερὸς δ᾽ ἄρα μιν σκότος εἷλεν.
, », 2. Χ , , , Φ a
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἐπὶ Μηριόνῃ δόρυ χάλκεον ἧκεν
ἔλπετο γὰρ τεύξεσθαι ὑπασπίδια προβιβάντος.
ἀλλ᾽ 6 μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος" 610
πρόσσω yap κατέκυψε, τὸ δ᾽ ἐξόπιθεν δόρυ μακρὸν
οὔδει ἐνισκίμφθη, ἐπὶ δ᾽ οὐρίαχος πελεμίχθη
ἔγχεος" ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀφίει μένος ὄβριμος “Apns.
> Ν 3 bd 9 ft x 7
[αἰχμὴ δ᾽ Αἰνείαο κραδαινομένη κατὰ γαίης
ΝΜ Wak) 5 1.63 ὅλ a beac Ν BY 6
φχετ᾽, ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἅλιον στιβαρῆς ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὄρουσεν.] 615
5 , > »+ XN 9 ’ , / Ξ
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἄρα θυμὸν ἐχώσατο φώνησέν τε
“Μηριόνη, τάχα κέν σε καὶ ὀρχηστήν περ ἐόντα
Ν SN / / Ν 3 ὯΝ ’ 39
ἐγχος ἐμὸν κατέπαυσε διαμπερές, EL oO ἐβαλὸν περ.
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Μηριόνης δουρικλυτὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα"
“ Αἰνεία, χαλεπόν σε καὶ ἴφθιμόν περ ἐόντα 620
, b) , / / “ 7. +
πάντων ἀνθρώπων σβέσσαι μένος, ὅς κέ σευ ἄντα
y 2 , é x , et ee yy
ἔλθῃ ἀμυνόμενος" θνητὸς δέ νυ καὶ ov τέτυξαι.
εἰ καὶ ἐγώ σε βάλοιμι τυχὼν μέσον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
LB A Ν ’ 3% Ν \ Ἂ,
aid κε καὶ κρατερός περ ἐὼν καὶ χερσὶ πεποιθὼς
εὖχος ἐμοὶ δοίης, ψυχὴν δ᾽ “Aids κλυτοπώλῳ.᾽ 625
“Os φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἐνένιπε Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱός"
“ Μηριόνη, τί σὺ ταῦτα καὶ ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν ἀγορεύεις ;
= 7 »” fot > , pee td
ὦ πέπον, οὔ τοι Τρῶες ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσι
νεκροῦ χωρήσουσι" πάρος τινὰ γαῖα καθέξει.
ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου, ἐπέων δ᾽ ἐνὶ βουλῇ" 630

16. IAIAAOS Π. 89

τῷ οὔ τι χρὴ μῦθον ὀφέλλειν, ἀλλὰ μάχεσθαι."
“Os εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν ἦρχ᾽, 6 δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕσπετο ἰσόθεος φώς.
τῶν δ᾽ ὥς τε δρυτόμων ἀνδρῶν ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρῃ
οὔρεος ἐν βήσσῃς, ἕκαθεν δέ τε γίγνετ᾽ ἀκουή,
ὡς τῶν ὥρνυτο δοῦπος ἀπὸ χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης 635
χαλκοῦ τε ῥινοῦ τε βοῶν τ᾽ εὐποιητάων,
γνυσσομένων ξίφεσίν τε καὶ ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισιν.
οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔτι φράδμων περ ἀνὴρ Σαρπηδόνα δῖον
ἔγνω, ἐπεὶ βελέεσσι καὶ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν
ἐκ κεφαλῆς εἴλυτο διαμπερὲς ἐς πόδας ἄκρους. 640
of δ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ νεκρὸν ὁμίλεον, ὡς ὅτε μυῖαι
σταθμῷ ἔνι βρομέωσι περιγλαγέας κατὰ πέλλας
ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τε γλάγος ἄγγεα δεύει"
ὡς ἄρα τοὶ περὶ νεκρὸν ὁμίλεον, οὐδέ ποτε Ζεὺς
τρέψεν ἀπὸ κρατερῆς ὑσμίνης ὄσσε φαεινώ, 645
ἀλλὰ kar’ αὐτοὺς αἰὲν ὅρα καὶ φράζετο θυμῷ,
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ ἀμφὶ φόνῳ Πατρόκλου μερμηρίζων,
ἢ ἤδη καὶ κεῖνον ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ
αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾽ ἀντιθέῳ Σαρπηδόνι φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ
χαλκῷ δῃώσῃ, ἀπό τ᾽ ὦμων τεύχε᾽ ἕληται, 630
ἢ ἔτι καὶ πλεόνεσσιν ὀφέλλειεν πόνον aly.
ὧδε δέ of φρονέοντι δοάσσατο κέρδιον εἶναι,
ὄφρ᾽ nis θεράπων Πηληϊάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος
ἐξαῦτις Τρῶάς τε καὶ “Exropa χαλκοκορυστὴν
ὥσαιτο προτὶ ἄστυ, πολέων δ᾽ ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο. 655
“Ἕκτορι δὲ πρωτίστῳ ἀνάλκιδα θυμὸν ἐνῆκεν"
ἐς δίφρον δ᾽ ἀναβὰς φύγαδ᾽ ἔτραπε, κέκλετο δ᾽ ἄλλους
Τρῶας φευγέμεναι" γνῷ γὰρ Διὸς ἱρὰ τάλαντα.
ἔνθ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἴφθιμοι Λύκιοι μένον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφόβηθεν
πάντες, ἐπεὶ βασιλῆα ἴδον βεβλαμμένον ἦτορ, 660
κείμενον ἐν νεκύων aytper’ πολέες yap ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
κάππεσον, εὖτ᾽ ἔριδα κρατερὴν ἐτάνυσσε Κρονίων.

go 16. IATAAOS II.

οἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ am’ ὥμοιιν Σαρπηδόνος ἔντε᾽ ἕλοντο

4 - ‘\ XS / > aS ”
χάλκεα μαρμαίροντα, τὰ μὲν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας
δῶκε φέρειν ἑτάροισι Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱός. 665
καὶ τότ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"
“εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε νῦν, φίλε Φοῖβε, κελαινεφὲς αἷμα κάθηρον
ἐλθὼν ἐκ βελέων Σαρπηδόνα, καί μιν ἔπειτα

Ν > Ν ’ a -" ( νὰν

πολλὸν ἀποπρὸ φέρων λοῦσον ποταμοῖο ῥοῇσι

σόν τ᾽ ἀμβροσίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα εἵματα ἕσσον᾽ 6
χρῖσόν τ’ ἀμβροσίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα εἵματα ἕσσον" 670
πέμπε δέ μιν πομποῖσιν ἅμα κραιπνοῖσι φέρεσθαι

μπε δέ μιν πομ μα κρ ρεσθαι,
“ὕπνῳ καὶ Θανάτῳ διδυμάοσιν, οἵ ῥά μιν Oka
θ , 2 5 A / > 77 7 ὃ /

ἤσουσ᾽ ἐν Λυκίης εὐρείης πίονι δήμῳ,
ἔνθα ἑ ταρχύσουσι κασίγνητοί τε ἔται τε

j ήλῃ Te’ TO yap γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων." 675
τύμβῳ τε στήλῃ TE’ TO yap γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων. 75

“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πατρὸς ἀνηκούστησεν ᾿Απόλλων.
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων ἐς φύλοπιν αἰνήν,
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐκ βελέων Σαρπηδόνα δῖον ἀείρας

Ves) N , τὶ areata ΤΣ
πολλὸν ἀποπρὸ φέρων λοῦσεν ποταμοῖο pont

συ ΤῊΝ 05 , NEN 3. OF gy e Ἢ
χρῖσέν τ᾽ ἀμβροσίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα εἵματα ἕσσε' 680
πέμπε δέ μιν πομποῖσιν ἅμα κραιπνοῖσι φέρεσθαι,
Ὕπνῳ καὶ Θανάτῳ διδυμάοσιν, οἵ ῥά μιν ὦκα

{2 3 , > 7 7 ,
κάτθεσαν ἐν Λυκίης εὐρείης πίονι δήμῳ.

Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ Αὐτομέδοντι κελεύσας
Τρῶας καὶ Λυκίους μετεκίαθε, καὶ μέγ᾽ ἀάσθη 685
νήπιος" εἰ δὲ ἔπος Πηληϊάδαο φύλαξεν

ΕΣ
ἡ τ᾽ ἂν ὑπέκφυγε κῆρα κακὴν μέλανος θανάτοιο.
5" 2 DP. Ν / , SP. 5 “
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεί τε Διὸς κρείσσων νόος ἦέ περ ἀνδρῶν"
[ὅς τε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἄνδρα φοβεῖ καὶ ἀφείλετο νίκην
τ τς ” 3, Δ 5. ANS , l :
ῥηϊδίως, dre δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐποτρύνῃσι μάχεσθαι" όφο
Ld \ \ oN , » βὲνν
ὅς οἱ καὶ τότε θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀνῆκεν.
“ ’

Ἔνθα τίνα πρῶτον, τίνα δ᾽ ὕστατον ἐξενάριξας,
Πατρόκλεις, ὅτε δή σε θεοὶ θἀνατόνδε κάλεσσαν ;
λδρηστον μὲν πρῶτα καὶ Αὐτόνοον καὶ "ἔχεκλον

τό. IATAAOS II.

καὶ Πέριμον Μεγάδην καὶ ᾿Επίστορα καὶ Μελάνιππον,
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ "Ἔλασον καὶ Μούλιον ἠδὲ Πυλάρτην"
τοὺς ἕλεν" οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φύγαδε μνώοντο ἕκαστος.
Ἔνθα κεν ὑψίπυλον Τροίην ἕλον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν
Πατρόκλου ὑπὸ χερσί: περιπρὸ γὰρ ἔγχεϊ Over"
εἰ μὴ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος ἐὐδμήτου ἐπὶ πύργου
v a. δ Ν / , x’, 3 ,
ἔστη, TO ὀλοὰ φρονέων, Τρώεσσι δ᾽ ἀρήγων.
Ν XN py Heme] a fal / ς a
τρὶς μὲν ET ἀγκῶνος βῆ τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο
Πάτροκλος, τρὶς δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀπεστυφέλιξεν ᾿Απόλλων,
’ ee) / Ν 3 , 4
χείρεσσ᾽ ἀθανάτῃσι φαεινὴν ἀσπίδα νύσσων.
2 Dace: Ν \ / 2 , ὔ >
GAN ὅτε δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος,
δεινὰ δ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ χάζεο, διογενὲς Πατρόκλεες" οὔ νύ τοι αἶσα
ᾧ ὑπὸ δουρὶ πόλιν πέρθαι Τρώων ἀγερώχων
σᾷ ουρὶ πόλιν πέρ ρώων ἀγερώχων,
οὐδ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος, ὅς περ σέο πολλὸν ἀμείνων."
‘Os φάτο, Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἀνεχάζετο πολλὸν ὀπίσσω,
μῆνιν ἀλευάμενος ἑκατηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ἐν Σκαιῇσι πύλῃς ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους"
die γὰρ ἠὲ μάχοιτο κατὰ κλόνον αὖτις ἐλάσσας,
ee Ἂν, 3 -" « / ᾿) fal
ἢ λαοὺς ἐς τεῖχος ὁμοκλήσειεν AANVAL.
ταῦτ᾽ ἄρα οἱ φρονέοντι παρίστατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,
ἀνέρι εἰσάμενος αἰζηῷ τε κρατερῷ τε,
7A / A / > {| ἐν € ὃ ,
σίῳ, Os μήτρως ἣν “Ἕκτορος ἱπποδάμοιο,
«ς \
αὐτοκασίγνητος ᾿Εκάβης, vids δὲ Δύμαντος,
ὃς Φρυγίῃ ναΐεσκε pons ἔπι Σαγγαρίοιο"
a ΕῚ “ \ nat) , a
TO μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων
Ta 2 , , > , Sint τ ἢ ,
κτορ, τίπτε μάχης ἀποπαύεαι ; οὐδέ τί σε χρή.
vA “Ψ “ >? , , , Ch ἘΞ
ai? ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην
“ / “ / 5 ,
τῷ KE τάχα στυγερῶς πολέμου ἀπερωήσειας.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, Πατρόκλῳ ἔφεπε κρατερώνυχας ἵππους,
αἴ κέν πώς μιν ἕλῃς, δώῃ δέ τοι εὖχος ᾿Απόλλων."
a TEIN ε Ν a » \ x , 3 an
Ὡς εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν αὖτις ἔβη θεὸς ἂμ πόνον ἀνδρῶν,

οι

695

700

795

710

af
tN
or

‘

92 16. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Π.

, Me} / oh 4 “
Κεβριόνῃ δ᾽ ἐκέλευσε δαΐφρονι φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ
/
ἵππους ἐς πόλεμον πεπληγέμεν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλων
δύσεθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἰών, ἐν δὲ κλόνον ᾿Αργείοισιν
“ “-
ἧκε κακόν, Τρωσὶν δὲ καὶ Ἕκτορι κῦδος ὄπαζεν. 730
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ἄλλους μὲν Δαναοὺς ἔα οὐδ᾽ ἐνάριζεν"
αὐτὰρ ὁ Πατρόκλῳ ἔφεπε κρατερώνυχας ἵππους.
3 iy “
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων ἄλτο χαμᾶζε
~ y " Ὁ ἐς ον Ν ! ,
σκαιῇ ἔγχος ἔχων" ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον
, - > , ϑ ἂν € \ \ EER /
μάρμαρον ὀκριόενθ᾽, ὅν οἱ περὶ χεὶρ ἐκάλυψεν, 735
ἧκε δ᾽ ἐρεισάμενος, οὐδὲ δὴν χάζετο φωτός,
3 fod
οὐδ᾽ ἁλίωσε βέλος, βάλε δ᾽ Ἕκτορος ἡνιοχῆα,
Κεβριόνην, νόθον υἱὸν ἀγακλῆος Πριάμοιο,
ie Εἰλ ζ Els Doe
ἵππων ἡνί᾽ ἔχοντα, μετώπιον ὀξέϊ AGL.
ἀμφοτέρας δ᾽ ὀφρῦς σύνελεν λίθος, οὐδέ οἱ ἔσχεν 740
ὀστέον, ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ χαμαὶ πέσον ἐν κονίησιν
, μ χαμ HI
’ a , eke IC Nee fae ete Lol > Ἂς
αὐτοῦ πρόσθε ποδῶν ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀρνευτῆρι ἐοικὼς
/ 3. ἐν ’ > / , ᾿, > > / ,
κάππεσ am evepycos δίφρου, λίπε δ᾽ ὀστέα θυμός.
nN a 5 t , Ἰ , ¢ a,
Tov δ᾽ ἐπικερτομέων προσέφης, Πατρόκλεες ἱππεῦ
“ὦ πόποι, ἢ μάλ᾽ ἐλαφρὸς ἀνήρ, ὡς ῥεῖα κυβιστῇι. 74:
εἰ δή που καὶ πόντῳ ἐν ἰχθυόεντι γένοιτο,
πολλοὺς ἂν κορέσειεν ἀνὴρ ὅδε τήθεα διφῶν,
νηὸς ἀποθρῴσκων, εἰ καὶ δυσπέμφελος εἴν
η ρῴσκων, μ I
ε a 5 ὔὕ 3 “ ων po
ws νῦν ἐν πεδίῳ ἐξ ἵππων ῥεῖα κυβιστᾷ.
eS \ 93 ’ “ x ” ro
ἢ pa καὶ ἐν Τρώεσσι κυβιστητῆρες ἔασιν. 7

ur
fe)

ἃ a ΞΩΝ LEAS , “ “ 7
ὡς εἰπὼν ἐπὶ Κεβριόνῃ ἥρωϊ βεβήκει
9s / 4 “ Ν .«
οἶμα λέοντος ἔχων, ὅς τε σταθμοὺς κεραΐζων
ἔβλητο πρὸς στῆθος, én τέ μιν ὥλεσεν ἀλκή"
Aes N , , 3 ,
ὡς ἐπὶ Κεβριόνῃ, Πατρόκλεες, ἄλσο μεμαώς.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων ἄλτο χαμᾶζε. 7

on
nm

τὼ περὶ KeBpidvao €or ὡς δηρινθήτην,

“ > + a Ν / 5 /

ὦ T ὁρεος κορυφῇσι περὶ κταμένης ἐλάφοιο,
ἄμφω πεινάοντε, μέγα φρονέοντε μάχεσθον᾽

16. IATAAOS II.

ὡς περὶ KeBpidvao δύω μήστωρες ἀῦὐτῆς,
Πάτροκλός τε Μενοιτιάδης καὶ φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ,
ἵεντ᾽ ἀλλήλων ταμέειν χρόα νηλέϊ χαλκῷ.

“Ἕκτωρ μὲν κεφαλῆφιν ἐπεὶ λάβεν, οὐχὶ μεθίει"
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἔχεν ποδός" οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι
Τρῶες καὶ Δαναοὶ σύναγον κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην.

‘Qs δ᾽ Εὖρός τε Νότος τ᾽ ἐριδαίνετον ἀλλήλοιιν
οὔρεος ἐν βήσσῃς βαθέην πελεμιζέμεν ὕλην,
φηγόν τε μελίην τε τανύφλοιόν τε κράνειαν,
αἵ τε πρὸς ἀλλήλας ἔβαλον τανυήκεας ὄζους
ἠχῇ θεσπεσίῃ, πάταγος δέ τε ἀγνυμενάων,
ὡς Τρῶες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι θορόντες

/ 399 ef , 2 3, a ,
δήουν, οὐδ᾽ ἕτεροι μνώοντ᾽ ὀλοοῖο φόβοιο.
πολλὰ δὲ Κεβριόνην ἀμφ᾽ ὀξέα δοῦρ᾽ ἐπεπήγει
ἰοί τε πτερόεντες ἀπὸ νευρῆφι θορόντες,
πολλὰ δὲ χερμάδια μεγάλ᾽ ἀσπίδας ἐστυφέλιξαν

ἢ 5 Siig Sie een veg Coie ! ΄
μαρναμένων aud αὐτὸν" ὃ δ΄ ἐν στροφάλιγγι κονίης
κεῖτο μέγας μεγαλωστί, λελασμένος ἱπποσυνάων.

"Odpa μὲν ᾿Ηέλιος μέσον οὐρανὸν ἀμφιβεβήκει,
τόφρα μάλ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων βέλε᾽ ἥπτετο, πῖπτε δὲ λαός"
ἦμος δ᾽ ᾿Ηέλιος μετενίσετο βουλυτόνδε,

\ , fil iS PBS 9 3 Ν / ΜΝ
καὶ τότε δὴ p ὑπὲρ αἶσαν ᾿Αχαιοὶ φέρτεροι ἦσαν.
ἐκ μὲν Κεβριόνην βελέων ἥρωα ἔρυσσαν
Τρώων ἐξ ἐνοπῆς, καὶ ἀπ’ ὦμων τεύχε᾽ ἕλοντο,
Πάτροκλος δὲ Τρωσὶ κακὰ φρονέων ἐνόρουσε.

A Ἂς v7 2 NAS , γον Be / 7 “᾿
τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε θοῷ ἀτάλαντος "Αρηὶϊ,
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων, τρὶς δ᾽ ἐννέα φῶτας ἔπεφνεν.
>) 9 Φ Ἂς Ν / 5 / / Lo
ἀλλ΄ ὅτε δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος,
ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τοι, Πάτροκλε, φάνη βιότοιο τελευτή"

Ν a Φινν a e¢

ἤντετο yap τοι Φοῖβος ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ
δεινός" ὁ μὲν τὸν ἰόντα κατὰ κλόνον οὐκ ἐνόησεν"
ἠέρι γὰρ πολλῇ κεκαλυμμένος ἀντεβόλησε"

στ
aN
σι

77°

780

799°

o4 τό. IAIAAOS Π.

fal lal ! / 3 YA
στῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν, πλῆξεν δὲ μετάφρενον εὐρέε T ὥμω
A an 4 / ε »
χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, στρεφεδίνηθεν δέ οἱ ὄσσε.

τοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μὲν κρατὸς κυνέην βάλε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων"

ἡ δὲ κυλινδομένη καναχὴν ἔχε ποσσὶν ὑφ᾽ ἵππων
αὐλῶπις τρυφάλεια, μιάνθησαν δὲ ἔθειραι
Ψ \ ΄ ν ! Ν 8: ΗΝ >
αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσι πάρος ye μὲν ov θέμις ἦεν
ἱππόκομον πήληκα μιαίνεσθαι κονίῃσιν,
Ὁ} e)) ον Ν / / / /
ἀλλ΄ ἀνδρὸς θείοιο κάρη χαρίεν τε μέτωπον
ῥύετ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος" τότε δὲ Ζεὺς “Ἕκτορι δῶκεν
2 “ / i? / Cree, Μ
ἡ κεφαλῇ φορέειν, σχεδόθεν δέ οἱ HEV ὄλεθρος.
oe / a) / » / 54
πᾶν δέ οἱ ἐν χείρεσσιν ἄγη δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,

Ν , a / ὃ 5 Ν 3 τς
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρὸν κεκορυθμένον' αὐτὰρ am ὥμων
ἀσπὶς σὺν τελαμῶνι χαμαὶ πέσε τερμιόεσσα.
λῦσε δέ οἱ θώρηκα ἄναξ Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων.
τὸν δ᾽ ἄτη φρένας εἷλε, λύθεν δ’ ὑπὸ φαίδιμα γυῖα,
στῆ δὲ ταφών᾽ ὄπιθεν δὲ μετάφρενον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ
ὦμων μεσσηγὺς σχεδόθεν βάλε Δάρδανος ἀνήρ,
Πανθοΐδης Εὔφορβος, ὃς ἡλικίην ἐκέκαστο
" «ὁ Δ Ξε / , ,ὔ ΄ὔ =
ἐγχεὶ θ᾽ ἱπποσύνῃ Te πόδεσσί τε καρπαλίμοισι

\ os Ν ΄ a S29, om pari eets )
καὶ yap δὴ τότε φῶτας ἐείκοσι βῆσεν ap ἵππων,
πρῶτ᾽ ἐλθὼν σὺν ὄχεσφι, διδασκόμενος πολέμοιο"
ὅς τοι πρῶτος ἐφῆκε βέλος, Πατρόκλεες ἱππεῦ,

ION , τ: Ν μὴ 8... τ 7 = a sy
οὐδὲ δάμασσ᾽" 6 μὲν αὖτις ἀνέδραμε, μίκτο ὃ ὁμίλῳ
b] \ « if , / 39d “Ὁ /
ἐκ χροὸς ἁρπάξας δόρυ μείλινον, οὐδ᾽ ὑπέμεινε
Πάτροκλον γυμνόν περ ἐόντ᾽ ἐν δηϊοτῆτι.

, Ἂς “ “ \ \ Ν
Πάτροκλος δὲ θεοῦ πληγῇ καὶ δουρὶ δαμασθεὶς
x / a
ay ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο κῆρ᾽ ἀλεείνων.

/ ’ 9 a

“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ws εἶδεν Πατροκλῆα μεγάθυμον
ἂψ ἀναχαζόμενον, βεβλημένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
5 / , ΠΡ 419 Ν / a Xx \
ἀγχίμολον pa ot ἦλθε κατὰ στίχας, οὗτα δὲ δουρὶ

/ > al A Ν BY μὲ
νείατον ἐς κενεῶνα, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσε"
δούπησεν δὲ πεσὼν, μέγα δ᾽ ἤκαχε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν"

3

795

800

810

815

820

16. LAIAAO® II. 95

a / ,
os δ᾽ ὅτε σῦν ἀκάμαντα λέων ἐβιήσατο χάρμῃ,
epee tesa a , ! !
ὦ T OpEeos κορυφῇσι μέγα φρονέοντε μάχεσθον
πίδακος ἀμφ᾽ ὀλίγης" ἐθέλουσι δὲ πιέμεν ἄμφω" 82

σι

πολλὰ δέ τ᾽ ἀσθμαίνοντα λέων ἐδάμασσε βίηφιν"
ὡς πολέας πεφνόντα Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱὸν
“ 7ὔ Ν Ν “᾿ AN 5 7

Exrwp Πριαμίδης σχεδὸν ἔγχεϊ θυμὸν ἀπηύρα,
καί οἱ ἐπευχόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“Πάτροκλ᾽, ἦ που ἔφησθα πόλιν κεραϊξέμεν ἀμήν, 830
Tpwiddas δὲ γυναῖκας ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ἀπούρας
ἄξειν ἐν νήεσσι φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν,

, A Ν , 57 3 ᾿ ¢
vite’ τάων δὲ πρόσθ᾽ “Ἕκτορος ὠκέες ἵπποι

Ν 5 / fe. 5 x oo ? Sime Nt

ποσσὶν ὀρωρέχαται πολεμίζειν" ἔγχεϊ δ᾽ αὐτὸς
Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισι μεταπρέπω, ὅ σφιν ἀμύνω 8535
ἦμαρ ἀναγκαῖον" σὲ δέ 7 ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται.
ἃ δείλ᾽, οὐδέ τοι ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν χραίσμησεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
v4 ᾽ὔ / ἊΣ / bp] / ἯΠΑΡ 4
Os ποῦ τοι μάλα πολλὰ μένων ἐπετέλλετ᾽ ἰόντι
“μή μοι πρὶν ἰέναι, ΠΠατρόκλεες ἱπποκέλευθε,
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς, πρὶν Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο 840
αἱματόεντα χιτῶνα περὶ στήθεσσι δαΐξαι.
ὥς πού σε προσέφη, σοὶ δὲ φρένας ἄφρονι πεῖθε."

Tov δ᾽ ὀλιγοδρανέων προσέφης, Πατρόκλεες ἱππεῦ"

fal τὰ
“ἤδη νῦν, Ἕκτορ, μεγάλ᾽ εὔχεο" σοὶ γὰρ ἔδωκε
νίκην Ζεὺς Κρονίδης καὶ ᾿Απόλλων, οἵ μ᾽ ἐδάμασσαν 845
Cys 5 3 \ \ oe aS / 2) εὖ
ῥηϊδίως" αὐτοὶ γὰρ am ὥμων τεύχε᾽ ἕλοντο.
“ Dea. , ἌΡ > ,

τοιοῦτοι 6 εἴ πέρ μοι ἐείκοσιν ἀντεβόλησαν,

, > 5 "Δ » > r ¢ Ν Ν ,
πάντες κ αὐτόθ ὄλοντο ἐμῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ δαμέντες.
3 ͵ a) 9 Ν \ ee cr
ἀλλα με μοῖρ ὁλοὴ καὶ Λητοῦς ἔκτανεν vids,
ἀνδρῶν δ᾽ Εὔφορβος" σὺ δέ με τρίτος ἐξεναρίζεις. 850
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν'

» 39) 3 \ Ν / 3 if +
ov Onv οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς δηρὸν Ben, ἀλλά τοι ἤδη
ἄγχι παρέστηκεν θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή.

iar) n

χερσὶ δαμέντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀμύμονος Αἰακίδαο."

96 16, IAIAAOS IT.

‘Os ἄρα μιν εἰπόντα τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψε"
ψυχὴ δ᾽ ἐκ ῥεθέων πταμένη "Αϊδόσδε βεβήκει,
aA , , "αν, lol φᾷ εἴ»
ὃν πότμον γοόωσα, λιποῦσ᾽ ἀνδροτῆτα καὶ ἥβην.
τὸν καὶ τεθνηῶτα προσηύδα φαίδιμος “Ἑκτωρ᾽
« Πατρόκλεις, τί νύ μοι μαντεύεαι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον ;
τίς 8 οἷδ᾽ εἴ κ᾿ ᾿Αχιλεύς, Θέτιδος πάϊς ἠὐκόμοιο,
φθή 5 ῷ ε ὸ ὃ \ \ 3 6 6 \ λέσσ oot
ἤῃ ἐμῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ τυπεὶς ἀπὸ θυμὸν ὁ αι;
*Os ἄρα φωνήσας δόρυ χάλκεον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς
εἴρυσε λὰξ προσβάς, τὸν δ᾽ ὕπτιον Go’ ἀπὸ δουρός.
αὐτίκα δὲ ξὺν δουρὶ per’ Αὐτομέδοντα βεβήκει,
ἀντίθεον θεράποντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο"
ἵετο γὰρ βαλέειν" τὸν δ᾽ ἔκφερον ὠκέες ἵπποι
ἄμβροτοι, οὺς Πηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα.

855

860

IAIAAOZ P.

Μενελάου ἀριστεία.

Οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ ᾿Ατρέος υἱόν, ἀρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον,
Πάτροκλος Τρώεσσι δαμεὶς ἐν δηϊοτῆτι.

βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ,
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτῷ Baiv’ ὥς τις περὶ πόρτακι μήτηρ
πρωτοτόκος κινυρή, οὐ πρὶν εἰδυῖα τόκοιο"

ὡς περὶ Πατρόκλῳ βαῖνε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος.

39 δὰ
εἴσην,

, τς , 3) KO) 7 t
πρόσθε δέ οἱ δόρυ τ᾽ ἔσχε Kal ἀσπίδα πάντοσ
Ν / \ “ἷ “ > Per) / yd
τὸν κτάμεναι μεμαὼς ὅς τις τοῦ γ᾽ ἀντίος ἔλθοι.
“ /
οὐδ᾽ dpa Πάνθου vids ἐὐμμελίης ἀμέλησε
9 ᾽ “
Πατρόκλοιο πεσόντος ἀμύμονος" ἄγχι δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτοῦ
23 t .
ἔστη, καὶ προσέειπεν ἀρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον
« Ατρεΐδη Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ὄρχαμε λαῶν,
χάζεο, λεῖπε δὲ νεκρόν, ἔα δ᾽ ἔναρα βροτόεντα"
οὐ γάρ τις πρότερος Τρώων κλειτῶν τ᾽ ἐπικούρων
Πάτροκλον βάλε δουρὶ κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην"
na /
τῷ pe ἔα κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρέσθαι,
2
μή σε βάλω, ἀπὸ δὲ μελιηδέα θυμὸν ἕλωμαι.
/
Tov δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος"
a Ι
“Zed πάτερ, οὐ μὲν καλὸν ὑπέρβιον εὐχετάασθαι.
er) μὴ , / ΝΜ ,
οὔτ᾽ οὗν παρδάλιος τόσσον μένος οὔτε λέοντος
οὔτε συὸς κάπρου ὀλοόφρονος, οὗ τε μέγιστος
θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι περὶ σθένεϊ βλεμεαίνει,

ὅσσον Πάνθου υἷες ἐὐμμελίαι φρονέουσιν.
VOL. I. H

10

15

20

98 17. IAIAAOS Ρ,

οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ βίη ὙὝπερήνορος ἱπποδάμοιο
o e > ΄ > “ 3 » he / .
qs ἥβης ἀπονηθ᾽, OTE μ΄ ὦνατο Kal μ᾽ ὑπέμεινε 25
, > » 253 cal Binge Ν,
καὶ μ' ἐφατ ἐν Δαναοῖσιν ἐλέγχιστον πολεμιστὴν
” 4 Inc of , ΄ 2 ,
ἐμμεναι OVOE E φημι πόδεσσί γε οἷσι κιόντα
εὐφρῆναι ἄλοχόν τε φίλην κεδνούς τε τοκῆας.
“ Ν Ἂς 9 Ν / / y¥ Ψ A
ὥς θην καὶ σὸν ἐγὼ λύσω μένος, εἴ KE μευ ἄντα
Ω ἈΕῚ , δ. eee Car) , ΄
στήῃς᾽ ἄλλα σ᾽ ἐγώ γ᾽ ἀναχωρήσαντα κελεύω 30
> Ἂς o/s 3, 19 7 “ 2 ὦ lal
es πληθὺν ἰέναι, μηδ᾽ ἀντίος ἵστασ᾽ ἐμεῖο,
/ Ν 7 ε Ν / Ne Ν »”»
πρίν τι κακὸν παθέειν" ῥεχθὲν δέ TE νήπιος ἔγνω.
“Os φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ οὐ πεῖθεν᾽ ἀμειβόμενος δὲ προσηύδα"
“νῦν μὲν δή, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ἢ μάλα τίσεις
Ν 3 , \ x " , 3 3 4
γνωτὸν ἐμὸν, τὸν ἔπεφνες, ἐπευχόμενος δ΄ ἀγορεύεις, 35
χήρωσας δὲ γυναῖκα μυχῷ θαλάμοιο νέοιο,
b) \ ἂν a , \ / Ν
ἀρητὸν δὲ τοκεῦσι γόον καὶ πένθος ἔθηκας.
5 a
ἢ κέ σφιν δειλοῖσι γόου κατάπαυμα γενοίμην,
Μ 3 \ » Ν. Ν » Ἀν τ δ /
εἴ κεν ἐγὼ κεφαλὴν TE τεὴν Kal TEVXE ἐνείκας -
/
Πάνθῳ ἐν χείρεσσι βάλω καὶ Φρόντιδι δίῃ. 40
5 ᾽ +) Ἂς o Ν 5 / , a
ἀλλ΄ ov μὰν ἔτι δηρὸν ἀπείρητος πόνος ἔσται
οὐδέ τ᾽ ἀδήριτος ἤτ᾽ ἀλκῆς ἤτε φόβοιο."
a pa ” 5. Ὁ / , 3. 4. Ξ
Qs εἰπὼν οὔτησε κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην
οὐδ᾽ ἔρρηξεν χαλκόν, ἀνεγνάμφθη δέ οἱ αἰχμὴ
2 7, 3 “ ε x / Μ -“
ἀσπίδι ἐν κρατερῇ" O δὲ δεύτερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ 45
᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος, ἐπευξάμενος Διὶ πατρί
ay δ᾽ ἀναχαζομένοιο κατὰ στομάχοιο θέμεθλα
ΤΗΝ 5 \ ὃ, ead Ν 7 Ν θ td =
νύξ, ἐπὶ ὃ αὐτὸς ἔρεισε βαρείῃ χειρὶ TLONoas
2 ral
ἀντικρὺ 6 ἁπαλοῖο δι᾿ αὐχένος ἤλυθ᾽ ἀκωκή,
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ο
UT] "ρα 9) X Pe 5
“ ’ὔ ε , ’ ’ὔ « tal
αἵματί οἱ devovTo κόμαι Χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι
ἈΕῚ a a ν 5 , > 7
πλοχμοί θ΄, οἱ χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἀργύρῳ ἐσφήκωντο.
οἷον δὲ τρέφει ἔρνος ἀνὴρ ἐριθηλὲς ἐλαίης
χώρῳ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ, ὅθ᾽ ἅλις ἀναβέβροχεν ὕδωρ,
\ / Ν / Ν /
καλὸν τηλεθάον" TO ὃξ TE πνοιαὶ δονέουσι 55

17, IAIAAOS Ρ.

παντοίων ἀνέμων, kal τε βρύει ἄνθεϊ λευκῷ"
ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ἐξαπίνης ἄνεμος σὺν λαίλαπι πολλῇ
βόθρου 7 ἐξέστρεψε καὶ ἐξετάνυσσ᾽ ἐπὶ γαίῃ"
τοῖον Πάνθου υἱὸν ἐὐμμελίην Εὔφορβον
᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος ἐπεὶ κτάνε, τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα.

‘Qs δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τε λέων ὀρεσίτροφος, ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς,

, τς ΤΣ 7S , « leet i
βοσκομένης ἀγέλης βοῦν ἁρπάσῃ, ἥ τις ἀρίστη
τῆς δ᾽ ἐξ αὐχέν᾽ ἔαξε λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσι

πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δέ θ᾽ αἷμα καὶ ἔγκατα πάντα λαφύσσει

as, τῷ \ > » a
δῃῶν" ἀμφὶ δὲ τόν ye κύνες τ᾽ ἄνδρες τε νομῆες
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ ἰύζουσιν ἀπόπροθεν οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλουσιν
ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι" μάλα γὰρ χλωρὸν δέος αἱρεῖ"
ὡς τῶν οὔ τινι θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐτόλμα
ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο.
ἔνθα κε ῥεῖα φέροι κλυτὰ τεύχεα Πανθοΐδαο
? oh al
Ατρεΐδης, εἰ μή of ἀγάσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,

“ cr ec tne Ray Pavan Lael 2 ” “"
ὅς pa οἱ Extop ἐπῶρσε θοῷ ἀτάλαντον “Api,
ἀνέρι εἰσάμενος, Κικόνων ἡγήτορι Μέντη:
ρ μ ’ 1yNTOp ἢ
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
Ἕκτορ, νῦν σὺ μὲν ὧδε θέεις ἀκίχητα διώκων,
ἵππους Αἰακίδαο δαΐφρονος" οἱ δ᾽ ἀλεγεινοὶ

3 / a / 99 9 ,
ἀνδράσι ye θνητοῖσι δαμήμεναι nd ὀχέεσθαι,
ἄλλῳ γ᾽ ἢ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, τὸν ἀθανάτη τέκε μήτηρ.
τόφρα δέ τοι Μενέλαος, ᾿Αρήϊος ᾿Ατρέος υἱός,

, ‘ , \ ΜΝ x
Πατρόκλῳ περιβὰς Τρώων τὸν ἄριστον ἔπεφνε,
Πανθοΐδην Εὔφορβον, ἔπαυσε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς."

“Os εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν αὖτις ἔβη θεὸς ἂμ πόνον ἀνδρῶν,
ἽἝκτορα δ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος πύκασε φρένας ἀμφὶ μελαίνας"

ΡΣ AU τ Ν , ΕΣ, > +
πάπτηνεν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα κατὰ στίχας, αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔγνω
τὸν μὲν ἀπαινύ Auta τεύχεα, τὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ γαί)

μὲν ἀπαινύμενον κλυτὰ τεύχεα, τὸν γαίῃ

, a) 3. ἢ 9559 , 9 ,
κείμενον" ἔρρει δ᾽ αἷμα κατ᾽ οὐταμένην ὠτειλήν.

βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ,
Η 2

99

60

6

un

79

~I
“yp

80

100 17. TATAAOS -P.

ὀξέα κεκληγώς, φλογὶ εἴκελος Ηφαίστοιο
5 , ΘΙ ΘΕ ew ᾽ , "ΟΝ , 3
ἀσβέστῳ" οὐδ᾽ υἱὸν λάθεν ᾿Ατρέος ὀξὺ βοήσας
> , >» 5 ΝΑ , Pe
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ apa εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν 90
«᾿Ἱ 5 “0 ey, , ΄ \
ὦ μοι ἐγών, εἰ μέν κε λίπω κάτα τεύχεα καλὰ
3 tal a lal
Πάτροκλόν θ᾽, ds κεῖται ἐμῆς ἕνεκ᾽ ἐνθάδε τιμῆς,
a ,
μή τίς μοι Δαναῶν νεμεσήσεται, bs κεν ἴδηται.
, / “ a +N \ Ν
εἰ δέ κεν Exropt μοῦνος ἐὼν καὶ Τρωσὶ μάχωμαι
> , ΄, , / dy of Kg
αἰδεσθείς, μὴ πώς με περιστήωσ᾽ ἕνα πολλοί 95
Tpdas δ᾽ ἐνθάδε πάντας ἄγει κορυθαίολος “Extwp.
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ;
ὁππότ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐθέλῃ πρὸς δαίμονα φωτὶ μάχεσθαι
ip ἐθέλῃ πρὸς Baty μάχ
- N a , ε , a ΄,
ὅν κε θεὸς τιμᾷ, τάχα οἱ μέγα πῆμα κυλίσθη.
τῷ μ᾽ οὔ τις Δαναῶν νεμεσήσεται, ὅς κεν ἴδηται 100
"Extopt χωρήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἐκ θεόφιν πολεμίζει.
εἰ δέ που Αἴαντός γε βοὴν ἀγαθοῖο πυθοίμην,
ἄμφω κ᾽ αὖτις ἰόντες ἐπιμνησαίμεθα χάρμης
καὶ πρὸς δαίμονά περ, εἴ πως ἐρυσαίμεθα νεκρὸν
Ὥ 3 aa a t , 5)
[Πηλεΐδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ κακῶν δέ κε φέρτατον εἴη. 105
“Hos ὁ ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,
τόφρα δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώων στίχες ἤλυθον" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ.
ΘΈΑ, (ode) / 3 , ca) Ν ,
αὐτὰρ 6 γ᾽ ἐξοπίσω ἀνεχάζετο, λεῖπε δὲ νεκρόν,
5 , ey Ν Dee /
ἐντροπαλιζόμενος ὥς τε Als ἠϊὐγένειος,
“ € , \ » 5 Ν a ,
ὅν pa κύνες TE καὶ ἄνδρες ἀπὸ σταθμοῖο δίωνται 110
ἔγχεσι καὶ φωνῇ" τοῦ δ᾽ ἐν φρεσὶν ἄλκιμον ἦτορ
a 27 Pod, ὧν DEN ΄ ‘
παχνοῦται, ἀέκων 6€ T ἔβη ἀπὸ μεσσαύλοιο
ὡς ἀπὸ Πατρόκλοιο κίε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος.
στῆ δὲ μεταστρεφθείς, ἐπεὶ ἵκετο ἔθνος ἑταίρων,
παπταίνων Αἴαντα μέγαν, Τελαμώνιον υἱόν. 115
\ Ν ly? Cy Par bee Yous Ὁ / 5.1 38 8 Ν
τὸν δὲ μάλ᾽ ai’ ἐνόησε μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ πάσης
’
ϑαρσύνονθ᾽ ἑτάρους καὶ ἐποτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι"
θεσπέσιον γάρ σφιν φόβον ἔμβαλε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων"
βῆ δὲ θέειν, εἶθαρ δὲ παριστάμενος ἔπος ηὔδα,

17. IAIAAO® P. 101

“ Αἶαν, δεῦρο, πέπον, περὶ Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος
σπεύσομεν, αἴ κε νέκυν περ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ προφέρωμεν

γεν αν ἃ t Ἂς ΑΘ 2 , cf ”
γυμνόν" ἀτὰρ Ta ye τεύχε᾽ ἔχει κορυθαίολος “Exrwp.

a 3 oh.

Qs ἔφατ᾽, Αἴαντι δὲ δαΐφρονι θυμὸν ὄρινε"
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων, ἅμα δὲ ξανθὸς Μενέλαος.

“ Ν , 3 ‘ Ν 4 oe .9: 4

Extwp μὲν [Πάτροκλον ἐπεὶ κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ aTUpa,

) ’ “- tal
Ax’, ἵν᾽ am’ ὦμοιιν κεφαλὴν τάμοι ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
τὸν δὲ νέκυν Τρῳῇσιν ἐρυσσάμενο ὶ δοί

ν Τρῳῇσιν ἐρυσσάμενος κυσὶ δοίη.

Αἴας δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε φέρων σάκος nite πύργον"
ov 2
Exrwp δ᾽ ἂψ és ὅμιλον ἰὼν ἀνεχάζεθ᾽ ἑταίρων,
ἐς δίφρον δ᾽ ἀνόρουσε" δίδου δ᾽ ὅ γε τεύχεα καλὰ

Ν / Ay Se 4 {2 yx > “
Τρωσὶ φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, μέγα κλέος ἔμμεναι AUTO.

,
Αἴας δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ σάκος εὐρὺ καλύψας
ἐ

ἑστήκει ὥς τίς τε λέων περὶ οἷσι τέκεσσιν,

τ 7
ᾧ ῥά τε νήπι᾽ ἄγοντι συναντήσωνται ἐν ὕλῃ
oo 5) - enh Hes ,
ἄνδρες ἐπακτῆρες" ὁ δέ τε σθενεὶ βλεμεαίνει,

- | dee ΤΣ ’ / ef Ν ,ὕ -
πᾶν δέ T ἐπισκύνιον κάτω ἕλκεται ὄσσε καλύπτων
ὡς Αἴας περὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ βεβήκει.
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν, ἀρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος,

ε / , fi Fe N / “ἢ
ἑστήκει, μέγα πένθος ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀέξων.
A ᾽ “ 5) lal

Γλαῦκος δ᾽, Ἱππολόχοιο πάϊς, Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀνδρῶν,
"Extop ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν χαλεπῷ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ"
“Ἕκτορ, εἶδος ἄριστε, μάχης ἄρα πολλὸν ἐδεύεο.
ἢ σ᾽ αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει φύξηλιν ἐόντα.
φράζεο νῦν ὅππως κε πόλιν καὶ ἄστυ σαώσῃς

9 Ἂς val Ν 3 7 b] I -
οἷος σὺν λαοῖσι, Tol ᾿Ιλίῳ ἐγγεγάασιν
οὐ γάρ τις Λυκίων γε μαχησόμενος Δαναοῖσιν
εἶσι περὶ πτόλιος, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρα τις χάρις ἦεν

oh nhs) t Ν 8. ἢ
μάρνασθαι δηΐοισιν ἐπ᾿ ἀνδράσι νωλεμὲς αἰεί.

n Ν vy n 7 ) ὦ
πῶς κε σὺ χείρονα φῶτα σαώσειας μεθ᾽ ὅμιλον,

, 3 \y OSs ef ral Et: a
σχέτλι᾽, ἐπεὶ Σαρπηδόν᾽ ἅμα ξεῖνον καὶ ἑταῖρον

i
κάλλιπες ᾿Αργείοισιν ἕλωρ Kal κύρμα γενέσθαι,

120

125

130

140

145

150

102 17, IAIAAOS P.

ὅς τοι πόλλ᾽ ὄφελος γένετο, πτόλεΐ TE καὶ αὐτῷ,
ζωὸς ἐών' νῦν δ᾽ οὔ οἱ ἀλαλκέμεναι κύνας ἔτλης.
τῷ νῦν εἴ τις ἐμοὶ Λυκίων ἐπιπείσεται ἀνδρῶν
ν ᾽ν» / Ν / yo Μ
οἴκαδ᾽ ἴμεν, Tpoin δὲ πεφήσεται αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος. 155
’ Ν “ Δ) / ᾿ς 5 /
εἰ yap viv Τρώεσσι μένος πολυθαρσὲς ἐνείη,
ἄτρομον, οἷόν 7 ἄνδρας ἐσέρχεται οἱ περὶ πάτρης
- / / , A Lal Ν
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο,
αἶψά κε Πάτροκλον ἐρυσαίμεθα Ἴϊλιον εἴσω.
3 9 Ὁ Sea? / , Ν
εἰ δ᾽ οὗτος προτὶ ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 160
Ν ἂν / > if
ἔλθοι τεθνηὼς καί μιν ἐρυσαίμεθα χάρμης,
αἶψά κεν ᾿Αργεῖοι Σαρπηδόνος ἔντεα καλὰ
λύσειαν. καί κ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀγοίμεθα Ἴλιον εἴσω"
/ Ν / 3 5 / aA (fas ee)
τοίου yap θεράπων πέφατ᾽ ἀνέρος, ὃς μέγ᾽ ἄριστος
᾿Αργείων παρὰ νηυσὶ καὶ ἀγχέμαχοι θεράποντες. 165
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ Αἴαντος μεγαλήτορος οὐκ ἐτάλασσας
7 BA > PINS oh 5] Dee A
στήμεναι ἄντα κατ᾽ ὄσσε ἰδὼν δηΐων ἐν AUTH,
3)
οὐδ᾽ ἰθὺς μαχέσασθαι, ἐπεὶ σέο φέρτερός ἐστι.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Extwp*
“ Γλαῦκε, τίη δὲ σὺ τοῖος ἐὼν ὑπέροπλον ἔειπες ; 170
ὦ πόποι, ἢ τ᾽ ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων,
a “ / ΟῚ , ! °
τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ἐριβώλακα ναιετάουσι
νῦν δέ σευ ὠνοσάμην πάγχυ φρένας, οἷον ἔειπες,
“ / \ yy / > € lal
ὅς τέ με φὴς Αἴαντα πελώριον οὐχ ὑπομεῖναι.
οὔ τοι ἐγὼν ἔρριγα μάχην οὐδὲ κτύπον ἵππων" 175
5 3 at, Ν / , by ’
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεί τε Διὸς κρείσσων νόος αἰγιόχοιο,
ὅς τε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἄνδρα φοβεῖ καὶ ἀφείλετο νίκην
Cys it) EN ? 91 κιὰς 5 ,ὔ /
ῥηϊδίως, ὁτὲ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐποτρύνει μαχέσασθαι.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, πέπον, παρ᾽ ἔμ᾽ ἵστασο καὶ ἴδε ἔργον,
ἠὲ πανημέριος κακὸς ἔσσομαι, ὧς ἀγορεύεις, 180
ἢ τινα καὶ Δαναῶν ἀλκῆς μάλα περ μεμαῶτα
/ 5 / \ , ΄ 22
σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι περὶ Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος.
. > .«᾿
“Ως εἰπὼν Τρώεσσιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀὔσας"

17. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P.

“Τρῷες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταΐ,
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς,
4 x, ἃ 5 Ν ’ “ 5 - Ν 7
opp av ἐγὼν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀμύμονος ἔντεα δύω
καλά, τὰ Πατρόκλοιο βίην ἐνάριξα κατακτάς."

/

‘Os dpa φωνήσας ἀπέβη κορυθαίολος “Extwp

oh b) , τ / 2 τ ε 7
δηΐου ἐκ πολέμοιο θέων δ΄ ἐκίχανεν ἑταίρους
ὦκα μάλ᾽, οὔ πω τῆλε, ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι μετασπών,
οἱ προτὶ ἄστυ φέρον κλυτὰ τεύχεα Πηλεΐωνος.

\ >) 35 ἫΝ , , ” ) ἡ Ε
στὰς ὃ ἀπάνευθε μάχης πολυδακρύου ἔντε᾽ ἄμειβεν
7} τοι ὁ μὲν τὰ ἃ δῶκε φέρειν προτὶ Ἴϊλιον ἱρὴν
Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισιν, ὃ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα τεύχεα δῦνε
Πηλεΐδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος, ἅ οἱ θεοὶ Οὐρανίωνες
πατρὶ φίλῳ ἔπορον" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα ᾧ παιδὶ ὄπασσε

“ t c
/ 5 3 > eX »] 7 \ > /
ynpas* ἀλλ΄ οὐχ υἱὸς ἐν ἔντεσι πατρὸς Eynpa.

Τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἀπάνευθεν ἴδεν νεφεληγερέτα Ζεὺς

i oh , lA
τεύχεσι Πηλεΐδαο κορυσσόμενον θείοιο,
κινήσας ῥα κάρη προτὶ ὃν μυθήσατο θυμόν"

“ἃ δείλ᾽, οὐδέ τί τοι θάνατος καταθύμιός ἐστιν,
ὃς δή τοι σχεδὸν εἶσι σὺ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα τεύχεα δύνεις
5 ΣΝ a , t \¥ 2
ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι
τοῦ δὴ ἑταῖρον ἔπεφνες ἐνηέα τε κρατερόν τε,

ν
τεύχεα δ᾽ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον ἀπὸ κρατός τε καὶ ὥμων
vy Ae ee at 4 a , / 3 7
εἵλευ" ἀτάρ τοι νῦν γε μέγα κράτος ἐγγυαλίξω,
τῶν ποινὴν ὅ τοι οὔ τι μάχης EK νοστήσαντι
δέξεται ᾿Ανδρομάχη κλυτὰ τεύχεα Πηλεΐωνος."

Ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων.
ὝἭ ot wi 4 aN oh a 7 ”

κτορι δ᾽ ἥρμοσε τεύχε᾽ ἐπὶ χροΐ, δῦ de μιν “Apys
δεινὸς ἐνυάλιος, πλῆσθεν δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ pede ἐντὸς
9) On \ , δ ν ay No Rs ,
ἀλκῆς καὶ σθένεος" μετὰ δὲ κλειτοὺς ἐπικούρους
βῆ ῥα μέγα ἰάχων᾽ ἰνδάλλετο δέ σφισι πᾶσι

/, , / ok
τεύχεσι λαμπόμενος μεγαθύμου Πηλεΐωνος.
ὦὥτρυνεν δὲ ἕκαστον ἐποιχόμενος ἐπέεσσι,

1090

195

205

210

215

104 17. IAIAAO® P.

Μέσθλην τε Γλαῦκόν te Μέδοντά τε Θερσίλοχόν Te,
᾿Αστεροπαῖόν τε Δεισήνορά θ᾽ “Ἱππόθοόν τε,
Φόρκυν τε Χρομίον τε καὶ ΓἜννομον οἰωνιστήν᾽"
3

τοὺς ὅ γ᾽ ἐποτρύνων ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
το τ , a , 5) ΄ Ξ

κέκλυτε, μυρία φῦλα περικτιόνων ἐπικούρων
οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ πληθὺν διζήμενος οὐδὲ χατίζων
τὶ χα Ὁ Ψ (δ / 7 ΜΝ e
ἐνθάδ᾽ ad ὑμετέρων πολίων ἤγειρα ἕκαστον,
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μοι Τρώων ἀλόχους καὶ νήπια τέκνα
προφρονέως ῥύοισθε φιλοπτολέμων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.

Ἂν ’ 7, S. a mn
Ta φρονέων δώροισι κατατρύχω Kal ἐδωδῇ

, ε / ey Sits BY Ss

λαούς, ὑμέτερον δὲ ἑκάστου θυμὸν ἀέξω.
τῷ τις νῦν ἰθὺς τετραμμένος ἢ ἀπολέσθω

Ὁ τις νῦν ἰθὺς τετραμμένος ἢ ἃ σ
dN / € Ν, / > if
ἠὲ σαωθήτω" 1) yap πολέμου ὀαριστύς.
ἃ / / \ lal I 4
os δέ κε Πάτροκλον καὶ τεθνηῶτά περ ἔμπης

n 4 «ε / > fe ΝΜ “ is »

Τρῶας ἐς ἱπποδάμους ἐρύσῃ, εἴξη δέ οἱ Αἴας,
Ὁ aS / 5 / Ὁ“ > 3.» ἘΝ
ἥμισυ τῷ ἐνάρων ἀποδάσσομαι, ἥμισυ δ΄ αὑτὸς
ec 5 lon \ / € , Μ “ἤ b] / ”
ἕξω ἐγώ" TO δέ οἱ κλέος ἔσσεται ὅσσον ἐμοί περ.

‘Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἰθὺς Δαναῶν βρίσαντες ἔβησαν,
δούρατ᾽ ἀνασχόμενοι μάλα δέ σφισιν ἔλπετο θυμὸς
νεκρὸν ὑπ’ Αἴαντος ἐρύειν Τελαμωνιάδαο,

> t 9 a2. > “ x 9 7
νήπιοι ἢ τε πολέσσιν ET αὐτῷ θυμὸν ἀπηύρα.
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἴας εἶπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον"
“ὦ πέπον, ὦ Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, οὐκέτι νῶϊ
ἔλπομαι αὐτώ περ νοστησέμεν ἐκ πολέμοιο.
οὔ τι τόσον νέκυος περιδείδια Πατρόκλοιο,
“ / , / ’, 999 » 7
ὅς κε Taxa Τρώων κορέει κύνας 7d οἰωνούς,
4 Sees a ,ὔ / (3
ὅσσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ περιδείδια, μὴ TL πάθῃσι,

Ν “ "} δὴ / / Ν Ι 4
καὶ ON, ἐπεὶ πολέμοιο νέφος περὶ πάντα καλύπτει,
Ἕκτωρ, ἡμῖν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀναφαίνεται αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος.
b) Jt tee ee) cal a t ες 5 ΄ 3)
ἀλλ΄ ay ἀριστῆας Δαναῶν κάλει, ἣν τις ἀκούσῃ.

“Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος,
Hoe Ν , lal [hee
nuoev δὲ διαπρύσιον Δαναοῖσι γεγωνώς

220

225

230

235

240

17. IAIAAOS P.

“ὦ φίλοι ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες,
οἵ τε παρ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδῃς, ᾿Αγαμέμνονι καὶ Μενελάῳ,
δήμια πίνουσιν καὶ σημαίνουσιν ἕκαστος
λαοῖς" ἐκ δὲ Διὸς τιμὴ καὶ κῦδος ὀπηδεῖ.
5» / / ΧΕ “ e
ἀργαλέον δὲ μοί ἐστι διασκοπιᾶσθαι ἕκαστον
ς , Ξ , Ney t , Ὰ
ἡγεμόνων" TOTTH yap ἔρις πολέμοιο δέδηεν
ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω, νεμεσιζέσθω δ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ
’ a >
Πάτροκλον Τρῳῇσι κυσὶν μέλπηθρα γενέσθαι."
a “Ἃ 2
Ὡς ear’, ὀξὺ δ᾽ ἄκουσεν ᾿Οἱλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας"
πρῶτος δ᾽ ἀντίος ἦλθε θέων ἀνὰ δηϊοτῆτα,
Ν X\ a) Ν NT eS) / > fa)
Tov δὲ μετ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς καὶ ὀπάων ᾿Ιδομενῆος,
Μηριόνης, ἀτάλαντος ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἀνδρειφόντῃ.
τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων τίς κεν How φρεσὶν οὐνόματ᾽ εἴποι,
“ N , t EA 2) a
ὅσσοι δὴ μετόπισθε μάχην ἤγειραν ᾿Αχαιῶν ;
na 3 /
Τρῶες δὲ προὔτυψαν ἀολλέες" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ.
3 a a
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἐπὶ προχοῇσι διιπετέος ποταμοῖο
/ / nN be τ ἃ 5 \ / a, Si
BeBpvxev μέγα κῦμα ποτὶ ῥόον, ἀμφὶ δέ τ΄ ἄκραι
3. 7 , Ὁ. , [4 Ν a
nidves βοόωσιν ἐρευγομένης ἁλὸς ἔξω,
τόσσῃ ἄρα Τρῶες ἰαχῇ ἴσαν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ῃ ἄρα Τρῶες ἰαχῇ ἴσαν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχ
ἕστασαν ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ ἕνα θυμὸν ἔχοντες,
, / ~ >) \ > »
φραχθέντες σάκεσιν χαλκήρεσιν᾽ ἀμφὶ d apa σφι
” , ὔ δ} SS
λαμπρῇσιν κορύθεσσι Κρονίων ἠέρα πολλὴν
xed", ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ Μενοιτιάδην ἤχθαιρε πάρος γε,
ὄφρα ζωὸς ἐὼν θεράπων ἣν Αἰακίδαο"
’ >» A \ , ,
μίσησεν δ᾽ ἄρα μιν δηΐων κυσὶ κύρμα γενέσθαι
a “ ἌΣ ΩΝ / ΓΗ ε ,
Τρῳῇσιν" τῷ καί οἱ ἀμυνέμεν ὦρσεν ἑταίρους.
*Qoav δὲ πρότεροι Τρῶες ἑλίκωπας ᾿Αχαιούς"
Ν Ν , ε / > / ’ 9, “
νεκρὸν δὲ προλιπόντες ὑπέτρεσαν, οὐδέ τιν᾽ αὐτῶν
Tpdes ὑπέρθυμοι ἕλον ἔγχεσιν ἱέμενοί περ,
5 Ν , She : , \ \ na? \
ἀλλὰ νέκυν ἐρύοντο᾽ μίνυνθα δὲ καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
μέλλον ἀπέσσεσθαι' μάλα γάρ σφεας Ok ἐλέλιξεν
Alas, ὃς περὶ μὲν εἶδος, περὶ δ᾽ ἔργα τέτυκτο

105

250

260

265

270

275

106 17. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ρ.

n a oh
τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν per’ ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα.
ἴθυσεν δὲ διὰ προμάχων συὶ εἴκελος ἀλκὴν
’ “ > oe) Μ cA / ? 5 \
καπρίῳ, ὅς τ᾽ ἐν ὄρεσσι κύνας θαλερούς τ᾽ αἰζηοὺς
ῥηϊδίως ἐκέδασσεν, ἑλιξάμενος διὰ βήσσας"
ὡς υἱὸς Τελαμῶνος ἀγαυοῦ, φαίδιμος Αἴας,
ca / , 3 / /
ῥεῖα μετεισαμενος Γρώων ἐκέδασσε φάλαγγας,
ἃ \
ot περὶ Πατρόκλῳ βέβασαν, φρόνεον δὲ μάλιστα
ΝΜ , / 3 ,ὔ \ fal 5 f
ἄστυ πότι σφέτερον ἐρύειν καὶ κῦδος ἀρέσθαι.
Ἦ τοὶ τὸν Λήθοιο Πελασγοῦ φαίδιμος υἱός,
ε 4 Nv τῷ \ Ν € ,
ἱππόθοος, ποδὸς ἕλκε κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην,
δησάμενος τελαμῶνι παρὰ σφυρὸν ἀμφὶ τένοντας,
7 Ν , ’ e t > > “
Εκτορι καὶ Τρώεσσι χαριζόμενος" τάχα δ᾽ αὐτῷ
ἦλθε κακόν, τό οἱ οὔ τις ἐρύκακεν ἱεμένων περ.
τὸν δ᾽ υἱὸς Τελαμῶνος ἐπαΐξας δι’ ὁμίλου
nf 5 , , \ ΓΕ ΤΣ
πλῆξ᾽ αὐτοσχεδίην κυνέης διὰ χαλκοπαρῇου
A 3. te / , \ Ἂν 3 Ἐν
npike δ΄ ἱπποδάσεια κόρυς περὶ δουρὸς ἀκωκῇ,
“Ὁ Wed oh / \ \ 7
TANYELT ἐγχεῖ τε μεγάλῳ καὶ χειρὶ παχείῃ,
ἐγκέφαλος δὲ παρ᾽ αὐλὸν ἀνέδραμεν ἐξ ὠτειλῆς

c , an 3 a 7 / 3 J if n
alaroers* τοῦ ὃ αὖθι λύθη μένος, ἐκ δ᾽ Apa χειρῶν

Πατρόκλοιο πόδα μεγαλήτορος ἧκε χαμᾶζε
κεῖσθαι" ὁ δ᾽ ayy’ αὐτοῖο πέσε πρηνὴς ἐπὶ νεκρῷ,
THX ἀπὸ Λαρίσης ἐριβώλακος, οὐδὲ τοκεῦσι
θρέπτρα φίλοις ἀπέδωκε, μινυνθάδιος δέ οἱ αἰὼν
ἔπλεθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Αἴαντος μεγαθύμου δουρὶ δαμέντι.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ adr’ Αἴαντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ"
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος
τυτθόν᾽ ὁ δὲ Σχεδίον, μεγαθύμου ᾿Ιφίτου υἱόν,
Φωκήων ὄχ᾽ ἄριστον, ὃς ἐν κλειτῷ Πανοπῆϊ
οἰκία ναιετάασκε πολέσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἀνάσσων,
τὸν Ban ὑπὸ κληῖδα μέσην" διὰ δ᾽ ἀμπερὲς ἄκρη
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη παρὰ νείατον ὦμον ἀνέσχε"
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.

285

290

τὸ
Φ
wu

300

17. IAIAAOS P.

Alas δ᾽ αὖ Φόρκυνα, δαΐφρονα Φαίνοπος υἱόν,
« ἢ t s \ , Forse
Ἱπποθόῳ περιβάντα μέσην κατὰ γαστέρα τύψε
a 2
ῥῆξε δὲ θώρηκος γύαλον, διὰ δ᾽ ἔντερα χαλκὸς
ἤφυσ᾽" ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι πεσὼν ἕλε γαῖαν ἀγοστῷ.
7
χώρησαν δ᾽ ὑπό τε πρόμαχοι Kal φαίδιμος “Extwp*
᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγα ἴαχον, ἐρύσαντο δὲ νεκρούς,
3 9
Φόρκυν θ᾽ ἽἹππόθοόν τε, λύοντο δὲ τεύχε᾽ aT ὦμων.
“- .“. 3, .3 a
Ἔνθα κεν atte Τρῶες ἀρηϊφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
Ἴλιον εἰσανέβησαν ἀναλκείῃσι δαμέντες,
᾿Αργεῖοι δέ κε κῦδος ἕλον καὶ ὑπὲρ Διὸς αἶσαν
κἀρτεὶ καὶ σθένεϊ σφετέρῳ: ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ᾿Απόλλων
Αἰνείαν ὦὥτρυνε, δέμας Περίφαντι ἐοικώς,
ΙΑ ba) / “ ε \ Ν /
κήρυκ᾽ ᾿Ηπυτίδῃ, ὅς οἱ mapa πατρὶ γέροντι
, , ΄, \ 7ὔ 5ῳ aa
κηρύσσων γήρασκε, φίλα φρεσὶ μήδεα εἰδώς
τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων"
COLAO .κ na dh πιεῖν x >
Αἰνεία, πῶς ἂν καὶ ὑπὲρ θεὸν εἰρύσσαισθε
Ἴλιον αἰπεινήν ; ὡς δὴ ἴδον ἀνέρας ἄλλους
κἀρτεΐ τε σθένεϊ τε πεποιθότας ἠνορέῃ τε
V2 "Δ “ ᾿
πλήθεϊ τε σφετέρῳ, καὶ ὑπερδέα δῆμον ἔχοντας"
lal ὮΝ lal
ἡμῖν δὲ Ζεὺς μὲν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι
> a 9 ’ »
viknv' ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ τρεῖτ᾽ ἄσπετον οὐδὲ μάχεσθε.
3 ,
“Os ἔφατ᾽, Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἑκατηβόλον ᾿Απόλλωνα
Φ , A
ἔγνω ἐσάντα ἰδών, μέγα δ᾽ Ἕκτορα εἶπε βοήσας
4 ἘΣῪ] ,
“"Exrop T ἦδ᾽ ἄλλοι Τρώων ἀγοὶ ἠδ᾽ ἐπικούρων,
a - 9 fal
αἰδὼς μὲν νῦν ἥδε γ᾽, ἀρηϊφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
a /
Ἴλιον εἰσαναβῆναι ἀναλκείῃσι δαμέντας.
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι γάρ τίς φησι θεῶν ἐμοὶ ἄγχι παραστὰς
Ζῆν᾽ ὕπατον μήστωρα μάχης ἐπιτάρροθον εἷναι"
τῷ p ἰθὺς Δαναῶν ἴομεν, μηδ᾽ οἵ γε ἕκηλοι
Πάτροκλον νηυσὶν πελασαίατο τεθνηῶτα."
“Os φάτο, καί pa πολὺ προμάχων ἐξάλμενος ἔστη"
\ » > na
οἱ δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν καὶ ἐναντίοι ἔσταν ᾿Αχαιῶν.

107

335

340

108 17. IAIAAO® P.

’
ἔνθ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας Λειώκριτον οὔτασε δουρί,
υἱὸν ᾿Αρίσβαντος, Λυκομήδεος ἐσθλὸν ἑταῖρον.
τὸν δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησεν ἀρηΐφιλος Λυκομήδης,

Led Ν , τἀν \ 77 Ἂν Ῥ Ν Lal
στῆ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἰών, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
καὶ βάλεν ἹἹππασίδην ᾿Απισάονα, ποιμένα λαῶν,
e ς BN /> 4 νος Ν , teed
ἧπαρ ὑπὸ πραπίδων, εἶθαρ δ᾽ ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν,
ὅς ῥ' ἐκ Παιονίης ἐριβώλακος εἰληλούθει,

Ν Ν 4.5 val 5 , /
καὶ δὲ per ᾿Αστεροπαῖον ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι.

oN 3 “ val
τὸν δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησεν ᾿Αρήϊος ᾿Αστεροπαῖος,
ἴθυσεν δὲ καὶ ὁ πρόφρων Δαναοῖσι μάχεσθαι"
53 3 BA wo > 5, / bs » ,
ἀλλ΄ οὔ πως ETL εἶχε σάκεσσι yap EpXaTO πάντῃ
« 4 \ , \ Ν / 2»
ἑσταότες περὶ Πατρόκλῳ, πρὸ δὲ δούρατ᾽ ἔχοντο.
Αἴας γὰρ μάλα πάντας ἐπῴχετο πολλὰ κελεύων"
+ ἘΣ ἢ ΄ a , >) ,
οὔτε τιν᾽ ἐξοπίσω νεκροῦ χάζεσθαι ἀνώγει
οὔτε τινὰ προμάχεσθαι ᾿Αχαιῶν ἔξοχον ἄλλων,

345

35°

355

ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ βεβάμεν, σχεδόθεν δὲ μάχεσθαι.

ὡς Αἴας ἐπέτελλε πελώριος, αἵματι δὲ χθὼν
\ a
deveTo πορφυρέῳ, Tol δ᾽ ἀγχιστῖνοι ἔπιπτον
νεκροὶ ὁμοῦ Τρώων καὶ ὑπερμενέων ἐπικούρων
\ re TNS ATL Nets eV
καὶ Δαναῶν" οὐδ᾽ ol yap ἀναιμωτί γ᾽ ἐμάχοντο,

, \ x ᾿ f Ν ΓΕ.
παυρότεροι δὲ πολὺ φθίνυθον' μέμνηντο γὰρ αἰεὶ
ἀλλήλοις καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἀλεξέμεναι φόνον αἰπύν.

“Os οἱ μὲν μάρναντο δέμας πυρός, οὐδέ κε φαίης

» 3. 5.7 τ αν " , ᾿
οὔτε TOT ἠέλιον σῶν ἔμμεναι οὔτε σελήνην
Soy. Ν / , 3. ἐν 3. Ψ ΕΣ
ἠέρι γὰρ κατέχοντο μάχης ἐπί θ᾽ ὅσσον ἄριστοι
ἕστασαν ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ κατατεθνηῶτι.

ns τὸ Ἀν ον
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι Τρῶες καὶ ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
i} 3 DAP
εὔκηλοι πολέμιζον ὑπ᾽ αἰθέρι, πέπτατο δ᾽ αὐγὴ
ce ,
ἠελίου ὀξεῖα, νέφος δ᾽ οὐ φαίνετο πάσης
3

γαίης οὐδ᾽ ὀρέων: μεταπαυόμενοι δ᾽ ἐμάχοντο,
ἀλλήλων ἀλεείνοντες βέλεα στονόεντα,

Ν 5) 3
πολλὸν ἀφεσταότες. τοὶ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ ἄλγε᾽ ἔπασχον

360

370

17, IAIAAOS P.

/ / oe a
ἠέρι καὶ πολέμῳ, τείροντο δὲ νηλέϊ χαλκῷ
“ ¥ y ε , et a ,
ὅσσοι ἄριστοι ἔσαν" δύο δ᾽ οὔ πω φῶτε πεπύσθην,
ἀνέρε κυδαλίμω, Θρασυμήδης ᾿Αντίλοχός τε,
Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ἀμύμονος, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔφαντο
ζωὸν ἐνὲ πρώτῳ ὁμάδῳ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι
ρώτῳ ὁμάδῳ Τρ μάχεσθαι.
τὼ δ᾽ ἐπιοσσομένω θάνατον καὶ φύζαν ἑταίρων
νόσφιν ἐμαρνάσθην, ἐπεὶ ὡς ἐπετέλλετο Νέστωρ,
3 ΄ , 4, / >) \ an
ὀτρύνων πόλεμόνδε μελαινάων ἀπὸ νηῶν.
Τοῖς δὲ πανημερίοις ἔριδος μέγα νεῖκος ὀρώρει
3 Ψ' = , Ν Nee a Ν BEN
ἀργαλέης" καμάτῳ δὲ καὶ ἱδρῷ νωλεμὲς αἰεὶ
7 / fod , / SbF :e If c ,
γούνατα τε κνῆμαί Te πόδες θ΄ ὑπένερθεν ἑκάστου
χεῖρές τ᾽ ὀφθαλμοί τε παλάσσετο μαρναμένοιιν
ἀμφ᾽ ἀγαθὸν θεράποντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο.
c Vat cot ae ee , Ν / ΄,
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ταύροιο βοὸς μεγάλοιο βοείην
a 7 , uA > a.
λαοῖσιν δώῃ τανύειν, μεθύουσαν ἀλοιφῇ
δεξάμενοι δ᾽ ἄρα τοί γε διαστάντες τανύουσι
κυκλόσ᾽, ἄφαρ δέ τε ἰκμὰς ἔβη, δύνει δέ τ᾽ ἀλοιφὴ
na [3 ’, d i , Cal Les
πολλῶν ἑλκόντων, τἄνυται δέ τε πᾶσα διαπρό
ὡς οἵ γ᾽ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα νέκυν ὀλίγη ἐνὶ χώργ
La vn OPH
ἕλκεον ἀμφότεροι. μάλα δέ σφισιν ἔλπετο θυμός,
Τρωσὶν μὲν ἐρύειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοῖς
lal 9 “ lal
vijas ἔπι γλαφυράς" περὶ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ μῶλος ὀρώρει
ἄγριος" οὐδέ κ᾽ “Apns λαοσσόος οὐδέ κ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη
τόν γε ἰδοῦσ᾽ ὀνόσαιτ᾽, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μάλα μιν χόλος ἵκοι"
τοῖον Ζεὺς ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ ἵππων
ἤματι τῷ ἐτάνυσσε κακὸν πόνον᾽" οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ τι
ἤδεε Πάτροκλον τεθνηότα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
x DS > / na ,
πολλὸν yap ἀπάνευθε νεῶν μάρναντο θοάων,
7 a Tears y » ” a
τείχει ὕπο Τρώων" τό μιν οὔ ποτε ἔλπετο θυμῷ
/ 3 Ἂς A 5 / UA
τεθνάμεν, ἀλλὰ ζωὸν ἐνιχριμφθέντα πύλῃσιν
μὰ > , b) Ν IO . »¥ /
ἂψ ἀπονοστήσειν, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ TO ἔλπετο πάμπαν,
πόσο , My “ 3. Ὡς S Lin
ἐκπέρσειν πτολίεθρον ἄνευ ἕθεν, οὐδὲ σὺν αὐτῷ

109

380

w
ao
cn

390

395

400

405

110 17. TAIAAOZ® P.

/ Ν ’, a 5 4 , 5 ,ὔ
πολλάκι γὰρ τό γε μητρὸς ἐπεύθετο νόσφιν ἀκούων,
ἥ οἱ ἀπαγγέλλεσκε Διὸς μεγάλοιο νόημα.

Ν ’, 5 » ΓΝ \ , “ 5 4
δὴ τότε γ᾽ οὔ οἱ ἔειπε κακὸν τόσον ὅσσον ἐτύχθη 4το
μήτηρ, ὅττι ῥά οἱ πολὺ φίλτατος ὦλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος.
ε 3 Cpe ‘ Ν >] / ,ὔ 3. Δ
Οἱ δ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ νεκρὸν ἀκαχμένα δούρατ᾽ ἔχοντες

Ν 9 / Noe , 3 /

νωλεμὲς ἐγχρίμπτοντο Kal ἀλλήλους ἐνάριζον"
Ὁ / Μ» » “ , A
ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
“ὦ φίλοι, οὐ μὰν ἧμιν ἐὐκλεὲς ἀπονέεσθαι 418

a a o /
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ γαῖα μέλαινα

- ij ὃ , e LA Ν / »
πᾶσι χάνοι" TO κεν ἣμιν ἄφαρ πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη,
εἰ τοῦτον Τρώεσσι μεθήσομεν ἱπποδάμοισιν
7 , / 5 4 \ lel “3 / 39
ἄστυ πότι σφέτερον ἐρύσαι καὶ κῦδος ἀρέσθαι.

‘Os δέ τις αὖ Τρώων μεγαθύμων αὐδήσασκεν" 420
“ὦ φίλοι, εἰ καὶ μοῖρα παρ᾽ ἀνέρι τῷδε δαμῆναι
πάντας ὁμῶς, μή πώ τις ἐρωείτω πολέμοιο.

a " » ie S97, « /

Qs apa τις εἴπεσκε, μένος δ᾽ ὄρσασκεν ἑταίρου.
/

ὡς οἱ μὲν μάρναντο, σιδήρειος δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸς

, 3
χάλκεον οὐρανὸν ἵκε δι᾿ αἰθέρος ἀτρυγέτοιο" 425
ἵπποι δ᾽ Αἰακίδαο μάχης ἀπάνευθεν ἐόντες

Ὁ Φ Ν Ν. an / € ,
κλαΐον, ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα πυθέσθην ἡνιόχοιο
’

ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο.
7 μὰν Αὐτομέδων, Διώρεος ἄλκιμος vids,

Ἂς Ν a / ἕο ανν | / J
πολλὰ μὲν ἂρ μάστιγι θοῇ ἐπεμαίετο θείνων, 430

Ν Ν , 7 Ν 3.,5 ὩΣ
πολλὰ δὲ μειλιχίοισι προσηύδα, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἀρειῇ

3 +h a
τὼ δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ GW ἐπὶ νῆας ἐπὶ πλατὺν “Ἑλλήσποντον
5 / 9} 2s?) .5 , δ. 9 ΄
ἠθελέτην ἰέναι οὔτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς,
3 7) ey, / / yx “ Lee eT ,
ἀλλ΄ ὡς τε στήλη μένει ἔμπεδον, ἢ τ΄ ἐπὶ τύμβῳ
ἀνέρος ἑστήκῃ τεθνηότος ἠὲ γυναικός, 43

un

ὡς μένον ἀσφαλέως περικαλλέα δίφρον ἔχοντες.
7+ 5 / / / /

οὔδει ἐνισκίμψαντε καρήατα: δάκρυα δέ σφι

θερμὰ κατὰ βλεφάρων χαμάδις ῥέε μυρομένοισιν
« ’ , Ν bee / 7.

ἡνιόχοιο πόθῳ" θαλερὴ δ΄ ἐμιαίνετο χαίτη

17. IAIAAOS P, ἘΠῚῚ

ζεύγλης ἐξεριποῦσα παρὰ ὠγὸν ἀμφοτέρωθεν. 440
, r
μυρομένω δ᾽ ἄρα τώ ye ἰδὼν ἐλέησε Κρονίων,
, Ν / νὰ ἴς ,
κινῆσας δὲ κάρη προτὶ ὃν μυθήσατο θυμόν"
“ἃ δειλώ, τί σφωὶϊ δόμεν Πηλῆϊ ἄνακτι,
-“ fal 9
θνητῷ, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἐστὸν ἀγήρω τ᾽ ἀθανάτω τε.
4 ef ἢ) O43 4 Ν > »+
ἢ ἵνα δυστήνοισι μετ᾽ ἀνδράσιν ἄλγε᾽ ἔχητον; 44
, os NEE RS
ov μὲν γάρ τί πού ἐστιν ὀϊζυρώτερον ἀνδρὸς
/ a » εἰ
πάντων, ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει.
> °
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὰν ὑμῖν ye καὶ ἅρμασι δαιδαλέοισιν
« , > , 2 > Ν ,}
Εκτωρ Πριαμίδης ἐποχήσεται: οὐ γὰρ ἐάσω.
53 > ef «ς Ν 4 δ Ψ 5 a id ΝΜ
ἢ οὐχ ἅλις ὡς καὶ τεύχε᾽ ἔχει καὶ ἐπεύχεται αὔτως; 450
ee 2 3 4 na , ICD 3A fad
σφῶϊν δ᾽ ἐν γούνεσσι Bade μένος ἠδ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ,
4 Ν >? / , 5 /
ὄφρα καὶ Αὐτομέδοντα σαώσετον ἐκ πολέμοιο
na ! a
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς" ἔτι γάρ σφισι κῦδος ὀρέξω,
7 » “ “ 3.5. / τὰ ft?
κτείνειν, ELS ὁ KE νῆας ἐὐσσέλμους ἀφίκωνται
, \
δύῃ τ᾽ ἠέλιος Kal ἐπὶ κνέφας ἱερὸν ἔλθῃ." 455
a aN ¢ CLP pela , > oh
Ὡς εἰπὼν ἵπποισιν ἐνέπνευσεν μένος Hi.
τὼ δ᾽ ἀπὸ χαιτάων κονίην οὐδάσδε βαλόντε
ῥίμφ᾽ ἔφερον θοὸν ἅρμα μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς.
, ὅ.. οἷ: 5 > L ἢ ),.5 , , oe
τοῖσι 6 em Αὐτομέδων μάχετ᾽ ἀχνύμενός περ ἑταίρου,
ἵπποις ἀΐσσων ὥς T αἰγυπιὸς μετὰ χῆνας" 460
ces Ἂς x , e Ν ee > fal
pea μὲν yap φεύγεσκεν ὑπὲκ Τρώων ὀρυμαγδοῦ,
ῥεῖα δ᾽ ἐπαΐξασκε πολὺν καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ὀπάζων.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἥρει φῶτας, ὅτε σεύαιτο διώκειν"
> , ἂψ ba See, 4.8 LS gh Seah 4
ov yap πως ἦν οἷον ἐόνθ᾽ ἱερῷ ἐνὶ δίφρῳ
ἔγχει ἐφορμᾶσθαι καὶ ἐπίσχειν ὠκέας ἵππους. 465
ὀψὲ δὲ δή μιν ἑταῖρος ἀνὴρ ἴδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν
᾿Αλκιμέδων, υἱὸς Λαέρκεος Aipovidao’
a 3 >
στῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν δίφροιο, καὶ Αὐτομέδοντα προσηύδα:
“Αὐτόμεδον, τίς τοί νυ θεῶν νηκερδέα βουλὴν
ἐν στήθεσσιν ἔθηκε, καὶ ἐξέλετο φρένας ἐσθλάς ; 470
οἷον πρὸς Τρῶας μάχεαι πρώτῳ ἐν ὁμίλῳ
pos Τρῶας μάχεαι πρώτῳ ἐν ὁμίλς

112 17. IAIAAOS P.

a Ele Nee ε a » / , 5“
μοῦνος" ἀτάρ τοι ἑταῖρος ἀπέκτατο, τεύχεα δ᾽ “Ἑκτωρ
αὐτὸς ἔχων ὦμοισιν ἀγάλλεται Αἰακίδαο."

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αὐτομέδων προσέφη, Διώρεος υἱός"
““᾿Αλκίμεδον, τίς γάρ τοι ᾿Αχαιῶν ἄλλος ὁμοῖος 475
ἵππων ἀθανάτων ἐχέμεν δμῆσίν τε μένος τε,
εἰ μὴ Πάτροκλος, θεόφιν μήστωρ ἀτάλαντος,

(wos ἐών ; νῦν αὖ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κιχάνει.
ΕῚ Ν Ἂς Ν / Rie 1 ὕ ,
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία σιγαλόεντα
3
δέξαι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἵππων ἀποβήσομαι, ὄφρα μάχωμαι. 48ο
‘Qs ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Αλκιμέδων δὲ βοηθόον ἅρμ᾽ ἐπορούσας
7 / Xe , / /
καρπαλίμως μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία λάζετο χερσίν,
id
Αὐτομέδων δ᾽ ἀπόρουσε" νόησε δὲ φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ,
> / 7 3 7 ΤΑ τὸ \ uP: .
αὐτίκα δ᾽ Αἰνείαν προσεφώνεεν ἐγγὺς ἐόντα
“Αἰνεία, Γρώων βουληφόρε χαλκοχιτώνων, 485
ἵππω τώδ᾽ ἐνόησα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο
ἐς πόλεμον προφανέντε σὺν ἡνιόχοισι κακοῖσι"
τώ κεν ἐελποίμην αἱρησέμεν, εἰ σύ γε θυμῷ
ey 19 / 3 Ν > x ° / “.
σῷ ἐθέλεις, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐφορμηθέντε γε νῶϊ
lal 3 / / / Ν oe 19

τλαῖεν ἐναντίβιον στάντες μαχέσασθαι “Apni. 490

“Ὡς far’, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν ἐὺς πάϊς ᾿Αγχίσαο.

ἊΝ > 399% / / 2 / +
τὼ 6 ἰθὺς βήτην Boens εἰλυμένω Gpovs
αὔῃσι στερεῆσι: πολὺς δ᾽ ἐπελήλατο χαλκός.
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμα Χρομίος τε καὶ ΓΑρητος θεοειδὴς
ἤϊσαν ἀμφότεροι μάλα δέ σφισιν ἔλπετο θυμὸς 495
αὐτώ τε κτενέειν ἐλάαν τ᾽ ἐριαύχενας ἵππους"

Te IN Ἂν. 5, ἣν 3 / /
νήπιοι, οὐδ΄ ap ἔμελλον ἀναιμωτί ye νέεσθαι

Ἂν Ψ..»8 ᾽ / c > > / \ \
αὖτις am Αὐτομέδοντος. ὁ δ᾽ εὐξάμενος Διὶ πατρὶ
ἀλκῆς καὶ σθένεος πλῆτο φρένας ἀμφὶ μελαίνας"

ea 7) f 7 Ν ε tal ΜΗ
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ᾿Αλκιμέδοντα προσηύδα, πιστὸν ἑταῖρον 500
“᾽Αλκίμεδον, μὴ δή μο: ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους, ;
5) x ly? 9 , Do κακῶν ἀξ αὶ νὰ τον
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐμπνείοντε μεταφρένῳ" οὐ γὰρ ἐγώ γε
Ἕκτορα Πριαμίδ ἔ Ἴήσεσθαι dt

ρα ἸΙριαμίδην μένεος σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω,

17. IAIAAO® P.

πρίν γ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος καλλίτριχε βήμεναι ἵππω
νῶϊ κατακτείναντα, φοβῆσαί τε στίχας ἀνδρῶν
7A , 7.9 SN nN , ε ἌΣ
ργείων, 7) κ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐνὶ πρώτοισιν ἁλοίη.
ἃ
Ὡς εἰπὼν Αἴαντε καλέσσατο καὶ Μενέλαον'᾽
“ Αἴαντ᾽, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορε, καὶ Μενέλαε,
ἢ τοι μὲν τὸν νεκρὸν ἐπιτράπεθ᾽ οἵ περ ἄριστοι,
3 3 δ: ἊΣ / ee | / γ᾿ a a
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ βεβάμεν καὶ ἀμύνεσθαι στίχας ἀνδρῶν,
νῶϊν δὲ ζωοῖσιν ἀμύνετε νηλεὲς ἦμαρ᾽
τῇδε γὰρ ἔβρισαν πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα
7
“Extop Αἰνείας θ᾽, ot Τρώων εἰσὶν ἄριστοι.
b) 2 4 Ν a a 5 , al fe
ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται
f ϑ
ἥσω γὰρ καὶ ἐγώ, τὰ δέ κεν Aut πάντα μελήσει."
9 [ Αι 9 Ν oh. , "
Η ῥα, καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
\ oh
καὶ βάλεν ᾿Αρήτοιο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην"
ς ε > ” ow \ Ν » 4
ἢ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔγχος ἔρυτο, διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο χαλκός,
νειαίρῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστρὶ διὰ ζωστῆρος ἔλασσεν.
«ε 9 “.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ὀξὺν ἔχων πέλεκυν αἰζήϊος ἀνήρ,
κόψας ἐξόπιθεν κεράων βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο,
9 / Ν - ε Ν Ν Ses,
va τάμῃ διὰ πᾶσαν, ὁ δὲ προθορὼν ἐρίπῃσιν,
ὡς ἄρ᾽ ὅ γε προθορὼν πέσεν ὕπτιος" ἐν δέ οἱ ἔγχος
7 EN 3 EN , ΄ val
νηδυίοισι μάλ᾽ ὀξὺ κραδαινόμενον λύε γυῖα.
, 3 a
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ Αὐτομέδοντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ"
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος"
πρόσσω γὰρ κατέκυψε, τὸ δ᾽ ἐξόπιθεν δόρυ μακρὸν
οὔδει ἐνισκίμφθη, ἐπὶ δ᾽ οὐρίαχος πελεμίχθη
ἔγχεος" ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀφίει μένος ὄβριμος Αρης.
’, , Ν. / 3 >’ \ ε 4
καί νύ κε δὴ ξιφέεσσ᾽ αὐτοσχεδὸν ὁρμηθήτην,
᾿] , 3 Ν᾿ / a
el μὴ ohw Αἴαντε διέκριναν μεμαῶτε,
οἵ ῥ᾽ ἦλθον καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἑταίρου κικλήσκοντος"
τοὺς ὑποταρβήσαντες ἐχώρησαν πάλιν αὗτις
Ἕκτωρ Αἰνείας τ᾽ ἠδὲ Χρομίος θεοειδής,

"A TOV δὲ κατ᾽ αὖθι λίπον δεδαϊ ένον Ἶτορ,
f
VOL. II. I

113

595

510

on
-
Ly

520

or
bo
οι

114 17. IAIAAOS P.

κείμενον" Αὐτομέδων δὲ θοῷ ἀτάλαντος “Apni
΄ RIED ! ess a " Yu,
τεύχεά τ᾽ ἐξενάριξε καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα
“ἢ δὴ μὰν ὀλίγον γε Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος
κῆρ ἄχεος μεθέηκα χερείονά περ καταπέφνων."
Ως εἰπὼν ἐς δίφρον ἑλὼν ἔναρα βροτόεντα
(ovat Hee tal
θῆκ᾽, ἂν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔβαινε πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν
αἱματόεις ὥς τίς τε λέων κατὰ ταῦρον ἐδηδώς.
Δ 3
Ay δ᾽ ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ τέτατο κρατερὴ ὑσμίνη
4 al 3 ,
ἀργαλέη πολύδακρυς, ἔγειρε δὲ νεῖκος ᾿Αθήνη
οὐρανόθεν καταβᾶσα' προῆκε γὰρ εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς
Leet, he ok , 5, ἢ ἮΝ Saat
ὀρνύμεναι Δαναούς" δὴ γὰρ νόος ἐτράπετ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
el A 9 a
ἠῦτε πορφυρέην tpiv θνητοῖσι τανύσσῃ
aN /
Ζεὺς ἐξ οὐρανόθεν, τέρας ἔμμεναι ἢ πολέμοιο,
ΑΝ \ a / “ cr ot 4
ἢ Kal χειμῶνος δυσθαλπέος, ὅς pa τε ἔργων
> , 3. ὦν 5K 4 a Ν /
ἀνθρώπους ἀνέπαυσεν ἐπὶ χθονί, μῆλα δὲ κήδει,
ἃ ς / / / ἃ UN
os ἢ Toppupen νεφέλῃ πυκάσασα € αὑτὴν
7, a an εἰ
δύσετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἔθνος, ἔγειρε δὲ φῶτα ἕκαστον.
lal PA) / eX 3 , 4
πρῶτον δ᾽ ᾿Ατρέος υἱὸν ἐποτρύνουσα προσηΐδα,
ἴφθιμον Μενέλαον---ὁ γάρ ῥά οἱ ἐγγύθεν ἦεν---
> ͵ , ͵ κ 2 ; γε
εἰσαμένη Φοίνικι δέμας καὶ ἀτειρέα φωνήν
“ σοὶ μὲν δή, Μενέλαε, κατηφείη καὶ ὄνειδος
Υ ee) a 5 a \ ε ἴω
ἔσσεται, εἴ K ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀγαυοῦ πιστὸν ἑταῖρον
“ Ὁ“ , / [4 id /
τείχει ὕπο Τρώων ταχέες κύνες ἑλκήσουσιν.
2! > + la 4 Ν Ν ef bb)
ἀλλ΄ ἔχεο κρατερῶς, ὄτρυνε δὲ λαὸν ἅπαντα.
a , .
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος
val /
“Φοῖνιξ, ἄττα γεραιὲ παλαιγενές, εἰ yap ᾿Αθήνη
7 > 7 ,ὔ 203 , >) τὰ
δοίη κάρτος ἐμοί, βελέων 6 ἀπερύκοι ἐρωήν"
τῷ κεν ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐθέλοιμι παρεστάμεναι καὶ ἀμύνειν

, τ I , \ 5) t ,
Πατρόκλῳ᾽ μάλα yap με θανὼν ἐσεμάσσατο θυμόν.
/
ἀλλ᾽ Ἕκτωρ πυρὸς αἰνὸν ἔχει μένος, οὐδ᾽ ἀπολήγει

χαλκῷ δηϊόων" τῷ γὰρ Ζεὺς κῦδος ὀπάζει."
“Qs φάτο, γήθησεν δὲ θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη;

540

545

559

555

560

565

17. LAIAAOS P.

(4 er ε / fal ’ , /
ὅττι ῥά οἱ πάμπρωτα θεῶν ἠρήσατο πάντων.
5 Ν 7 ΝΜ eae. / yo
ἐν δὲ βίην ὦμοισι Kal ἐν yovverow ἔθηκε,
/ ε ’ὔ / oN fa tenes.
καί ot μυίης θάρσος ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐνῆκεν,
e δα 7 ! Ν 5 /
ἣ τε Kal ἐργομένη μάλα περ χροὸς ἀνδρομέοιο
> / ὃ / N , / - Cat ee) 6 , =
ἰσχανάᾳ δακέειν, λαρόν τέ οἱ αἷμ᾽ ἀνθρώπου
τοίου μιν θάρσευς πλῆσε φρένας ἀμφὶ μελαίνας,
βῆ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ.
ἔσκε δ᾽ ἐνὶ Τρώεσσι ΠΠοδῆς, vids ᾿Ηετίωνος,
ἀφνειός T ἀγαθός Te μάλιστα δέ μιν τίεν “Extwp
/ lal »/
δήμου, ἐπεί οἱ ἑταῖρος ἔην φίλος εἰλαπιναστής"
τόν pa κατὰ ζωστῆρα βάλε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος
oh
ἀΐξαντα φόβονδε, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσε"
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών᾽ ἀτὰρ ᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος
Ἂς « Ν , x Ἂν 4 c 1d
νεκρὸν ὑπὲκ Τρώων ἔρυσεν μετὰ ἔθνος ἑταίρων.
, 3
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενος ὦτρυνεν ᾿Απόλλων,
’ὔὕ 3 / - 7 “ ene /
Φαίνοπι ᾿Ασιάδῃ ἐναλίγκιος, ὅς οἱ ἁπάντων
ξείνων φίλτατος ἔσκεν, ᾿Αβυδόθι οἰκία ναίων"
[τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων Ἶ᾽
τ an
“Ἕκτορ, τίς κέ σ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν ταρβήσειεν ;
e Ν / « , a BY /
οἷον δὴ Μενέλαον ὑπέτρεσας, Os TO πάρος γε
\ 5) Vote a ἅν εν 3, ay,
μαλθακὸς αἰχμητής᾽ νῦν δ᾽ οἴχεται οἷος ἀείρας
Ν (ee , Ν oo Ν « Tal
νεκρὸν ὑπὲκ Τρώων, σὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε πιστὸν ἑταῖρον,
ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι, ἸΠοδῆν, υἱὸν ᾿Ηετίωνος.᾽"
ἃ
Ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἄχεος νεφέλη ἐκάλυψε μέλαινα,
an Ν Ν ! / ce
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ.
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρα Κρονίδης ἕλετ᾽ αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν
μαρμαρέην, Ἴδην δὲ κατὰ νεφέεσσι κάλυψεν,
ἀστράψας δὲ μάλα μεγάλ᾽ ἔκτυπε, τὴν δ᾽ ἐτίναξε,
3
νίκην δὲ Τρώεσσι δίδου, ἐφόβησε δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς.
Πρῶτος Πηνέλεως Βοιώτιος ἦρχε φόβοιο.
βλῆτο γὰρ ὦμον δουρὶ πρόσω τετραμμένος αἰεὶ
A
ἄκρον ἐπιλίγδην" γράψεν δέ οἱ ὀστέον ἄχρις

I2

σι
-
ο

σι
-J
σι

580

cn
oO
σι

59°

116 τῇ, IAIAAOS P,

αἰχμὴ Πουλυδάμαντος" 6 yap ῥ᾽' ἔβαλε σχεδὸν ἐλθών.
Λήϊτον αὖθ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ σχεδὸν οὔτασε χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ καρπῷ, 601
] ρσχ χερ PT,
ἘΠΕῚ a9 , , a τ ! ;
υἱὸν ᾿Αλεκτρυόνος μεγαθύμου, παῦσε δὲ χάρμης
, Xx / 5 \ > / x “ad
τρέσσε δὲ παπτήνας, ἐπεὶ οὐκέτι ἔλπετο θυμῷ
ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρὶ μαχήσεσθαι Τρώεσσιν.
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς μετὰ Λήϊτον ὁρμηθέντα 605
, , Ν a \ (gee
βεβλήκει θώρηκα κατὰ στῆθος Tapa μαζόν
3 ca) 3 La! A BS / ‘ Ἢ ,
ἐν καυλῷ δ᾽ Eayn δολιχὸν δόρυ, τοὶ δ᾽ ἐβόησαν
Τρῶες" ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενῆος ἀκόντισε Δευκαλίδαο
δίφρῳ ἐφεσταότος" τοῦ μέν p ἀπὸ τυτθὸν ἅμαρτεν"
ρῳ ἐφεσταότος" τοῦ μέν p ἀπὸ τυτθὸν ἅμαρ
es id , 5 / , ae / ,
αὐτὰρ ὁ Μηριόναο ὀπάονά θ᾽ ἡνίοχόν τε, 610
Κοίρανον, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐκ Λύκτου ἐϊκτιμένης ἕπετ᾽ αὐτῷ---
Ν ἊΣ Ν a \ ly 5 4
πεζὸς yap τὰ πρῶτα λιπὼν νέας ἀμφιελίσσας
ἤλυθε, καί κε Τρωσὶ μέγα κράτος ἐγγυάλιξεν,
5 Ν. , > / Ν [τ .
εἰ μὴ Κοίρανος ὦκα ποδώκεας ἤλασεν ἵππους
καὶ τῷ μὲν φάος ἦλθεν, ἄμυνε δὲ νηλεὲς ἦμαρ, 615
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὦλεσε θυμὸν ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο---
τὸν βάλ᾽ ὑπὸ γναθμοῖο καὶ οὔατος, ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀδόντας
ὌΝ ’ , INS Ν a Ψ, /
aoe δόρυ πρυμνόν, διὰ δὲ γλῶσσαν τάμε μέσσην.
+o : ἈΠ} ’ / Ν δ. fe “ Ν
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, κατὰ δ᾽ ἡνία χεῦεν ἔραζε.
καὶ τά γε Μηριόνης ἔλαβεν χείρεσσι φίλῃσι 620
κύψας ἐκ πεδίοιο, καὶ ᾿Ιδομενῆα προσηύδα"
‘ec , a eS Ν SN a “ Ξ
μάστιε νῦν, ἣδς κε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἵκηαι
/ Ν \ Me “ 3 5» , 9 n ΡΣ]
γιγνώσκεις δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅ T οὐκέτι κάρτος ᾿Αχαιῶν.
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἵμασεν καλλίτριχας ἵππους
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς" δὴ γὰρ δέος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ. 625
Οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ Αἴαντα μεγαλήτορα καὶ Μενέλαον
Ζεύς, ὅτε δὴ Τρώεσσι δίδου ἑτεραλκέα νίκην.
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας"
co ἃ , ΝΜ / via ’ , 5
ὦ πόποι, ἤδη μέν κε καὶ ὃς μάλα νήπιός ἐστι
7 sg Nf. Ἂς Ν 2 ee, 5 /
γνοίη ὅτι Τρώεσσι πατὴρ Ζεὺς αὐτὸς ἀρήγει. 630
n Ν DS / , Xe “ b) ’ὕ
τῶν μὲν γὰρ πάντων Bere ἅπτεται, ὃς τις ἀφηῃ;

17. IATAAOS Ρ,

ΝΥ \ ἫΝ \ > ’ i‘
ἢ κακὸς 7) ἀγαθός" Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἔμπης πάντ᾽ ἰθύνει

etal 3 ΝΜ - 2 , 7 x

ἡμῖν δ᾽ αὔτως πᾶσιν ἐτώσια πίπτει ἔραζε.

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγετ᾽ αὐτοί περ φραζώμεθα μῆτιν ἀρίστην,

TS “ \ ἈΝ UE x OX \ 3 Ν
ἠμὲν ὅπως τὸν νεκρὸν ἐρύσσομεν, ἠδὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ

4 , ε / ᾽ὔ fe
χάρμα φίλοις ἑτάροισι γενώμεθα νοστήσαντες,

“ ro Tp NS la 3 / ᾽ ϑι5. ν \
οἵ που δεῦρ᾽ ὁρόωντες ἀκηχέδατ᾽, οὐδ΄ ἔτι φασὶν
5 , / \ tal ΜΝ

Exropos ἀνδροφόνοιο μένος καὶ χεῖρας ἀάπτους

/ 3 5 23 \ / “
σχήσεσθ', ἀλλ᾽ ἐν νηυσὶ μελαίνῃσιν πεσέεσθαι.

ν» 2 ῬΑ ε a 5 Ω
εἴη δ᾽ ὅς τις ἑταῖρος ἀπαγγείλειε τάχιστα
Πηλεΐδῃ, ἐπεὶ οὔ μιν ὀΐομαι οὐδὲ πεπύσθαι
λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης, ὅτι οἱ φίλος ὥλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος.
ἀλλ᾽ οὔ πῃ δύναμαι ἰδέειν τοιοῦτον ᾿Αχαιῶν"
ἠέρι γὰρ κατέχονται ὁμῶς αὐτοί τε καὶ ἵπποι.

a a 9 a
Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ σὺ ῥῦσαι ὑπ᾽ ἠέρος vias ᾿Αχαιῶν,
ποίησον δ᾽ αἴθρην, δὸς δ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδέσθαι"
ἐν δὲ φάει καὶ ὄλεσσον, ἐπεί νύ τοι εὔαδεν οὕτως.

Ὡς φάτο, τὸν δὲ πατὴρ ὀλοφύρατο δάκρυ χέοντα᾽

- es έν διῇ Ν / Nees a Yee fc
αὐτίκα ὃ ἠέρα μὲν σκέδασεν καὶ ἀπῶσεν ὀμίχλην,
ἠέλιος δ᾽ ἐπέλαμψε, μάχη δ᾽ ἐπὶ πᾶσα φαάνθη"
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἴας εἶπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον"

a 7
“ἐ σκέπτεο νῦν, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, αἴ κεν ἴδηαι
ζωὸν ἔτ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχον, μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱόν,
ὄτρυνον δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαΐφρονι θᾶσσον ἰόντα
εἰπεῖν ὅττι ῥά οἱ πολὺ φίλτατος ὥλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος."

Ὡς par’, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος,
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι ὥς τίς τε λέων ἀπὸ μεσσαύλοιο,

id 3. Ὁ hae 2 / , as ἜΝ i
ὅς τ’ ἐπεὶ ἄρ κε κάμῃσι κύνας τ᾽ ἄνδρας τ᾽ ἐρεθίζων,

7 td > bial a Se “ δὰ ἢ
οἵ τέ μιν οὐκ εἰῶσι βοῶν ἐκ πῖαρ ἑλέσθαι
πάννυχοι ἐγρήσσοντες" 6 δὲ κρειῶν ἐρατίζων
54. 5 ieee 4 , , >S LY
ἰθύει, ἀλλ΄ οὔ τι πρήσσει' θαμέες yap ἄκοντες
ἀντίον ἀΐσσουσι θρασειάων ἀπὸ χειρῶν,
καιόμεναί τε δεταί, τάς τε τρεῖ ἐσσύμενός TEP"

σι
Ww
ur

640

645

nN
on
fr

660

118 17. IATAAOS Ῥ,

5

“ 3. ae 7 eA
ἠῶθεν 6 ἀπονόσφιν ἔβη τετιηότι θυμῷ ᾿
ὡς ἀπὸ Πατρόκλοιο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος 665
ee 3
ἤϊε πόλλ᾽ ἀέκων" περὶ γὰρ δίε μή μιν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ἀργαλέου πρὸ φόβοιο ἕλωρ δηΐοισι λίποιεν.
πολλὰ δὲ Μηριόνῃ τε καὶ Αἰάντεσσ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν"
«
“Αἴαντ᾽, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορε, Μηριόνη τε,
νῦν τις ἐνηείης Πατροκλῆος δειλοῖο 670
prvncdcdw: πᾶσιν yap ἐπίστατο μείλιχος εἶναι
ζωὸς ἐών νῦν αὖ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κιχάνει.
ἃ ΄ / Ἷ
Qs ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος,
/ / “ 3 3 , “ Cur. ,
πάντοσε παπταίνων ὥς T αἰετός, ὅν ῥά τέ φασιν
ΡΝ ΘΝ Ii « if, “
ὀξύτατον δέρκεσθαι ὑπουρανίων πετεηνῶν, 675
ϑ 3 »
ὅν Te καὶ ὑψόθ᾽ ἐόντα πόδας ταχὺς οὐκ ἔλαθε πτὼξ
, ε» : =
θάμνῳ ὑπ᾽ ἀμφικόμῳ κατακείμενος, ἀλλά τ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
ἔσσυτο, καί τέ μιν ὦκα λαβὼν ἐξείλετο θυμόν.
ὡς τότε σοί, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ὄσσε φαεινὼ
ld ’, J Soy, € 4
πάντὸσε δινείσθην πολέων κατὰ ἔθνος ETAaipwr, 680
Μ / eX x , y+
εἴ που Νέστορος υἱὸν ἔτι ζώοντα ἴδοιτο.
Ν ἊΝ ΠῚ i“ 1%) 4, / pee Wy | Ν ͵7
τὸν δὲ MAA al ἐνόησε μάχης ἐπ ἀριστερὰ πάσης
θαρσύνονθ᾽ ἑτάρους καὶ ἐποτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι,
“ 3 X
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος"
3 3 a
“°Aptitox’, εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, διοτρεφές, ὄφρα πύθηαι 685
λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης, ἣ μὴ ὥφελλε γενέσθαι.
bY Ν Ν \ ΤᾺ, 5. > ,
ἤδη μὲν σὲ Kal αὐτὸν ὀΐομαι εἰσορόωντα
/ “ Led Ν lal 1d
γιγνώσκειν ὅτι πῆμα θεὸς Δαναοῖσι κυλίνδει,
νίκη δὲ Τρώων: πέφαται δ᾽ ὥριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
/ cr
Πάτροκλος, μεγάλη δὲ ποθὴ Δαναοῖσι τέτυκται. 690
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ all’ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ θέων ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
εἰπεῖν, αἴ κε τάχιστα νέκυν ἐπὶ νῆα σαώσῃ
Pn et). iN , dee IIE / “ »
yupvov' ἀτὰρ Ta ye Tevxe ἔχει κορυθαίολος “Extwp.
a 93 a
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ κατέστυγε μῦθον ἀκούσας"
δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε, τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε 695

17, IAIAAOS P.

δακρυόφι πλῆσθεν, θαλερὴ δέ οἱ ἔσχετο φωνή.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὡς Μενελάου ἐφημοσύνης ἀμέλησε,
βῆ δὲ θέειν, τὰ δέ τεύχε᾽ ἀμύμονι δῶκεν ἑταίρῳ

] ’ XE apup. ρῳ,
Λαοδόκῳ, ὅς οἱ σχεδὸν ἔστρεφε μώνυχας ἵππους.

Τὸν μὲν δάκρυ χέοντα πόδες φέρον ἐκ πολέμοιο,

v4 2 Dee x 4 > /

Πηλεΐδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ κακὸν ἔπος ἀγγελέοντα.
οὐδ᾽ ἄρα σοί, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ἤθελε θυμὸς

5 “ er, 5 , Υ δεν ee
τειρομένοις ἑτάροισιν ἀμυνέμεν, ἔνθεν ἀπῆλθεν
᾿Αντίλοχος, μεγάλη δὲ ποθὴ Πυλίοισιν ἐτύχθη"
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε τοῖσιν μὲν Θρασυμήδεα δῖον ἀνῆκεν,
αὐτὸς δ᾽ atr ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ βεβήκει,
στῆ δὲ παρ᾽ Αἰάντεσσι θέων, εἶθαρ δὲ προσηύδα:
“ κεῖνον μὲν δὴ νηυσὶν ἐπιπροέηκα θοῇσιν,

“ 9 lal

ἐλθεῖν εἰς ᾿Αχιλῆα πόδας ταχύν᾽ οὐδέ μιν οἴω

a σ
νῦν ἰέναι μάλα περ κεχολωμένον “Ἑικτορι δίῳ"
οὐ γάρ πως ἂν γυμνὸς ἐὼν Τρώεσσι μάχοιτο.
« lal > > / , Les 5 la
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ αὐτοί περ φραζώμεθα μῆτιν ἀρίστην,

> Ν “ Ν Ν > My OX \ 2 Ν
ἠμὲν ὅπως τὸν νεκρὸν ἐρύσσομεν, ἠδὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ
Τρώων ἐξ ἐνοπῆς θάνατον καὶ κῆρα φύγωμεν."

Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας"

ΞΕ », ὦ y 2 1. 9 ἢ Ἶ

πάντα κατ᾽ αἷσαν ἔειπες, ἀγακλεὲς ὦ Μενέλαε
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν καὶ Μηριόνης ὑποδύντε μάλ᾽ ὦκα

Nine? , 9) 3 ΄ Ff Sea Ey,

νεκρὸν ἀείραντες φέρετ᾽ ἐκ πόνου" αὐτὰρ ὄπισθε

Ae , / Vo ΄
vot μαχησόμεθα ρωσίν τε καὶ ᾿ ἕκτορι δίῳ,
ἴσον θυμὸν ἔχοντες ὁμώνυμοι, ol τὸ πάρος περ
μίμνομεν ὀξὺν “Apna παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι μένοντες.᾽"

“Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα νεκρὸν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ἀγκάζοντο

ὕψι μάλα μεγάλως" ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἴαχε λαὸς ὄπισθε
Τρωϊκός, ὡς εἴδοντο νέκυν αἴροντας ᾿Αχαιούς.
» Ν / 5) , Sig adn SN A
ἴθυσαν δὲ κύνεσσιν ἐοικότες, οἵ τ᾿ ἐπὶ κάπρῳ

/ ba \ Ἢ , 4
βλημένῳ ἀΐξωσι πρὸ Kovpwv θηρητήρων
ἕως μὲν γάρ τε θέουσι διαρραῖσαι μεμαῶτες,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐν τοῖσιν ἑλίξεται ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς,

110

700

“1
fe)
σι

710

715

“I
te
°

725

120 17. TAIAAOS P,

3 , 3
ay τ᾽ ἀνεχώρησαν διά τ᾽ ἔτρεσαν ἄλλυδις ἄλλος.
ὡς Τρῶες ἧος μὲν ὁμιλαδὸν αἰὲν ἕποντο,
, 7 ΄ \ τον 5 4
νύσσοντες ξίφεσίν τε καὶ ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισιν"
᾽ , by
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ Αἴαντε μεταστρεφθέντε κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς
ὕ n SS / , 3 x
σταίησαν, τῶν δὲ τράπετο χρώς, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη
ok a
πρόσσω ἀΐξας περὶ νεκροῦ δηριάασθαι.
a ? a
Qs of γ᾽ ἐμμεμαῶτε νέκυν φέρον ἐκ πολέμοιο
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς" ἐπὶ δὲ πτόλεμος τέτατό σφιν
ἄγριος ἠΐτε πῦρ, τό τ᾽ ἐπεσσύμενον πόλιν ἀνδρῶν
ὄρμενον ἐξαίφνης φλεγέθει, μινύθουσι. δὲ οἷκοι
ἐν σέλαϊ μεγάλῳ’ τὸ δ᾽ ἐπιβρέμει ts ἀνέμοιο.
ὡς μὲν τοῖς ἵππων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν αἰχμητάων
5 Nye 9 We eae Ε , "
ἀζηχὴς ὀρυμαγδὸς ἐπήϊεν ἐρχομένοισιν
οἱ δ᾽ ὥς θ᾽ ἡμίονοι κρατερὸν μένος ἀμφιβαλόντες
e 3" 5 Μ Ν 4, 5 Ν
ἕλκωσ᾽ ἐξ ὄρεος κατὰ παιπαλόεσσαν ἀταρπὸν
δ ΜΕΝ ας RD, , Daz San ce 93 , N
ἢ δοκὸν ἠὲ δόρυ μέγα νήϊον᾽ ἐν δέ τε θυμὸς
τείρεθ᾽ ὁμοῦ καμάτῳ τε καὶ ἱδρῷ σπευδόντεσσιν"
t ε
ἃ 3 det bo lot , / a a ¥
ὡς of γ᾽ ἐμμεμαῶτε νέκυν φέρον. αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν
i
Αἴαντ᾽ ἰσχανέτην, ὥς Te πρὼν ἰσχάνει ὕδωρ
« / ἡ 4 ,
ὑλήεις, πεδίοιο διαπρύσιον τετυχηκώς,
ὅς τε καὶ ἰφθίμων ποταμῶν ἀλεγεινὰ ῥέεθρα
ἴσχει, ἄφαρ δέ τε πᾶσι ῥόον πεδίονδε τίθησι
/ ς ἡ , / δος a cr
πλάζων" οὐδέ τί μιν σθένεϊ ῥηγνῦσι ῥέοντες"
A Ψ, ἐδ » / 3 / > /
ws αἰεὶ Αἴαντε μάχην ἀνέεργον ὀπίσσω
Τρώων" οἱ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο, δύω δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι μάλιστα,
Αἰνείας τ᾽ ᾿Αγχισιάδης καὶ φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ.
τῶν δ᾽ ὥς τε ψαρῶν νέφος ἔρχεται ἠὲ κολοιῶν,
Ss 7 “ ah +7
οὗλον κεκλήγοντες, ὅτε προΐδωσιν ἰόντα
κίρκον, ὅ τε σμικρῇσι φόνον φέρει ὀρνίθεσσιν,
ὡς ἄρ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ τε καὶ Ἕκτορι κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν
a /
οὗλον κεκλήγοντες ἴσαν, λήθοντο δὲ χάρμης.

ἦν Pd / /
πολλὰ δὲ τεύχεα καλὰ πέσον περί T ἀμφί τε τάφρον

n / b 5 + ee) ,
φευγόντων Δαναῶν" πολέμου δ᾽ od ylyveT ἐρωή.

730

wT
w
on

740

TAITAAOZ Σ

Ὃπλοποιία.

a « Ν / / Ν 5 /
Ὡς οἱ μὲν μάρναντο δέμας πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο,
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πόδας ταχὺς ἄγγελος ἦλθε.
τὸν δ᾽ εὗρε προπάροιθε νεῶν ὀρθοκραιράων
τὰ φρονέοντ᾽ ἀνὰ θυμὸν ἃ δὴ τετελεσμένα ἦεν"
> / Qs) > \ ἃ Vs ,
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν"
cy “Ὁ ἢ Ἂν. 9 eat) ον , , > \
ὦ μοι ἐγώ, τί τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ adre κάρη κομόωντες ᾽Αχαιοὶ
Ν Ν / Ἂ , ᾿ς
νηυσὶν ἔπι κλονέονται ἀτυζόμενοι πεδίοιο;
μὴ δή μοι τελέσωσι θεοὶ κακὰ κήδεα θυμῷ,
“ Ψ, , £ , ΝΜ
ὥς ποτέ μοι μήτηρ διεπέφραδε, καί μοι ἔειπε
Μυρμιδόνων τὸν ἄριστον ἔτι ζώοντος ἐμεῖο
χερσὶν ὕπο Τρώων λείψειν φάος ἠελίοιο.
ἢ μάλα δὴ τέθνηκε Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος vids,
LU Bi. MS! 15.. Ae b) ! fas A
σχέτλιος" ἢ T ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ
ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν, μηδ᾽ “Ἕκτορι ἶφι μάχεσθαι."
*Hos ὁ ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,
τόφρα οἱ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθεν ἀγαυοῦ Νέστορος υἱός,
δάκρυα θερμὰ χέων, φάτο δ᾽ ἀγγελίην ἀλεγεινήν"
“ἐᾧ μοι, Πηλέος υἱὲ δαΐφρονος, 7) μάλα λυγρῆς
πεύσεαι ἀγγελίης, i) μὴ ὥφελλε γενέσθαι.
κεῖται Πάτροκλος, νέκυος δὲ δὴ ἀμφιμάχονται
a SN / / > 8} / 7 ”
γυμνοῦ" ἀτὰρ Ta ye τεύχε᾽ ἔχει κορυθαίολος “Extwp.
‘Os φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἄχεος νεφέλη ἐκάλυψε μέλαινα"
ἀμφοτέρῃσι δὲ χερσὶν ἑλὼν κόνιν αἰθαλόεσσαν

10

20

122 18. IAIAAOS &.

, N fal , > , ὰ
χεύατο κὰκ κεφαλῆς, χαρίεν 6 ἤσχυνε πρόσωπον

ταρέῳ δὲ χιτῶνι μέλαιν᾽ ἀμφίζανε TE
νεκταρέῳ δὲ χιτῶνι μέλαιν᾽ ἀμφίζανε τέφρη.

. ΕΣ 3 ὦ / “ \ \
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐν κονίησι μέγας μεγαλωστὶ τανυσθεὶς

a , Ν \ , 4 “fh
κεῖτο, φίλῃσι δὲ χερσὶ κόμην ἤσχυνε δαΐζων.

3 oh

Suwat δ᾽ ἃς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ληΐσσατο ἸΠάτροκλός τε
θυμὸν ἀκηχέμεναι μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχον, ἐκ δὲ θύραζε
ἔδραμον ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα δαΐφρονα, χερσὶ δὲ πᾶσαι

, / /, ae \ tal «
στήθεα πεπλήγοντο, λύθεν δ’ ὑπὸ γυῖα ἑκάστης.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ὀδύρετο δάκρυα λείβων,
χεῖρας ἔχων ᾿Αχιλῆος" ὁ δ᾽ ἔστενε κυδάλιμον κῆρ

/ BS Ν \ > / ,
δείδιε yap μὴ λαιμὸν ἀπαμήσειε σιδήρῳ.

, 3. ΙΝ ΡΟ, ᾿ς /
σμερδαλέον δ᾽ ὠμωξεν" ἄκουσε δὲ πότνια μήτηρ
€ / ΞΣ / «ε \ Ν \ /
ἡμένη ἐν βένθεσσιν ἁλὸς Tapa πατρὶ γέροντι,

΄ " λον : Nin > ἢ
κώκυσέν T ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα" θεαὶ δέ μι:' ἀμφαγέροντο,
πᾶσαι ὅσαι κατὰ βένθος ἁλὸς Νηρηΐδες ἦσαν.
ἔνθ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔην Γλαύκη τε Θάλειά τε Κυμοδόκη τε,
Νησαίη Σπειώ τε Θόη θ᾽ ᾿Αλίη τε βοῶπις,
Κυμοθόη τε καὶ ᾿Ακταίη καὶ Λιμνώρεια
καὶ Μελίτη καὶ Ἴαιρα καὶ ᾿Αμφιθόη καὶ ᾿Αγαύη,
Δωτώ τε Πρωτώ τε Φέρουσά τε Δυναμένη τε,
Δεξαμένη τε καὶ ᾿Αμφινόμη καὶ Καλλιάνειρα,
Δωρὶς καὶ Πανόπη καὶ ἀγακλειτὴ Γαλάτεια,
Νημερτής τε καὶ ᾿Αψευδὴς καὶ Καλλιάνασσα"
ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔην Κλυμένη ᾿Ιἀάνειρά τε καὶ ᾿Ιάνασσα,
Μαῖρα καὶ ᾿Ωρείθυια ἐὐπλόκαμός τ᾽ ᾿Αμάθεια,
ἄλλαι θ᾽ αἱ κατὰ βένθος ἁλὸς Νηρηΐδες ἦσαν.

a x Ἂν το ΄ὔ “ . € Io a
τῶν δὲ Kal apyvpeor TANTO σπέος" αἱ δ᾽ ἅμα πᾶσαι
στήθεα πεπλήγοντο, Θέτις δ᾽ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο"

“ἐ κλῦτε, κασίγνηται Νηρηΐδες, ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ πᾶσαι

16 a 3. 7 F389: “ιν ἠὸ θ lal

elder” ἀκούουσαι ὅσ᾽ ἐμῷ ἔνι κήδεα θυμῷ.

BA LAN: / ΝΜ /

ὦ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή, ὦ μοι δυσαριστοτόκεια,

ἢ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ Gp τέκον υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερὸν τε.

25

320

28

40

45

50

: 18. TAIAAOS. Σ. 123

ἔξοχον ἡρώων" 6 δ᾽ ἀνέδραμεν ἔρνεϊ ἶσος"
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ θρέψασα, φυτὸν ὡς γουνῷ ἀλωῆς,
νηυσὶν ἐπιπροέηκα κορωνίσιν ἤϊλιον εἴσω
Τρωσὶ μαχησόμενον" τὸν δ᾽ οὐχ ὑποδέξομαι αὖτις
οἴκαδε νοστήσαντα δόμον Πηλήϊον εἴσω. ύο
ὄφρα δέ μοι ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο
ἄχνυται, οὐδέ τί οἱ δύναμαι χραισμῆσαι ἰοῦσα.
ἀλλ᾽ εἶμ᾽, ὄφρα ἴδωμι φίλον τέκος, ἠδ᾽ ἐπακούσω
“ ¢ / aN / , 39
ὅττι μιν ἵκετο πένθος ἀπὸ πτολέμοιο μένοντα.
ὰ ,
Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσασα λίπε σπέος" αἱ δὲ σὺν αὐτῃ 65
\ a
δακρυόεσσαι ἴσαν, περὶ δέ σφισι κῦμα θαλάσσης
\
ῥήγνυτο" tal δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Τροίην ἐρίβωλον ἵκοντο,
»} Ἂς 9 / 3 ’ὔ 7 \
ἀκτὴν εἰσανέβαινον ἐπισχερώ, ἔνθα θαμειαὶ
Μυρμιδόνων εἴρυντο νέες ταχὺν ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα.
τῷ δὲ βαρὺ στενάχοντι παρίστατο πότνια μήτηρ, 70
ὀξὺ δὲ κωκύσασα κάρη λάβε παιδὸς ἑοῖο,
εν ot , Noe
καί ῥ᾽ ὀλοφυρομένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα
/
“τέκνον, τί κλαίεις ; τί δέ σε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος ;
ἐξαύδα, μὴ κεῦθε: τὰ μὲν δή τοι τετέλεσται
Ψ , «ε BA ἊΝ ᾽ὔ >’ » tal 5 A
ἐκ Διός, ὡς ἄρα δὴ πρίν γ᾽ εὔχεο χεῖρας ἀνασχών, γ8
, 3, « ὙΆ 3 / 5 a
πάντας ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσιν ἀλήμεναι vias ᾿Αχαιῶν
“ἘΝ / fa 7 3 / x »”
σεῦ ἐπιδευομένους, παθέειν T ἀεκήλια Epya.
>:
Τὴν δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“ἐ μῆτερ ἐμή, τὰ μὲν ἄρ μοι ᾿Ολύμπιος ἐξετέλεσσεν"
an > ral ο
ἀλλὰ τί μοι τῶν ἦδος, ἐπεὶ φίλος ὦλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος, 80
Πάτροκλος, Tov ἐγὼ περὶ πάντων Tiov ἑταίρων,
a a a /
ἴσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ" τὸν ἀπώλεσα, τεύχεα δ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ
a /
δηώσας ἀπέδυσε πελώρια, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι,
καλά: τὰ μὲν Πηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε σε βροτοῦ ἀνέρος ἔμβαλον εὐνῇ. 85
ΚΜΩ) "ἡ Ν \ bs ae) / Ὁ
aid’ ὄφελες σὺ μὲν αὖθι μετ᾽ ἀθανάτῃς ἁλίῃσι
ναίειν, Πηλεὺς δὲ θνητὴν ἀγαγέσθαι ἄκοιτιν.

124 18. IAIAAOS 3.

νῦν δ᾽ ἵνα καὶ σοὶ πένθος ἐνὶ φρεσὶ μυρίον εἴη
παιδὸς ἀποφθιμένοιο, τὸν οὐχ ὑποδέξεαι αὖτις
» 7] ᾽ 3 Ν Bin?! τοῦ νας \ "
οἴκαδε νοστήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἐμὲ θυμὸς ἄνωγε 90
, DNF oP / wv Ἂς {Ὁ}
ζώειν οὐδ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι μετέμμεναι, αἴ κε μὴ Εκτωρ
πρῶτος ἐμῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ τυπεὶς ἀπὸ θυμὸν ὀλέσσ:
ρῶτος ἐμᾷ ρ μ ns
Πατρόκλοιο δ᾽ ἕλωρα Μενοιτιάδεω ἀποτίσῃ."
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Θέτις κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα'
“ ὠκύμορος δή μοι, τέκος, ἔσσεαι, οἷ᾽ ἀγορεύεις" 95
Θ Ξο / + > , « lal ”
αὐτίκα yap τοι ἐπειτὰ μεθ᾽ “Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος.
Τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
{ee tae , 5. MN oo: ie ey pay
αὐτίκα τεθναίην, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλον ἑταίρῳ
a /
κτεινομένῳ ἐπαμῦναι" ὁ μὲν μάλα τηλόθι πάτρης
ἐφθιτ᾽, ἐμεῖο δὲ δῆσεν ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρα γενέσθαι. 100
_ N59 \ > / ΄ / » val
viv δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐ νέομαί ye φίλην és πατρίδα γαῖαν,
οὐδέ τι Πατρόκλῳ γενόμην φάος οὐδ᾽ ἑτάροισι
τοῖς ἄλλοις, οἱ δὴ πολέες δάμεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ,
5 9 Ν \ 5 / Ν 3 ᾿ς
ahd jar παρὰ νηυσὶν ἐτώσιον ἄχθος ἀρούρης,
cal aN Φ y+ 3 a VA
τοῖος ἐὼν οἷος ov τις ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων 105
b] / gh nS. “ (See) te / > \ »
ἐν πολέμῳ ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι.
ε x an Ν Me) i, 5 ,
ὡς Epis ἐκ Te θεῶν ἔκ τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλοιτο,
καὶ χόλος, ὅς τ᾽ ἐφέηκε πολύφρονά περ χαλεπῆναι,
ὅς τε πολὺ γλυκίων μέλιτος καταλειβομένοιο
5 na 5 / Sf, oar 4 ,
ἀνδρῶν ἐν στήθεσσιν ἀέξεται ἠΐτε καπνός" ITO
« ees an 3 / » >) na Ε 7
ὡς ἐμὲ νῦν ἐχόλωσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων.
3 \ Ν ᾿ς , 5. Δ 5 , /,
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν ἀχνύμενοί περ,
θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλον δαμάσαντες ἀνάγκη"
μ 1 μ ὙΚῇ
νῦν δ᾽ εἶμ᾽, ὄφρα φίλης κεφαλῆς ὀλετῆρα κιχείω,
Ἕκτορα" κῆρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ τότε δέξομαι, ὁππότε κεν δὴ τ1ι5
Ζεὺς ἐθέλῃ τελέσαι ἠδ᾽ ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἄλλοι.
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ βίη Ἡρακλῆος φύγε κῆρα,
ὅς περ φίλτατος ἔσκε Διὶ Κρονίωνι ἄνακτι"
a "
ἀλλά ἑ poip’ ἐδάμασσε καὶ ἀργαλέος χόλος Ἥρης.

18, IATAAOS Σ. 125

ny ἣν ἐπ , > ,ὔ 11 , -» ,
ὡς καὶ ἐγών, εἰ δή μοι ὁμοίη μοῖρα τέτυκται,

, ᾿ς. , / ‘ a Ν 7 τ x > 7,
κείσομ᾽ ἐπεί κε θάνω" νῦν δὲ κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἀροίμην,
wl
kat τινα Tpwiddwv καὶ Δαρδανίδων βαθυκόλπων
ἀμφοτέρῃσιν χερσὶ παρειάων ἁπαλάων
δάκρυ᾽ ὀμορξαμένην ἁδινὸν στοναχῆσαι ἐφείην,
a > ¢ N \ aes , , ς
γνοῖεν δ᾽ ὡς δὴ δηρὸν ἐγὼ πολέμοιο πέπαυμαι
/ >” 4 , , e 3 / / 3)
μηδέ μ᾽ ἐρυκε μάχης φιλέουσά περ᾽ OVOE με πείσεις.
3
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα:
“ναὶ δὴ ταῦτά γε, τέκνον, ἐτήτυμον οὐ κακόν ἐστι,
τειρομένοις ἑτάροισιν ἀμυνέμεν αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον.
5 ΝΥ x \ , 4
ἀλλα τοι ἔντεα καλὰ μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται,
, - Ν > 7 Ce iy)
χάλκεα μαρμαίροντα τὰ μὲν κορυθαίολος “Extwp
ESN Ay, ” 5.1). ἢ Ὁ
αὐτὸς ἔχων ὦμοισιν ἀγάλλεται" οὐδέ E φημι
δηρὸν ἐπαγλαϊεῖσθαι, ἐπεὶ φόνος ἐγγύθεν αὐτῷ.
3 ‘ \ τς , ie a ox
ἀλλὰ ov μὲν μὴ TH καταδύσεο μῶλον ᾿Αρηος,
3 n a °
πρίν γ᾽ ἐμὲ δεῦρ᾽ ἐλθοῦσαν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδηαι"
9A - nN Ὁ eee) id a ,
ἠῶθεν yap νεῦμαι ἅμ᾽ ἠελίῳ ἀνιόντι
τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ᾽ Ἡφαίστοιο ἄνακτος.
a ! a
Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσασα πάλιν τράπεθ᾽ υἷος ἑοῖο,
\ a eat sli ες “Δ / ,ὔ ἃ
καὶ στρεφθεῖσ᾽ ἁλίῃσι κασιγνήτῃσι μετηύδα
tcf » Ν an na / βόε 2 /
ὑμεῖς μὲν νῦν δῦτε θαλάσσης εὑρέα κόλπον,
b] , , , 2. ef \ , ,
ὀψόμεναί Te yepovd ἅλιον καὶ δώματα πατρός,
Pee. BAS 8 , Se τ ΕΝ aS Ἂν ἫΝ
καί οἵ πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύσατ᾽" ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐς μακρὸν "Odvptrov
τ
εἶμι παρ᾽ Ἥφαιστον κλυτοτέχνην, αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσιν
C25) a , ὮΝ Ξ ’ ᾽»
υἱεῖ ἐμῷ δόμεναι κλυτὰ τεύχεα παμφανόωντα.
“Ως ἔφαθ᾽, αἱ δ᾽ ὑπὸ κῦμα θαλάσσης αὐτίκ᾽ ἔδυσαν"
ἡ δ᾽ adr Οὔλυμπόνδε θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα
Hoe
ἤϊεν, ὄφρα φίλῳ παιδὶ κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἐνείκαι.

125

130

140

145

Τὴν μὲν ἄρ᾽ Οὔλυμπόνδε πόδες φέρον" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ

4 5 a ¢€,9 5 ,
θεσπεσίῳ ἀλαλητῷ ὑφ᾽ “Exropos ἀνδροφόνοιο
φεύγοντες νῆάς τε καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον ἵκοντο.
οὐδέ κε Πάτροκλόν περ ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοὶ

150

126 18. IAIAAOS &.

᾽ a
ἐκ βελέων ἐρύσαντο νέκυν, θεράποντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος"
> XX εὖ , ’ὔ , Ae
αὖτις yap δὴ τόν ye Kixov λαός τε καὶ ἵπποι
"Extwp τε Πριάμοιο πάϊς, φλογὶ εἴκελος ἀλκήν.
τρὶς μέν μιν μετόπισθε ποδῶν λάβε φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ
ε , ΄ t δ ΄ cua A
ἑλκέμεναι μεμαώς, μέγα δὲ Τρώεσσιν ὁμόκλα
3 a
τρὶς δὲ δύ᾽ Αἴαντες, θοῦριν ἐπιειμένοι ἀλκήν,
νεκροῦ ἀπεστυφέλιξαν" ὁ δ᾽ ἔμπεδον ἀλκὶ πεποιθὼς
ah Ν 9,
ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπαΐξασκε κατὰ μόθον, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε
3
στάσκε μέγα ἰάχων" ὀπίσω δ᾽ οὐ χάζετο πάμπαν.
ε “τος , + / 3 y /
ὡς δ᾽ ἀπὸ σώματος ov τι λέοντ΄ αἴθωνα δύνανται
, LA / / 4

ποιμένες ἄγραυλοι μέγα πεινάοντα δίεσθαι,
Ὁ « Ν > “ ’ 4 » Ν
ὥς ῥα τὸν οὐκ ἐδύναντο δύω Αἴαντε κορυστὰ
"Extopa Πριαμίδην ἀπὸ νεκροῦ δειδίξασθαι.

ΝΜ an
καί νύ Kev εἴρυσσέν τε καὶ ἄσπετον ἤρατο κῦδος,
>) Ἂς ok. if 5 lf >
εἰ μὴ Πηλεΐωνι ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις

3 ᾽

ἄγγελος ἦλθε θέουσ᾽ an’ ᾽Ολύμπου θωρήσσεσθαι,

f a Ὁ /
κρύβδα Διὸς ἄλλων Te θεῶν" πρὸ yap ἧκέ μιν “Hpy.
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ὄρσεο, Πηλεΐδη, πάντων ἐκπαγλότατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν"
Πατρόκλῳ ἐπάμυνον, οὗ εἵνεκα φύλοπις αἰνὴ
ἕστηκε πρὸ νεῶν οἱ δ᾽ ἀλλήλους ὀλέκουσιν
οἱ μὲν ἀμυνόμενοι νέκυος πέρι τεθνηῶτος,

«ες \ 3 4 Sy 5 ,

οἱ δὲ ἐρύσσασθαι ποτὶ ᾿ἵἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν

Τρῶες ἐπιθύουσι' μάλιστα δὲ φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ

ε , Ἂ \ Pte Neo ey

ἑλκέμεναι μέμονεν" κεφαλὴν δέ € θυμὸς ἀνώγει

πῆξαι ἀνὰ σκολόπεσσι ταμόνθ᾽ ἁπαλῆς ἀπὸ δειρῆς.
3 -" Ν

ἀλλ᾽ ἄνα, μηδ᾽ ἔτι κεῖσο᾽ σέβας δέ σε θυμὸν ἱκέσθω

I a \ , , :
ΠῈῸάτροκλον Τρῳῇσι κυσὶν μέλπηθρα γενέσθαι

\ , y i / 5 / oy 3)
σοὶ λώβη, αἴ κέν τι νέκυς ἠσχυμμένος ἔλθῃ.

Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
.5 n - >
“"Tpu θεά, τίς yap σε θεῶν ἐμοὶ ἄγγελον ἧκε 3”

Ν ᾽ > ἢ 9

Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις"

155

160

170

180

18, IAIAAOS &. 129

“"Flon με προέηκε, Διὸς κυδρὴ παράκοιτις"
οὐδ᾽ οἷδε Κρονίδης ὑψίζυγος οὐδέ τις ἄλλος 185
ἀθανάτων, οἱ Ὄλυμπον ἀγάννιφον ἀμφινέμονται.᾽
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς᾽
“ce a Ψι «39. 3" e. Ν lal Ν᾽ Ν 7, cal ᾿
πῶς T ἄρ᾽ ἴω μετὰ μῶλον ; ἔχουσι δὲ τεύχεα κεῖνοι
7:
μήτηρ δ᾽ οὔ με φίλη πρίν γ᾽ εἴα θωρήσσεσθαι,
> an “
πρίν γ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐλθοῦσαν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδωμαι" 190
a Ν € , [ea ae ya LA
στεῦτο yap ἩΗφαίστοιο map’ οἰσέμεν ἔντεα καλά.
ἄλλου δ᾽ οὔ τευ οἶδα τεῦ ἂν κλυτὰ τεύχεα δύω,
εἰ μὴ Αἴαντός γε σάκος Τελαμωνιάδαο.
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅ γ᾽, ἔλπομ᾽, ἐνὶ πρώτοισιν ὁμιλεῖ,
wv - aw? \ / , 33
ἔγχεϊ δηϊόων περὶ Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος. 195
Ν > 4 / / 5 » 9
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα ‘Ipis*
ες Ὁ A ps ae a bs , > oF a
εὖ vu kal ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν ὅ τοι κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἔχονται
ἀλλ᾽ αὔτως ἐπὶ τάφρον ἰὼν Τρώεσσι φάνηθὲὶ,
yx / 9) ie: 7 5 /
al κέ © ὑποδείσαντες ἀπόσχωνται πολέμοιο
Τρῶες, ἀναπνεύσωσι, δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν 200
, ἘΠΕ eye fi See / »
Telpomevor’ ὀλίγη δέ τ᾽ ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο.
3 a 3
‘H μὲν ἄρ᾽ ds εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις,
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς ὦρτο διίφιλος" ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη
ὦμοις ἰφθίμοισι Bar αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν,
ἊΨ Ν , € “ / M4 al /
ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ κεφαλῇ νέφος ἔστεφε dia θεάων 205
? I 9 > an lal , ,
χρύσεον, ἐκ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ daie φλόγα παμφανοωσαν.
ε Ye: 4 ‘\ aN 3 » Ws deeded
os δ᾽ ὅτε καπνὸς ἰὼν ἐξ ἄστεος αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκηται,
, b} / ‘\ 7.. 5 4
τηλόθεν ἐκ νήσου, τὴν δήϊοι ἀμφιμάχωνται,
οἵ τε πανημέριοι στυγερῷ κρίνονται "Αρηὶϊ
ἄστεος ἐκ σφετέρου" ἅμα δ᾽ ἠελίῳ καταδύντι 210
ρου" ἅμα δ᾽ ἠελίῳ 2
, 3 \
πυρσοί Te φλεγέθουσιν ἐπήτριμοι, ὑψόσε δ᾽ αὐγὴ
γίγνεται ἀΐσσουσα περικτιόνεσσιν ἰδέσθαι,
αἴ κέν πως σὺν νηυσὶν ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρες ἵκωνται"
ὡς am ᾿Αχιλλῆος κεφαλῆς σέλας αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανε'
“ 2) 32 N. / aN > x , UNF 9. 4 Ν
στῆ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τάφρον ἰὼν ἀπὸ τείχεος, οὐδ᾽ ἐς ᾿Αχαιοὺς 215

128 18, IAIAAOZ Σ..

,ὔ e \ Ἂς Ν. 5 / Mees) }
μίσγετο' μητρὸς yap πυκινὴν ὠπίζετ᾽ ἐφετμήν.
ἔνθα στὰς Ha’, ἀπάτερθε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
φθέγξατ᾽" ἀτὰρ Τρώεσσιν ἐν ἄσπετον ὦρσε κυδοιμόν.
9
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀριζήλη φωνή, ὅτε τ᾽ ἴαχε σἀλπιγξ
ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕπο θυμοραϊστέων, 220
ὡς τότ᾽ ἀριζήλη φωνὴ γένετ᾽ Αἰακίδαο.
τ or
οἱ δ᾽ ὡς οὖν diov ὄπα χάλκεον Αἰακίδαο,
εκ ee’, PEP oes Ws , ¢
πᾶσιν ὀρίνθη θυμός" ἀτὰρ καλλίτριχες ἵπποι
x x , yw. x " es
ay ὄχεα τρόπεον᾽ ὄσσοντο yap ἄλγεα θυμῷ.
ε / oJ 3 \ 3 ξ΄“ -
ἡνίοχοι δ᾽ ἔκπληγεν, ἐπεὶ ἴδον ἀκάματον πῦρ 225
᾿ δεινὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς μεγαθύμου Πηλεΐωνος
δαιόμενον᾽ τὸ δὲ δαῖε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη.
τρὶς μὲν ὑπὲρ τάφρου μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
\ Ἂς / lol / 2 3) /
τρὶς δὲ κυκήθησαν Τρῶες KAELTOL T ἐπίκουροι.
ἔνθα δὲ καὶ τότ᾽ ὄλοντο δυώδεκα φῶτες ἄριστοι 230
2 \ fa) 5» / nope 2 eS > A
ἀμφὶ σφοῖς ὀχέεσσι kal ἔγχεσιν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
2 7 i CS / Bier,
ἀσπασίως IlatpoxAov ὑπὲκ βελέων ἐρύσαντες
κάτθεσαν ἐν λεχέεσσι φίλοι δ᾽ ἀμφέσταν ἑταῖροι
>
pupopevor μετὰ δέ σφι ποδώκης elmer ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
δάκρυα θερμὰ χέων, ἐπεὶ εἴσιδε πιστὸν ἑταῖρον 235
Ἵ ἐν φέ δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ
κείμενον ἐν φέρτρῳ δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
, .“. 4 Ν x Ν Cy ΝΟ
τόν p ἦ τοι μὲν ἔπεμπε σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν
J , 3999 > δ ἡ /
ἐς πόλεμον, οὐδ᾽ αὖτις ἐδέξατο νοστήσαντα.
na ΄ “
Ἤέλιον δ᾽ ἀκάμαντα βοῶπις πότνια ᾿ Hpy
, Ἂν ΡΟ | “ τς aye , a
πέμψεν ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο pods ἀέκοντα νέεσθαι 240
ἠέλιος μὲν ἔδυ, παύσαντο δὲ δῖοι ᾽Αχαιοὶ
, : a en « ’
φυλόπιδος κρατερῆς καὶ ὁμοιϊου πολέμοιο.
lal lad 2
Τρῶες δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀπὸ κρατερῆς ὑσμίνης
’ Υ̓ ΡΥ gl > / e
χωρήσαντες ἔλυσαν ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν ὠκέας ἵππους,
ἐς δ᾽ ἀγορὴν ἀγέροντο, πάρος δόρποιο μέδεσθαι.

τὸ
--
σι

ὀρθῶν δ᾽ ἑσταότων ἀγορὴ γένετ᾽, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη
" ¢ 3.2 Ν
ἔἕξσθαι" πάντας γὰρ ἔχε τρόμος, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς

σα ee re ἡ

18. TATAAOS 3. 129

/ / / 9 a
ἐξεφάνη, δηρὸν δὲ μάχης ἐπέπαυτ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς.
“-“ Ν / , > Let) /
τοῖσι δὲ Πουλυδάμας πεπνυμένος ἦρχ᾽ ἀγορεύειν
Πανθοΐδης" ὁ γὰρ οἷος ὅρα πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω" 250
a Pg ε ca) 35 Jin 3D \ /
Εκτορι δ᾽ ἦεν ἑταῖρος, ἰῇ δ᾽ ἐν νυκτὶ γένοντο,
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν dp μύθοισιν, ὁ δ᾽ ἔγχεϊ πολλὸν ἐνίκα:
“ 3... / 5 Ἃ Ν /
ὃ σφιν ἐὐφρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν"
“ἀμφὶ μάλα φράζεσθε, φίλοι: κέλομαι γὰρ ἐγώ γε
ἄστυδε νῦν ἰέναι, μὴ μίμνειν ἠῷ δῖαν 255
5 ΄ \ Par τ δ. ΑΞ Ἀν ,ὕ ΄ ,
ἐν πεδίῳ παρὰ νηυσίν' ἑκὰς δ᾽ ἀπὸ τείχεός εἰμεν.
ν Ν Ὁ FN b) / / ,
ὄφρα μὲν οὗτος ἀνὴρ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι μήνιε δίῳ,
, Send , > ’ ΄
τόφρα δὲ ῥηΐτεροι πολεμίζειν ἦσαν ᾿Αχαιοί
χαίρεσκον γὰρ ἐγώ γε θοῆς ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἰαύων,
b] , “ c / 3 “,
ἐλπόμενος νῆας αἱρησέμεν ἀμφιελίσσας. 260
a 3 n .«
νῦν δ᾽ αἰνῶς δείδοικα ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα"
οἷος κείνου θυμὸς ὑπέρβιος, οὐκ ἐθελήσει
μίμνειν ἐν πεδίῳ, ὅθι περ Τρῶες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ἐν μέσῳ ἀμφό ἔγος “A δατέ
μέσῳ ἀμφότεροι μένος Αρηος δατέονται,
3 es \ 4 , / IO’ a
ἀλλὰ περὶ TTOALOS TE μαχήσεται ἠδὲ γυναικῶν. 265
ἀλλ᾽ ἴομεν προτὶ ἄστυ, πίθεσθέ μοι: ὧδε yap ἔσται"
“ Ν Ν 5 / ? oh
νῦν μὲν νὺξ ἀπέπαυσε ποδώκεα Πηλεΐωνα
2 Dinh Sa Tec) | of 7 2 Iy9 57
ἀμβροσίη" εἰ ὃ ἄμμε κιχήσεται ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντας
Μ e \ Ν / μὴ , ESN
αὔριον ὁρμηθεὶς σὺν τεύχεσιν, εὖ νύ τις αὐτὸν
, 5» ’ Ἂς 5 / ¥ Coed
γνώσεται" ἀσπασίως yap ἀφίξεται Ἴλιον ἱρὴν 270
“΄ 4 \ Ν 7 Ν a Ν
ὃς κε φύγῃ, πολλοὺς δὲ κύνες καὶ γῦπες ἔδονται
Ὁ /
Τρώων" at yap δή μοι ἀπ᾽ οὔατος ὧδε γένοιτο.
εἰ δ᾽ ἂν ἐμοῖς ἐπέεσσι πιθώμεθα κηδόμενοί περ,
, Ν 3 5 a 4 e » ἊΣ 4
νύκτα μὲν εἰν ἀγορῇ σθένος ἕξομεν, ἄστυ δὲ πύργοι

ὑψηλαί τε πύλαι σανίδες τ᾽ ἐπὶ THs ἀραρυῖαι 275
μακραὶ ἐὔξεστοι ἐζευγμέναι εἰρύσσονται"

᾿ς πρῶϊ δ᾽ ὑπηοῖοι σὺν τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες

στησόμεθ᾽ ἂμ. πύργους" τῷ δ᾽ ἄλγιον, αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλησιν

ν 3 \ b] cal ‘ ὔ 7 /
᾿ς ἐλθὼν ἐκ νηῶν περὶ τείχεος ἄμμι μάχεσθαι.
VOL. IL. K

130 18. IATAAOS 5.

a , ee eee a | a 3 , 3 λῶν , “
ay πάλιν elo ἐπὶ νῆας, ἐπεί K ἐριαύχενας ἵππους
, , " ΠΡ , > ! 6

παντοίου δρόμου ἄσῃ ὑπὸ πτόλιν ἠλασκάζων

» “, Μ Ν 5 a Sue,
εἴσω ὃ ov μιν θυμὸς ἐφορμηθῆναι ἐάσει,

Io 7 ae) 7 Ἢ / / 5 ᾿-- ”
οὐδέ TOT ἐκπέρσει" πρίν μιν κύνες ἀργοὶ ἔδονται.

280

Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Exrwp*

“ Πουλυδάμα, σὺ μὲν οὐκέτ᾽ ἐμοὶ φίλα ταῦτ᾽ ἀγορεύεις,

A ) S » 3 / μὴ "ἢ
ds κέλεαι κατὰ ἄστυ ἀλήμεναι adris ἰόντας.
᾿ Ν , 5. , " ΄,
ἡ οὔ πω κεκόρησθε ἐελμένοι ἔνδοθι πύργων;

Ν Ν Ν / , / ‘ BA
πρὶν μὲν yap ΤΙριάμοιο πόλιν μέροπες ἄνθρωποι
πάντες μυθέσκοντο πολύχρυσον πολύχαλκον᾽
νῦν δὲ δὴ ἐξαπόλωλε δόμων κειμήλια καλά,
πολλὰ δὲ δὴ Φρυγίην καὶ Μῃονίην ἐρατεινὴν

/ / 7¢ 3 Ν / > 7 ,ὔ

κτήματα περνάμεν᾽ ἵκει, ἐπεὶ μέγας ὠδύσατο Ζεύς.

fal 3) , μὴ r , fas > /
νῦν 6 ὅτε πέρ μοι ἔδωκε Κρόνου πάϊς ἀγκυλομήτεω
κῦδος ἀρέσθ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσί, θαλάσσῃ τ᾽ ἔλσαι ᾿Αχαιούς,
νήπιε, μηκέτι ταῦτα νοήματα φαῖν᾽ ἐνὶ δήμῳ"
οὐ γάρ τις Τρώων ἐπιπείσεται" οὐ γὰρ ἐάσω.
b) Sy 3. « x pate x ΄ /
ἀλλ᾽ ayeO ὡς ἂν ἐγὼ εἴπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες.

“ Ν , “ Ν Ν 5 /
νῦν μὲν δόρπον ἕλεσθε κατὰ στρατὸν ἐν τελέεσσι,

Ων “ Na, te ed
καὶ φυλακῆς μνήσασθε, καὶ ἐγρήγορθε ἕκαστος"
Τρώων δ᾽ ὃς κτεάτεσσιν ὑπερφιάλως ἀνιάζει,
συλλέξας λαοῖσι δότω καταδημοβορῆσαι:

a Ν , ΄ 5 > J δ 3 ’
τῶν τινὰ βέλτερόν ἐστιν ἐπαυρέμεν ἤ περ ᾿Αχαιούς.
πρῶϊ δ᾽ ὑπηοῖοι σὺν τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες

\ 7 fe. 3 / by aa Ν
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna.
3 Ν fal fal
εἰ δ᾽ ἐτεὸν Tapa ναῦφιν ἀνέστη δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
ἄλγιον, αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσι, τῷ ἔσσεται οὔ μιν ἐγώ γε

τ x 3 7 ᾽ « μ iy y

φεύξομαι ἐκ πολέμοιο δυσηχέος, ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἄντην
/ Μ / / / τ ΄
στήσομαι, ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος, ἢ κε φεροίμην.
Ν > /
ξυνὸς ᾿Ενυάλιος, καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα."

“Ὡς “Ἕκτωρ ἀγόρευ", ἐπὶ δὲ Τρῶες κελάδησαν,

νήπιοι" ἐκ γάρ σφεων φρένας εἵλετο Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.

285

290

300

310

a

18, IAIAAOS &.

5" T Ν Ν > / Ν ,
KTOpPL μὲν YAP ETIVNTAV KAKA μητιόωντι,

131

Πουλυδάμαντι δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ οὔ τις, ὃς ἐσθλὴν φράζετο βουλήν.

δόρπον ἔπειθ᾽ εἵλοντο κατὰ στρατόν" αὐτὰρ ᾽Αχαιοὶ
παννύχιοι Πάτροκλον ἀνεστενάχοντο γοῶντες.
τοῖσι δὲ Πηλεΐδης ἁδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο,

lal 33/9 / / 4 ε /
χεῖρας ἐπ᾿ ἀνδροφόνους θέμενος στήθεσσιν ἑταίρου,

Ν / av \ pe of

πυκνὰ μάλα στενάχων WS TE Als ἠὐγένειος,

9 ’ Ν , , , Ν
ᾧ ῥά θ᾽ ὑπὸ σκύμνους ἐλαφηβόλος ἁρπάσῃ ἀνὴρ
ὕλης ἐκ πυκινῆς" ὁ δέ τ᾽ ἄχνυται ὕστερος ἐλθών,

a / n

πολλὰ δέ T dyke’ ἐπῆλθε μετ᾽ ἀνέρος ἴχνι᾽ ἐρευνῶν,
» ΠΕΣ ΔῊΝ ΣῊΝ ! N τ , ἘΤΩ͂Ν
εἴ ποθεν ἐξεύροι: μάλα γὰρ δριμὺς χόλος αἱρεῖ

ἃ ε \ , / 4
os 0 βαρὺ στενάχων μετεφώνεε Μυρμιδόνεσσιν'"
“ὦ πόποι, ἢ ῥ᾽ ἅλιον ἔπος ἔκβαλον ἤματι κείνῳ
θαρσύνων ἥρωα Μενοίτιον ἐν μεγάροισι"

Lg / c > ᾽ , ΙΝ eX 5 !
φῆν δέ οἱ εἰς ᾿᾽Οπόεντα περικλυτὸν υἱὸν ἀπάξειν
Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαντα, λαχόντα τε ληΐδος αἶσαν.
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ Ζεὺς ἄνδρεσσι νοήματα πάντα τελευτᾷ"
ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι

> χὰ TEN , Ε Ν δον 5.0. 5ὰς ΄
αὐτοῦ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ, ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἐμὲ νοστήσαντα
δέξεται ἐν μεγάροισι γέρων ἱππηλάτα Πηλεὺς
οὐδὲ Θέτις μήτηρ, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ γαῖα καθέξει.

315

320

325

330

a a 3 Ν fal
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν, Πάτροκλε, σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ᾽ ὑπὸ γαῖαν,

» \ a , γ) ὦ pI 459 9 fa)
οὔ σε πρὶν κτεριῶ, πρίν γ᾽ “Extopos ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐνεῖκαι
τεύχεα καὶ κεφαλήν, μεγαθύμου σοῖο φονῆος"

. a Le
δώδεκα δὲ προπάροιθε πυρῆς ἀποδειροτομήσω
’
Τρώων ἀγλαὰ τέκνα, σέθεν κταμένοιο χολωθείς.
ΝΜ
τόφρα δέ μοι παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσι κείσεαι αὔτως,
> ,
ἀμφὶ δὲ σὲ Τρῳαὶ καὶ Aapdavides βαθύκολποι
“ 7
κλαύσονται νύκτας τε καὶ ἤματα δάκρυ χέουσαι,
: =
τὰς αὐτοὶ καμόμεσθα βίηφί τε δουρί τε μακρῷ,
" / , , 5 , 39
πιείρας πέρθοντε πόλεις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων.

al Ν
“Ὡς εἰπὼν ἑτάροισιν ἐκέκλετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
K 2

335

340

132 18. IATAAO® &.

5 \ \ fal 7 / Μ
ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, ὄφρα τάχιστα
Πάτροκλον λούσειαν ἄπο βρότον αἱματόεντα.
« Ν ’ 4 .e@ 5» Ἂν ’
ol δὲ λοετροχόον τρίποδ᾽ ἵστασαν ἐν πυρὶ κηλέῳ,
3 ral
ἐν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὕδωρ ἔχεαν, ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα δαῖον ἑλόντες.
γάστρην μὲν τρίποδος πῦρ ἄμφεπε, θέρμετο δ᾽ ὕδωρ"
’ ἊΝ 5 \ Ν, , “ BD. IAA itd
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ ζέσσεν ὕδωρ ἐνὶ ἤνοπι χαλκῷ,
καὶ τότε δὴ λοῦσάν τε καὶ ἤλειψαν λίπ᾽ ἐλαίῳ,
ἐν δ᾽ ὠτειλὰς πλῆσαν ἀλείφατος ἐννεώροιο"
ἐν λεχέεσσι δὲ θέντες ἑανῷ Aut? κάλυψαν
ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, καθύπερθε δὲ φάρεϊ λευκῷ.
/ ΓΝ »” , Ν >] 7°? Led
παννύχιοι μὲν ἔπειτα πόδας ταχὺν aud ᾿Αχιλῆα
NS , / Ψ / n .
Μυρμιδόνες IlatpoxXov ἀνεστενάχοντο γοῶντες
Ζεὺς δ᾽ Ἥρην προσέειπε κασιγνήτην ἄλοχόν τε"
«oer oo» an , “
ἔπρηξας καὶ ἔπειτα, βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη,
5) 7ὔ 3.5 a , Ta Doe Cif. a
ἀνστήσασ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα πόδας ταχύν᾽ 7 ῥά vu σεῖο
5) PS Se / , 9 7ἷ 95)
ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐγένοντο κάρη κομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοί.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη"
({ See σ 7 val \ a ox
αἰνότατε Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες.
καὶ μὲν δή πού τις μέλλει βροτὸς ἀνδρὶ τελέσσαι,
Ψ ΄, 9...5 \ \ 5 , , AQ.
ὃς περ θνητός τ΄ ἐστὶ καὶ οὐ τόσα μήδεα οἷδε
a , ᾽ e ’ Ν TOT
πῶς δὴ ἐγώ γ᾽, ἥ φημι θεάων ἔμμεν ἀρίστη,
ἀμφότερον, γενεῇ τε καὶ οὕνεκα σὴ παράκοιτις
/ Ν Ν - ἈΕῚ / 5 /
κέκλημαι, σὺ δὲ πᾶσι μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν ἀνάσσεις,
οὐκ ὄφελον Τρώεσσι κοτεσσαμένη κακὰ ῥάψαι; "
SO € Ν a \ 5 , 5 , Ξ
ς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον
9
Ἡφαίστου δ᾽ ἵκανε δόμον Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα
” b) , {Fr} F) I
ἄφθιτον ἀστερόεντα, μεταπρεπέ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι,
ἘΝ ταις ἢ 3 Ν 7ὔ /
χάλκεον, dv’ ῥ᾽ αὐτὸς ποιήσατο κυλλοποδίων.
Ν 3 ἈΝ... , c ’ \ /
τὸν 6 εὑρ᾽ ἱδρώοντα ἑλισσόμενον περὶ φύσας
σπεύδοντα" τρίποδας γὰρ ἐείκοσι πάντας ἔτευχεν
ἑστάμεναι περὶ τοῖχον ἐὐσταθέος μεγάροιο,

χρύσεα δέ σφ᾽ ὑπὸ κύκλα ἑκάστῳ πυθμένι θῆκεν,

350

355

360

365

37°

18. IAIAAO® &.

YY « > , tal 7 Μι τὰ lal
ὄφρα ot αὐτόματοι θεῖον δυσαίατ᾽ ἀγῶνα
5.9} io} Q an / “ a /
ἠδ᾽ αὖτις πρὸς δῶμα νεοίατο, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι.
ε ae ES , Ἂς 7 / ΝΜ ᾽ y
ot δ᾽ ἢ τοι τόσσον μὲν ἔχον τέλος, οὔατα δ᾽ οὔ πω
δ ΤΡ > ae? , SS ᾿Ξ
δαιδάλεα TPOTEKELTO’ τὰ ῥ᾽ ἤρτυε, κόπτε δὲ δεσμούς.
ὄφρ᾽ ὅ γε ταῦτ᾽ ἐπονεῖτο ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι
γ ῃ ρ )
τόφρα ot ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα.
τὴν δὲ ἴδε προμολοῦσα Χάρις λιπαροκρήδεμνος
/ X\ ν Ν 5 /
καλὴ, τὴν ὦπυιε περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις"
by y»¥ ε a δεν “ον Tesh oo » ΣῊΝ a
ἔν τ᾽ apa ot φῦ χειρὶ ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ Ex τ᾽ ὀνόμαζε
“ἐ τίπτε, Θέτι τανύπεπλε, ἱκάνεις ἡμέτερον δῶ
αἰδοίη τε φίλη τε; πάρος γε μὲν οὔ τι θαμίζεις.
ἀλλ᾽ ἕπεο προτέρω, ἵνα τοι πὰρ ξείνια Oelw.”
Ως ἄρα φωνήσασα πρόσω ἄγε δῖα θεάων.
ἥξς Ν x a 3 \ , > /
τὴν μὲν ἔπειτα καθεῖσεν ἐπὶ θρόνου ἀργυροήλου
καλοῦ δαιδαλέου: ὑπὸ δὲ θρῆνυς ποσὶν ἦεν"
κέκλετο δ᾽ Ἥφαιστον κλυτοτέχνην εἶπέ τε μῦθον"
Ὁ Cae} ’
“Ἥφαιστε, πρόμολ᾽ ὧδε" Θέτις νύ τι σεῖο χατίζει.
τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις"
Cee et , / \ ᾽ / \ o
ἢ pa νύ μοι δεινή τε καὶ αἰδοίη θεὸς ἔνδον,
ἥ μ᾽ ἐσάωσ᾽, ὅτε μ᾽ ἄλγος ἀφίκετο τῆλε πεσόντα
Ν 5 Led 92: , “ edhe ft
μητρὸς ἐμῆς ἰότητι κυνώπιδος, 7 μ᾽ ἐθέλησε
κρύψαι χωλὸν ἐόντα᾽ τότ᾽ ἂν πάθον ἄλγεα θυμῷ,
εἰ μή μ᾽ Εὐρυνόμη τε Θέτις θ᾽ ὑπεδέξατο κόλπῳ,
Εὐρυνόμη, θυγάτηρ ἀψορρόου ’Qxeavoio.
τῇσι παρ᾽ εἰνάετες χάλκευον δαίδαλα πολλά,

/ / are, / / \ @
πόρπας TE γναμπτὰς θ᾽ ἕλικας κἀλυκἀάς TE καὶ ὅρμους

ἐν σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ" περὶ δὲ ῥόος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο

> “ ὔ cs » ᾿ Io / "

ἀφρῷ μορμύρων ῥέεν ἄσπετος" ovde τις ἄλλος
ἤδεεν οὔτε θεῶν οὔτε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων,

ἀλλὰ Θέτις τε καὶ Εὐρυνόμη ἴσαν, αἵ μ᾽ ἐσάωσαν.
a a € / / “ 4 a , \

ἣ νῦν ἡμέτερον δόμον ἵκει" TO με μάλα χρεὼ
πάντα Θέτι καλλιπλοκάμῳ ζωάγρια τίνειν.

Ἐ59

380

385

39°

(J5)
SS
t

400

405

134 18. TAIAAOS &.

\ A “*
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν οἱ παράθες ξεινήϊα καλά,
IX 39
ὄφρ᾽ av ἐγὼ φύσας ἀποθείομαι ὅπλα τε πάντα." 1
ἜΙ Ieee A I / / » bp) /
, καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἀκμοθέτοιο πέλωρ αἴητον ἀνέστη 410
Po A he SANTIS. a ε" 5 ,
χωλεύων" ὑπὸ δὲ κνῆμαι ῥώοντο ἀραιαί.
, / o % / / / “ ,
φύσας μέν ῥ᾽ ἀπάνευθε τίθει πυρός, ὅπλα τε πάντα
x / rH) 5 / AX ἐξ -“ ΕῚ al A
apvak ἐς apyupenv συλλέξατο, τοῖς ἐπονεῖτο
/ 5. 19 \ / Meee as? 9 4
σπόγγῳ ὃ ἀμφὶ πρόσωπα καὶ ἄμφω χεῖρ᾽ ἀπομόργνυ
> / ‘
αὐχένα Te στιβαρὸν καὶ στήθεα λαχνήεντα; 418
a Pa Ta tey, “ lol Vd
δῦ δὲ χιτῶν᾽, ἕλε δὲ σκῆπτρον παχύ, βῆ δὲ θύραζε
3
χωλεύων᾽" ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἀμφίπολοι ῥώοντο ἄνακτι
’ Cel / cal
χρύσειαι, ζωῇσι νεήνισιν εἰοικυῖαι.
oS 3 Ν / 3 \ Ν , 3 Ἂς Ν ION
THS ἐν μὲν νόος ἐστὶ μετὰ φρεσίν, ἐν δὲ καὶ αὐδὴ
Ν , 5 / Ν na BA ν »
καὶ σθένος, ἀθανάτων δὲ θεῶν ἄπο ἔργα ἴσασιν. 420
ΕΝ ΠΣ ὦ oo 5 , x 5. τὴς ἐν delay
αἱ μὲν ὕπαιθα ἄνακτος ἐποίπνυον᾽ αὐτὰρ ὁ ἔρρων
/ - a
πλησίον, ἔνθα Θέτις περ, ἐπὶ θρόνου ie φαεινοῦ,
yo > + ε a \ oo > ow 3. ed eee eg A
ἔν T ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρὶ ἔπος τ᾽ Ear ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζε
ΣῈ ἢ , Ὁ ΕΗ Mier? A
τίπτε, Θέτι τανύπεπλε, ἱκάνεις ἡμέτερον δῶ
55. ἡ , Z ἢ 3 » ,
αἰδοίη τε φίλη τε; πάρος γε μὲν οὔ τι θαμίζεις. 425
ΝΜ “ / Ps fy / \ ᾿
αὔδα ὅ τι φρονέεις᾽ τελέσαι δὲ με θυμὸς ἄνωγεν,
> , \ > 2 5] | eee it)
εἰ δύναμαι τελέσαι γε καὶ εἰ τετελεσμένον ἐστίν.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Θέτις κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα"
¢ > 4
"Haar, ἢ ἄρα δή τις, ὅσαι θεαί εἰσ’ ἐν ᾿Ολύμπῳ,
BND) SSE \ e 2) / [2
τοσσαδ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶν now ἀνέσχετο κήδεα λυγρα, 430
, .
ὅσσ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν ;
/
ἐκ μέν μ᾽ ἀλλάων ἁλιάων ἀνδρὶ δάμασσεν,
Des \
Αἰακίδῃ Πηλῆϊ, καὶ ἔτλην ἀνέρος εὐνὴν
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλουσα. ὁ μὲν δὴ γήραϊ λυγρῷ
κεῖται ἐνὶ μεγάροις ἀρημένος, ἄλλα δέ μοι vov" 435
Ν “ /
υἱὸν ἐπεί μοι δῶκε γενέσθαι τε τραφέμεν τε,
y Cis Kee ne tx 9 BSE, y “® .
ἔξοχον ἡρώων" 6 δ᾽ ἀνέδραμεν ἔρνεϊ ἶσος
/ an “
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ θρέψασα φυτὸν ὡς γουνῷ ἀλωῆς,
\ /
νηυσὶν ἐπιπροξηκα κορωνίσιν Ἴλιον εἴσω

te. TAJAAOS Σὲ 135

᾽ +f =
Τρωσὶ μαχησόμενον" τὸν δ᾽ οὐχ ὑποδέξομαι adTis 449
¥ ’ 4 fan ” :
οἴκαδε νοστήσαντα δόμον 1]ηληΐον εἴσω.
“ ,
ὄφρα δέ μοι ζώει Kal ὁρᾷ paos ἠελίοιο,
ἄχνυται, οὐδέ τί οἱ δύναμαι χραισμῆσαι ἰοῦσα.
Ἔ a aE y ’ A
κούρην ἣν dpa οἱ γέρας ἔξελον vies ᾿Αχαιῶν,
\ x 5 a ed / > /
τὴν ἂψ ἐκ χειρῶν ἕλετο κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων. 445
5 ΓΤ ἘΣ ” POE 5 \
ἢ τοι ὁ τῆς ἀχέων φρένας EpOrer’ αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
a ΙΑΒΙΣ vd Seve. ION /
Τρῶες ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσιν ἐείλεον, οὐδὲ θύραζε
¥ 267 a \ δ , ,
εἴων ἐξιέναι: τὸν δὲ λίσσοντο γέροντες
ε a
Αργείων, καὶ πολλὰ περικλυτὰ δῶρ᾽ ὀνόμαζον.
Ν " SEEN Ν 5 bie) / Ν “ a
ἔνθ᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἠναίνετο λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι, 430
᾿ΕΝ «ς 2 A Ν XN A A 4
αὐτὰρ ὁ Πάτροκλον περὶ μὲν τὰ ἃ τεύχεα ἕσσε,
πέμπε δέ μιν πόλεμόνδε, πολὺν δ᾽ ἅμα λαὸν ὄπασσε.
πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ μάρναντο περὶ Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσι"
a 5) ?
καί νύ κεν αὐτῆμαρ πόλιν ἔπραθον, εἰ μὴ ᾿Απόλλων
πολλὰ κακὰ ῥέξαντα Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱὸν 45
Ba ΕΜ ΩΣ t Nef fal x
ἔκταν᾽ ἐνὶ προμάχοισι καὶ “Exropu κῦδος ἔδωκε.
+ ral x Ν , a ΜΕ, ie SALA
τοὔνεκα νῦν τὰ σὰ γούναθ᾽ ἱκάνομαι, al κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσθα
(ee) Ae , , b) 7 Ν /
viel ἐμῷ ὠκυμόρῳ δόμεν ἀσπίδα Kal τρυφάλειαν
\ Ν ῷὸ ΡῚ ,ὔ Di /
Kal καλὰς κνημῖδας ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας,
\ , Su AN ἐς Sew τ Seal
καὶ θώρηχ᾽᾽ ὃ yap ἣν οἱ ἀπώλεσε πιστὸς ἑταῖρος 460
Τρωσὶ δαμείς" ὁ δὲ κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονὶ θυμὸν ἀχεύων."
ἢ \ Pn ae
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις
“ θάρσει: μή τοι ταῦτα μετὰ φρεσὶ σῇσι μελόντων.
ἃ ᾿ ! , @ /
al γάρ μιν θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ὧδε δυναίμην
Ν /
νόσφιν ἀποκρύψαι, ὅτε μιν μόρος αἰνὸς ἱκάνοι, 465
° >
ὥς οἱ τεύχεα καλὰ παρέσσεται, οἷά τις αὖτε
ν᾽
ἀνθρώπων πολέων θαυμάσσεται, ὅς κεν ἴδηται.
fal “ ’ Ἀ ,ὔ A
SOs εἰπὼν τὴν μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ, βῆ δ᾽ ἐπὶ φύσας
a if
τὰς δ᾽ ἐς πῦρ ἔτρεψε κέλευσέ τε ἐργάζεσθαι.
“ 2 9 / aye “ 3 /
φῦσαι δ᾽ ἐν χοάνοισιν ἐείκοσι πᾶσαι ἐφύσων, 479
παντοίην εὔπρηστον ἀϊτμὴν ἐξανιεῖσαι,

136 18. IAIAAOS &.

ἄλλοτε μὲν σπεύδοντι παρέμμεναι, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε,
3 ν 5)
ὅππως “Ηφαιστός τ᾽ ἐθέλοι καὶ ἔργον ἄνοιτο.
χαλκὸν δ᾽ ἐν πυρὶ βάλλεν ἀτειρέα κασσίτερόν τε
καὶ χρυσὸν τιμῆντα καὶ ἄργυρον" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 475
lol 3 5 / / Ν / \ \
θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ μέγαν ἄκμονα, γέντο δὲ χειρὶ
ad / / Ν Ι
ῥαιστῆρα κρατερήν, ἑτέρηφι δὲ γέντο πυράγρην.
Ποίει δὲ πρώτιστα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε
3
πάντοσε δαιδάλλων, περὶ δ᾽ ἄντυγα βάλλε φαεινὴν
yee) an
τρίπλακα μαρμαρέην, ἐκ δ᾽ ἀργύρεον τελαμῶνα. 480
πέντε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔσαν σάκεος πτύχες" αὐτὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ
ποίει δαίδαλα πολλὰ ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν. :
Ἔν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξ᾽, ἐν δ᾽ οὐρανόν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν,
"Ὁ, If Cy gay / vA ie
ἠέλιὸν τ΄ ἀκάμαντα σελήνην TE πλήθουσαν,
5) Ν BS , / , ᾽ > “ 5 /
ἐν δὲ τὰ τείρεα πάντα, TAT οὐρανὺς ἐστεφάνωται, 485
ΠΠληϊάδας θ᾽ “Yadas τε τό τε σθένος ᾿Ωρίωνος
ἔΑρκτον θ᾽, ἣν καὶ ἄμαξαν ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσιν,
e 2 > “ / / a) 7 te
ἢ τ᾽ αὐτοῦ στρέφεται καί τ᾽ “Opiwva doxevet,
» 7 "Ἂἢ / > a 9 a ᾿
οἴη δ΄ ἄμμορὸς ἐστι λοετρῶν ᾿Ωκεανοῖο.
3 /
Ἐν δὲ δύω ποίησε πόλεις μερύπων ἀνθρώπων 490
/ 3 a / ε , x,’ » 3 la
KaAas. ἐν TH μέν pa γάμοι τ᾽ ἔσαν εἰλαπίναι τε,
b) / oh δ
νύμφας δ᾽ ἐκ θαλάμων δαΐδων ὕπο λαμπομενάων
θ᾽ ον, STN BP Ν ϑι ey /2 Dey.
nylveov ἀνὰ ἄστυ, πολὺς δ᾽ ὑμέναιος ὀρώρει"
a oP by “ 4... 3 >) ae: a
κοῦροι δ᾽ ὀρχηστῆρες ἐδίνεον, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν
> \ / / ἣν a
αὐλοι φορμιγγές Te βοὴν ἔχον" at δὲ γυναῖκες 495
/
ἱστάμεναι θαύμαζον ἐπὶ προθύροισιν ἑκάστη.
\ 9 as a
λαοὶ δ᾽ εἰν ἀγορῇ ἔσαν ἀθρόοι: ἔνθα δὲ νεῖκος
> ’ ὃ ΄ 5» b) ΄, ¢ fal
ὠρώρει, δύο δ᾽ ἄνδρες ἐνείκεον εἵνεκα ποινῆς
5 \ a
ἀνδρὸς ἀποφθιμένου' 6 μὲν εὔχετο πάντ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι
/
δήμῳ πιφαύσκων, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι" 500
Ν ’ / lal
ἄμφω δ᾽ ἱέσθην ἐπὶ ἴστορι πεῖραρ ἑλέσθαι.
\ iD! 8 la ’
λαοὶ δ΄ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἐπήπυον, ἀμφὶς dpwyot
,ὕ >» \ SaaS ; € gs /
κήρυκες δ᾽ ἄρα λαὸν ἐρήτυον᾽ ot δὲ γέροντες

18. IAIAAOZ &.

ee ΕΝ lal / e », BL eh ,
jar ἐπὶ ξεστοῖσι λίθοις ἱερῷ ἐνὶ κύκλῳ,
> wv >

a /
σκῆπτρα δὲ κηρύκων ἐν χέρσ᾽ ἔχον ἠεροφώνων"
a) > Wee 3 ἊΝ ἊΝ 74
τοῖσιν ἔπειτ᾽ ἤϊσσον, ἀμοιβηδὶς δὲ δίκαζον.
- νὰν ἐν SBS 4 n ἢ
κεῖτο ὃ dp ἐν μέσσοισι δύω χρυσοῖο τάλαντα,
τῷ δόμεν ὃς μετὰ τοῖσι δίκην ἰθύντατα εἴποι.

Τὴν δ᾽ ἑτέρην πόλιν ἀμφὶ δύω στρατοὶ ἥατο ‘aay
τεύχεσι AauTomevor’ δίχα δέ σφισιν ἥνδανε βουλή,

Ν δ
ἠὲ διαπραθέειν ἢ ἄνδιχα πάντα δάσασθαι,
κτῆσιν ὅσην πτολίεθρον ἐπήρατον ἐντὸς ἔεργεν"
€ 2 Ν ,ὔ 7 piv te /
οἱ δ᾽ οὔ Tw πείθοντο, λόχῳ δ΄ ὑπεθωρήσσοντο.
- ΡΟ ΧΟ ,ὔ are, \ , ,
τεῖχος μέν ῥ΄ ἄλοχοί τε φίλαι καὶ νήπια τέκνα

δὼ “Τα. , νὴ 3.5 5 7 ἃ A La .
pvat ἐφεσταῦτες, μετὰ O ἀνέρες OVS EXE γῆρας

τ)

505

515

οἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν ΓΑρης καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,

μ᾿ , ΄ Ν Ψ μὴ
ἄμφω χρυσείω, χρύσεια δὲ εἵματα ἕσθην,

Ἂς Ά / ma “A “ ἣν
καλὼ καὶ μεγάλω σὺν τεύχεσιν, ὥς τε θεώ περ,
ἀμφὶς ἀριζήλω: λαοὶ δ᾽ ὑπολίζονες ἦσαν.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκανον ὅθι σφίσιν εἶκε λοχῆσαι,

5 fad [4 9° 9 \ ow / Al
ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι T apdpos ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν,

ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τοί γ᾽ ἵζοντ᾽ εἰλυμένοι αἴθοπι χαλκῷ.

cal ’ n
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε δύω σκοποὶ Hato λαῶν,

δέγμενοι ὁππότε μῆλα ἰδοίατο καὶ ἕλικας βοῦς..

ela Gl

οἱ δὲ τάχα προγένοντο, δύω δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο νομῆες

τερπόμενοι σύριγξι" δόλον δ᾽ οὔ τι προνόησαν.
« Ν Ss “Ὁ 7 ark a >
οἱ μὲν τὰ προϊδόντες ἐπέδραμον, ὦκα δ᾽ ἐπειτα
n Ν
τάμνοντ᾽ ἀμφὶ βοῶν ἀγέλας καὶ πώεα καλὰ
5 , "ΕΣ Lal > 5 Ν Lal
apyevvewy ὀΐων, κτεῖνον δ᾽ ἐπὶ μηλοβοτῆρας.

οἱ δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐπύθοντο πολὺν κέλαδον παρὰ βουσὶν
σιν A , eh ey day ST LE A
εἰράων προπάροιθε καθήμενοι, αὐτίκ᾽ ἐφ΄ ἵππων

βάντες ἀερσιπόδων μετεκίαθον, αἶψα δ᾽ ἵκοντο.

στησάμενοι δ᾽ ἐμάχοντο μάχην ποταμοῖο παρ᾽ ὄχθας,

βάλλον δ᾽ ἀλλήλους χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείῃσιν.

ἐν δ᾽ Ἔρις ἐν δὲ Κυδοιμὸς ὁμίλεον, ἐν δ᾽ ὀλοὴ Κήρ,
ρ ) Κήρ

520

525

539°

tr
eo
“ει

138 18. IAIAAO®S 3.

.

ἄλλον ζωὸν ἔχουσα νεούτατον, ἄλλον ἄουτον,
ἄλλον τεθνηῶτα κατὰ μόθον ἕλκε ποδοῖιν'
φ 3 lal
cia δ᾽ ἔχ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὦμοισι δαφοινεὸν αἵματι φωτῶν.
ὡμίλευν δ᾽ ὥς τε ζωοὶ βροτοὶ ἠδ᾽ ἐμάχοντο,
’, 25 4 Ν n
νεκροὺς τ ἀλλήλων ἔρυον κατατεθνηῶτας. 540
>] ies τὰν \ / / x
Ep δ᾽ ἐτίθει νειὸν μαλακήν, πίειραν ἄρουραν,
εὐρεῖαν τρίπολον᾽ πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀροτῆρες ἐν αὐτῇ
ρ ρί ν L δ΄ ἀροτῆρες ἐν αὐτῇ
,ὔ "4 5 / ν Nv
ζεύγεα δινεύοντες ἐλάστρεον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα.
€ 3) ie , , € 7, , 5 /
οἱ 6 ὁπότε στρέψαντες ἱκοίατο τέλσον ἀρούρης,
a bdr oe] Ν 7 / Μ
τοῖσι ὃ ἐπειτ᾽ ἐν χερσὶ δέπας μελιηδέος οἴνου 545
δόσκεν ἀνὴρ ἐπιών" τοὶ δὲ στρέψασκον ἀν᾽ ὄγμους,
eve, “ ,ὔ / cons
ἱέμενοι νειοῖο βαθείης τέλσον ἱκέσθαι.
ς Ν / ΡΟΝ ρα 3 / Ν Sf.
ἡ δὲ μελαίνετ᾽ ὄπισθεν, ἀρηρομένῃ δὲ ἐῴκει,
χρυσείη περ ἐοῦσα" τὸ δὴ πέρι θαῦμα τέτυκτο.
Ἔν δ᾽ ἐτίθει τέμενος βασιλήϊον" ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔριθοι 550
x τ ΄ / μὰ Ν Μ
ἤμων ὀξείας δρεπάνας ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντες.
δράγματα δ᾽ ἄλλα per ὄγμον ἐπήτριμα πῖπτον ἔραζε,
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἀμαλλοδετῆρες ἐν ἐλλεδανοῖσι δέοντο.
τρεῖς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμαλλοδετῆρες ἐφέστασαν' αὐτὰρ ὄπισθε
val / 5] b) / 7
παῖδες δραγμεύοντες, ἐν ἀγκαλίδεσσι φέροντες, 558
ἀσπερχὲς πάρεχον᾽ βασιλεὺς δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι σιωπῇ
σκῆπτρον ἔχων ἑστήκει ET ὄγμου γηθόσυνος κῆρ.
la pee) U « Ν i “ if,
κήρυκες δ᾽ ἀπάνευθεν ὑπὸ dput δαῖτα πένοντο,
a ΠῚ , , 7 ; € gk a
βοῦν ὃ ἱερεύσαντες μέγαν ἄμφεπον" al δὲ γυναῖκες
δεῖπνον ἐρίθοισιν λεύκ᾽ ἄλφιτα πολλὰ πάλυνον. 560
Ἔν δ᾽ ἐτίθει σταφυλῆσι μέγα βρίθουσαν ἀλωὴν
Ν One , 5.5. Ὁ Ζὶ , 3
καλὴν χρυσείην" μέλανες ὃ ἀνὰ βότρυες ἦσαν,
c / Ν / Ν 2 ,
ἑστήκει δὲ κάμαξι διαμπερὲς apyupenow.
»} Ν Ν , , Ν ) ὦ μὲ
ἀμφὶ δὲ κυανέην κάπετον, περὶ δ΄ ἕρκος ἔλασσε
κ 7 ΕΣ 5 - 2 We oS Peet ary Si
κασσιτέρου" μία δ᾽ οἴη ἀταρπιτὸς ἣεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν, 565
“ ΄ “ “ ’ Ψ 7
τῇ νίσοντο φορῆες, OTE TPVYOWEV ἀλωῆν.

Ν a8 Ἂς
παρθενικαὶ δὲ καὶ ἠΐθεοι ἀταλὰ φρονέοντες

18. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ &.

a Ἷ ¥: /
πλεκτοῖς ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν.
τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι πάϊς φόρμιγγι λιγεί
νμ ρμίγγι Χιγειῇ
ἱμερόεν κιθάριζε, λίνον δ᾽ ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄειδε
, a, Ree ee ε fal
λεπταλέῃ φωνῇ" τοὶ δὲ ῥήσσοντες ἁμαρτΊ)
μολπῇ τ᾽ ἰυγμῷ τε ποσὶ σκαίροντες ἕποντο.
Ἔν δ᾽ ἀγέλην ποίησε βοῶν ὀρθοκραιράων"
αἱ δὲ βόες χρυσοῖο τετεύχατο κασσιτέρου τε,
“ ee) \ , bp] 7 ,
μυκηθμῷ δ᾽ ἀπὸ κόπρου ἐπεσσεύοντο νομόνδε
\ \ / eae Ν “
πὰρ ποταμὸν κελάδοντα, παρὰ ῥοδανὸν δονακῆα.
χρύσειοι δὲ νομῆες ἅμ᾽ ἐστιχόωντο βόεσσι

3 / / , , 9 \- el
τέσσαρες, ἐννέα δέ σφι κύνες πόδας ἀργοὶ ἕποντο.

σμερδαλέω δὲ λέοντε δύ᾽ ἐν πρώτῃσι βόεσσι
ταῦρον ἐρύγμηλον ἐχέτην" 6 δὲ μακρὰ μεμυκὼς
e \ Ν , , 99) ) ’,
ἕλκετο" τὸν δὲ κύνες μετεκίαθον ἠδ᾽ αἰζηοί.

τὼ μὲν ἀναρρήξαντε βοὸς μεγάλοιο βοείην

" \ , φ , bia yy SEWN a
ἔγκατα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα λαφύσσετον᾽ οἱ δὲ νομῆες

Μ 3 , / / > 4
αὕτως ἐνδίεσαν ταχέας κύνας ὀτρύνοντες.
« a IS / Ν Ψ a ,
οἱ δ᾽ ἢ τοι δακέειν μὲν ἀπετρωπῶντο λεόντων,
ἱστάμενοι δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ὑλάκτεον ἔκ τ᾽ ἀλέοντο.
5 Ἂν ἈΝ ,ὔ A 3 fe.
Ev δὲ νομὸν ποίησε περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις
ἐν καλῇ βήσσῃ μέγαν οἰῶν ἀργεννάων,
7 4 / ION ,
σταθμούς τε κλισίας τε κατηρεφέας ἰδὲ σηκούς.
,
Ἔν δὲ χορὸν ποίκιλλε περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις;
ΙΝ a? Ue 0 τῷ ΑΝ > ,
τῷ ἴκελον οἷόν ποτ᾽ ἐνὶ Κνωσῷ εὑρείῃ
lA
Δαίδαλος ἤσκησεν καλλιπλοκάμῳ ᾿Αριάδν.
ἔνθα μὲν ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι ἀλφεσίβοιαι
5 fal 3 5 / »] Ν “ lal ν᾽
ὠρχεῦντ΄, ἀλλήλων ἐπὶ καρπῷ χεῖρας EXOVTES.
n > c Ἂς Ν 3 Ψ Bs ἐν Ν al
τῶν δ᾽ ai μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας
IO ow 2 3 , 5) Tine
εἴατ᾽ ἐὐννήτους, ἧκα στίλβοντας ἐλαίῳ

PES € Ν Ν 7, Υ̓͂ ε Ν ,ὔ
καί ῥ᾽ αἱ μὲν καλὰς στεφάνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ μαχαίρας

εἶχον χρυσείας ἐξ ἀργυρέων τελαμώνων.
ε } et tee Ν , 5 , ,
οἱ δ᾽ ὁτὲ μὲν θρέξασκον ἐπισταμένοισι πόδεσσι

19

σι
“«
Οο

σι
“τ
σι

580

cr
co
σι

140 18. IAIAAOS 3.

en 4‘,93 « “ Ν " 5»
ῥεῖα μάλ᾽, ὡς ὅτε τις τροχὸν ἄρμενον ἐν παλάμῃσιν
ε , Ν. / Μ /
ἑζόμενος κεραμεὺς πειρήσεται, al κε θέῃσιν
ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖ θρέξασκον ἐπὶ στίχας ἀλλήλοισι.
πολλὸς δ᾽ ἱμερόεντα χορὸν περιίσταθ᾽ ὅμιλος
τερπόμενοι μετὰ δέ σφιν ἐμέλπετο θεῖος ἀοιδὸς
, A \ gy a 5 is LIEN

φορμίζων" δοιὼ δὲ κυβιστητῆρε κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς
μολπῆς ἐξάρχοντος ἐδίνευον κατὰ μέσσους.

Ἔν δ᾽ ἐτίθει ποταμοῖο μέγα σθένος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο
ἄντυγα πὰρ πυμάτην σάκεος πύκα ποιητοῖο.

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ τεῦξε σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε,

nf) oF « iP , \ > lal
τεῦξ᾽ ἄρα ot θώρηκα φαεινότερον πυρὸς αὐγῆς,
τεῦξε δέ οἱ κόρυθα βριαρὴν κροτάφοις ἀραρυῖαν,
καλὴν δαιδαλέην, ἐπὶ δὲ χρύσεον λόφον ἧκε,
τεῦξε δέ οἱ κνημῖδας ἑανοῦ κασσιτέροιο.

/
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πάνθ᾽ ὕπλα κάμε κλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις,
ρ μ

μητρὸς ᾿Αχιλλῆος θῆκε προπάροιθεν ἀείρας.
ἡ δ᾽ ἴρηξ ὡς ἄλτο κατ᾽ Οὐλύμπου νιφόεντος,
τεύχεα μαρμαίροντα παρ᾽ Ἡφαίστοιο φέρουσα.

600

605

610

TATAAOZ. 7:

Μήνιδος ἀπόρρησις.

᾿Ηὼς μὲν κροκόπεπλος ἀπ᾽ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο ῥοάων
ὥρνυθ᾽, tv ἀθανάτοισι φόως φέροι ἠδὲ βροτοῖσιν"
€ Ὧν “ ¢ a / - /
ἡ δ᾽ ἐς νῆας ἵκανε θεοῦ πάρα δῶρα φέρουσα.
εὗρε δὲ Πατρόκλῳ περικείμενον ὃν φίλον υἱόν,
κλαίοντα λιγέως" πολέες δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι

΄ raha ie’) a , ra t
μύρονθ᾽" ἡ δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι παρίστατο δῖα θεάων,
Ν + ae A c an Na 95, > ἾΝ, ΜΡ 9 ,ὔ 4
ἔν T ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρὶ ἔπος τ᾽ Ear ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζε
“ τέκνον ἐμόν, τοῦτον μὲν ἐάσομεν ἀχνύμενοί περ
κεῖσθαι, ἐπεὶ δὴ πρῶτα θεῶν ἰότητι δαμάσθη"
τύνη δ᾽ «Πφαίστοιο πάρα κλυτὰ τεύχεα δέξο,
καλὰ μάλ᾽, of οὔ πώ τις ἀνὴρ ὦμοισι φόρησεν.᾽"

‘Qs ἄρα φωνήσασα θεὰ κατὰ τεύχε᾽ ἔθηκε

an /
πρόσθεν ᾿Αχιλλῆος" τὰ δ᾽ ἀνέβραχε δαίδαλα πάντα.
Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ ἄρα πάντας ἕλε τρόμος, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη
ἄντην εἰσιδέειν, GAN ἔτρεσαν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ὡς εἶδ᾽, ὥς μιν μᾶλλον ἔδυ χόλος, ἐν δέ οἱ ὄσσε
[,

δεινὸν ὑπὸ βλεφάρων ὡς εἰ σέλας ἐξεφάανθεν᾽

/ ae} / 7 a 3 Ἂς a
τέρπετο δ᾽ ἐν χείρεσσιν ἔχων θεοῦ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ φρεσὶν ἧσι τετάρπετο δαΐδαλα λεύσσων,
αὐτίκα μητέρα ἣν ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
ςς nm τι ΄ Ἂν Ν “ Ν , 43 5 S

μῆτερ ἐμή, τὰ μὲν ὅπλα θεὸς πόρεν ot ἐπιεικὲς
Ba δ. ὁ τι / ἊΣ ἊΝ Ν /
ἔργ᾽ ἔμεν ἀθανάτων, μηδὲ βροτὸν ἄνδρα τελέσσαι.
-- > n
νῦν δ᾽ ἦ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ θωρήξομαι' ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ αἰνῶς

Io

142 19. IAIAAOS T.

δείδω μή μοι τόφρα Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱὸν
fal a ὡς 7 5 \
μυΐαι καδδῦσαι κατὰ χαλκοτύπους ὠτειλὰς
> nf 5 / 5 Ἂν Ἂς ,
evdas ἐγγείνωνται, ἀεικίσσωσι δὲ νεκρόν---
3 ᾽ “Ἂς / \ Ν ’ / / 59
ἐκ δ᾽ αἰὼν πέφαται---κατὰ δὲ χρόα πάντα oan).

Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ’ ἔπειτα θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα'
“τέκνον, μή τοι ταῦτα μετὰ φρεσὶ σῇσι μελόντων.
τῷ μὲν ἐγὼ πειρήσω ἀλαλκεῖν ἄ od

Ὁ μὲν ἐγὼ πειρήσω ἀλαλκεῖν ἄγρια φῦλα,

, vier a Sees Tet , 5
μυίας, αἵ pa τε φῶτας ἀρηϊφάτους κατέδουσιν
ἤν περ γὰρ κεῖταί γε τελεσφόρον εἰς ἐνιαυτόν,

νην 0.5 ae Ἂς Μ x A'S ,
αἰεὶ τῷ γ᾽ ἔσται χρὼς ἔμπεδος, ἢ καὶ ἀρείων.
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ εἰς ἀγορὴν καλέσας ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιούς,
lal / na
μῆνιν ἀποειπὼν ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ποιμένι λαῶν,

A pa 35
αἷψα μάλ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον θωρήσσεο, δύσεο δ᾽ ἀλκήν.
“Qs ἄρα φωνήσασα μένος πολυθαρσὲς ἐνῆκε,

, 3 Cs Ἐξ Se) 7 \ / 5 BY
Πατρόκλῳ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀμβροσίην καὶ νέκταρ ἐρυθρὸν
/ Se n ¢ « \ Υ »
στάξε κατὰ ῥινῶν, ἵνα οἱ χρὼς ἔμπεδος εἴη.
lal -“ lal 3
Αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ παρὰ θῖνα θαλάσσης dios ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
“ oF on ay sey. > ¢
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων, ὦρσεν δ᾽ ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιούς.
n n /
καί ῥ᾽ οἵ περ τὸ πάρος ye νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι μένεσκον,
οἵ τε κυβερνῆται καὶ ἔχον οἰήϊα νηῶν
καὶ ταμίαι παρὰ νηυσὶν ἔσαν, σίτοιο δοτῆρες,

\ Ἂν « ’, ’ 3 -ι AS ΕΣ Ὁ 3 5 Ἂν
καὶ μὴν οὐ τότε γ εἰς ἀγορὴν ἴσαν, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
bp] “4 Ν Xx t 3 / 23 “
ἐξεφάνη, δηρὸν δὲ μάχης ἐπέπαυτ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς.
τὼ δὲ δύω σκάζοντε βάτην ἤΑρεος θεράποντε,
Τυδεΐδης τε μενεπτόλεμος καὶ δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
yg pb] fy x Ν + e /

EYXEL ἐρειδομένω" ἔτι γὰρ exov ἕλκεα λυγρά"
Ν Ν \ , 5 VMS 4
Kad δὲ μετὰ πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ ἵζοντο κιόντες.
> a 3 /
αὐτὰρ ὁ δεύτατος ἦλθεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
ἕλκος ἔχων" καὶ γὰρ τὸν ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ
οὗτα Κόων ᾿Αντηνορίδης χαλκήρεϊ δουρί.
Ν ’
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ πάντες ἀολλίσθησαν ᾿Αχαιοί,.

= Αἰ τ ἢ δ τὰ

τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς

25

30

35

40

σι
um

Trea — —-

19. IAIAAOS 'T.

cc? , fy > ν Ὁ , "
Ατρεϊδη, ἢ ἄρ τι τόδ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἄρειον
Ν Ν ἮΝ sR ah 5 / fod
ἔπλετο, σοὶ καὶ ἐμοί, O TE νῶϊ TEP ἀχνυμένω κῆρ
/

θυμοβόρῳ ἔριδι μενεήναμεν εἵνεκα κούρης;

Ν » pd Se / / ” 9“
τὴν Open’ ἐν νήεσσι κατακτάμεν Apres ἰῷ,

ΝΜ ἂν ὃν ὟΝ «ε , \ ae ἐξ
ἤματι τῷ ὅτ᾽ ἐγὼν ἑλόμην Λυρνησσὸν ὀλέσσας
τῷ K οὐ τόσσοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ ὀδὰξ ἕλον ἄσπετον οὖδας

/ a
δυσμενέων ὑπὸ χερσίν, ἐμεῦ ἀπομηνίσαντος.

7 δ \ ΤΥ πρὶ ᾽ 2 5. Ἐν 75 Ν
Εκτορι μὲν καὶ Tpwol τὸ κέρδιον᾽ αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς

n “ oh
δηρὸν ἐμῆς Kal σῆς ἔριδος μνήσεσθαι ὀΐω.

5 \ Ν Ν 4 Ψ. Ἢ ΄ ΄ὕ
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν ἀχνύμενοί περ,
θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλον δαμάσαντες ἀνάγκῃ"

μ ] μ yen

A 25.9: Ν 3 Ν ’ ’ > , , XN
νῦν δ᾽ ἦ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ παύω χόλον, οὐδε TL με χρὴ
3 / φκκ / - 3 Cale 2 c
ἀσκελέως αἰεὶ weveaivepev’ ἀλλ᾽ aye θᾶσσον
» , , / , ? 7,
ὄτρυνον πόλεμόνδε κάρη κομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς,

Μ» 30: \ , / 5 , 5 ,
ὄφρ᾽ ἔτι καὶ Τρώων πειρήσομαι ἀντίον ἐλθών,

ΨΩ Ante As ἢ Ἂς eS \ eet a = 2 , be
αἴ κ΄ ἐθέλωσ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἰαύειν᾽ ἀλλα τιν οἴω
’ / > lal , / 4 ’ὔ
ἀσπασίως αὐτῶν γόνυ κάμψειν, ὃς κε φύγῃσι

ah
δηΐου ἐκ πολέμοιο ὑπ᾽ ἔγχεος ἡμετέροιο."
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἐχάρησαν ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
lad 5 ΄ 7 oh
μῆνιν ἀπειπόντος μεγαθύμου 1[ηλεϊωνος.
val Ν Ν , » 5 a 3 ,
τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
τι ὦ 99? 5 7ὕ > dpe
[αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἕδρης, οὐδ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισιν ἀναστάς]
“ς ὦ φίλοι ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες “Apnos,
ἑσταότος μὲν καλὸν ἀκούειν, οὐδὲ ἔοικεν

ec , Ν \ 5 ,ὔ 4:
ὑββάλλειν" χαλεπὸν γὰρ ἐπισταμένῳ περ ἐόντι.
»} “ 8, τ 5 taps: It “ , 3 ΄
ἀνδρῶν δ᾽ ἐν πολλῷ ὁμάδῳ πῶς κέν τις ἀκούσαι
“Ὁ Ν /

ἡ εἴποι ; βλάβεται δὲ λιγύς περ ἐὼν ἀγορητής.
A X > Ν 5 ᾽ὔ ms >’ Ν cy
Πηλεΐδῃ μὲν ἐγὼν ἐνδείξομαι' αὐτὰρ οἱ ἄλλοι

/ bees cal “Δ 7 bd » n e
σύνθεσθ᾽ ᾿Αργεῖοι, μῦθόν T εὖ γνῶτε ἕκαστος.
πολλάκι δή μοι τοῦτον ᾿Αχαιοὶ μῦθον ἔειπον,

Pra , SASH ENE ᾿ς 8... 15 v5 ἃ >
καί τέ με νεικείεσκον᾽ ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐκ αἴτιός εἶμι,
ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς καὶ Μοῖρα καὶ ἠεροφοῖτις ᾿Ερινύς,

143

60

a
on

7°

75

80

144 19. IAIAAOS T.

" It > | 5" a
οἵ Te μοι εἰν ἀγορῇ φρεσὶν ἔμβαλον ἄγριον ἄτην,
” a 39 a
ἤματι τῷ ὅτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος γέρας αὐτὸς ἀπηύρων.
Σ ΄ / ral
ἀλλὰ Ti kev ῥέξαιμι ; θεὸς διὰ πάντα τελευτᾷ. 90
7 Q , r
πρέσβα Διὸς θυγάτηρ “Arn, ἣ πάντας ἀᾶται,
> , = = , pee Ν , Ἃ > \
οὐλομένη" τῇ μέν θ᾽ ἁπαλοὶ πόδες: οὐ yap ἐπ᾽ οὔδει
>] el a
πίλναται, ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα ἥ ye κατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν κράατα βαίνει
/ 3
βλάπτουσ᾽ ἀνθρώπους" κατὰ δ᾽ οὖν ἕτερόν γε πέδησε.
καὶ ὰ ὃ , 4 7h Ἂν yx , A
ὶ yap δή νύ ποτε Ζεὺς ἄσατο, τόν περ ἄριστον 95
ἀνδρῶν ἠδὲ θεῶν dao’ ἔμμεναι: ἀλλ᾽ dpa καὶ τὸν
- na
Ἥρη θῆλυς ἐοῦσα δολοφροσύνῃς ἀπάτησεν,
»” n
ἤματι τῷ ὅτ᾽ ἔμελλε βίην “Hpaxdnelnv
΄ “
᾿Αλκμήνη τέξεσθαι ἐϊστεφάνῳ ἐνὶ Θήβη.
ἢ τοι ὅ γ᾽ εὐχόμενος μετέφη πάντεσσι θεοῖσι" 100
‘KEeKAUTE μευ, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί Te θέαιναι,
Μ bf yo A 6 \ SEEN 60 5 ,
opp εἴπω τά με θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀνώγει.
σήμερον ἄνδρα φόωσδε μογοστόκος Εἰλείθυια
ἐκφανεῖ, ὃς πάντεσσι περικτιόνεσσιν ἀνάξει,
lal 3 an lal Ὡ Ὡω [2 3 5 cal ᾽ 47?
τῶν ἀνδρῶν γενεῆς οἵ θ᾽ αἵματος ἐξ ἐμεῦ εἰσί. 105
τὸν δὲ δολοφρονέουσα προσηύδα πότνια Ἥρη"
“ψευστήσεις, οὐδ᾽ αὖτε τέλος μύθῳ ἐπιθήσεις.
᾿ = 3
εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε νῦν μοι ὄμοσσον, ᾿Ολύμπιε, καρτερὸν ὅρκον,
7) μὲν τὸν πάντεσσι περικτιόνεσσιν ἀνάξειν,
ὅς κεν ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε πέσῃ μετὰ ποσσὶ γυναικὸς 110
τῶν ἀνδρῶν ot σῆς ἐξ αἵματός εἰσι γενέθλης.
ὡς ἔφατο: Ζεὺς δ᾽ οὔ τι δολοφροσύνην ἐνόησεν,
ἀλλ᾽ ὄμοσεν μέγαν ὅρκον, ἔπειτα δὲ πολλὸν ἀάσθη.
Ἥρη δ᾽ ἀΐξασα λίπεν ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο,
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκετ᾽ Αργος ᾿Αχαιϊκόν, ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα ἤδη τι5
ἰφθίμην ἄλοχον Σθενέλου ἸΠερσηϊάδαο.
ἡ δ᾽ ἐκύει φίλον υἱόν, ὃ δ᾽ ἕβδομος ἑστήκει μείς"
3 8 » Ν ’ ὃ + ae! , 4:.ἢ
ἐκ δ᾽ ἄγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε καὶ ἠλιτόμηνον ἐόντα,
3
᾿Αλκμήνης δ᾽ ἀπέπαυσε τόκον, σχέθε δ᾽ Εἰλειθυίας.

᾿
a

19. ἸΛΙΆΔΟΣ T. ge

αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἀγγελέουσα Δία Κρονίωνα προσηύδα" 120
« 7 A , > t ν 7 5 \ 6 4 .
εὖ πάτερ ἀργικέραυνε, ἔπος τί τοι ἐν φρεσὶ θήσω
,
ἤδη ἀνὴρ γέγον᾽ ἐσθλός, ὃς ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀνάξει,
Εὐρυσθεύς, Σθενέλοιο πάϊς Περσηϊάδαο,
x , Ἢ Vue 5 σεν κα ͵ ᾽ , .
σὸν γένος" οὔ οἱ ἀεικὲς ἀνασσέμεν ᾿Αργείοισιν.
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἄχος ὀξὺ κατὰ φρένα τύψε βαθεῖαν" 125
αὐτίκα δ᾽ εἷλ᾽ "Arny κεφαλῆς λιπαροπλοκάμοιο
χωόμενος φρεσὶν ἧσι, καὶ ὥμοσε καρτερὸν ὅρκον
>
μή ποτ᾽ és Οὔλυμπόν τε Kal οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα
αὗτις ἐλεύσεσθαι Ατην, ἣ πάντας ἀᾶται.
5 Ν ν Cre! 3 nan 3 ,
ὡς εἰπὼν ἔρριψεν ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος 130
\ ᾿ A ! 3; Ὁ ee ee ,
χειρὶ περιστρέψας" τάχα δ᾽ ἵκετο ἔργ᾽ ἀνθρώπων.
τὴν αἰεὶ στενάχεσχ᾽, ὅθ᾽ ἑὸν φίλον υἱὸν ὁρῷτο
ἔργον ἀεικὲς ἔχοντα ὑπ᾽ Εὐρυσθῆος ἀέθλων.
ds καὶ ἐγών, ὅτε δὴ αὖτε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Extwp
:
᾿Αργείους ὀλέκεσκεν ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσι νέεσσιν, 13
- a /
ov δυνάμην λελαθέσθ᾽ "Ατης, ἣ πρῶτον ἀάσθην.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἀασάμην καί μευ φρένας ἐξέλετο Ζεύς,
2
dy ἐθέλω ἀρέσαι, δόμεναί 7 ἀπερείσι ἄποινα"
ἀλλ᾽ ὄρσευ πόλεμόνδε, καὶ ἄλλους ὄρνυθι λαούς.
δῶρα δ᾽ ἐγὼν ὅδε πάντα παρασχέμεν, ὅσσα τοι ἐλθὼν
a 3
χθιζὸς ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ὑπέσχετο δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς. 141
, ”
εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις, ἐπίμεινον ἐπειγόμενος Tep Apnos,
n fal Ν ,
δῶρα δέ τοι θεράποντες ἐμῆς Tapa νηὸς ἑλόντες
”
οἴσουσ᾽, ὄφρα ἴδηαι 6 τοι μενοεικέα δώσω.
ip Ἰ
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς
ah a ᾿
“««“᾽Ατρεΐδη κύδιστε, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον, 146
an Ν y tae | / / «ες 5
δῶρα μὲν αἴ K ἐθέλῃσθα παρασχέμεν, ὡς ἐπιεικές;
γος Ἀν ETS Ν fe a Ἂς ’ ,
WT ἐχέμεν παρὰ col’ νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα χάρμης
’
αἶψα μάλ᾽" οὐ yap χρὴ κλοτοπεύειν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντας

on

3QR § / μὴ \ / Ν + Ὁ =
οὐδὲ διατρίβειν" ἔτι yap μέγα Epyov ἄρεκτον 150
or Ud 3 3 prs Ν , Μ
ὥς κέ τις αὗτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα μετὰ πρώτοισιν ἴδηται.
VOL. I. i

146 19. IAIAAO® T.

Ν oe
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ Τρώων ὀλέκοντα φάλαγγας.
ast ς , / 3 \ , ”
ὧδέ τις ὑμείων μεμνημένος ἀνδρὶ μαχέσθω.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσσεύς"
“ μὴ δὴ οὕτως ἀγαθός περ ἐών, θεοείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 155
» A) ok eo > na
vnotias ὄτρυνε προτὶ ᾿ἴλιον vias ᾿Αχαιῶν
Τρωσὶ μαχησομένους, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ὀλίγον χρόνον ἔσται
’ a IR na ε , /
φύλοπις, εὖτ ἂν πρῶτον ὁμιλήσωσι φάλαγγες
ἀνδρῶν, ἐν δὲ θεὸς πνεύσῃ μένος ἀμφοτέροισιν
ρ ) ῃ μ μ ρ τ
n 3
ἀλλὰ πάσασθαι ἄνωχθι θοῆς ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιοὺς 160
, Ne αν ἢ Nae , eee κ᾿ βὰ ;
σίτου καὶ οἴνοιο᾽ τὸ γὰρ μένος ἐστὶ καὶ ἀλκή.
> Ν > ee. , > " Sat ie
οὐ yap ἀνὴρ πρόπαν ἦμαρ ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα
ἄκμηνος σίτοιο δυνήσεται ἄντα μάχεσθαι:
y \ “Ἢ , i?
εἴ περ yap θυμῷ ye μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν,
ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται, ἠδὲ κιχάνει 165
δίψα Te καὶ λιμός, βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ᾽ ἰόντι.
a / 2 BIN y+ / Ae? a
ὃς δέ K ἀνὴρ οἴνοιο κορεσσάμενος καὶ ἐδωδῆς
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσι π έ λεμίῷ
ρ μ τανημέριος πολεμί(ῃ,
θαρσαλέον νύ οἱ ἦτορ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, οὐδέ τι γυῖα
πρὶν κάμνει, πρὶν πάντας ἐρωῆσαι πολέμοιο. 170
9 Ν -»
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε λαὸν μὲν σκέδασον καὶ δεῖπνον ἄνωχθι
ὅπλεσθαι' τὰ δὲ δῶρα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
οἰσέτω ἐς μέσσην ἀγορήν, ἵνα πάντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδωσι, σὺ δὲ φρεσὶ σῆσιν ἰανθῆς.
5, / , “ p) > 7 > I
ὀμνυέτω δέ τοι ὅρκον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀναστάς, 1

sr

, a Ger aes , Od a ξ
μή ποτε τῆς εὐνῆς ἐπιβήμεναι ἠδὲ μιγῆναι
a ὔ 3 , yA of PS) a + ALF
[ἢ θέμις ἐστίν, ἄναξ, ἤ τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν")
\ Ν \ 5 lad \ oN \ ¢ x
καὶ δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ θυμὸς ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἵλαος ἔστω.
bs ya U SN 4 2) /
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτά σε δαιτὶ ἐνὶ κλισίῃς ἀρεσάσθω
la “ , Ν
πιείρῃ, ἵνα μὴ τι δίκης ἐπιδευὲς ἔχῃσθα. 180
> «ὃ " , Ἂν
Ατρεΐδη, σὺ δ᾽ ἔπειτα δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλῳ
ἔσσεαι. οὐ μὲν γάρ τι νεμεσσητὸν βασιλῆα
ἄ ὃ he pe | 7 θ “ , αλεπ ay 33
νδρ᾽ ἀπαρέσσασθαι, ὅτε τις πρότερος X ἤν.

19. IAIAAO® T. 147

Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων"
ςς 4 a AN 10 \ 00 P| ΄ <8 =
χαίρω σεῦ, Λαερτιάδη, τὸν μῦθον ἀκούσας 185
3 s \ / / \ le
ἐν μοίρῃ yap πάντα διίκεο καὶ κατέλεξας.
fal 3 ,
ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐγὼν ἐθέλω ὀμόσαι, κέλεται δέ με θυμός,
οὐδ᾽ ἐπιορκήσω πρὸς δαίμονος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
μιμνέτω αὐτόθι τῆος ἐπειγόμενός περ “Apnos*
μίμνετε δ᾽ ἄλλοι πάντες ἀολλέες, ὄφρα κε δῶρα 190
3 / wa os Ν /
ἐκ κλισίης ἔλθησι καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ τάμωμεν.
σοὶ δ᾽ αὐτῷ τόδ᾽ ἐγὼν ἐπιτέλλομαι ἠδὲ κελεύω"
κρινάμενος κούρητας ἀριστῆας Παναχαιῶν
δῶρα ἐμῆς παρὰ νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν, ὅσσ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ
χθιζὸν ὑπέστημεν δώσειν, ἀγέμεν τε γυναῖκας. 195
Ταλθύβιος δέ μοι ὦκα κατὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν
t « “ ee ae) / ”
κάπρον ἑτοιμασάτω, ταμέειν Avi τ᾽ ᾿Ηελίῳ τε.
2
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς
᾽ oh a 3
“’Arpeldyn κύδιστε, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον,
/ ΄- n
ἄλλοτέ περ καὶ μᾶλλον ὀφέλλετε ταῦτα πένεσθαι, 20ο
/
ὁππότε TLS μεταπαυσωλὴ πολέμοιο γένηται
καὶ μένος οὐ τόσον σιν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐμοῖσι.
a 3 ec Ν / - , ἃ 5 /
νῦν δ᾽ οἱ μὲν κέαται δεδαϊγμένοι, ovs ἐδάμασσεν
Ud o fal x
“Extop Πριαμίδης, ὅτε οἱ Ζεὺς κῦδος ἔδωκεν,
Sao) 5 NER SLs Re Gees Aca oa) Up
ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἐς βρωτὺν ὀτρύνετον᾽ ἢ T ἂν ἐγώ γε 205
a“ ἊΝ 5 , / @ ’ “
νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν
, τ) / e > Lalo. ,ὔ /
νήστιας ἀκμήνους, ἅμα δ᾽ ἠελίῳ καταδύντι
τεύξεσθαι μέγα δόρπον, ἐπὴν τισαίμεθα λώβην.
‘ Sry ke , Ν Vana Le
πρὶν δ᾽ οὔ πως ἂν ἔμοιγε φίλον κατὰ λαιμὸν ιείη
Ψ , ION a c ’, a
οὐ πόσις οὐδὲ βρῶσις, ἑταίρου τεθνηῶτος, 210
a ba , - , > Tae La
ὅς μοι ἐνὶ κλισίῃ δεδαΐγμένος ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ
a SEEKS , / b) \ a ¢ a
κεῖται ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος, ἀμφὶ 6 ἑταίροι
᾿ lal /
μύρονται" τό μοι ov τι μετὰ φρεσὶ ταῦτα μέμηλεν,
3 Ἂς , \ @ Ni G9 ip , 5 “ 39
ἀλλὰ φόνος τε καὶ αἷμα καὶ ἀργαλέος στόνος ἀνδρῶν.
᾽ ! lee
Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσσεύς

Ι, 2

148 19. IAIAAOS T.

“" ΡΞ ΄ 3 lal
“ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, Πηλέος vie, μέγα φέρτατ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν,

,ὔ «4 2! / Ν / > > 4
κρείσσων εἷς ἐμέθεν καὶ φέρτερος οὐκ ὀλίγον περ
Ν SX / al / / ,
ἔγχει, ἐγὼ δέ κε σεῖο νοήἡματί ye προβαλοίμην

, 5 \ , / \ 7 aS
πολλὸν, ἐπεὶ πρότερος γενόμην καὶ πλείονα οἶδα.

a > / / ᾽ὔ 5 o
τῷ TOL ἐπιτλήτω κραδίη μύθοισιν ἐμοῖσιν.
αἷψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν,
- ,ὔ Ν ! \ \ Υ
ns τε πλείστην μὲν καλάμην χθονὶ χαλκὸς ἔχευεν,
7 ’ 5 / 2) Ν ©: /
ἄμητος ὃ ὀλίγιστος, ἐπὴν κλίνῃσι τάλαντα
Ζεύς, ὅς T ἀνθρώπων ταμίης πολέμοιο τέτυκται.
>» " 7 a 5.» es
γαστέρι 6 οὔ πως ἔστι νέκυν πενθῆσαι AxaLovs
/ Ν \ ἊΝ / » /
λίην yap πολλοὶ Kal ἐπήτριμοι ἤματα πάντα
πίπτουσιν' πότε κέν τις ἀναπνεύσειε πόνοιο ;
5 Ν Ν Ν Ν i2 “ /
ἀλλὰ χρὴ TOV μὲν καταθάπτειν Os κε θάνῃσι,

, Nee DE 919 Ψ' ΄ 4
νηλέα θυμὸν ἔχοντας, ἐπ᾽ ἤματι δακρύσαντας
ὅσσοι δ᾽ ἂν πολέμοιο περὶ στυγεροῖο λίπωνται,

΄ , ον Ψ if Μ .} 7 .
μεμνῆσθαι πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος, ὄφρ᾽ ἔτι μᾶλλον
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσι μαχώμεθα νωλεμὲς αἰεί,
eg eee 3. Χ 5 , , x
ἐσσάμενοι χροὶ χαλκὸν ἄτειρξα. μηδέ τις ἄλλην
λαῶν ὀτρυντὺν ποτιδέγμενος ἰσχαναάσθω"

e/ Ν ΟῚ Ν Ν 7 “ /
ἧδε yap ὀτρυντὺς κακὸν ἔσσεται Os κε λίπηται
νηυσὶν ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων: ἀλλ᾽ ἀθρόοι ὁρμηθέντες
᾿ 33

Τρωσὶν ἐφ᾽ ἱπποδάμοισιν ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna.

Ἦ, καὶ Νέστορος vias ὀπάσσατο κυδαλίμοιο,
Φυλεΐδην τε Μέγητα Θόαντά τε Μηριόνην τε
καὶ Κρειοντιάδην Λυκομήδεα καὶ Μελάνιππον"
βὰν δ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς κλισίην ᾿Αγαμένονος ᾿Ατρεΐδαο.

’ 3 = F
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἅμα μῦθος ἔην, τετέλεστο δὲ ἔργον
c Ν Ν “» t , / ee Ck f
ἑπτὰ μὲν ἐκ κλισίης τρίποδας φέρον, οὕς οἱ ὑπέστη,
αἴθωνας δὲ λέβητας ἐείκοσι, δώδεκα δ᾽ ἵππους"
ἐκ δ᾽ ἄγον αἷψα γυναῖκας ἀμύμονα ἔργα ἰδυίας
ἕπτ᾽, ἀτὰρ ὀγδοάτην Βρισηΐδα καλλιπάρῃον.

a > / ,
χρυσοῦ δὲ στήσας ᾿δυσεὺς δέκα πάντα τάλαντα

220

to
te
σι

τὸ

τ ο-

19. IAIAAO®S T. 149

9 “ lal
ἦρχ᾽, ἅμα δ᾽ ἄλλοι δῶρα φέρον κούρητες ᾿Αχαιῶν.
\ Ἂν Ν 5] / 3 es oN 5.2 /
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν μέσσῃ ἀγορῇ θέσαν, ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἵστατο Ταλθύβιος δὲ θεῷ ἐναλίγκιος αὐδὴν 250
κάπρον ἔχων ἐν χερσὶ παρίστατο ποιμένι λαῶν.
3 hk we: , ,ὔ ,
Ατρεΐδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος χείρεσσι μάχαιραν,
isd « Ν , / \ oN Ν
ἣ οἱ πὰρ ξίφεος μέγα κουλεὸν αἰὲν ἄωρτο,
, ’ Ν / 5 Ν tal] b] Ἂς
κάπρου ἀπὸ τρίχας ἀρξάμενος, Aut χεῖρας ἀνασχὼν
» , Ὁ > 9+ ἢ δε ἀν ἢ ef a
εὔχετο" τοὶ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ET αὐτόφιν ἧατο σιγῃ ΣΙΝ
3 cal Ν cal > / a
Ἀργεῖοι κατὰ μοῖραν, ἀκούοντες βασιλῆος.
> / >» le ION > > \ > ,
εὐξάμενος δ᾽ apa εἶπεν ἰδὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν"
“ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς πρῶτα, θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος,
“ 2 a
Γῆ τε καὶ ᾿Ηέλιος καὶ ᾿Ερινύες, αἵ θ᾽ ὑπὸ γαῖαν
=) , ys “ Ἂ;» 5.,ὧὖ δε τ
ἀνθρώπους τίνυνται, ὅτις κ ἐπίορκον ὁμόσσῃ, 260
Ν Ν ΒΡ τ Ως 4 ah Arig "Δ. τ a
μὴ μὲν ἐγὼ κούρῃ Βρισηΐδι χεῖρ᾽ ἐπενεῖκαι,
ΒΕ) x, A , “ἢ x BA
οὔτ᾽ εὐνῆς πρόφασιν κεχρημένος οὔτε TEV ἄλλου.
GAN’ ἔμεν᾽ ἀπροτίμαστος ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἐμῇσιν
μ ροτίμαστος ἐνὶ now ἐμῇσιν.
> / a of wae | / > \ Nay, tal
εἰ δέ TL τῶνδ᾽ ἐπίορκον, ἐμοὶ θεοὶ ἄλγεα δοῖεν

39

πολλὰ μάλ᾽, ὅσσα διδοῦσιν ὅτις σφ᾽ ἀλίτηται ὀμόσσας.᾽᾽ 265
μ 5
7H \ oS A ’ / / λ fee λ lad
, καὶ ἀπὸ στόμαχον κάπρου τάμε νηλέϊ XAAKO.
τὸν μὲν Ταλθύβιος πολιῆς ἁλὸς ἐς μέγα λαῖτμα
lal Va
ῥῖψ᾽ ἐπιδινήσας, βόσιν ἰχθύσιν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἀνστὰς ᾿Αργείοισι φιλοπτολέμοισι μετηύδα"
“ Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἢ μεγάλας ἄτας ἄνδρεσσι διδοῖσθα" 270
> oN 4 BN S28 / 5) tal
οὐκ ἂν δή ποτε θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐμοῖσιν
5 ah + / > A 4,
Ατρεΐδης ὦρινε διαμπερές, οὐδὲ κε κούρην
> ΘΙ ΤΗΝ, a) ἐν 5 t Ὧν Z \
ἦγεν ἐμεῦ ἀέκοντος ἀμήχανος" ἀλλά ποθι Ζεὺς
ἤθελ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν θάνατον πολέεσσι γενέσθαι.
νῦν δ᾽ ἔρχεσθ᾽ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἵνα ξυνάγωμεν “Apna.”

τ᾽
“I

οι

‘Os ἄρ᾽ ἐφώνησεν, λῦσεν δ᾽ ἀγορὴν αἰψηρήν.
« Ν SF) 5. / eX Sa “ e
οἱ μὲν ap ἐσκίδναντο ἑὴν ἐπὶ νῆα ἕκαστος,
δῶρα δὲ Μυρμιδόνες μεγαλήτορες ἀμφεπένοντο,
βὰν & ἐπὶ νῆα φέροντες ᾿Αχιλλῆος θείοιο,

150 19. IAIAAOS T.

‘ Ν ᾿ς 9 id "2 y Ν a
και Ta μὲν ev κλισίῃσι θέσαν, κάθισαν δὲ γυναῖκας,
“ >) 3 5 / Ν / 5 /
ἵππους ὃ εἰς ἀγέλην ἔλασαν θεράποντες ἀγαυοί.

ἃ. /
Βρισηὶς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽, ἰκέλη χρυσέῃ ᾿Αφροδίτῃ,
> - , * tad
ὡς ἴδε Πάτροκλον δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
>) .} 5 n / Rina) τα v2 Ν 3
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ χυμένη λίγ᾽ ἐκώκυε, χερσὶ δ᾽ ἄμυσσε
στήθεά τ᾽ ἠδ᾽ ἁπαλὴν δειρὴν ἰδὲ καλὰ πρόσωπα.
sy) teat A / N: Skw al a

εἶπε δ᾽ ἄρα κλαίουσα γυνὴ ἐϊκυῖα θεῇσι
“Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ,

Ν J By EN 7 ΟὙΕΤΤΟΥ
ζωὸν μέν σε ἔλειπον ἐγὼ κλισίηθεν ἰοῦσα,
νῦν δέ σε τεθνηῶτα κιχάνομαι, ὄρχαμε λαῶν,
μὴ > moe se / BY > a real
aay ἀνιοῦσ᾽" ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί.
ἄνδρα μέν, ᾧ ἔδοσάν με πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ,

coil ων “ few a

εἶδον πρὸ πτόλιος δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,

τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους, τούς μοι μία γείνατο μήτηρ,
/ ἃ / b] / > - ,

κηδείους, ol πάντες ὀλέθριον ἦμαρ ἐπέσπον.

\
οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ᾽ ἔασκες, ὅτ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἐμὸν ὠκὺς Αχιλλεὺς
ἔκτεινεν, πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος,

τ , ᾿
κλαίειν, ἀλλά μ᾽ ἔφασκες ᾿Αχιλλῆος θείοιο
aw y , a 8.5. \
κουριδίην ἄλοχον θήσειν, ἄξειν τ᾽ ἐνὶ νηυσὶν
ἐς Φθίην, δαίσειν δὲ γάμον μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσι.
τῷ apy, » KX , θ , ὮΝ 3. 2.325
Ὁ σ᾽ ἄμοτον κλαίω τεθνηότα, μείλιχον αἰεί.
A 3 o
Qs ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες,
Πάτροκλον πρόφασιν, σφῶν δ᾽ αὐτῶν κήδε᾽ ἑκάστη.
> ‘ py] ‘ / 3 lal
αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἀμφὶ γέροντες ᾿Αχαιῶν ἠγερέθοντο
λισσόμενοι δειπνῆσαι" 6 δ᾽ ἠρνεῖτο στεναχίζων᾽
“λίσσομαι, εἴ τις ἐμοί γε φίλων ἐπιπείθεθ᾽ ἑταίρων,

/ a
μή με πρὶν σίτοιο κελεύετε μηδὲ ποτῆτος
YJ
ἄσασθαι φίλον ἦτορ, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἄχος αἰνὸν ἱκάνει"

/
δύντα δ᾽ ἐς ἠέλιον μενέω καὶ τλήσομαι ἔμπης."

a lad

Qs εἰπὼν ἄλλους μὲν ἀπεσκέδασεν βασιλῆας,

> ah a
δοιὼ δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδα μενέτην καὶ δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς,

/ a

Νέστωρ ᾿Ιδομενεύς τε γέρων θ᾽ ἱππηλάτα Φοῖνιξ,

280

285

200

300

τὸ. IAIAAOS T. 151

} a 5 , In 7 °
TEPTOVTES πυκινῶς ἀκαχήμενον᾽ οὐδέ TL θυμῷ
τέρπετο, πρὶν πολέμου στόμα δύμεναι αἱματόεντος.
μνησάμενος δ᾽ ἁδινῶς ἀνενείκατο φώνησέν TE
gs 4 ,ὔ ,ὔ Ν / / ͵ἅ ae ,
ἡ ῥὰ νύ μοί ποτε καὶ σύ, δυσάμμορε, φίλταθ᾽ ἑταίρων, 315
ὌΝ + AY tg Ἂς Ἂς a ΝΜ
αὐτὸς ἐνὶ κλισίῃ λαρὸν παρὰ δεῖπνον ἔθηκας
LS Ny 7 ς , / 3 \
αἶψα καὶ ὀτραλέως, ὁπότε σπερχοίατ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
Τρωσὶν ἐφ᾽ ἱπποδάμοισι φέρειν πολύδακρυν "Apna.
lal Ν - - a
νῦν δὲ σὺ μὲν κεῖσαι δεδαϊγμένος, αὐτὰρ ἐμὸν κῆρ
ἄκμηνον πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος, ἔνδον ἐόντων, 330
nn “-“ °° 3,
σῇ ποθῇ" οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακώτερον ἄλλο πάθοιμι,
3. ἣν a \ >! / 4
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποφθιμένοιο πυθοίμην,
ὅς που νῦν Φθίηφι τέρεν κατὰ δάκρυον εἴβει
Teas, a @ a .
χήτεϊ τοιοῦδ᾽ υἷος" ὁ δ᾽ ἀλλοδαπῷ ἐνὶ δήμῳ
εἵνεκα ῥιγεδανῆς “Ἑλένης Τρωσὶν πολεμίζω᾽ 325
ὟΝ BY aA SNE YA » / 7 ΕἿΣ
ἠὲ τὸν ὃς Σκύρῳ μοι Evi τρέφεται φίλος υἱὸς,
ἊΝ
εἴ που ἔτι ζώει γε Νεοπτόλεμος θεοειδής.
Ν Ν / Ν 35 κἂν / Otel 6
πρὶν μὲν yap μοι θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐώλπει
οἷον ἐμὲ φθίσεσθαι am "Apyeos ἱπποβότοιο
αὐτοῦ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ, σὲ δέ τε Φθίηνδε νέεσθαι, 230
< BY Ν a A IN ἃ. ’
ὡς ἄν μοι τὸν παῖδα θοῇ ἐνὶ νηὶ μελαίνῃ
Σκυρόθεν ἐξαγάγοις καί οἱ δείξειας ἕκαστα,
κτῆσιν ἐμὴν dyads τε καὶ ὑψερεφὲς μέγα δῶμα.
x \ of 2 3h x pS J
ἤδη yap IInAna γ᾽ ὀΐομαι ἢ κατὰ πάμπαν
, of NG , Se Ν
τεθνάμεν, ἤ που τυτθὸν ἔτι ζώοντ᾽ ἀκάχησθαι 335
A a ,
ynpat Te στυγερῷ, Kal ἐμὴν ποτιδέγμενον αἰεὶ
/ 29
λυγρὴν ἀγγελίην, ὅτ’ ἀποφθιμένοιο πύθηται.
a a , SN Ν / Ve
Qs ἔφατο κλαίων, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γέροντες,
μνησάμενοι τὰ ἕκαστος ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἔλειπον"
᾿ς cae A / PINE Sil /
μυρομένους δ᾽ ἄρα τούς ye ἰδὼν ἐλέησε Κρονίων, 340
3, 29 , " , Nee
aia δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα
Cee 5..« \ , > / 5) Cvs
τέκνον ἐμόν, δὴ πάμπαν ἀποίχεαι ἀνδρὸς Enos.
7) νύ τοι οὐκέτι πάγχυ μετὰ φρεσὶ μέμβλετ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς ;

152 19. ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ T.

af

a Ὰ n ,
κεῖνος 6 ye προπάροιθε νεῶν ὀρθοκραιράων
ἧσται ὀδυρόμενος ἕταρον φίλον" οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι
οἴχονται μετὰ δεῖπνον, ὃ δ᾽ ἄκμηνος καὶ ἄπαστος.
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι οἵ νέκταρ τε καὶ ἀμβροσίην ἐρατεινὴν
στάξον ἐνὶ στήθεσσ᾽, ἵνα μή μιν λιμὸς ἵκηται."
a “
Qs εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε πάρος μεμαυῖαν ᾿Αθήνην"
ς Xa Sedge , ,
ἢ δ᾽ ἅρπῃ ἐϊκυῖα τανυπτέρυγι λιγυφώνῳ
οὐρανοῦ ἐκ κατεπᾶλτο bv αἰθέρος. αὐτὰρ ᾽Αχαιοὶ
eave ΄ Ν , « che) Dee
αὐτίκα θωρήσσοντο κατὰ στρατόν" ἡ δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ
, oN / we ΄ > Ν
νέκταρ ἐνὶ στήθεσσι καὶ ἀμβροσίην ἐρατεινὴν
LAr 5. τν / Ν 5 Ν ΄ 9. ᾧ =
στάξ᾽, iva μή μιν λιμὸς ἀτερπὴς γούναθ᾽ ἵκοιτο
νας Ν Ν Ν > / Ν lad
αὐτὴ δὲ πρὸς πατρὸς ἐρισθενέος πυκινὸν δῶ
μ᾿ Ν 2 > , n ΟῚ / /
@XETO, TOL δ᾽ ἀπάνευθε νεῶν ἐχέοντο θοάων.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε ταρφειαὶ νιφάδες Διὸς ἐκποτέονται,
, ε Ν ε “ ᾿] / /
Woxpat, ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς αἰθρηγενέος Βορέαο,
A , \ , Ν ,
ὡς τότε ταρφειαὶ κόρυθες λαμπρὸν γανόωσαι
nm 2 / A.. 39 7 > ,
νηῶν ἐκῴορέοντο καὶ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι
θώρηκές τε κραταιγύαλοι καὶ μείλινα δοῦρα.

9)

» 3 X\ e / Ν la \ ay
αἴγλη ὃ οὐρανὸν ike, γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα περὶ χθὼν

χαλκοῦ ὑπὸ στεροπῆς" ὑπὸ δὲ κτύπος ὥρνυτο ποσσὶν

ἀνδρῶν" ἐν δὲ μέσοισι κορύσσετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

a aE) , Ν Ν. / Ν “ © νς ὦ
[τοῦ καὶ ὀδόντων μὲν καναχὴ πέλε, τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε
λαμπέσθην ὡς εἴ τε πυρὸς σέλας, ἐν δέ οἱ ἦτορ
dbv’ ἄχος ἄτλητον᾽ ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα Τρωσὶν μενεαίνων

n a / vf

δύσετο δῶρα θεοῦ, τά οἱ Ἥφαιστος κάμε τεύχων.

οι fal \ / 5,
κυημῖδας μὲν πρῶτα περὶ κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε

5) , 4.9) , 5 pind
καλάς, ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας
Ne. 3 , Ν / x
δεύτερον av θώρηκα περὶ στήθεσσιν ἔδυνεν.
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὦὥμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον
χάλκεον" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε
“ lal 2.9. / / / I SL ,
εἵλετο, τοῦ 6 ἀπάνευθε σέλας γένετ᾽ HITE μήνης.

9

«ς ἐν 5... 2 , / , /
ὡς 0 OT ἂν ἐκ πόντοιο σέλας ναύτησι φανήῃ

w
“σι
ο

~w
tn
mn

2360

365

oe

w
~I
ο

w
~
wn

19. IAIAAOZ T. 153

’ , e \ Ν / e 4a)? »¥
καιομένοιο πυρός" TO δὲ καίεται ὑψόθ᾽ ὄρεσφι
σταθμῷ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ" τοὺς δ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλοντας ἄελλαι
πόντον ἐπ᾽ ἰχθυόεντα φίλων ἀπάνευθε φέρουσιν"
ds ἀπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος σάκεος σέλας αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανε
καλοῦ δαιδαλέου: περὶ δὲ τρυφάλειαν ἀείρας 380
ΝῊ ONS ΜΕῚ CHG αν eit κων,
κρατὶ θέτο βριαρὴν᾽ ἡ ὃ ἀστὴρ ὡς ἀπέλαμπεν
e / / He
ἵππουρις τρυφάλεια, περισσείοντο δ᾽ ἔθειραι
χρύσεαι, ἃς Ἥφαιστος ἵει λόφον ἀμφὶ θαμειάς.
πειρήθη δ᾽ ἕο αὐτοῦ ἐν ἔντεσι δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
Φ. e 3 / Ue rs / 5 Ν Sse
εἰ οἵ ἐφαρμόσσειε Kal ἐντρέχοι ἀγλαὰ γυΐα 385
τῷ δ᾽ = Ν / > " δὲ / Χ an
Ὁ δ᾽ εὖτε πτερὰ ylyver’, deipe δὲ ποιμένα λαῶν.
ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα σύριγγος πατρώϊον ἐσπάσατ᾽ ἔγχος,
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρόν" τὸ μὲν οὐ δύνατ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν
πάλλειν, ἀλλά μιν οἷος ἐπίστατο πῆλαι ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
/ / Ν Ν / , ,
Πηλιάδα μελίην, τὴν πατρὶ φίλῳ πόρε Χείρων 390
Πηλίου ἐκ κορυφῆς, φόνον ἔμμεναι ἡρώεσσιν᾽
ἵππους δ᾽ Αὐτομέδων τε καὶ ΓΑλκιμος ἀμφιέποντες
ζεύγνυον᾽ ἀμφὶ δὲ καλὰ λέπαδν᾽ ἕσαν, ἐν δὲ χαλινοὺς
“ Ν ‘ 9. < , cal > ’ὔ
γαμφηλῇς ἔβαλον, κατὰ 6 ἡνία τεῖναν ὀπίσσω
κολλητὸν ποτὶ δίφρον. 6 δὲ μάστιγα φαεινὴν 303
\ Ν 2 tal πὶ ΔΓ. > ,
χειρὶ λαβὼν ἀραρυῖαν ἐφ᾽ ἵπποιιν ἀνόρουσεν,
Αὐτομέδων" ὄπιθεν δὲ κορυσσάμενος βῆ ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
4 ld A 4 / « /
τεύχεσι παμφαίνων ὥς τ᾽ ἠλέκτωρ Ὑπερίων,
, » ὦ Sent Nie ene
σμερδαλέον 6 ἵπποισιν ἐκέκλετο πατρὸς €0LO
“ Ξάνθε τε καὶ Βαλίε, τηλεκλυτὰ τέκνα [loddpyns, 40ο
ἄλλως δὴ φράζεσθε σαωσέμεν ἡνιοχῆα
ἂψ Δαναῶν ἐς ὅμιλον, ἐπεί x’ ἕωμεν πολέμοιο,
μηδ᾽ ὡς Πάτροκλον Aimer’ αὐτόθι τεθνηῶτα."
Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὸ ὡγόφι προσέφη πόδας αἰόλος ἵππος
» ΝΜ ϑὲ Ἂν » nr Ν /
Ξάνθος, ἄφαρ δ᾽ ἤμυσε καρήατι" πᾶσα δὲ χαίτη 405
VA 3 a Ἂς Ν > σ
ζεύγλης ἐξεριποῦσα παρὰ ζυγὸν οὖδας ἵκανεν"
αὐδήεντα δ᾽ ἔθηκε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη"

cS
'

154 τὸν IAIAAO® T,

“ καὶ λίην σ᾽ ἔτι viv ye σαώσομεν, ὄβριμ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ:

ἀλλά τοι ἐγγύθεν ἦμαρ ὀλέθριον" οὐδέ τοι ἡμεῖς
αἴτιοι, ἀλλὰ θεός τε μέγας καὶ Μοῖρα κραταιή. 410
οὐδὲ yap ἡμετέρῃ βραδυτῆτί τε νωχελίῃ τε
γὰρ ἡμετέρῃ PP ] ΧΕΙ

Τρῶες ἀπ᾽ ὦμοιιν Πατρόκλου τεύχε᾽ ἕλοντο"
ἀλλὰ θεῶν ὦριστος, ὃν ἠύκομος τέκε Λητώ,
” > Theses , Ay ef a 7
ἐκταν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι καὶ “ἕκτορι κῦδος ἔδωκε.

Dee Ν , e m™ , /
vi δὲ Kal κεν ἅμα πνοιῇ Ζεφύροιο θέοιμεν, 415
ἥν περ ἐλαφροτάτην pao’ ἔμμεναι: ἀλλὰ σοὶ αὐτῷ

la ’ 3 mn ene / a o 59
μόρσιμὸόν ἐστι θεῷ τε καὶ ἀνέρι ἶφι δαμῆναι.

‘Os ἄρα φωνήσαντος ᾿Ερινύες ἔσχεθον αὐδήν.
τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
ς δ᾽
“ Ξάνθε, τί μοι θάνατον μαντεύεαι ; οὐδέ τί σε χρή. 420
εὖ νυ τὸ οἶδα καὶ αὐτὸς ὅ μοι μόρος ἐνθάδ᾽ ὀλέσθαι,
νόσφι φίλου πατρὸς καὶ μητέρος" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης

na 3

οὐ λήξω πρὶν Τρῶας ἅδην ἐλάσαι πολέμοιο."

Ἥ c ACS ,ὔ 7 Ν [4 -

ῥα, καὶ ἐν πρώτοις ἰάχων ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους.

{a Bayas @ panes i

Θεομαχία.

Ω e is Ν Ν ’ὔ /
ς of μὲν παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσι θωρήσσοντο
ἀμφὶ σέ, Πηλέος υἱέ, μάχης ἀκόρητον ᾿Αχαιοί,
Τρῶες δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐπὶ θρωσμῷ πεδίοιο"
Ζεὺς δὲ Θέμιστα κέλευσε θεοὺς ἀγορήνδε καλέσσαι
Ν : > > / 7 « Pewee 2 /
κρατὸς am’ Οὐλύμποιο πολυπτύχου" ἢ ὃ apa παντῃ 5
L
/ / Ὁ N -“ /

φοιτήσασα κέλευσε Διὸς πρὸς δῶμα νέεσθαι.

Ν a lal 5. / , 3 9: a
οὔτε TLS οὗν ποταμῶν ἀπέην, vod ᾿Ωκεανοῖο,
οὔτ᾽ ἄρα νυμφάων, αἵ τ᾽ ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται
καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν καὶ πίσεα ποιήεντα.
ἐλθόντες δ᾽ ἐς δῶμα Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο 10
ξεστῇῆς αἰθούσῃσιν ἐνίζανον, ἃς Διὶ πατρὶ
,
Ἥφαιστος ποίησεν ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν.

“Os οἱ μὲν Διὸς ἔνδον ἀγηγέρατ᾽" οὐδ᾽ ἐνοσίχθων

“ > 3

νηκούστησε θεᾶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἁλὸς ἦλθε μετ᾽ αὐτούς,

on

ite δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι, Διὸς δ᾽ ἐξείρετο βουλήν" I
ΠΕ Ἀν SNL κ 8 , Nees , ἢ es
tint αὖτ᾽, ἀργικέραυνε, θεοὺς ἀγορήνδε κάλεσσας ;
ἘΣ Ν , ἂν 9 a ,
ἣ τι περὶ Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν μερμηρίζεις ;
an Ν a + / , , / 3)
τῶν γὰρ νῦν ἄγχιστα μάχη πόλεμός τε δέδηε.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"
ςς ᾿ 5 ΄, SiN as , ΄
ἔγνως, ἐννοσίγαιε, ἐμὴν ἐν στήθεσι βουλὴν, 20
eo / ¥ 7) ΄ὔ ᾽ , ΄,
ὧν ἕνεκα Evvayerpa’ μέλουσί μοι OAAUpEVOL περ.
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ μενέω πτυχὶ Οὐλύμποιο
ἥμενος, ἔνθ᾽ ὁρόων φρένα τέρψομαι" οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι

156 20. IATAAO® Y.

ἔρχεσθ᾽ ὄφρ᾽ av ἵκησθε μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς,
ἀμφοτέροισι & ἀρήγεθ᾽, ὅπῃ νόος ἐστὶν ἑκάστου
μφοτέρ ρήγεθ᾽, ὅπῃ :
εἰ γὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς οἷος ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι μαχεῖται,
οὐδὲ μίνυνθ᾽ ἕξουσι ποδώκεα Πηλεΐωνα.
\ Carer)
kal δέ τέ μιν Kal πρόσθεν ὑποτρομέεσκον ὁρῶντες"
al bcd Ν \ Ν « , , 7, A
νῦν 6 ὅτε δὴ καὶ θυμὸν ἑταίρου χώεται αἰνῶς,
/ Ἂν ‘ tal id / 5 / 33
δείδω μὴ καὶ τεῖχος ὑπέρμορον ἐξαλαπάξῃ.
a
Qs ἔφατο Κρονίδης, πόλεμον δ᾽ ἀλίαστον ἔγειρε.
βὰν δ᾽ ἴμεναι πόλεμόνδε θεοί, δίχα θυμὸν ἔχοντες"
Ἥρη μὲν μετ᾽ ἀγῶνα νεῶν καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
ION / / 29) 9 e
ἠδὲ ΠΠοσειδάων γαιήοχος ἠδ᾽ ἐριούνης
c / aA nfs SN Ν ’ὔ le 4
Ἑρμείας, ὃς ἐπὶ φρεσὶ πευκαλίμῃσι κέκασται
Ἥφαιστος δ᾽ ἅμα τοῖσι κίε σθένεϊ βλεμεαίνων,
χωλεύων, ὑπὸ δὲ κνῆμαι ῥώοντο ἀραιαί.
ἐς δὲ Τρῶας “Apns κορυθαίολος, αὐτὰρ ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ
Φοῖβος ἀκερσεκόμης ἠδ᾽ ΓΑρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα
Λητώ τε Ξάνθος τε φιλομμειδής τ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη.
“Hos μέν ῥ᾽ ἀπάνευθε θεοὶ θνητῶν ἔσαν ἀνδρῶν,
τῆος ᾿Αχαιοὶ μὲν μέγα κύδανον, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
I] / Ν Ν / 5 / ὁ πὴ ΔᾺΝ τὰ
ἐξεφάνη, δηρὸν δὲ μάχης ἐπέπαυτ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς
Τρῶας δὲ τρόμος αἰνὸς ὑπήλυθε γυῖα ἕκαστον,
δειδιότας, ὅθ᾽ ὁρῶντο ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα
/, ἐν a Ν -
τεύχεσι λαμπόμενον, βροτολοιγῷ ἴσον "Αρηϊ.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ μεθ᾽ ὅμιλον ᾿Ολύμπιοι ἤλυθον ἀνδρῶν,
ὦρτο δ᾽ "Ἔρις κρατερὴ λαοσσόος, ave δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη,
ney ea ae. Ν XX / > Ν. ’ὔ pl 4
oTao ὁτὲ μὲν Tapa τάφρον ὀρυκτὴν τείχεος ἐκτός,
x edhe 3.5 / 3 , εν 43. .Κ
ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπ΄ ἀκτάων ἐριδούπων μακρὸν ἀὕτει.
ave δ᾽ "Apys ἑτέρωθεν, ἐρεμνῇ λαίλαπι toos,
bans > Set} , ay 7 4,
ὀξὺ κατ᾽ ἀκροτάτης πόλιος Τρώεσσι κελεύων,
ἄλλοτε πὰρ Σιμόεντι θέω:' ἐπὶ Καλλικολώνῃ.
ὰ Ν. ὩΣ “ δ, /,
Qs τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους μάκαρες θεοὶ ὀτρύνοντες
σύμβαλον, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἔριδα ῥήγνυντο βαρεῖαν"

29

30

40

bh
on

σι
on

—— ee.

20. IAIAAO® Y.

δεινὸν δὲ βρόντησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν TE
ὑψόθεν" αὐτὰρ νέρθε ἸΤοσειδάων ἐτίναξε

a >
γαῖαν ἀπειρεσίην ὀρέων T αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα.

Jv ἐν / / ,ὔ ΝΜ
πάντες δ᾽ ἐσσείοντο πόδες πολυπίδακος ᾿ἴδης
καὶ κορυφαί, Τρώων τε πόλις καὶ νῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν.

/ 5) “.
ἔδεισεν δ᾽ ὑπένερθεν ἄναξ ἐνέρων ’Aidwveds,

, ΕΝ , cy \ +” / ew
δείσας δ᾽ ἐκ θρόνου ἄλτο kal ἴαχε, μή οἱ ὕπερθε

o > / i 5 /
γαῖαν ἀναρρήξειε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων,

Sae7, ς a Nees) , 7
οἰκία δὲ θνητοῖσι καὶ ἀθανάτοισι φανείη
σμερδαλέ᾽ εὐρώεντα, τά τε στυγέουσι ϑεοί TEP"
τόσσος ἄρα κτύπος ὥρτο θεῶν ἔριδι ξυνιόντων.
ἢ τοι μὲν γὰρ ἔναντα Ποσειδάωνος ἄνακτος

val /
istat ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος, ἔχων ia πτερόεντα,
Ν n /
ἄντα δ᾽ ᾿Ενυαλίοιο θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη;
2
Ἥρῃ δ᾽ ἀντέστη χρυσηλάκατος κελαδεινὴ
7 /
"Aptepls ἰοχέαιρα, κασιγνήτη ἑκάτοιο"
tal ἌΝ , n b) , « a
Λητοῖ δ᾽ ἀντέστη σῶκος ἐριούνιος Epps,
ἄντα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἡφαίστοιο μέγας ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης.
ὃν Ξάνθον καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δὲ Σκάμανδρον.

e Ν n με Ν
‘Os οἱ μὲν θεοὶ ἄντα θεῶν ἴσαν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς

ἽἝκτορος ἄντα μάλιστα λιλαίετο δῦναι ὅμιλον

Πριαμίδεω: τοῦ γάρ ῥα μάλιστά ἑ θυμὸς ἀνώγει

αἵματος Goa. Apna ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν.

Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἰθὺς λαοσσόος ὦρσεν ᾿Απόλλων

ἀντία Πηλεΐωνος, ἐνῆκε δέ οἱ μένος Hi”

vidi δὲ Πριάμοιο Λυκάονι εἴσατο φωνήν"

τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων'"

“Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε, ποῦ τοι ἀπειλαί,

is Τρώων βασιλεῦσιν ὑπίσχεο οἰνοποτάζων,

Πηλεΐδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος ἐναντίβιον πολεμίξειν 5”
Τὸν δ᾽ adr Αἰνείας ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέειπε'

“ Πριαμίδη, τί με ταῦτα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα κελεύει»,

60

i=)
σι

“wT
ὧι

80

iss]
σι

158 20. IAIAAO® TY.

ἀντία IInAciwvos ὑπερθύμοιο μάχεσθαι ;
> Ν Ν fal “ , Ν 99 loa
οὐ μὲν yap νῦν πρῶτα ποδώκεος ἄντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος
στήσομαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη με καὶ ἄλλοτε δουρὶ φόβησεν
τὶ Νν Ὁ“ Ν :- id ς , -
ἐξ Ἴδης, ὅτε βουσὶν ἐπήλυθεν ἡμετέρῃσι,
πέρσε δὲ Λυρνησσὸν καὶ Πήδασον' αὐτὰρ ἐμὲ Ζεὺς
a / > “ 5 n 4 ! ny
εἰρύσαθ', ὅς μοι ἐπῶρσε μένος λαιψηρά τε γοῦνα.
ἢ κ᾽ ἐδάμην ὑπὸ χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος καὶ ᾿Αθήνης,
er an 2
ἢ οἱ πρόσθεν ἰοῦσα τίθει φάος ἠδ᾽ ἐκέλευεν
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ Λέλεγας καὶ Τρῶας ἐναίρειν.
τῷ > μὴ 3 7A λῇ 5 , + ὃ / 6 ;
Ὁ οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος ἐναντίον ἄνδρα μάχεσθαι
SUSY A r 2 A A Ἀν»
αἰεὶ γὰρ πάρα εἷς γε θεῶν, ὃς λοιγὸν ἀμύνει.
3 a
καὶ δ᾽ ἄλλως τοῦ γ᾽ ἰθὺ βέλος πέτετ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπολήγει
πρὶν χροὸς ἀνδρομέοιο διελθέμεν. εἰ δὲ θεός περ
Φ la / 7 + / ε«ὔ
σον τείνειεν πολέμου τέλος, οὔ κε μάλα pea
/ 3 999 ᾿] ! Μ iy ”
νικήσει᾽, OVD εἰ παγχάλκεος εὔχεται εἶναι.
93
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων"
3 \ a
“ἥρως, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε καὶ ov θεοῖς αἰειγενέτῃσιν
εὔχεο" καὶ δὲ σέ φασι Διὸς κούρης ᾿Αφροδίτης
ἐκγεγάμεν, κεῖνος δὲ χερείονος ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστίν"
ἡ μὲν γὰρ Διός ἐσθ᾽, ἡ δ᾽ ἐξ ἁλίοιο γέροντος.
ἀλλ᾽ ἰθὺς φέρε χαλκὸν ἀτειρέα, μηδέ σε πάμπαν
/ 3 / > , Ἂν δα a>)
λευγαλέοις ἐπέεσσιν ἀποτρεπέτω καὶ ἀρειῇ.
/ n
Ὡς εἰπὼν ἔμπνευσε μένος μέγα ποιμένι λαῶν,
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ.
oo y
οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσαο πάϊς λευκώλενον Ἥρην
ἀντία Πηλεΐωνος ἰὼν ἀνὰ οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν"
€ 99 ¥ , \ Sen " Ἢ
ἢ ὃ ἄμυδις στήσασα θεοὺς μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπε
Aue ) ,
“φράζεσθον δὴ σφῶϊ, Ποσείδαον καὶ ᾿Αθήνη,
5 \ « “ “ y ῇ "
ἐν φρεσὶν ὑμετέρῃσιν, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα.
> ΄ ον , ν ὍΣ
Αἰνείας 66° ἔβη κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ
ἀντία Πηλεΐωνος, ἀνῆκε δὲ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων.
“ lal ,ὔ
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγεθ᾽, ἡμεῖς πέρ μιν ἀποτρωπῶμεν ὀπίσσω

9ο

95

100

115

20. IAIAAO® TY.

> + y “ Ae , ’ nee

αὐτόθεν" ἡ τις ἔπειτα Kal ἡμείων “AxLATi
, , N , , , A
παρσταίη, δοίη δὲ κράτος μέγα, μηδέ TL θυμῷ
/ (cA 99° , 7
δευέσθω, ἵνα εἰδῇ ὅ μιν φιλέουσιν ἄριστοι
5 / c ’ a iy | / ἃ \ /
ἀθανάτων, ot δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀνεμώλιοι ot TO πάρος περ
Τρωσὶν ἀμύνουσιν πόλεμον καὶ δηϊοτῆτα.
3 /

πάντες δ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο κατήλθομεν ἀντιόωντες

a ὃ / (a , Ν T , σ 10
τῆσδε μάχης, ἵνα μή τι μετὰ Τρώεσσι πάθῃσι

, =
onpepov’ ὕστερον αὖτε τὰ πείσεται ἅσσα οἱ Αἷσα
γιγνομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, ὅτε μιν τέκε μήτηρ.

3 a a a
εἰ δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς οὐ ταῦτα θεῶν ἐκ πεύσεται ὀμφῆς,
» ’ \

δείσετ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽, ὅτε κέν τις ἐναντίβιον θεὸς ἔλθῃ
/ (ser)
ἐν πολέμῳ᾽ χαλεποὶ δὲ θεοὶ φαίνεσθαι ἐναργεῖς."
᾽ 3
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ’ ἔπειτα Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων"
«(Ὁ Ν J Ν ὌΡΟΥΣ ΞΟ τὴν ,
Hpn, μὴ χαλέπαινε παρὲκ νόον" οὐδέ τί σε χρή.
? ,
οὐκ ἂν ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐθέλοιμι θεοὺς ἔριδι ξυνελάσσαι
ϑ᾿ / Β
[ἡμέας τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐπεὶ ἢ πολὺ φέρτεροί εἰμεν]
ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἔπειτα καθεζώμεσθα κιόντες
5 / > / / reek ’
ἐκ πάτου ἐς σκοπιὴν, πόλεμος 6 ἄνδρεσσι μελήσει.
εἰ δέ κ᾿ ΓΑρης ἄρχωσι μάχης ἢ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,
Wed αν \ δ bial Ul
ἢ ᾿Αχιλῆ᾽ ἴσχωσι καὶ οὐκ εἰῶσι μάχεσθαι,
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα καὶ ἄμμι παρ᾽ αὐτόθι νεῖκος ὀρεῖται
“ a i τ
φυλόπιδος" μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα διακρινθέντας ὀΐω
na b “4 yy
ay ἴμεν Οὔλυμπόνδε θεῶν μεθ᾽ ὁμήγυριν ἄλλων,
ἡμετέρῃς ὑπὸ χερσὶν ἀναγκαίηφι δαμέντας.᾽᾽
}RETCP Χέρ γκαϊη μ .
a ” 4 «ε / ,
Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ἡγήσατο κυανοχαίτης
al Loa ,
τεῖχος ἐς ἀμφίχυτον Ἡρακλῆος θείοιο,
a 3 /
ὑψηλόν, τό pa ot Τρῶες καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
Qn Ν “ /
ποίεον, ὄφρα TO κῆτος ὑπεκπροφυγὼν ἀλεαιτο,
" )
ὁππότε μιν σεύαιτο ἀπ᾽ ἠϊόνος πεδίονδε.
εἰ Nira
ἔνθα Ποσειδάων κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετο καὶ θεοὶ ἄλλοι,
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄρρηκτον νεφέλην ὦμοισιν ἕσαντο"
Cal b] ΄ ,
οἱ δ᾽ ἑτέρωσε καθῖζον ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι Καλλικολώνης

159

120

125

138

140

145

160 20. IAIAAOS Y.

ἀμφὶ σέ, ἤϊε Φοῖβε, καὶ "Apna πτολίπορθον.
a «ε / ee ον / ,
Qs ot μέν ῥ᾽ ἑκάτερθε καθήατο μητιόωντες
/ 3 / Ν / /
βουλάς" ἀρχέμεναι δὲ δυσηλεγέος πολέμοιο
ὦκνεον ἀμφότεροι, Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἥμενος ὕψι κέλευε.
Τῶν δ᾽ ἅπαν ἐπλήσθη πεδίον καὶ λάμπετο χαλκῷ,
5 n 3909 of 3 ld a 4
ἀνδρῶν 76 ἵππων κάρκαιρε δὲ γαῖα πόδεσσιν
> , ἡ 7 2 See Ν > +
ὀρνυμένων ἄμυδις. δύο δ᾽ ἀνέρες ἔξοχ᾽ ἄριστοι
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέρων συνίτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι,
Αἰνείας τ᾽ ᾿Αγχισιάδης καὶ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
Αἰνείας δὲ πρῶτος ἀπειλήσας ἐβεβήκει,
νευστάζων κόρυθι βριαρῇ᾽ ἀτὰρ ἀσπίδα θοῦριν
ρυθι βριαρῇ" ἀτὰρ ρ
, x / / - / x
πρόσθεν ἔχε στέρνοιο, τίνασσε δὲ χάλκεον ἔγχος.
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐναντίον ὦρτο λέων ὡς
σίντης, ὅν τε καὶ ἄνδρες ἀποκτάμεναι μεμάασιν
“ , r an * c Ν n aS chow?
ἀγρόμενοι πᾶς δῆμος" ὁ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἀτίζων
ΝΜ 5 Ἃ. Ὁ. / 2) - , 5 la
ἔρχεται, GAA’ OTE κέν τις ἀρηϊθόων αἰζηῶν
δουρὶ βάλῃ, ἐάλη TE χανών, περί T ἀφρὸς ὀδόντας
/ 5 , / € / / BA 9
γίγνεται, ἐν δέ TE οἱ κραδίῃ στένει ἄλκιμον ἦτορ,
> νν Ν / Ny , 5 /
οὐρῇ δὲ πλευράς τε Kal ἰσχία ἀμφοτέρωθεν
μαστίεται, €€ δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐποτρύνει μαχέσασθαι,
γλαυκιόων δ᾽ ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει, ἤν τινα πέφνῃ
5 ὃ a x 4 ν θί 5 ε [rv ‘
ἀνδρῶν, ἢ αὐτὸς φθίεται πρώτῳ ἐν ὁμίλῳ
ΠῚ > 9) 5’ / \ \ >) ,
ws ᾿Αχιλῆ᾽ @Tpuve μένος καὶ θυμὸς ἀγήνωρ
ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“ Αἰνεία, τί σὺ τόσσον ὁμίλου πολλὸν ἐπελθὼν
ἔστης ; ἢ σέ γε θυμὸς ἐμοὶ μαχέσασθαι ἀνώγει
ἐλπόμενον Τρώεσσιν ἀνάξειν ἱπποδάμοισι
τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου ; ἀτὰρ εἴ κεν ἔμ᾽ ἐξεναρίξῃς,
+ ΝΜ , / 5 \ 4 A
ov τοι τοὔνεκά ye Πρίαμος γέρας ἐν χερὶ θήσει
» es / « -ς « 3: ταν AOD 9 ,
εἰσὶν yap οἱ παῖδες, ὁ δ᾽ ἔμπεδος οὐδ᾽ ἀεσίφρων.

-
σι
nn

160

170

180

20. IAIAAOS YT.

ἢ νύ τί τοι Τρῶες τέμενος τάμον ἔξοχον ἄλλων,
Ν Lal πα - ΝΜ /
καλὸν φυταλιῆς καὶ ἀρούρης, ὄφρα νέμηαι,

Μ SEN: / cal / > ἂν pr ds
αἴ κεν ἐμὲ κτείνῃς ; χαλεπῶς δέ σ᾽ ἔολπα τὸ ῥέξειν.
ἤδη μὲν σέ γέ φημι καὶ ἄλλοτε δουρὶ φοβῆσαι.

ἢ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε πέρ σε βοῶν ἄπο μοῦνον ἐόντα
σεῦα κατ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων ταχέεσσι πόδεσσι
καρπαλίμως ; τότε δ᾽ οὔ τι μετατροπαλίζεο φεύγων.
ἔνθεν δ᾽ ἐς Λυρνησσὸν ὑπέκφυγες᾽ αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ τὴν
πέρσα μεθορμηθεὶς σὺν ᾿Αθήνῃ καὶ Διὶ πατρί,
ληϊάδας δὲ γυναῖκας ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ἀπούρας

> ELEN N Ny th sacs \ \ oo»
ἤγον᾽ ἀτὰρ σὲ Ζεὺς ἐρρύσατο καὶ θεοὶ ἄλλοι.

5 ἢ > ny ae 9.8 «ε ps ~
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ νῦν σε ῥύεσθαι ὀΐομαι, ὡς ἐνὶ θυμῷ
βάλλεαι: ἀλλά σ᾽ ἐγώ γ᾽ ἀναχωρήσαντα κελεύω
5 Ν "57 CB 7 “ 37 lal
ἐς πληθὺν ἰέναι, μηδ ἀντίος ἵστασ ἐμεῖο,
πρίν τι κακὸν παθέειν" ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω."

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας ἀπαμείβετο φώνησέν τε’
“ς Πηλεΐδη, μὴ δή μ᾽ ἐπέεσσί γε νηπύτιον ὡς
ἔλπεο δειδίξεσθαι, ἐπεὶ σάφα οἶδα καὶ αὐτὸς

5 Ν ’ὔ 39) ,
ἠμὲν κερτομίας ἠδ᾽ αἴσυλα μυθήσασθαι.
ἴδμεν δ᾽ ἀλλήλων γενεήν, ἴδμεν δὲ τοκῆας,

, 29 , " an , A
πρόκλυτ᾽ ἀκούοντες ἔπεα θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων
ὄψει δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄρ πω σὺ ἐμοὺς ἴδες οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐγὼ σούς.
\ Ἂς Ν Led > ,ὔ x >
φασὶ σὲ μὲν TInAjos ἀμύμονος ἔκγονον εἶναι,
μητρὸς δ᾽ ἐκ Θέτιδος καλλιπλοκάμου ἁλοσύδνης"

SN SN GN ΤᾺ » /
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν vids μεγαλήτορος ᾿Αγχίσαο

" 2 , , , Ti 115 7s
εὔχομαι ἐκγεγάμεν, μήτηρ δέ μοί ἐστ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη
τῶν δὴ νῦν ἕτεροί γε φίλον παῖδα κλαύσονται
σήμερον" οὐ γάρ pnp’ ἐπέεσσί γε νηπυτίοισιν
ὧδε διακρινθέντε μάχης ἐξ ἀπονέεσθαι.

ΕῚ Ἄς. 5 / Ἂν a ie » 3 μὴ 99. ἡ
εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις καὶ ταῦτα δαήμεναι, ὄφρ᾽ εὖ εἰδῇς
ς , / ’
ἡμετέρην γενεήν, πολλοὶ δέ μιν ἄνδρες ἴσασι"

Δάρδανον αὖ πρῶτον τέκετο νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς,
VOL. Il. M

161

190

200

205

162 20. IAIAAOS Y.

κτίσσε δὲ Δαρδανίην, ἐπεὶ οὔ πω Ἴλιος ἱρὴ
5 / 4, ’ ‘4 ΄ ͵
ἐν πεδίῳ πεπόλιστο, πόλις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔθ᾽ ὑπωρείας dkeov πολυπίδακος Ἴδης.
Δάρδανος αὖ τέκεθ᾽ υἱὸν ᾿Εριχθόνιον βασιλῆα,
A tee ΔῚ , / a 5» , 5
ὃς δὴ ἀφνειότατος γένετο θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων
a 7 ¢ d , /
TOU τρισχίλιαι ἵπποι ἕλος κατα βουκολέοντο
θήλειαι, πώλοισιν ἀγαλλόμεναι ἀταλῇσι.
τάων καὶ Βορέης ἠράσσατο βοσκομενάων,
¢ ᾽ 3 / / ’ὔ
ἵππῳ δ᾽ εἰσάμενος παρελέξατο κυανοχαίτῃ"
« 2 we , x / ,
at δ᾽ ὑποκυσάμεναι ἔτεκον δυοκαίδεκα πώλους.
«ε x, “ Ἂς ad SN , "
αἱ δ᾽ ὅτε μὲν σκιρτῷεν ἐπὶ ζείδωρον ἄρουραν,
" ". 5.» , x ἢ DENN / 2
ἄκρον ἐπ᾿ avOepikwy καρπὸν θέον οὐδὲ κατέκλων
’ a ee Ν fal See, 3 yA na /
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σκιρτῷεν ET εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης,
5) Αναν Ae. a ey - J
ἄκρον ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνος ἁλὸς πολιοῖο θέεσκον.
a 3
Τρῶα δ᾽ ᾿Εριχθόνιος τέκετο Τρώεσσιν ἄνακτα᾽
᾽ lal cal
Τρωὸς δ᾽ ad τρεῖς παῖδες ἀμύμονες ἐξεγένοντο,
"Ids τ᾽ ᾿Ασσάρακός τε καὶ ἀντίθεος Γανυμήδης,
ὃς δὴ κάλλιστος γένετο θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων"
\ IN sped 7 \ Ν 4 ᾽
τὸν καὶ ἀνηρείψαντο θεοὶ Διὶ οἰνοχοεύειν
κάλλεος εἵνεκα οἷο, ἵν᾽ ἀθανάτοισι μετείη.
5 ’ 5
Ios δ᾽ ad τέκεθ᾽ υἱὸν ἀμύμονα Λαομέδοντα
Λαομέδων δ᾽ ἄρα Τιθωνὸν τέκετο Πρίαμόν τε
Λάμπον te Κλυτίον θ᾽ ἹἽἹκετάονά τ᾽, ὄζον "Αρηος"
3 a
᾿Ασσάρακος δὲ Κάπυν, 6 δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσην τέκε παῖδα"
9 ὦ a
αὐτὰρ ἔμ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσης, Πρίαμος δ᾽ ἔτεχ᾽ “ἝἝκτορα δῖον.
ταύτης τοι γενεῆς τε καὶ αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι.
Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἄνδρεσσιν ὀφέλλει τε μινύθει τε,
“ 2 4 « Ἂς / ε /
ὅππως Kev ἐθέλῃσιν" ὁ γὰρ κάρτιστος ἁπάντων.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς,
ε (pees) 7 ς / “ a
ἑσταότ᾽ ἐν μέσσῃ ὑσμίνῃ δηϊοτῆτος.
+ \ > / 3 / /
ἐστι yap ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι
3 a
πολλὰ μάλ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἂν νηῦς ἑκατόζυγος ἄχθος ἄροιτο.

220

225

230

235

240

245

20. IAIAAO® TY.

στρεπτὴ δὲ γλῶσσ᾽ ἐστὶ βροτῶν, πολέες δ᾽ ἔνι μῦθοι
a 5 / Ν ἊΝ Ν ox Ἂς: ἊΨ
παντοῖοι, ἐπέων δὲ πολὺς νομὸς ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα.
ὁπποῖόν κ᾽ εἴπησθα ἔπος, τοῖόν κ᾿ ἐπακούσαις.
5» Ν ’ὔ Ν \ fe ree 5 /
ἀλλὰ Tin ἔριδας Kal νείκεα νῶϊν ἀνάγκη
tal 5 ΜῈ 5 2 ee “a
νεικεῖν ἀλλήλοισιν ἐναντίον, ὡς TE YUVALKAS,
αἵ τε χολωσάμεναι ἔριδος πέρι θυμοβόροιο
νεικεῦσ᾽ ἀλλήλῃσι μέσην ἐς ἄγυιαν ἰοῦσαι
ἢ ᾽
3
πόλλ᾽ ἐτεά τε καὶ οὐκί: χόλος δέ τε καὶ τὰ κελεύει.
5 a 3 Μ 3, »3 / 5 / n
ἀλκῆς δ᾽ ov μ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν ἀποτρέψεις μεμαῶτα
πρὶν χαλκῷ μαχέσασθαι ἐναντίον" ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε θᾶσσον
, 3.9 / , τ ii 3)
γευσόμεθ᾽ ἀλλήλων χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείῃσιν.
Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ἐν δεινῷ σάκει ἤλασεν ὄβριμον ἔγχος,
σ ὃ λέω: “ δ᾽ b) \ / he ὃ υ \ b) KN
pepdadrew μέγα δ᾽ ἀμφὶ σάκος μύκε δουρὸς ἀκωκῃ.
oh Ν / ΙΝ Si ΞΕ ΣΝ \ 4
Πηλεΐδης δὲ σάκος μὲν ἀπὸ ἕο χειρὶ παχείῃ
Ν / = / tn , ox
ἔσχετο ταρβήσας" φάτο yap δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος
ῥέα διελεύσεσθαι μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο,
/ = AN 9. τ ἢ Ν fi \ IN Ν
νήπιος, οὐδ᾽ ἐνόησε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμὸν
ε Gh τ ἐς δῶν tea \ “ > , “
ὡς ov ῥηΐδι᾽ ἐστὶ θεῶν ἐρικυδέα δῶρα
“5 / a / x93 6 ’ὔ,
ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι δαμήμεναι οὐδ᾽ ὑποείκειν.
9 ah
οὐδὲ τότ᾽ Αἰνείαο δαΐφρονος ὄβριμον ἔγχος
en / = BS Ν a) LZ a ms
ῥῆξε σάκος" χρυσὸς yap ἐρύκακε, δῶρα θεοῖο
ἀλλὰ δύω μὲν ἔλασσε διὰ πτύχας, αἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτι τρεὶς
ἦσαν, ἐπεὶ πέντε πτύχας ἤλασε κυλλοποδίων,
τὰς δύο χαλκείας, δύο δ᾽ ἔνδοθι κασσιτέροιο,
ss Ν / , Pa SOI 130 / #
τὴν δὲ μίαν χρυσέην, TH ῥ᾽ ἔσχετο μείλινον EYXOS.
Δεύτερος adr’ ᾿Αχιλεὺς προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
Ν / 3 ’ b ate ‘4 , > 3h
καὶ βάλεν Αἰνείαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην,
» 8 ’ὔ φ , Ul ,
ἄντυγ᾽ ὕπο πρώτην, 1) λεπτότατος θέε χαλκός,
λεπτοτάτη δ᾽ ἐπέην ῥινὸς βοός" ἡ δὲ διαπρὸ
2 ὔ lal
Πηλιὰς ἤϊξεν μελίη, λάκε δ᾽ ἀσπὶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς.
\
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἐάλη καὶ ἀπὸ ἕθεν ἀσπίδ᾽ ἀνέσχε
? oe PEN ar ek hl EN , 2\ ,
δείσας" ἐγχείη δ᾽ ἄρ ὑπὲρ νώτου ἐνὶ γαίῃ
Ν 2

169

250

255

260

265

270

275

164 20. IAIAAO® Υ.

ἔστη ἱεμένη, διὰ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους ἕλε κύκλους 280
ἀσπίδος ἀμφιβρότης" 6 δ᾽ ἀλευάμενος δόρυ μακρὸν
Ν aA c 4 / 5 cal
ἔστη, Kad δ᾽ ἄχος οἱ χύτο μυρίον ὀφθαλμοῖσι,
ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
rd Ν 3 , 5 / / 2) ’
ἐμμεμαὼς ἐπόρουσεν ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ὀξύ,
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων" ὃ δὲ χερμάδιον λάβε χειρὶ 285
Αἰνείας, μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν,
e a ΓΑ ΣΦΕ ΤῊ ee , \ 49
οἷοι νῦν βροτοί elo ὁ δέ μιν pea πάλλε καὶ οἷος.
ἔνθα κεν Αἰνείας μὲν ἐπεσσύμενον βάλε πέτρῳ
μ , 9 1S f Poe BS Ν »Ἄ
ἢ κόρυθ᾽ ἠὲ σάκος, τό οἱ ἤρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον,
τὸν δέ κε Πηλεΐδης σχεδὸν ἄορι θυμὸν ἀπηύρα, 290
Sia ἊΣ hind 9 oN ee , > , .
εἰ μὴ ἄρ᾽ ὀξὺ νόησε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων
Sp. Sia , tal Ν Lal + 5
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖς μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπεν
“ὦ πόποι, ἦ μοι ἄχος μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο,
ὃς τάχα Πηλεΐωνι δαμεὶς "Αἰδόσδε κάτεισι,
πειθόμενος μύθοισιν ᾿Απόλλωνος ἑκάτοιο, 295
/ baNw A a ε / x »
νήπιος, οὐδέ τί οἵ χραισμήσει λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον.
5 \ 4 na Ὁ Ψ / by if
ἀλλὰ Tin νῦν οὗτος ἀναίτιος ἄλγεα πάσχει,
Ἂς ed 3.43. / 5 / f ’ ΨΥΨΆ,
μὰψ ἕνεκ᾽ ἀλλοτρίων ἀχέων, κεχαρισμένα δ᾽ αἰεὶ
δῶρα θεοῖσι δίδωσι, τοὶ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσιν ;
ὩΣ dee. A 9 ΙΕ al / Coen Ud 5 ,
ἀλλ΄ ἄγεθ᾽ ἡμεῖς πέρ μιν ὑπὲκ θανάτου ἀγάγωμεν, 300
μή πως καὶ Κρονίδης κεχολώσεται, αἴ κεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
, , , / “5 ty bar! /
τόνδε κατακτείνῃ" μόριμον δέ οἵ ἐστ᾽ ἀλέασθαι,
4 ere, Ν. aoe »
ὄφρα μὴ ἄσπερμος γενεὴ καὶ ἄφαντος ὄληται
Δαρδάνου, ὃν Κρονίδης περὶ πάντων φίλατο παίδων,
ot ἕθεν ἐξεγένοντο γυναικῶν τε θνητάων. 305
Ey \ ἢ Nea, Ania
ἤδη yap Τ]ριάμου γενεὴν ἤχθηρε Κρονίων
νῦν δὲ δὴ Αἰνείαο βίη Τρώεσσιν ἀνάξει
a ’
καὶ παίδων παῖδες, Tol Kev μετόπισθε γένωνται."
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια ἽἭρη"
ἐξ 2 / > ba x Ἂς \ Cpe ,
ἐννοσίγαι φαῦυτος OV μετὰ φρεσὶ σῃησι ΨΟΉΟΥ' 310

Sw? Via? yee 3 a!
Αἰνείαν, 1] KEV μιν ἐρυσσεαι, ἢ KEV εαἀσῃς

20. IAIAAOS TY.

[Πηλεΐδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαμήμεναι, ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα].

ἦ τοι μὲν γὰρ νῶϊ πολέας ὠμόσσαμεν ὅρκους
πᾶσι μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν, ἐγὼ καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,
μή ποτ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀλεξήσειν κακὸν ἦμαρ,
μηδ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ av Τροίη μαλερῷ πυρὶ πᾶσα δάηται
καιομένη, καίωσι δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν."

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τό γ᾽ ἄκουσε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων,

rn Oy Ν / wes Ἂς , 3 /
βῆ ῥ᾽ ἴμεν ἄν τε μάχην καὶ ἀνὰ κλόνον ἐγχειάων,
ἵξε δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ Αἰνείας ἠδ᾽ ὁ κλυτὸς ἦεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

αὐτίκα τῷ μὲν ἔπειτα κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν χέεν ἀχλύν
9 μ μων X χλὺν,

af ? oo, c Ἂν; / Μ

Πηλεΐδῃ Αχιλῆϊ 0 δὲ μελίην εὔχαλκον

2 , 567 , ΓΕ

ἀσπίδος ἐξέρυσεν μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο

καὶ τὴν μὲν προπάροιθε ποδῶν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἔθηκεν,

Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἔσσευεν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ὑψόσ᾽ ἀείρας.

πολλὰς δὲ στίχας ἡρώων, πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἵππων

Αἰνείας ὑπερᾶλτο θεοῦ ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὀρούσας,

ie δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἐσχατιὴν πολυάϊκος πολέμοιο,

mv Ν Ἕ , , “

ἔνθα δὲ Καύκωνες πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο.

τῷ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων,

καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

“ Αἰνεία, τίς σ᾽ ὧδε θεῶν ἀτέοντα κελεύει

>) , oh Ce UA /

ἀντία Πηλεΐωνος ὑπερθύμοιο μάχεσθαι,

a a dd VV. \ , ΞῚ ,

ὃς σεῦ ἅμα κρείσσων καὶ φίλτερος ἀθανάτοισιν;
an / n

GAN ἀναχωρῆσαι, ὅτε κεν συμβλήσεαι αὐτῷ,

μὴ καὶ ὑπὲρ μοῖραν δόμον "Αἴδος εἰσαφίκηαι.

\ /
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί κ᾿ ᾿Αχιλεὺς θάνατον καὶ πότμον ἐπίσπῃ,

΄ὔ ν᾿ Κ᾿ \ , J .
θαρσήσας δὴ ἔπειτα μετὰ πρώτοισι μάχεσθαι
οὐ μὲν γάρ τίς σ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐξεναρίξει.᾽"

/
“Os εἰπὼν λίπεν αὐτόθ᾽, ἐπεὶ διεπέφραδε πάντα.
lod n ἂς
αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος am ὀφθαλμῶν σκέδασ᾽ ἀχλὺν
1

θεσπεσίην᾽ 6 δ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγ᾽ ἔξιδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν,
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν"

165

315

330

335

340

166 20. IAIAAOS Y.

“ὦ πόποι, ἣ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι"
ν Ἂς , cal Smaak: , Io 7 “
EYXOS μὲν τόδε κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονός, οὐδέ τι φῶτα 345

4 m3 / / /
λεύσσω, TO ἐφέηκα κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων.

ἢ ῥα καὶ Αἰνείας φίλος ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν

> Sie A yi Ἂς » > /

nev" ἀτὰρ μιν ἔφην pay αὕτως εὐχετάασθαι.

5 , 2 ae ree 0 a yf as

ἐρρέτω" οὔ οἱ θυμὸς ἐμεῦ ἔτι πειρηθῆναι

Υ̓ ἃ Ν a , ΝΜ > LU

ἐσσεται, OS καὶ νῦν φύγεν ἄσμενος ἐκ θανάτοιο. 350

3 a
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ Δαναοῖσι φιλοπτολέμοισι κελεύσας
τῶν ἄλλων eee πειρήσομαι ἀντίος ἐλθών."

Ἦ, καὶ ἐπὶ στίχας ἄλτο, κέλευε δὲ φωτὶ ἑκάστῳ"

Sage νῦν ees ἑκὰς ἕστατε, δῖοι ᾿Αχαιοί,
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἄντ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἴτω, μεμάτω δὲ μάχεσθαι. 355
5 t at Ooo Ans , a7
ἀργαλέον δέ μοί ἐστι καὶ ἰφθίμῳ περ ἐόντι

,ὔ “. , >] / ‘ co /

τοσσούσδ᾽ ἀνθρώπους ἐφέπειν καὶ πᾶσι μάχεσθαι:
οὐδέ κ᾿ “Apns, ὅς περ θεὸς ἄμβροτος, οὐδέ K’ ᾿Αθήνη
τοσσῆσδ᾽ ὑσμίνης ἐφέποι στόμα καὶ πονέοιτο"
>) IAW Ἂς 5" Ν , / 7
ἀλλ΄ ὅσσον μὲν ἐγὼ δύναμαι χερσίν τε ποσίν τε 36ο

\ / Μ / ’ὔ / eS aah) ’
καὶ σθένει, οὔ μέ τί φημι μεθησέμεν οὐδ ἡβαιόν,
ἀλλὰ μάλα ττιχοΣ εἶμι διαμπερές, οὐδέ τιν᾽ οἴω
Τρώων χαιρήσειν, ὅς τις σχεδὸν ἔγχεος ἔλθῃ."

“Ὡς ar ἐποτρύνων" Τρώεσσι δὲ a Ἕκτωρ
κέκλεθ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας, φάτο δ᾽ ἴμεναι ἄντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος.: 365
“Τρῶες ὑπέρθυμοι, μὴ δείδιτε Πηλεΐωνα.
καί κεν ἐγὼν ἐπέεσσι καὶ ἀθανάτοισι μαχοίμην"
ἔγχεϊ δ᾽ ἀργαλέον, ἐπεὶ ἦ πολὺ φέρτεροί εἰσιν.
οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς πάντεσσι τέλος μύθοις ἐπιθήσει,
ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν τελέει, τὸ δὲ καὶ μεσσηγὺ κολούει. 370
τῷ δ᾽ ἐγὼ ἀντίος εἶμι, καὶ εἰ πυρὶ χεῖρας ἔοικεν,
> \ ° " / Yes) ’ 3)
εἰ πῦρι χειρας ἐοικε, μένος δ᾽ αἴθωνι σιδήρῳ. —

“Qs par’ ἐποτρύνων, οἱ δ᾽ ἀντίοι ἔγχε᾽ ἄειραν
Τρῶες" τῶν δ᾽ ἄμυδις μίχθη μένος, Gpro δ᾽ ἀὐτή. 374
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἕκτορα εἶπε παραστὰς Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων"

ΔΝ δ». «τὰ ἀν

20. IAIAAOS Y. 167

“"Extop, μηκέτι πάμπαν ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ προμάχιζε,
ἀλλὰ κατὰ πληθύν τε καὶ ἐκ φλοίσβοιο δέδεξο,
μή πώς σ᾽ ἠὲ βάλῃ ἠὲ σχεδὸν ἄορι τύψῃ."

“Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ αὗτις ἐδύσετο οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν

7 Φ΄.9.. δ΄ δι σῦν ,ὔ

ταρβήσας, ὅτ᾽ ἄκουσε θεοῦ ὄπα φωνήσαντος. 380
ἐν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Τρώεσσι θόρε φρεσὶν εἱμένος ἀλκήν,
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων, πρῶτον δ᾽ ἕλεν ᾿Ιφιτίωνα,
ἐσθλὸν ᾿Οτρυντεΐδην, πολέων ἡγήτορα λαῶν,
ὃν νύμφη τέκε νηὶς ᾿Οτρυντῆϊ πτολιπόρθ

ν νύμφη nis ᾿Οτρυντῆϊ πτολιπόρθῳ

, “ ΄ σι 3 fix be f

Tyor@ ὕπο νιφόεντι, Ὕδης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ 385
τὸν δ᾽ ἰθὺς μεμαῶτα Bar’ ἔγχεϊ dios ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλήν᾽ ἡ δ᾽ ἄνδιχα πᾶσα κεάσθη,
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεύξατο dios ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
cc ° > lh ’ τι , + ee awe

κεῖσαι, ᾿᾽Οτρυντεΐδη, πάντων ἐκπαγλότατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν
ἐνθάδε τοι θάνατος, γενεὴ δέ τοί ἐστ᾽ ἐπὶ λίμν ο

» γενεὴ yn 39

Γυγαίῃ, ὅθι τοι τέμενος πατρώϊόν ἐστιν,
Ὕλλῳ ἐπ᾽ ἰχθυόεντι καὶ Ἕρμῳ δινήεντι.᾽"

Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψε.

Ν Ν ? nan oA 3 , fe
τὸν μὲν ᾿Αχαιῶν ἵπποι ἐπισσώτροις δατέοντο

[4 3 ε ,ὔ ε 9 3 > “ /

πρώτῃ ἐν ὑσμίνῃ" ὃ δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ Δημολέοντα, 395
ἐσθλὸν ἀλεξητῆρα μάχης, ᾿Αντήνορος υἱόν,
νύξε κατὰ κρόταφον, κυνέης διὰ χαλκοπαρήου.
οὐδ’ ἄρα χαλκείη κόρυς ἔσχεθεν, ἀλλὰ δι᾿ αὐτῆς

2 Se / ene 9 I 2 / Ν
αἰχμὴ ἱεμένη pn€ ὀστέον, ἐγκέφαλος δὲ
ἔνδον ἅπας πεπάλακτο᾽ δάμασσε δέ μιν μεμαῶτα. 40ο
ἹἹπποδάμαντα δ᾽ ἔπειτα καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀΐξαντα,
πρόσθεν ev φεύγοντα, μετάφρενον οὔτασε δουρί.

> \ ε Ν Hae wy : ς “ a
αὐτὰρ ὁ θυμὸν ἄϊσθε καὶ ἤρυγεν, ὡς ὅτε ταῦρος

δ « id «ς , P) \ »
npuyev ἑλκόμενος Ελικώνιον ἀμφὶ ἄνακτα
κούρων ἑλκόντων" γάνυται δέ τε τοῖς ἐνοσίχθων" 6. 405
ὡς ἄρα τόν γ᾽ ἐρυγόντα Alm ὀστέα θυμὸς ἀγήνωρ᾽
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ σὺν δουρὶ μετ᾽ ἀντίθεον Πολύδωρον

168 20. IAIAAOS TY.

3
Πριαμίδην. τὸν δ᾽ οὔ τι πατὴρ εἴασκε μάχεσθαι,
οὕνεκά οἱ μετὰ παισὶ νεώτατος ἔσκε γόνοιο,
καί οἱ φίλτατος ἔσκε, πόδεσσι δὲ πάντας ἐνίκα" 410
Ν. , / lal 2) Ν. 5
δὴ τότε νηπιέῃσι ποδῶν ἀρετὴν ἀναφαίνων
n ͵
θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, jos φίλον ὥλεσε θυμόν.
τὸν βάλε μέσσον ἄκοντι ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
νῶτα παραΐσσοντος, ὅθι ζωστῆρος ὀχῆες
, ΄ \ , ” r 8
χρύσειοι σύνεχον Kal διπλόος ἤντετο θώρηξ 415
3 Ν Ν , 5. ἃ Ν by > ’
ἀντικρὺ δὲ διέσχε Tap ὀμφαλὸν ἔγχεος αἰχμῆή,
γνὺξ δ᾽ ἔριπ᾽ οἰμώξας, νεφέλη δέ μιν ἀμφεκάλυψε
κυανέη, προτὶ οἷ δ᾽ ἔλαβ᾽ ἔντερα χερσὶ λιασθείς.
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς ἐνόησε κασίγνητον Πολύδωρον
7 \ ν ’ \ /
ἔντερα χερσὶν ἔχοντα, λιαζύμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ, 420
κάρ ῥά ot ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς" οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔτλη
δηρὸν ἑκὰς στρωφᾶσθ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντίος ἦλθ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ
ὀξὺ δόρυ κραδάων, φλογὶ εἴκελος" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ce A) A 5 n° \ > / ” Μ ΓΞ
ὡς εἶδ᾽, ὃς ἀνεπᾶλτο, καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα
tc 2 Ν Soe ἃ ΡΨ. , 5 dig) ! ,
ἐγγὺς ἀνὴρ ὃς ἐμόν ye μάλιστ᾽ ἐσεμάσσατο θυμόν, 425
“ ἘΞ αν " Ἷ 3 299 ἃ ἡ N
ὅς μοι ἑταῖρον ἔπεφνε τετιμένον᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔτι δὴν
ἀλλήλους πτώσσοιμεν ἀνὰ πτολέμοιο γεφύρας."
Ἦ, καὶ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσεφώνεεν “Ἕκτορα δῖον"
“ἄσσον ἴθ᾽, ὥς κεν θᾶσσον ὀλέθρου πείραθ᾽ ἵκηαι."
Τὸν δ᾽ οὐ ταρβήσας προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Extawp* 430
“Πηλεΐδη, μὴ δή μ᾽ ἐπέεσσί γε νηπύτιον ὡς
ἔλπεο δειδίξεσθαι, ἐπεὶ σάφα οἶδα καὶ αὐτὸς
Ψ "ἃς / 99 » /
ἡμὲν κερτομίας ne αἴσυλα μυθήσασθαι.
οἶδα δ᾽ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ἐσθλός, ἐγὼ δὲ σέθεν πολὺ χείρων.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται, 435
» / , , A τ Ν Ν ef
al κέ σε χειρότερός περ ἐὼν ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἕλωμαι
δουρὶ βαλών, ἐπεὶ ἦ καὶ ἐμὸν βέλος ὀξὺ πάροιθεν."
> oh ae 3
H ῥα, καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δόρυ, kal τό γ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη
πνοιῇ ᾿Αχιλλῆος πάλιν ἔτραπε κυδαλίμοιο,

—=—- ee ὦ

20. IAIAAOS YT.

ἧκα μάλα ψύξασα" τὸ δ᾽ ἂψ ἵκεθ᾽ “Ἕκτορα δῖον,
αὐτοῦ δὲ προπάροιθε ποδῶν πέσεν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἐμμεμαὼς ἐπόρουσε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων,
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων" τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξεν ᾿Απόλλων
ῥεῖα μάλ᾽ ὥς τε θεός, ἐκάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ.
᾽ n
τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
Ν - -
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ, τρὶς δ᾽ ἠέρα τύψε βαθεῖαν.
L.) 23“ ον Ν / 5 , A =
GAN’ ὅτε δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος,
δεινὰ δ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηΐδα"
«ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον 7 τέ τοι ἄγχι
ἦλθε κακόν" νῦν αὖτέ σ᾽ ἐρύσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,
2 / A aN 5) a bye te
ᾧ μέλλεις εὔχεσθαι ἰὼν ἐς δοῦπον ἀκόντων.
3 4 be | , ἊΝ Ὁ 3 ,
ἢ θήν σ᾽ ἐξανύω ye καὶ ὕστερον ἀντιβολήσας,
» i2 NY i, n >] / , >
εἴ πού Tis καὶ ἔμοιγε θεῶν ἐπιτάρροθός ἐστι.
νῦν αὖ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιείσομαι, ὅν κε κιχείω."
A sain PALS! im a. See , " 3
Qs εἰπὼν Δρύοπ᾽ otra κατ᾽ αὐχένα μέσσον ἄκοντι
” Ν , Ἔν πε΄ τς ΓΝ Suey
ἤριπε δὲ προπάροιθε ποδῶν" ὁ δὲ τὸν μὲν ἔασε,
Δημοῦχον δὲ Φιλητορίδην, ἠΐν τε μέγαν τε,
XX , x me 3, » \ Ν 7
Kay γόνυ δουρὶ βαλὼν ἠρύκακε. TOV μὲν ἔπειτα
ees / - / 5 ΄ Tan
οὐτάζων ξίφεϊ μεγάλῳ ἐξαίνυτο θυμόν
αὐτὰρ ὁ Λαύγονον καὶ Δάρδανον, υἷε Βίαντος,
ἄμφω ἐφορμηθεὶς ἐξ ἵππων ὦσε χαμᾶζε,
τὸν μὲν δουρὶ βαλών, τὸν δὲ σχεδὸν ἄορι τύψας.
an +
Τρῶα δ᾽ ᾿Αλαστορίδην,---ὁ μὲν ἀντίος ἤλυθε γούνων,
εἴ πώς εὑ πεφίδοιτο λαβὼν καὶ ζωὸν ἀφείη,
Ν ᾽ὔ ς / 5 /
μηδὲ κατακτείνειεν ὁμηλικίην ἐλεήσας,
νήπιος, οὐδὲ τὸ ἤδη, ὃ οὐ πείσεσθαι ἔμελλεν"
οὐ γάρ τι γλυκύθυμος ἀνὴρ ἣν οὐδ᾽ ἀγανόφρων,
> Ν hy? 5 in, a COBRA, be?) , ΄,
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐμμεμαώς" 6 μὲν ἥπτετο χείρεσι γούνων
ἱέμενος λίσσεσθ᾽, ὁ δὲ φασγάνῳ οὗτα καθ᾽ ἧπαρ'
Ἂ / Ce! Μἷ 3 Ν / @ >’ > la!
ἐκ δέ of ἧπαρ ὄλισθεν, ἀτὰρ μέλαν αἷμα KaT αὑτοῦ
κόλπον ἐνέπλησεν" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψε

169

440

445

450

455

460

465

470

170 20. LIAIAAOS YT.

θυμοῦ δευόμενον᾽ 6 δὲ Μούλιον οὗτα παραστὰς
δουρὶ κατ᾽ οὖς" εἶθαρ δὲ δι’ οὔατος ἦλθ᾽ ἑτέροιο
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη" 6 δ᾽ ᾿Αγήνορος υἱὸν "Ἔχεκλον
μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλὴν ξίφει ἤλασε κωπήεντι, 475
πᾶν δ᾽ ὑπεθερμάνθη ξίφος αἵματι" τὸν δὲ κατ᾽ ὄσσε
ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή.
Δευκαλίωνα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽, ἵνα τε ξυνέχουσι τένοντες
5 lal Lod / / Ν Ἃ, yw
ἀγκῶνος, TH TOV γε φίλης διὰ χειρὸς ἔπειρεν
> “ ΓΕ ΕΘ, , a 7,
αἰχμῇ χαλκείῃ" ὃ δέ μιν μένε χεῖρα βαρυνθείς, 480
πρόσθ᾽ ὁρόων θάνατον ὁ δὲ φασγάνῳ αὐχένα θείνας
THN’ αὐτῇ πήληκι κάρη βάλε: μυελὸς αὖτε
σφονδυλίων ἔκπαλθ᾽, 6 δ᾽ ἐπὶ χθονὶ κεῖτο τανυσθείς.
pe ε “ COLE 3... 5 - / cy;
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα Πείρεω υἱόν,
Ῥίγμον, ὃς ἐκ Θρήκης ἐριβώλακος εἰληλούθει: 485
τὸν βάλε μέσσον ἄκοντι, πάγη δ᾽ ἐν νηδύϊ χαλκῦς,
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων" ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αρηΐθοον θεράποντα
ἂψ ἵππους στρέψαντα μετάφρενον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ
νύξ᾽, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἅρματος ὦσε" κυκήθησαν δέ οἱ ἵπποι.
Ὡς δ᾽ ἀναμαιμάει Babe’ ἄγκεα θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ 490
οὔρεος ἀζαλέοιο, βαθεῖα δὲ καίεται ὕλη,
πάντῃ τε κλονέων ἄνεμος φλόγα εἰλυφάζει,
ὡς ὅ γε πάντῃ θῦνε σὺν ἔγχεϊ δαίμονι ἶσος
ς ὅ γε πάντῃ θῦν YX μ ;
κτεινομένους ἐφέπων᾽ ῥέε δ᾽ αἵματι γαῖα μέλαινα.
ε 9 Ὁ ΄ , yA > ,
ws δ᾽ ὅτε τις Cevén βόας ἄρσενας εὐρυμετώπους 495
/ lal A 9... la 3 > “,
τριβέμεναι κρὶ λευκὸν ἐὐκτιμένῃ ἐν ἀλωῇ,
ῥίμφα τε λέπτ᾽ ἐγένοντο βοῶν ὑπὸ πόσσ᾽ ἐριμύκων,
ὡς ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος μεγαθύμου μώνυχες ἵπποι
lal a Jey
στεῖβον ὁμοῦ νέκυάς τε καὶ ἀσπίδας" αἵματι δ᾽ ἄξων
ΩΣ \ /
νέρθεν ἅπας πεπάλακτο Kal ἄντυγες al περὶ δίφρον, 500
ἃς ἄρ᾽ ad’ ἱππείων ὁπλέω: ῥαθάμιγγες ἔβαλλον
a /
αἵ τ᾽ am ἐπισσώτρων᾽ 6 δὲ ἵετο κῦδος ἀρέσθαι
oh / Ν Ud o “4.
Πηλεΐδης, λύθρῳ δὲ παλάσσετο χεῖρας ἀάπτους.

"(4

{ATAAOZ Φ.

Μάχη παραποτάμιος.

’ i) nr Lal
?AXN’ ὅτε δὴ πόρον ἶξον ἐῦρρεῖος ποταμοῖο,
Ξάνθου δινήεντος, ὃν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς,
ἔνθα διατμήξας τοὺς μὲν πεδίονδε δίωκε
πρὸς πόλιν, ἣ περ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἀτυζόμενοι φοβέοντο
δ ΄“ , “ 7 7 σ Ξ
ἤματι τῷ προτέρῳ, ὅτε μαίνετο φαίδιμος “Εἰκτωρ
τῇ p οἵ ye προχέοντο πεφυζότες, ἠέρα δ’ Ἥρη
, , . 5 , oe oe N
πίτνα πρόσθε βαθεῖαν ἐρυκέμεν" ἡμίσεες δὲ
3 ᾿ς 3 fal ¢ Pe ,
ἐς ποταμὸν εἰλεῦντο βαθύρροον ἀργυροδίνην,
3 7 » / t 4 ᾽ >] Nee,
ἐν δ᾽ ἔπεσον μεγάλῳ πατάγῳ, βράχε δ᾽ αἰπὰ ῥέεθρα,
ὄχθαι δ᾽ ἀμφὶ περὶ μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχον' οἱ δ᾽ ἀλαλητῷ
ἔννεον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, ἑλισσόμενοι περὶ δίνας.
< » wf ¢ Ne ee lal Ν 5 7 b] /
ὡς δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς πυρὸς ἀκρίδες ἠερέθονται
“ , - Ν Ν / κι ἢ a
φευγέμεναι ποταμόνδε" TO δὲ φλέγει ἀκάματον πῦρ
ὄρμενον ἐξαίφνης, ταὶ δὲ πτώσσουσι καθ᾽ ὕδωρ"
ὡς ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος Ξάνθου βαθυδινήεντος
πλῆτο ῥόος κελάδων ἐπιμὶξ ἵππων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν.
ΠΝ ε Ν , Ν 4 > ἣν 4. 13. ὧν
Αὐτὰρ ὁ διογενὴς δόρυ μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾿ ὄχθῃ
/ / c ἊΣ 7 “ἡ
κεκλιμένον μυρίκησιν, 6 δ᾽ ἔσθορε δαίμονι ἴσος,
/ > Ν SS Ν Ν [4 Ν
φάσγανον οἷον ἔχων, κακὰ δὲ φρεσὶ μήδετο ἐργα,

» x ΑΝ / Ἢ “ Ν i Μ 3) 3: Ἂς
τύπτε δ᾽ ἐπιστροφάδην' τῶν δὲ στόνος ὥρνυτ ἀεικὴς

ἄορι θεινομένων, ἐρυθαίνετο δ᾽ αἵματι ὕδωρ.
ὡς δ᾽ ὑπὸ δελφῖνος μεγακήτεος ἰχθύες ἄλλοι
φεύγοντες πιμπλᾶσι μυχοὺς λιμένος εὐόρμου,

Io

15

20

172 21. IAIAAOS Φ.

, . ! ! Pie seh , ᾿

δειδιότες" μάλα γάρ τε κατεσθίει ὅν κε λάβῃσιν
a fal ° My

ὡς Τρῶες ποταμοῖο κατὰ δεινοῖο ῥέεθρα

25

lal Uy lal
πτῶσσον ὑπὸ κρημνούς. ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κάμε χεῖρας ἐναίρων,

ζωοὺς ἐκ ποταμοῖο δυώδεκα λέξατο κούρους,
ποινὴν Πατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος.
τοὺς ἐξῆγε θύραζε τεθηπότας HiTE νεβρούς,
δῆσε δ᾽ ὀπίσσω χεῖρας ἐὐτμήτοισιν ἱμᾶσι,
τοὺς αὐτοὶ φορέεσκον ἐπὶ στρεπτοῖσι χιτῶσι,
δῶκε δ᾽ ἑταίροισιν κατάγειν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας.
αὐτὰρ ὁ ἂψ ἐπόρουσε δαϊζέμεναι μενεαίνων.
Ἔ»θ᾽ υἷι Πριάμοιο συνήντετο Δαρδανίδαο
ἐκ ποταμοῦ φεύγοντι, Λυκάονι, τόν ῥά ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς
ἦγε λαβὼν ἐκ πατρὸς ἀλωῆς οὐκ ἐθέλοντα,
ἐννύχιος προμολών' ὁ δ᾽ ἐρινεὸν ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ
τάμνε νέους ὄρπηκας, ἵν᾽ ἅρματος ἄντυγες eter"
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀνώϊστον κακὸν ἤλυθε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
καὶ τότε μέν μιν Λῆμνον ἐὐκτιμένην ἐπέρασσε
νηυσὶν ἄγων, ἀτὰρ υἱὸς Incovos ὦνον ἔδωκε"
κεῖθεν δὲ ξεῖνός μιν ἐλύσατο, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔδωκεν,
Ἴμβριος ᾿Ηετίων, πέμψεν δ᾽ ἐς δῖαν ᾿Αρίσβην'
ἔνθεν ὑπεκπροφυγὼν πατρώϊον ἵκετο δῶμα.
ἕνδεκα δ᾽ ἤματα θυμὸν ἐτέρπετο οἷσι φίλοισιν
ἐλθὼν ἐκ Λήμνοιο' δυωδεκάτῃ δέ μιν αὗτις
χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος θεὸς ἔμβαλεν, ὅς μιν ἔμελλε
πέμψειν εἰς ᾿Αἴδαο καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα νέεσθαι.
τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς

30

35

40

45

s ΝΜ ’ , se) / 99 ν᾽ Ν
γυμνὸν, ἄτερ κόρυθός τε καὶ ἀσπίδος, οὐδ᾽ ἔχεν ἔγχος, 50

ἀλλὰ τὰ μέν ῥ᾽ ἀπὸ πάντα χαμαὶ βάλε" τεῖρε γὰρ ἱδρὼς

΄ 3. 45 a ἢ Ba PeMSEN ΄ 2 on 7 ζ
φεύγοντ᾽ ἐκ ποταμοῦ, κάματος δ᾽ ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἐδάμνα

ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν"

“@ πόποι, ἢ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι;

7 μάλα δὴ Τρῶες μεγαλήτορες, οὕς περ ἔπεφνον,

55

21. IAIAAOS Φ. 173

> 5 ,ὔ ec Ν , > ,
αὗτις ἀναστήσονται ὑπὸ ζόφου ἠερόεντος,
οἷον δὴ καὶ ὅδ᾽ ἦλθε φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ,
Λῆμνον ἐς ἠγαθέην πεπερημένος" οὐδέ μιν ἔσχε
, «ες A n ε / Me 5 ’ὔ
πόντος ἁλὸς πολιῆς, ὃ πολέας ἀέκοντας ἐρύκει.
5 > Ἂς Ν Ν 3 a ς /
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ Kal δουρὸς ἀκωκῆς ἡμετέροιο 60
γεύσεται, ὄφρα ἴδωμαι ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἠδὲ δαείω
Ἄν δὶ αὶ ας \ a 5 , bee Πὰς
ἢ ἄρ᾽ ὁμῶς καὶ κεῖθεν ἐλεύσεται, ἦ μιν ἐρύξει
a , Ὁ“ δῷ , 38 7. 3)
γῆ φυσίζοος, i τε κατὰ κρατερόν περ ἐρύκει.
Ως ὥρμαινε μένων" 6 δέ οἱ σχεδὸν ἦλθε τεθηπώς,

ne

γούνων ἅψασθαι μεμαώς, περὶ δ᾽ ἤθελε θυμῷ 6
3 , / , Ἂν ἊΝ »- 7
ἐκφυγέειν θάνατόν τε κακὸν καὶ κῆρα μέλαιναν.
ἦ τοι ὁ μὲν δόρυ μακρὸν ἀνέσχετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς

᾽ / 7 ε ΒΟΥ / Ν / ,
οὐτάμεναι μεμαώς, ὃ δ᾽ ὑπέδραμε Kal λάβε γούνων

ύ - 2 4 δ᾽ ints) ΔῈ é OT ἐ X at
κύψας" ἐγχείη δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὲρ νώτου ἐνὶ γαίῃ
ἔστη, ἱεμένη χροὸς ἄμεναι ἀνδρομέοιο. 7ο

“τὰς ε Wy ἤν, Ν ἑλὰ ἐλλί 4
αὐτὰρ ὁ τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν ἑλὼν ἐλλίσσετο γούνων,

Cab ρον Lam ΨΕ, Υ 4 5 / ION Pianeta
τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃ ἔχεν ἔγχος ἀκαχμένον οὐδὲ μεθίει
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ γουνοῦμαί σ᾽, "Axed" σὺ δέ μ᾽ αἴδεο καί μ᾽ ἐλέησον"
p) / ΄, Sed) 1" 7. / 3 ΄ .
ἀντί τοί εἰμ᾽ ἱκέταο, διοτρεφές, αἰδοίοιο 78
πὰρ γὰρ σοὶ πρώτῳ πασάμην Δημήτερος ἀκτήν,

if nd ’ 20° , 2 5) cal
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε μ᾽ εἷλες ἐὐκτιμένῃ ἐν ἀλωῇ,

, i / 3} 5» , ,

kal μ᾽ ἐπέρασσας ἄνευθεν ἄγων πατρός τε φίλων τε
Λῆμνον ἐς ἠγαθέην, ἑκατόμβοιον δέ τοι ἦλφον.

a N , \ , EUR , 93
νῦν δὲ λύμην τρὶς τόσσα πορών᾽ ἠὼς Oe μοί ἐστιν 80
ἥδε δυωδεκάτη, ὅτ᾽ és Ἴλιον εἰλήλουθα

Ν , fal > Lad 2 ἣν Ν᾽

πολλὰ παθών" νῦν αὖ με Tens ἐν χερσὶν ἔθηκε
μοῖρ᾽ Aon’ μέλλω που ἀπεχθέσθαι Διὶ πατρί,

[ὦ Ν » 7 ΕἸ / / tf
ὅς με σοὶ αὗτις Edwke’ μινυνθάδιον δὲ με μήτηρ
γείνατο Λαοθόη, θυγάτηρ ΓΑλταο γέροντος, 85
ἤλλτεω, ὃς Λελέγεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισιν ἀνάσσει,
Πήδασον αἰπήεσσαν ἔχων ἐπὶ Σατνιόεντι.

174 a1. IAIAAOS Φ.

a 9
τοῦ δ᾽ ἔχε θυγατέρα T1piayos, πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἄλλας"
τῆς δὲ δύω γενόμεσθα, σὺ δ᾽ ἄμφω δειροτομήσεις.

7) τοι τὸν πρώτοισι μετὰ πρυλέεσσι δάμασσας, go
ἀντίθεον Πολύδωρον, ἐπεὶ βάλες ὀξέϊ δουρί:

νῦν δὲ δὴ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐμοὶ κακὸν ἔσσεται: οὐ γὰρ ὀΐω

σὰς χεῖρας φεύξεσθαι, ἐπεί p ἐπέλασσέ γε δαίμων.

ox / 9: ῳ Ν 3, νον, Ν / Ὁ

ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσι"

μή με κτεῖν᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος “Exropds εἰμι, 95
ὅς τοι ἑταῖρον ἔπεφνεν ἐνηέα τε κρατερόν Te.”

Ὡς ἄρα μιν Πριάμοιο προσηύδα φαίδιμος υἱὸς

c 3 7 5 ,ὔ RS) ἣν ὁ τῶν
λισσόμενος ἐπέεσσιν, ἀμείλικτον δ᾽ Om ἄκουσε"
Cee, , " , Tei y 8 2

νήπιε, μή μοι ἄποινα πιφαύσκεο μηδ᾽ ἀγόρευε
πρὶν μὲν γὰρ Πάτροκλον ἐπισπεῖν αἴσιμον ἦμαρ, 100
τόφρα τί μοι πεφιδέσθαι ἐνὶ φρεσὶ φίλτερον ἦεν
Τρώων, καὶ πολλοὺς ζωοὺς ἕλον ἠδ᾽ ἐπέρασσα"
νῦν δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅς τις θάνατον φύγῃ, ὅν κε θεός γε
᾿Ιλίου προπάροιθεν ἐμῇς ἐν χερσὶ βάλῃσι,
καὶ πάντων Τρώων, πέρι δ᾽ ad Πριάμοιό γε παίδων. 105
ἀλλά, φίλος, θάνε καὶ σύ' τίη ὀλοφύρεαι οὕτως ;
κάτθανε καὶ Πάτροκλος, 6 περ σέο πολλὸν ἀμείνων.
οὐχ ὁράᾳς οἷος καὶ ἐγὼ καλός τε μέγας τε;

X 9 Les i 5 a Ν, / lA ΄ 5
πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο, θεὰ δέ με γείνατο μήτηρ
5 Sed Ames \ lA \ tal AP
ἀλλ΄ ἔπι TOL Kal ἐμοὶ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή [το
ΝΜ Ων ὟΝ x ὔ Δ Ψ Ss
ἔσσεται ἢ ἠὼς ἢ δείλη ἢ μέσον ἦμαρ,
ὁππότε τις καὶ ἐμεῖο ΓΑρῃ ἐκ θυμὸν ἕληται,

a ae a” 99

ἢ ὅ ye δουρὶ βαλὼν ἢ ἀπὸ νευρῆφιν ὀϊστῷ.

“Qs φάτο, τοῦ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ λύτο γούνατα καὶ φίλον ἧτορ'
ἔγχος μέν ῥ᾽ ἀφέηκεν, ὃ δ᾽ ἕζετο χεῖρε πετάσσας 115
ἀμφοτέρας" ᾿Αχιλεὺς δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ὀξὺ

4 Ν a ? Ε] - , ε Μ
τύψε κατὰ κληΐδα Tap αὔχένα, πᾶν δέ οἱ εἴσω
δῦ ξίφος ἄμφηκες" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα πρηνὴς ἐπὶ γαίῃ
κεῖτο ταθείς, ἐκ δ᾽ αἷμα μέλαν ῥέε, δεῦε δὲ γαῖαν.

21. IAIAAOS Φ. 175

τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ποταμόνδε λαβὼν Todds ἧκε φέρεσθαι,
καί οἱ ἐπευχόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευεν" 121
«( 5 Aer o m9 , ot 9 Ν
ἐνταυθοῖ νῦν κεῖσο μετ᾽ ἰχθύσιν, οἵ σ᾽ ὠτειλὴν

ar) , 2 (ae Io 7 ,
αἷμ᾽ ἀπολιχμήσονται ἀκηδέες" οὐδέ σε μήτηρ
ἐνθεμένη λεχέεσσι γοήσεται, ἀλλὰ Σκάμανδρος

7 » c \ > / ,

οἴσει δινήεις εἴσω ἁλὸς εὐρέα κόλπον. 125

/ x fal / tov rae diet 3 oh
θρῴσκων τις κατὰ κῦμα μέλαιναν φρῖχ᾽ ὑπαΐξει
5 4, “ / ; 5 / ,
ἰχθύς, os κε φάγῃσι Λυκάονος ἀργέτα δημόν.
φθείρεσθ᾽, εἰς ὅ κεν ἄστυ κιχείομεν ᾽Ιλίου ἱρῆς,
ὑμεῖς μὲν φεύγοντες, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν κεραΐζων.
οὐδ᾽ ὑμῖν ποταμός περ edppoos ἀργυροδίνης 130

e

3 / Ν Ν / « uA ,
ἀρκέσει, ᾧ δὴ δηθὰ πολέας ἱερεύετε ταύρους,
Ν a3 7 7, / ¢Y,
ζωοὺς δ᾽ ἐν δίνῃσι καθίετε μώνυχας ἵππους.
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ὀλέεσθε κακὸν μόρον, εἰς ὅ κε πάντες
τίσετε Πατρόκλοιο φόνον καὶ λοιγὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν,
ovs ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῇσιν ἐπέφνετε νόσφιν ἐμεῖο.
ς ἐπὶ νη Now ἐπέ ν ἐμεῖο. 125
“Qs ἄρ᾽ ἔφη, ποταμὸς δὲ χολώσατο κηρόθι μᾶλλον,
ῳ tapi bo AN Ν “ ΄, ,
ὥρμηνεν δ᾽ ava θυμὸν ὅπως παύσειε πόνοιο
δῖον ᾿Αχιλλῆα, Τρώεσσι δὲ λοιγὸν ἀλάλκοι.
τόφρα δὲ IInd€os υἱὸς ἔχων δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος
᾿Αστεροπαίῳ ἐπᾶλτο κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων, 140
υἱέϊ ἸΠηλεγόνος" τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αξιὸς εὐρυρέεθρος
,ὔ Ν / > al n
γείνατο καὶ IlepiBoua, ᾿Ακεσσαμενοῖο θυγατρῶν
, A fed / ς , Ν 7
πρεσβυτάτη" τῇ γάρ ῥα μίγη ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης.
Lad 279 Ν 5 , ε 2” 3 , bl] a
τῷ 6 ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἐπόρουσεν, ὁ δ᾽ ἀντίος ἐκ ποταμοῖο
ἔστη ἔχων δύο δοῦρε" μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 145
ma ἢ > οὐ , - 7 5» lal
Ξάνθος, ἐπεὶ κεχόλωτο δαϊκταμένων αἰζηῶν,
τοὺς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἐδάϊζε κατὰ ῥόον οὐδ᾽ ἐλέαιρεν.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
wy ὦ , ᾽ »} n oe + 5 ’ὔ, 5 cal
τίς πόθεν εἰς ἀνδρῶν, ὅ μευ ἔτλης ἀντίος ἐλθεῖν; τ5ο
/ / Lal 5 ro) / τα , 37)
δυστήνων δὲ τε παῖδες ἐμῷ μένει ἀντιόωσι.

176 21. IAIAAOS Φ.

Tov δ᾽ ad Πηλεγόνος προσεφώνεε φαίδιμος υἱός"
“Πηλεΐδη μεγάθυμε, τίη γενεὴν ἐρεείνεις ;
εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης ἐριβώλου, τηλόθ᾽ ἐούσης,
Παίονας ἄνδρας ἄγων δολιχεγχέας" ἥδε δέ μοι νῦν 158
ἠὼς ἑνδεκάτη, ὅτ᾽ ἐς Ἴλιον εἰλήλουθα.
αὐτὰρ ἐμοὶ γενεὴ ἐξ ᾿Αξιοῦ a ῥέοντος,
[᾿Αξιοῦ, ὃ ὃς κάλλιστον τς ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἴησιν,]
ὃς τέκε Πηλεγόνα κλυτὸν ἔ ἔγχεϊ: τὸν δ᾽ ἐμέ φασι
γείνασθαι: νῦν αὖτε μαχώμεθα, pati ᾿Αχιλλεῦ." τόο
“Qs φάτ᾽ ἀπειλήσας, ὁ δ᾽ ἀνέσχετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
Πηλιάδα μελίην" ὁ δ᾽ ἁμαρτῆ δούρασιν ἀμφὶς
ἥρως ᾿Αστεροπαῖος, ἐπεὶ περιδέξιος ἦεν.
καί ῥ᾽ ἑτέρῳ μὲν δουρὶ σάκος βάλεν, οὐδὲ διαπρὸ
ῥῆξε σάκος" χρυσὸς γὰρ ἐρύκακε, δῶρα θεοῖο" 165
τῷ δ᾽ ἑτέρῳ μιν πῆχυν ἐπιγράβδην βάλε χειρὸς
δεξιτερῆς, σύτο δ᾽ αἷμα κελαινεφές: ἡ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ
γαίῃ ἐνεστήρικτο, λιλαιομένη χροὸς σαι.
δεύτερος αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς μελίην ἰθυπτίωνα
᾿Αστεροπαίῳ ἐφῆκε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων. 170
καὶ τοῦ μέν ῥ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν, ὁ δ᾽ ὑψηλὴν βάλεν ὄχθην,
μεσσοπαγὲς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθηκε κατ᾽ ὄχθης μείλινον ἔγχος.
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἄορ ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος παρὰ μηροῦ
ar’ ἐπί οἱ μεμαώς" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα μελίην ᾿Αχιλῆος
οὐ δύνατ᾽ ἐκ κρημνοῖο ἐρύσσαι χειρὶ παχείῃ. 175
τρὶς μέν μιν πελέμιξεν ἐρύσσασθαι μενεαίνων,
τρὶς δὲ μεθῆκε βίης" τὸ δὲ τέτρατον ἤθελε θυμῷ
agar ἐπιγνάμψας δόρυ μείλινον Αἰακίδαο,
ἀλλὰ πρὶν ᾿Αχιλεὺς σχεδὸν ἄορι θυμὸν ἀπηύρα. 179
γαστέρα γάρ μιν τύψε παρ᾽ ὀμφαλόν, ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα πᾶσαι
χύντο χαμαὶ χολάδες" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν
ἀσθμαίνοντ᾽" ᾿Αχιλεὺς δ᾽ dp’ ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὀρούσας
τεύχεά τ᾽ ἐξενάριξε καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα"

21. IAIAAOS Φ.

ayes |} Ἂ
“keto” οὕτως" χαλεπόν τοι ἐρισθενέος Κρονίωνος
παισὶν ἐριζέμεναι ποταμοῖό περ ἐκγεγαῶτι.
φῆσθα σὺ μὲν ποταμοῦ γένος ἔμμεναι εὐρὺ ῥέοντος,
πα; 3 Ν ‘ / Ν Μ ἡ
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ γενεὴν μεγάλου Διὸς εὔχομαι εἶναι.
7 La ΕΝ a 5 / ,
τίκτε μ΄ ἀνὴρ πολλοῖσιν ἀνάσσων Μυρμιδόνεσσι,
Πηλεὺς Αἰακίδης" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἰακὸς ἐκ Διὸς ἦεν.
τῷ κρείσσων μὲν Ζεὺς ποταμῶν ἁλιμυρηέντων,
κρείσσων αὖτε Διὸς γενεὴ ποταμοῖο τέτυκται.
καὶ γὰρ σοὶ ποταμός γε πάρα μέγας, εἰ δύναταί τι
χραισμεῖν" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι Διὶ Κρονίωνι μάχεσθαι,
a ION 7 3 Κι. > 7
τῷ οὐδὲ κρείων ᾿Αχελώϊος ἰσοφαρίζει,
οὐδὲ βαθυρρείταο μέγα σθένος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο,
ἐξ οὗ περ πάντες ποταμοὶ καὶ πᾶσα θάλασσα
καὶ πᾶσαι κρῆναι καὶ φρείατα μακρὰ vaovow"
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Διὸς μεγάλοιο κεραυνὸν
, / (ee EN SSE > , / 2)
δεινήν τε βροντήν, ὅτ᾽ ἀπ᾿ οὐρανόθεν σμαραγὴσῃ.
7H c . ee a 3 2: / x
pa, Kal ἐκ κρημνοῖο ἐρύσσατο χάλκεον ἔγχος,
al > 4
τὸν δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτόθι λεῖπεν, ἐπεὶ φίλον ἦτορ ἀπηύρα,
κείμενον ἐν ψαμάθοισι, δίαινε δέ μιν μέλαν ὕδωρ.
,
τὸν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐγχέλυές τε καὶ ἰχθύες ἀμφεπένοντο,
δημὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι ἐπινεφρίδιον κείροντες"
SES ε ἐν + ον x , ε ,
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μετὰ Παίονας ἱπποκορυστάς,
go ἂψ ἊΝ Ν / Li
ol ῥ᾽ ἔτι Tap ποταμὸν πεφοβήατο δινήεντα,
ὡς εἶδον τὸν ἄριστον ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ
χέρσ᾽ ὕπο Πηλεΐδαο καὶ ἄορι ἶφι δαμέντα.
ἔνθ᾽ ἕλε Θερσίλοχόν τε Μύδωνά τε ᾿Αστύπυλόν τε
A ἢ ᾿
Μνῆσόν τε Θρασίον τε καὶ Αἴνιον ἠδ᾽ ᾿Οφελέστην

καί νύ κ᾿ ἔτι πλέονας κτάνε Παίονας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς,

εἰ μὴ χωσάμενος προσέφη ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης,
ἀνέρι εἰσάμενος, βαθέης δ᾽ ἐκ φθέγξατο δίνης"
“ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, περὶ μὲν κρατέεις, περὶ δ᾽ αἴσυλα ῥέζεις

> Cay a > / Ν > /
ἀνδρῶν" αἰεὶ yap ToL ἀμύνουσιν θεοὶ αὐτοί.
VOL. Il. N

177

190

200

205

210

215

178 21. IAIAAOS Φ,

εἴ τοι Τρῶας ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς πάντας ὀλέσσαι,
ἐξ ἐμέθεν γ᾽ ἐλάσας πεδίον κάτα μέρμερα ῥέζε'

/ \ , , 3 ames Ὑ 2
πλήθει yap δὴ μοι νεκύων ἐρατεινὰ ῥέεθρα,

/ 4 lal
οὐδέ τί πῃ δύναμαι προχέειν ῥόον εἰς ἅλα δῖαν

, / \ Ν ’ὔ 5... /

στεινόμενος νεκύεσσι, σὺ δὲ KTELVELS ἀϊδήλως.
3 3" 2 LN Nieal A aes oa Μ α΄, 3)
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ καὶ ἔασον᾽ ἄγη μ᾽ ἔχει, ὄρχαμε λαῶν.

220

Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας. ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"

“ ἔσται ταῦτα, Σκάμανδρε διοτρεφές, ὡς σὺ κελεύεις.

Tpdas δ᾽ οὐ πρὶν λήξω ὑπερφιάλους ἐναρίζων,
Ν Ν ee, a7 ie
πρὶν ἔλσαι κατὰ ἄστυ Kat “Ἕκτορι πειρηθῆναι
ἀντιβίην, ἤ κέν με δαμάσσεται, ἢ κεν ἐγὼ Tov.”
A Sank, , yo , = Σ
Qs εἰπὼν Τρώεσσιν ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἴσος
Ν 29 >
καὶ τότ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης"
x ,
“ὦ πόποι, ἀργυρότοξε, Διὸς τέκος, οὐ σύ ye βουλὰς
, 5
εἰρύσαο Κρονίωνος, ὅ τοι μάλα πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλε
Τρωσὶ παρεστάμεναι καὶ ἀμύνειν, εἰς ὅ κεν ἔλθ
p ρεστάμ μύνειν, ἢ
7 5 Ἂς ie / US Tey Ν ”
deleAos ὀψὲ δύων, σκιάσῃ δ᾽ ἐρίβωλον ἄρουραν.
9 Wet Ν , I
Ἢ, καὶ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς μὲν δουρικλυτὸς ἔνθορε μέσσῳ
con) +h é ε 9. ΜῊ, y 4
κρημνοῦ ἀπαΐξας" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέσσυτο οἴδματι. θύων,
Ιὰ ᾽ν ΓΕ ’ τὴ Ν Ν
πάντα δ᾽ ὄρινε ῥέεθρα κυκώμενος, ὦσε δὲ νεκροὺς

225

230

235

9 Tike
πολλούς, of ῥα kar’ αὐτὸν ἅλις ἔσαν, ois κτάν᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς

τοὺς ἔκβαλλε θύραζε, μεμυκὼς ἠῦτε ταῦρος,

, é \ δ , ὃς ἧς ΤΕ
χέρσονδε' ζωοὺς δὲ σάω κατὰ καλὰ ῥέεθρα,
κρύπτων ἐν δίνησι βαθείησιν μεγάλῃσι

ρ 1 ἢ μεγάλῇῃσι.

᾽ na a
δεινὸν δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα κυκώμενον ἵστατο κῦμα,
» 9 [a , SEs IO ,
ὦθει δ᾽ ἐν σακεὶ πίπτων ῥόος" οὐδὲ πόδεσσιν

/
εἶχε στηρίξασθαι' ὁ δὲ πτελέην ἕλε χερσὶν

> / / € 3: «ε / 3 a

εὐφυέα μεγάλην: ἡ δ᾽ ἐκ ῥιζέων ἐριποῦσα

a d a Ἂ / Ἂς Ν ray}
κρημνὸν ἅπαντα διῶσεν, ἐπέσχε δὲ καλὰ ῥέεθρα
» a 4 , EEN
ὄζοισιν πυκινοῖσι, γεφύρωσεν δέ μιν αὐτὸν

ν ιν ΝΒ ΟΝ tee!) ε ee 8. τῷ / 5 ,
εἴσω πᾶσ᾽ ἐριποῦσ᾽" ὃ δ΄ ap ἐκ δίνης ἀνορούσας
ἤϊξεν πεδίοιο ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πέτεσθαι,

240

21. IAIAAOS ®.

, é 9 , So Ν / > + eae Vea 4 9 “
δείσας" οὐδέ T ἔληγε θεὸς μέγας, ὦρτο ὃ ἐπ΄ αὕτῳ
ἀκροκελαινιόων, ἵνα μιν παύσειε πόνοιο
δῖον ᾿Αχιλλῆα, Τρώεσσι δὲ λοιγὸν ἀλάλκοι.

of /
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἀπόρουσεν ὅσον τ᾽ ἐπὶ δουρὸς Epwn,
αἰετοῦ οἴματ᾽ ἔχων μέλανος, τοῦ θηρητῆρος,
ὅς θ᾽ ἅμα κἀρτιστός τε Kal ὥκιστος πετεηνῶν"

ἐπ dee Ἂς Mee 3's , Ν Ν
τῷ ἐϊκὼς ἤϊξεν, ἐπὶ στήθεσσι δὲ χαλκὸς
σμερδαλέον κονάβιζεν' ὕπαιθα δὲ τοῖο λιασθεὶς

an 3 ς 2 τἂν ey, ed / 5 ton
φεῦγ᾽, ὁ 8 ὄπισθε ῥέων ἕπετο μεγάλῳ ὀρυμαγδῷ.

ε Soya ΘΝ 5) Be 8 es iad S , ΄
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὀχετηγὸς ἀπὸ κρήνης μελανύδρου
ἂμ φυτὰ καὶ κήπους ὕδατι ῥόον ἡγεμονεύ,

μ ὶ κήπους ὕδατι ῥόον ἡγεμονεύῃ
χερσὶ μάκελλαν ἔχων, ἀμάρης ἐξ ἔχματα βάλλων᾽
τοῦ μέν τε προρέοντος ὑπὸ ψηφῖδες ἅπασαι
b] fal a \ / + Oy , ,
ὀχλεῦνται" TO δέ τ΄ ὦκα κατειβόμενον κελαρύζει
χώρῳ ἔνι προαλεῖ, φθάνει δέ τε καὶ τὸν ἄγοντα"

Ἂς 5 cal / a ἘΝ
ὡς αἰεὶ ᾿Αχιλῆα κιχήσατο κῦμα ῥόοιο
καὶ λαιψηρὸν ἐόντα θεοὶ δέ τε φέρτεροι ἀνδρῶν.
ἘΞ e
ὁσσάκι δ᾽ ὁρμήσειε ποδάρκης dios ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
στῆναι ἐναντίβιον καὶ γνώμεναι εἴ μιν ἅπαντες

b) , te ‘ 5 Ν EN Υ

ἀθάνατοι φοβέουσι, τοὶ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσι,
na a
τοσσάκι μιν μέγα κῦμα διιπετέος ποταμοῖο
!.»} /
πλάζ᾽ ὦμους KabdTepOev’ ὁ δ᾽ ὑψόσε ποσσὶν ἐπήδα
οι ᾿ Amt ΤΕΎΚῚ Pag PL
θυμῷ ἀνιάζων' ποταμὸς 6 ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἐδάμνα
, ral
λάβρος ὕπαιθα ῥέων, κονίην δ᾽ ὑπέρεπτε ποδοῖιν.
+h ϑὼ ΤΑ INN > > N Sea,
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ῴμωξεν ἰδὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν
an / na /
“ Ζεῦ πάτερ, ὡς ov τίς με θεῶν ἐλεεινὸν ὑπέστη
a a /
ἐκ ποταμοῖο caGcau’ ἔπειτα δὲ καί τι παθοιμι.

BA
ἄλλος δ᾽ οὔ τίς μοι τόσον αἴτιος Οὐρανιώνων,
ἀλλὰ φίλη μήτηρ, ἥ με ψεύδεσσιν ἔθελγεν"

> oo
ἥ μ᾽ ἔφατο Τρώων ὑπὸ τείχεϊ θωρηκτάων
λαιψηροῖς ὀλέεσθαι ᾿Απόλλωνος βελέεσσιν.

179

250

260

265

270

a ’ .
ὥς μ᾽ ὄφελ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ κτεῖναι, ds ἐνθάδε γ᾽ ἔτραφ᾽ ἄριστος

Ν 2

180 21. IAIAAOS Φ,

τῷ κ᾽ ἀγαθὸς μὲν ἔπεφν᾽, ἀγαθὸν δέ κεν ἐξενάριξε: 280
νῦν δέ με λευγαλέῳ θανάτῳ εἴμαρτο ἁλῶναι
es ἐν μεγάλῳ eit os παῖδα ἀετοῦ
ὅν ῥά τ᾽ ἔναυλος & ἀποέρσῃ χειμῶνι περῶντα.᾽

“Ὡς φάτο, τῷ δὲ μάλ᾽ ὦκα Ποσειδάων καὶ ᾿Αθήνη
στήτην ἐγγὺς ἰόντε, δέμας δ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν é etieray 285
χειρὶ δὲ χεῖρα λαβόντες ἐπιστώσαντ᾽ ἐπέεσσι.
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε Ποσειδάων evootx Gow"
id ΠΕ μήτ᾽ ἄρ τι λίην τρέε μήτε τι τάρβει'
τοίω γάρ τοι νῶϊ θεῶν salen εἰμέν,
Ζηνὸς ἐπαινήσαντος, ἐγὼ καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη" 290
ὡς οὔ τοι ποταμῷ γε δαμήμεναι αἴσιμόν ἐστιν,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅδε μὲν τάχα λωφήσει, od δὲ εἴσεαι αὐτός"
αὐτάρ τοι πυκινῶς Uae ey at κε πίθηαι;
μὴ πρὶν παύειν χεῖρας ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο,
πρὶν κατὰ ᾿Ιλιόφι κλυτὰ τείχεα λαὸν ἐέλσαι 205
Τρωϊκόν, ὅς κε φύγῃσι: σὺ δ᾽ Bout θυμὸν ἀπούρας
ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ὯΝ δίδομεν δέ τοι εὖχος ἀρέσθαι."

Τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰπόντε per’ ἀθανάτους ἀπεβήτην"
τ ὁ βῆ, μέγα γάρ ῥα θεῶν ὥτρυνεν eperp
ἐς πεδίον" τὸ δὲ πᾶν πλῆθ᾽ ὕδατος ἐ ἐκχυμένοιο, 300
πολλὰ δὲ τεύχεα καλὰ δαϊκταμένων αἰζηῶν
πλῶον καὶ νέκυες" τοῦ δ᾽ ὑψόσε γούνατ᾽ ἐπήδα
πρὸς τ ἀΐσσοντος ἀν᾽ ἰθύν, οὐδέ μιν ἴσχεν
εὐρὺ ῥέων ποταμός" μέγα γὰρ σθένος ἔμβαλ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη.
οὐδὲ Σκάμανδρος ΕΣ τὸ ὃν μένος, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι μᾶλλον 305
χώετο Buh 2 κόρυσσε δὲ κῦμα ῥόοιο
ὑψόσ᾽ ἀειρόμενος, Σιμόεντι δὲ κέκλετ᾽ ἀύσας"
“Φίλε κασίγνητε, σθένος ἀνέρος ἀμφότεροί περ
σχῶμεν, ἐπεὶ τάχα ἄστι μέγα Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος
ἐκπέρσει, Τρῶες δὲ κατὰ μόθον οὐ μενέουσιν. 310
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπάμυνε τάχιστα, καὶ ἐμπίπληθι ῥέεθρα

21. TAIAAOS ®, 181

, ; 9

ὕδατος ἐκ πηγέων, πάντας δ᾽ ὀρόθυνον ἐναύλους,
¢ Ν / n \ > > Ν ν
ἵστη δὲ μέγα κῦμα, πολὺν δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸν ὄρινε

a ,
φιτρῶν καὶ λάων, ἵνα παύσομεν ἄγριον ἄνδρα,
ἃ RUST en ͵ , Par ® a
ds δὴ νῦν κρατέει, μέμονεν δ᾽ ὅ ye toa θεοῖσι. 315

\ Ν Μ 7 , ΕΣ ΚῚ
φημὶ γὰρ οὔτε βίην χραισμησέμεν οὔτε τι εἶδος,

,

οὔτε τὰ τεύχεα καλά, τά που μάλα νειόθι λίμνης
κείσεθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἰλύος κεκαλυμμένα" κὰδ δέ μιν αὐτὸν
εἰλύσω ψαμάθοισιν ἅλις χέραδος περιχεύας

, 35 ) αἰ. Δ. / » \
μυρίον, οὐδέ οἱ OoTE ἐπιστήσονται ᾿Αχαιοὶ 320
ἀλλέξαι᾽ τόσσην οἱ dow καθύπερθε καλύψω.
αὐτοῦ οἱ καὶ σῆμα τετεύξεται, οὐδέ τί μιν χρεὼ
ΕΣ , 4 / 3 439
ἔσται τυμβοχόης, OTE μιν θάπτωσιν ᾿Αχαιοί.

Ἦ, καὶ ἐπῶρτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ κυκώμενος, ὑψόσε θύων,
μορμύρων ἀφρῷ τε καὶ αἵματι καὶ νεκύεσσι. 325
πορφύρεον δ᾽ ἄρα κῦμα διιπετέος ποταμοῖο
ἵστατ᾽ ἀειρόμενον, κατὰ δ᾽ ἥρεε ΠΠηχεΐωνα"

Ἥρη δὲ μέγ᾽ dice περιδείσασ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ,

, 3 / , Ν
μή μιν ἀποέρσειε μέγας ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης,
αὐτίκα δ᾽ Ἥφαιστον προσεφώνεεν, ὃν φίλον υἱόν. 330
Prag , SP aN , ἄρον , ς

ὄρσεο, κυλλοπόδιον, ἐμὸν τέκος" ἄντα σέθεν γὰρ

la oh &
Ξάνθον δινήεντα μάχῃ ἠΐσκομεν εἶναι"
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπάμυνε τάχιστα, πιφαύσκεο δὲ φλόγα πολλήν.
ὅς σὰς 5 ἃς. ’ Nie - ,

αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Ζεφύροιο καὶ ἀργεστᾶο Νότοιο
εἴσομαι ἐξ ἁλόθεν χαλεπὴν ὄρσουσα θύελλαν, 335
er 3 Ν ’ ἃς Ν , /
q κεν ἀπὸ Τρώων κεφαλὰς καὶ τεύχεα Kyat,

, κ , ΤΙΝΊ ΩΝ κα ἢ > +
φλέγμα κακὸν hopeovoa’ σὺ δὲ Ξάνθοιο Tap ὄχθας
δένδρεα kai’, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵει πυρί μηδέ σε πάμπαν
μειλιχίοις ἐπέεσσιν ἀποτρεπέτω καὶ ἀρειῇ"

Ἂς \ 5 , Ν / >) ee 9.8 Ν
μηδὲ πρὶν ἀπόπαυε τεὸν μένος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν δὴ 340
φθέγξομ᾽ ἐγὼν ἰάχουσα, τότε σχεῖν ἀκάματον Tip.”

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, Ἥφαιστος δὲ τιτύσκετο θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ.
πρῶτα μὲν ἐν πεδίῳ πῦρ δαίετο, καῖε δὲ νεκροὺ

P μ Δ ΤῸΡ ) ρους

182 21. IAIAAOS 9,

πολλούς, of pa κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ἅλις ἔσαν, ods κτάν᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς"

πᾶν δ᾽ ἐξηράνθη πεδίον, σχέτο δ᾽ ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ.
ε λον, τα a Ν / ἘΝ Ἂς
ὡς δ᾽ OT ὀπωρινὸς Βορέης veoapse’ ἀλωὴν

a7) 5 pra , t “ ΔΉ τς
aly’ ἀγξηράνῃ" χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ

ὡς ἐξηράνθη πεδίον πᾶν, κὰδ δ᾽ ἄρα νεκροὺς
κῆεν᾽ 6 δ᾽ ἐς ποταμὸν τρέψε φλόγα παμφανόωσαν.
καίοντο πτελέαι τε καὶ ἰτέαι ἠδὲ μυρῖκαι,
καίετο δὲ λωτός τε ἰδὲ θρύον ἠδὲ κύπειρον,

Ν Ν Ἀν Εἰ « cal , A
Ta περὶ καλὰ ῥέεθρα ἅλις ποταμοῖο πεφύκει

7, Mo) / / X53 / A Ν /
τείροντ᾽ ἐγχέλυές τε καὶ ἰχθύες ol κατὰ divas,
οἱ κατὰ καλὰ ῥέεθρα κυβίστων ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα
πνοιῇ τειρόμενοι πολυμήτιος Ἡφαίστοιο

ἢ τειρόμ μή

λ 95 Ἃ 7» >» 4. Ὁ 3. Ἦν. τ ς:
καίετο δ᾽ ts ποταμοῖο ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν
“«“Ἡφαιστ᾽, οὔ τις σοί γε θεῶν δύνατ᾽ ἀντιφερίζειν,
οὐδ᾽ av ἐγὼ σοί y ὧδε πυρὶ φλεγέθοντι μαχοίμην.
λῆγ᾽ ἔριδος, Τρῷας δὲ καὶ αὐτίκα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
" 3 ! Be 2 " . 5 ἘΝ
ἄστεος ἐξελάσειε' τί μοι ἔριδος καὶ ἀρωγῆς;

Φῇ πυρὶ καιόμενος, ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἔφλυε καλὰ ῥέεθρα.
ὡς δὲ λέβης ζεῖ ἔνδον ἐπειγόμενος πυρὶ πολλῷ,
κνίσην μελδόμενος ἁπαλοτρεφέος σιάλοιο,

/ > a
πάντοθεν ἀμβολάδην, ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα κάγκανα κεῖται,
a 3
ὡς τοῦ καλὰ ῥέεθρα πυρὶ φλέγετο, ζέε δ᾽ ὕδωρ"
3 fal oo
οὐδ᾽ ἔθελε προρέειν, ἀλλ᾽ ioyxeTo" τεῖρε δ᾽ ἀὐτμὴ
᾿Ηφαίστοιο βίηφι πολύφρονος. αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ Ἥρην
Ν , ot , / Ξ
πολλὰ λισσόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα
«Ἢ 7 Ν εκ OX Lae ν ἠὃ
pn, τίπτε σὸς υἱὸς ἐμὸν ῥόον ἔχραε κήδειν
5 BA > / TEN. , Μ , »
ἐξ ἄλλων ; οὐ μέν τοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι,
v4 ἘΠ ΌΔΡ. ! [τς [4 3 ee:
ὅσσον ot ἄλλοι πάντες, ὅσοι Τρώεσσιν apwyoi.

5 9. 4 Ν odes SA 3 4, 5» \ i
ἀλλ΄ ἡ TOL μὲν ἐγὼν ἀποπαύσομαι, εἰ σὺ κελεύεις,
LA Ν \ a σον bes thee ον \ 4y? 593 “
παυέσθω δὲ καὶ οὗτος" ἐγὼ δ΄ ἐπὶ καὶ τόδ ὀμοῦμαι,

/ bao has , 9 I Ν >
μή ποτ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀλεξήσειν κακὸν ἦμαρ,

3. =e yoo / ed Ν “Ὁ ,
μηδ᾽ ὁπότ ἂν Τροίη μαλερῷ πυρὶ πᾶσα δάηται

345

350

360

365

37°

375

a1. IATAAOS ®. 183

4 3 δ n
καιομένη, καίωσι δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν."

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τό γ᾽ ἄκουσε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἥφαιστον προσεφώνεεν, ὃν φίλον υἱόν'
oe r , > [ABS fee Vee ae UE?

Ηφαιστε, σχέο, τέκνον ἀγακλεές᾽ OV yap ἔοικεν
ἀθάνατον θεὸν ὧδε βροτῶν ἕνεκα στυφελίζειν." 380

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, Ἥφαιστος δὲ κατέσβεσε θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ,

BA > + a / ΟΣ Δ })4
ἄψορρον δ᾽ ἄρα κῦμα κατέσσυτο καλὰ ῥέεθρα.

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ Ξάνθοιο δάμη μένος, οἱ μὲν ἔπειτα
παυσάσθην᾽ “Ἥρη γὰρ ἐρύκακε χωομένη περ᾽
ἐν δ᾽ ἄλλοισι θεοῖσιν ἔρις πέσε βεβριθυῖα 385
ἀργαλέη, δίχα δέ σφιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἄητο"
σὺν δ᾽ ἔπεσον ίλῳ πατάγῳ, βράχε δ᾽ εὐρεῖα χθώ

πεσον μεγάλῳ πατάγῳ, βράχε δ᾽ εὐρεῖα χθών,

ἀμφὶ δὲ σάλπιγξεν μέγας οὐρανός. ἄϊε δὲ Ζεὺς
ἥμενος Οὐλύμπῳ᾽ ἐγέλασσε δέ οἱ φίλον ἦτορ

7 sa: * cs ἣν + ’
γηθοσύνῃ, ὅθ᾽ ὁρᾶτο θεοὺς ἔριδι ξυνιόντας. 300
αν eat 5,3... Δ ΕΥΣΘΣ ἢ ἢ Ls ey,
ἔνθ᾽ οἵ γ᾽ οὐκέτι δηρὸν ἀφέστασαν" ἦρχε yap Apns
ῥινοτόρος, καὶ πρῶτος ᾿Αθηναίῃ ἐπόρουσε

/ By Υ Nig 5 ,ὔ ’ a τ
χάλκεον ἔγχος ἔχων, καὶ ὀνείδειον φάτο μῦθον
“rin αὖτ᾽, ὦ κυνάμνια, θεοὺς ἔριδι ξυνελαύνεις

2. , rn
θάρσος ἄητον ἔχουσα, μέγας δέ σε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν ; 305
jj οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε Τυδεΐδην Διομήδε᾽ ἀνῆκας
> 7 322% Ἂς , ya « nan
οὐτάμεναι, αὐτὴ δὲ πανόψιον ἐγχος ἑλοῦσα
ἰθὺς ἐμεῦ σας, διὰ δὲ χρόα καλὸν ἔδαψας ;
τῷ σ᾽ αὖ νῦν ὀΐω ἀποτισέμεν ὅσσα μ᾽ ἔοργας.᾽
ἃ 3 Ν » ’ Θ᾽ ,
Qs εἰπὼν οὔτησε κατ᾽ αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν 400
ῃ ἃ PENN \ ’ pon
σμερδαλέην, ἣν οὐδὲ Διὸς δάμνησι κεραυνὸς
om x , ox “* “
τῇ μιν Ἄρης οὔτησε μιαιφόνος ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ.
/
ἡ δ᾽ ἀναχασσαμένη λίθον εἵλετο χειρὶ παχείῃ
/
κείμενον ἐν πεδίῳ μέλανα, τρηχύν TE μέγαν τε,
τόν ῥ' ἄνδρες πρότεροι θέσαν ἔμμεναι οὖρον ἀρούρης"

a
ο
σι

τῷ βάλε θοῦρον “Apna κατ᾽ αὐχένα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα.
c "ὦ 29 if / , 4 ἢ Ἂς A
ἑπτὰ δ᾽ ἐπέσχε πέλεθρα πεσών, ἐκόνισε δὲ χαίτας,

184 21. IAIAAOS Φ.

3 ΚΗ ,
τεύχεά τ᾽ ἀμφαράβησε' γέλασσε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,
καί of ἐπευχομένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
ςς 4 ’ Dd / "4 Ψ 5 / “ 5» ί

νηπύτι᾽, οὐδέ νύ πώ περ ἐπεφράσω ὅσσον ἀρείων

» 3 POSES x “ / by ΄,
εὔχομ᾽ ἐγὼν ἔμεναι, ὅτι μοι μένος ἰσοφαρίζεις.
οὕτω κεν τῆς μητρὸς ἐρινύας ἐξαποτίνοις,

. / Ν / A Meer ) Ν
ἥ τοι χωομένη κακὰ μήδεται, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
κάλλιπες, αὐτὰρ Τρωσὶν ὑπερφιάλοισιν dpdvers.”

Ως ἄρα φωνήσασα πάλιν τρέπεν ὄσσε φαεινώ"
τὸν δ᾽ ἄγε χειρὸς ἑλοῦσα Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη
πυκνὰ μάλα στενάχοντα μόγις δ᾽ ἐσαγείρετο θυμόν.

3
τὴν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη,

> 799 , " , ΚΣ
αὐτίκ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα
“ὦ πόποι, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, ᾿Ατρυτώνη,
καὶ δὴ αὖθ᾽ ἡ κυνάμυια ἄγει βροτολοιγὸν "Apna

oh Ν ’
δηΐου ἐκ πολέμοιο κατὰ κλόνον ἀλλὰ μέτελθε.

ἈΝ | ee Naser} 4 Ν / -“ Ν a

Qs har, ᾿Αθηναίη δὲ μετέσσυτο, χαῖρε δὲ θυμῷ,
καί ῥ᾽ ἐπιεισαμένη πρὸς στήθεα χειρὶ παχείῃ
ἤλασε" τῆς δ᾽ αὐτοῦ λύτο γούνατα καὶ φίλον ἦτορ.

\ ὲ 10° oS “ SEN 6 \ »\ β ie
τὼ μὲν do ἄμφω κεῖντο ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ,
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπευχομένη ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευε"
“τοιοῦτοι νῦν πάντες, ὅσοι Τρώεσσιν ἀρωγοΐί,

9S 25) 5 / ip Lad
εἶεν, ὅτ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι μαχοίατο θωρηκτῇσιν,
ὧδέ τε θαρσαλέοι καὶ τλήμονες, ὡς ᾿Αφροδίτη

> Ν 5 / 3 ” , =! , ὃ
ἦλθεν “Apyn ἐπίκουρος ἐμῷ μένει ἀντιόωσα
τῷ κεν δὴ πάλαι ἄμμες ἐπαυσάμεθα πτολέμοιο

ΐ ; μμ μ μοιο,
aT / Ψ / 9... / 7 ”

λίου ἐκπέρσαντες ἐὐκτίμενον πτολίεθρον.

“Ὡς φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη"
αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη κρείων ἐνοσίχθων"
“Φοῖβε, τίη δὴ νῶϊ διέσταμεν ; οὐδὲ ἔοικεν
5 / "ΕΣ . \ Ν y Pe \
ἀρξάντων ἑτέρων" τὸ per αἴσχιον, at x’? ἀμαχητὶ
ἴομεν Οὔλυμπόνδε Διὸς ποτὶ χαλκοβατὲς δῶ.
ἄρχε" σὺ γὰρ γενεῆφι νεώτερος" οὐ γὰρ ἔμοιγε

410

415

420

425

430

435

21. IAIAAOS Φ. 185

καλόν, ἐπεὶ πρότερος γενόμην καὶ πλείονα οἶδα. 440
νηπύτι᾽, ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην exes’ οὐδέ νυ τῶν περ
μέμνηαι, ὅσα δὴ πάθομεν κακὰ Ἴλιον ἀμφὶ
a Avs a gee Mn , /
μοῦνοι νῶϊ θεῶν, ὅτ᾽ ἀγήνορι Λαομέδοντι
πὰρ Διὸς ἐλθόντες θητεύσαμεν εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν
a» ε A ἰδίαι , et
μισθῷ ἔπι ῥητῷ" ὁ δὲ σημαίνων ἐπέτελλεν. 445
> LOA , , , a ΕΣ
ἦ τοι ἐγὼ Τρώεσσι πόλιν πέρι τεῖχος ἔδειμα
’ , Ν / , ve? + ‘ De
εὐρύ Te καὶ μάλα καλόν, ἵν ἄρρηκτος TOALS εἴη
Φοῖβε, σὺ δ᾽ εἰλίποδας ἕλικας βοῦς βουκολέεσκες
v >] a S. 6 /
Idns ἐν κνημοῖσι πολυπτύχου VANETONS.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ μισθοῖο τέλος πολυγηθέες ὧραι 450
ἐξέφερον, τότε νῶϊ βιήσατο μισθὸν ἅπαντα
Λαομέδων ἔκπαγλος, ἀπειλήσας δ᾽ ἀπέπεμπε.
x SS “ Ltt ὁ A , Ν. Lal Ὡ
σὺν μὲν ὅ γ᾽ ἠπείλησε πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθε
δήσειν, καὶ περάαν νήσων ἔπι τηλεδαπάων"
στεῦτο δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἀπολεψέμεν οὔατα χαλκῷ. 455
νῶϊ δέ τ᾽ ἄψορροι κίομεν κεκοτηότι θυμῷ
PP μ η μῳ,
μισθοῦ χωόμενοι, τὸν ὑποστὰς οὐκ ἐτέλεσσε.
a Ν a o / , ION 95 € /
τοῦ δὴ νῦν λαοῖσι φέρεις χάριν, οὐδὲ μεθ᾽ ἡμέων
πειρᾷ ὥς κε Τρῶες ὑπερφίαλοι ἀπόλωνται
, a Ν ἧς Ν 2 7, Ey ὁ 2)
πρόχνυ κακῶς, σὺν παισὶ καὶ αἰδοίῃς ἀλόχοισι. 46ο
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων"
2 enc ΞΕ Nae) , ,
ἐννοσίγαι’, οὐκ ἄν pe σαόφρονα μυθήσαιο
ἔμμεναι, εἰ δὴ σοί γε βροτῶν ἕνεκα πτολεμίξω
δειλῶν, οἱ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε
ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν, ἀρούρης καρπὸν ἔδοντες, 465
ἄλλοτε δὲ φθινύθουσιν ἀκήριοι. ἀλλὰ τάχιστα
, 2G RG es ee , 39
παυώμεσθα μάχης" ot δ᾽ αὐτοὶ δηριαάσθων.
*Os ἄρα φωνήσας πάλιν ἐτράπετ᾽" αἴδετο γάρ pa
/
πατροκασιγνήτοιο μιγήμεναι ἐν παλάμῃσι.
τὸν δὲ κασιγνήτη μάλα νείκεσε, πότνια θηρῶν, 470
” 2 , ΔΝ , , A Be
Ἄρτεμις ἀγροτέρη, καὶ ὀνείδειον φάτο μῦθον

186 21. IAIAAOS Φ.

“ φεύγεις δή, Exdepye, Ποσειδάωνι δὲ νίκην
πᾶσαν ἐπέτρεψας, μέλεον δέ οἱ εὖχος ἔδωκας"
νηπύτιε, τί νυ τόξον ἔχεις ἀνεμώλιον αὔτως;
μή σευ νῦν ἔτι πατρὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἀκούσω
εὐχομένου, ὡς τὸ πρὶν ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν,
ἄντα Ποσειδάωνος ἐναντίβιον πολεμίζειν."

475

‘Qs φάτο, τὴν δ᾽ οὔ τι προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων,

ἀλλὰ χολωσαμένη Διὸς αἰδοίη παράκοιτις
νείκεσεν ἰοχέαιραν ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσι"
{- an Ν Ἂν “ / / b) / 2) OR) “
πῶς δὲ σὺ νῦν μέμονας, κύον ἀδεές, ἀντί᾽ ἐμεῖο
΄, Z , “ΠΝ 5) ,
στήσεσθαι; χαλεπὴ τοι ἐγὼ μένος ἀντιφέρεσθαι
ξ , ἐού μι , rN , ξὶ
τοξοφόρῳ περ ἐούσῃ, ἐπεί σε λέοντα γυναιξὶ
Ζεὺς θῆκεν, καὶ ἔδωκε κατακτάμεν ἣν κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσθα.
> / 4, 3 b) Μ fal ΕῚ ὕ
ἢ τοι βέλτερόν ἐστι κατ᾽ οὔρεα θῆρας ἐναίρειν
2 / oe / N\ / i !
aypotepas T ἐλάφους ἢ κρείσσοσιν ἶφι μάχεσθαι.
» ee / 7 7 ») Ἴ a x07
εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις πολέμοιο δαήμεναι, ὄφρ᾽ εὖ εἰδῇς
“ / Sa Meal! d , Ξ 7 ᾽᾽
ὅσσον φερτέρη εἴμ᾽, OTL μοι μένος ἀντιφερίζεις.
ΒΕΙ « Ἂ 9 Ceres’ nan an ”
ῥα, καὶ ἀμφοτέρας ἐπὶ καρπῷ χεῖρας ἔμαρπτε
a ὃ ξ a δ᾽ ἂ ΣΧ BEC" / Μ “ξ,
σκαιῇ, δεξιτερῇ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ am ὦμων αἴνυτο τόξα,
ee 27 9 Suey. ,
αὐτοῖσιν δ᾽ ap ἔθεινε παρ᾽ οὔατα μειδιόωσα
3 , - / 7 Dee ,
ἐντροπαλιζομένην᾽ ταχέες δ᾽ ἔκπιπτον ὀϊστοί.
3
δακρυόεσσα δ᾽ ὕπαιθα θεὰ φύγεν ὥς τε πέλεια,
Ὁ Εἰ A 3. it Mee / ᾿] / /
ἣ pa θ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἴρηκος κοίλην εἰσέπτατο πέτρην,

, e 39) + Lad c , Μ 3
χηραμόν" οὐδ᾽ ἄρα τῇ γε ἁλώμεναι αἴσιμον ἦεν"
ὡς ἡ δακρυόεσσα φύγεν, λίπε δ᾽ αὐτόθι τόξα.

Ua / 93
Λητὼ δὲ προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης"

a ’

“ Λητοῖ, ἐγὼ δέ τοι οὔ TL μαχήσομαι" ἀργαλέον δὲ
3
πληκτίζεσθ᾽ ἀλόχοισι Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο"

3 a
ἀλλὰ μάλα πρόφρασσα μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν
εὔχεσθαι ἐμὲ νικῆσαι κρατερῆφι Bindu.”

a x >
Qs ἄρ᾽ ἔφη, Λητὼ δὲ συναίνυτο καμπύλα τόξα
πεπτεῶτ᾽ ἄλλυδις ἄλλα μετὰ στροφάλιγγι κονίης.

480

485

49°

495

500

xR eee

21. IAIAAOS ®,

ἡ μὲν τόξα λαβοῦσα πάλιν κίε θυγατέρος ἧς"

ἡ δ᾽ dp Γολυμπον ἵκανε Διὸς ποτὶ χαλκοβατὲς δῶ,

δακρυόεσσα δὲ πατρὸς ἐφέζετο γούνασι κούρη,

5 Ν AL ἢ ΜΓ) ’ ἕ « \ / Ξ Ν Ν Ἂς

ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμβρόσιος ἑανὸς τρέμε' τὴν δὲ προτὶ of

Ν / Va |S: ὔ ε Ν f

εἷλε πατὴρ Κρονίδης, καὶ avetpeto nov γελάσσας"

“τίς νύ σε τοιάδ᾽ ἔρεξε, φίλον τέκος, Οὐρανιώνων
, ε ») \ c/s 3 iad ”

[μαψιδίως, ὡς εἴ TL κακὸν ῥέζουσαν ἐνωπῇ] ;

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἐὐστέφανος κελαδεινή᾽
“on μ᾽ ἄλοχος στυφέλιξε, πάτερ, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
5 Ὁ .} , + ‘ a 5 “ 93
ἐξ ἧς ἀθανάτοισιν ἔρις καὶ νεῖκος ἐφῆπται.

a ε Ν fal \ 5 7 5 ,

Ὡς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον"
αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος ἐδύσετο Ἴλιον ἱρήν᾽

, « “Ὁ Sse , ,
μέμβλετο yap ot τεῖχος ἐὐδμήτοιο πόληος,
μὴ Δαναοὶ πέρσειαν ὑπέρμορον ἤματι κείνῳ.
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι πρὸς ᾽Ὅλυμπον ἴσαν θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες,

ἘΠῊΝ , € yh , , δ
οἱ μὲν χωόμενοι, οἱ δὲ μέγα κυδιόωντες
κὰδ δ᾽ ἴζν παρὰ πατρὶ κελαινεφεῖ" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
Τρῶας ὁμῶς αὐτούς τ᾽ ὄλεκεν καὶ μώνυχας ἵππους.
ε 3. Ψ Ν. aN > > ΝΑ 2X “
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε καπνὸς ἰὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἵκηται
LA ’ “ a ἊΣ ἐξ a Cha δὲ
ἄστεος αἰθομένοιο, θεῶν δὲ ἑ μῆνις ἀνῆκε,
πᾶσι δ᾽ ἔθηκε πόνον, πολλοῖσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆκεν,
ἃ / 2
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς Τρώεσσι πόνον καὶ κήδε᾽ ἔθηκεν.

c / be ke / vA / CP ΔΝ ra

Εστήκει δ᾽ ὁ γέρων Πρίαμος θείου ἐπὶ πύργου,
3 3. aut 2. “Ἄς Ἄ 5 DS CE) ’ a
ἐς δ΄ é€vono ᾿Αχιλῆά πελώριον" αὐτὰρ υπ αὐτοῦ
Τρῶες ἄφαρ κλονέοντο πεφυζότες, οὐδέ τις ἀλκὴ
γίγνεθ᾽- ὃ δ᾽ οἰμώξας ἀπὸ πύργου βαῖνε χαμᾶζε,
ὀτρύνων παρὰ τεῖχος ἀγακλειτοὺς πυλαωρούς"

ς , 3 Si AS7 Vy EI ἃ Ἣν ser \
πεπταμένας ἐν χερσὶ πύλας ἔχετ᾽, εἰς ὅ κε λαοὶ
ἔλθωσι προτὶ ἄστυ πεφυζότες" ἦ γὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἐγγὺς ὅδε KAovewy" νῦν οἴω λοίγι᾽ ἔσεσθαι.
hae 5 / >. 3 lal > rd 5 /
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί K és τεῖχος ἀναπνεύσωσιν ἀλέντες,
adris ἐπανθέμεναι σανίδας πυκινῶς ἀραρυίας"

187

505

510

on
_
σι

520

525

σι
Ω
ο

188 21. IAIAAOS ®.

“- 3
δείδια γὰρ μὴ οὗλος ἀνὴρ ἐς τεῖχος ἅληται.
“Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄνεσάν τε πύλας καὶ ἀπῶσαν ὀχῆας"
7
at δὲ πετασθεῖσαι τεῦξαν φάος" αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλων
ἀντίος ἐξέθορε, Τρώων ἵνα λοιγὸν ἀλάλκοι.
οἱ δ᾽ ἰθὺς πόλιος καὶ τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο, 540
, / ’ ἘΣ Ἂ
δίψῃ καρχαλέοι, κεκονιμένοι ἐκ πεδίοιο
φεῦγον 6 δὲ σφεδανὸν ἔφεπ᾽ ἔγχεϊ, λύσσα δέ οἱ κῆρ
oN ΝΜ ΄ὔ / Ν a 3 /
αἰὲν ἔχε Kpatepy, μενέαινε δὲ κῦδος ἀρέσθαι.
Ἔνθα κεν ὑψίπυλον Τροίην ἕλον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,
εἰ μὴ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος ᾿Αγήνορα δῖον ἀνῆκε, 545
par ᾿Αντήνορος υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν Te.
ἐν μέν οἱ κραδίῃ θάρσος βάλε, πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς
Υ̓͂ v4 ij , “ Re ,
ἔστη, ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας κῆρας ἀλάλκοι,
φηγῷ κεκλιμένος" κεκάλυπτο δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ.
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ὡς ἐνόησεν ᾿Αχιλλῆα πτολίπορθον, 580
ἔστη, πολλὰ δέ οἱ κραδίη πόρφυρε μένοντι"
᾽ , γα 5 Ν᾿ ΤΑΝ , ἊΨ
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν
cc 5 ΤΑΝ ’ / (FN a? cas
ὦ μοι ἐγών" εἰ μέν κεν ὑπὸ κρατεροῦ ᾿Αχιλῆος
φεύγω, τῇ περ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀτυζόμενοι κλονέονται,
ε , NN bef. WW aes , “2
αἱρήσει με καὶ ὥς, καὶ ἀνάλκιδα δειροτομήσει. 555
’ ων See 2 ας e / 5.1
εἰ δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ τούτους μὲν ὑποκλονέεσθαι ἐάσω
aA 3 Aue \ a9: Ἂ 7 Ν
Πηλεῖδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, ποσὶν 6 ἀπὸ τείχεος ἄλλῃ
φεύγω πρὸς πεδίον ᾿Ιλήϊον, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἵκωμαι
δ Ν Ι ε fae aan
ns TE κνημοὺς κατά TE ῥωπήϊα δύω
ε / b ” a
ἑσπέριος δ᾽ ἂν ἔπειτα λοεσσάμενος ποταμοῖο 560
« py σὰ \ NOM, 5 lA
ἱδρῶ ἀποψυχθεὶς προτὶ “IAvoy ἀπονεοίμην᾽---
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ;
/ +f te) , , 7 ͵
μή μ᾽ ἀπαειρόμενον πόλιος πεδίονδε νοὴσῃ
καί με μεταΐξας μάρψῃ ταχέεσσι πόδεσσιν.
οὐκέτ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἔσται θάνατον καὶ κῆρας ἀλύξαι" 565
7 ‘\ Ἂν Ν / ΝΥ pion ’
λίην γὰρ κρατερὸς περὶ πάντων ἔστ᾽ ἀνθρώπων.
Sas epee ἢ , , " ᾿
εἰ δέ κέ οἱ προπάροιθε πόλεος κατεναντίον ἔλθω

τὸ

21. IAIAAOS Φ.

\ / , X \ bai a
καὶ γάρ θην τούτῳ τρωτὸς χρὼς ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
ἐν δὲ ἴα ψυχή, θνητὸν δέ ἕ haw ἄνθρωποι
ν ᾿ kel ς , Ν n ew: 22
ἔμμεναι" αὐτάρ οἱ Κρονίδης Ζεὺς κῦδος ὀπάζει.
“Os εἰπὼν ᾿Αχιλῆα ἀλεὶς μένεν, ἐν δέ οἱ ἦτορ
ΝΜ c co / OX /
ἄλκιμον ὡρμᾶτο TToAEuLCe ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι.
nite πάρδαλις εἶσι βαθείης ἐκ ξυλόχοιο
5 Ν Led 5 , 5 / “Ὁ
ἀνδρὸς θηρητῆρος ἐναντίον, οὐδέ τι θυμῷ
ταρβεῖ οὐδὲ φοβεῖται, ἐπεί κεν ὑλαγμὸν ἀκούσῃ"
Ν , , μὴ διό γῇ OS 2
εἴ περ yap φθάμενός μιν ἢ οὑτάσῃ ἠὲ βάλῃσιν,
5 / \ \ NX / > 5 la
ἀλλά τε Kal περὶ δουρὶ πεπαρμένη οὐκ ἀπολήγει
ἀλκῆς, πρίν γ᾽ ἠὲ ξυμβλήμεναι ἠὲ δαμῆναι"
ἃ » , “Ὁ 3 a » b) 4
ὡς ᾿Αντήνορος υἱὸς ἀγαυοῦ, δῖος ᾿Αγήνωρ,

οὐκ ἔθελεν φεύγειν, πρὶν πειρήσαιτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος,
>

189

570

575

580

3 , Σ ba et Tae) 7, ς , oe? ἢ 5.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀσπίδα μὲν πρόσθ ἔσχετο πάντοσ ἐϊσην,

5) 7 STA ener , \ Ἢ 5. sy

ἐγχείῃ δ᾽ αὐτοῖο τιτύσκετο, καὶ μέγ᾽ ἀὕτει

“ς ἢ δή που μάλ᾽ ἔολπας ἐνὶ φρεσί, φαίδιμ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,
ἤματι τῷδε πόλιν πέρσειν Τρώων ἀγερώχων,

-, 3 > pee Ν, / BA 3...5.-ἷ > beet ον
νηπύτι᾽- ἦ τ᾽ ἔτι πολλὰ τετεύξεται ἄλγε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ.
Ψ / «ε / wae)? 5. τὸς δ, SE aes:
ἐν yap οἱ πολέες TE καὶ ἄλκιμοι AVEPES εἰμέν,
οἱ καὶ πρόσθε φίλων τοκέων ἀλόχων τε καὶ υἱῶν
Ἴλιον εἰρυόμεσθα" σὺ δ᾽ ἐνθάδε πότμον ἐφέψεις,

3 39
ὧδ᾽ ἔκπαγλος ἐὼν καὶ θαρσαλέος πολεμιστής.

Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ὀξὺν ἄκοντα βαρείης χειρὸς ἀφῆκε,

ΤΣ. / € \ / 9939 9 4
καί ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε κνήμην ὑπὸ γούνατος οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν.
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν κνημὶς νεοτεύκτου κασσιτέροιο
σμερδαλέον κονάβησε" πάλιν δ᾽ ἀπὸ χαλκὸς ὄρουσε
βλημένου, οὐδ᾽ ἐπέρησε, θεοῦ δ᾽ ἠρύκακε δῶρα.
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ὡρμήσατ᾽ ᾿Αγήνορος ἀντιθέοιο
δεύτερος" οὐδέ τ᾽ ἔασεν ᾿Απόλλων κῦδος ἀρέσθαι,
5 , / Le aber eee ots a
ἀλλά μιν ἐξήρπαξε, κάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ,
« , DE A Lf /
ἡσύχιον δ᾽ ἄρα μιν πολέμου ἔκπεμπε νέεσθαι.
αὐτὰρ ὁ Πηλεΐωνα δόλῳ ἀποέργαθε λαοῦ"

585

59°

595

190 21. IAIAAOS Φ.

> led Ν ε / 9 / t 4 \
αὕτῳ yap ἑκάεργος Aynvop. πάντα ἐοικὼς 600
Ν , n € 3. "ὦ / x ’
ἐστὴ πρόσθε ποδῶν, ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέσσυτο ποσσὶ διώκειν.
eo ε \ ,ὕ , fs
N08 ὁ τὸν πεδίοιο διώκετο πυροφόροιο,
“
τρέψας πὰρ ποταμὸν βαθυδινήεντα Σκάμανδρον,
τυτθὸν ὑπεκπροθέοντα' δόλῳ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθελγεν ᾿Απόλλων,
ς δον 7 / \ 7
ὡς αἰεὶ EATOLTO κιχήσεσθαι ποσὶν οἷσι 605
, >» an , Ὁ « /
Topp ἄλλοι Tpdes πεφοβημένοι ἦλθον ὁμίλῳ
3 , ἌΝ, / > » »} /
ἀσπάσιοι προτι ἄστυ, πόλις 6 ἔμπλητο ἀλέντων.
5.9.) Κγ , 3. ἐψ ’ ss ΄, 5 Ν
οὐδ΄ ἄρα τοί γ᾽ ἔτλαν πόλιος καὶ τείχεος ἐκτὸς
a Cpe Tae) / \ / ἊΨ /
μεῖναι eT ἀλλήλους, καὶ γνώμεναι ὅς τε πεφεύγοι
Ὁ ΡΣ, ca“ ] / b) | / 5» /
os τ΄ €Oay ἐν πολέμῳ: GAN ἐσσυμένως ἐσέχυντο 610
ἐς πόλιν, ὅν τινα τῶν γε πόδες Kal γοῦνα σαώσαι.

IAJAAOZ X.

e 4 ,
Exropos ἀναίρεσις.

ἃ Ν oh
Ὡς οἱ μὲν κατὰ ἄστυ πεφυζότες HiTE νεβροὶ
ἱδρῷ ἀπεψύχοντο πίον τ᾽ ἀκέοντό τε δίψαν,

a 3 \
κεκλιμένοι καλῇσιν ἐπάλξεσιν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
τείχεος ἄσσον ἴσαν, σάκε᾽ ὦμοισι κλίναντες.
"Rh ’ > a ° >) Ν Ww 3 /

KTopa δ᾽ αὐτοῦ μεῖναι ὀλοιὴ moip ἐπέδησεν

pe
uv
3
Ἰλίου προπάροιθε πυλάων τε Σκαιάων.
αὐτὰρ Πηλεΐωνα προσηύδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων᾽
δ, ἢ , er \ ’ ,
τίπτε με, Πηλέος vie, ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκεις,
Ν /
αὐτὸς θνητὸς ἐὼν θεὸν ἄμβροτον; οὐδέ νύ πώ με
x «ε , > Ν ιν .9 Ss ,
ἔγνως ὡς θεός εἶμι, σὺ δ΄ ἀσπερχὲς μενεαίνεις. 10

ἢ νύ τοι ov τι μέλει Τρώων πόνος, ods ἐφόβησας,
ot δή τοι εἰς ἄστυ ἄλεν, σὺ δὲ δεῦρο λιάσθης.
ζ 39
οὐ μέν με κτενέεις, ἐπεὶ οὔ τοι μόρσιμός εἰμι.
Τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
* ἔβλαψάς μ᾽, ἑκάεργε, θεῶν ὀλοώτατε πάντων, 15
ἐνθάδε νῦν τρέψας ἀπὸ τείχεος" ἢ κ᾽ ἔτι πολλοὶ
γαῖαν ὀδὰξ εἷλον πρὶν Ἴλιον εἰσαφικέσθαι.
n ae lee Ν / a ΕῚ ,ὔ \ Le) /
νῦν δ᾽ ἐμὲ μὲν μέγα κῦδος ἀφείλεο, τοὺς 6 ἐσάωσας
fC weQ Sf 3 \ y+ ᾿ς 3. αἢ »} /
ῥηϊδίως, ἐπεὶ οὔ TL τίσιν γ᾽ ἔδεισας ὀπίσσω.
5 Δ / » ’, ΄ re 39
Ho ἂν τισαίμην, εἴ μοι δύναμίς γε παρείη. 20
“Qs εἰπὼν προτὶ ἄστυ μέγα φρονέων ἐβεβήκει,
σευάμενος ὥς θ᾽ ἵππος ἀεθλοφόρος σὺν ὄχεσφιν,
ὅς ῥά τε ῥεῖα θέῃσι τιταινόμενος πεδίοιο"

192 22. IAIAAOS X.

3
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς λαιψηρὰ πόδας καὶ γούνατ᾽ ἐνώμα.
Τὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων Πρίαμος πρῶτος ἴδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσι, 25
, Srey 359 Lap a / ΄,
παμφαίνονθ᾽ ὥς τ᾽ ἀστέρ᾽ ἐπεσσύμενον πεδίοιο,
Woe 2 1... 15 , > SLY Peat 3 \
ὅς pat ὀπώρης eto, ἀρίζηλοι δέ οἱ αὐγαὶ
φαίνονται πολλοῖσι μετ᾽ ἀστράσι νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ"
ied Year Wet) , 3 / /
ὅν τε κύν᾽ ᾿Ωρίωνος ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσι.
λαμπρότατος μὲν OY ἐστί, κακὸν δέ τε σῆμα τέτυκται, 30
καί τε φέρει πολλὸν πυρετὸν δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσιν"
ἃ “ ἈΝ x \ / ,
ὡς τοῦ χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε περὶ στήθεσσι θέοντος.
ῴμωξεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, κεφαλὴν δ᾽ ὅ ye κόψατο χερσὶν
« B23" .9 vy / > Ἅ , 3 ,
ὑψόσ᾽ ἀνασχόμενος, μέγα δ᾽ οἰμώξας ἐγεγώνει
λισσόμενος φίλον υἱόν ὃ δὲ προπάροιθε πυλάων 35
« , 5“ Ν 3 Dee f -
ἑστήκει, ἄμοτον μεμαὼς ᾿Αχιλῆϊ μάχεσθαι
\ ae , > Ν ΄ Ua) 5 rc en
σὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων ἐλεεινὰ προσηύδα χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς
cc / / / / Ss A
Exrop, μὴ μοι μίμνε, φίλον τέκος, ἀνέρα τοῦτον
οἷος ἄνευθ᾽ ἄλλων, ἵνα μὴ τάχα πότμον ἐπίσπης
ς ἄν ν, ἵνα μὴ τάχα πότμ. ῃ
Πηλεΐωνι δαμείς, ἐπεὶ ἢ πολὺ φέρτερός ἐστι; 40
σχέτλιος" αἴθε θεοῖσι φίλος τοσσόνδε γένοιτο
ὅσσον ἐμοί: τάχα κέν E κύνες καὶ γῦπες ἔδοιεν
κείμενον" ἢ κέ μοι αἰνὸν ἀπὸ πραπίδων ἄχος ἔλθοι"
ὅς μ᾽ υἱῶν πολλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν εὖνιν ἔθηκε,
κτείνων καὶ περνὰς νήσων ἔπι τηλεδαπάων. vi
καὶ yap νῦν δύο παῖδε, Λυκάονα καὶ Πολύδωρον,
οὐ δύναμαι ἰδέειν Τρώων εἰς ἄστυ ἀλέντων,
τούς μοι Λαοθόη τέκετο, κρείουσα γυναικῶν.
5 > by ἃς , Ν na > > x x
GAN εἰ μὲν ζώουσι μετὰ στρατῷ, ἢ T ἂν ἔπειτα
χαλκοῦ τε χρυσοῦ τ᾽ ἀπολυσόμεθ᾽" ἔστι γὰρ ἔνδον" 50
πολλὰ yap ὥπασε παιδὶ γέρων ὀνομάκλυτος "Αλτης.
εἰ δ᾽ ἤδη τεθνᾶσι καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισιν,
ἄλγος ἐμῷ θυμῷ καὶ μητέρι, τοὶ τεκόμεσθα"
λαοῖσιν δ᾽ ἄλλοισι μινυνθαδιώτερον ἄλγος
ba x Ν \ Ἂς / > ee la
ἔσσεται, ἢν μὴ καὶ ov θάνῃς ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαμασθείς. 55

22. IAIAAO® X.

2 CL A EN a a2 N 7 » ,
ἀλλ΄ εἰσέρχεο τεῖχος, ἐμὸν τέκος, ὄφρα σαώσῃς
Τρῶας καὶ Τρῳάς, μηδὲ μέγα κῦδος ὀρέξῃς
af a a a

Πηλεΐδῃ, αὐτὸς δὲ φίλης αἰῶνος ἀμερθῇς.
πρὸς δ᾽ ἐμὲ τὸν δύστηνον ἔτι φρονέοντ᾽ ἐλέησον,
δύσμορον, ὅν ῥα πατὴρ Κρονίδης ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ

ΜΌΡΟΝ, is "np Ἀρ ῆ ye t

Ν᾿ , >
αἴσῃ ἐν ἀργαλέῃ φθίσει, κακὰ πόλλ᾽ ἐπιδόντα,
vids τ᾽ ὀλλυμένους ἑλκηθείσας τε θύγατρας,
Ν / - / \ / /

καὶ θαλάμους κεραϊζομένους, καὶ νήπια τέκνα
βαλλόμενα προτὶ γαίῃ ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι,
ἑλκομένας τε νυοὺς ὀλοῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἂν πύματόν με κύνες πρώτῃσι θύρῃσιν
ὠμησταὶ ἐρύουσιν, ἐπεί κέ τις ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ
τύψας ἠὲ βαλὼν ῥεθέων ἐκ θυμὸν ἕληται,
ovs τρέφον ἐν μεγάροισι τραπεζῆας θυραωρούς,

ΣΕΊΕΤΑΙ , > 4 \ ἊΝ
οἵ κ᾿ ἐμὸν αἷμα πιόντες ἀλύσσοντες περὶ θυμῷ

tA aay, / fs / / ὑπ ay

κείσοντ᾽ ἐν προθύροισι. νέῳ δέ Te πάντ᾽ ἐπέοικεν
5 - / a 3 > Tew “
ἀρηϊκταμένῳ, δεδαϊγμένῳ ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
κεῖσθαι; πάντα δὲ καλὰ θανόντι περ, ὅττι φανήῃ"
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πολιόν τε κάρη πολιόν τε γένειον
aida τ᾽ αἰσχύνωσι κύνες κταμένοιο γέροντος,
τοῦτο δὴ οἴκτιστον πέλεται δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσιν."

τοῦ

60

65

70

75

Ἢ ῥ᾽ ὁ γέρων, πολιὰς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀνὰ τρίχας ἕλκετο χερσὶ

τίλλων ἐκ κεφαλῆς" οὐδ᾽ “Ἕκτορι θυμὸν ἔπειθε.

/ > am εἐ ἢ ὅς. 7 / ,
μήτηρ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ὀδύρετο δάκρυ χέουσα,

, 5) , τὰς Ὁ Ν aie ULES a
κόλπον ἀνιεμένη, ἑτέρηφι δὲ μαζὸν ἀνέσχε
καί μιν δάκρυ χέουσ᾽ ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

! 3

“"Exrop, τέκνον ἐμόν, τάδε T αἴδεο καί μ᾽ ἐλέησον
αὐτήν, εἴ ποτέ τοι λαθικηδέα μαζὸν ἐπέσχον"

n lod 7 / BA ἧς Jae Ν
τῶν μνῆσαι, φίλε τέκνον, ἄμυνε δὲ δῆηϊον ἄνδρα
τείχεος ἐντὸς ἐών, μηδὲ πρόμος ἵστασο τούτῳ,

εχ στ" Κεῖ , ἢ sy ata 5.1.5: »

σχέτλιος" εἴ περ γάρ σε κατακτάνῃ, οὔ σ᾽ ET ἐγώ γε
κλαύσομαι ἐν λεχέεσσι, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή,

VOL, Il. ο

οο
σι

194 22. IAIAAOS X.

οὐδ᾽ ἄλοχος πολύδωρος" ἄνευθε δέ σε μέγα νῶϊν
᾿Αργείων παρὰ νηυσὶ κύνες ταχέες κατέδονται."
“Ὡς τώ ye κλαίοντε προσαυδήτην φίλον υἱόν, go

πολλὰ λισσομένω" οὐδ᾽ “Ἕκτορι θυμὸν ἔπειθον,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε μίμν᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα πελώριον ἄσσον ἰόντα.
ὡς δὲ δράκων ἐπὶ χειῇ ὀρέστερος ἄνδρα μένῃησι

ρ KER OPSemep pa pevyot,

Ν Ν Ἃ 3 ΝΜ / / /, > ld ᾿
βεβρωκὼς κακὰ φάρμακ", ἔδυ δέ τέ μιν χόλος αἰνὸς,"

ν 7 ε ΄, \ ας
σμερδαλέον δὲ δέδορκεν ἑλισσόμενος περὶ χειῇ 95
δ σ Ν a4 / > € Ψ,"
ὡς “Ἕκτωρ ἄσβεστον ἔχων μένος οὐχ ὑπεχώρει,

΄ ot y+ \ > /y9 9 ,ὔ
πύργῳ ἔπι προὔχοντι φαεινὴν ἀσπίδ᾽ ἐρείσας"
> , > + 5 een , Dae
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν
ἐν ΞΕ ΟΝ > , , \ ΄ ΄,

@ μοι ἐγών, εἰ μέν κε πύλας καὶ τείχεα δύω,
Πουλυδάμας μοι πρῶτος ἐλεγχείην ἀναθήσει, 100
“ 25 / \ \ , « "4
ὃς μ᾽ ἐκέλευε Τρωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι
νύχθ᾽ ὕπο τήνδ᾽ ὀλοήν, ὅτε τ᾽ ὥρετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ πιθόμην' ἣ τ᾽ ἂν πολὺ κέρδιον ἦεν.
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὥλεσα Sas ἀτασθαλίῃσιν é ἐμῇσιν,

τ Τρῶας καὶ Τρῳάδας ἑλκεσιπέπλους, 105
μή ποτέ τις εἴπῃσι κακώτερος ἄλλος ἐμεῖο:

“Ἕκτωρ ἧφι βίηφι πιθήσας ὥλεσε λαόν.

ὡς ἐρέουσιν" ἐμοὶ δὲ τότ᾽ ἂν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη

yA Ces. a 7 /

ἄντην ἢ ᾿Αχιλῆα κατακτείναντα νέεσθαι, ;
ἦέ κεν αὐτῷ ὀλέσθαι ἐὐκλειῶς πρὸ πόληος. 110
εἰ δέ κεν ἀσπίδα μὲν καταθείομαι ὀμφαλόεσσαν

καὶ κόρυθα βριαρήν, δόρυ δὲ πρὸς τεῖχος ἐρείσας

ee aN ? as > UA 5 / ΝΜ
αὐτὸς ἰὼν Αχιλῆος ἀμύμονος ἀντίος ἔλθω
καί οἱ ὑπόσχωμαι “Ἑλένην καὶ κτήμαθ᾽ ἅμ’ αὐτῇ,
πάντα μάλ᾽ ὅσσα τ’ ᾿ἈΝέξονδῥος κοίλῃς ἐνὶ νηυσὶν τι
ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ᾽, ἥ τ᾽ ἔπλετο νείκεος ἀρχή,
δωσέμεν ᾿Ατρεἴΐδῃσιν ἄ ἐλ: ἅμα δ᾽ ἀμφὶς ᾿Αχαιοῖς
ἄλλ᾽ »ἀποδάσσεσθαι, ὅσα τε πτόλις ἥδε κέκευθε"

Τρωσὶν δ᾽ αὖ μετόπισθε γερούσιον ὅρκον ἕλωμαι

22. IATIAAOS X. 195

μή τι κατακρύψειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνδιχα πάντα δάσασθαι 120
a “ , > ’ 5 Ν SI e

[κτῆσιν ὅσην πτολίεθρον ἐπήρατον ἐντὸς ἐέργει"]
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ;

/ pee Ν ¢ 1 a ε / 3 > 5 ,
μή μιν ἐγὼ μὲν ἵκωμαι ἰών, ὁ δέ μ᾽ οὐκ ἐλεήσει

Io 7 ,ὔ ? In / / / Ν aie
οὐδέ τί μ᾽ αἰδέσεται, κτενέει δέ με γυμνὸν ἐόντα

BA [2 fal 5» ,ὔ ἈΠ 9 \ 4 /
αὔτως ὥς τε γυναῖκα, ἐπεί K ἀπὸ τεύχεα δύω. 125

Ce Te αι αὶ Ὅν x 5.05] ἌΓΕΝ CD
οὐ μέν πως νῦν ἔστιν ἀπὸ δρυὸς οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ πέτρης

ὍΝ ζ ι ed θέ 10 ,
τῷ ὀαριζέμεναι, & Te παρθένος ἠϊθεός τε,
παρθένος ἠΐθεός τ᾽ ὀαρίζετον ἀλλήλοιιν.
βέλτερον adr’ ἔριδι ξυνελαυνέμεν ὅττι τάχιστα"
εἴδομεν ὁπποτέρῳ κεν ᾿Ολύμπιος εὖχος ὀρέξῃ." 130

“Os ὥρμαινε μένων, ὁ δέ of σχεδὸν ἦλθεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἴσος ᾿Ενυαλίῳ, κορυθάϊκι πτολεμιστῇ,
σείων Πηλιάδα μελίην κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον

ας ΔΝ \ Ν Ν 38 y beta
δεινήν, ἀμφὶ δὲ χαλκὸς ἐλάμπετο εἴκελος αὐγῇ
ἢ πυρὸς αἰθομένου ἢ ἠελίου ἀνιόντος. 135
Ἕκτορα δ᾽, ὡς ἐνόησεν, ἕλε τρόμος" οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔτλη
αὖθι μένειν, ὀπίσω δὲ πύλας λίπε, βῆ δὲ φοβηθείς"
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πεποιθώς.
9 4 , + »" , a
ἠῦτε κίρκος ὄρεσφιν, ἐλαφρότατος πετεηνῶν,
ῥηϊδίως οἴμησε μετὰ τρήρωνα πέλειαν, 140
ἡ δέ θ᾽ ὕπαιθα φοβεῖται, 6 δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ὀξὺ λεληκὼς
ΓΙ ee ελΖ he ΧΆ τσ. δεν λον

ταρφέ᾽ ἐπαΐσσει, ἑλέειν τέ ἑ θυμὸς ἀνώγει
ὡς ἄρ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐμμεμαὼς ἰθὺς πέτετο, τρέσε δ᾽ "Exrwp

a [ἢ ΄ \ Ν 4 ΡΞ
τεῖχος ὕπο Τρώων, λαιψηρὰ δὲ γούνατ᾽ ἐνώμα.
οἱ δὲ παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα 145
τείχεος αἰὲν ὑπὲκ κατ᾽ ἀμαξιτὸν ἐσσεύοντο,
κρουνὼ δ᾽ ἵκανον καλλιρρόω" ἔνθα δὲ πηγαὶ
δοιαὶ ἀναΐίσσουσι Σκαμάνδρου δινήεντος.
ἡ μὲν γάρ θ᾽ ὕδατι λιαρῷ ῥέει, ἀμφὶ δὲ καπνὸς
γίγνεται ἐξ αὐτῆς ὡς εἰ πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο" “TBO
« SC as, ss / 3... cal /
ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρη θέρεϊ προρέει ἐϊκυῖα χαλάζῃ,

02

196 22, LATAAOS: X.

ἢ χιόνι ψυχρῇ, ἢ ἐξ ὕδατος κρυστάλλῳ.

Ν Ὁ pes) ᾽ \ Shy, 5 Ν 7
ἔνθα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτάων πλυνοὶ εὐρέες ἐγγὺς ἔασι
καλοὶ λαΐνεοι, ὅθι εἵματα σιγαλόεντα

mn

πλύνεσκον Τρώων ἄλοχοι καλαί τε θύγατρες 15
\ \ Pee Seas, \ 5 Lal eo 3 an
τὸ πρὶν ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν vias ᾿Αχαιῶν.
τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην, φεύγων, 6 δ᾽ ὄπισθε διώκων"
πρόσθε μὲν ἐσθλὸς ἔφευγε, δίωκε δέ μιν μέγ᾽ ἀμείνων
, BUENA) τὴν Te ore ION ,
καρπαλίμως, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην
ὰ , 6 ε \ b) ΘᾺ ΄ ὶ ὃ a 6
ρνύσθην, & τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν, 160
a Ud
ἀλλὰ περὶ ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος ἱπποδάμοιο.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀεθλοφόροι περὶ τέρματα μώνυχες ἵπποι
ῥίμφα μάλα τρωχῶσι: τὸ δὲ μέγα κεῖται ἄεθλον,
BN an
ἢ τρίπος ἠὲ γυνή, ἀνδρὸς κατατεθνηῶτος"
ὡς τὼ τρὶς Πριάμοιο πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην 165
7ὔ , " Ν 3. ,,. [: Cin Ἂς
καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι" θεοὶ δ΄ ἐς πάντες ὁρῶντο
al Ν / 3 Ν 5 a n $
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε
“ὦ πόποι, ἦ φίλον ἄνδρα διωκόμενον περὶ τεῖχος
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι" ἐμὸν δ᾽ ὀλοφύρεται ἦτορ
Ἕκτορος, ὅς μοι πολλὰ βοῶν ἐπὶ μηρί᾽ ἔκηεν 170
Ἴδης ἐν κορυφῇσι πολυπτύχου, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε
ἐν πόλει ἀκροτάτῃ" νῦν adré ἑ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἄστυ πέρι Πριάμοιο ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκει.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγετε φράζεσθε, θεοί, καὶ μητιάασθε
bye b) , , o/s ¥
Ne μιν ἐκ θανάτοιο σαώσομεν, HE μιν ἤδη 175
oh Ouse 3
Πηλεΐδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαμάσσομεν ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα."
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη;
ce / 5 7 ΄ φ By a
ὦ πάτερ ἀργικέραυνε, κελαινεφές, οἷον ἔειπες
LA \ Pdi / / ¥
ἄνδρα θνητὸν ἐόντα, πάλαι πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ,
ἂψ ἐθέλεις θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ἐξαναλῦσαι; 180
CIN pie Uns + / > / \ » ᾽᾽
€p0* ἀτὰρ οὔ τοι πάντες ἐπαινέομεν θεοὶ ἄλλοι.
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"
“ θάρσει, Τριτογένεια, φίλον τέκος" οὔ νύ τι θυμῷ

22. IAIAAOS X., 197

πρόφρονι μυθέομαι, ἐθέλω δέ τοι ἤπιος εἶναι"
fe 3
ἔρξον ὅπῃ δή τοι νόος ἔπλετο, μηδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ epdet.” 185
‘Os εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε πάρος μεμαυῖαν ᾿Αθήνην'"
lal Ν 9 > ’ / 5.1
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα.
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἀσπερχὲς κλονέων ἔφεπ᾽ ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε νεβρὸν ὄρεσφι κύων ἐλάφοιο δίηται,
¥ > ΠΡ ΤΣ poate SNES , Ἑ
ὄρσας ἐξ εὐνῆς, διά τ᾽ ἄγκεα καὶ διὰ βήσσας 190
Ἂν ᾽ yy / , / Raa /
τὸν δ᾽ εἴ πέρ τε λάθῃσι καταπτήξας ὑπὸ θάμνῳ,
> ΕΣ , r " » (aes
ἀλλα T ἀνιχνεύων θέει ἔμπεδον, ὄφρα κεν εὕρῃ
ὡς “Ἕκτωρ οὐ λῆθε ποδώκεα Πηλεΐωνα.
ς δι: / ,
ὁσσάκι δ΄ ὁρμήσειε πυλάων Δαρδανιάων
5 , ooh "9. 7 ¢ A 7
ἀντίον ἀΐξασθαι ἐὐδμήτους ὑπὸ πύργους, 195
εἴ πώς οἱ καθύπερθεν ἀλάλκοιεν βελέεσσι,
/ / τ / \
τοσσάκι μιν προπάροιθεν ἀποστρέψασκε παραφθὰς
ἈΝ / τ SEEN Ν Ν ’ / 3 > Ἀγ.
πρὸς πεδίον αὐτὸς. δὲ ποτὶ πτόλιος πέτετ᾽ αἰεί.
ὡς δ᾽ ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται φεύγοντα διώκειν"
ἘΣ EE a ΧΡ. Ν / e 4 ΜΔ ες lA .
οὔτ᾽ ap ὃ τὸν δύναται ὑποφεύγειν OVO ὃ διώκειν 200
ὡς ὁ τὸν οὐ δύνατο μάρψαι ποσίν, οὐδ᾽ ὃς ἀλύξαι.
a a /
πῶς δέ κεν Ἕκτωρ κῆρας ὑπεξέφυγεν θανάτοιο,
$ ’
εἰ μή οἱ πύματόν τε Kal ὕστατον ἤντετ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων
a / a
ἐγγύθεν, ὅς of ἐπῶρσε μένος λαιψηρά τε γοῦνα ;
lal a 3 4
λαοῖσιν δ᾽ ἀνένευε καρήατι δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 205
3
οὐδ᾽ ἔα ἱέμεναι ἐπὶ Ἕκτορι πικρὰ βέλεμνα,
μή τις κῦδος ἄροιτο βαλών, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος ἔλθοι.
σι Φ ἸΝ ny Ν f “ΣΝ Ν ν /
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπὶ κρουνοὺς ἀφίκοντο,
\ /, Ν 7, Ν. Siete: / -
καὶ τότε δὴ χρύσεια πατὴρ ἐτίταινε τάλαντα,
ἐν δ᾽ ἐτίθει δύο κῆρε τανηλεγέος θανάτοιο, 210
Ε a ,
τὴν μὲν ᾿Αχιλλῆος, τὴν δ᾽ Ἕκτορος ἱπποδάμοιο,
ἕλκε δὲ μέσσα λαβών" ῥέπε δ᾽ “Ἕκτορος αἴσιμον ἦμαρ,
ῴχετο δ᾽ εἰς ᾿Αἴδαο, λίπεν δέ ἑ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων.
Πηλεΐωνα δ᾽ ἵκανε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 215

198 22. IAIAAOS X.

rot ad 5 a
“« νῦν δὴ νῶϊ γ᾽ ἔολπα, διίφιλε φαίδιμ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεθ,
οἴσεσθαι μέγα κῦδος ᾿Αχαιοῖσι προτὶ νῆας,
σ , “ - ΤΕΥ ἢ a,
Extopa δῃώσαντε μάχης atov περ EovTa.
Μ is “ x >, aioe / Ν ,
οὔ οἱ νῦν ἔτι γ᾽ ἔστι πεφυγμένον ἄμμε γενέσθαι,
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν μάλα πολλὰ πάθοι ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων
προπροκυλινδόμενος πατρὸς Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο.
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν στῆθι καὶ ἄμπνυε, τόνδε δ᾽ ἐγώ τοι
> , / 3 jd / »”
οἰχομένη πεπιθήσω ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι.
Ὡς par’ ᾿Αθηναίη, 6 δ᾽ ἐπείθετο, χαῖρε δὲ θυμῷ,
fol τ λν τς Dir Tee \ / , 3 ,
στῆ δ᾽ ap ἐπὶ μελίης χαλκογλώχινος ἐρεισθείς.
ε 4 + \ Ν yx / I La)
ἢ δ᾽ apa τὸν μὲν ἔλειπε, κιχήσατο 6 “Exropa δῖον
“ , De tal / ἈΝ , / ‘
Δηϊφόβῳ ἐϊκυῖα δέμας καὶ ἀτειρέα φωνὴν
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ sf
“ ἠθεῖ, ἡ μάλα δή σε βιάζεται ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
ἄστυ πέρι ἸΠριάμοιο ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκων"
5 >» ἣν “ Wee! / / 2)
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ στέωμεν καὶ ἀλεξώμεσθα μένοντες.
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Εἰκτωρ᾽
“ Δηΐφοβ᾽, ἢ μέν μοι τὸ πάρος πολὺ φίλτατος ἦσθα
n A ral
γνωτῶν, ods “Εκάβη ἠδὲ Πρίαμος τέκε παῖδας"
νῦν δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον νοέω φρεσὶ τιμήσασθαι,
A a a
Os ἔτλης ἐμεῦ εἵνεκ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἴδες ὀφθαλμοῖσι,
τείχεος ἐξελθεῖν, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἔντοσθε μένουσι."
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη"
δ 9 Ca Lie π Ν Ν \ ‘ , /
ἠθεῖ, ἢ μὲν πολλὰ πατὴρ Kal πότνια μήτηρ
λίσσονθ᾽ ἑξείης γουνούμενοι, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἑταῖροι,
αὖθι μένειν" τοῖον γὰρ ὑποτρομέουσιν ἅπαντες"
5 5. “(Ὁ A'S. x Ν 5 / / .- a
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὸς ἔνδοθι θυμὸς ἐτείρετο πένθεϊ λυγρῷ.
cal > lal
νῦν δ᾽ ἰθὺς μεμαῶτε μαχώμεθα, μηδέ τι δούρων
ἔστω φειδωλή, ἵνα εἴδομεν εἴ κεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
VOL κατακτείνας ἔναρα βροτόεντα φέρηται
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς, ἢ κεν σῷ δουρὶ δαμήῃ."
Π ε
a , \ , Cee, 5 [3 , ε
Qs φαμένη καὶ κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη

220

225

230

240

245

22. IAIAAOS X. 199

ot δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Extwp*
πεν ee, , δ , ε \ ἢ
οὔ σ᾽ ἔτι, Πηλέος υἱέ, φοβήσομαι, ὡς τὸ πάρος περ 250
ε Supt / / 7 > / > »+
τρὶς περὶ ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμου δίον, οὐδέ ποτ᾽ ἔτλην
μεῖναι ἐπερχόμενον" νῦν αὖτέ με θυμὸς ἀνῆκε
[4 > Ve my (et, / Υ ς Ζ
στήμεναι ἀντία σεῖο" ἕλοιμί κεν, ἤ κεν ἁλοίην.
) a
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο θεοὺς ἐπιδώμεθα" Tol yap ἄριστοι

τ᾽

, Ν
μάρτυροι ἔσσονται καὶ ἐπίσκοποι ἁρμονιάων"

σι
σι

Ψ Ν, 5 , ple 2 3 a Μ 3 \ \
ov yap ἐγώ σ᾽ ἔκπαγλον ἀεικιῶ, αἴ κεν ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς
,
δώῃ καμμονίην, σὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀφέλωμαι"
3 a
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἄρ KE σε συλήσω κλυτὰ τεύχε, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,
νεκρὸν ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν δώσω πάλιν" ὡς δὲ σὺ ῥέζειν."
Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
«(ἡ / oY / 5 , Ἐ
Extop, μή μοι, ἄλαστε,. συνημοσύνας ἀγόρευε 261
« > ΝΜ / Ἧι, δ᾽ / “
ὡς οὐκ ἔστι λέουσι καὶ ἀνδράσιν ὅρκια πιστά,
IO’ we παν « la ‘ x
οὐδὲ λύκοι TE καὶ ἄρνες ὁμόφρονα θυμὸν ἔχουσιν,
ἀλλὰ κακὰ φρονέουσι διαμπερὲς ἀλλήλοισιν,
ἃ > Ν A aes \ Ν , + nee
ὡς οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἐμὲ Kal σὲ φιλήμεναι, οὔτε TL νῶϊν 205
ὅρκια ἔσσονται, πρίν γ᾽ ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα
ω Se ” va /
αἵματος aca. Apna, ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν.
παντοίης ἀρετῆς μιμνήσκεο' νῦν σε μάλα χρὴ
αἰχμητήν τ᾽ ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέον πολεμιστήν.
3 1 x
ov τοι ἔτ᾽ ἔσθ᾽ ὑπάλυξις, ἄφαρ δέ σε Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη 270
yo 204 fe Sa Pe) , Pes ,
ἔγχει ἐμῷ Saag’ νῦν δ᾽ ἀθρόα πάντ᾽ ἀποτίσεις
, oh ey earn ΦΏΣΕ Δ oy 4 os / »
KOE ἐμῶν ἑτάρων, OVS ἔκτανες ἔγχεϊ θύων.
3 « No X . , oe A
Η pa, καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος
δον NESE INN 2 ,ὕ , “ Α
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο φαίδιμος “Εἰκτωρ
el iN “= 7 Ν Sip, / / 7
ἕζετο yap προϊδών, τὸ δ᾽ ὑπέρπτατο χάλκεον ἔγχος, 275
ἐν γαίῃ δ᾽ ἐπάγη" ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἥρπασε Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,
ayy δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δίδου, λάθε δ᾽ “Exropa, ποιμένα λαῶν.
a Ν , bed oh =
Extwp δὲ προσέειπεν ἀμύμονα [Πηλεΐωνα
“ἤμβροτες, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ τι, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,

200 22. IAIAAOS X,

ἐκ Διὸς ἠείδης τὸν ἐμὸν μόρον" ἢ τοι ἔφης ye
ἀλλά τις ἀρτιεπὴς καὶ ἐπίκλοπος ἔπλεο μύθων,
ὄφρα σ᾽ ὑποδείσας μένεος ἀλκῆς τε λάθωμαι.
5 7 ΄, / 5 , /
ov μέν μοι φεύγοντι μεταφρένῳ ἐν δόρυ πήξεις,
ἀλλ᾽ ἰθὺς μεμαῶτι διὰ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσον,
᾿ " DAR rs CE la eit ae) "
εἴ τοι ἔδωκε θεός" νῦν αὖτ᾽ ἐμὸν ἔγχος ἄλευαι
χάλκεον" ὡς δή μιν σῷ ἐν χροὶ πᾶν κομίσαιο.
/ 3 , , / ,

kat κεν ἐλαφρότερος πόλεμος Τρώεσσι γένοιτο

. , Ε \ i “ t 3)
σεῖο καταφθιμένοιο' σὺ γάρ σφισι πῆμα μέγιστον.

Ἦ pa, καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
καὶ βάλε Πηλεΐδαο μέσον σάκος οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτε:
τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπεπλάγχθη σάκεος δόρυ' χώσατο δ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ
“ ΚΡ ΣΝ 7 DEN eo ΟΥ̓ " 4
ὅττι pa οἱ βέλος ὠκὺ ἐτώσιον ἔκφυγε χειρὸς,
στῆ δὲ κατηφήσας, οὐδ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ἔχε μείλινον ἔγχος.
Δηΐφοβον δ᾽ ἐκάλει λευκάσπιδα μακρὸν ἀὔσας"
ἧτεέ μιν δόρυ μακρόν" ὁ δ᾽ οὔ τί οἱ ἐγγύθεν ἦεν"
ἤτεέ μιν δόρυ μακρόν ί οἱ ἐγγύθεν 7)

“ + aed e 5 AN \ , / A
Extwp 6 ἔγνω now ἐνὶ φρεσὶ φώνησέν τε
“@ πόποι, ἢ μάλα δή με θεοὶ Oavardvde κάλεσσαν'
Δηΐφοβον γὰρ ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐφόμην ἥρωα παρεῖναι"
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐν τείχει, ἐμὲ δ᾽ ἐξαπάτησεν ᾿Αθήνη.
νῦν δὲ δὴ ἐγγύθι μοι θάνατος κακός, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄνευθεν,
Bind 15: δεν SUT LN ἰε ! , , 3
οὐδ᾽ aden’ ἡ yap pa πάλαι τό γε φίλτερον ἦεν
Ζηνί τε καὶ Διὸς υἷι ἑκηβόλῳ, οἵ με πάρος γε
πρόφρονες εἰρύατο' νῦν αὗτέ με μοῖρα κιχάνει.
Ν Ν =) / Ne) an 5 ,ὔ
μὴ μὰν ἀσπουδί γε καὶ ἀκλειῶς ἀπολοίμην,
δὸς τὰν ἃς / εὖ] Ve) / Lf 3)
ἀχλὰ μέγα ῥέξας τι καὶ ἐσσομένοισι πυθέσθαι.

ἃ + / WEY A / ΕΥ̓ gts

Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας εἰρύσσατο φάσγανον ὀξύ,
τό οἱ ὑπὸ λαπάρην τέτατο μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε,

» ee \ ¢ 3 ᾽ Ν ε ,
οἴμησεν δὲ GAELS WS T αἰετὸς ὑψιπετήεις,
ὅς τ᾽ εἶσιν πεδίονδε διὰ νεφέων ἐρεβεννῶν
ες / ae ty Sa Ν μὴ a 76
ἁρπάξων ἢ apy’ ἀμαλὴν ἢ πτῶκα λαγωόν
ὡς Ἕκτωρ οἴμησε τινάσσων φάσγανον ὀξύ.

280

285

290

295

300

8905

210

——

25. ΛΙΑΔΟΣ X.

ὡρμήθη δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς, μένεος δ᾽ ἐμπλήσατο θυμὸν
>) / 7, Ν ἢ , “
ἀγρίου, πρόσθεν δὲ σάκος στέρνοιο κάλυψε
καλὸν δαιδάλεον, κόρυθι δ᾽ ἐπένευε φαεινῇ
τετραφάλῳ᾽ καλαὶ δὲ περισσείοντο ἔθειραι

!
χρύσεαι, is Ἥφαιστος ἵει λόφον ἀμφὶ θαμειάς.

- ϑω 5 Ν. > > Dae / A > “
οἷος δ᾽ ἀστὴρ εἶσι μετ᾽ ἀστράσι νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ
e a / 2 > “ΟΡ 5 /
ἕσπερος, ὃς κάλλιστος ἐν οὐρανῷ ἵσταται ἀστήρ,
ἃ > a > / 3 >/ a ES Lape) Ν.
ὡς αἰχμῆς ἀπέλαμπ' εὐήκεος, ἣν ap Αχιλλεὺς

/ “ / Ν “ ee
πάλλεν δεξιτερῇ φρονέων κακὸν “Exropt δίῳ,
by , , , [τ y ,
εἰσορόων χρόα καλὸν, 077 εἴξειε μάλιστα.
τοῦ δὲ καὶ ἄλλο τόσον μὲν ἔχε χρόα χάλκεα τεύχεα,
καλά, τὰ Πατρόκλοιο βίην ἐνάριξε κατακτάς"
φαίνετο δ᾽ ἣ κληῖδες ἀπ’ ὦὥμων αὐχέν᾽ ἔχουσι

ἢ ΚΑΊ μ Χ Χ ?
λαυκανίην, ἵνα Te ψυχῆς ὦκιστος ὄλεθρος"

Ayes) SSeS κα an) Ν 2, ὮΝ “2 3 4
τῇ p ἐπὶ of μεμαῶτ᾽ ἔλασ᾽ ἔγχεϊ dios Αχιλλεῦς,
> Ἂν 92 € a inte. Oks OF 7 7 9 ie
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἁπαλοῖο bv αὐχένος AVI ἀκωκὴ

3 3
οὐδ᾽ dp’ ἀπ᾿ ἀσφάραγον pedin τάμε χαλκοβάρεια,
ὄφρα τί μιν προτιείποι ἀμειβόμενος ἐπέεσσιν.
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃς" ὃ δ᾽ ἐπεύξατο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“"Extop, ἀτάρ που ἔφης Πατρυκλῆ ἐξαναρίζων

“ a > BON ] XO > / / Δ F
σῶς ἔσσεσθ᾽, ἐμὲ δ᾽ οὐδὲν ὀπίζεο νόσφιν ἐόντα,

/ - Ἄς a: πὰ Ν i eee! ae
νήπιε" τοῖο δ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἀοσσητὴρ μέγ ἀμείνων

Ν ΝΜ ax 5) nN , /
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρησιν ἐγὼ μετόπισθε λελείμμην,

Φ A > » ὃ Ν X ΄ δια τα \
ὅς τοι γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσα' σὲ μὲν κύνες ἠδ᾽ οἰωνοὶ

c / > Dee lal \ Ν “ 3 79
ἑλκήσουσ᾽ ἀϊκῶς, Tov δὲ κτεριοῦσιν ᾿Αχαιοί.

Τὸν δ᾽ ὀλιγοδρανέων προσέφη κορυθαίολος “ἝἙκτωρ'

“λίσσομ᾽ ὑπὲρ ψυχῆς καὶ γούνων σῶν τε τοκήων,
’ " Ν \ , J , “
μή με ἔα παρὰ νηυσὶ κύνας καταδάψαι ᾿Αχαιῶν,
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν χαλκόν τε ἅλις χρυσόν τε δέδεξο,
δῶρα τά τοι δώσουσι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ,
an Ν Μ δὲ ιν δ , / » 4
σῶμα δὲ οἴκαδ᾽ ἐμὸν δόμεναι πάλιν, ὄφρα πυρὸς με
Τρῶες καὶ Τρώων ἄλοχοι λελάχωσι θανόντα.᾽

201

315

320

325

33°

335

ω

202, 22. IAIAAOS X.

Τὸν δ᾽ ap ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
΄ /
“μή με, κύον, γούνων γουνάζεο μηδὲ τοκήων" 345
al γάρ πως αὐτόν με μένος καὶ θυμὸς ἀνείη
Op. ἀποταμνόμενον κρέα ἔδμεναι, old μ᾽ ἔοργας,

c > Ν δὰ o™ , “ b) /
ὡς οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς ons γε κύνας κεφαλῆς ἀπαλάλκοι,

39) Μ / \ 3 4 ΟΣ}
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν δεκάκις τε καὶ εἰκοσινήριτ᾽ ἄποινα

if b Yar) fy? ε , Ν Ny ἂΨὕ,
στήσωσ᾽ ἐνθαδ᾽ ἄγοντες, ὑπόσχωνται δὲ καὶ ἄλλα, 350

399 Μ / 3 5 TO a's "ἢ >] [4
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κέν σ᾽ αὐτὸν χρυσῷ ἐρύσασθαι ἀνώγοι
Δαρδανίδης Πρίαμος" οὐδ᾽ ὡς σέ γε πότνια μήτηρ
ἐνθεμένη λεχέεσσι γοήσεται, ὃν τέκεν αὐτή,

p) \ , \ > \ x , “ 3)
ἀλλὰ κύνες τε καὶ οἰωνοὶ κατὰ πάντα δάσονται.

x N , " 7, “ ΔΡΥ͂Σ
Τὸν δὲ καταθνήσκων προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Ἑϊκτωρ᾽ 355
ΞΘ λιν ἐκ , , 259 oF 9 0
ἡ σ᾽ €U γιγνώσκων προτιόσσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ap ἔμελλον
/ 4 ots ES ΄, , , \ ,
πείσειν᾽ ἡ yap ToL γε σιδήρεος ἐν φρεσὶ θυμός.
φράζεο νῦν, μή τοί τι θεῶν μήνιμα γένωμαι
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε κέν σε Πάρις καὶ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
ἐσθλὸν ἐόντ᾽ ὀλέσωσιν ἐνὶ Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν." 360
‘Os dpa μιν εἰπόντα τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψε,
WY pee
ψυχὴ δ᾽ ἐκ ῥεθέων πταμένη “Aiddcde βεβήκει,
A , , iA εἰ 8. τα lal Net
ὃν πότμον γοόωσα, λιποῦσ᾽ ἀνδροτῆτα καὶ ἥβην.
τὸν καὶ τεθνηῶτα προσηύδα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“ τέθναθι" κῆρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ τότε δέξομαι, ὁππότε κεν δὴ 365
Ζεὺς ἐθέλῃ τελέσαι ἠδ᾽ ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἄλλοι."
7H c eed a 5 A / Ν
ῥα, καὶ ἐκ νεκροῖο ἐρύσσατο χάλκεον ἔγχος,
\ ἀ Beh pe? 4 Zt gpk ie Jee Wie / 337%
καὶ τό γ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἔθηχ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ am ὥμων Tedx€ ἐσύλα
αἱματόεντ᾽" ἄλλοι δὲ περίδραμον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,

ἃ \ / XN x > 5 \ "»
οἱ καὶ θηήσαντο φυὴν καὶ εἶδος ἀγητὸν 370
Ἕκτορος" οὐδ᾽ ἄρα οἵ τις ἀνουτητί γε παρέστη.
ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον"

“ ᾧ πόποι, 7) μάλα δὴ μαλακώτερος ἀμφαφάασθαι
“ ἣ “ Ὁ, τ΄ Ν / »

Εκτωρ ἢ ὅτε νῆας ἐνέπρησεν πυρὶ κηλέῳ.

’ !
‘Qs ἄρα tis εἴπεσκε kal οὐτήσασκε παραστάς. 375

22. ἸΛΙΑΔΟΣ X.

N 3 a >
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐξενάριξε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
“ 3 .
στὰς ἐν ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευεν
“ᾧ φίλοι, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες,
ἐπεὶ δὴ τόνδ᾽ ἄνδρα θεοὶ δαμάσασθαι ἔδωκαν,
ὃς κακὰ πόλλ᾽ ἔρρεξεν, ὅσ᾽ οὐ σύμπαντες οἱ ἄλλοι,
> 9? Ἂν a \ , \ , ,
εἰ δ᾽ ἄγετ᾽ ἀμφὶ πόλιν σὺν τεύχεσι πειρηθέωμεν,
» 3. SF “ , , “ >»
ὄφρα κ᾿ ἔτι γνῶμεν Τρώων νόον, ὅν τιν᾽ ἔχουσιν,
“Ὁ / , ” a ,
ἡ καταλείψουσιν πόλιν ἄκρην τοῦδε πεσόντος,
> / , ν 5 Ler Meee Bod
ἦε μένειν μεμάασι καὶ “Ἕκτορος οὐκέτ᾽ ἐόντος.
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ;
κεῖται πὰρ νήεσσι νέκυς ἄκλαυτος ἄθαπτος
Πάτροκλος" τοῦ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπιλήσομαι, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἐγώ γε
. , , , , ere eee
ζωοῖσιν μετέω καί μοι φίλα γούνατ᾽ ὀρώρῃ
9 Ἃ te
εἰ δὲ θανόντων περ καταλήθοντ᾽ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο,
ἄν ἃς εὐχὰς \ a ,ὔ 7 ae ,
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ kat κεῖθι φίλου μεμνήσομ, ἑταίρου.
a IN a NS ey , a > na
νῦν δ᾽ ἄγ᾽ ἀείδοντες παιήονα κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν
a 2
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσι νεώμεθα, τόνδε δ᾽ ἄγωμεν.
, a val
ἠράμεθα μέγα κῦδος" ἐπέφνομεν “Ἕκτορα δῖον,
Ao a Ke ~~ A > , ”
ᾧ Τρῶες κατὰ ἄστυ θεῷ ὡς εὐχετόωντο.
Ἣ ε Ν on -“ 5 / , M4
pa, καὶ “Ἕκτορα δῖον ἀεικέα μήδετο ἔργα.
ἀμφοτέρων μετόπισθε ποδῶν τέτρηνε τένοντε
> Ν 3 ’ / Ne are «ε
ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, βοέους δ᾽ ἐξῆπτεν ἱμάντας,
3 ε A
ἐκ δίφροιο δ᾽ ἔδησε, κάρη δ᾽ ἕλκεσθαι ἔασεν
ἐς δίφρον δ᾽ ἀναβὰς ἀνά τε κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἀείρας
μάστιξέν p ἐλάαν, τὼ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀέκοντε πετέσθην.
τοῦ δ᾽ ἣν ἑλκομένοιο κονίσαλος, ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται
ΕΣ /
κυάνεαι πίτναντο, κάρη δ᾽ ἅπαν ἐν κονίῃσι
ad , Ἄς ’ Ν Ν ,
κεῖτο πάρος χαρίεν" τότε δὲ Ζεὺς δυσμενέεσσι
n ° ’ὔ CN) δ᾽ / A
δῶκεν ἀεικίσσασθαι én ἐν πατρίδι γαίῃ.
a / /
ὡς τοῦ μὲν κεκόνιτο κάρη Atay’ ἡ δέ νυ μήτηρ
τίλλε κόμην, ἀπὸ δὲ λιπαρὴν ἔρριψε καλύπτρην
ay) a “
τηλόσε, κώκυσεν δὲ μάλα μέγα παῖδ᾽ ἐσιδοῦσα

203

x

380

39°

395

400

204 22. IAIAAOS X.

ν εν Ν Ν 7 3 \ XN \
ᾧμωξεν δ᾽ ἐλεεινὰ πατὴρ φίλος, ἀμφὶ δὲ λαοὶ
κωκυτῷ τ᾽ εἴχοντο καὶ οἰμωγῇ κατὰ ἄστυ.

cad Ν ΡΣ ste 7 J 2 / ε Sere?
τῷ δὲ μάλιστ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔην ἐναλίγκιον, ὡς εἰ ἅπασα
SN > , \ / a Ψ

Los ὀφρυόεσσα πυρὶ σμύχοιτο κατ᾽ ἄκρης.
λαοὶ μέν ῥα γέροντα μόγις ἔχον ἀσχαλόωντα,
ἐξελθεῖν μεμαῶτα πυλάων Δαρδανιάων.
πάντας δ᾽ ἐλλιτάνευε κυλινδόμενος κατὰ κόπρον,
ἐξ ὀνομακλήδην ὀνομάζων ἄνδρα ἕκαστον"
“σχέσθε, φίλοι, καί μ᾽ οἷον ἐάσατε κηδόμενοί περ
ἐξελθόντα πόληος ἱκέσθ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν,

/ σὴς ΟῚ / an b) t 5 ’
λίσσωμ᾽ ἀνέρα τοῦτον ἀτάσθαλον ὀβριμοεργόν,
+ € / 3 4 9.2 9 Ἅ
ἢν πως ἡλικίην αἰδέσσεται ἠδ᾽ ἐλεήσῃ
γῆρας" καὶ δέ νυ τῷ γε πατὴρ τοιόσδε τέτυκται,
Πηλεύς, ὅς μιν ἔτικτε καὶ ἔτρεφε πῆμα γενέσθαι
Tpwot μάλιστα δ᾽ ἐμοὶ περὶ πάντων ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκε.
τόσσους γάρ μοι παῖδας ἀπέκτανε τηλεθάοντας"
τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι ἀχνύμενός περ
Ld c , φΦ ode kl ἘΣ / W pws yy
ὡς ἑνός, οὗ μ᾽ ἄχος ὀξὺ κατοίσεται "Aidos εἴσω,
"Extopos’ ὡς ὄφελεν θανέειν ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῆσι'

p χερσὶν ἐμῇ
τῷ κε κορεσσάμεθα κλαίοντέ τε μυρομένω τε,

μήτηρ θ᾽, ἥ μιν ἔτικτε δυσάμμορος, ἠδ’ ἐγὼ αὐτός."

a °
Qs ἔφατο κλαίων, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο πολῖται"
Ἢ iad pal / c an FR , .
Tponow δ᾽ “ExaBn ἁδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο
«ες / 9. Ν LAs / / pS “
τέκνον, ἐγὼ δειλή" τί νυ βείομαι αἰνὰ παθοῦσα,
σεῦ ἀποτεθνηῶτος ; ὅ μοι νύκτας τε καὶ ἦμαρ
> Ἂς Ν. oy / lad s 3 ἊΨ
εὐχωλὴ κατὰ ἄστυ πελέσκεο, πᾶσί τ᾽ ὄνειαρ
Τρωσί τε καὶ ρωῇσι κατὰ πτόλιν, οἵ σε θεὸν ὡς
> / a
δειδέχατ᾽" ἢ yap Kal σφι μάλα μέγα κῦδος ἔησθα
Ν - an i “ / 3)
ζωὸς ἐών' νῦν αὖ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κιχάνει.

ἃ ΄ ,
Qs ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἄλοχος δ᾽ οὔ πώ τι πέπυστο

Ἕκτορος" οὐ γάρ οἵ τις ἐτήτυμος ἄγγελος ἐλθὼν
ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι, μίμνε πυλάων
Ἴγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι pipe ;

410

41:5

420

428

430

435

22. IAIAAOS X.

ἀλλ᾽ ἢ γ᾽ ἱστὸν ὕφαινε μυχῷ δόμου ὑψηλοῖο
δίπλακα πορφυρέην, ἐν δὲ θρόνα ποικίλ᾽ ἔπασσε.
κέκλετο δ᾽ ἀμφιπόλοισιν ἐὐπλοκάμοις κατὰ δῶμα
4 \ εἶ ip / / » /

ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, ὄφρα πέλοιτο
“ Ν Ν / ων ,

Εκτορι θερμὰ λοετρὰ μάχης ἐκ νοστήσαντι,

,ὔ +Q2 9 , Ὡ [a fal
νηπίη, οὐδ᾽ ἐνόησεν 6 μιν μάλα τῆλε λοετρῶν
χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος δάμασε γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη.
κωκυτοῦ δ᾽ ἤκουσε καὶ οἰμωγῆς ἀπὸ πύργου"

“ eet) / a ‘ [Ahk ae? om
τῆς δ᾽ ἐλελίχθη γυῖα, χαμαὶ de οἱ ἐκπεσε KEpKis
= 5" 5 a eo if / πὶ
ἡ δ᾽ αὖτις ὁμωῇσιν ἐὐπλοκάμοισι μετηύδα
«ὃ A , ef » 7 ἐν. x” /
εῦτε, δύω μοι ἕπεσθον, Ow OTLY ἔργα τέτυκται.
3 7 «ε a > \ x 5 3) 39) \ See
aidoins ἑκυρῆς ὀπὸς ἔκλυον, ἐν 6 ἐμοὶ αὑτῇ
στήθεσι πάλλεται ἦτορ ἀνὰ στόμα, νέρθε δὲ γοῦνα
U4
πήγνυται" ἐγγὺς δή τι κακὸν Πριάμοιο τέκεσσιν.
ἐν πος Ne See eae ὍΣ δα. ἐπι μῦν, ae Ν Oto ΤΈΣ ΤῊ
al γὰρ ἀπ᾽ οὔατος εἴη ἐμεῦ ἔπος᾽ ἀλλὰ pad αἰνῶς
val 3
δείδω μὴ δή μοι θρασὺν Ἕκτορα dios ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
a 3 Mi La / /
μοῦνον ἀποτμήξας πόλιος πεδίονδε δίηται,
καὶ δή μιν καταπαύσῃ ἀγηνορίης ἀλεγεινῆς,
[ Ν > 3 \ + SION “ / 3 nN
ἥ μιν ἔχεσκ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὔ TOT ἐνὶ πληθυῖΐ μένεν ἀνδρῶν,
ἀλλὰ πολὺ προθέεσκε, τὸ ὃν μένος οὐδενὶ εἴκων."
ἃ / / / / »

Ὡς φαμένη μεγάροιο διέσσυτο μαινάδι ἴση,

παλλομένη κραδίην" ἅμα δ᾽ ἀμφίπολοι κίον αὐτῇ.

> eee 3 \ 7 Wy an - 4
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πύργον τε kal ἀνδρῶν ἷξεν ὅμιλον,
7 U4 ΦΈΨΦΘΗΝ / +. Ν bere lis ὦ
ἔστη παπτήνασ᾽ ἐπὶ τείχεϊ, τὸν δ΄ ἐνόησεν
ε ’ , , a J J Y
ἑλκόμενον πρόσθεν πόλιος" ταχέες δὲ μιν ἵπποι
ἕλκον ἀκηδέστως κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν.

na ,

τὴν δὲ κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐρεβεννὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν,
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξοπίσω, ἀπὸ δὲ ψυχὴν ἐκάπυσσε.
τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπὸ κρατὸς βάλε δέσματα σιγαλόεντα,
ἄμπυκα κεκρύφαλόν τε ἰδὲ πλεκτὴν ἀναδέσμην
κρήδεμνόν θ᾽, ὅ ῥά οἱ δῶκε χρυσέη ᾿Αφροδίτη
7 be a oe θ ᾽ὔ pet? θ᾽ ὝἭ
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε μιν κορυθαίολος ἡγάγε κτωρ

205

440

445

450

455

460

465

470

206 τ 2% TATANOZ XK.

2
ἐκ δόμου ᾿ετίωνος, ἐπεὶ πόρε μυρία ἕδνα.
\ /
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν yadow τε καὶ εἰνατέρες ἅλις ἔσταν,
αἵ € μετὰ σφίσιν εἶχον ἀτυζομένην ἀπολέσθαι.
\
ἡ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔμπνυτο Kal ἐς φρένα θυμὸς ἀγέρθη,
ἀμβλήδην γοόωσα μετὰ Τρῳῆῇσιν ἔειπεν"
BPpAnonY γ μ esi
“ "EB 2 ’ Pee ΟΝ , > ΝΜ
κτορ, ἐγὼ δύστηνος" ἰῇ ἄρα γιγνόμεθ᾽ αἴσῃ
ἀμφότεροι, σὺ μὲν ἐν Τροίῃ Πριάμου κατὰ δῶμα
ἢ μ βοίῃ Liplap μα,
2 ES aL / e x / ς il
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Θήβησιν ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ
» , ’ / “ 3. τ} Ν Le
ἐν δόμῳ Heriwvos, ὅ μ᾽ ἔτρεφε τυτθὸν ἐοῦσαν,
δύσμορος αἰνόμορον' os μὴ ὦφελλε τεκέσθαι.
a - Ν Ἂς PA , « Ν 7 ,
νῦν δὲ σὺ μὲν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμους ὑπὸ κεύθεσι γαίης
x 2 «αν SN ADEN / " 7
ἔρχεαι, αὐτὰρ ἐμὲ στυγερῷ ἐνὶ πένθεϊ λείπεις
“- /
χήρην ἐν μεγάροισι" πάϊς δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος αὔτως,
ὃν τέκομεν σύ τ᾽ ἐγώ τε δυσάμμοροι" οὔτε σὺ τούτῳ
x “ » > \ / + \ Lod
ἔσσεαι, “Ἕκτορ, ὄνειαρ, ἐπεὶ Odves, οὔτε σοὶ οὗτος.
+ a
ἤν περ yap πόλεμόν ye φύγῃ πολύδακρυν ᾿Αχαιῶν,
αἰεί τοι τούτῳ γε πόνος καὶ κήδε᾽ ὀπίσσω
x % ot 4 nS 4 . 4
ἔσσοντ᾽" ἄλλοι yap οἱ ἀπουρίσσουσιν ἀρούρας.
3 a
ἦμαρ δ᾽ ὀρφανικὸν παναφήλικα παῖδα τίθησι
lj 9) 5e 7 / Ν ,
πάντα ὃ ὑπεμνήμυκε, δεδάκρυνται δὲ παρειαΐ,
/ “-
δευόμενος δέ τ᾽ ἄνεισι πάϊς ἐς πατρὸς ἑταίρους,
ἄλλον μὲν χλαίνης ἐρύων, ἄλλον δὲ χιτῶνος"
a SPOS , 4, ἈΝ 3 /
τῶν δ΄ ἐλεησάντων κοτύλην τις τυτθὸν ἐπέσχε,
7 , SAAN Mees ye 4 Se CIN
χείλεα μέν T ἐδίην᾽, ὑπερῴην δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδίηνε.
τὸν δὲ καὶ ἀμφιθαλὴς ἐκ δαιτύος ἐστυφέλιξε,
χερσὶν πεπληγὼς καὶ ὀνειδείοισιν ἐνίσσων"
ξεν πες ὦ 7 > , \ , CSine. 5
Epp οὕτως" ov σός ye πατὴρ μεταδαίνυται ἡμῖν.
δακρυόεις δέ τ᾽ ἄνεισι πάϊς ἐς μητέρα χήρην,
> , A \ Ν αὐ δια. , Ν
Αστυάναξ, ὃς πρὶν μὲν ἑοῦ ἐπὶ γούνασι πατρὸς
N > "Ἱ sek orn , yore
μυελὸν οἷον ἔδεσκε Kal οἰῶν πίονα δημὸν
3 ἃς “Δ᾽ ὦ e VA , 4
αὐτὰρ ὅθ᾽ ὕπνος ἕλοι, παύσαιτό τε νηπιαχεύων,
εὕδεσκ᾽ ἐν λέκτροισιν, ἐν ἀγκαλίδεσσι τιθήνης,

480

485

490

22. IATAAOS X.

b a Ca A ᾿ rd , Ca
εὐνῇ ἔνι μαλακῇ, θαλέων ἐμπλησάμενος κῆρ

A > \ , , 5. ἘῸΝ Nog oe |
νῦν δ᾽ ἂν πολλὰ πάθῃσι, φίλου ἀπὸ πατρὸς ἁμαρτών,
᾿Αστυάναξ, ὃν Τρῶες ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσιν"

= , Ν 4 \ / tA
οἷος γάρ σφιν ἔρυσο πύλας καὶ τείχεα μακρά.

fal Ἂς s Ν Ν Ἂν by , ,
νῦν δὲ σὲ μὲν Tapa νηυσὶ κορωνίσι νόσφι τοκήων

+7 ’ mi BT 3 ’ὔ Ua /
αἰόλαι εὐλαὶ ἔδονται, ἐπεί κε κύνες κορέσωνται,
γυμνόν" ἀτάρ τοι εἵματ’ ἐνὶ μεγάροισι κέονται
λεπτά τε καὶ χαρίεντα, τετυγμένα χερσὶ γυναικῶν.
5 Εν: / / / \ /

GAN 7} τοι τάδε πάντα καταφλέξω πυρὶ κηλέῳ,

IO ὔ oF, 5 Ν > 5 7 >’ tal
οὐδὲν σοί γ᾽ ὄφελος, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐγκείσεαι αὐτοῖς,
ἀλλὰ πρὸς Τρώων καὶ Τρωϊάδων κλέος εἶναι.

“Os ἔφατο κλαίουσ’, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες.

5°5

510

515

ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ψ.

*A Ora ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ.

ὲ ! δ
Ὡς οἱ μὲν στενάχοντο κατὰ πτόλιν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ
ἐπεὶ δὴ νῆάς τε καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον ἵκοντο,

«ς Ν v.39 9 / eX 3. ὃ od ed
οἱ μὲν ap ἐσκίδναντο ἑὴν ἐπὶ νῆα ἕκαστος,

3 3

Μυομιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Αχιλλεύς,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε οἷς ἑτάροισι φιλοπτολέμοισι μετηύδα
(13 7 / b] Vic pk ee ε -

Μυρμιδόνες ταχύπωλοι, ἐμοὶ ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι,

“
μὴ δή πω ὑπ᾽ ὄχεσφι λυώμεθα μώνυχας ἵππους,
5 ᾽ > A ΤῊ Se a δι
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἵπποισι καὶ ἅρμασιν ἄσσον ἰόντες
ΤΑ ΣᾺ ,

Πάτροκλον kralwper' ὃ yap γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων.

3. «τ 5 / a) a / /
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί κ΄ ὀλοοῖο τεταρπώμεσθα γόοιο,

7

ἵππους λυσάμενοι δορπήσομεν ἐνθάδε πάντες."

σι

Io

“Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ Suw€ay ἀολλέες, ἦρχε δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς.

ε Ν Ν \ Ν 2. » Ὁ“
οἱ δὲ τρὶς περὶ νεκρὸν ἐὔτριχας ἤλασαν ἵππους
, Ξ Ν i / , “ =
μυρόμενοι μετὰ δέ σφι Θέτις γόου ἵμερον dpoe.
δεύοντο ψάμαθοι, δεύοντο δὲ τεύχεα φωτῶν
δάκρυσι" τοῖον γὰρ πόθεον μήστωρα φόβοιο.
5 oh a a
τοῖσι δὲ Πηλεΐδης ἁδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο,
Lal Ss.) ΝΣ ’ὔ / / « ’ὔ
χείρας ἐπ΄ ἀνδροφόνους θέμενος στήθεσσιν ἑταίρου"
cal D \ oh
“χαῖρέ μοι, ὦ Πάτροκλε, καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισι:
, BS / x “ LEE oy A
πάντα yap ἤδη ToL τελέω τὰ πάροιθεν ὑπέστην,
Ἕκτορα δεῦρ᾽ ἐρύσας δώσειν κυσὶν ὠμὰ δάσασθαι,
δώδεκα δὲ προπάροιθε πυρῆς ἀποδειροτομήσειν
3
Τρώων ἀγλαὰ τέκνα, σέθεν κταμένοιο χολωθείς."

15

23, IAIAAOS ¥,

Ἢ pa, καὶ Ἕκτορα δῖον ἀεικέα μήδετο ἔργα,
πρηνέα πὰρ λεχέεσσι Μενοιτιάδαο τανύσσας
3 / Φ « at a, eo / e
ἐν κονίῃς" of δ᾽ ἔντε᾽ ἀφωπλίζοντο ἕκαστος
i / / 3. εἱς / ¢
χάλκεα μαρμαίροντα, λύον δ᾽ ὑψηχέας ἵππους,
κὰδ δ᾽ ἴζον παρὰ νηὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο
μυρίοι" αὐτὰρ ὁ τοῖσι τάφον μενοεικέα δαίνυ.
πολλοὶ μὲν βόες ἀργοὶ ὀρέχθεον ἀμφὶ σιδήρῳ
σφαζόμενοι, πολλοὶ δ᾽ ὄϊες καὶ μηκάδες αἷγες"
πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀργιόδοντες ὕες, θαλέθοντες ἀλοιφῇ,
εὑόμενοι τανύοντο διὰ φλογὸς ᾿Ηφαίστοιο"
πάντῃ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ νέκυν κοτυλήρυτον ἔρρεεν al,
ντῃ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ ν Ἴρυτον ἔρρεεν αἷμα.
Αὐτὰρ τόν γε ἄνακτα ποδώκεα Πηλεΐωνα
εἰς ᾿Αγαμέμνονα δῖον ἄγον βασιλῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν,
σπουδῇ παρπεπιθόντες ἑταίρου χωόμενον κῆρ.
«Ὁ» of Ν ΄ὔ 3 , φ “ἢ
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κλισίην ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ἷξον ἰόντες,
δ το ,ὔ , /
αὐτίκα κηρύκεσσι λιγυφθόγγοισι κέλευσαν
ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, εἰ πεπίθοιεν
Πηλεΐδην λούσασθαι ἄπο βρότον αἱματόεντα.

we re ee a n ee ae ted » ‘a
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἠρνεῖτο στερεῶς, ἐπὶ δ΄ ὅρκον ὁμοσσεν
‘e > Ν ne “ ,ὔ “ ef ἈΝ Ἂν

οὐ μὰ Ζῆν᾽, ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος,

> / 3 \ Ν Ἅ: ων C3 Wh.
ov θέμις ἐστὶ λοετρὰ καρήατος ἄσσον ἱκέσθαι,

, > ΠΟ Joe / , Ν [ρὲ “
πρίν γ᾽ ἐνὶ Πάτροκλον θέμεναι πυρὶ ona τε χεῦαι

/ ’ , bp] \ ΝΜ 4. δ 4 e
kelpacOal Te κόμην, ἐπεὶ οὔ μ᾽ ἔτι δεύτερον ὧδε
iger’ ἄχος κραδίην, ὄφρα ζωοῖσι μετείω.

GAN ἢ τοι νῦν μὲν στυγερῇ πειθώμεθα Saute
ἠῶθεν δ᾽ ὄτρυνον, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον,

“ oS et ad ft cal “ ἊΝ BS) Ν
ὕλην T ἀξέμεναι παρά τε σχεῖν ὅσσ᾽ ἐπιεικὲς

Ν Υ̓͂ / [ X ig b] ;

νεκρὸν ἔχοντα νέεσθαι ὑπὸ ζόφον ἠερόεντα,

» σαῖς ἢ a Ν > , Day ὙῈ a
opp ἡ τοι τοῦτον μὲν ἐπιφλέγῃ ἀκάματον πῦρ

c n 2)
θᾶσσον am ὀφθαλμῶν, λαοὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ἔργα τράπωνται.

209

20

40

59

“Os pad’, of δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ μάλα μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο.

ἐσσυμένως δ᾽ ἄρα δόρπον ἐφοπλίσσαντες ἕκαστοι

VOL. Il. 1 τὸ

55

210 23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

/ 9 5 / Ν 3 / A bes
δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ TL θυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης.

ees 2 Ἂς , Ne 5. / 5 Ν ed
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος Kal ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο,

« Ἂς / ΝΜ / ec
Ol μὲν KAKKELOVTES ἔβαν κλισίηνδε ἕκαστος,
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἐπὶ θινὶ πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης

cr Ἂν / / Ν /
κεῖτο βαρὺ στενάχων, πολέσιν μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν;,
é 6 lad 60 ’ Ἀν, Ro wae NAG ᾿

ν καθαρῷ, ὅθι κύματ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἠϊόνος κλύζεσκον

> x [2 x , 7 fol
εὖτε TOV ὕπνος ἔμαρπτε, λύων μελεδήματα θυμοῦ,
νήδυμος ἀμφιχυθείς--- μάλα γὰρ κάμε φαίδιμα γυῖα
Alo τὰς ἢ J \ wv b] ,

κτορ ἐπαϊσσων προτὶ ᾿ἴλιον ἡνεμόεσσαν----
ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπὶ ψυχὴ Πατροκλῆος δειλοῖο,

f τ᾽ 5 ad / 6 , An 1’ See lal
πάντ᾽ αὐτῷ μέγεθός τε καὶ ὄμματα KAA’ ἐϊκυῖα,

/ - δι
καὶ φωνήν, καὶ τοῖα περὶ χροὶ εἵματα ἕστο"

“ 3 δ BEES, fal / \ a » ὃ
στῆ δ᾽ ap ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς καί μιν πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν
“ εὕδεις, αὐτὰρ ἐμεῖο λελασμένος ἔπλευ, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ.
οὐ μέν μευ ζώοντος ἀκήδεις, ἀλλὰ θανόντος"
θάπτε με ὅττι τάχιστα, πύλας ᾿Αἴΐδαο περήσω.

“ / >

THAE με εἴργουσι ψυχαί, εἴδωλα καμόντων,
οὐδέ μέ πω μίσγεσθαι ὑπὲρ ποταμοῖο ἐῶσιν,
ἀλλ᾽ αὔτως ἀλάλημαι av εὐρυπυλὲς "Αἴδος δῶ.

/ Ν Ν a) 5 / > Xx wy 9 Ων
καί μοι δὸς τὴν χεῖρ᾽, ὀλοφύρομαι" οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ αὗτις
νίσομαι ἐξ ᾿Αἴδαο, ἐπήν με πυρὸς λελάχητε.

> Ν ὩΝ ,ὔ 7 5 " € /

ov μὲν yap ζωοί ye φίλων ἀπάνευθεν ἑταίρων
βουλὰς ἑζόμενοι βουλεύσομεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὲ μὲν κὴρ
ἀμφέχανε στυγερή, i] περ λάχε γιγνόμενόν TEP"

y “- a - 39. 3 a
kal δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ μοῖρα, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,
τείχει ὕπο 'Γρώων εὐηφενέων ἀπολέσθαι.
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω καὶ ἐφήσομαι, αἴ κε πίθηαι"
μὴ ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέ᾽, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,
ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ, ὡς ἐτράφην περ ἐν ὑμετέροισι δόμοισιν,

3
εὖτέ με τυτθὸν ἐόντα Μενοίτιος ἐξ ᾿Οπόεντος
ΝΜ ε / , yo / ied Lol
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ᾽ ἀνδροκτασίης ὕπο λυγρῆς,
/ a oe lal , 9 /
MATL τῷ OTE παῖδα κατέκτανον ᾿Αμφιδάμαντος,

65

70

80

23. IAIAAOS ©. 211

3
νήπιος, οὐκ ἐθέλων, ἀμφ᾽ ἀστραγάλοισι χολωθείς"
ἔνθα με δεξάμενος ἐν δώμασιν ἱππότα Πηλεὺς
yo i 353 , ΤΟΝ ἢ he Se x
ἔτραφέ τ᾽ ἐνδυκέως καὶ σὸν θεράποντ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν go
ds δὲ Kal ὀστέα νῶϊν ὁμὴ copds ἀμφικαλύπτοι
4 5 Ζ / /, , / ΡΣ]
χρύσεος ἀμφιφορεύς, τόν τοι πόρε πότνια μήτηρ.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
« τίπτε μοι, ἠθείη κεφαλή, δεῦρ᾽ εἰλήλουθας,
, a e 3. 4, / DENS 5 [4
καί μοι ταῦτα ἕκαστ᾽ ἐπιτέλλεαι ; αὐτὰρ ἐγώ τοι 95
/ ESSE LS / \ la ε Ν ,ὔ
πάντα μάλ᾽ ἐκτελέω καὶ πείσομαι ὡς σὺ κελεύεις.
ἀλλά μοι ἄσσον στῆθι" μίνυνθά περ ἀμφιβαλόντε
ἀλλήλους ὀλοοῖο τεταρπώμεσθα γόοιο."
a ” / 5 ’ \ /
Qs dpa φωνήσας ὠρέξατο χερσὶ φίλῃσιν,
οὐδ᾽ ἔλαβε: ψυχὴ δὲ κατὰ χθονὸς ἠΐτε καπνὸς 100
ὥχετο TeTpLyvia’ ταφὼν δ᾽ ἀνόρουσεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺ
ὕχετο TETPLYVIA® ταφὼν ὄρουσεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
/ 5
χερσί Te συμπλατάγησεν, ἔπος δ᾽ ὀλοφυδνὸν ἔειπεν"
co N , Bess wase ¥'9) ἈΝ ΤΟΣ ΡΣ, ΚΙ ,
ὦ πόποι, ἢ pa Tis ἐστι Kat εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισι
\ \ » ° ἈΝ / 3 7 !
ψυχὴ καὶ εἴδωλον, ἀτὰρ φρένες οὐκ ἐνι πάμπαν"
7 ol -"
παννυχίη γάρ μοι Ἰ]ατροκλῆος δειλοῖο 105
ψυχὴ ἐφεστήκει γοόωσά τε μυρομένη TE,
, e eee = Yas Ν , 4 5 99
καί μοι ἕκαστ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν, ἔϊκτο δὲ θέσκελον αὐτῳ.
SOs φάτο, τοῖσι δὲ πᾶσιν ὑφ᾽ ἵμερον ὦρσε γόοιο"
μυρομένοισι δὲ τοῖσι φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος ᾿Ηὼς
3 \ J Ψ , CLES / 3 /
ἀμφὶ νέκυν ἐλεεινόν. ἀτὰρ κρείων Αγαμέμνων I10
οι ἢ 3. Ψ δ hi > , “
οὐρῆάς T ὥτρυνε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀξέμεν ὕλην
πάντοθεν ἐκ κλισιῶν᾽ ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐσθλὸς ὀρώρει,
/, a
Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἀγαπήνορος ᾿Ιδομενῆος.
SSE ε , 2 \ ot
οἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν ὑλοτόμους πελέκεας ἐν χερσὶν EXOVTES
> > , “ BN Ce. dee eo) tied , er)
σειράς τ᾽ εὐπλέκτους᾽ πρὸ δ᾽ Gp οὐρῆες κίον αὑτῶν. 115
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἄναντα κάταντα πάραντά τε δόχμιά τ᾽ ἤλθον᾽
3
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κνημοὺς προσέβαν πολυπίδακος Ἴδης,
ἀν. Sy a ε , , ral
αὐτίκ᾽ dpa δρῦς ὑψικόμους TavanKel χαλκῷ

I 5) , δι \ gt , 7,
τάμνον ἐπειγόμενοι" ταὶ δὲ μεγάλα κτυπέουσαι
P 2

212 23. IAIAAOZ Ψ.

lal é \ Ν x , ? \
πῖπτον" Tas μὲν ἔπειτα διαπλήσσοντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ 120
ἔκδεον ἡμιόνων" ταὶ δὲ χθόνα ποσσὶ δατεῦντο
5" , , Ἄς ον ge Jae /
ἐλδόμεναι πεδίοιο διὰ ῥωπῆϊα πυκνά.
πάντες δ᾽ ὑλοτόμοι φιτροὺς φέρον᾽ ὡς γὰρ ἀνώγει
Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἀγαπήνορος ᾿Ιδομενῆος.
κὰδ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀκτῆς βάλλον ἐπισχερώ, ἔνθ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
/ , / ee A ION ’ a
φράσσατο IlatpoxAw μέγα ἠρίον ἠδὲ of αὐτῷ. 126
ἄσας Ὁ Ν ᾽ f ἡ er
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ TavTn παρακάββαλον ἄσπετον ὕλην,
Har ἄρ᾽ αὖθι μένοντες ἀολλέες. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
αὐτίκα Μυρμιδόνεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισι κέλευσε
χαλκὸν ζώννυσθαι, ζεῦξαι δ᾽ ὑπ᾽’ ὄχεσφιν ἕκαστον 130
ἵππους" οἱ δ᾽ ὦρνυντο καὶ ἐν τεύχεσσιν ἔδυνον,
ἃν δ᾽ ἔβαν ἐν δίφροισι παραιβάται ἡνίοχοί τε,
Ν ε lol Ν Ν / “ a
πρόσθε μὲν ἱππῆες, μετὰ δὲ νέφος εἵπετο πεζῶν,
7, eS Ν / , ! € tal
μυρίοι: ἐν δὲ μέσοισι φέρον Πάτροκλον ἑταῖροι.
θριξὶ δὲ πάντα νέκυν καταείνυσαν, ἃς ἐπέβαλλον 135
κειρόμενοι" ὄπιθεν δὲ κάρη ἔχε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
> , An te Ν Dee. A νας 7
ἀχνύμενος" ἕταρον γὰρ ἀμύμονα πέμπ᾽ "Αἰδόσδε.
Οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε χῶρον ἵκανον ὅθι σφίσι πέφραδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
= , e , / Ὁ“
κάτθεσαν, αἷψα δέ οἱ μενοεικέα νήεον ὕλην.
ἔνθ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ἐνόησε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 140
στὰς ἀπάνευθε πυρῆς ξανθὴν ἀπεκείρατο χαίτην,
χε a a , , z
τὴν pa Σπερχειῷ ποταμῷ τρέφε τηλεθόωσαν
> , >» 3 5. Ν JEN Uy, , -
ὀχθήσας 6 apa εἶπεν ἰδὼν ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον
“ Σπερχεί᾽, ἄλλως σοί ye πατὴρ ἠρήσατο Indes,
κεῖσέ με νοστήσαντα φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν 145
, , / ers Vow 3 Ν « ,
ool Te κόμην κερέειν ῥέξειν θ᾽ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην,
’ ϑ' 9} 9 Soa oP ay? ¢ 7
πεντήκοντα δ᾽ ἔνορχα Tap αὐτόθι μῆλ᾽ ἱερεύσειν
ἐς πηγάς, ὅθι τοι τέμενος βωμός τε θυήεις.
a 9 rye , \ Pte , ᾽ οἱ οὖν
ὡς ἠρᾶθ᾽ ὃ γέρων, σὺ δέ οἱ νόον οὐκ ἐτέλεσσας.
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐ νέομαί γε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, 150
, er - , ’ 2 , »
Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ κόμην ὀπάσαιμι φέρεσθαι.

23. IAIAAOS Ψ. 213

“

“Os εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ κόμην ἑτάροιο φίλοιο
a val Ν c CF Rf > ,
θῆκεν, τοῖσι δὲ πᾶσιν ὑφ᾽ ἵμερον ὦρσε γόοιο.
καί νύ x’ ὀδυρομένοισιν ἔδυ φάος ἠελίοιο,
>>
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς ai’ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι εἶπε παραστάς." 15

σι

“᾽Ατρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά ye λαὸς ᾿Αχαιῶν
πείσονται μύθοισι, γόοιο μὲν ἔστι καὶ Goat,
a 3 Ν es / \ tal BA
νῦν δ᾽ ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον καὶ δεῖπνον ἄνωχθι
ὅπλεσθαι" τάδε δ᾽ ἀμφιπονησόμεθ᾽ οἷσι μάλιστα
, Paes ,ὔ - το ον Peet lee Way , ”
κήδεός ἐστι νέκυς" παρὰ ὃ οἵ T ἀγοὶ ἄμμι μενόντων. 160
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τό γ᾽ ἄκουσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾽Αγαμέμνων,
SP \ Ν , Ν cay 5.
αὐτίκα λαὸν μὲν σκέδασεν κατὰ νῆας ἐΐσας,
’ Ν ᾽ Ss / \ / of
κηδεμόνες δὲ Tap αὖθι μένον Kal νήεον ὕλην,
4 Ν ΄ «ε , 4 et
ποίησαν δὲ πυρὴν ἑκατόμπεδον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα,
> Ν eye i} Ἂς / 3 /, n
ἐν δὲ πυρῇ ὑπάτῃ νεκρὸν θέσαν ἀχνύμενοι κῆρ. 165
. πολλὰ δὲ ἴφια μῆλα καὶ εἰλίποδας ἕλικας βοῦς
, lel δ , Lye tue? » » ,
πρόσθε πυρῆς ἔδερόν τε καὶ ἄμφεπον" ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντων
δημὸν ἑλὼν ἐκάλυψε νέκυν μεγάθυμος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, περὶ δὲ δρατὰ σώματα νήει.
ἐν δ᾽ ἐτίθει μέλιτος καὶ ἀλείφατος ἀμφιφορῆας, 170
κ᾿ , ΄ =e ἘΝῚ 5.2 , ψ
πρὸς λέχεα κλίνων" πίσυρας δ᾽ ἐριαύχενας ἵππους
ἐσσυμένως ἐνέβαλλε πυρῇ μεγάλα στεναχίζων
μ ρῇ μεγ χίζων.
ἐννέα τῷ γε ἄνακτι τραπεζῆες κύνες ἦσαν,
καὶ μὲν τῶν ἐνέβαλλε πυρῇ δύο δειροτομήσας,
δώδεκα δὲ Τρώων μεγαθύμων υἱέας ἐσθλοὺς 175
a oa ἈτῊΣ S ar \ , » μ-
χαλκῷ δηϊόων᾽ κακὰ δὲ φρεσὶ μήδετο ἔργα
3 Ν Ν / Ὁ / » /
ἐν δὲ πυρὸς μένος ἧκε σιδήρεον, ὄφρα νέμοιτο.
ὠμωξέν T ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα, φίλον δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἑταῖρον"
Dp. A ae μη Pp
ry > 9 Ak
“yaipé μοι, ὦ Πάτροκλε, καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισι:
, Ν A “ x , Cf
πάντα yap ἤδη τοι τελέω τὰ πάροιθεν ὑπέστην. 180
δώδεκα μὲν Τρώων μεγαθύμων υἱέας ἐσθλοὺς
Ν ε Ν ἢ a b] στ ΜῈ ’ Μ
τοὺς ἅμα σοὶ πάντας πῦρ ἐσθίει" “Ἑκτορα 6 ov τι

δώσω Πριαμίδην πυρὶ δαπτέμεν, ἀλλὰ κύνεσσιν.᾽"

214 23. ἽΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ψ.

a ΔΕ tA ξ ἶνας
Qs har ἀπειλήσας" τὸν δ᾽ οὐ κύνες ἀμφεπένοντο,
ἀλλὰ κύνας μὲν ἄλαλκε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη 185
Ν \ 7, ε , Ν Lal 2) /
ἤματα καὶ νύκτας, ῥοδόεντι δὲ χρῖεν ἐλαίῳ
re
ἀμβροσίῳ, ἵνα μή μιν ἀποδρύφοι ἑλκυστάζων.
lal εἰ , / a
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ κυάνεον νέφος ἤγαγε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
οὐρανόθεν πεδίονδε, κάλυψε δὲ χῶρον ἅπαντα,
ὅσσον ἐπεῖχε νέκυς, μὴ πρὶν μένος ἠελίοιο 190
σκήλει᾽ ἀμφὶ περὶ χρόα tveow ἠδὲ μέλεσσιν.
Οὐδὲ πυρὴ Πατρόκλου ἐκαίετο τεθνηῶτος"
3 9» a
ἔνθ᾽ abr ἄλλ᾽ ἐνόησε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς᾽
στὰς ἀπάνευθε πυρῆς δοιοῖς ἠρᾶτ᾽ ἀνέμοισι,
,
Βορέῃ καὶ Ζεφύρῳ, καὶ ὑπίσχετο ἱερὰ καλά' 195
πολλὰ δὲ Kal σπένδων χρυσέῳ δέπαϊ λιτάνευεν
ἐλθέμεν, ὄφρα τάχιστα πυρὶ φλεγεθοίατο νεκροί,
ὕλη τε σεύαιτο καήμεναι. ὦκα δὲ Ἶρις
3 / 5. > eee) /
apawy ἀΐουσα μετάγγελος ἦλθ᾽ ἀνέμοισιν.
«ε ἂς a 4 / 5 , 7
ot μὲν apa Ζεφύροιο δυσαέος ἀθρόοι ἔνδον 200
ἢ , ΄ é a Ni ΠΕ
εἰλαπίνην δαίνυντο" θέουσα δὲ Ἴρις ἐπέστη
βηλῷ ἔπι λιθέῳ᾽ τοὶ δ᾽ ὡς ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσι,
ἢ Shes , , , 4.κὰΔὰ ὦ Ἢ
πάντες ἀνήϊξαν, κάλεόν τέ μιν εἰς ἕ ἕκαστος
> 9m 5 a
ἡ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕζεσθαι μὲν ἀνήνατο, εἶπε δὲ μῦθον"
(ς ᾽ e 5 53 Ν μὴ pps Nr) tal cy
οὐχ ἕδος" εἶμι yap αὖτις ἐπ᾽ ‘Oxeavoto ῥέεθρα, 205
Αἰθιόπων ἐς γαῖαν, ὅθι ῥέζουσ᾽ ἑκατόμβας
5 ’ ψ ἊΝ Ae 7 ΓΥΤΣ
ἀθανάτοις, ἵνα δὴ καὶ ἐγὼ μεταδαίσομαι ἱρῶν.
’
ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Βορέην ἠδὲ Ζέφυρον κελαδεινὸν
> “a σον eee ig ec Ἂς /
ἐλθεῖν ἀρᾶται, καὶ ὑπίσχεται ἱερὰ καλά,
/ e al
ὄφρα πυρὴν ὄρσητε καήμεναι, 7) ἔνι κεῖται 210
Πάτροκλος, τὸν πάντες ἀναστενάχουσιν ᾿Αχαιοί.᾽
c 5 V3) A bd] ὧν -ΦῚ ὦ \ 9) Ἄν
Η μὲν ap ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπεβήσετο, τοὶ 6 ὀρέοντο
Cee! / / / /
ἠχῆ θεσπεσίῃ, νέφεα κλονέοντε πάροιθεν.
co Ν , ¢ CIA > SS a
αἶψα δὲ πόντον ἵκανον ἀήμεναι, ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα
fal na /
πνοιῇ ὕπο λιγυρῇ" Τροίην δ᾽ ἐρίβωλον ἱκέσθην, 215

23, IAIAAOZ Ψ.

ἐν δὲ πυρῇ πεσέτην, μέγα δ᾽ ἴαχε θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ.

παννύχιοι δ᾽ ἄρα τοί γε πυρῆς ἄμυδις φλόγ᾽ ἔβαλλον,

φυσῶντες λιγέως" ὁ δὲ πάννυχος ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
χρυσέου ἐκ κρητῆρος, ἑλὼν δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον,
a > , / / a Ἂς “
οἷνον ἀφυσσόμενος χαμάδις χέε, Sede δὲ γαῖαν,
ψυχὴν κικλήσκων ΤΠατροκλῆος δειλοῖο.
c Ν \ Ὁ Ἃς > / 3 3 /
ὡς δὲ πατὴρ οὗ παιδὸς ὀδύρεται ὀστέα καίων,

’ὔ “ἤ Ν \ 2) / n
νυμφίου, ὅς Te θανὼν δειλοὺς ἀκάχησε τοκῆας,
ἃ i Ν ε > / > / ,ὔ
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἑτάροιο ὀδύρετο ὀστέα καίων,
« Ἃ Ν wo 7 c Ν ὔ
ἑρπύζων παρὰ πυρκαϊήν, ἁδινὰ στεναχίζων.

Ἦμος δ᾽ ἑωσφόρος εἶσι φόως ἐρέων ἐπὶ γαῖαν,
“ / δ «ς \ ef / See:
ὅν τε μέτα κροκόπεπλος ὑπεὶρ ἅλα κίδναται ἠώς,

a ᾿ς 19 , ff ὯΝ ?
τῆμος TupKain ἐμαραίνετο, παύσατο δὲ φλοξ.

ε >} 3, , μὴ 7 De 7, /
οἱ δ᾽ ἄνεμοι πάλιν αὖτις ἔβαν oikdvde νέεσθαι
Θρηΐκιον κατὰ πόντον" ὁ δ᾽ ἔστενεν οἴδματι θύων.
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς ἑτέρωσε λιασθεὶς

’ὔ ’ b] \ Ν Ἂν ee Μ .
κλίνθη κεκμηώς, ETL δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ὄρουσεν
οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐωνα ἀολλέες ἠγερέθοντο"

a , na "
τῶν μιν ἐπερχομένων ὅμαδος καὶ δοῦπος ἔγειρεν,
ἕζετο δ᾽ ὀρθωθεὶς καί σφεας πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν"
“«᾽Ατρεΐδη τε καὶ ἄλλοι ἀριστῆες ΤΠαναχαιῶν,

n Ἂς x oN / 3 » »
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ πυρκαϊὴν σβέσατ᾽ αἴθοπι οἴνῳ
πᾶσαν, ὁπόσσον ἐπέσχε πυρὸς μένος" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
ὀστέα Πατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο λέγωμεν

a , ἃ 3 ! Neath i

εὖ διαγιγνώσκοντες" ἀριφραδέα δὲ τέτυκται

5 / \ x mas \ >» BA

ἐν μέσσῃ yap ἔκειτο πυρῇ, τοὶ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄνευθεν
5 a 4 a} DE) \ ¢ \

ἐσχατιῇ καίοντ᾽ ἐπιμὶξ ἵπποι τε καὶ ἄνδρες.
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν χρυσέῃ φιάλῃ καὶ δίπλακι δημῷ
θείομεν, εἰς ὅ κεν αὐτὸς ἐγὼν "Αἴδι κεύθωμαι.
τύμβον δ᾽ οὐ μάλα πολλὸν ἐγὼ πονέεσθαι ἄνωγα,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιεικέα τοῖον" ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
εὐρύν θ᾽ ὑψηλόν τε τιθήμεναι, οἵ κεν ἐμεῖο

ad

215

220

230

235

240

245

216 23. IAIAAOS ¥.

/
δεύτεροι ἐν νήεσσι πολυκλήϊσι λίπησθε."
A ; + .
Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽,. οἵ δ᾽ ἐπίθοντο ποδώκεϊ Πηλεΐωνι.
a x Ν “ἌΝ / » Μ
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ πυρκαϊὴν σβέσαν αἴθοπι οἴνῳ, 250
ὅσσον ἐπὶ φλὸξ ἦλθε, βαθεῖα δὲ κάππεσε τέφρη"
, aie / 3 la 5 / ΕΥ̓
κλαίοντες δ᾽ ἑτάροιο ἐνηέος ὀστέα λευκὰ
+ ἷ \
ἄλλεγον ἐς χρυσέην φιάλην καὶ δίπχακα δημόν,
ἐν κλισίῃσι δὲ θέντες ἑανῷ λιτὶ κάλυψαν"
τορνώσαντο δὲ σῆμα θεμείλιά τε προβάλοντο 255
> \ pate . Ore a "
ἀμφὶ πυρὴν᾽ εἶθαρ δὲ χυτὴν ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἔχευαν,
χεύαντες δὲ τὸ σῆμα πάλιν κίον. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
> a \ Ν ΡΥ τς 35 N of fal
αὐτοῦ λαὸν ἔρυκε καὶ ἵζανεν εὐρὺν ἀγῶνα,
νηῶν δ᾽ ἔκφερ᾽ ἄεθλα, λέβητάς τε τρίποδάς τε
ny 3
ἵππους θ᾽ ἡμιόνους τε βοῶν τ᾽ ἴφθιμα κάρηνα, 260
IO’ Lal 3... / 4, /
ἠδὲ γυναῖκας ἐὐζώνους πολιόν τε σίδηρον.
‘Inmedow μὲν πρῶτα ποδώκεσιν ἀγλά᾽ ἄεθλα
θῆκε γυναῖκα ἄγεσθαι ἀμύμονα ἔργα ἰδυῖαν
καὶ τρίποδ᾽ ὠτώεντα δυωκαιεικοσίμετρον,
τῷ πρώτῳ᾽ ἀτὰρ αὖ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἵππον ἔθηκεν 265
t ρ ι ρ ͵ pe ἢ a
᾽ vs
ἑξέτε᾽ ἀδμήτην, βρέφος ἡμίονον κυέουσαν"
> \ ΄ / Ν LQ nN /
αὐτὰρ τῷ τριτάτῳ ἄπυρον κατέθηκε λέβητα
id / / , mt ἂρ. Μ .
καλόν, τέσσαρα μέτρα κεχανδότα, λευκὸν ET αὕτως
na ‘ , los , : lal /
τῷ δὲ τετάρτῳ θῆκε δύω χρυσοῖο τάλαντα,
t ι
πέμπτῳ δ᾽ ἀμφίθετον φιάλην ἀπύρωτον ἔθηκε. 270
(oS ΡῚ Ν Ν a » 3 ,ὔ Ν π
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν
BA ee / ’
““᾿Ατρεΐδη τε Kal ἄλλοι ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί,
ἱππῆας Tad ἄεθλα δεδεγμένα Keir ἐν ἀγῶνι.
εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν ᾿Αχαιοί,
ἢ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα λαβὼν κλισίηνδε φεροίμην. 275
ΕΣ Ν “ 3 X 2 ry / e .
ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι
3 / / / » 3. “δῇ ’ ϑ'ν Ν
ἀθάνατοί τε yap εἰσι, ΠΠοσειδάων 6 ἔπορ αὑτοὺς
πατρὶ ἐμῷ Πηλῆϊ, ὁ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἐγγυάλιξεν.
55 9 Ret tm ἢ \ , 3
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ pevew Kal μώνυχες ἵπποι

23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

/ \
τοίου yap κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἀπώλεσαν ἡνιόχοιο,
ἠπίου, ὅς σφωϊν μάλα πολλάκις ὑγρὸν ἔλαιον
χαιτάων κατέχευε, λοέσσας ὕδατι λευκῷ.
τὸν τώ γ᾽ ἑσταότες πενθείετον, οὔδεϊ δέ σφι
χαῖται ἐρηρέδαται, τὼ δ᾽ ἕστατον ἀχνυμένω κῆρ.
ἄλλοι δὲ στέλλεσθε κατὰ στρατόν, ὅς τις ᾿Αχαιῶν
[ 7 , Ne a »”
ἵπποισίν Te πέποιθε Kal ἅρμασι κολλητοῖσιν.
a af 3 “-
‘Os φάτο Πηλεΐδης, ταχέες δ᾽ ἱππῆες ἄγερθεν.
> Ν a Ν x δ cal »
ὦρτο πολὺ πρῶτος μὲν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Εὔμηλος,
"Ad Ἄ iv nk A ε ᾽ bees .
μήτου φίλος υἱός, ὃς ἱἹπποσύνῃ ἐκέκαστο
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδης ὦρτο κρατερὸς Διομήδης,
ἵππους δὲ Τρωοὺς ὕπαγε ζυγόν, οὕς ποτ᾽ ἀπηύρα
Αἰνείαν, ἀτὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπεξεσάωσεν ᾿Απόλλων.
ιν, emer Se EE oh Lm A /
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ’ ᾿Ατρεΐδης ὦρτο ξανθὸς Μενέλαος
διογενής, ὑπὸ δὲ ὡγὸν ἤγαγεν ὠκέας ἵππους
ly ’
Αἴθην τὴν ᾿Αγαμεμνονέην τὸν édv τε [1ddapyou"
τὴν ᾿Αγαμέμνονι δῶκ᾽ ᾿Αγχισιάδης ᾿Εχέπωλος
δῶρ᾽, ἵνα μή οἱ ἕποιθ᾽ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν,
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ τέρποιτο μένων" μέγα γάρ οἱ ἔδωκε
Ἀν a rae > , Κα τς
Ζεὺς ἄφενος, ναῖεν δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐν εὐρυχόρῳ Σικυῶνι
Ν δὴν τ 3) ΜΕΝ ἃ N ? “ , > ,
τὴν ὅ γ᾽ ὑπὸ ὡγὸν ἦγε, μέγα δρόμου ἰσχανόωσαν.
᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ τέταρτος ἐΐτριχας ὡπλίσαθ᾽ ἵππους,
Νέστορος ἀγλαὸς υἱὸς ὑπερθύμοιο ἄνακτος,
τοῦ NnAniddao’ Πυλοιγενέες δέ οἱ ἵπποι
wey ! ef ᾿ N areal x
ὠκύποδες φέρον ἅρμα" πατὴρ δέ οἱ ἄγχι παραστὰς
rok Speer are) \ ,ὕ , et Tiel Cae
μυθεῖτ᾽ eis ἀγαθὰ φρονέων νοέοντι καὶ αὐτῷ
«᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, ἦ τοι μέν σε νέον περ ἐόντ᾽ ἐφίλησαν
Ζεύς τε Ποσειδάων τε, καὶ ἱπποσύνας ἐδίδαξαν
1k Poieey , , x ! pe
παντοίας" τῷ καί σε διδασκέμεν οὔ TL μάλα XpEw

217

280

285

290

205

300

a /
οἶσθα yap εὖ περὶ τέρμαθ᾽ ἑλισσέμεν" ἀλλά τοι ἵπποι

βάρδιστοι θείειν" τῷ τ᾽ οἴω λοίγι᾽ ἔσεσθαι.
n ᾽
τῶν δ᾽ ἵπποι μὲν ἔασιν ἀφάρτεροι, οὐδὲ μὲν αὐτοὶ

310

218 23. IATAAOS ¥.

, » 7 5 a ,
πλείονα ἴσασιν σέθεν αὐτοῦ μητίσασθαι.,
5 >” Ν ,ὕ ’ὔ nm 3 / “Ὁ
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ σύ, φίλος, μῆτιν ἐμβάλλεο θυμῷ
, Ψ , , >
παντοίην, ἵνα μή σε παρεκπροφύγησιν ἄεθλα.
, , |) / ON /
μήτι τοι SpuTopos μέγ᾽ ἀμείνων ἠὲ βίηφι: 215
’ " μὴ / SAS Μ ,
μήτι δ᾽ αὖτε κυβερνήτης ἐνὶ οἴνοπι πόντῳ
a Xo 5.5.) 5 ! ον ᾿
νῆα θοὴν ἰθύνει ἐρεχθομένην ἀνέμοισι
μήτι δ᾽ ἡνίοχος περιγίγνεται ἡνιόχοιο.
b) >A / 3. \ ed Ν
ἀλλ᾽ ὃς μέν θ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ ἅρμασιν οἷσι πεποιθὼς
ἀφραδέως ἐπὶ πολλὸν ἑλίσσεται ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, 320
ῳ x , SN , ION , Β
ἵπποι δὲ πλανόωνται ἀνὰ δρόμον, οὐδὲ κατίσχει
ἃ , / IN 9 , Wa «
ὃς δέ κε κέρδεα εἰδῇ ἐλαύνων ἥσσονας ἵππους,
αἰεὶ τέρμ᾽ ὁρόων στρέφει ἐγγύθεν, οὐδέ ἑ λήθει
ὅππως τὸ πρῶτον τανύσῃ βοέοισιν ἱμᾶσιν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχει ἀσφαλέως καὶ τὸν προὔχοντα δοκεύει. 328
σῆμα δέ τοι ἐρέω μάλ᾽ ἀριφραδές, οὐδέ σε λήσει.
4 ’ὔ i “ , 7 - 1. \ Μ
ἕστηκε ξύλον αὖον ὅσον τ᾽ ὄργυι᾽ ὑπὲρ αἴης,
δ Se τῆς , 5 ΨΥ τς > ΄ »
ἢ δρυὸς ἢ πεύκης" τὸ μὲν οὐ καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ,
Ade δὲ τοῦ ἑκάτερθεν ἐρηρέδαται δύο λευκὼ
5 a ς a cal a). 2 , 5 ΕΞ
ἐν ξυνοχῆσιν ὁδοῦ, λεῖος δ᾽ ἱππόδρομος ἀμφίς 330
ἤ τευ σῆμα βροτοῖο πάλαι κατατεθνηῶτος,
Ων \
ἢ τό ye νύσσα τέτυκτο ἐπὶ προτέρων ἀνθρώπων,
καὶ νῦν τέρματ᾽ ἔθηκε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
τῷ σὺ μάλ᾽ ἐγχρίμψας ἐλάαν σχεδὸν ἅρμα καὶ ἵππους
ἢ σὺ μάλ᾽ ἐγχρίμ χεδὸν ἅρμ πους,
- ee}. Ν cps 9... / San /
αὐτὸς δὲ κλινθῆναι EVTAEKTH ἐνὶ δίφρῳ 335
Ὁ. eae JOS Ν Ace ag ἘΝ . Ney
kK ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ τοῖιν᾽ ἀτὰρ τὸν δεξιὸν ἵππον
7 ε / > / / ene /, /
κένσαι ὁμοκλήσας, εἶξαί τέ of ἡνία χερσίν.
ἐν νύσσῃ δέ τοι ἵππος ἀριστερὸς ἐγχριμφθήτω
ῃ ἵππος ἀριστερὸς ἐγχριμφθήτω,
ε by , / # ε /
ὡς ἄν τοι πλήμνη ye δοάσσεται ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι
κύκλου ποιητοῖο' λίθου δ᾽ ἀλέασθαι ἐπαυρεῖν, 340
΄ ψ , ’ > ef 7 "
μή πως ἵππους τε τρώσῃς κατά θ᾽ ἅρματα ἄξῃς
χάρμα δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοισιν, ἐλεγχείη δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ
ἔσσεται ἀλλά, φίλος, φρονέων πεφυλαγμένος εἶναι.

;

ΨΥ ΨΥ Ὁ σὰ ΚΦ Ὶ

23. IATAAOS Ψ.

, ,
εἰ γάρ κ᾽ ἐν νύσσῃ ye παρεξελάσῃσθα διώκων,
οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅς κέ σ᾽ ἕλῃσι μετάλμενος οὐδὲ παρέλθῃ,
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν μετόπισθεν ᾿Αρίονα δῖον ἐλαύνοι,
᾿Αδρήστου ταχὺν ἵππον, ὃς ἐκ θεόφιν γένος ἦεν,
x ἃ
ἢ τοὺς Λαομέδοντος, οἱ ἐνθάδε γ᾽ ἔτραφεν ἐσθλοί."
δῷς εἰπὼν Νέστωρ Νηλήϊος ἂψ ἐνὶ χώρῃ
e 2 3 Ve nN 5 ey , Ἄν 2
ἕξετ᾽, ἐπεὶ ᾧ παιδὶ ἑκάστου πείρατ᾽ ἔειπε.

210

345

350

Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἄρα πέμπτος ἐὔτριχας ὡπλίσαθ᾽ ἵππους.

ἂν δ᾽ ἔβαν ἐς δίφρους, ἐν δὲ κλήρους ἐβάλοντο"
πάλλ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς, ἐκ δὲ κλῆρος θόρε Νεστορίδαο
᾿Αντιλόχου" μετὰ τὸν δ᾽ ἔλαχε κρείων Εὔμηλος"
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ’ ᾿Ατρεΐδης, δουρικλειτὸς Μενέλαος,
AD Wie Ns , 72.5009 ! Eee >
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Μηριόνης Aax ἐλαυνέμεν᾽ ὕστατος avTE
Τυδεΐδης ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος ἐὼν λάχ᾽ ἐλαυνέμεν ἵππους.
στὰν δὲ μεταστοιχί, σήμηνε δὲ τέρματ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
τηλόθεν ἐν λείῳ πεδίῳ' παρὰ δὲ σκοπὸν εἷσεν
5 7 7, > , x eon
ἀντίθεον Φοίνικα, ὀπάονα πατρὸς €0LO,
« , ’ aes ’ >) ,ὔ
ὡς μεμνέῳτο δρόμους καὶ ἀληθείην ἀποείποι.
Οἱ δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἐφ᾽ ἵπποιιν μάστιγας ἄειραν,
/ , ἄπ eer nS π , / 379 /
πέπληγόν θ᾽ ἱμᾶσιν, ὁμόκλησάν τ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν
ἐσσυμένως" οἱ δ᾽ ὦκα διέπρησσον πεδίοιο
, lal / ~ e x Ν / ὔ
νόσφι νεῶν ταχέως" ὑπὸ δὲ στέρνοισι KOvin
ἵστατ᾽ ἀειρομένη ὥς τε νέφος ἠὲ θύελλα,
χαῖται δ᾽ ἐρρώοντο μετὰ πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο.

ἅρματα δ᾽ ἄλλοτε μὲν χθονὶ πίλνατο πουλυβοτείρῃ,

> 2 Lal
ἄλλοτε δ᾽ ἀΐξασκε μετήορα᾽ τοὶ δ᾽ ἐλατῆρες
ef 5 i? / Ν Ν ΓΕ,
ἕστασαν ἐν δίφροισι, πάτασσε δὲ θυμὸς ἑκάστου

, € / Cc / Ν ° e

νίκης ἱεμένων" κέκλοντο δὲ οἷσιν ἕκαστος
roa ce 2) 5: / / /
ἵπποις, of δ᾽ ἐπέτοντο κονίοντες πεδίοιο.

᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πύματον τέλεον δρόμον ὠκέες ἵπποι

ἂψ ἐφ᾽ ἁλὸς πολιῆς, τότε δὴ ἀρετή γε ἑκάστου

φαίνετ᾽, ἄφαρ δ᾽ ἵπποισι τάθη δρόμος" ὦκα δ᾽ ἔπειτα

360

37°

ΘΟ
“τ
wr

220 23. IAIAAOS ¥.

ai Φηρητιάδαο ποδώκεες ἔκφερον ἵπποι.
τὰς δὲ μετ᾽ ἐξέφερον Διομήδεος ἄρσενες ἵπποι,
Τρώϊοι, οὐδέ τι πολλὸν ἄνευθ᾽ ἔσαν, ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐγγύς"
A
αἰεὶ yap δίφρου ἐπιβησομένοισιν ἐΐκτην,
“ 3 > / / 3 / ed
πνοιῇ δ΄ Ἑὐμήλοιο μετάφρενον εὐρέε T ὥμω 280
θέρμετ᾽" ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γὰρ κεφαλὰς καταθέντε πετέσθην.
/ , x / ϑ. ΔΎ, μλ x
καί νύ κεν 7) παρέλασσ᾽ ἢ ἀμφήριστον ἔθηκεν,
εἰ μὴ Τυδέος vit κοτέσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων,
ὅς ῥά οἱ ἐκ χειρῶν ἔβαλεν μάστιγα φαεινήν.
τοῖο δ᾽ am ὀφθαλμῶν χύτο δάκρυα χωομένοιο; 385
CA Ν Ν “ oy ‘ AN ἘΝ. + ESCA
οὕνεκα τὰς μὲν Opa ETL καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἰούσας,
οἱ δέ οἱ ἐβλάφθησαν ἄνευ κέντροιο θέοντες.
οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἐλεφηράμενος λάθ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων
Τυδεΐδην, μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα μετέσσυτο ποιμένα λαῶν,
n > a
δῶκε δέ οἱ μάστιγα, μένος δ᾽ ἵπποισιν ἐνῆκεν" 390
ἡ δὲ per ᾿Αδμήτου υἱὸν κοτέουσ᾽ ἐβεβήκει,
ἵππειον δέ οἱ ἦξε θεὰ ζυγόν" αἱ δέ οἱ ἵπποι
ἀμφὶς ὁδοῦ δραμέτην, ῥυμὸς δ᾽ ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἐλύσθη.
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο παρὰ τροχὸν ἐξεκυλίσθη,
ἀγκῶνάς τε περιδρύφθη στόμα τε ῥῖνάς τε, 395
θρυλίχθη δὲ μέτωπον ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι" τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε
δακρυόφι πλῆσθεν, θαλερὴ δέ οἱ ἔσχετο φωνή.
Τυδεΐδης δὲ παρατρέψας ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους,
πολλὸν τῶν ἄλλων ἐξάλμενος" ἐν γὰρ ᾽Δθήνη
CA e / jee) 5 a nan Ν
ἵπποις ἧκε μένος καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κῦδος ἔθηκε. 400
“ να See ee) a i) \ /
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης εἶχε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἵπποισιν ἐκέκλετο πατρὸς ἑοῖο"
“ ἔμβητον καὶ σφῶϊ' τιταίνετον ὅττι τάχιστα.
ky Ν 7 3, / » -
ἦ TOL μὲν κείνοισιν ἐριζέμεν ov TL κελεύω,
Τυδείδεω ἵπποισι δαΐφρονος, οἷσιν ᾿Αθήνη 405
cal Ν ! es ΩΝ, ᾽ a“ an Ν e
νῦν ὥρεξε τάχος καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κῦδος ἔθηκεν
ἵππους δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδαο κιχάνετε, μηδὲ λίπησθον,

23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

’, Ν Roe 5 Ng /
καρπαλίμως, μὴ σφῶϊν ἐλεγχείην καταχεύῃ
Αἴθη θῆλυς ἐοῦσα τίη λείπεσθε, φέριστοι;
Ὄ en , Nees. , ν Ξ
ὧδε γὰρ ἐξερέω, καὶ μὴν τετελεσμένον ἔσται
ἢ ee τ Ἂς / / lol
οὐ σφῶϊν κομιδὴ Tapa Νέστορι ποιμένι λαῶν
ἔσσεται, αὐτίκα δ᾽ ὕ ἴ ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ
: μμε κατακτενεῖ ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
αἴ κ᾿’ ἀποκηδήσαντε φερώμεθα χεῖρον ἄεθλον.
5 δ...» ta) Ν f [φ [ 9
ἀλλ΄ ἐφομαρτεῖτον καὶ σπεύδετον ὅττι τάχιστα
ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐγὼν αὐτὸς τεχνήσομαι ἠδὲ νοήσω,
στεινωπῷ ἐν ὁδῷ παραδύμεναι, οὐδέ με λήσει."
τ t ρ μ ᾽ μ 7) +
‘Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ 5€ ἄνακτος ὑποδείσαντες ὁμοκλὴν
μᾶλλον ἐπιδραμέτην ὀλίγον χρόνον" αἷψα δ᾽ ἔπειτα
a ε a , » 3 , Ρ
στεῖνος ὁδοῦ κοίλης ἴδεν ᾿Αντίλοχος μενεχάρμης.
« Xx yw / e / “3, τον “
ῥωχμὸς ἔην γαίης, ἣ χειμέριον ἀλὲν ὕδωρ
ἐξέρρηξεν ὁδοῖο, βάθυνε δὲ χῶρον ἅπαντα"
τῇ ῥ᾽ εἶχεν Μενέλαος ἁματροχιὰς ἀλεείνων
ἢ ῥ᾽ εἶχ s ἁματροχιὰς ἀλεείνων.
9 / ΩΝ / ν , ce
Avtidoxos δὲ παρατρέψας ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους
Ψ Ν ξ “ Ny. Ἂς / 357
ἐκτὸς ὁδοῦ, ὀλίγον δὲ TapaKAlvas ἐδίωκεν.
3 oh Ἂν οὐ Wit) , 5 , 5
Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ ἔδεισε καὶ ᾿Αντιλόχῳ ἐγεγώνει
“> Apridox’, ἀφραδέως ἱππάζεαι: ἀλλ᾽ ἄνεχ᾽ ἵππους"
στεινωπὸς γὰρ ὁδός, τάχα δ᾽ εὐρυτέρῃ παρελάσσεις"
4 >) / / e ’ὔ 3.9
μή πως ἀμφοτέρους δηλήσεαι ἅρματι κύρσας.

221

410

420

425

“Os par’, ᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἔλαυνε

κέντρῳ ἐπισπέρχων, ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς.

4 , a 7 ,

ὅσσα δὲ δίσκου οὖρα κατωμαδίοιο πέλονται,

“ 3 3 Ν ° “ 92 aN , er

ὅν τ᾽ αἰζηὸς ἀφῆκεν ἀνὴρ πειρώμενος ἥβης,
τόσσον ἐπιδραμέτην" αἱ δ᾽ ἠρώησαν ὀπίσσω

3 oh = “ὦ Ν rae AS , > ,
Ατρεΐδεω" αὐτὸς yap ἑκὼν μεθέηκεν ἐλαύνειν,
μή πως συγκύρσειαν δδῷ ἔνι μώνυχες ἵπποι;
δίφρους τ᾽ ἀνστρέψειαν ἐὐπλεκέας, κατὰ δ᾽ αὐτοὶ
ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ἐπειγόμενοι περὶ νίκης.

τὸν καὶ νεικείων προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος"
“᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, οὔ τις σεῖο βροτῶν ὀλοώτερος ἄλλος"

430

435

222 23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

x ’ 3 \ x ele J , , a 3 ΄,
ἔρρ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὔ σ᾽ ἔτυμόν γε φάμεν πεπνῦσθαι ᾿Αχαιοί. 440

ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὰν οὐδ᾽ ds ἄτερ ὅρκου οἴσῃ ἄεθλον."
“Os εἰπὼν ἵπποισιν ἐκέκλετο φώνησέν TE
“μή μοι ἐρύκεσθον pnd ἕστατον ἀχνυμένω κῆρ.
φθήσονται τούτοισι πόδες καὶ γοῦνα καμόντα
πιο ΔῊ ΦλΝ Ν, Cy A , ”
ἢ ὑμῖν ἄμφω yap ἀτέμβονται νεότητος.
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δὲ ἄνακτος ὑποδείσαντες ὁμοκλὴν
lad 5 / “ / 5 /
μᾶλλον ἐπιδραμέτην, Taxa δὲ σφισιν ἄγχι γένοντο.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι καθήμενοι εἰσορόωντο
ἵππους" τοὶ δὲ πέτοντο κονίοντες πεδίοιο.

πρῶτος δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς Κρητῶν ἀγὸς ἐφράσαθ᾽ ἵππους"

ἧστο γὰρ ἐκτὸς ἀγῶνος ὑπέρτατος ἐν περιωπῇ"

“ > oo Sf € “ 5» ΄
τοῖο δ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἐόντος ὁμοκλητῆρος ἀκοῦσας
ἔγνω, φράσσατο δ᾽ ἵππον ἀριπρεπέα προὔχοντα,
A ‘\ Ν 7 ’ tal > 3 Ἂς /
Os TO μὲν ἄλλο τόσον φοῖνιξ ἦν, ἐν δὲ μετώπῳ

Ν Le / «ἃ /
λευκὸν σῆμ᾽ ἐτέτυκτο περίτροχον ἠῦτε μήνη.

lal 2 na

στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς Kat μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν"
“@® φίλοι, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες,

οἷος ἐγὼν ἵππους αὐγάζομαι TE καὶ ὑμεῖς ;

"ἡ / 7 oy ¢

ἄλλοι μοι δοκέουσι παροίτεροι ἔμμεναι ἵπποι,
ἄλλος δ᾽ ἡνίοχος ἰνδάλλεται' αἱ δέ που αὐτοῦ
ἔβλαβεν ἐν πεδίῳ, al κεῖσέ γε φέρτεραι ἦσαν"

te Ὡς Ss a » \ / Pr

ἢ TOL yap Tas πρῶτα ἴδον περὶ τέρμα Badovoas,
νῦν δ᾽ οὔ πη δύναμαι ἰδέειν,---πάντῃ δέ μοι ὄσσε

Hf] μ ἢ ἤθὲεμ

Τρωϊκὸν ἂμ πεδίον παπταίνετον εἰσορόωντι"

ὟΝ Ν € 7 / € i; ONE) 5 /

ne τὸν ἡνίοχον φύγον ἡνία, οὐδ᾽ ἐδυνάσθη

a ! ei Vent ea ὁ 5. 3.0, ey / z
εὖ σχεθέειν περὶ τέρμα, Kal οὐκ ἐτύχησεν ἑλίξας
yy 3 / 5., / 3. er, Loy

ἔνθα μιν ἐκπεσέειν ὀΐω σύν θ᾽ ἅρματα agar,

3
αἱ δ᾽ ἐξηρώησαν, ἐπεὶ μένος ἔλλαβε θυμόν.

Ν 4
ἀλλὰ ἴδεσθε καὶ ὕμμες CvacTaddv’ ov yap ἐγώ γε
εὖ διαγιγνώσκω" δοκέει δέ μοι ἔμμεναι ἀνὴρ

x / ,
Αἰτωλὸς γενεήν, μετὰ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀνάσσει,

448

450

455

460

465

470

23. IAIAAOS ¥.

,ὔ , /

Τυδέος ἱπποδάμου vids, κρατερὸς Avoundns.”

Τὸν δ᾽ αἰσχρῶς ἐνένιπεν ᾿Οἱλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας"

, na
«ΟἸδομενεῦ, τί πάρος AaBpeveat ; al δέ τ᾽ ἄνευθεν
“ 3 / / / /
ἵπποι ἀερσίποδες πολέος πεδίοιο δίενται.
οὔτε νεώτατός ἐσσι μετ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι τοσοῦτον,
οὔτε τοι ὀξύτατον κεφαλῆς ἐκ δέρκεται ὄσσε"
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ μύθοις λαβρεύεαι" οὐδέ τί σε χρὴ
λαβραγόρην ἔμεναι᾽ πάρα γὰρ καὶ ἀμείνονες ἄλλοι.
ἵπποι δ᾽ αὐταὶ ἔασι παροΐτεραι, al τὸ πάρος περ,

/

Εὐμήλου, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔχων εὔληρα βέβηκε.

Τὸν δὲ χολωσάμενος Κρητῶν ἀγὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα"
“ Alay, νεῖκος ἄριστε, κακοφραδές, ἄλλα τε πάντα
δεύεαι ᾿Αργείων, ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής.

fal , “Ὁ.
δεῦρό νυν, ἢ τρίποδος περιδώμεθον ἠὲ λέβητος,

3 εἰς

ἴστορα δ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδην ᾿Αγαμέμνονα θείομεν ἄμφω,
ς ’ ’ > of ¢ ’ 5 , 27
ὁππότεραι πρόσθ᾽ ἵπποι, ἵνα γνώῃς ἀποτίνων.

SOs ἔφατ᾽, Spvuto δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Οἱλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας

, al b) , bp] / Ὁ

χωόμενος χαλεποῖσιν ἀμείψασθαι ἐπέεσσι

, / Ἂν / ἃν: ἃ." ἢ ’ ΔΎ ΤΣ /
καί νύ κε δὴ προτέρω ἔτ᾽ Epis γένετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν,
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς αὐτὸς ἀνίστατο καὶ φάτο μῦθον"
ςς , ay a »} / 5 /

μηκέτι νῦν χαλεποῖσιν ἀμείβεσθον ἐπέεσσιν,
Αἷαν ᾿Ιδομενεῦ τε, κακοῖς, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔοικε.

3 Ὁ a

καὶ δ᾽ ἄλλῳ νεμεσᾶτον, ὅτις τοιαῦτά ye ῥέζοι.
> See tal 3 εἰ lal / > /
GAN ὑμεῖς ἐν ἀγῶνι καθήμενοι εἰσοράασθε
ῳ 5 ε gk (fe) 0} Ὁ αν 85 , Wa
ἵππους" οἱ δὲ τάχ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἐπειγόμενοι περὶ νίκης
ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐλεύσονται" τότε δὲ γνώσεσθε ἕκαστος
e 3 7 ἃ / a / »”
ἵππους ᾿Αργείων, ot δεύτεροι οἵ τε πάροιθεν.

“Qs φάτο, Τυδεΐδης δὲ μάλα σχεδὸν ἦλθε διώκων,

μάστι δ᾽ αἰὲν ἔλαυνε κατωμαδόν" οἱ δέ οἱ ἵπποι
3

ὑψόσ᾽ ἀειρέσθην ῥίμφα πρήσσοντε κέλευθον.

αἰεὶ δ᾽ ἡνίοχον κονίης ῥαθάμιγγες ἔβαλλον,

« Ν in) / /

ἅρματα δὲ χρυσῷ πεπυκασμένα κασσιτέρῳ TE

475

480

485

490

495

500

224. 23. ἸΛΙΆΔΟΣ Ψ.

iA ’ / 5 , ᾽ , ΄
ἵπποις ὠκυπόδεσσιν ETETPEXOV" οὐδέ τι πολλὴ
γίγνετ᾽ ἐπισσώτρων ἁρματροχιὴ κατόπισθεν

> a ΠΑ͂Ν LS \ ΄ ,

ἐν λεπτῇ κονίῃ" τὼ δὲ σπεύδοντε πετέσθην.

a Ν / »] 2) “ \ rhe) / c Ν
στῆ O€ μέσῳ ἐν ἀγῶνι, πολὺς δ᾽ ἀνεκήκιεν ἱδρὼς
ef Ν , AS A / °
ἵππων ἐκ TE λόφων καὶ ἀπὸ στέρνοιο χαμᾶζε.

aN, ον / Ἂς , ,
αὐτὸς 0 ἐκ δίφροιο χαμαὶ θόρε παμφανόωντος,

. » ἡ t \ ate LING /
κλῖνε δ᾽ ἄρα μάστιγα ποτὶ ζυγόν' οὐδὲ μάτησεν
ἴφθιμος Σθένελος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσσυμένως Aa’ ἄεθλον,
δῶκε δ᾽ ἄγειν ἑτάροισιν ὑπερθύμοισι γυναῖκα

καὶ τρίποδ᾽ ὠτώεντα φέρειν" ὁ δ᾽ ἔλυεν ὑφ᾽ ἵππους.
Τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος Νηλήϊος ἤλασεν ἵππους,
κέρδεσιν, οὔ τι τάχει γε, παραφθάμενος Μενέλαον"

ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς Μενέλαος ἔχ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ὠκέας ἵππους.

“ Ν a ¢ 5 / [τ cr rw. f
ὅσσον δὲ τροχοῦ ἵππος ἀφίσταται, ὅς ῥά τ’ ἄνακτα

ἕλκῃσιν πεδίοιο τιταινόμενος σὺν ὄχεσφι"
ἢ μ Χ
a /
τοῦ μέν TE Yravovow ἐπισσώτρου τρίχες ἄκραι
ΘΝ al co ΜΈΣ ΚΤ» ον, ! awd δ
οὐραΐῖαι" ὃ δὲ T ἄγχι μάλα τρέχει, οὐδέ τι πολλὴ
χώρη μεσσηγύς, πολέος πεδίοιο θέοντος"
τόσσον δὴ Μενέλαος ἀμύμονος ᾿Αντιλόχοιο
, Den ΣῊΝ \ 4 Δ 5 , ,
λείπετ᾽" ἀτὰρ τὰ πρῶτα καὶ ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο,
ἀλλά μιν αἶψα kixavev’ ὀφέλλετο γὰρ μένος HU
ἵππου τῆς ᾿Αγαμεμνονέης, καλλίτριχος Αἴθης"
, 3, SY 7 , , 5 /
εἰ δέ K ETL προτέρω γένετο δρόμος ἀμφοτέροισι,
τῷ κέν ἔλασσ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἀμφή ἔθηκεν
ἥ μιν παρέλασσ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἀμφήριστον ἔθηκεν.
> eS , oi. 3 “Ὁ
αὐτὰρ Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἐὺς ᾿Ιδομενῆος;
λείπετ᾽ ἀγακλῆος Μενελάου δουρὸς ἐρωήν"
βάρδιστοι μὲν γάρ οἱ ἔσαν καλλίτριχες ἵπποι,
+ 2. Φ pee 3 / ed fae 3 5 a
ἥκιστος δ᾽ ἣν αὐτὸς ἐλαυνέμεν ἅρμ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι.
υἱὸς δ᾽ ᾿Αδμήτοιο πανύστατος ἤλυθεν ἄλλων,
ἕλκων ἅρματα καλά, ἐλαύνων πρόσσοθεν ἵππους.
τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ὠκτειρε ποδάρκης dios ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
Ν 2 9) 3 ’ , 7 I 3.5. , =
στὰς ὃ ap ἐν Αργείοις ἔπεα πτερόεντ ἀγόρευε

5°5

510

520

525

53°

23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

“λοῖσθος ἀνὴρ ὥριστος ἐλαύνει μώνυχας ἵππους"

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δή οἱ δῶμεν ἀέθλιον, ὡς ἐπιεικές,

δεύτερ᾽" ἀτὰρ τὰ πρῶτα φερέσθω Τυδέος vids.”
‘Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἐπήνεον ὡς ἐκέλευε.
,ὔ , te Le , ¢ b] / SS 3 ,

καί νύ κέ οἱ πόρεν ἵππον, ἐπήνησαν γὰρ ᾿Αχαιοί,

εἰ μὴ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱὸς

Πηλεΐδην ᾿Αχιλῆα δίκῃ ἠμείψατ᾽ ἀναστάς"

> a /
“@ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, μάλα τοι κεχολώσομαι, αἴ κε τελέσσῃς

τοῦτο ἔπος" μέλλεις γὰρ ἀφαιρήσεσθαι ἄεθλον,
τὰ φρονέων ὅτι οἱ βλάβεν ἅρματα καὶ ταχέ ἵππω
αὐτός T ἐσθλὸς ἐών" ἀλλ᾽ ὦφελεν ἀθανάτοισιν
Μ a ’ ΝΜ 7 3 le
εὔχεσθαι: τῷ κ᾽ οὔ TL πανύστατος ἦλθε διώκων.
εἰ δέ μιν οἰκτείρεις καί τοι φίλος ἔπλετο θυμῷ,
ἔστι τοι ἐν κλισίῃ χρυσὸς πολύς, ἔστι δὲ χαλκὸς
καὶ πρόβατ᾽, εἰσὶ δέ τοι ὃμωαὶ καὶ μώνυχες ἵπποι"
τῶν οἱ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνελὼν δόμεναι καὶ μεῖζον ἄεθλον,
ON Ν hae a 3 a Sided ’ ἐν
ἠὲ καὶ αὐτίκα νῦν, ἵνα σ᾽ αἰνήσωσιν ᾿Αχαιοί.
. ΟΥ fal ,
τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ δώσω" περὶ δ᾽ αὐτῆς πειρηθήτω
a ”
ἀνδρῶν ὅς κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσιν ἐμοὶ χείρεσσι μάχεσθαι.
ἃ / vad 3 Ν
Ως φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
χαίρων ᾿Αντιλόχῳ, ὅτι οἱ φίλος ἦεν ἑταῖρος"
καί μιν ἀμειβόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“«᾽Αντίλοχ᾽, εἰ μὲν δή με κελεύεις οἴκοθεν ἄλλο
Εὐμήλῳ ἐπιδοῦναι, ἐγὼ δέ κε καὶ τὸ τελέσσω.
ral td
δώσω of θώρηκα, τὸν ᾿Αστεροπαῖον ἀπηύρων,
Ι e / a a ’
χάλκεον, ᾧ πέρι χεῦμα φαεινοῦ κασσιτέροιο
3»)
ἀμφιδεδίνηται" πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται.
Ἦ pa, καὶ Αὐτομέδοντι φίλῳ ἐκέλευσεν ἑταίρῳ
ΤΕΥ , PR ne Pe: AL eles
οἰσέμεναι κλισίηθεν" 6 δ᾽ ᾧχετο καί ot ἔνεικεν,
" , ,
Εὐμήλῳ δ᾽ ἐν χερσὶ rider ὁ δὲ δέξατο χαίρων.
Τοῖσι δὲ καὶ Μενέλαος ἀνίστατο θυμὸν ἀχεύων,
ὑπο τ τς > =
᾿Αντιλόχῳ ἄμοτον κεχολωμένος" ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα κῆρυξ
VOL. II. Q

225

540

545

599

560

226 23. ἸΛΙΆΔΟΣ ¥,

« ” " Lal "4 ΡΟΝ eed
χειρὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκε, σιωπῆσαί τ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν
᾿Αργείους" ὁ δ᾽ ἔπειτα μετηύδα ἰσόθεος φώς"
““᾽Αντίλοχε, πρόσθεν πεπνυμένε, ποῖον ἔρεξας. 570
ἤσχυνας μὲν ἐμὴν ἀρετήν, βλάψας δέ ἵ
OX. μὲν ἐμὴν ἀρετήν, ς δέ μοι ἵππους,
Ν Ν , , 7 Ν / 3
τοὺς σοὺς πρόσθε βαλών, οἵ τοι πολὺ χείρονες ἦσαν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγετ᾽, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες,
2 / 5 / / ne) 9, hed
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέροισι δικάσσατε, μηδ᾽ ET ἀρωγῇ,
μή ποτέ τις εἴπησιν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων" 575
“Avridoxov ψεύδεσσι βιησάμενος Μενέλαος
" ee " “ ε \ , >
οἴχεται ἵππον ἄγων, ὅτι οἱ πολὺ χείρονες ἦσαν
ἵπποι, αὐτὸς δὲ κρείσσων ἀρετῇ f ;
) ὃς δὲ κρείσσων ἀρετῇ τε Bin τε.
τὶ ΒΡ τ ταις + SiN / / 3 »
εἰ 6 ay ἐγὼν αὑτὸς δικάσω, Kal μ᾽ οὔ τινὰ φημι
ἄλλον ἐπιπλήξειν Δαναῶν" ἰθεῖα γὰρ ἔσται. 580
3 " a a
Αντίλοχ᾽, εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, διοτρεφές, ἣ θέμις ἐστί,
Ν e / Nivel eT ε /
στὰς ἵππων προπάροιθε καὶ ἅρματος, αὐτὰρ ἱμάσθλην
Ν ΝΜ ε / τ X\ / +
χερσὶν ἔχε ῥαδινήν, ἣ περ TO πρόσθεν ἔλαυνες,
ἵππων ἁψάμενος γαιήοχον ἐννοσίγαιον
» Ν Ν CaS Aces Ν ’, el n ν᾿ 39)
ὄμνυθι μὴ μὲν ἑκὼν τὸ ἐμὸν δόλῳ ἅρμα πεδῆσαι. 585
Tov δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα"
“ ἄνσχεο vov' πολλὸν γὰρ ἐγώ γε νεώτερός εἰμι
σεῖο, ἄναξ Μενέλαε, σὺ δὲ πρότερος καὶ ἀρείων.
οἷσθ᾽ οἷαι νέου ἀνδρὸς ὑπερβασίαι τελέθουσι:
κραιπνότερος μὲν γάρ τε νόος, λεπτὴ δέ τε μῆτις. £99
lal 5 / D5 ee, / 8. τας
τῷ τοι ἐπιτλήτω κραδίη" ἵππον δέ τοι αὐτὸς
δώσω, τὴν ἀρόμην. εἰ καί νύ κεν οἴκοθεν ἄλλο
c 3 / + / > /, nN
μεῖζον ἐπαιτήσειας, ἄφαρ κέ τοι αὐτίκα δοῦναι
,ὔ x / a, + /
βουλοίμην ἢ cot ye, διοτρεφές, ἤματα πᾶντα
> an i ‘ 7ὔ Φ 5 739
ἐκ θυμοῦ πεσέειν καὶ δαίμοσιν εἶναι ἀλιτρός. 505
Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ἵππον ἄγων μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱὸς
ἐν χείρεσσι τίθει Μενελάου" τοῖο δὲ θυμὸς
ΜΕ c » \ 4 “7
ἰάνθη ὡς εἴ τε περὶ σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση
ληΐου ἀλδήσκοντος, ὅτε φρίσσουσιν ἄρουραι"

23. IAIAAOS ¥.

ὡς ἄρα σοί, Μενέλαε, μετὰ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἰάνθη.
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
«᾽ἼΑντίλοχε, νῦν μέν τοι ἐγὼν ὑποείξομαι αὐτὸς
᾽ μ
, 5» \ Μ / bY Tae | ys
χωόμενος, ἐπεὶ οὔ TL παρήορος οὐδ᾽ ἀεσίφρων
ἦσθα πάρος" νῦν αὖτε νόον νίκησε νεοίη.
δεύτερον αὖτ᾽ ἀλέασθαι ἀμείνονας ἠπεροπεύειν.
sult? , peop se “εν , 3 Pe
ov γάρ κέν με τάχ᾽ ἄλλος ἀνὴρ παρέπεισεν ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἀλλὰ σὺ γὰρ δὴ πόλλ᾽ ἔπαθες καὶ πόλλ᾽ ἐμόγησας,
, XN 5 Ν N79 \ Ὁ 3.9 a ea
σός τε πατὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ ἀδελφεὸς εἵνεκ᾽ ἐμεῖο
Lad / 5 ᾽ὔ IO ef
TO τοι λισσομένῳ ἐπιπείσομαι, ἠδὲ Kal ἵππον
δώσω ἐμήν περ ἐοῦσαν, ἵνα γνώωσι καὶ οἵδε
«ς 3 BY + ἧς id / ee / 39
ὡς ἐμὸς οὔ ποτε θυμὸς ὑπερφίαλος καὶ ἀπηνής.
Ἦ ῥα, καὶ ᾿Αντιλόχοιο Νοήμονι δῶκεν ἑταίρῳ
ἵππον ἄγειν" ὁ δ᾽ ἔπειτα λέβηθ᾽ ἕλε παμφανόωντα.
, tear bere ἫΝ val /
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἀνάειρε δύω χρυσοῖο τάλαντα
>
τέτρατος, ws ἔλασεν. πέμπτον δ᾽ ὑπελείπετ᾽ ἄεθλον,
ἀμφίθετος φιάλη" τὴν Νέστορι δῶκεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
> , fae See ees 7 Loo pee
Apyetwy av’ ἀγῶνα φέρων, καὶ ἔειπε παραστάς
“τῇ νῦν, καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο, γέρον, κειμήλιον ἔστω,
Πατρόκλοιο τάφου μνῆμ᾽ ἔμμεναι" οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ αὐτὸν
ὄψῃ ἐν ᾿Αργείοισι: δίδωμι δέ τοὶ τόδ᾽ ἄεθλον
Py mah Ἐς , , PENN
αὔτως" οὐ yap TUE ye μαχήσεαι, οὐδὲ Tadaicets,
)
οὐδέ τ᾽ ἀκοντιστὺν ἐσδύσεαι, οὐδὲ πόδεσσι
, oe, Ν A era δ΄ 6» »
θεύσεαι" ἤδη yap χαλεπὸν κατὰ γῆρας ἐπείγει.
“Os εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ τίθει: ὁ δ᾽ ἐδέξατο χαίρων,
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα᾽
“yal δὴ ταῦτά γε πάντα, τέκος, κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες"
οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ ἔμπεδα γυῖα, φίλος, πόδες, οὐδέ τι χεῖρες
Ν 5 / 5 ΜΙ 5 7,
ὦμων ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἐπαΐσσονται ἐλαφραί.
εἴθ᾽ Ss ἡβώοιμι βίη τέ μοι ἔμπεδος εἴη
ε c , / rae / / 3 \
ὡς ὁπότε Kpetovt ᾿Αμαρυγκέα θάπτον ᾿Επειοὶ
Βουπρασίῳ, παῖδες δ᾽ ἔθεσαν βασιλῆος ἄεθλα"
Q 2

227

600

610

615

620

625

630

2.28 23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

4 3 x / < Lal » σε Ἃ / ’ = Ae I LA | an
ἔνθ᾽ οὔ τίς μοι ὁμοῖος ἀνὴρ yeveT, οὔτ΄ ap ᾿Επειῶν
οὔτ᾽ αὐτῶν Πυλίων οὔτ᾽ Αἰτωλῶν μεγαθύμων.
πὺξ μὲν ἐνίκησα Κλυτομήδεα, "Hvomos υἱόν,
᾿Αγκαῖον δὲ πάλῃ Πλευρώνιον, ὅς μοι ἀνέστη" 635
Ἴφικλον δὲ πόδεσσι παρέδραμον ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα,
δουρὶ δ᾽ ὑπειρέβαλον Praja τε καὶ Πολύδωρον.
» / x, 7 3 ΄,
οἴοισίν μ᾽ ἵπποισι παρήλασαν ᾿Ακτορίωνε,
πλήθει πρόσθε βαλόντες, ἀγασσάμενοι περὶ νίκης,
“ Ν Ν “ ? 3 , td > +
οὕνεκα δὴ τὰ μέγιστα Tap αὐτόθι λείπετ᾽ ἄεθλα. 640
« b Jee Cael Das Δ ς Ν ot € ,
οἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔσαν δίδυμοι" ὁ μὲν ἔμπεδον ἡνιόχευεν,
7 ἊΝ , 3 € > + / /
ἔμπεδον ἠνιόχευ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα μάστιγι κέλευεν.
ὥς ToT ἔον᾽ νῦν αὖτε νεώτεροι ἀντιοώντων
" ΄ ΩΝ ΚΕ ΩΝ N ae a
ἔργων τοιούτων᾽ ἐμὲ δὲ χρὴ ynpat λυγρῷ
/ / ᾽ bo / € /
πείθεσθαι, τότε δ᾽ αὖτε μετέπρεπον ἡρώεσσιν. 645
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι καὶ σὸν ἑταῖρον ἀέθλοισι κτερέϊζε.
a 25th , “ ld , τ
τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐγὼ πρόφρων δέχομαι, χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ,
Ὁ DE aN / 3 / In ἡ /
ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι ἐνηέος, οὐδέ σε λήθω,
τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ᾽ ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖς.
ἣν ἊΝ Ν al 2.3 aS / / o 35
σοὶ δὲ θεοὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀντὶ χάριν μενοεικέα δοῖεν. 650
“Qs φάτο, Πηλεΐδης δὲ πολὺν καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ᾿Αχαιῶν
” 3 > \ / > > 3 / a
ᾧχετ᾽, ἐπεὶ πάντ᾽ aivoy ἐπέκλυε Νηλεῖδαο.
3 ΕΑΓ ς , 5) a a " £
αὐτὰρ 6 πυγμαχίης ἀλεγεινῆς θῆκεν ἄεθλα
ἡμίονον ταλαεργὸν ἄγων κατέδησ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι
ἘΠΕ 55. 7 Cee) ΄ 3
ἑξέτε᾽ ἀδμήτην, ἥ τ᾽ ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι 655
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα νικηθέντι τίθει δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον.
a yen | Ν Ἂν a 5" > δ Ν
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν"
“? Arpeldy τε καὶ ἄλλοι ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί,
+ 7 \ n YA “ Did,
ἄνδρε δύω περὶ τῶνδε κελεύομεν, ὦ TEP ἀρίστω,
πὺξ μάλ᾽ ἀνασχομένω πεπληγέμεν᾽ ᾧ δέ κ᾿ ᾿Απόλλων 660
΄ ΄ Ν I! 3 7
δώῃ καμμονίην, γνώωσι δὲ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοί,
aed | Ν yA 7 , ῷ
ἡμίονον ταλαεργὸν ἄγων κλισίηνδε νεέσθω
DEES ς Ν t » 5 ΄ 3)
αὐτὰρ 6 νικηθεὶς δέπας οἴσεται ἀμφικύπελλον.

23. ἸΛΙΆΔΟΣ ¥. 229

SOs par’, Spvuto δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἀνὴρ jis τε μέγας τε
εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης, υἱὸς Πανοπῆος ᾿Επειός, 665
¢ 5, San OP a , f, ς
ἅψατο δ᾽ ἡμιόνου ταλαεργοῦ φώνησέν τε
ce ν “ / » > ἡ

ἄσσον ἴτω ὅς τις δέπας οἴσεται ἀμφικύπελλον"
ἡμίονον δ᾽ οὔ φημί τιν᾽ ἀξέμεν ἄλλον ᾿Αχαιῶν
πυγμῇ νικήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ εὔχομαι εἷναι ἄριστος.

ἣ οὐχ ἅλις ὅττι μάχης ἐπιδεύομαι ; οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πως ἦν 670
ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα γενέσθαι.

® ΤΟΣ κΆ , X sy \ , y Ἢ
ὧδε γὰρ ἐξερέω, τὸ δὲ καὶ τετελεσμένον ἔσται

5 Ν , csv / ai ¢9) BS) ek
ἀντικρὺ χρόα τε ῥήξω σύν τ᾽ ὀστέ᾽ ἀράξω.
κηδεμόνες δέ οἱ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἀολλέες αὖθι μενόντων,

ψΨ ’ 2 7. ΤΕΣ (oe AN / ”
οἵ κέ μιν ἐξοίσουσιν ἐμῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶ δαμέντα. 675

ἃ x ? ε > + / oa ὧν / aN

Ὡς pal, ot 6 ἄρα πάντες ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ.
Εὐρύαλος δέ οἱ οἷος ἀνίστατο, ἰσόθεος φώς,
Μηκιστέος υἱὸς Ταλαϊονίδαο ἄνακτος,
ὅς ποτε Θήβασδ᾽ ἦλθε δεδουπότος Οἰδιπόδαο
ἐς τάφον ἔνθα δὲ πάντας ἐνίκα Καδμείωνας. 680
τὸν μὲν Τυδεΐδης δουρικλυτὸς ἀμφεπονεῖτο
θαρσύνων ἔπεσιν, μέγα δ᾽ αὐτῷ βούλετο νίκην.
fat / e lal / Bea "
ζῶμα δέ οἱ πρῶτον παρακάββαλεν, avtap ἔπειτα
“ [ Ν 9... [4 ἈΝ p) 4
δῶκεν ἱμάντας ἐὐτμήτους βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο.
τὼ δὲ ζωσαμένω βήτην ἐς μέσσον ἀγῶνα, 685
ἄντα δ᾽ ἀνα g ὶ ῆσιν ἅμ᾽ ἄμφω
σχομένω χερσὶ στιβαρῇσιν ἅμ᾽ ἂμ

, ao \ , a nan ΕΣ
σύν ῥ᾽ ἔπεσον, σὺν δέ σφι βαρεῖαι χεῖρες ἔμιχθεν.
δεινὸς δὲ χρόμαδος γενύων γένετ᾽, ἔρρεε δ᾽ ἱδρὼς
πάντοθεν ἐκ μελέων ἐπὶ δ᾽ ὥρνυτο δῖος ᾿Επειός,

, SS , Yay 0Ἐ 5.03.0. a Οὗ \
κόψε δὲ παπτήναντα TapHiov’ οὐδ᾽ ap ἔτι δὴν 690
ἑστήκειν" αὐτοῦ yap ὑπήριπε φαίδιμα yvia.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ ὑπὸ φρικὸς Βορέω ἀναπάλλεται ἰχθὺς
θίν᾽ ἐν φυκιόεντι, μέλαν δέ ἑ κῦμα κάλυψεν,
ὡς πληγεὶς ἀνέπαλτο' ἀτὰρ μεγάθυμος ᾿Επειὸς
χερσὶ λαβὼν ὥρθωσε' φίλοι δ᾽ ἀμφέσταν ἑταῖροι, 695

230 23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

of μιν ἄγον bv ἀγῶνος ἐφελκομένοισι πόδεσσιν
αἷμα παχὺ πτύοντα, κάρη βάλλονθ᾽ ἑτέρωσε"
κὰδ δ᾽ ἀλλοφρονέοντα μετὰ σφίσιν eloay ἄγοντες,
αὐτοὶ δ᾽ οἰχόμενοι κόμισαν δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον.
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ αἶψ᾽ ἄλλα κατὰ τρίτα θῆκεν ἄεθλα,
δεικνύμενος Δαναοῖσι, παλαισμοσύνης ἀλεγεινῆς,
τῷ μὲν νικήσαντι μέγαν τρίποδ᾽ ἐμπυριβήτην,
τὸν δὲ δυωδεκάβοιον ἐνὶ σφίσι τῖον ᾿Αχαιοί"
3 \ Ν / rake) ol) / 7
ἀνδρὶ δὲ νικηθέντι γυναῖκ ἐς μέσσον ἔθηκε,
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐπίστατο ἔργα, τίον δέ ἑ τεσσαράβοιον.
Ὅλ 9, Ὁ. τὶ ΚΤ ᾿ 19 ᾽ " ᾿
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν
“ ὄρνυσθ᾽ οἱ καὶ τούτου ἀέθλου πειρήσεσθον."
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς πολύμητις ἀνίστατο, κέρδεα εἰδώς.
ζωσαμένω δ᾽ ἄρα τώ γε βάτην ἐς μέσσον ἀγῶνα,
ἀγκὰς δ᾽ ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσὶ στιβαρῇσιν
ς pee τὰς 7 / BN » /
ὡς OT ἀμείβοντες, TOUS TE κλυτὸς ἤραρε τέκτων
δώματος ὑψηλοῖο, βίας ἀνέμων ἀλεείνων.
τετρίγει δ᾽ ἄρα νῶτα θρασειάων ἀπὸ χειρῶν
ε , Ae NIX , es ς ,
EAKOMEVA στερεῶς" KATA δὲ νότιος ῥέεν ἱδρώς,
\ ἃς ᾿ς δῦ ἃς ow.
πυκναὶ δὲ σμώδιγγες ἀνὰ πλευράς TE καὶ ὦὥμους
ψ , Se MACNN Ἐς, SAVES
αἵματι φοινικόεσσαι ἀνέδραμον" of δὲ μάλ᾽ αἰεὶ
νίκης ἱέσθην τρίποδος πέρι ποιητοῖο"
οὔτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς δύνατο σφῆλαι οὔδει τε πελάσσαι,
οὔτ᾽ Αἴας δύνατο, κρατερὴ δ᾽ ἔχεν ts Ὀδυσῆος.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἀνίαζον ἐὐκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς,
δὴ τότε μιν προσέειπε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας"
“ διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, πολυμήχαν᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεῦ,

ν »
ἤ μ᾽ ἀνάειρ᾽, ἢ ἐγὼ σέ τὰ δ᾽ ad Διὶ πάντα μελήσει.

700

795

710

715

720

Ἂς εἰπὼν dvdeipe’ δόλου δ᾽ οὐ λήθετ᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεύς" 725

/ a
Koy ὄπιθεν κώληπα τυχών, ὑπέλυσε δὲ γυῖα,

κὰδ δ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ἐξοπίσω" ἐπὶ δὲ στήθεσσιν ᾽Οδυσσεὺς

23. IAIAAOS ¥.

κάππεσε᾽ λαοὶ δ᾽ ad θηεῦντό τε θάμβησάν τε.
δεύτερος αὖτ᾽ ἀνάειρε πολύτλας δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
/
κίνησεν δ᾽ ἄρα τυτθὸν ἀπὸ χθονός, οὐδέ τ᾽ ἄειρεν,
ἐν δὲ γόνυ γνάμψεν" ἐπὶ δὲ χθονὶ κάππεσον ἄμφω
/ 5 , [ Ἂν /
πλησίοι ἀλλήλοισι, μιάνθησαν δὲ κονίῃ.
’ὔ, / \ ’ὔ i) 5 sic 5 J
καί νύ κε TO τρίτον αὖτις ἀναΐξαντ᾽ ἐπάλαιον,
ΡΘΕ) \ eee per: \ 7 ἀ
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς αὐτὸς ἀνίστατο καὶ κατέρυκε
lj lal
“ μηκέτ᾽ ἐρείδεσθον, μηδὲ τρίβεσθε κακοῖσι
ae, 9
νίκη δ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν" ἀέθλια δ᾽ σ᾽ ἀνελόντες
ἔρχεσθ᾽, ὄφρα καὶ ἄλλοι ἀεθλεύωσιν ᾿Αχαιοί.᾽

231

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ μάλα μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο,

eT / / 4 a

καί p ἀπομορξαμένω κονίην δύσαντο χιτῶνας.

Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ ai’ ἄλλα τίθει ταχυτῆτος ἄεθλα,

a ,

ἀργύρεον κρητῆρα, τετυγμένον" ἕξ δ᾽ ἄρα μέτρα

᾽ ϑ-.. ἃς / ae ὦ Cc 39: >
χάνδανεν, αὐτὰρ κάλλει ἐνίκα πᾶσαν ἐπ᾽ atav

, ἊΝ
πολλόν, ἐπεὶ Σιδόνες πολυδαίδαλοι εὖ ἤσκησαν,
᾽ ᾿ ,
Φοίνικες δ᾽ ἄγον ἄνδρες ἐπ᾽ ἠεροειδέα πόντον,
στῆσαν δ᾽ ἐν λιμένεσσι, Θόαντι δὲ δῶρον ἔδωκαν"
υἷος δὲ Πριάμοιο Λυκάονος ὦνον ἔδωκε
, ef ree 7, y+
Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ ᾿Ιησονίδης Εὔνηος.
καὶ τὸν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς θῆκεν ἀέθλιον οὗ ἑτάροιο,
“ 3 / \ - /
ὅς τις ἐλαφρότατος ποσσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πέλοιτο'
δευτέρῳ αὖ βοῦν θῆκε μέγαν καὶ πίονα δημῷ,
ς / X\ lal 4.9 of
ἡμιτάλαντον δὲ χρυσοῦ λοισθηϊ ἔθηκε.
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν"
3

“ἐ ὄρνυσθ᾽ οἱ καὶ τούτου ἀέθλου πειρήσεσθε.᾽
ὡς ἔφατ’, ὥρνυτο δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Οϊλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας,

4
ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς πολύμητις, ἔπειτα δὲ Νέστορος υἱὸς
; ΄, py al σον a , \ I ar,

Avrtidoxos’ 6 yap αὖτε νέους ποσὶ πάντας ἐνίκα.

[στὰν δὲ μεταστοιχί" σήμηνε δὲ τέρματ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς.]

a Ἄν Te ,ὕ , , : ὟΝ 2».
τοῖσι ὃ ἀπὸ νύσσης τέτατο δρόμος" wKa ὃ ἔπειτα
ἔκφερ᾽ ᾿Οἱλιάδης" ἐπὶ δ᾽ ὥρνυτο δῖος ᾽Οδυσσεὺς

740

745

755

232 23. IATAAOS Ψ.

ἄγχι μάλ᾽, ὡς ὅτε τίς τε γυναικὸς eiCdvoL0 760
/ fd 5 / “ 3 a / \ id
στήθεός ἐστι κανών, ὅν 7 εὖ μάλα χερσὶ τανύσσῃ
7 3 / Ἂς 7 ° , x,»

πηνίον ἐξέλκουσα παρὲκ μίτον, ἀγχόθι δ᾽ ἴσχει
στήθεος" ὡς ᾿Οδυσεὺς θέεν ἐγγύθεν, αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν
ἴχνια τύπτε πόδεσσι πάρος κόνιν ἀμφιχυθῆναι:
κὰδ δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ κεφαλῆς χέ᾽ ἀὐτμένα dios Οδυσσεὺς 765
αἰεὶ ῥίμφα θέων" ἴαχον δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ

ee ε Ψ if Ἂς 4 /
νίκης ἱεμένῳ, μάλα δὲ σπεύδοντι κέλευον.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πύματον τέλεον δρόμον, αὐτίκ᾽ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς
εὔχετ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίῃ γλαυκώπιδι ὃν κατὰ θυμόν"
“ κλῦθι, θεά, ἀγαθή μοι ἐπίρροθος ἐλθὲ ποδοῖιν." 770
ds ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος" τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,
γυῖα δ᾽ ἔθηκεν ἐλαφρά, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ τάχ᾽ ἔμελλον ἐπαΐξεσθαι ἄεθλον,
ἔνθ᾽ Αἴας μὲν ὄλισθε θέων--- βλάψεν γὰρ ᾿Αθήνη---

σις τ a / L een > / 3 , "»
τῇ pa βοῶν κέχυτ᾽ ὄνθος ἀποκταμένων ἐριμύκων, 77

ur

ods ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
ἐν δ᾽ ὄνθου βοέου πλῆτο στόμα τε ῥῖνάς TE
κρητῆρ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀνάειρε πολύτλας dios ᾿Οδυσσεύς,
ὡς ἦλθε φθάμενος" ὁ δὲ βοῦν ἕλε φαίδιμος Αἴας.
στῆ δὲ κέρας μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχων βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο, 780
» 5) ΄, Nas f Ν .
ὄνθον ἀποπτύων, μετὰ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν
“@ πόποι, ἢ μ᾽ ἔβλαψε θεὰ πόδας, ἣ τὸ πάρος περ
7 8) ae , 99)? 9 , ”
μήτηρ ὡς ᾿Οδυσῆϊ παρίσταται ἠδ᾽ ἐπαρήγει.
“Qs ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἡδὺ γέλασσαν.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἄρα δὴ λοισθήϊον ἔκφερ᾽ ἄεθλον 785
, \ a b) 3 / a -
μειδιόων, καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν
“ εἰδόσιν ὕμμ᾽ ἐρέω πᾶσιν, φίλοι, ὡς ἔτι καὶ νῦν
ἀθάνατοι τιμῶσι παλαιοτέρους ἀνθρώπους.
Αἴας μὲν γὰρ ἐμεῖ ὀλίγο» προγενέστερός ἐστιν,
ἐξ a ’ ;
οὗτος δὲ προτέρης γενεῆς προτέρων τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων 790
> , ΕΟ >» ΒΡ: , Ν
ὠμογέροντα δέ μίν hac’ ἔμμεναι: ἀργαλέον δὲ

23. IAIAAOS ©. 233

a > -)
ποσσὶν ἐριδήσασθαι ᾿Αχαιοῖς, εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεῖ."
“Os φάτο, κύδηνεν δὲ ποδώκεα Πηλεΐωνα.
’ 1)
τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς μύθοισιν ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπεν'
“«᾽Αγντίλοχ᾽, οὐ μέν τοι μέλεος εἰρήσεται aivos, 795
na , 39
ἀλλά τοι ἡμιτάλαντον ἐγὼ χρυσοῦ ἐπιθήσω.
‘Os εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ τίθει, ὁ δ᾽ ἐδέξατο χαίρων.
αὐτὰρ Πηλεΐδης κατὰ μὲν δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος
θῆκ᾽ ἐς ἀγῶνα φέρων, κατὰ δ᾽ ἀσπίδα καὶ τρυφάλειαν,
τεύχεα Σαρπήδοντος, ἅ μιν Πάτροκλος ἀπηύρα. 800
ay) 2 nv AN ean ee) , ” a
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν
(‘Tae , \ a , ¢ Pla ¢
ἄνδρε δύω περὶ τῶνδε κελεύομεν, ὦ TEP ἀρίστω,
τεύχεα ἑσσαμένω, ταμεσίχροα χαλκὸν ἑλόντε,
ἀλλήλων προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου πειρηθῆναι.
c / ’ “Ἂ > / , ,
ὁππότερός Ke φθῇσιν ὀρεξάμενος χρόα καλόν, 805
fy ἬΝ iA / ἌΝ \ / e
ψαύσῃ 6 ἐνδίνων διά T ἐντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα,
τῷ μὲν ἐγὼ δώσω τόδε φάσγανον ἀργυρόηλον
\ oh \ \ ᾽ - 3 , -
καλὸν Θρηΐκιον, τὸ μὲν ᾿Αστεροπαῖον ἀπηύρων
, 5. 5 , 7: a r 5
τεύχεα δ᾽ ἀμφότεροι ξυνήϊα ταῦτα φερέσθων
a 9
καί σφιν dair ἀγαθὴν παραθήσομεν ἐν κλισίῃσιν. ϑ8ϑιο
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
ἂν δ᾽ ἄρα Τυδεΐδης ὦρτο, κρατερὸς Διομήδης.
ε IS. \ » c / Loe 4 /
ot δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἑκάτερθεν ὁμίλου θωρήχθησαν,
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέρω συνίτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι,
δεινὸν δερκομένω' θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχε πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 815
GAN ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
\ Ν 5, τς χες \ Ν Ν ε ΄
τρὶς μὲν ἐπήϊξαν, τρὶς δὲ σχεδὸν ὡρμήθησαν.
” > ΕΣ Ν Μ᾽ Wie 9; / / ae See
ἔνθ᾽ Αἴας μὲν ἔπειτα κατ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ ἐΐσην
νύξ᾽, οὐδὲ xpd’ ἵκανεν ἔρυτο γὰρ ἔνδοθι θώρηξ᾽
Τυδεΐδης δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα ὑπὲρ σάκεος μεγάλοιο 820
αἰὲν ἐπ᾽ αὐχένι κῦρε φαεινοῦ δουρὸς ἀκωκῇ.
καὶ τότε δή ῥ᾽ Αἴαντι περιδείσαντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ
παυσαμένους ἐκέλευσαν ἀέθλια to” ἀνελέσθαι.

234 23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

αὐτὰρ Τυδεΐδῃ δῶκεν μέγα φάσγανον ἥρως
σὺν κολεῷ τε φέρων καὶ ἐϊτμήτῳ τελαμῶνι 82
t ρ μη τ μ = 5
Αὐτὰρ Πηλεΐδης θῆκεν σόλον αὐτοχόωνον,
A \ SHS ey , , ? ῃ 3
ὃν πρὶν μὲν ῥίπτασκε μέγα σθένος ᾿Ηετίωνος
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι τὸν ἔπεφνε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
\ δ eh. fe / Ν A ,
τὸν 6 ἄγετ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι σὺν ἄλλοισι κτεάτεσσι.
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν" 820
“ ὄρνυσθ᾽ ot καὶ τούτου ἀέθλου πειρήσεσθε.
y 4 \ / \ b) , / 2 7
εἰ οἱ καὶ μάλα πολλὸν ἀπόπροθι πίονες ἀγροΐ,
ἕξει μιν καὶ πέντε περιπλομένους ἐνιαυτοὺς
χρεώμενος" οὐ μὲν γάρ οἱ ἀτεμβόμενός γε σιδήρου
Ν INI Ἂς bs lay KOE} , ° \ / 39
ποιμὴν οὐδ᾽ ἀροτὴρ Elo’ ἐς πόλιν, ἀλλὰ παρέξει. 835
a >
Qs ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα μενεπτόλεμος Πολυποίτης,
ἂν δὲ Λεοντῆος κρατερὸν μένος ἀντιθέοιο,
ἂν δ᾽ Αἴας Τελαμωνιάδης καὶ δῖος ᾿Επειός.
ἑξείης δ᾽ ἵσταντο, σόλον δ᾽ ἕλε dios ᾿Επειός,
= 3
ἧκε δὲ δινήσας" γέλασαν δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοί. 840
δεύτερος αὖτ᾽ ἀφέηκε Λεοντεύς, ὄζος "Αρηο-"
τὸ τρίτον αὖτ᾽ ἔρριψε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
BY LA 2 Nate / la /
χειρὸς ἄπο στιβαρῆς, καὶ ὑπέρβαλε σήματα πάντων.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σόλον εἷλε μενεπτόλεμος Πολυποίτης,
“ / 4, δ, ’ὔ , 5» f
ὅσσον Tis T ἔρριψε καλαύροπα βουκόλος ἀνήρ, 845
ἡ δέ θ᾽ ἑλισσομένη πέτεται διὰ βοῦς ἀγελαίας,
, Ν > na « / 5 ἊΝ 3. ) ,
τόσσον παντὸς ἀγῶνος UTEpBare’ τοὶ δ᾽ ἐβόησαν.
ἀνστάντες δ᾽ ἕταροι ἸΤολυποίταο κρατεροῖο
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυρὰς ἔφερον βασιλῆος ἄεθλον.
Αὐτὰρ 6 τοξευτῇσι τίθει ἰόεντα σίδηρον, 850
2 ‘é
κὰδ δ᾽ ἐτίθει δέκα μὲν πελέκεας, δέκα δ᾽ ἡμιπέλεκκα,
ἱστὸν δ᾽ ἔστησεν νηὸς κυανοπρῴροιο
a /
τηλοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις, ἐκ δὲ τρήρωνα πέλειαν
an , lal , Ὁ ot eas) ie
λεπτῇ μηρίνθῳ δῆσεν ποδός, ἧς ap ἀνώγει
/
τοξεύειν" “ds μέν κε βάλῃ τρήρωνα πέλειαν, 855

23. IAIAAOS ¥.

πάντας ἀειράμενος πελέκεας οἷκόνδε φερέσθω"

a , , , Μ ς ’

ὃς δέ κε μηρίνθοιο τύχῃ, ὄρνιθος ἁμαρτών,

“ Ν Ν - Φ΄ 3 ς / ᾽᾽

ἥσσων γὰρ δὴ κεῖνος, ὁ δ᾽ οἴσεται ἡμιπέλεκκα.
‘Os ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα βίη Τεύκροιο ἄνακτος,

ἂν δ᾽ ἄρα Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἐὺς ᾿Ιδομενῆος.

κλήρους δ᾽ ἐν κυνέῃ χαλκήρεϊ πάλλον ἑλόντες, ~
a Ν ny 4 ! ᾿ 2H ς 2259

Τεῦκρος δὲ πρῶτος κλήρῳ λάχεν" αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἰὸν

ῳ 3 , LN Veg | tA By

ἧκεν ETLKPATEMS, OVD ἠπείλησεν ἄνακτι

τὴ “ , cs Ἂς « ,

ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην.

ὄρνιθος μὲν dyapre’ μέγηρε yap οἱ τό γ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων'

αὐτὰρ 6 μήρινθον βάλε πὰρ πόδα, τῇ δέδετ᾽ ὄρνις"
bp) \ eee] Ν / } Ν Dee ,
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μήρινθον τάμε πικρὸς ὀϊστός.

ς SS x > Wes Ν 3 , € Ν 7

ἡ μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἤϊξε πρὸς οὐρανόν, ἣ δὲ παρείθη
μήρινθος ποτὶ γαῖαν" ἀτὰρ κελάδησαν ᾿Αχαιοί.

, δ , 3 ᾽ὔ ἊΝ
σπερχόμενος δ᾽ ἄρα Μηριόνης ἐξείρυσε χειρὸς
τόξον ἀτὰρ δὴ ὀϊστὸν ἔχεν πάλαι, ὡς ἴθυνεν.
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἠπείλησεν ἑκηβόλῳ ᾿Απόλλωνι
3 lal , ε΄ Ν c /,
ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην.
eo 2 ee / 9 / 2 A
ὕψι & ὑπὸ νεφέων εἶδε τρήρωνα πέλειαν

a oO ὦ , ἜΞΕΙΝ fie I ,
τῇ ῥ᾽ ὅ γε δινεύουσαν ὑπὸ πτέρυγος βάλε μέσσην,
> Ν Ν “ / Ξ Ν Ν oN DEN, 7
ἀντικρὺ δὲ διῆλθε βέλος" TO μὲν ἂψ ἐπὶ γαίῃ
, / , > ees Cr
πρόσθεν Μηριόναο πάγη ποδὸς" αὐτὰρ ἡ ὄρνις
ε Κα. t \ /
ἱστῷ ἐφεζομένη νηὸς κυανοπρῴροιο
ΠΕ Je me} , Ν Ν Ν Ἂς /
αὐχέν᾽ ἀπεκρέμασεν, σὺν δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν.
ὠκὺς δ᾽ ἐκ μελέων θυμὸς πτάτο, τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ
κἀάππεσε" λαοὶ δ᾽ αὖ θηεῦντό τε θἀμβησάν τε.
ἂν δ᾽ ἄρα Μηριόνης πελέκεας δέκα πάντας ἄειρε,
Τεῦκρος δ᾽ ἡμιπέλεκκα φέρεν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας.
Αὐτὰρ Πηλεΐδης κατὰ μὲν δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
κὰδ δὲ λέβητ᾽ ἄπυρον, βοὸς ἄξιον, ἀνθεμόεντα

a = , ᾿
θῆκ᾽ ἐς ἀγῶνα φέρων" καί ῥ᾽ ἥμονες ἄνδρες ἀνέσταν

ἂν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης εὐρυκρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

235

86ο

880

236 23. IAIAAOS Ψ.

ἂν δ᾽ ἄρα Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἐὺς ᾿Ιδομενῆος.
τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“᾽᾿Ατρεΐδη" ἴδμεν γὰρ ὅσον προβέβηκας ἁπάντων 890
ἠδ᾽ ὅσσον δυνάμει τε καὶ ἥμασιν ἔπλευ ἄριστος"
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν τόδ᾽ ἄεθλον ἔχων κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας
ἔρχευ, ἀτὰρ δόρυ Μηριόνῃ ἥρωϊ πόρωμεν,
εἰ σύ γε σῷ θυμῷ ἐθέλεις" κέλομαι γὰρ ἐγώ ye.”

“Qs ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων'
δῶκε δὲ Μηριόνῃ δόρυ χάλκεον" αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἥρως 896
Ταλθυβίῳ κήρυκι δίδου περικαλλὲς ἄεθλον.

ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ὦ.

Ἕκτορος λύτρα.

Λῦτο δ᾽ ἀγών, λαοὶ δὲ θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἕκαστοι
5 / ~ Wak Wy A ‘ Ν , /
ἐσκίδναντ᾽ ἰέναι. τοὶ μὲν δόρποιο μέδοντο
ὕπνου τε γλυκεροῦ ταρπήμεναι" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
κλαῖε φίλου ἑτάρου μεμνημένος, οὐδέ μιν ὕπνος
ἥρει πανδαμάτωρ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐστρέφετ᾽ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα,
Πατρόκλου ποθέων ἀνδροτῆτά τε καὶ μένος Hv,
ἠδ᾽ ὁπόσα τολύπευσε σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ πάθεν ἄλγεα,
ἀνδρῶν τε πτολέμους ἀλεγεινά τε κύματα πείρων"
τῶν μιμνησκόμενος θαλερὸν κατὰ δάκρυον εἶβεν,
ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπὶ πλευρὰς κατακείμενος, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε
ὕπτιος, ἄλλοτε δὲ πρηνής" τοτὲ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς ἀναστὰς
δινεύεσκ᾽ ἀλύων παρὰ θῖν ἁλός" οὐδέ μιν ἠὼς
φαινομένη λήθεσκεν ὑπεὶρ ἅλα τ᾽ ἠϊόνας τε.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐπεὶ ζεύξειεν ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν ὠκέας ἵππους,
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἕλκεσθαι δησάσκετο δίφρου ὄπισθεν,
τρὶς δ᾽ ἐρύσας περὶ σῆμα Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος
= Se_N / / \ / 3... Ὁ
αὖτις ἐνὶ κλισίῃ παυέσκετο, τὸν δέ T ἔασκεν
b] , 5 , PALES cal >) ,
ἐν Kove ἐκτανύσας mpotpynvea’ τοῖο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων
ral 5 ᾿ i. Co Wet ne) 7
πᾶσαν ἀεικείην ἄπεχε χροὶ POT ἐλεαίρων
\ , ἢ \ 9) > ae 4 / ,
καὶ τεθνηότα περ᾽ περὶ δ᾽ αἰγίδι πάντα KaAUTTE
’ὔ er 4 3 4 Θ
χρυσείῃ, ἵνα μή μιν ἀποδρύφοι ἑλκυστάζων.
“Os ὁ μὲν Ἕκτορα δῖον ἀείκιζεν μενεαίνων"
\ yaa | ͵7ὔ \ 3 /
τὸν δ᾽ ἐλεαίρεσκον μάκαρες θεοὶ εἰσορόωντες,

Io

15

20

238 24. IATAAOS Q.

nA
κλέψαι δ᾽ ὀτρύνεσκον ἐΐσκοπον ᾿Αργειφόντην.
c /

ἔνθ᾽ ἄλλοις μὲν πᾶσιν ἑήνδανεν, οὐδέ ποθ᾽ Ἥρῃ
οὐδὲ Ποσειδάων᾽ οὐδὲ γλαυκώπιδι κούρῃ,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχον ὥς σφιν πρῶτον ἀπήχθετο "IALos ἱρὴ
καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἄτης,

ra / , “ € / .
ὃς νείκεσσε θεάς, ὅτε οἱ μέσσαυλον ἵκοντο,

Ν 3, 09. ae « , + : /
τὴν O ἠνησ᾽ ἣ ot πόρε μαχλοσύνην ἀλεγεινήν.

’ “
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐκ τοῖο δυωδεκάτη γένετ᾽ ἠώς,
3 a

καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι μετηύδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων'
“ σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, δηλήμονες" οὔ νύ ποθ᾽ ὕμιν
"Ez p of a Ἂν τὰν

KT@p μηρί ἐκὴηε βοῶν αἰγῶν τε τελείων ;

τὸν νῦν οὐκ ἔτλητε νέκυν περ ἐόντα σαῶσαι,
7 T ἀλόχῳ ἰδέ αἱ ἔ ὶ τέκεϊ ᾧ
7 χῳ ἰδέειν καὶ μητέρι καὶ τέκεϊ ᾧ

αἱ J Il / r Pay. 7 / =~
καὶ πατέρι ἸΤριάμῳ λαοῖσί τε, Tol κέ μιν Oka
ἐν πυρὶ κήαιεν καὶ ἐπὶ κτέρεα κτερίσαιεν.
ἀλλ᾽ ὀλοῷ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, θεοί, βούλεσθ᾽ ἐπαρήγειν,

e

vy IK 7 Stok > 7 bY ,
ᾧ οὔτ᾽ ἂρ φρένες εἰσὶν ἐναίσιμοι οὔτε νόημα
Ν 39. “Ὁ / / Pk Ν fe
γναμπτὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι, λέων δ᾽ ὡς ἄγρια οἶδεν,
“ > I} \ ox / 7 N59 oe a
ὅς T ἐπεὶ Gp μεγάλῃ τε Bin Kal ἀγήνορι θυμῷ
εἴξας εἶσ’ ἐπὶ μῆλα βροτῶν, ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν"
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἔλεον μὲν ἀπώλεσεν, οὐδέ οἱ αἰδὼς
΄ὔ e/ ϑ ιν ΓΝ, / / BINS ἐν τ
γίγνεται, ἣ T ἄνδρας μέγα σίνεται ἠδ᾽ ὀνίνησι.
μέλλει μέν πού τις καὶ φίλτερον ἄλλον ὀλέσσαι,
. ἠὲ κασίγνητον ὁμογάστριον ἠὲ καὶ vidv"
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι κλαύσας καὶ ὀδυράμενος μεθέηκε"
τλητὸν γὰρ Μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισιν.
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ “Ἕκτορα δῖον, ἐπεὶ φίλον ἦτορ ἀπηύρα,
ἵππων ἐξάπτων περὶ of. ἑτάροιο φίλοιο
ἕλκει" οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ T ἄμεινον.
μὴ ἀγαθῷ περ ἐόντι νεμεσσηθέωμέν οἱ ἡμεῖς"
ἊΝ x \ fal 5 V6 ”
κωφὴν yap δὴ γαῖαν ἀεικίζει μενεαίνων.
ov
Τὸν δὲ χολωσαμένη προσέφη λευκώλενος Ἥρη"

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

24. IATAAOS ὦ. 239

« εἴῃ κεν καὶ τοῦτο τεὸν ἔπος, ἀργυρότοξε,
ε πον 5
εἰ δὴ ὁμὴν ᾿Αχιλῆϊ καὶ Ἕκτορι θήσετε τιμήν.
“ a ;
Extwp μὲν θνητός τε γυναῖκά τε θήσατο μαζόν'
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεύς ἐστι θεᾶς γόνος, ἣν ἐγὼ αὐτὴ
/
Opéwa τε καὶ ἀτίτηλα καὶ ἀνδρὶ πόρον παράκοιτιν, ύο
Πηλέϊ, ὃς περὶ κῆρι φίλος γένετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι.
/ a
πάντες δ᾽ ἀντιάασθε, θεοί, γάμου" ἐν δὲ σὺ τοῖσι
δαίνυ᾽ ἔχων φόρμιγγα, κακῶν ἕταρ᾽, αἰὲν ἄπιστε.᾽"
Ν "
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"
, “-
“Ἥρῃ, μὴ δὴ πάμπαν ἀποσκύδμαινε θεοῖσιν" 65
Φ
ov μὲν γὰρ τιμή γε μί᾽ ἔσσεται: ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἕκτωρ
φίλτατος ἔσκε θεοῖσι βροτῶν οἷ ἐν ᾿Ιλίῳ εἰσίν"
ὡς γὰρ ἐμοί γ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὔ τι φίλων ἡμάρτανε δώρων.
3 I δ \ ἊΨ Pe AY “4.
οὐ γάρ μοί ποτε βωμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐϊσης,
λοιβῆς τε κνίσης Te’ τὸ γὰρ λάχομεν γέρας ἡμεῖς. 70
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι κλέψαι μὲν ἐάσομεν---οὐδέ πῃ ἔστι--
λάθρῃ ᾿Αχιλλῆος θρασὺν Ἕκτορα: ἦ γάρ οἱ αἰεὶ
μήτηρ παρμέμβλωκεν ὁμῶς νύκτας τε καὶ ἦμαρ.
ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις καλέσειε θεῶν Θέτιν ἄσσον ἐμεῖο,
+ / c ΝΜ Ν Ν « ᾽ Ν
ὄφρα τί οἱ εἴπω πυκινὸν ἔπος, WS KEV Αχιλλεὺς 75
/ 2 / / 5 , 3 ὦ 4 322
δώρων ἐκ Πριάμοιο λάχῃ ἀπό θ᾽ “Exropa λύσῃ.
“Os ἔφατ’, ὦρτο δὲ Ἶρις ἀελλόπος ἀγγελέουσα,
Ν Ν / \ 7 /
μεσσηγὺς δὲ Σάμου τε καὶ Ἴμβρου παιπαλοέσσης
ἔνθορε μείλανι πόντῳ ἐπεστονάχησε δὲ λίμν᾽
ρεμ ᾿ Χη μνη.
ἡ δὲ μολυβδαίνῃ ἰκέλη ἐς βυσσὸν ὄρουσεν, 80
ἥ τε κατ᾽ ἀγραύλοιο Bods κέρας ἐμβεβαυΐα
ἔρχεται ὠμηστῇσιν ἐπ᾽ ἰχθύσι κῆρα φέρουσα.
Dae n 3
εὗρε δ᾽ ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄλλαι
Ὁ Te , ed ΡΞ δ ΟΝ, /
ἥαθ᾽ ὁμηγερέες GArat θεαί" ἡ ὃ ἐνὶ μέσσῃς
al , μι \ 2. 4 “ οὐ a
κλαῖε μόρον οὗ παιδὸς ἀμύμονος, Os οἱ ἐμελλε 85
φθίσεσθ᾽ ἐν Τροίῃ ἐριβώλακι, τηλύθι πάτρης.
> age ! , , Sere δὰ Ν
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προσέφη πόδας ὠκέα ᾽Ἴρις

240 24. IAIAAOS Ω.

“ ὄρσο, Θέτι καλέει Ζεὺς ἄφθιτα μήδεα εἰδώς."
τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα"
(ς,,.. val » “ , In / Ν
τίπτε με κεῖνος ἄνωγε μέγας θεός ; αἰδέομαι δὲ
/ ee / o >» > a
μίσγεσθ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν, ἔχω δ᾽ axe ἄκριτα θυμῷ.
“ , +> ef ov Υ̓ “ ¥ »
εἷμι μέν, οὐδ᾽ ἅλιον ἔπος ἔσσεται, ὅττι KEV εἴπῃ.
Ως ἄρα φωνήσασα κἀλυμμ᾽ ἕλε δῖα θεάων
/ lal 2 + / " »
κυάνεον, τοῦ δ᾽ οὔ τι μελάντερον ἔπλετο ἔσθος.
a oN / Ν , 5 7 9
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι, πρόσθεν δὲ ποδήνεμος ὠκέα “Ipis
ἡγεῖτ᾽. ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρα σφι λιάζετο κῦμα θαλάσσης.
5 Ν ἌΣ 5 “Ὁ “5 > Ν Dee 7
ἀκτὴν δ᾽ ἐξαναβᾶσαι ἐς οὐρανὸν ἀϊχθήτην,
εὗρον δ᾽ εὐρύοπα Κρονίδην, περὶ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἅπαντες
e thy τς / / \ Ν ΡΥ,
a0 ὁμηγερέες μάκαρες θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες.
4
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα πὰρ Διὶ πατρὶ καθέζετο, εἶξε δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη.
Ἥ Ν A \ / 3 \ ”
pn δὲ χρύσεον καλὸν δέπας ἐν χερὶ θῆκε
2303 + La / / 2, nan
καί ῥ᾽ εὔφρην᾽ ἐπέεσσι: Θέτις δ᾽ Spee πιοῦσα.
o Ν ,ὔ im X “ a n Ξ
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε
«ς ἤλυθες Οὔλυμπόνδε, θεὰ Θέτι, κηδομένη περ,

go

95

Too

πένθος ἄλαστον ἔχουσα μετὰ φρεσίν" οἷδα καὶ αὐτός" 105

ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἐρέω τοῦ σ᾽ εἵνεκα δεῦρο κάλεσσα.
ἐννῆμαρ δὴ νεῖκος ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν ὄρωρεν

} / Doe

Ἕκτορος ἀμφὶ νέκυι καὶ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ πτολιπόρθῳ"
κλέψαι δ᾽ ὀτρύνουσιν ἐὕσκοπον ᾿Αργειφόντην"
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ τόδε κῦδος ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ προτιάπτω,
aid καὶ φιλότητα τεὴν μετόπισθε φυλάσσων.

3 1\? 2 No EINES ν eis PRIN :
αἶψα μάλ᾽ ἐς στρατὸν ἐλθὲ καὶ viel σῷ ἐπίτειλον
σκύζεσθαί οἱ εἰπὲ θεούς, ἐμὲ δ᾽ ἔξοχα πάντων
:} / lal “ Ν /
ἀθανάτων κεχολῶσθαι, OTL φρεσὶ μαινομεένῃσιν
“ > of Ν Ἂς ᾽ὔ > MN aE J /
Εκτορ᾽ ἔχει παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσεν,
αἴ κέν πως ἐμέ τε δείσῃ ἀπό θ᾽ “Ἕκτορα λύσῃ.
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Πριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι Ἶριν ἐφήσω

BECy. ριάμῷ μεγαλήτορι ip Ui}
na 5 n
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱόν, idvr’ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν,

“ ue 7
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ."

IIo

115

24. IAIAAOS Q.

a
Qs par, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα,
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα,
8..5 , τ ἐδ ὡς τ». Σ᾿ τῶν ,
ἵξεν δ᾽ ἐς κλισίην οὗ υἱέος" ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τόν γε
εὗρ᾽ ἁδινὰ στενάχοντα" φίλοι δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι
ἐσσυμένως ἐπένοντο καὶ ἐντύνοντο ἄριστον"
a > We / / 5» ὔ CWA
τοῖσι δ᾽ ὄϊς λάσιος μέγας ἐν κλισίῃ ἱέρευτο.
« Xx NRE) ᾽ > lal / , /
ἡ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἄγχ᾽ αὐτοῖο καθέζετο πότνια μήτηρ,

ΓΟ , ” » ΣΟῚ ΔΗ. Υ
χειρί τέ μιν κατέρεξεν ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ 7 ὀνόμαζε
“τέκνον ἐμόν, τέο μέχρις ὀδυρόμενος καὶ ἀχεύων
σὴν ἔδεαι κραδίην, μεμνημένος οὔτε τι σίτου

Ψ 3 ΠΕ εἰν b) x Ν , 2 /

οὔτ᾽ εὐνῆς ; ἀγαθὸν δὲ γυναικί περ ἐν φιλότητι

μίσγεσθ᾽" οὐ γάρ μοι δηρὸν βέῃ, ἀλλά τοι ἤδη

ἄγχι παρέστηκεν θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή.

ἀλλ᾽ ἐμέθεν ξύνες ka, Διὸς δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἰμι"

σκύζεσθαι σοί φησι θεούς, ἑὲ δ᾽ ἔξοχα πάντων

3 fal [τς oh β

ἀθανάτων κεχολῶσθαι, ὅτι φρεσὶ μαινομένῃσιν

ual ἢ cer \ \ ,ὔ ϑιίος 5 ’

κτορ᾽ ἔχεις παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν οὐδ ἀπέλυσας.

“ tal 3

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ λῦσον, νεκροῖο δὲ δέξαι ἄποινα."

241

120

125

130

135

Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"

ἘΣ 8 ὧν » “ Ν Ν Ν
τῇδ᾽ εἴη ὃς ἄποινα φέροι καὶ νεκρὸν ἄγοιτο,
, Ν. , a? fe SN 5 la 2)
εἰ δὴ πρόφρονι θυμῷ Ολύμπιος αὐτὸς ἀνώγει.
ἃ 3.5 - Sees S , \ eX
Qs of γ᾽ ἐν νηῶν ἀγύρει μήτηρ τε καὶ υἱὸς
πολλὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον.
Ἴριν δ᾽ ὥτρυνε Κρονίδης εἰς Ἴλιον ἱρήν᾽
“ βάσκ᾽ ἴθι, ἾἿρι ταχεῖα, λιποῦσ’ ἕδος Οὐλύμποιο
ἄγγειλον Πριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι Ἴλιον εἴσω
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱὸν ἰόντ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν,
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ,
9 7 BA ε , μ᾿ oe
οἷον, μηδέ τις ἄλλος ἅμα Γρώων ἴτω ἀνήρ.
lal / / eed 4 ede ) ,
κῆρύξ τίς οἱ ἕποιτο γεραίτερος, ὅς K ἰθύνοι
« , Wee? 4.1 XOX ἈΝ »
ἡμιόνους καὶ ἄμαξαν ἐὕτροχον, ἠδὲ καὶ αὖτις

x Ν tal 3 ,
νεκρὸν ἄγοι προτὶ ἄστυ, τὸν ἔκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
VOL. Il. R

140

242 24. IAIAAOS ὦ.

/
μηδέ τί οἱ θάνατος μελέτω φρεσὶ μηδέ τι τάρβος"
τοῖον γάρ οἱ πομπὸν ὀπάσσομεν ᾿Αργειφόντην,
ὃς ἄξει Hos ἄ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πελά

jos κεν ἄγων ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πελάσσῃ.

EA. 3a 5 bf ” / 5 nr
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν ayaynow ἔσω κλισίην ᾿Αχιλῆος,

» 3 Sak / b) (path 3 Ὁ / τον
οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς κτενέει ἀπό T ἄλλους πάντας ἐρύξει"

ν 3 53: ΔΚ = 9. ἂν Pee haan} ΄
οὔτε γάρ ἐστ᾽ ἄφρων οὔτ᾽ ἄσκοπος οὔτ᾽ ἀλιτήμων,
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐνδυκέως ἱκέτεω πεφιδήσεται ἀνδρός."

‘Qs ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δὲ Ἶρις ἀελλόπος ἀγγελέουσα.

ῷΦ 29 , , >> 7 ,
ἵξεν δ᾽ ἐς Πριάμοιο, κίχεν δ᾽ ἐνοπήν τε γόον Te.
παῖδες μὲν πατέρ᾽ ἀμφὶ καθήμενοι ἔνδοθεν αὐλῆς
ὃ 1) Ὁ“ 2 ish, ε δ᾽ 3 rt nN

akpvow εἵματ᾽ ἔφυρον, ὁ δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι γεραιὸς
ΩΣ BS Si / / = Ζ Ν Ν Ν
ἐντυπὰς ἐν χλαίνῃ κεκαλυμμένος" ἀμφὶ δὲ πολλὴ
κόπρος ἔην κεφαλῇ τε καὶ αὐχένι τοῖο γέροντος,
τήν pa κυλινδόμενος καταμήσατο χερσὶν ἕῇσι.

9

θυγατέρες δ᾽ ἀνὰ δώματ᾽ ἰδὲ νυοὶ ὠδύροντο,

lal ’ A Ν / ». 59 \

TOV μιμνησκόμεναι οἱ δὴ πολέες TE καὶ ἐσθλοὶ
\ emi / f, Ν 5 /
χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων κέατο ψυχὰς ὀλέσαντες.
στῆ δὲ παρὰ Πρίαμον Διὸς ἄγγελος, ἠδὲ προσηύδα
τυτθὸν φθεγξαμένη" τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα:

“θάρσει, Δαρδανίδη Πρίαμε, φρεσί, μηδέ τι rapBeu

> Ν ’ IL Ν ϑ ih ENS τ ME
οὐ μὲν yap τοι ἐγὼ κακὸν ὀσσομένη τόδ᾽ ἱκάνω,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθὰ φρονέουσα' Διὸς δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἰμι,
oe " Ν , , 999 9 ,
ὅς σευ ἄνευθεν ἐὼν μέγα κήδεται ἠδ᾽ ἐλεαίρει.
λύσασθαί σ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν ᾿Ολύμπιος Ἕκτορα δῖον,
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ,
οἷον, μηδέ τις ἄλλος ἅμα Τρώων ἴτω ἀνήρ.
Lod ie / e / “ 3.5 ’
κῆρύξ τίς τοι ἕποιτο γεραίτερος, ὅς κ᾽ ἰθύνοι
e , eee 5h ION \ a
ἡμιόνους Kal ἄμαξαν ἐὔτροχον, ἠδὲ καὶ αὗτις
- a /
νεκρὸν ayoi προτὶ ἄστυ, τὸν ἔκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
ee
μηδέ τί τοι θάνατος μελέτω φρεσὶ μηδέ τι τάρβος
τοῖος γάρ τοι πομπὸς ἅμ᾽ ἕψεται ᾿Αργειφόντης,
“ 4. ἊΝ ef. by > πων ΙΑ
ὅς σ᾽ ἄξει ἧός κεν ἄγων ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πελάσσῃ.

160

170

175

180

24. IAIAAOS Q.

᾿ 3 a
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν ἀγάγῃσιν ἔσω κλισίην ᾿Αχιλῆος,
ik Tighe NS Δ ΤΥΡΌΣ 9), ἢ She,
οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς κτενέει ἀπό τ᾽ ἄλλους πάντας ἐρύξει
» , ΕΣ es ¥ > ἊΝ τ Ὁ κα /
οὔτε γάρ ἐστ᾽ ἄφρων οὔτ᾽ ἄσκοπος οὔτ᾽ ἀλιτήμων,
3
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐνδυκέως ἱκέτεω πεφιδήσεται ἀνδρός."
sya] Ν wo ἃ > pe IP) / , > / τὴ
μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη πόδας ὠκέα "Epis,
2 IK x4 ? Φ » 3h ε /
αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ vias ἄμαξαν ἐὔτροχον ἡμιονείην
ς ,ὔ cere? / Ν Le bier) theta
ὁπλίσαι ἠνώγει, πείρινθα δὲ δῆσαι ET αὑτῆς.
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐς θάλαμον κατεβήσετο κηώεντα
κέδρινον ὑψόροφον, ὃς γλήνεα πολλὰ κεχάνδει'
ἐς δ᾽ ἄλοχον ‘ExaBnv ἐκαλέσσατο φώνησέν τε’
’
“ δαιμονίη, Διόθεν μοι ᾿᾽Ολύμπιος ἄγγελος ἦλθε
3 a a
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱὸν ἰόντ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν,
“ b] Doe ἰώ
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπέ, τί τοι φρεσὶν εἴδεται εἶναι ;
αἰνῶς γάρ μ᾽ αὐτόν γε μένος καὶ θυμὸς ἄνωγε
(le ole WD Senn “ ᾿ Ν SEN 2 an. 39
κεῖσ᾽ ἰέναι ἐπὶ νῆας ἔσω στρατὸν εὐρὺν Αχαιῶν.
ἃ
Ὡς φάτο, κώκυσεν δὲ γυνὴ καὶ ἀμείβετο μύθῳ"
cs ἡ a ὃ / , » θ᾽ Ὁ \ ,
ὦ μοι, πῇ δή Tor φρένες οἴχονθ᾽, ns TO πάρος περ
Υ ae) τὰ , , 5.) φΦ chee /
ἔκλε᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπους ξείνους ἠδ᾽ οἷσιν ἀνάσσεις ;
πῶς ἐθέλεις ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐλθέμεν οἷος,
ἀνδρὸς ἐς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὅς τοι πολέας τε καὶ ἐσθλοὺς
«" ᾿ 3 , , ΄ >
υἱέας ἐξενάριξε᾽ σιδήρειόν νύ τοι ἦτορ.
> , b « 4 ae , 5 a
εἰ yap σ᾽ αἱρήσει καὶ ἐσόψεται ὀφθαλμοῖσιν,
5 Ν ae: TN “ » 2S a
ὠμηστὴς καὶ ἄπιστος ἀνὴρ ὅ ye, οὔ σ᾽ ἐλεήσει,
> / , 5 59. ἡ “ Ν , Ν
οὐδέ τί σ᾽ αἰδέσεται. νῦν δὲ κλαίωμεν ἄνευθεν
Ga 5 ee. a of 4 \
ἥμενοι ἐν μεγάρῳ" τῷ δ᾽ ὥς ποθι Μοῖρα κραταιὴ
’
γιγνομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, ὅτε μιν τέκον αὐτή,
ἀργίποδας κύνας Goa ἑῶν ἀπάνευθε τοκήων,
ἀνδρὶ πάρα κρατερῷ, τοῦ ἐγὼ μέσον ἧπαρ ἔχοιμι
5 , ΝΙΝ, rod \ oo» ,
ἐσθέμεναι προσφῦσα᾽ τότ᾽ ἂν τιτὰ ἔργα γένοιτο
Ν 3 “ 3 \ 1: , , /
παιδὸς ἐμοῦ, ἐπεὶ οὔ ἑ κακιζόμενόν γε κατέκτα,

ἀλλὰ πρὸ Τρώων καὶ Τρωϊάδων βαθυκόλπων
R 2

190

195

200

205

210

215

244 24. ἵΛΙΑΔΟΣ ὦ.

ε ,.. Μ , / yas Ὁ 4
ἑσταοτ΄, οὔτε φόβου μεμνημένον οὔτ᾽ ἀλεωρῆς.
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε γέρων Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
Res ee 3289 ΤΙ 2.5} ΄ ͵ ΡΞ
μὴ μ᾽ ἐθέλοντ΄ ἰέναι κατερύκανε, μηδέ μοι αὐτὴ
ὄρνις ἐνὶ μεγάροισι κακὸς πέλευ: οὐδέ με πείσεις.
5, ΠΑΝ, t δα ΠΟΥ, 3 ΄ Wei
εἰ μὲν yap τίς μ᾽ ἄλλος ἐπιχθονίων ἐκέλευεν,
x ἃ , / > , Ὧδε a
ἢ Ol μάντιές εἶσι θυοσκόοι ἢ ἱερῆες,
ψεῦδός κεν φαῖμεν καὶ νοσφιζοίμεθα μᾶλλον'
a 93 > aN \ By a \ £9 / +
νῦν δ᾽ αὑτὸς yap ἄκουσα θεοῦ καὶ ἐσέδρακον ἄντην,
i) Ἂς > 4 Bi Μ 3 , Φ
εἶμι, καὶ οὐχ ἅλιον ἔπος ἔσσεται, εἰ δέ μοι αἶσα
τεθνάμεναι παρὰ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων,
΄ δ 5. ΄ ’ 4
βούλομαι" αὐτίκα yap με κατακτείνειεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
b) BS ΠΟΥ oe μας ὩΣ Yost ae) 5.2K , 3 " ¢ 3»
ἀγκὰς ἑλόντ᾽ ἐμὸν υἱόν, ἐπὴν γόου ἐξ ἔρον εἵην.
Ἦ, καὶ φωριαμῶν ἐπιθήματα κἀλ᾽ ἀνέῳγεν"
ριαμῶν ἐπιθήματα Kad’ ἀνέῳγεν
ἔνθεν δώδεκα μὲν περικαλλέας ἔξελε πέπλους,
b) ah
δώδεκα δ᾽ ἁπλοΐδας χλαίνας, τόσσους δὲ τάπητας,
, Ν 4 la wy QA lal a
τόσσα δὲ φάρεα λευκά, τόσους δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖσι χιτῶνας.
a Ν i + f / /
χρυσοῦ δὲ στήσας ἔφερεν δέκα πάντα τάλαντα,
ἐκ δὲ δύ᾽ αἴθωνας τρίποδας, πίσυρας δὲ λέβητας,
ἐκ δὲ δέπας περικαλλές, ὅ οἱ Θρῇκες πόρον ἄνδρες
3 7 5) , , , ᾿ 5. 7 a
ἐξεσίην ἐλθόντι, μέγα κτέρας" οὐδέ νυ TOD περ
/ Eee ee N J € / Ν Die ov a
φείσατ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροις ὁ γέρων, περὶ δ᾽ ἤθελε θυμῷ
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱόν. ὁ δὲ Τρῶας μὲν ἅπαντας
αἰθούσης ἀπέεργεν ἔπεσσ᾽ αἰσχροῖσιν ἐνίσσων"
cy a 5) ee x \ eon
eppeTe, λωβητῆρες ἐλεγχέες᾽ OV νυ καὶ ὑμῖν
ν 4 “ 3: νϑϑ. κά
οἴκοι ἔνεστι γόος, ὅτι μ᾽ ἤλθετε κηδήσοντες ;
3.»
ἢ ὀνόσασθ᾽ ὅτι μοι Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκε,

παῖδ᾽ ὀλέσαι τὸν ἄριστον ; ἀτὰρ γνώσεσθε καὶ types”

A - 2 a
ῥηΐτεροι yap μᾶλλον ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν δὴ ἔσεσθε
κείνου τεθνηῶτος ἐναιρέμεν. αὐτὰρ ἔγωγε

Ν 3 / 4 /
πρὶν ἀλαπαζομένην τε πόλιν κεραϊζομένην TE
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδεῖν, βαίην δόμον "Αἴδος εἴσω."

> Ν Pi ΄ὔ ΤΕ, 5 € > + "

Η, καὶ σκηπανίῳ δίεπ᾽ ἀνέρας" οἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν ἔξω

220

225

230

235

240

245

24. IAIAAOS Ω. 24.5

/ ; e ε δ᾽ ec? 7 ε /
σπερχομένοιο γέροντος" 6 δ᾽ viacw οἷσιν ὁμόκλα,
νεικείων “EXevdv τε Πάριν τ᾽ ᾿Αγάθωνά τε δῖον
Πάμμονά τ᾽ ᾿Αντίφονόν τε βοὴν ἀγαθόν τε ἸΤολίτην 250
Δηϊφοβόν τε καὶ ἹἹΙππόθοον καὶ Δῖον ayavor"
> / cal ς Ν ς ’ Say, =,
ἐννέα τοῖς 6 γεραιὸς ὁμοκλήσας ἐκέλευε
(ς ᾿ς , Ν / / A ΜΔ᾽ εἰ ,

σπεύσατέ μοι, κακὰ τέκνα, κατηφόνες" αἴθ᾽ ἅμα πάντες
" > / 23 \ Lod aN \ /
Ἕκτορος ὠφέλετ᾽ ἀντὶ θοῇς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ πεφάσθαι.
ὦ μοι ἐγὼ πανάποτμος, ἐπεὶ τέκον υἷας ἀρίστους 258
Τροίῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ, τῶν δ᾽ οὔ τινά φημι λελεῖφθαι,
’ ἈΠ 5. 7 \ «᾿ ε /
Μήστορά τ᾽ ἀντίθεον καὶ Tpwidrov ἱππιοχάρμην
“ / et \ 7 δος 9) “ δον 16. ἢ
Ἑκτορά θ᾽, ὃς θεὸς ἔσκε μετ᾽ ἀνδράσιν, οὐδὲ ἐῴκει
ἀνδρός γε θνητοῦ πάϊς ἔμμεναι, ἀλλὰ θεοῖο. 259
τοὺς μὲν ἀπώλεσ᾽ “Apns, τὰ δ᾽ ἐλέγχεα πάντα λέλειπται,
ψεῦσταί τ᾽ ὀρχησταί τε, χοροιτυπίῃσιν ἄριστοι,
5 “ > MNS De Set 2 3 , c ως
ἀρνῶν ἠδ᾽ ἐρίφων ἐπιδήμιοι ἁρπακτήρες.
\ > x ΄ BA 3 Pe /
οὐκ ἂν δή μοι ἄμαξαν ἐφοπλίσσαιτε τάχιστα,
ταῦτά τε πάντ᾽ ἐπιθεῖτε, ἵνα πρήσσωμεν ὁδοῖο ;”
δῷς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πατρὸς ὑποδείσαντες ὁμοκλὴν 265
ἐκ μὲν ἄμαξαν ἄειραν ἐὕὔτροχον ἡμιονείην
τς “ 7 Ν “ Ce 3. ΡῈ
καλὴν πρωτοπαγέα, πείρινθα δὲ δῆσαν ET αὐτῆς,
SS te) Ἂν ’ Ν v4 « ,
κὰδ δ᾽ ἀπὸ πασσαλόφι ζυγὸν ἥρεον ἡμιόνειον
, ᾽ Wy ἈΝ oF 2 Ran
πύξινον ὀμφαλόεν, εὖ οἰήκεσσιν ἀρηρὸς
ἐκ δ᾽ ἔφερον Cvyddecpov ἅμα ζυγῷ ἐννεάπηχυ. 270
N x Ἂς a / sees Se We “
καὶ τὸ μὲν εὖ κατέθηκαν ἐὐξέστῳ ἐπὶ ῥυμῷ,
πέζη ἔπι πρώτῃ, ἐπὶ δὲ κρίκον ἕστορι βάλλον,
τρὶς δ᾽ ἑκάτερθεν ἔδησαν ἐπ’ ὀμφαλόν, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
ἑξείης κατέδησαν, ὑπὸ γλωχῖνα δ᾽ ἔκαμψαν.
ἐκ θαλάμου δὲ φέροντες ἐὐξέστης ἐπ᾽ ἀπήνης 275
7 « “ “- > 7 Pee A
νήεον Ἑ κτορέης κεφαλῆς ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα,
ζεῦξαν δ᾽ ἡμιόνους κρατερώνυχας ἐντεσιεργούς,
/ ει / \ , G Ἂν “
τούς ῥά ποτε Πριάμῳ Μυσοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα.
ἵππους δὲ Πριάμῳ ὕπαγον ζυγόν, ods ὁ γεραιὸ
ς δὲ Πριάμῳ ὕπαγον ζυγόν, οὖς ὁ γεραιὸς

246 24. IAIAAOS Q.

Pe yo S47 δ. es Sizak: 2
αὐτὸς ἔχων ἀτίταλλεν ἐὐξέστῃ ἐπὶ φάτνῃ. 280
Τὼ μὲν ζευγνύσθην ἐν δώμασιν ὑψηλοῖσι
κῆρυξ καὶ Πρίαμος, πυκινὰ φρεσὶ μήδε᾽ ἔχοντες"
9 a
ἀγχίμολον δέ σφ᾽ HAO “ExaBy τετιηότι θυμῷ,
> ϑ ‘ a
οἶνον ἔχουσ᾽ ἐν χειρὶ μελίφρονα δεξιτερῆφι,
χρυσέῳ ἐν δέπαϊ, ὄφρα λείψαντε κιοίτην' 285
“ De. / x > » , + + Vee: } , A
στῆ δ᾽ ἵππων προπάροιθεν ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζε
“rn, σπεῖσον Διὶ πατρί, καὶ εὔχεο οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι
pl;
aap ἐκ δυσμενέων ἀνδρῶν, ἐπεὶ Ap σέ ye θυμὸς
5 ΄, Ses lo ΕῚ a Ν > 3 /
ὀτρύνει ἐπὶ νῆας, ἐμεῖο μὲν οὐκ ἐθελούσης.
ἀλλ᾽ εὔχεο σύ γ᾽ ἔπειτα κελαινεφέϊ Κρονίωνι 290
3 / “ / Ἂς ΄“ ιν ΡΝ
Idaiw, ὅς τε Τροίην κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁρᾶται,
» ’ > ’ ΝΝ " “ « ’ ew
αἴτει δ᾽ οἰωνόν, ταχὺν ἄγγελον, ὅς τε οἱ αὐτῷ
φίλτατος οἰωνῶν, καί eb κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον,
δεξιόν, ὄφρα μιν αὐτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι νοήσας
τῷ πίσυνος ἐπὶ νῆας ἴης Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων. 295
> / > , eX 7 3 ve 4
εἰ δέ τοι ov δώσει ἑὸν ἄγγελον εὐρύοπα Ζεύς,
> 3 , Φι τ ν Ψ , /,
οὐκ ἂν ἐγώ γέ σ᾽ ἔπειτα ἐποτρύνουσα κελοίμην
νῆας ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων ἰέναι μάλα περ μεμαῶτα."
> ,
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
ςς > , > / 459 9 ΄ 5 / "
ὦ γύναι, οὐ μέν τοι τόδ᾽ ἐφιεμένῃ ἀπιθήσω 300
val 3
ἐσθλὸν yap Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχέμεν, αἴ κ’ ἐλεήσῃ.
Ἦ pa, καὶ ἀμφίπολον ταμίην ὥτρυν᾽ ὃ γεραιὸς
χερσὶν ὕδωρ ἐπιχεῦαι ἀκήρατον" 7 δὲ παρέστη
/ 3 / , / 3. ref, Ἂς +
χέρνιβον ἀμφίπολος πρόχοόν θ᾽ ἅμα χερσὶν ἔχουσα.
νυψάμενος δὲ κύπελλον ἐδέξατο ἧς ἀλόχοιο" 305
εὔχετ᾽ ἔπειτα στὰς μέσῳ ἕρκεϊ, λεῖβε δὲ οἷνον
Χ μ t ρ 3
> N ᾽ , \ , ” Ve
οὐρανὸν εἰσανιδών, Kal φωνήσας ἔπος ηὔδα
“ Ζεῦ πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, κύδιστε μέγιστε,
δός μ᾽ ἐς ᾿Αχιλλῆος φίλον ἐλθεῖν ἠδ᾽ ἐλεεινόν,
πέμψον δ᾽ οἰωνόν, ταχὺν ἄγγελον, ὅς τε σοὶ αὐτῷ
μ , ταχὺν ἄγγελον, ὅς τε σοὶ αὐτί 310
φίλτατος οἰωνῶν, καί εὑ κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον,

24. IAIAAOS ὦ.

; a

δεξιόν, ὄφρα μιν αὐτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι νοήσας
τῷ πίσυνος ἐπὶ νῆας ἴω Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων."

a a

Qs epar εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε μητίετα Ζεύς,
’ n

αὐτίκα δ᾽ αἰετὸν ἧκε, τελειότατον πετεηνῶν,

, 9! \ \ ,
μόρφνον θηρητῆρ᾽, ὃν καὶ περκνὸν καλέουσιν.
[τὰ ’ /
ὅσση δ᾽ ὑψορόφοιο θύρη θαλάμοιο τέτυκται
Seek b) va) ah. sopra). 9) val
ἀνέρος ἀφνειοῖο, ἐὺ κληϊσ᾽ ἀραρυῖα,
τόσσ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ ἑκάτερθεν ἔσαν πτερά" εἴσατο δέ σφι
δεξιὸς ἀΐξας διὰ ἄστεος" οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες

/ \ ἴω
γήθησαν, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἰάνθη.

bd 7 Υ an
Σπερχόμενος δ᾽ 6 γεραιὸς ἑοῦ ἐπεβήσετο δίφρου,
’ ,

ἐκ δ᾽ ἔλασε προθύροιο καὶ αἰθούσης ἐριδούπου.

’ Ν Lg ὔ e / »} /
πρόσθε μὲν ἡμίονοι ἕλκον TETPAKVKAOY ἀπήνην,
τὰς ᾿Ιδαῖος ἔλαυνε δαΐφρων αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν
ψ Ν ¢ / pb) / ii “2
ἵπποι, τοὺς ὁ γέρων ἐφέπων μάστιγι κέλευε
καρπαλίμως κατὰ ἄστυ; φίλοι δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἕποντο
πόλλ᾽ ὀλοφυρόμενοι ὡς εἰ θἀνατόνδε κιόντα.
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν πόλιος κατέβαν, πεδίον δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο,

ε Ἂς her Ὁ ΔΝ, τὰ /
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἄψορροι προτὶ Ἴλιον ἀπονέοντο,
παῖδες καὶ γαμβροί, τὼ δ᾽ οὐ λάθον εὐρύοπα Ζῆν
3 , , τὰ IRN HON ἡ ,
ἐς πεδίον προφανέντε" ἰδὼν δ᾽ ἐλέησε γέροντα,
αἶψα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἑρμείαν, υἱὸν φίλον, ἀντίον ηὔδα"

/
““Epuela, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά ye φίλτατόν ἐστιν
e 3

ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι, καί τ’ ἔκλυες ᾧ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσθα,
βάσκ᾽ ἴθι, καὶ Πρίαμον κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἃ yA Ji Ὁ | ee »” L239" if ,
ὡς dyay’, ὡς μήτ᾽ ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ᾽ ap τε νοήσῃ

n la’ BA 3
τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν, πρὶν ΠΠηλεΐωνάδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι.

3

SOs ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης.
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ὑπὸ ποσσὶν ἐδήσατο καλὰ πέδιλα
5 , ,ὔ LA ! AN 9...ι.:9 vie Ν
ἀμβρόσια χρύσεια, τά μιν φέρον ἡμὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑγρὴν

- lal /
ἠδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀπείρονα γαῖαν ἅμα πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο"

a nan f
εἵλετο δὲ ῥάβδον, τῇ τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν ὄμματα θέλγει

247

320

325

33°

335

340

248 24. ἸΛΙΆΔΟΣ Q.

\
ὧν ἐθέλει, τοὺς δ᾽ αὖτε καὶ ὑπνώοντας ἐγείρει"
Ν \ \ x δ Ἂν > ,

THY μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχων πέτετο κρατὺς ᾿Αργειφόντης.
αἶψα δ᾽ ἄρα Τροίην τε καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον ἵκανε,
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι κούρῳ αἰσυμνητῆρι ἐοικώς,
πρῶτον ὑπηνήτῃ, τοῦ περ χαριεστάτη ἥβη.

Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν μέγα σῆμα παρὲξ Ἴλοιο ἔλασσαν,
στῆσαν ἄρ᾽ ἡμιόνους τε καὶ ἵππους, ὄφρα πίοιεν,
2 RENN oN δ 25. τ ͵ " Ξ
ἐν ποταμῷ" δὴ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἤλυθε γαῖαν.
τὸν δ᾽ ἐξ ἀγχιμόλοιο ἰδὼν ἐφράσσατο κῆρυξ
Ἑρμείαν, ποτὶ δὲ Πρίαμον φάτο φώνησέν re
“φράζεο, Δαρδανίδη: φραδέος νόου ἔργα τέτυκται.
Μ 8 ἐς , / 3 Ἂν, / dh
ἄνδρ᾽ ὁρόω, Taxa δ᾽ ἄμμε διαρραίσεσθαι ὀΐω.

Ε]

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, ἤ μιν ἔπειτα

’, ς ΄ ὌΝ 8. 59 ΄ὔ 32
γούνων ἁψάμενοι λιτανεύσομεν, αἴ κ᾽ ἐλεήσῃ.

345

35°

‘Qs φάτο, σὺν δὲ γέροντι νόος χύτο, δείδιε δ᾽ αἰνῶς,

5 Ν Ν Ψ Ν ΘΝ cal /
ὀρθαὶ δὲ τρίχες ἔσταν ἐνὶ γναμπτοῖσι μέλεσσι,
στῆ δὲ ταφών' αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐριούνιος ἐγγύθεν ἐλθών,
χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλὼν ἐξείρετο καὶ προσέειπε"
ςς ps / @S) ὦ Are , + eA
πῇ: πάτερ, OO ἵππους TE Kal ἡμιόνους ἰθύνεις
? > ο
νύκτα δι᾿ ἀμβροσίην, ὅτε θ᾽ εὕδουσι βροτοὶ ἄλλοι;
ION / a) / / 8 ᾽’ὔ
οὐδὲ σύ γ᾽ ἔδεισας μένεα πνείοντας ᾿Αχαιούς,
οἵ τοι δυσμενέες καὶ ἀνάρσιοι ἐγγὺς ἔασι;
a » ὔ Μ Ἃ Ν + /
τῶν εἴ τίς σε ἴδοιτο θοὴν διὰ νύκτα μέλαιναν
fy) 9 / > a / / XR / / »
τοσσάδ΄ ὀνείατ᾽ ἄγοντα, τίς ἂν δή τοι νόος εἴη;
yy 9 = Semen / bl v4 / , φ 3 tal
OUT αὐτὸς νέος ἐσσί, γέρων δέ τοι οὗτος ὀπηδεῖ,
ἡ 335 ΄ “ 4 [4
ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαμύνασθαι, ὅτε τις πρότερος χαλεπήνῃ.
>
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐδέν σε ῥέξω κακά, καὶ δέ κεν ἄλλον
ΠΡ , y , Ἵ \ out ”
σεῦ ἀπαλεξήσαιμι φίλῳ δὲ σε πατρὶ ἐΐσκω.
A » 4 .
Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων pianos θεοειδής
ἐς , ὦ, , 99 , ἐ ε 5 ,
οὕτω πῃ τάδε γ᾽ ἐστί, φίλον τέκος, ὡς ἀγορεύεις.
5 ϑ An Ὁ “ na € / cal
ἀλλ΄ ἔτι τις Kal ἐμεῖο θεῶν ὑπερέσχεθε χεῖρα,
,ὔ a
Os μοι τοιόνδ᾽ ἧκεν ὁδοιπόρον ἀντιβολῆσαι,

360

365

37°

375

24. IAIAAOS ©,

Ν Ἂς Ν / \ a 5" ,
αἴσιον, οἷος δὴ σὺ δέμας καὶ εἶδος ἀγητός,

/ la ’ oe οἱ 4 93
πέπνυσαί τε νόῳ, μακάρων δ᾽ ἔξ ἐσσι τοκήων.

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης"
“yal δὴ ταῦτά γε πάντα, γέρον, κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον,
NE πῃ ἐκπέμπεις κειμήλια πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλὰ
ΝΜ > > UA A , /, /
ἄνδρας ἐς ἀλλοδαπούς, ἵνα περ τάδε TOL σόα μίμνῃ,
Ὁ ἃν / , wv Γ
ἢ ἤδη πάντες καταλείπετε ᾽ἴλιον ἱρὴν
δειδιότες" τοῖος γὰρ ἀνὴρ ὦὥριστος ὄλωλε

A Ise. ὦ > Ν / / 5) ͵ὕ 4.9 “ 3)
σὸς παϊς" οὐ μὲν γὰρ τι μάχης ἐπεδεύετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.

Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
ἕξ. Ὁ) ἣν ΄» 7 , >¥-~F 5 ,

τίς δὲ σύ ἐσσι, φέριστε, τέων δ᾽ ἔξ ἐσσι τοκήων ;
Ὁ XS ‘ > 5 , Ν x 3)
ὥς μοι καλὰ τὸν οἶτον ἀπότμου παιδὸς ἔνισπες.

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης"
(73 aD | tal / \ + ΠΣ δῖ

πειρᾷ ἐμεῖο, γεραιέ, καὶ εἴρεαι “Ἕκτορα δῖον.

Ν τ DEN } Ν / 7 /
TOV μὲν ἐγὼ μάλα πολλὰ μάχῃ ἔνι κυδιανείρῃ

Ε -“ ν NIECE τὰν Ν Ley
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὄπωπα, καὶ εὖτ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἐλάσσας
᾿Αργείους κτείνεσκε, δαΐζων ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ"
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἑσταύτες θαυμάζομεν" οὐ yap ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ν / / > oh
εἴα μάρνασθαι, κεχολωμένος ᾿Ατρεΐωνι.

τος ὦ τ ΡΝ t , > 7 a > Thm,
TOD yap ἐγὼ θεράπων, μία δ᾽ ἤγαγε νηῦς evepyis
Μυρμιδόνων δ᾽ ἔξ εἰμι, πατὴρ δέ μοί ἐστι Πολύκτωρ.
τὰ Ν τς “ ἂν ὦ la / Ἂς ἋΣ Lg id Ὁ
ἀφνειὸς μὲν ὅ γ᾽ ἐστί, γέρων δὲ δὴ ὡς σύ περ ὧδε,
ἐξ δέ οἱ vies ἔασιν, ἐγὼ δέ of ἕβδομός εἰμι:
τῶν μέτα παλλόμενος κλήρῳ λάχον ἐνθάδ᾽ ἕπεσθαι.
νῦν & ἦλθον πεδίονδ᾽ ἀπὸ νηῶν ἠῶθεν γὰρ
θήσονται περὶ ἄστυ μάχην ἑλίκωπες ᾿Αχαιοί.

τ ’ Ν ψ , ION ,

ἀσχαλόωσι yap οἵδε καθήμενοι, οὐδὲ δύνανται

” > / / 2 3 al 3)

ἴσχειν ἐσσυμένους πολέμου βασιλῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν.
Bb]

Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
“ εἰ μὲν δὴ θεράπων Πηληϊάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος

, “
εἷς, ἄγε δή μοι πᾶσαν ἀληθείην κατάλεξον,

249

380

385

390

395

400

405

250 24. IAIAAO® Q.

No Ν / ERS ae mea A +
ἢ ἐτι πὰρ νήεσσιν ἐμὸς Tais, HE μιν ἤδη
= \ oo \ \ ΝΜ 3 4 ”
nol κυσὶν μελεϊστὶ ταμὼν προὔθηκεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης"
«5 , » , ΄ ON ea ,
ὦ γέρον, OV πω τὸν γε κύνες φάγον οὐδ᾽ οἰωνοί,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι κεῖνος κεῖται ᾿Αχιλλῆος παρὰ νηὶ
y+ 3 / / / ek
αὕτως ev κλισίησι' δυωδεκάτη δέ οἱ ἠὼς
/ ὐὸ / yee: Ν 4 ὐὸ ΄ ON \
κειμένῳ, OVOE τί OL χρὼς σήπεται, οὐδέ μιν εὐλαὶ
Ν ’ oe) eh la 5 .* , 7
ἐσθουσ᾽, αἵ pa τε φῶτας ἀρηϊφάτους κατέδουσιν.
3 fy \ a Cea it. / /
ἡ μὲν μιν περὶ σῆμα ἑοῦ ἑτάροιο φίλοιο
ἕλκει ἀκηδέστως, ἠὼς ὅτε δῖα φανή
δ 7:
δ. 7 5 , 4 a7 Sins 1.53 BY
οὐδὲ μιν αἰσχύνει" Onotd kev αὐτὸς ἐπελθὼν
/ cal @
οἷον ἐερσήεις κεῖται, περὶ δ᾽ αἷμα νένιπται,
PIN ee. \ > ὦ ! ,
οὐδὲ ποθι μιαρός" σὺν δ᾽ ἕλκεα πάντα μέμυκεν,
“ Da A / Ἂς b] + ae a \ Μ᾿
Ooo ἐτύπη᾽ πολέες γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ χαλκὸν ἔλασσαν.
vA 4 \ e Cn
ὡς TOL κήδονται μάκαρες θεοὶ υἷος Enos
καὶ νέκυός περ ἐόντος, ἐπεί σφι φίλος περὶ κῆρι.᾽

“Qs φάτο, γήθησεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, καὶ ἀμείβετο μύθῳ"

Ως ΤΕ 5 0 9 x sh tale baap A a
ὦ τέκος, ἢ p ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἐναίσιμα δῶρα διδοῦναι
3 / 3 \ Μ 43 9 Ἂς fas yy el"
ἀθανάτοις, ἐπεὶ οὔ ποτ᾽ ἐμὸς πάϊς, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην ye,
λήθετ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροισι θεῶν, οἱ Ὄλυμπον ἔχουσι:
τῷ οἱ ἀπεμνήσαντο καὶ ἐν θανάτοιό περ αἴσῃ.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ τόδε δέξαι ἐμεῦ πάρα καλὸν ἄλεισον,
> , en / / ie fal
αὐτὸν τε ῥῦσαι, πέμψον δέ με σύν γε θεοῖσιν,
ὄφρα κεν ἐς κλισίην Πηληϊάδεω ἀφίκωμαι."
3, / ld
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης"
a a / ,
“πειρᾷ ἐμεῖο, γεραιέ, νεωτέρου, οὐδέ με πείσεις,
ὅς με κέλεαι σέο δῶρα παρὲξ ᾿Αχιλῆα δέχεσθαι.
Ν Ν ΕΝ , \ 5... 7 A aR
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ δείδοικα καὶ αἰδέομαι περὶ κῆρι
συλεύειν, μή μοί τι κακὸν μετόπισθε γένηται.

σοὶ δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ πομπὸς καί κε κλυτὸν "Apyos ἱκοίμην,

> , 2 \. UN BN ε , -
ἐνδυκέως ἐν νηὶ θοῇ ἢ πεζὸς ὁμαρτέων

/ ἦν 3)
οὐκ ἄν τίς τοι πομπὸν ὀνοσσάμενος μαχέσαιτο.

410

415

420

425

430

435

24. IAIAAOS ὦ.

Ἦ, καὶ ἀναΐξας ἐριούνιος ἅρμα καὶ ἵππους
7 / πὰς Ὁ / / /
καρπαλίμως μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία λάζετο χερσίν,
5 >» Io « , / > oh
ἐν δ᾽ ἔπνευσ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ ἡμιόνοις μένος 70.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πύργους τε νεῶν καὶ τάφρον ἵκοντο,
ε Ν / . , “ ,
ot δὲ νέον περὶ δόρπα φυλακτῆρες πονέοντο,
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὕπνον ἔχευε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης
πᾶσιν, ἄφαρ δ᾽ ὥϊξε πύλας καὶ ἀπῶσεν ὀχῆας,
ἐς δ᾽ ἄγαγε Πρίαμόν τε καὶ ἀγλαὰ δῶρ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀπήνης.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κλισίην Πηληϊάδεω ἀφίκοντο
ὑψηλήν, τὴν Μυρμιδόνες ποίησαν ἄνακτι
δοῦρ᾽ ἐλάτης κέρσαντες" ἀτὰρ καθύπερθεν ἔρεψαν
λαχνήεντ᾽ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες"
ΕῚ Ν , ε t SiN EN , x
ἀμφὶ δέ of μεγάλην αὐλὴν ποίησαν ἄνακτι
σταυροῖσιν πυκινοῖσι" θύρην δ᾽ ἔχε μοῦνος ἐπιβλὴς
εἰλάτινος, τὸν τρεῖς μὲν ἐπιρρήσσεσκον ᾿Αχαιοί,
cal 4. 79 ΄ , 3 /
τρεῖς δ᾽ ἀναοίγεσκον μεγάλην KAnida θυράων,
τῶν ἄλλων" ᾿Αχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπιρρήσσεσκε καὶ οἷος"
Ξ 743 ¢ ,ὕὔ b) ’, φ “
δή ῥα τόθ᾽ Ἑρμείας ἐριούνιος ᾧξε γέροντι,
ἐς δ᾽ ἄγαγε κλυτὰ δῶρα ποδώκεϊ Πηλεΐωνι,
ἐξ ἵππων δ᾽ ἀπέβαινεν ἐπὶ χθόνα φώνησέν τε"
«ᾧ γέρον, ἢ τοι ἐγὼ θεὸς ἄμβροτος εἰλήλουθα,
Ἑρμείας" σοὶ γάρ με πατὴρ ἅμα πομπὸν ὄπασσεν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ πάλιν εἴσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος
> Vy 2 ᾿ , ᾿
ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴσειμι' νεμεσσητὸν δέ κεν εἴη
ἀθάνατον θεὸν ὧδε βροτοὺς ἀγαπαζέμεν ἄντην"
τύνη δ᾽ εἰσελθὼν λαβὲ γούνατα Πηλεΐωνος,
καί μιν ὑπὲρ πατρὸς καὶ μητέρος ἠὐκόμοιο
7 \ ΄ ¢, € Ν Ἂς θέν 3)
λίσσεο καὶ τέκεος, ἵνα οἱ σὺν θυμὸν ὀρίνῃς.
‘Os ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη πρὸς μακρὸν ᾽Ὄλυμπον
Ἑρμείας" Πρίαμος δ᾽ ἐξ ἵππων ἄλτο χαμᾶζε,
᾿ὃ cal Ν ’ io fe a. ἢ 4 Ν la SE
αἴον δὲ Kat αὖθι λίπεν" ὃ δὲ μίμνεν ἐρύκων
[ ς , ὃ , > 99% /
ἵππους ἡμιόνους Te’ γέρων δ᾽ ἰθὺς κίεν οἴκου,

251

440

445

450

455

460

465

470

252 24. IAIAAOS Q,

page > Tee} \ ¢ 3 / SRE
τῇ ῥ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἵζεσκε διίφιλος. ἐν δέ μιν αὐτὸν
εὗρ᾽, ἕταροι δ᾽ ἀπάνευθε καθήατο' τῷ δὲ δύ᾽ οἴω,
ἥρως Αὐτομέδων τε καὶ ΓΑλκιμος, ὄζος “Apnos,
΄ Vite MAN Perey) > a
ποίπνυον παρεόντε" νέον ὃ ἀπέληγεν ἐδωδῆς 475
ἔσθων καὶ πίνων" ἔτι καὶ παρέκειτο τράπεζα.
τοὺς δ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ εἰσελθὼν Πρίαμος μέγας, ἄγχι δ᾽ ἄρα στὰς
χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος λάβε γούνατα καὶ κύσε χεῖρας
τς ἀν ems αἵ οἱ πολέας κτάνον υἷας. aap MO A
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ae ἄτη πυκινὴ λάβῃ, ὅς τ᾽ ἐνὶ πάτρῃ 480
φῶτα κατακτείνας ἄλλων ἐξίκετο δῆμον,
ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῦ, θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχει εἰσορόωντας,
ἃ 3
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς θάμβησεν ἰδὼν Πρίαμον θεοειδέα:
θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι, ἐς ἀλλήλους δὲ ἴδοντο.
’ 1]
κ \ ΄ s x a yo .
τὸν καὶ λισσόμενος Πρίαμος πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπε 485
“μνῆσαι πατρὸς σοῖο, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ,
τηλίκου ὥς περ ἐγών, ὀλοῷ ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ" “5
καὶ μέν που κεῖνον περιναιέται ἀμφὶς ἐόντες
΄, ᾽ WA ED 9 VO-T* 4 Ss a ey
τείρουσ᾽, οὐδέ Tis ἐστιν ἀρὴν Kal λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι.
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι κεῖνός ἰδὲ σέθεν ζώοντος ἀκούων 490
χαίρει τ᾽ ἐν θυμῷ, ἐπί τ᾽ ἔλπεται ἤματα πάντα
ὑγεατοι φίλον υἱὸν ἀπὸ ae ἰόντα"
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πανάποτμος, ἐπεὶ τέκον υἷας ἀρίστους
Tpoln ἐν eipetn, τῶν δ᾽ οὔ τινά φημι λελεῖφθαι.
πεντήκοντά μοι ἦσαν, ὅτ᾽ ἤλυθον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν" 405
ἐννεακαίδεκα μέν μοι ἰῆς ἐκ νηδύος ἦσαν,
τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους μοι ἔτικτον ἐνὶ μεγάροισι γυναῖκες.
τῶν μὲν πολλῶν θοῦρος “Apns ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν"
ὃς δέ μοι οἷος ἔην, εἴρυτο δὲ ἄστυ καὶ αὐτούς,
τὸν σὺ πρώην κτεῖνας ἀμυνόμενον περὶ πάτρης, 500
"E = ca) a “ δ. a7. a Ay “
KTopa’ τοῦ νῦν εἵνεχ᾽ ἱκάνω νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
λυσόμενος παρὰ σεῖο, φέρω δ᾽ ἀπερείσι ἄποινα.
ἀλλ᾽ αἰδεῖο θεούς, ᾿Αχιλεῦ, αὐτόν τ᾽ ἐλέησον,

24. IAIAAOS Q, 2.53
Msrk, per

gee σοῦ πατρός" ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐλεεινότερός περ,

ἔτλην δ᾽ of οὔ πώ τις sae pannes ἄλλος, 505

ἀνδρὸς παιδοφόνοιο ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ᾽ Ope ἔγεσθαι." = S
‘Os φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα πατρὸς ὑφ᾽ pesae:, Ope γόοιο' -

ἁψάμενος δ᾽ ἽΝ χειρὸς ἀπώσατο ἦκα γέροντα. 8

τὼ δὲ μνησαμένω, ὁ μὲν “Extopos ἀνδροφόνοιο

κλαῖ ἁδινὰ προπάροιθε ποδῶν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἐλυσθείς, “©8510
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς κλαῖεν ἑὸν πατέρ᾽, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε

Πάτροκλον" τῶν δὲ στοναχῆ κατὰ δώματ᾽ ὀρώρει.

αὐτὰρ ἐπεί pa γόοιο τετάρπετο δῖος —

καί οἱ ἀπὸ πραπίδων HAO ἵμερος ἠδ᾽ ἀπὸ γυίων,

αὐτίκ᾽ ἀπὸ θρόνου ὦρτο, γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη, 515

οἰκτείρων πολιόν τε κάρη πολιόν τε γένειον,

καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

“ἃ Seid’, ἢ δὴ πολλὰ κάκ᾽ ἄνσχεο σὸν κατὰ θυμόν.

πῶς ἔτλης ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐλθέμεν οἷος;

ae: és ὀφθαλμοὺς ὅς τοι πολέας τε καὶ ἐσθλοὺς 520

υἱέας ἐξενάριξα; τ τ νύ τοι ἦτορ. "

GAN ἄγε δὴ κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ τος ἐπὶ EEE ἄλγεα δ᾽ ἔμπης

ἐν θυμῷ κατακεῖσθαι ἐάσομεν ἀχνύμενοί

οὐ γάρ τις πρῆξις πέλεται κρυεροῖο γόοιο.

. ὡς γὰρ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσι, 525
ζώειν ἀχνυμένοις" αὐτοὶ δέ τ᾽ ἀκηδέες εἰσί.
δοιοὶ γάρ τε πίθοι κατακείαται ἐν Διὸς οὔδει
δώρων, οἷα δίδωσι, κακῶν, ἕτερος δὲ ἑάων" Sida A

é e 3) 5 , , \ ! a XA KA

ᾧ μέν kK Beate δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος,

ἄλλοτε μέν TE κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ ἐσθλῷ᾽ 530

ᾧ δέ κε τῶν λυγρῶν δώῃ, λωβητὸν ἔθηκε,

rw were ἑ κακὴ βούβρωστις ἐπὶ ὍΣ δῖαν ἐλαύνει,
υν a φοιτᾷ δ᾽ οὔτε θεοῖσι τετιμένος οὔτε βροτοῖσιν.
ὡς μὲν καὶ Πηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα

ἐκ γενετῆς" πάντας γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώπους ἐκέκαστο ae

254 24. IAIAAOS ὦ.

ὄλβῳ τε πλούτῳ τε, ἄνασσε δὲ Μυρμιδόνεσσι,
/ € ASS \ 7 »
καί οἱ θνητῷ ἐόντι θεὰν ποίησαν ἄκοιτιν.
5 3.9. Ν a “ Ν 4 “ « Μ
ἀλλ΄ ἐπὶ καὶ τῷ θῆκε θεὸς κακόν, ὅττι οἱ οὔ τι
παίδων ἐν Reyna γονὴ ve oan,
ἀλλ᾽ Eva παῖδα τέκεν παναώριονν οὐδέ νυ τόν γε 540
γηράσκοντα κομίζω, ἐπεὶ μάλα τηλόθι πάτρης
Φ ΡΣ ΕΝ / / / od Ν /
ἡμαι ἐνὶ Tpoin, σέ τε κήδων ἠδὲ σὰ τέκνα.
\ , , \ \ Ν 5) ΄ x = Ξ
καὶ σέ, γέρον, τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀκούομεν ὄλβιον Sat ay
ru MLA
ὅσσον Λέσβος ἄνω, Μάκαρος ἕδος, ἐντὸς ἐέργει
καὶ Φρυγίη καθύπερθε καὶ Ἑλλήσποντος ἀπείρων, 545
τῶν σε, γέρον, πλούτῳ τε καὶ υἱάσι φασὶ κεκάσθαι.
SAN b) , 2 759 > 7
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί τοι πῆμα τόδ᾽ ἤγαγον Οὐρανίωνες,
αἰεί τοι περὶ ἄστυ μάχαι T ἀνδροκτασίαι τε.
+ thts / > ie Ν Ν ,
ἄνσχεο, μηδ᾽ ἀλίαστον ὀδύρεο σὸν κατὰ θυμόν"
οὐ γάρ τι πρήξεις ἀκαχήμενος υἷος ἑῆος, 550
5 7 b] , ΙΝ Ν Ν BA / ”
οὖδέ μιν ἀνστήσεις, πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃσθα.
Τὸν & ἡμείβετι ἔπειτα γέρων Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
“μή πώ μ᾽ ἐς θρόνον te διαΤΡΕώ ees ὄφρα κεν “Ἕκτωρ
y
κῆται ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν aay ἀλλὰ τάχιστα
λῦσον, ἵν᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδω" σὺ δὲ δέξαι ἄποινα 555
πολλά, τά τοι φέρομεν" σὺ δὲ τῶνδ᾽ ἀπόναιο, καὶ ἔλθοις
σὴν ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, ἐπεί με πρῶτον ἔασας
> / , Ἀν ex / 5 / 29
[αὐτόν τε (ώει καὶ ὁρᾶν φάος ἠελίοιο].
Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπο τα ἰδὼν Hs a) πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“ἐ μηκέτι νῦν μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε, γέρον" νοέω δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς 560
"Extopa Tot λῦσαι, Διόθεν δέ μοι ἄγγελος ἦλθε
/ Ὁ > "οἵ € , /
μήτηρ, | μ΄ ἔτεκεν, θυγάτηρ ἁλίοιο γέροντος.
καὶ δέ σε γιγνώσκω, Πρίαμε, φρεσίν, οὐδέ με λήθεις,
v4 “ , 3. 5 XS 32% “ 3 a
ὅττι θεῶν Tis σ᾽ ἦγε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
οὐ γάρ κε τλαίη βροτὸς ἐλθέμεν, οὐδὲ μάλ᾽ ἡβῶν, 565
ἐς στρατόν" οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν φυλάκους λάθοι, οὐδέ κ᾿ ὀχῆα
lal ¢
ῥεῖα μετοχλίσσειε θυράων ἡμετεράων.

24. IAIAAOS Q. 255

τῷ νῦν μή μοι μᾶλλον ἐν ἄλγεσι θυμὸν ὀρίνῃς
ὃ νῦν μή μοι μ γεσι θυμὸν ὀρίνῃς,
/ / 5... δ ἘΝ He , 4
μή σε, γέρον, οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἐάσω
93
καὶ ἱκέτην περ ἐόντα, Διὸς δ᾽ ἀλίτωμαι ἐφετμάς. 570
5) ’ aS
“Os par’, ἔδεισεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων καὶ ἐπείθετο μύθῳ. ---
Πηλεΐδης δ᾽ οἴκοιο λέων ὡς GATO θύραζε,
οὐκ οἷος, ἅμα τῷ γε δύω θεράποντες ἕποντο,
ἥρως Δὐτομέδων ἠδ᾽ "Αλκιμος, οὕς ῥα μάλιστα
τὶ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἑτάρων μετὰ Πάτροκλόν γε θανόντα, 575
ἃ ἌΣ ΕΣΟΝ , , ψ ς ,
ot τόθ᾽ ὑπὸ ζυγόφιν λύον ἵππους ἡμιόνους τε,
ἐς δ᾽ ἄγαγον κήρυκα καλήτορα τοῖο γέροντος,
Kad δ᾽ ἐπὶ δίφρου εἷσαν" ἐὐξέστου δ᾽ am ἀπήνης
ἥρεον ‘Exropens κεφαλῆς ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα
tip ρέη ῆς ἀπερ ᾿
Kad δ᾽ ἔλιπον δύο φάρε᾽ ἐΐννητόν τε χιτῶνα, 580
» / / / ων , /
ὄφρα νέκυν πυκάσας δοίη olKOVvdEe φέρεσθαι.
3 “ 3 a ᾿
dyads δ᾽ ἐκκαλέσας λοῦσαι κέλετ᾽ ἀμφί τ᾽ ἀλεῖψαι,
, 2 / ε Ἂς / Μ δ᾽,
νόσφιν ἀειράσας, ὡς μὴ Πρίαμος ἴδοι υἱόν,
ae Ἂς 3 / / , > p) 7
μὴ ὁ μὲν ἀχνυμένῃ κραδίῃ χόλον οὐκ ἐρύσαιτο
παῖδα ἰδών, ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δ᾽ ὀρινθείη φίλον ἦτορ, 585
ΓΑ͂Ν: / Ν ee / Ὁ /
Kat € κατακτείνειε, Διὸς 6 ἀλίτηται ἐφετμάς.
x “1 3) \ a» \ “ Ν χω > 4
τὸν δ΄ ἐπεὶ οὖν ὃμωαὶ λοῦσαν Kal χρῖσαν ἐλαίῳ,
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν φᾶρος καλὸν βάλον ἠδὲ χιτῶνα,
αὐτὸς τόν γ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς λεχέων ἐπέθηκεν ἀείρας,
ἐν Io > aes eye) 8) /
σὺν δ᾽ ἕταροι ἤειραν ἐὐξέστην ἐπ᾽ ἀπήνην. 590
τ ἐέ eae) ΓΑ fr hone us 5
ὑμωξέν τ᾽ ap ἔπειτα, φίλον δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἑταῖρον
bP / ,ὔ ” ,
μὴ μοι, Πάτροκλε, σκυδμαινέμεν, αἴ κε πύθηαι
εἰν "Aidds περ ἐὼν ὅτι “Exropa δῖον ἔλυσα
ΝΠ 5. ον > , a ᾿ ;
πατρὶ φίλῳ, ἐπεὶ οὔ μοι ἀεικέα δῶκεν ἄποινα.
Ἀπ τ δὶ IN \ cal 33 ! “ ba ey Z 2)
σοὶ δ΄ αὖ ἐγὼ καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀποδάσσομαι ὅσσ᾽ ἐπέοικεν." 595
9 Hee a
H ῥα, καὶ és κλισίην πάλιν ἤϊε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
u ’ “ /
ἕζετο δ᾽ ἐν κλισμῷ πολυδαιδάλῳ, ἔνθεν ἀνέστη,
τοίχου τοῦ ἑτέρου, ποτὶ δὲ Πρίαμον φάτο μῦθον"
on Ν ,ὕ , , εἰς Ὁ τ ν
υἱὸς μὲν δὴ τοι λέλυται, γέρον, ὡς ἐκέλευες,

256 24. IAIAAOS Q.

a > / ’ a
κεῖται δ᾽ ἐν λεχέεσσ᾽" ἅμα δ᾽ ἠοῖ φαινομένηφιν
» ἌΝ » . fal Ν , ,
ὄψεαι αὐτὸς ἄγων" viv δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου.
\ , 9.91 ok , b) » ,
καὶ yap τ᾽ ἠΐκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου,
τῇ περ δώδεκα παῖδες ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ὄλοντο,
f ©
ef μὲν θυγατέρες, ἕξ δ᾽ vices ἡβώοντες.
τοὺς μὲν ᾿Απόλλων πέφνεν ἀπ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο
>
χωόμενος Νιόβῃ, τὰς δ᾽ "Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα,
“ 3, ἊΝ ᾿Ξ τὶ / fe
οὕνεκ ἄρα Λητοῖ ἰσάσκετο καλλιπαρῇῳ
a \ ἢ σε ON , Bey
φῆ δοιὼ τεκέειν, ἢ 6 αὐτὴ γείνατο πολλούς
Ν ἋΣ \ a ΕΝ ace er) BAN , »
τὼ δ᾽ ἄρα καὶ δοιώ περ ἐόντ᾽ ἀπὸ πάντας ὄλεσσαν.
« Ν pf er es ON δὶ / ἈΕῚ , ὑδέ 5
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐννῆμαρ Kear ἐν φόνῳ, οὐδέ τις ἦεν
κατθάψαι, λαοὺς δὲ λίθους ποίησε Kpoviwv
\ 2 a, ip / ! \ τ ,ὔ
τοὺς 6 ἄρα τῇ δεκάτῃ θάψαν θεοὶ Οὐρανίωνες.
ς >» , 4 ) 5 \ / , ,
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα σίτου μνήσατ᾽, ἐπεὶ κάμε δάκρυ χέουσα.
νῦν δέ που ἐν πέτρῃσιν, ἐν οὔρεσιν οἰοπόλοισιν,
ἐν Σιπύλῳ, ὅθι φασὶ θεάων ἔμμεναι εὐνὰς
νυμφάων, αἵ τ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχελώϊον ἐρρώσαντο,
ἔνθα λίθος περ ἐοῦσα θεῶν ἐκ κήδεα πέσσει.
5 Ree ͵ an
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ Kal νῶϊ μεδώμεθα, δῖε γεραιέ,
σίτου; ἔπειτά κεν adte φίλον παῖδα κλαίοισθα,
3)
Ἴλιον εἰσαγαγών" πολυδάκρυτος δέ τοι ἔσται.
Ἢ, καὶ ἀναΐξας ὄϊν ἄργυφον ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς

600

605

610

615

620

σφάξ᾽" ἕταροι δ᾽ ἔδερόν τε καὶ ἄμφεπον εὖ κατὰ κόσμον,

c val
μίστυλλόν τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπισταμένως πεῖράν τ᾽ ὀβελοῖσιν,

Ν / / SP: , /
ὦὥπτησάν τε περιφραδέως, ἐρύσαντό TE πάντα.
> , »Ἑ “ ΑΝ See ἐν ,
Αὐτομέδων δ᾽ ἄρα σῖτον ἑλὼν ἐπένειμε τραπέζῃ
καλοῖς ἐν κανέοισιν᾽ ἀτὰρ κρέα νεῖμεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
ἘΠῚ 9. 6Υ 7 a ie “ 7 > ¥
ol ὃ ἐπ᾿ ὀνείαθ᾽ ἑτοῖμα προκείμενα χεῖρας ἴαλλον.
53. σὰς Ὁ \ , a τ " e
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος Kal ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο,
> 3 Lad
ἢ τοι Δαρδανίδης Πρίαμος θαύμαζ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα,
ὅσσος ἔην οἷός Te’ θεοῖσι γὰρ ἄντα ἐῴκει"
αὐτὰρ 6 Δαρδανίδην Πρίαμον θαύμαζεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς,

625

630

24. ἹΛΙΑΔΟΣ Q.

εἰσορόων ὄψιν τ᾽ ἀγαθὴν καὶ μῦθον ἀκούων.
as b \ / 5 > / Gag
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τάρπησαν ἐς ἀλλήλους ὁρόωντες,
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε γέρων Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
“λέξον νῦν με τάχιστα, διοτρεφές, ὄφρα καὶ ἤδη
of ¢ a , , ᾿
ὕπνῳ ὕπο γλυκερῷ ταρπώμεθα κοιμηθέντες
3 / Fd » « Ν , >] al
οὐ γάρ πω μύσαν ὄσσε ὑπὸ βλεφάροισιν ἐμοῖσιν
ἐξ οὗ σῆς ὑπὸ χερσὶν. ἐμὸς πάϊς Sree θυμόν,
3 > “ ΝᾺ ᾿ \ / ,ὔ ’
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ στενάχω καὶ κήδεα μυρία πέσσω,
αὐλῆς ἐν χόρτοισι κυλινδόμενος κατὰ κόπρον.
a Ἂς \ / J \ » “
νῦν δὴ καὶ σίτου πασάμην καὶ αἴθοπα οἷνον
pares καθέηκα" πάρος ye μὲν ov TL πεπάσμην."
3 a
Ἦ ῥ᾽, ᾿Αχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἑτάροισιν ἰδὲ ὁμωῇσι κέλευσε
“ κα / Weasel! Ν
δέμνι᾽ ὑπ’ αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι καὶ ῥήγεα καλὰ
Ye 23) / / 3} Ud /
πορφύρε ἐμβαλέειν, στορέσαι τ ἐφύπερθε τάπητας,
/ a | , » / ed
χλαίνας T ἐνθέμεναι οὔλας καθύπερθεν ἕσασθαι.
αἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν ἐκ μεγάροιο δάος μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχουσαι,
bee 3. , Ἃ, / ὅν ἐπ /
αἶψα 6 ἄρα στόρεσαν δοιὼ λέχε᾽ ἐγκονέουσαι.
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπικερτομέων προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
“ ἐκτὸς μὲν δὴ λέξο, γέρον φίλε, μή τις ᾿Αχαιῶν
>] fy? 95 / 7 a / DEN
ev0ad ἐπέλθῃσιν βουληφόρος, οἵ τέ μοι αἰεὶ
ὡς , , a 42 9) 527)
βουλὰς βουλεύουσι παρήμενοι, ἣ θέμις ἐστί
τῶν εἴ τίς σε ἴδοιτο θοὴν διὰ νύκτα μέλαιναν,
αὐτίκ᾽ ἂν ἐξείποι ᾿Αγαμέμνονι ποιμένι λαῶν,
a /
καί κεν ἀνάβλησις λύσιος νεκροῖο γένηται.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον,
al “ ov va)
ποσσῆμαρ μέμονας κτερεϊζέμεν “Ἕκτορα δῖον,
» ΄ Oe / \ \ pee 39
ὄφρα τέως αὐτὸς τε μένω καὶ λαὸν ἐρύκω.
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων Πρίαμος θεοειδής"
“ei μὲν δή μ᾽ ἐθέλεις τελέσαι τάφον Ἕκτορι δίῳ,
᾽ a
ὧδέ κέ μοι ῥέζων, ᾿Αχιλεῦ, κεχαρισμένα θείης.
οἶσθα γὰρ ὡς κατὰ ἄστυ ἐέλμεθα, τηλόθι δ᾽ ὕλη
ἀξέμεν ἐξ ὄρεος, μάλα δὲ Babes δεδίασιν,
VOL. IL.

257

635

640

660

258 24. IATAAO® OQ.

j a ᾽
ἐννῆμαρ μέν κ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐνὶ μεγάροις γοάοιμεν,
τῇ δεκάτη δέ κε θάπτοιμεν δαινῦτό τε ads, 665
‘ t
ἑνδεκάτη δέ κε τύμβον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ποιήσαιμεν
ῆ μ t Hoalpev,
a Ἂς , , ” iy ”
τῇ δὲ δυωδεκάτῃ πολεμίξομεν, εἴ περ ἀνάγκη.
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς"
iy \ a ! PE PD) he \ Px Oe
ἔσται τοι καὶ ταῦτα, γέρον IIpiay’, ws σὺ κελεύεις
σχήσω γὰρ πόλεμον τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας." 670
“Qs ἄρα φωνήσας ἐπὶ καρπῷ χεῖρα γέροντος
᾽ a
ἔλλαβε δεξιτερήν, μή πως δείσει᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ.
4 Ν Ὑγ συ Ὁ , , 3’ , /
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐν προδόμῳ δόμου αὐτόθι κοιμήσαντο,
κῆρυξ καὶ Πρίαμος, πυκινὰ φρεσὶ μήδε᾽ ἔχοντες,
AEN > \ ~ Lal / 3.5. ,ὔ
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς εὗδε μυχῷ κλισίης ἐὐπηκτου" 675
τῷ δὲ Βρισηὶς παρελέξατο καλλιπάρῃος.
ΝΜ / € / ASD. / € Ν
Ἄλλοι μέν ῥα θεοί τε καὶ ἀνέρες ἱπποκορυσταὶ
Ὁ 4 a > 1, Ὁ“ τ
εὗδον παννύχιοι, μαλακῷ δεδμημένοι ὕπνῳ
Φ > ’ «ς lA 3 th “ Ν
ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ Ἑρμείαν ἐριούνιον ὕπνος ἔμαρπτεν,
ὁρμαίνοντ᾽ ἀνὰ θυμὸν ὅπως Πρίαμον βασιλῆα 680
a 3 / Ν, ε \ /,
νηῶν ἐκπέμψειε λαθὼν ἱεροὺς πυλαωρούς.
“ pC A Teel 5 ας a / \ a ”
στῆ δ᾽ ap ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς καί μιν πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν"
ςς 5 , » Ψ 7 if , Φ Ν Δ᾽ [2
ὦ γέρον, οὔ νύ τι vol γε μέλει κακόν, οἷον ἔθ᾽ εὕδεις
ἀνδράσιν ἐν δηΐοισιν, ἐπεί σ᾽ εἴασεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς.
καὶ νῦν μὲν φίλον υἱὸν ἐλύσαο, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔδωκας" 685
σεῖο δέ κε ζωοῦ καὶ τρὶς τόσα δοῖεν ἄποινα
a 9)
παῖδες τοὶ μετόπισθε λελειμμένοι, αἴ κ᾿ ᾿Αγαμέμνων
γνώῃ σ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης, γνώωσι δὲ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοί.᾽»
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ἔδ δ᾽ ὁ γέ ήρυκα δ᾽ ἀνίστ
ς ἔφατ᾽, ἔδεισεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, κήρυκα δ᾽ ἀνίστη.
τοῖσιν δ᾽ «Ἑρμείας ζεῦξ᾽ ἵππους ἡμιόνους τε, 690
ε, ΣΟ Jee? - ee Ν Ἂς ’, > / Ν
ῥίμφα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔλαυνε κατὰ στρατόν, οὐδέ τις ἔγνω.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πόρον ἵξον evppetos ποταμοῖο,
Ξάνθου δινήεντος, ὃν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς,
c ΄ Ν 7 2, 25. “ BY x ΝΜ
Ἑρμείας μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπέβη πρὸς μακρὸν ᾿Ολυμπον,
> ἃς. Ν , > ead Cc Ce] >
Hos δὲ κροκόπεπλος ἐκίδνατο πᾶσαν ἐπ᾿ αἴαν, 695

24. IAIAAOS ὦ. 2.59

οἱ δ᾽ εἰς ἄστυ ἔλων οἰμωγῇ τε στοναχῇ TE
ι t
ἵππους, ἡμίονοι δὲ νέκυν φέρον. οὐδέ τις ἄλλος
ἔγνω πρόσθ᾽ ἀνδρῶν καλλιζώνων τε γυναικῶν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα Κασσάνδρη, ἰκέλη χρυσέῃ ᾿Αφροδίτῃ,
Πέργαμον εἰσαναβᾶσα φίλον πατέρ᾽ εἰσενόησεν
ε ae 19 , , ἢ 3 , “ἢ
ἑσταύτ ἐν δίφρῳ, κηρυκὰ τε ἀστυβοώτην
τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἡμιόνων ἴδε κείμενον ἐν λεχέεσσι"
κώκυσέν T ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα γέγωνέ τε πᾶν κατὰ ἄστυ'
“ὄψεσθε, Tpdes καὶ Τρωάδες, Ἕκτορ᾽ ἰόντες,
εἴ ποτε καὶ ζώοντι μάχης ἐκ νοστήσαντι
7 Ὁ. \ / ty , aes) 4 [4 7)
χαίρετ᾽, ἐπεὶ μέγα χάρμα πόλει τ᾽ ἣν παντί τε δήμῳ.
“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδέ τις αὐτόθ᾽ ἐνὶ πτόλεϊ λίπετ᾽ ἀνὴρ
ION Pe , Ν 30} ¢ s ς
οὐδὲ γυνὴ" πάντας γὰρ ἀάσχετον ἵκετο πένθος
ἀγχοῦ δὲ ξύμβληντο πυλάων νεκρὸν ἄγοντι.
lal , Ἅ μὴν , yA \ , ,
πρῶται τὸν y adoxos τε φίλη καὶ πότνια μήτηρ
τιλλέσθην, ἐπ᾿ ἄμαξαν ἐὔΐτροχον ἀΐξασαι,
ἁπτόμεναι κεφαλῆς" κλαίων δ᾽ ἀμφίσταθ᾽ ὅμιλος,
΄ ὔ Ν , > > 57 ’
καί vu κε δὴ πρόπαν ἦμαρ ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα
ov , / Xp 7 x /
Exropa δάκρυ χέοντες ὀδύροντο πρὸ πυλάων,
ΕῚ] We eee ee , / na , :
εἰ μὴ ἄρ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο γέρων λαοῖσι μετηύδα
oc εν , > a / ιὰ Ὅς Ἂν ΝΜ
εἴξατέ μοι οὐρεῦσι διελθέμεν" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
ΝΜ fal > x Ἂ / , »
ἄσεσθε κλαυθμοῖο, ἐπὴν ἀγάγωμι δόμονδε.
ἃ x > € Ν 7 ; b) ,
Qs ἔφαθ᾽, of δὲ διέστησαν καὶ εἶξαν ἀπήνῃ.
« Me Ν 5 U \ , ἊΝ Ἂς By
ot & ἐπεὶ εἰσάγαγον κλυτὰ δώματα, τὸν μὲν ἔπειτα
“ 3 / , Ν ’ @ ΟῚ A
τρητοῖς ev λεχέεσσι θέσαν, Tapa δ᾽ εἷσαν ἀοιδοὺς
θρήνων ἐξάρχους, οἵ τε στονόεσσαν ἀοιδὴν
€ Ν ΓΟ LGR ing , Beh: Ἂς , cal
ot μὲν ap ἐθρήνεον, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες.
“ eh , , 3 ΄
τῇσιν 6 ᾿Ανδρομάχη λευκώλενος ἦρχε γόοιο,
Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο κάρη μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχουσα"
“cf 3)225) an a + Ν / /
ἄνερ, ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος νέος ὦλεο, Kad δέ με χήρην
λείπεις ἐν μεγάροισι" πάϊς δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος αὔτως,

a / 4 Lee J a / δ. 7 »
ὃν τέκομεν σύ τ᾽ ἐγώ τε δυσάμμοροι, οὐδε μιν οἴω
S32

700

795

15

720

725

260 24. IAIAAOS Ω,

ἥβην ἵξεσθαι" πρὶν yap πόλις ἥδε Kar’ ἄκρης

/ e > Ν Μ 3 ΄, “ / 3, Ἂς
πέρσεται" ἡ γὰρ ὁλωλας ἐπίσκοπος, ὅς τέ μιν αὐτὴν

δὴν Ν \ eee) , Ν Ν / /
ῥύσκευ, exes δ᾽ ἀλόχους κεδνὰς καὶ νήπια τέκνα,
at δή τοι τά ly ὀχή λ ἢ

n Xa νηυσὶν ὀχήσονται γλαφυρῇσι,

NN ὯἹ ὧν Nageien χα Α΄. ἘΦ ἃ ται t A152: TA ae es
και μὲν ἔγω μετὰ THOL σὺ ὃ αὖ, TEKOS, ἢ ἐμοὶ αυτΊ)

« x Ν 5 / 3. ,
ἕψεαι, ἔνθα κεν ἔργα ἀεικέα ἐργάζοιο,
5 UA No »} / ¥ ᾽ lal
ἀθλεύων πρὸ ἄνακτος ἀμειλίχου, ἢ τις ᾿Αχαιῶν
ῥίψει χειρὸς ἑλὼν ἀπὸ πύργου, λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον,
, 2 / 5 \ + “
χωόμενος, ᾧ δὴ Tov ἀδελφεὸν ἔκτανεν “ExTwp
x / 3 ὟΝ \ \ ed ἊΝ A / et) na
ἢ πατέρ᾽, NE Kal υἱόν, ἔπει μάλα πολλοὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν
Ἕκτορος ἐν παλάμῃσιν ὀδὰξ ἕλον ἄσπετον οὖδας.
οὐ γὰρ μείλιχος ἔσκε πατὴρ τεὸς ἐν δαὶ λυγρῇ᾽
γὰρ μείλιχο ὴρ γρῇ
τῷ καί μιν λαοὶ μὲν ὀδύρονται κατὰ ἄστυ,
5 Ν Ν a , \ / ν
ἀρητὸν δὲ τοκεῦσι γόον καὶ πένθος ἔθηκας,
ἽἝἝκτορ᾽ ἐμοὶ δὲ μάλιστα λελείψεται ἄλγεα λυγρά.
οὐ γάρ μοι θνήσκων λεχέων ἐκ χεῖρας ὄρεξας
γάρ μοι θνή x χεῖρας ὄρεξας,
οὐδέ τί μοι εἶπες πυκινὸν ἔπος, οὗ τέ κεν αἰεὶ
μεμνήμην νύκτας τε καὶ ἤματα δάκρυ χέουσα.
ΔΩ Ν ld >] pI \ Ν , a
ς eparo κλαίουσ΄, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες.
“ ’ RAI ¢ ἐν £. na 3Fa , Ξ
τῇσιν δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ “ExaBn ἁδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο
Ἕκτορ, ἐμῷ θυμῷ πάντων πολὺ φίλτατε παίδων,
ἦ μέν μοι ζωός περ ἐὼν φίλος ἦσθα θεοῖσιν"
c 3. oe. nn / A939 / , Μ
οἱ δ΄ ἄρα σεῦ κήδοντο καὶ ἐν θανάτοιό περ αἴσῃ.
ἄλλους μὲν γὰρ παῖδας ἐμοὺς πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
, Jae, 3 δῇ / «τ Ἃ 5 ,
πέρνασχ᾽, ὃν τιν΄ ἕλεσκε, πέρην ἁλὸς ἀτρυγέτοιο,
ἐς Σάμον ἔς 7 Ἴμβρον καὶ Λῆμνον ἀμιχθαλόεσσαν'"
σεῦ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐξέλετο ψυχὴν ταναήκεϊ χαλκῷ,
Sie / Cin Ν eden ted
πολλὰ ῥυστάζεσκεν ἑοῦ περὶ ohm ἑτάροιο,

᾽
Πατρόκλου, τὸν ἔπεφνες" ἀνέστησεν δέ μιν οὐδ᾽ ὥς.

a / ε ΄ \ ΄ 2 /
νῦν δέ μοι ἑρσήεις Kal πρόσφατος ἐν μεγάροισι
κεῖσαι, τῷ ἴκελος ὅν τ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων

we 5 “ / 3 , / ”
οἷς ἀγανοῖσι βέλεσσιν ἐποιχόμενος κατέπεφνεν.

730

735

750

758

24. IAIAAOS ©.

“Qs ἔφατο κλαίουσα, γόον δ᾽ ἀλίαστον ὄρινε.

a . Ὁ Bie / / by lal , Ξ
τῇσι δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ “Ἑλένη τριτάτη ἐξῆρχε γόοιο
"Exrop, ἐμῷ θυμῷ δαέρων πολὺ φίλτατε πάντων,
> Ν
ἢ μέν μοι πόσις ἐστὶν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής,
ὅς μ᾽ ἄγαγε Τροίηνδ᾽" ὡς πρὶν ὥφελλον ὀλέσθαι.
Μ Ν “ 459 9 Ν ΝΥ 5 \
ἤδη yap νῦν μοι TOO ἐεικοστὸν ἔτος ἐστὶν
ἐξ οὗ κεῖθεν ἔβην καὶ ἐμῆς ἀπελήλυθα πάτρης"
ἀλλ᾽ οὔ πω σεῦ ἄκουσα κακὸν ἔπος οὐδ᾽ ἀσύφηλον"
5 > Μ ’ Ἄς Re / Se
ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τὶς με καὶ ἄλλος ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἐνίπτοι

/ Ἅ , bs ’ / > ,
δαέρων ἢ γαλόων ἢ εἰνατέρων εὐπέπλων,
te ie ’ ε ΝΥ ‘> Ν ΓΝ ὦ “Δ
ἢ ἑκυρή---ἑκυρὸς δὲ πατὴρ ὡς ἤπιος αἰεί--,

5 Ν ΩΝ , r J / , /
ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν y ἐπέεσσι παραιφάμενος κατέρυκες,
σῇ τ᾽ ἀγανοφροσύνῃ καὶ σοῖς ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσι.

= , θ᾽ e NN / NEED ον τ , Cate
τῷ σέ θ᾽ ἅμα κλαίω Kal ἔμ᾽ ἄμμορον ἀχνυμένη κῆρ
οὐ γάρ τίς μοι ἔτ᾽ ἄλλος ἐνὶ Τροίῃ εὐρεί;

γάρ τίς μ pon εὐρείῃ
” 3
ἤπιος οὐδὲ φίλος, πάντες δέ με πεφρίκασιν.

“Ὡς ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἔστενε δῆμος ἀπείρων.
λαοῖσιν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων Πρίαμος μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπεν᾽
“agere νῦν, Τρῶες, ξύλα ἄστυδε, μηδέ τι θυμῷ
δείσητ᾽ ᾿Αργείων πυκινὸν λόχον" ἢ γὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς

, PRS 4’ ν , Sra tN na
πέμπων μ΄ ὧδ᾽ ἐπέτελλε μελαινάων ἀπὸ νηῶν,

Ν ‘ / \ 4 , ld ”
μὴ πρὶν πημαάνέειν, πρὶν δωδεκάτη μόλῃ ἠώς.

“Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ὑπ’ ἀμάξησιν βόας ἡμιόνους τε

ee Φ Se, Se, 2 ,
Cedvyrucar, αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειτα πρὸ ἄστεος ἠγερέθοντο.
ἐννῆμαρ μὲν τοί γε ἀγίνεον ἄσπετον ὕλην"
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ δεκάτη ἐφάνη φαεσίμβροτος ἠώς,
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐξέφερον θρασὺν “Ἕκτορα δάκρυ χέοντες,
ἐν δὲ πυρῇ ὑπάτῃ νεκρὸν θέσαν, ἐν δ᾽ ἔβαλον πῦ

ρῇ ὑπάτῃ νεκρ : ρ.
3

Ἦμος δ᾽ ἠριγένεια φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος ᾿Ηώς,
τῆμος ἄρ᾽ ἀμφὶ πυρὴν κλυτοῦ “Ἕκτορος ἔγρετο λαύς.

3, “- Aes Ἂν ec / ee /

[αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἤγερθεν ὁμηγερέες τ᾽ ἐγένοντο, |
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ πυρκαϊὴν σβέσαν αἴθοπι οἴνῳ

261

760

795

-τ
“τ
fe}

780

785

79°

262 24. IAIAAOS Q.

πᾶσαν, ὁπόσσον ἐπέσχε πυρὸς pEVOS’ αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
5 i. Ν / 7 7] > of la
ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο κασίγνητοί θ᾽ Erapot τε
μυρόμενοι, θαλερὸν δὲ κατείβετο δάκρυ παρειῶν.
\ “ , 2 ’ i cy) /
καὶ Ta ye χρυσείην és λάρνακα θῆκαν ἑλόντες, 795
πορφυρέοις πέπλοισι καλύψαντες μαλακοῖσιν"
aia δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐς κοίλην κάπετον θέσαν, αὐτὰρ ὕπερθε
πυκνοῖσιν λάεσσι κατεστόρεσαν μεγάλοισι"
cs Ν nn 9 + X xX A le, /
ῥίμφα δὲ ony’ ἔχεαν, περὶ δὲ σκοποὶ ἥατο πάντῃ,
μὴ πρὶν ἐφορμηθεῖεν ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί. 800
, SPA , ΣΕΜΕΙ τς iy
χεύαντες δὲ τὸ σῆμα πάλιν κίον" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
μιν , ie »" ν᾽ pl a
εὖ συναγειρόμενοι δαίνυντ᾽ ἐρικυδέα δαῖτα
δώμασιν ἐν Πριάμοιο, διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος.
,
Ὡς οἵ γ᾽ ἀμφίεπον τάφον “Ἕκτορος ἱπποδάμοιο.

NOTES.

BOOK XIII.

THE narrative of the thirteenth and two following books of the Iliad
consists of incidents by which the main course of events in the poem is
for a time arrested, or rather turned in the opposite direction. The
agency of Zeus, by which alone the promised humiliation of the Greeks
can be brought about, is removed, and other agencies, chiefly that of
Poseidon, restore to them their natural superiority over the Trojans.
When Zeus awakes to the changed condition of things the lost ground
has to be gradually recovered. Thus the catastrophe which was im-
pending at the end of the twelfth book is still impending at the end of
the fifteenth.

The thirteenth book was anciently known under the title Μάχη ἐπὶ
ταῖς ναυσίν. These words would properly describe the whole episode
now in question; but as books XIV and XV received other titles, the
phrase was restricted to book XIII. The narrative may be analysed as
follows :—

Zeus now turns his eyes away from the battle, and Poseidon comes to
the aid of the Greeks. He encourages the two Ajaces, then other heroes.
The Trojans under Hector find their onset checked (ll. 1-205).

Idomeneus now becomes the principal figure, with Meriones as his
θεράπων or companion in arms. Both heroes place themselves on the
left wing, where they are most needed (Il. 206-344). The poet here
pauses to dwell on the spectacle of the two armies urged forward by
the two great ‘sons of Kpdvos,’ Zeus and Poseidon (Il. 345-360). Then
follows what may be called the Aristeia of Idomeneus. He slays
several warriors of subordinate rank—Othryoneus, Asius, Alcathous.
Over the body of the last a general combat arises, in which Idomeneus
engages Aeneas. At length he retires, wearied but not conquered, and
leaves the battle to younger heroes (ll. 361-525). It is carried on by
Meriones, Antilochus and (especially) Menelaus (Il. 526-672).

The scene then changes again to the centre, where Hector is still

264 ILIAD. BOOK XII.

pressing on to the attack, while the defence is maintained by the
Telamonian and Locrian Ajax, supported by the tontingents from
Boeotia, Attica, Locris and Phthia. The Trojans are like to give way.
On the advice of Polydamas Hector goes off to the left wing, where
he finds Paris alone bearing the brunt of the fighting. The two
brothers hasten to the centre, and Hector is challenged by Ajax

(il. 673-837).

The main subject of the poem, the anger of Achilles, is kept in view,
as in most of the earlier books, not only by his absence from the field,
but also by at least one express mention. This is in the speech of
Poseidon (Il. 95-124), in which the wrong done by Agamemnon is put
forward as a motive, or at least an excuse, for the conduct of the Greek
army (of κείνῳ ἐρίσαντες ἀμυνέμεν οὐκ ἐθέλουσι νηῶν ὠκυπόρων, ἀλλὰ
κτείνονται ἀν᾽ αὐτάς), Again, as Lachmann himself pointed out, although
the observation told against his theory, all the books in this part of the
liad (i.e. from the eleventh onwards) agree in the circumstance that
the three chief heroes, Agamemnon, Ulysses, and Diomede are disabled,
and continue to be so throughout the remaining battles. Another
point of agreement in these books is to be found in the absence of the
gods: see especially the notice as to Ares in 13. 521 ff, (Διὸς βουλῇσιν
ἐελμένος, ἔνθα περ ἄλλοι ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἦσαν ἐεργόμενοι πολέμοιο).

The actors in this book are not materially different from those of the
two preceding: except that Sarpedon and Glaucus, who are so con-
spicuous in the twelfth book, now disappear. On the other hand,
Idomeneus and Menelaus now take a larger part of the action. The
distinction between the centre and the left wing, which we noticed as
running through books XI and XII, is still observed.

Of the various flaws that critics have seen in the texture of the
narrative one of the most obvious meets us at the very outset. The
sudden indifference of Zeus comes as a surprise: there is nothing to
make it natural for him to turn his eyes away to the blameless people
of the north. Moreover, it contradicts a later passage (ll. 345-360),
in which Zeus and Poseidon are described as working against each
other. Most critics accordingly pronounce this passage to be an
interpolation. Possibly we ought rather to reject the first lines of the
book (1-9), which are open to suspicion on independent grounds'.

+ Viz. as mentioning nations of which Homer elsewhere shows no
knowledge. It is perhaps worth noticing that in the next lines Poseidon
is not said to have seen that Zeus had turned away his eyes. He was
watching the battle (1.11), and saw the Greeks being worsted. And
his arrival in the Greek army was so far secret that he left his chariot
behind in the deep sea off Tenedos.

NOTES. 265

The separation between the battle in the centre—where Hector is—
and the battle on the left is carried out, on the whole, with greater con-
sistency than before. It is true that Deiphobus first appears in Hector’s
neighbourhood (1. 156), and afterwards on the left (1. 402); and that
the same thing may be shown for Antilochus and Deipyrus (com-
paring ll. 91-93 with ll. 479, 480). But it must not be forgotten
that we have to do with a mere poetical artifice, devised for the
purpose of grouping the combatants in a picturesque way. We
must not expect a degree of accuracy which would be without poetical
value.

There is more reason to suspect some passages in the last part of the
book (ll. 673 ff.). The list of tribes given in 11. 685-700 is unlike
Homer. Their names are not familiar in the Iliad (Ἰάονες and Φθῖοι
do not occur elsewhere, Λοκροί only in the Catalogue, Ἔπειοί in the
interpolation 11. 670-762). In the same passage the statement as to
the ships of Ajax (1. 681) is at variance with 11. 7: and the use of pera
with a gen. (1. 700) is suspicious. It is strange to be told in 1. 687
that the Greeks could not repulse Hector, and in 1. 723 that on account
of the Locrian archers the Trojans were on the verge of a miserable
defeat (ἔνθα κε λευγαλέως x.7.A.). This impending rout brings Poly-
damas on the scene, and here again the thread of the story is difficult
to follow. Polydamas, in his usual character of cautious adviser, urges
Hector to call the leaders together, and consult whether to make a con-
centrated attack on the ships or to retire (ll. 740-744). Hector goes
to the left wing, and there finds Paris alone upholding the battle, all
the other chiefs being killed or wounded. The dialogue which follows
is a conventional rebuke of Paris (as in 3. 39 ff.), and quite unsuited to
the present occasion. The sequel, too, is unexpected. The brothers
leave the left wing to itself: no more is heard of the proposed con-
sultation : and Ajax and Hector—who have been face to face all through
the book—formally defy each other to mortal combat. Throughout
these incidents the help of Poseidon is no more heard of.

Whatever may be thought of individual points, it is manifest that the
conclusion of the book is inferior in force and naturalness to the part
which we have called the Aristeia of Idomeneus.

One curious contradiction remains to be noticed. The Paphlagonian
chief Harpalion, son of Pylaemenes, is killed by Meriones, and his body
is followed to the camp by his weeping father (1. 658). But in the fifth
book (ll. 576 ff.) Pylaemenes himself was killed by Menelaus.. The
difficulty has been met in various ways, by ancient as well as modern
scholars. The true explanation doubtless is that in subordinate incidents
and details, which the poet does not derive from any tradition, but puts
in as they are needed to complete his picture, we are not to look for the
exactness of a historian.

266 ILIAD. BOOK ΧΙ,

2. τούς includes the Greeks, who are indirectly implied by the word
νηυσί in 1]. 1.

3. πάλιν, lit. ‘backwards.’ This is not geographically correct: to
a spectator on Mt. Ida, Thrace must have been nearly in the same
direction as the Greek camp. The poet, however, only means that Zeus
averted his eyes from the battle.

4. énl,‘ over,’ governs αἶαν, as in 14. 227 σεύατ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἱπποπύλων Θρῃκῶν
ὄρεα νιφόεντα. For ἱπποπόλος, ‘haying to do with horses,’ cp. αἰ-πόλος,
‘goat-herd,’ ὀνειροπόλος (1. 63).

5, 6. The difficulty here is to distinguish the proper names from the
epithets. The best ancient critics seem to have read ᾿Αγαυῶν as the
name ofa Thracian tribe, ἱππημολγῶν, as an epithet. Modern editors
take the reverse view (ἀγαυῶν ἹππημολγῶνῚ, which is probably right,
since dyavés is a very common adjective in Homer. If so, γλακτοφάγων
is also probably an epithet of the Hippemolgi, explaining the name.
The” Avot are to be recognised under the form Γάβιοι in a fragment of
the Prometheus Unbound of Aeschylus :

ἔπειτα δ᾽ ἥξεις δῆμον ἐνδικώτατον

lal ers ‘ ,
βροτῶν ἁπάντων καὶ φιλοξενώτατον,
TaBious, iv’ οὔτ᾽ ἄροτρον οὔτε γατόμος
τέμνει δίκελλ᾽ ἄρουραν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοσπόροι
ύαι φέρουσι βίοτον ἄφθονον βροτοῖς.

If the reading Γαβίους is right, we must suppose either that Aeschylus
read Γαβίων in Homer, or that he identified Homer’s ΓΆβιοι with some
ΤΓάβιοι of his own time. Notice how he has amplified the Homeric de-
scription and made it more marvellous. Some ancient critics took
ἀβίων as an epithet, explaining it to mean ‘not using the bow’ (βιός),
or ‘without violence’ (Bia). The passage shows some real knowledge
of the countries to the north of Greece. The description ‘living upon
mares’ milk’ agrees with the ancient accounts of the Scythians, and is
applicable at this day to the Kalmucks. ὙΠΟ ΓΑ βίοι answer in character
to the ᾿Αργιππαῖοι of Herodotus (4. 23). The tendency to idealise dis-
tant nations appears again in the Hyperboreans, who are unknown to
Homer (see Hadt. 4. 32).

το. ἀλαοσκοπιήν, ‘blind watch,’ z.e. failure to watch: an oxymoron
like our ‘ fight shy.’ The irony lies in professing to add a mere qualifi-
cation (as if J/ind watch were a kind of watch), when a wholly different
or opposite thing is meant. See § 60.

12. Σάμου Opyixins, ‘the Samos of Thrace’: the other Zapos (or
Σάμη) being Cephallonia. The compound Σαμοθράκη is post-Homeric.
Notice that the historical Samos is not mentioned in Homer. The
fitness of Samothrace as a point of view for overlooking the Troad is
the subject of a well-known passage in Mr. Kinglake’s Zothen, ch. 4.

NOTES. LINES 2-47. 267

15. ἕζετ᾽ ἰών, ‘had gone and seated himself’; ἕζετο is an Aor., here
equivalent to our pluperfect.

20. ὀρέξατ᾽, ‘strode.’ τέκμωρ, in its literal sense, ‘ end,’

21. Aiyds. Several places of the name were sacred to Poseidon, but
no one is known that will suit this passage, which evidently contemplates
a place under Samothrace.

22. ἄφθιτα αἰεί, an unusual hiatus, excused by the frequency of the
phrase ἄφθιτος αἰεί.

The passage which follows has suggested some difficulties, -Why
should Poseidon go round by Aiyai? Why should he take his chariot,
which he had to leave half-way, when his object was to reach the Greek
camp as quickly and as secretly as possible? The explanation doubtless
is the same as in the case of the arming of Agamemnon before his
ἀριστεία (see on It. 16), viz. that it serves an artistic purpose. The
interference of Poseidon gives a new direction to the course of the story:
accordingly his entrance is marked by a special piece of description.

27. βῆ δ᾽ ἐλάαν, a construction on the model of βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι, BH δὲ
θέειν, &c. These phrases are properly used only of going on foot
(Baivw).

ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ‘ by reason of him,’ ‘at his coming.’

28. ἄνακτα, ‘their master.’

29. There is little to decide between γηθοσύνη, the reading of Aris-
tarchus, and γηθοσύνῃ. The latter is supported by 21. 390, and many
similar uses of the Dat. (§ 38, 3).

διΐστατο, ‘ divided,’ so as to make a way: cp. 24.96 ἀμφὶ δ᾽ dpa
σφι λιάζετο κῦμα θαλάσσης.

26. πέδας, ‘ shackles’ or ‘ hobbles.’

38. νοστήσαντα ἄνακτα, ‘the return of their master.’ For this use
of the Aor. Part. cp. 1. 545 μεταστρεφθέντα δοκεύσας, “ watching for his
turning’: also és ἠέλιον καταδύντα, ‘till sun-set.’

41. GBpopor αὐίαχοι, It has been usual to take the a- of these com-
pounds in the intensive sense, on the ground that elsewhere (3. 2 ff. and
4. 429 ff.) the Greeks march silently, the Trojans with clamour. But the
Trojans are here represented as advancing with the intense ardour
(μεμαῶτες) which causes silence: in fact, the description of the Greeks
in 3. 8.9 has come to apply to them. avtaxos is for a-Fiaxos, the F
being vocalised, as in ταλατ-ύρινος, ε-ὔαδε.

42. Here and in several other places the MSS. vary between trap’
αὐτόθι (or παραυτόθι) and παρ᾽ αὐτόφι. The latter can hardly stand
for ‘ beside them,’ viz. the ships, since this would require a Fem. For
παρ᾽ αὐτόθι cp. 23. 147, also κατ᾽ αὐτόθι (10. 273., 21. 201), &c.

45. εἰσάμενος, ‘ putting on the likeness.’ δέμας, Acc. § 37, 4.

47. σαώσετε. The Fut. has a hortatory force: ‘it will be your part
to save,’

268 : ILIAD, SBOOKLXLLT.

52. περιδείδια, ‘fear for them,’ see on 5. 566.

53. The double Art. (6 γ᾽ 6) is harsh, but both uses are Homeric: 6
ye is substantival, but explained by a Noun (Ἕκτωρ) later in the sentence
(§ 47, 2, α). ὃ λυσσώδης is a kind of exclamation, the Art. expressing
contempt (8 47, 2, ¢). Cp. Od. 18. 114 τοῦτον... τὸν ἄναλτον, 1]. 2.
275 τὸν λωβητῆρα.

56. αὐτώ, the Acc., in spite of σφῶϊν, because taken closely with the
Inf. ἑστάμεναι. See on 2. 113.

57. ἐρωήσαιτε, ‘drive’ or ‘force back’: elsewhere the Verb épwew
is always Intransitive, but the Transitive force appears in ἀπερωεύς,
8. 361.

60. κεκοπώς. The Pf. of Verbs ofstriking apparently has an intensive
force. There was an ancient variant κεκόπων, a form like κεκλήγοντες
(16. 430., 17. 756).

63. aiytAuros, a word of unknown meaning (§ 57, 2).

64. Join πεδίοιο διώκειν (§ 39, 3, ὁ).

66. totwv, Gen. in a partitive sense, ‘ first of them.’

68. The clause ἐπεί τις #.7.A. has no apodosis expressed. The in-
tended apodosis, ‘let us be encouraged to fight,’ is suggested by ll.
73-75, which however is grammatically part of the protasis. See on
8. 50.; 0: 582.

7ο. οὐδ᾽ ὅ γε Κάλχας ἐστί should not be separated by a colon or dash
(—) from the preceding lines: the sense is, ‘since it is a god who is
bidding us fight, and not Calchas.’

71. ἴχνια, ‘the outlines,’ ‘fashion.’ The notion seems to be that
Poseidon began to assume his own form as he departed.

72. Join pet’ ἔγνων, cp. 15. 490 ῥεῖα δ᾽ ἀρίγνωτος Διὸς ἀνδράσι γίγνεται
ἀλκή. The scholiasts take ῥεῖα with ἀπιόντος, comparing 1. 90 ῥεῖα
μετεισάμενος.

73. καὶ δ᾽ ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ κιτιλ. is put as another reason for recognising
the presence of a god, and at the same time expresses the encouragement
which is the main point of the speech.

78. dpope, sc. θεός. Most editors suppose @pope to be intransitive;
but the assumption of an ellipse seems less harsh, especially as θεὸς ὥρορε
is a recurring phrase (Od. 4. 712., 23. 222).

79. ἔσσυμαι expresses the s/a/e of eager excitement: § 26, 2.

82. xappy, the ‘joy,’ or perhaps literally the ‘ brightness’ or ‘ glow,’ of
the combat; hence simply =‘ battle.’

83. τόφρα, ‘meanwhile.’ τοὺς ὄπιθεν, ‘the others behind, —not
simply ‘those behind,’ as in Attic.

88. ὑπ’ ὀφρύσι. The Gen. is commoner in this use; but cp. 18. 244
ἔλυσαν ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν. The difficulty of bringing the forms ὀφρύων, appa-
τῶν into the hexameter has something to do with the unusual syntax.

96, μαρναμένοισι is emphatic, ‘if you but fight.’

NOTES. LINES 52-121, 269

σαωσέμεναι, ‘for the hope that you will save.’

98. εἴδεται, ‘seems,’ ‘is ‘ike to be.’ ἦμαρ, in a vague sense, as in
the phrases ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ‘freedom,’ δούλιον ἦμαρ, ἦμαρ ὀρφανικόν
(Il. 22. 490): ‘the time seems to be come for you to be subdued.’ Cp.
15. 719 νῦν ἡμῖν πάντων Ζεὺς ἄξιον ἦμαρ ἔδωκε νῆας ἑλεῖν.

99. θαῦΐια, in sense the Predicate: ‘a great marvel is this that I see.’

101. Τρῶας ἰέναι, Inf. after θαῦμα τύδε ὁρῶμαι = ‘this is wonderful.’
The Ace. ¢. Znf. is not used with ὁράω.

103. ἤϊα, ‘food.’ The origin of the word is unknown.

104. αὔτως gives emphasis to ἠλάσκουσαι, ‘seeking to escape and
nothing more.’ οὐδ᾽ ἔπι xdppy explains αὔτως, ‘there is no spirit in
them.’ For ἔπι cp. 1. 515 οὔ τοι ἔπι δέος.

108. κακότητι, ‘ by the fault.” μεθημοσύνῃσι, ‘slackness,’ ‘ neglect.’
The Plur. of abstract Nouns is often used in the same sense as the Sing.

10g. ot κείνῳ ἐρίσαντες «.7.A. The notion that the rest of the Greeks
were angry with Agamemnon for his treatment of Achilles appears here
and in the next book (14. 49-51). In this place it is put forward as an
excuse for the defeat of the Greeks: cp. 6. 326 ff., where Hector makes
a similar excuse for the cowardice of Paris.

110, κτείνονται, in a peculiar Middle sense, ‘ suffer themselves to be
killed,’

115. ἀκεώμεθα, ‘ let us set it right,’ ‘heal the breach,’ viz. between us
and Agamemnon (not the quarrel with Achilles).

vot has an affirmative force, ‘ surely,’ ‘ after all;’ see on 9.158. Some
ancient authorities had te, which would suit the gnomic character of the
sentence (§ 49, 9); cp. 15, 203 στρεπταὶ μέν τε φρένες ἐσθλῶν.

116, οὐκέτι softens the rebuke, as though he said ‘ you are going too
far in slackening.’

118, paxecoaipny, ‘ quarrel with,’ ‘ complain of,’ cp. 5. 875.

μεθείη, Opt. § 34, 1, a.

119. Avypos, lit. “ yoefal, ‘pitiable,’ hence ‘ contemptible,’ a

‘coward.’
περὶ κῆρι, ‘with my whole heart’; lit. ‘all over the heart,’ or per-
haps ‘ beyond measure with my heart.’ See Hom. Gr. § 186, n. 2.

120. ὦ πέπονες, a familiar form of address, ‘ good friends’: see the

note on §. 209.
τι is adverbial, nearly=‘ methinks,’ ‘ perchance’; cp. 8. 282., 9.
107.» 19. 56., 20, 184 (La R.).

121. ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε, cp. 15. 561, where αἰδῶ θέσθ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ is ex-
plained by ἀλλήλους αἰδεῖσθε, and 15. 661. αἰδώς, as used in Homer,
includes all sensitiveness to the blame of others, νέμεσις all sense of
wrong-doing: thus the two words together express such rudiments of
‘moral sense’ as were then recognised. Cp. Od. 2. 64 νεμεσσήθητε
καὶ αὐτοί, ἄλλους τ᾽ αἰδέσθητε περικτίονας ἀνθρώπους.

270 ILIAD, BOOK XItt.

124. ὀχῆα, cp. 12. 455.

128. λαοσσόος, ‘urger on of armies’: -σόος is to σεύω as χύος to
χεύω (xéFw), θόος to θέω, ὅτε.

ot γὰρ ἄριστοι is best taken as a Relative clause (sc. εἰσί), cp. 1. 313
ὃς ἄριστος (sc. ἐστί).

130. προθελύμνῳ, ‘overlapping,’ ἡ. 6. so close that each shield over-
lapped the next (as in the Roman /estudo) ; see on 9. 541.

132, The φάλος was a ridge of metal (hence λαμπρός), in which the
plume of horse-hair was set.

133. νευόντων, with κόρυθες (of the warriors), ‘as they nodded.’

ὡς = Ort οὕτως, cp. 4. 157.

134. ἐπτύσσοντο, ‘bent to the strain,’ as they were brandished
(σειόμενα). Some understand it of the serried mass of spears, which
presents the appearance of folds or layers (Ebeling’s Zew. s. v.).

135. ἰθὺς φρόνεον, cp. 16.697 puyade μνώοντο, ‘turned their thoughts
to flight.” So ἀντικρὺ μεμαώς in 1. 137.

136. προὔτυψαν, ‘ charged forwards,’

137. ὀλοοίτροχος, ‘a boulder,’ ‘rolling stone.’ This first part of the
word is usually connected with εἴλω (for FéAFw), Lat. volvo. In the ab-
sence of any trace of an Adj, ὀλοός rolling, this must remain doubtful.
Buttmann (Lexil. s.v.) derived it from ὀλοός destructive, which gives a
satisfactory sense.

138. στεφάνης, ‘the brink’ or ‘ crest’ of the rock.

139. ἀναιδέος, ‘unfeeling,’ ‘ unconscionable, that has not a thought of
the mischief it will do: or simply ‘monstrous’ in size. €xparta, ‘the
fastenings,’ ‘ holding ground,’ z.e. the earth, &c., that holds the stone.

141. ἀσφαλέως, ‘ unswervingly, ‘in unbroken course.’

143. εἷος μέν, ‘so far,’ z.e. until he reached the Greek lines (ep. 1. 145
ἀλλ᾽ ote ...). The form ‘he boasted so far, but when he reached ., .’
is the regular Homeric way of saying ‘ he boasted until he reached, and
then...’: cp. 15. 277., 17. 277, and so with ὄφρα μέν (15. 547), and
τόσον μέν (4. 130, &c.).

146. ἐγχριμφθείς “ pressing close on them.’

147. ἀμφιγύοισιν, probably ‘ two-edged,’ ὦ. ὁ. with a leaf-shaped head
(see Helbig, das hom. Epos, p. 245).

148. πελεμίχθη, ‘ was sent reeling.’

151. παρμένετ᾽, ‘stay by me.’

152. πυργηδόν, ‘in close column’; for πύργος cp. 4. 334.

158. προποδίζων, ‘advancing foot by foot,’ one foot in front of the
other; πρό having the same force as in προθέλυμνος (1. 130) and
πρόκροσσος (14. 35).

ὑπασπίδια, adverbial Acc., ‘ under cover of the shield.’
162. ἐν καυλῷ, z.e. where the head of the spear is joined to the shaft,
166. νίκης, * for (the loss of) his victory,’ Gen. § 39, 5.

NOTES, LINES 124-222. 271

175. dip, ‘ back,’—the first time being when he went as a suitor, ~

177. €yxet. Elsewhere Teucer fights only with his bow.

178. μελίη ὥς, When ὡς goes with a single word it almost always
follows it, and is treated for metrical purposes as if it began with a con-
sonant,—as was originally the case (ὅς for γός, Sanscr. yas).

185. τυτθόν, ‘ by a little.’

190, ὀρέξατο, ‘ made a thrust at.’ :

101. οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο, lit. ‘nowhere in the flesh did he go straight’
(to the mark): cp. 11. 358 ὅθι of καταείσατο γαίης, and the-recurring
phrase διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο, ‘went right through,’ εἴσατο expresses the
straight course taken (nearly =ivoe): cp. Od. 22. 89 Ὀδυσῆος ἐείσατο,
‘went (straight) at Ulysses.’ It takes a Gen. of the aim, but in this
place it is better to construe χροός with οὔ πῃ.

192. ovra, ‘ pierced’ ; usually of wounding a Jerson.

197. ἀλκῆς, here equivalent to ‘battle’: cp. 5. 732 μεμαυῖ᾽ ἔριδος καὶ
dirs. Editors generally put a full stop at ἀλκῆς, understanding
κόμισαν from the preceding clause, It is better to consider the sentence
Ἵμβριον αὖτ᾽ Αἴαντε x.7.A, as interrupted by the simile, and taken up
again in], 201 ὥς ῥα τὸν... Αἴαντε «.7.A. Cp. 13. 427-434.) 14. 409-
412., 16. 401-404., 17. 306-309.

198 ff. The comparison was imitated by Aeschylus (Glaue. fr. 30):

εἷλκον δ᾽ ἄνω λυκηδόν, ὥστε διπλόοι
λύκοι νεβρὸν φέρουσιν ἀμφὶ μασχάλαις.

κυνῶν ὕπο, ‘from the protection of the dogs.’

202. Mutilation of the dead seems to have been thought excusable
when a special revenge was desired, cp. 16. 345., 18. 176. In historical
Greece it was considered the mark of a barbarian: ep. the speech of
Pausanias, Hdt. 9. 79 νεκρῷ λυμαίνεσθαι... τὰ πρέπει μᾶλλον Bap-
βάροισι ποιέειν ἤπερ Ἕλλησι.

204. σφαιρηδόν, ‘like a ball,’ ἡ. 6. as though he were playing at ball.

ἑλιξάμενος, ‘wheeling round’ (towards the ‘Trojans).
δι᾿ ὁμίλου, with ἧκε.

207. υἱωνοῖο, viz. Amphimachus, since Poseidon was the father of the
᾿Ακτορίωνες (11. 750). But it is unlike Homer to leave this to be un-
derstood. The Gen. is to be taken with ἐχολώθη.

210 ff. This incident is not made as clear as is usualin Homer. The
name of the companion who has been wounded (1. 211) is not given,
and there is nothing to show why Idomeneus is going to his tent in quest
of armour (1, 214).

211, otis an ‘ethical Dative’ (§ 38, 1): ‘a companion whom he had
found coming.’

217. Πλευρῶνι, Καλυδῶνι are locatival Datives.

| 222. οὔ τις ἀνήρ, ‘no man’ (but a god),

272 ILIAD. BOOK ΖΦ,

223. ἐπιστάμεθα, ‘we know how, a modest word, implying also
readiness to fight, as the next lines show.

224. ἀκήριον, ‘without heart,’ with δέος. Properly it is the person
who is ‘ disheartened,’ but the epithet is transferred to the feeling which
causes him to be so: cp. 5. 812.

225. ἀνδύεται, lit. ‘emerges from,’ hence ‘shirks,’ ‘ gets out of’: the
opposite of δῦναι (πόλεμον, &c.). Cp, the Attic use (which may be
imitated from Homer), Plat. Theaet. 154 C μὴ ἀναδύου τὰ ὡμολογημένα :
Demosth. 109. 12 ἄχρι τοῦ θορυβῆσαι καὶ ἐπαινέσαι σπουδάζοντες, ἐὰν δὲ
δέῃ τι ποιεῖν ἀναδυόμενοι.

226. μέλλει, Cp, 2. 1τ6 οὕτω που Au μέλλει ὕπερμεν ἐΐ φίλον εἶναι.

229. μεθιέντα, ‘ one giving γᾶν ᾽ -- μεθιέντα τινά. For this use of the
Part. see on 2. 234, 291., 6. 268., 14. 63,

233. μέλπηθρα, ‘sport,’ ‘ play.’

234. ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε, ‘for this day,’ ‘ while this day last’; ἐπί as in
ἐφ-ημέριος.

235. δεῦρο ἴθι, as 3.130. ταῦτα, ‘this business,’ referring especially
to the fetching of the arms (§ 45),

237. συμφερτὴ δ᾽ apcti πέλει, lit. ‘brought together it becomes
prowess,’ Ζ, ὁ. union makes prowess. ἀρετή is in sense the Predicate, to
which συμφερτή is made to agree: cp, 11. 801 ὀλίγη δέ τ᾽ ἀνάπνευσις,
‘a little (space) is a breathing space’: and the common idiom αὕτη δίκη
ἐστί, ‘ this is the custom,’ ἣ θέμις ἐστί, &c. λυγρῶν, see on 1, 110.

247. ἐγγὺς ἔτι κλισίης, ‘ while (Idomeneus was) still near the tent.’

μετά, ‘after,’ in quest of: so in ]. 252 per’ ἐμέ,

252. tev, probably Masc., ‘on a message about some one,’ as 3. 206
σεῦ ἕνεκ᾽ ἀγγελίης (see the note a. 1). ἀγγελίης goes with ἤλυθες as a
Gen. of space, § 39, 3, Δ. It implies an uncompleted task; ‘have you
come on, in the course of, ἃ message’ ?

αὐτός, 7.2. of my own wish, without being sent for.

253. ἧσθαι, “το sit idle.’

257. κατεάξαμεν. The use of the Plur. when a person really means
himself only is not common in Homer: cp. Il. 3. 440., 15. 224., Od.
I, 1ο., 16. 442., 19. 344. In the next line βαλών is attracted by the Sing.
ἔχεσκον.

260. δέ at the beginning of a speech is very rare. Perhaps we should
read dovpara γ᾽, with some MSS.

καὶ ἕν καὶ εἴκοσι, ‘one or if you like twenty,’ z.e. any number,
The first kat emphasises the two numerals; the use of kai—kat for
‘“both—and’ is not Homeric.

261. παμφανόωντα, a fixed epithet, which seems to show that the
wood used was polished in some way.

262. οὐ γὰρ ὀΐω, ‘I have no mind’; as we say, ‘no notion of.’

263. ἑκὰς ἱστάμενος πολεμίζειν, ‘to fight standing aloof,’ 7.e: with

NOTES. LINES 223-301. 273

missiles only: cp. 17. 374 ἀλλήλων ἀλεείνοντες βέλεα στονόεντα πολλὸν
ἀφεσταότες. Only the πρόμαχοι can win the spoils of an enemy.

267. παρά τε κιτιλ. These words are used elsewhere (1. 329., 10.
74) to describe the ovtsede of a tent, and are therefore not quite in place
here.

273. λήθω, ‘I am unobserved by’ ; the sense is, ‘ whoever else might
not know my prowess, you at least, whose θεράπων I am, should
know it.’

275. οἶδ᾽ ἀρετὴν olds ἐσσι, ‘I know as to prowess what you are,’ the
Acc. de guo, § 37, 7: cp. 8. 535.

λέγεσθαι, ‘to recount,’ ‘ set forth at length,’ cp. 1. 292.

276. λεγοίμεθα, ‘ were to be chosen,’ ‘mustered.’ There seems to be
an intentional play on two senses of λέγομαι : cp. Od. 4. 451, 453.

279. τοῦ κακοῦ. The Art. marks the contrast, § 47, 2, d.

χρώς, ‘his colour.’

280. ἀτρέμας ἧσθαι, ‘so that he can sit quietly.’

283. κῆρας, ‘fates,’ forms of death. dtopéve, ‘looking forward to,’
‘boding.’ The use of ὀΐομαι with an Acc. is common in the Odyssey.

285. The form ἐπειδάν, here found in all the MSS., is not Homeric:
we may read ἐπεὶ δὴ, ἐπεὶ τὸ, or ἐπεί ke (cp. Od. 11. 221).

πρῶτον, ‘when ovce he takes his place,’ from the moment when the
ambush is set.

ἐσίζηται. We expect rather the Aor., which would be ἐσ-έζηται
(cp. Imper. ἕζεο, Part. ἑζόμενος).

286. Sat, Dat. of Sdi-s, by Hyphaeresis for δάϊει.

287. ὄνοιτο. The commentators generally supply tts, but there is no
good analogy for this. We expect a description of an imaginary spec-
tator, as in 4. 540 ἔνθα Kev οὐκέτι ἔργον ἀνὴρ ὀνόσαιτο μετελθών, ὅς τις
ἔτ᾽ ἀβλητος. .. δινεύοι κατὰ μέσσον, or Od. 1. 229 bs τις πινυτός γε
μετέλθοι. It is possible that some such clause has fallen out of the text.

288, βλεῖο, Opt. of ἐβλή-μην, the Homeric 2 Aor. Mid. (§ 3). βάλλω
implies that the weapon is ¢hrowm, τύπτω that it is held in the hand.

201. ὀαριστύς properly means /rzend/y intercourse or companionship ;
the use here is therefore ironical, as in 17. 228 ἡ γὰρ πολέμου ὀαριστύς.
Cp. 7. 241 δηΐῳ μέλπεσθαι “Apni, and the note on 13. Io.

292. λεγώμεθα, see on]. 275. ὥς, 1. 178.

293. ὑπερφιάλως, ‘in scornful fashion,’ or perhaps ‘impatiently,’ his
ill-humour breaking out. The word ὑπερφίαλος is generally taken as=
ineppuns, lit. ‘over-grown’: cp. σίαλος from ats.

294. €Aev, ‘ get for yourself.’ The meaning ‘choose’ is later than
Homer. : Ξ he

301, 302. According to Strabo the Homeric "Egupo. were the
people of Κραννών, and the Φλεγύες the people of Tuprévy—both in
Thessaly, and exposed to invasion from the neighbouring Thracians,

VCL. li. ἐὺ

274 ILIAD. BOOK XII.

the favourites of Ares (Od. 8. 361). Neither name occurs in the
Catalogue.

307. πῇ τ᾽ dp, § 49, 3.

308. δεξιόφιν and ἀριστερόφιν may be either Locatives or Genitives.

309. ἔλπομαι with a Pres. Infin. means properly ‘I comfort myself,’
trust (that something zsthe case). οὔ ποθι ἔλπομαι 15 -- ἔλπομαι ὅτι οὔ
ποθι (as οὔ φημι is often equivalent to ‘I deny’), .

οὕτω has a vague reference: the meaning seems to be ‘I do not
think the Greeks are anywhere so weak as to be especially in need of
help.’ Cp. 7. 198 ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἐμὲ νήϊδά γ᾽ οὕτως ἔλπομαι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι γενέσθαι
τε τραφέμεν τε, and Od. 9. 419 οὕτω yap πού μ᾽ ἤλπέτ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ νήπιον
εἶναι. Most commentators take οὕτω to be=‘so much as on the left’:
but this is harsh, and the other interpretation is well supported by
passages such as those quoted.

310. δεύεσθαι πολέμοιο, lit. ‘fall short of war,’ ἡ. ὁ. fail in what is
needed for war: cp. 17. 142 μάχης ἄρα πολλὸν ἐδεύεο.

312. ἀμύνειν, Inf. of purpose, ‘are there to defend’; cp. 1. 814 χεῖρες
ἀμύνειν εἰσὶ καὶ ἡμῖν, also 9. 688., 15. 129.

315. πολέμοιο may be construed with ἐσσύμενον (cp. 11. 717 ἐσσυ-
μένους πολεμίζειν), or with ἅδην ἐλόωσι, ‘ will drive him to his fill,’
‘keep him going till he has enough’; cp. 19. 423 ἅδην ἐλάσαι πολέμοιο,
Od. 5. 290 ἅδην ἐλάαν κακότητος. ἅδην is the reading of Aristarchus :
others wrote ἄδην. It is probably from the root sa; see on 19. 402.

316. This line is not found in good MSS., and is clearly superfluous.

319. ὅτε μή is nearly =e: μή.

For the Opt. in 1. 320 and 1. 322 see § 34, I, a.

326. ἔχε, ‘hold thy way,’ ‘ bear to the left.’ νῶϊν is an ethical Dat.
‘show us the way.’

333. Spov... νεῖκος, ‘common’ or ‘ mutual strife,’ explained by ὁμόσ᾽
ἦλθε μάχη in 1. 377; cp. ἄμυδις in the simile (1. 336), and again 1. 343.

340. ταμεσίχροας. For the place of the epithet in the Relatival
clause cp. 14. 172 τό ῥά of τεθυωμένον ἦεν, 15. 389 τά ῥά σφ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν
ἔκειτο ναύμαχα κολλήεντα.

343. ἐρχομένων, ‘as they came,’ Gen. governed by κορύθων, &c.

345. ἀμφίς, ‘ opposite ways,’ cp. 2. 13 ἀμφὶς... φράζονται.

346. ἐτεύχετον. The MSS. generally have τετεύχετον, following Aris-
tarchus: but this form is impossible. The true reading is preserved
by the scholia, and on the margin of Ven. A. It is an irregular form
for ἐτευχέτην (which could not be used in hexameter verse).

352. Τρωσὶν Sapvapévous= ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν Τρώων ἐδάμναντο, construed
with ἤχθετο as an Acc. of the thing or matter οἵ vexation, § 37, 7.

358, 359. This highly wrought metaphor is suggested by the Homeric
use of τανύω and kindred words to express the ‘tension’ or ‘ strain’ of
an equal combat. The contest in which the two armies are joined (ὁμὸν

NOTES. LINES 307-395. 275

νεῖκος, see the note on 1. 333) is spoken of as a piece of rope (πεῖραρ),
passed over both by the two gods (ἐπαλλάξαντες), and drawn tight
(τάνυσσαν), by which accordingly they are knit together inseparably.
For the notion of a god stretching or drawing tight a battle cp. ΤΙ.
336 ἔνθα σφιν κατὰ ica μάχην ἐτάνυσσε Κρονίων, 14. 389 δή ῥα τότ᾽
αἰνοτάτην ἔριδα πτολέμοιο τάνυσσαν κυανοχαῖτα Ποσειδάων καὶ φαίδιμος
Ἕκτωρ, also 16. 662., 20. 101. This is the main idea of the passage: a
farther touch is given by metpap ἐπαλλάξαντες, a play between the
literal sense, ‘end of a rope,’ and the abstract sense which we have in
ὀλέθρου πείρατα, ‘the ends of destruction’ (= «ter destruction), πεῖραρ
ὀϊζύος, ‘crisis of woe’ (Od. 5. 289); cp. τέλος θανάτοιο, τέλος πολέμου,
τέλος μύθου, &c. The same double use of πεῖραρ is seen in 7. 102 νίκης
πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται, ‘the ends of victory are held’ =‘ victory is controlled,’
and 12. 79 ὀλέθρου πείρατ᾽ ἐφῆπται =‘ destruction is made fast, secured’
(ep. 2. 13 κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται). :

Most editors take ἐπαλλάξαντες to be ‘swaying to and fro’: but this
would require a different Tense. The sense of ‘ passing the rope over
the two sides’ (so as to jo¢x them), which is adopted by La Roche, is
satisfactory in every way.

For τοί in 1. 358 it is probable that Aristarchus read τώ, and this read-
ing has the advantage of making it clear that it is the two gods, not the
armies, that draw tight the ‘rope’ of war. (Mr. Leaf in the Journal
of Philology, xvi. 157.)

360. Note the play in dAvtov—éAvoe,

361. μεσαιπόλιος, ‘half-grey’: μεσαι- seems to be a Locative form
(like χαμαί, πάλαι), so that the literal meaning is ‘ half-way to grey.’

363. ἔνδον ἐόντα, = ἐπιδημοῦντα, ‘a visitor in (Troy) from’ &c.: cp.
15. 438., Od. 16. 26.

364. μετὰ κλέος, ‘after the report of war,’ ὦ. ὁ. brought by the news,
cp. 11. 227 μετὰ κλέος ἵκετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.

372. πῆξε, ‘ he planted it’ (the spear).

376. ὃ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο belongs in sense to the relatival clause, =‘ and
for which he promised.’

381. συνώμεθα, ‘agree’ (συνίημι). The regular Homeric form would
be συνηόμεθα, § 13. ἐπὶ νηυσί, ‘by the ships,’ Ζ. 6. in the camp.

382. ἐεδνωταὶ κακοί, hard to satisfy in our character as receivers of
the price for the bride. ‘The verb ἐεδνόω is used in the Middle of the
Sather, with the meaning ‘to give away for a price’ (€edvov), as Od. 2.
53 ὥς « αὐτὸς ἐεδνώσαιτο θύγατρα. For this use of verbs in -ow cp.
μισθοῦμαι [lend for hire, λυτροῦμαι 7) ransom.

385. κατ᾽ ὦμων, ‘over his shoulders,’ close behind him.

3093. BeBpuxas, δεδραγμένος, § 26.

305. ἀλύξας, with στρέψαι, the Aor. Part. expressing exact coinci-
dence; wheeling the horses would have been equivalent to escape. We

T2

276 _ ILIAD, BOOK ΧΙ"

might rather have expected ἀλύξαι στρέψας, ‘to escape by wheeling’ ;
but στρέψαν is better, as giving the farticular thing which his terror
prevented him from doing (οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν).

397. περόνησε, properly ‘ pinned,’ ‘ fastened with a brooch’ (περόνη) :
the use of such a word for a spear-thrust may be a piece of grim play-
fulness.

407. δινωτήν, ‘rounded,’ ‘made of round pieces’: Dat. of material,
as Od. 19. 56 δινωτὴν ἐλέφαντι καὶ ἀργύρῳ (of a couch, cp. 1]. 3. 391).

The kavoves are in all probability the bars or straps that served to
hold the shield: the left arm passing behind one, and the hand grasping
the other (see Helbig, p. 229). . Mr. Leafhas shown (/. H. S. iv. p. 289)
that in Homeric times the shield usually hung from the neck by a
baldrick (reAapwy): the use of 6xava, handles by which it was held on
the left arm, having been introduced, according to Hdt. 1. 171, by the
Carians. He accordingly supposes that the two κανόνες served to
attach the ends of the baldrick to the shield. But the κανόνες are
mentioned as a special feature of the shield; which may accordingly be
meant to be exceptional in having both baldrick and handles; as was
the case with the shields on an Egyptian relief figured in Helbig (ὦ, c.).

409. ἐπιθρέξαντος, ‘as it grazed (the shield) in its course’; ἐπί must
here have the sense of passing over.

423. Ancient critics were divided between the readings στενάχοντε
and στενάχοντα. The analogy of similar passages (8. 334., 13. 538.)
14. 432) is in favour of the Acc. Sing. The objection of Aristarchus
was that Hypsenor is now dead; but this is hardly clear, though the
wound is doubtless mortal.

424. οὐ λῆγε μένος μέγα, ‘slackened not in fierceness’: λῆγε is
probably Intransitive, and pévos an Acc. of reference, § 37, 4.

426. δουπῆσαι, ‘to fall,’ a sense which is apparently derived from the
formula δούπησεν δὲ πεσών.

431. ὁμηλικίην, in the collective sense, the body of ὁμήλικες,

434. τὸν τόθ᾽ x.7.A., resumption of the sentence which left off with
the name ᾿Αλκάθοον, |. 428. Note that the words fit on equally well to
the end of the parenthesis, τόν referring to ἀνήρ in 1. 433.

439. ot is a true Dat. (§ 38, 1),—not governed by ἀμφί, which is
used adverbially.

χιτῶνα χάλκεον is apparently a periphrasis for the thorax. (See
the note on 4. 133.) The chzton proper was worn under the thorax, and
was not a piece of armour; but the word is used loosely, as in the epithet
χαλκο-χίτωνες, ‘in garb of brass.’ Cp. also 1], 3. 57 Adivos χιτών, “ἃ
shirt of stones,’ =‘ death by stoning’ (Helbig, p. 198).

443. ot, again an ethical Dat., ‘his panting heart shook’: cp. 1. 200
δεινὼ δέ of ὄσσε φάανθεν, ‘ her eyes appeared terrible.’
© £44 ἀφίει μένος, ‘ let go the fury’ of the spear, 2. ¢. allowed it to rest.

NOTES. LINES 397-524. 299

The”Apns spoken of here as controlling the μένος of the spear is not the
personal god (who was in Olympus, and did not even know what was
passing, ll. 521 ff.), but the ‘spirit of war’ that is always present in
battle, and is thought to inspire weapons as well as men.

446, ἢ dpa «.7.A, ‘surely we may reckon it a fair set-off.’ τι is ad-
verbial, see on 1. 120. ἄξιον, ‘an equivalent,’ ‘a good price,—three for
one’: cp. 14. 471 Προθοήνορος ἀντὶ πεφάσθαι ἄξιος.

450. Κρήτῃ, ‘ for Crete,’ the Dat. proper.

456. ἑταρίσσαιτο, ‘should take as comrade.’

460, This quarrel of Aeneas with Priam is not elsewhere noticed.

461. Join ἐσθλὸν per’ ἀνδράσιν, cp. 17. 590 ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι.

464. κῆδος, the grief due toa kinsman. ἱκάνει, ‘ reaches,’ ‘ touches.’

470. φόβος, ‘ flight,’ as elsewhere.

τηλύγετον, a word of unknown etymology (see on 5. 153), probably
meaning ‘tender’ or ‘caressed,’ hence in the contemptuous sense, ‘a
spoiled boy,’ ‘minion,’ Idomeneus, on the contrary, was μεσαιϊπόλιος
(1. 361).

473. νῶτον, Acc. of ‘part affected,’ φρίσσω being properly Intrans.

477. Bon doy, ‘ swift to the battle-call,’ to be taken with ἐπιόντα as a
predicate (=swiftly).

481. μ᾽ οἴῳ, for μοι οἴῳ.

485. ὁμηλικίη, a collective Noun, here used as a predicate=‘ one of
the ὁμηλικίη ᾿: cp. 1]. 12. 213 δῆμον ἐόντα, “ being one of the δῆμος.

τῷδ᾽ ἐπὶ θυμῷ, ‘ with this spirit,’ “ keeping the spirit that we have’ ;
ἐπί somewhat as in 4. 175 5 ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐπὶ ἔ ἔργῳ.

401. ot, governed by ἅμα, as 1. 251 οἵ of πρόσθεν ἅμα τράφεν.

493. ἐκ βοτάνης, ‘ after feeding’: ἐκ expresses coming straight from.

499. ἀλλήλων, ΤΩΝ, πᾶν: by τιτυσκομένων, which again is governed
by χαλκός (. 497: €p: 6: 3:

504. κατὰ πίη ‘ down to the earth.’

507. γύαλον. The thorax consisted of two γύαλα, breast-plate and
back-plate, joined at the side and over the shoulder : see on 4.132.

διά, with ἤφυσε, by Tmesis.

512. bpp der with ἐπαΐξαι and ἀλέασθαι, implying cocncidence
(see on 1. 395): the quick movement (ὁρμή) might be either charging
forwards (ἐπαΐξαι), or springing aside (ἀλέασθαι). The two infinitives
follow ἔμπεδα ἦν, ‘were not sound so as to, ‘had not the sureness
for.’

515. τρέσσαι is a similar Inf.: ‘ for taking to flight,’=‘so that he
could escape by flight.’

516. βάδην, ‘step by step,’ ‘at a foot’s pace.’

521. τι, ‘at all’ Bpt-qrvos, ‘ mightily shouting’ (Bpt- as in ὄ-βριμος,
Bpt-apés).

524. €eApévos, * confined,’

278 ILIAD, BOOK XIII,

525. €epyopevot, ‘ suffering themselves to be debarred,’ cp. 1. 110.

530. αὐλῶπις, ‘ with tubes for eyes,’ z.¢. eye-holes (Helbig, p. 205).
This seems better than the explanation given on 5. 182.

532. πρυμνοῖο, the upper arm, the part next the shoulder.

542. τετραμμένον, with Ἄφθρηα (not λαιμόν).

543. emi—eagOn, ‘ fell over’ or ‘ with’ him. ἑάφθη is probably from a
root fam-, expressing violent motion, seen also in the reduplicated
Present ἰάπτω. It only occurs here and in 14. 419.

545. μεταστρεφθέντα δοκεύσας, ‘watching for his turning away,’ as
8. 340 ἑλισσόμενόν τε δοκεύει, also 16. 313. For the use of the Aor.

Part. cp. 13. 38.
546. φλέβα, ‘artery.’

552. mavatodos, an epithet generally applied to light or flexible parts
of the armour. It expresses the play of light on a shifting surface: see
on 12. 167, 208.

556. ἄνευ, ΤΑΝ from’; in this sense ἄνευθεν is more usual.

558. ἐλέλικτο, ‘shook,’ ‘quivered’: cp. 22. 448 τῆς δ᾽ ἐλελίχθη γυῖα
(of shaking in terror). Or perhaps ‘ kept wheeling,’ 7. 6. turning this way
and that; cp. 8. 340 ἑλισσόμενόν τε δοκεύει, aie 18. 372 and 12. 49
‘note). On the forms with éAeA- see Hom. G7. § 53.

559. σχεδὸν ὁρμηθῆναι, ‘ to attack, charge, in hand to hand conflict,’
7. 6. to make a sudden ¢hrust (opp. to ἀκοντίσσαι).

562. ἀμενήνωσεν, ‘ deadened the force of’; cp. 5. 887.

563. βιότοιο peynpas, ‘ begrudging it the taking of life.’ The spear
is baulked of its natural prey, the life of an enemy. For the personifica-
tion see on 2. 444. The words might also be referred to Adamas,
‘grudging him longer life’; but this does not fit the context so well.
μεγαίρω is used of disappointing an effort, as 23. 865 μέγηρε yap οἱ τό γ᾽

᾿Απόλλων, ‘refused success in this.’
βιότοιο is a gen. of material, § 39, 4.

569. "Ἄρη, in “the bal ἐπι ΒΕΙΈΘΊΒΙ sense, ‘the fate of war’; see the
note on 1. 444.

570. ἔπηξεν, sc. Μηριόνης.

᾿ἑσπόμενος, ' giving way ’ to the force of the blow: cp. 12. 398.
571. ἤσπαιρε, ‘ plunged,’ ‘struggled.’
77. Θρηϊκίῳ. Thrace was famous for swords, cp. 23. 808.

584. ὁμαρτήδην, ‘together,’ ‘at the same moment,’ cp. ὁμαρτήσαντε
12. 400).

585. ὀϊστῷ, with ἀκοντίσσαν by Zeugma.

590. ἐρωῇ, the ‘swing’ or impulse from the winnower.

592. ἀποπλαγχθείς, ‘ glancing off,’ cp. 11. 351.

597. παρακρεμάσας, ‘letting it hang at his side.’

τὸ δ᾽ ἐφέλκετο μείλινον ἔγχος ‘and (meanwhile) the ashen spear
was trailed after him.’ The Art. marks cozfrast.

NOTES. LINES 525-658. 270

600. σφενδόνῃ, in Apposition to ἀώτῳ, explaining it: ‘wool that

was a sling,’=the woollen band taken from a sling.
ot ἔχε. ‘ held for him,’ handed him, (Agenor). ποιμένι λαῶν, added
to explain οἱ, as in 21. 249 iva μιν παύσειε πόνοιο δῖον ᾿Αχιλλῆα.

602. θανάτοιο τέλοσδε, ‘to the end, consummation, of death.’

608. ἔσχεθε, ‘ held,’ z. ὁ. resisted (the spear).

ότι. εἵλετο, ‘got out.’ ὑπό, ‘ from under.’

612. ἀμφί, ‘set upon,’ 7. ὁ. with a double head which the handle
(wéAexkos) was let into. The battle-axe appears in the Iliad only here
and in 15. 711.

615. ἄκρον, sc. φάλον, ‘ at the edge,’ where the plume started.

616, πυμάτης. In a projecting object πύματος (like mpupvds) denotes
the end from which it starts (the root &c.), ἄκρος the point. The pas-
sage suggests that the nose was not protected by the helmet (Helbig,
p. 207); cp. 5. 290 ff.

621. ἀκόρητοι, ‘though you never have enough,’ 7. ¢. good warriors
as you are.

622. οὐκ ἐπιδευεῖς, sc. εἰσί, ‘there is no lack,’ see on 9. 225. Perhaps
we should read ἐπιδευές, sc. ἐστι. Contraction is rare in the declension of
the adjectives in -ns.

The apodosis comes at 1. 628 νῦν αὖτ᾽ κ.τ.λ.

623. ἣν (λώβην), cognate Acc. οὐδέ Ti... ἐδείσατε, ‘and have not
feared,’ without being deterred by.

626. κουριδίην, see on 5. 414.

627. pap, ‘wantonly.’ αὐτῇ is emphatic: ‘you carried off even her
who had entertained you.’

630. "Ἄρηος is best taken with σχήσεσθε, see on 1. 315.

633. οἷον δή introduces a fact as an example, to support what has
been said; it is especially used after an exclamation, as 15. 286 ὦ πόποι,
ἢ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι, οἷον δὴ αὖτ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἀνέστη κ.τ.λ.:
Od. 5. 182 ἢ δὴ ἀλιτρός γ᾽ ἐσσὶ... οἷον δὴ τὸν μῦθον ἐπεφράσθης ἀγορεῦσαι:
see also Il. 17. 587., 21. 55., Od. 11:.420.,) 18. 221. In this place the
tone is ironical: ‘ for a sample of your wisdom and power, you do the
will of violent men.’

635. φυλόπιδος πολέμοιο, like νεῶκος πολέμοιο (1. 271).

638. ἐξ ἔρον εἶναι, a phrase elsewhere found only in the formula ἐξ
ἔρον ἕντο (τ. 469, &c.).

640. ἐπαύρῃ, ‘lay hold of,’ ‘ get at,’ cp. 11. 301.

650. ἀπιόντος, Gen. with ἵει as a verb of azm7ng, § 39, 5.

653. ἑζόμενος δὲ kat’ αὖθι, = καθεζόμενος αὖθι.

657. ἀνέσαντες, ‘seating,’ ‘ placing ’ (root €8-).

658. πατήρ, viz., Pylaemenes: but he was already slain by Menelaus
(5.576). The ancient critics thought that the two lines 658, 659 which
contain the contradiction must be interpolated: and certainly they are

280 ILIAD. BOOK XIII,

not necessary for the connexion of the passage. But considering the
number of subordinate figures in Homeric battles the wonder rather is
that this should be the only contradiction of the kind.

667. φθίσθαι. The Aor. Inf. is used as with θέσφατόν ἐστι (Od. 4.
562).

669. θωήν, ‘penalty,’ for refusing to serve.

676. τάχα δ᾽ ἂν... ἔπλετο is subordinate in sense,—-part of what
Hector did not know: ‘so that soon victory (κῦδος) would have been
with the Greeks.’

678. πρὸς δέ, ‘and besides.’

79. ἔχεν, ‘kept on,’ fought in the same direction.

682. Biv’, ze. θῖνα : cp. 1. 350, Od. 6. 236,

685. Ἰάονες. This is the only place in Homer where this famous
name occurs. Apparently it 15 -- ᾿Αθηναῖοι, cp. 1. 689.

ἑλκεχίτωνες, ‘ with long trailing chzton.’ In archaic art, according
to Helbig (p. 116), the long chiton is generally a mark of old age or
high position, but was worn by all as a festival dress.

686. Φθῖοι, a name only found here.

687. Join σπουδῇ νεῶν ἔχον, ‘ were hard put to it trying to keep him
from the ships.’

689. The structure of this sentence is irregular. The poet intended
to say that the leaders of the Athenians were Menestheus, who was their
chief, then Pheidas, &c.; but after the announcement of the subject
(of μὲν ᾿Αθηναίων προλελεγμένοι) he goes on with a parenthesis about
Menestheus (ἐν δ᾽ dpa τοῖσιν... MeveoQevs), and then completes his list
in a fresh clause (ot δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο «.7.A.). Cp. the anacoluthon in 11.
833 ff. ἰητροὶ μὲν yap... τὸν μὲν... ὃ 5&..., where (as in the text) a
subject is divided between two clauses, the first of which is gram-
matically a parenthesis. Cp, also 8. 268-271 (with the note), 16. 401.

691. Ἐπειῶν, sc. ἦρχον, repeated from ἦρχε, 1. 690.

692. In the Catalogue the ’Errevot have four leaders (2. 620 ff.), none
of whom occur here: while Meges is there said to have been banished
to Dulichium, and to be leader of the ships from that place and the
Kchinades.

693. Medon and Podarces appear in the Catalogue as commanders
of two different contingents, both however from southern Thessaly (2.
704, 727). There is a slight contradiction involved in the statement
that Medon dwelt in Φυλάκη, since the force from that place, according
to 2. 695, was commanded by Podarces.

700, ναῦφιν is an ablatival Gen., § 39.

μετά with the Gen. is extremely rare in Homer,

vor ff. These lines explain why Ajax son of Oileus was not leading
the Locrians, as we should have expected him to do; see the note on
2. 527-529.

NOTES. LINES 667-765. 281

704, ἀμφί, with κεράεσσι, =‘ at the root of both horns.’
σφιν is the ethical Dat., =‘ their (horns),’ § 38, 1,

706, ζυγὸν οἷον, ‘the yoke only,’ 7.e. they were as close as the yoke
would allow them to be.

707. Teper, sc. ἄροτρον. The form τέμω only occurs here. Possibly
it means ‘touches,’ ‘reaches,’"—the sense that we find again in the
Reduplicated Aor, ἔτετμον.

τέλσον, the end or head ridge of the field, as 18. 544, 547.

708. pada strengthens παρβεβαῶτε.

7ι1. κάματος expresses the main idea, ἱδρώς is subordinate: hence
the phrase γούναθ᾽ ἵκοιτο fits κάματος only,

712. οὐδέ is Πετε -- ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ,

719. In the Catalogue the Locrian Ajax is λινοθώρηξ (2. 529).

726. ἀμήχανός ἐσσι, the personal construction, § 36, 2: cp. I. 546.

παραρρητοῖσι, ‘the words of persuasion.’ For this sense of the
verbal adjective cp. εὐκτά, ‘ boasting’ (14. 98), φυκτά, ‘escape’ (τύ.
128).

728, περιίδμεναι, ‘to know beyond,’ to excel in knowledge.

729. αὐτός, ‘of yourself,’ at your own will and pleasure: cp. 3. 66
ἑκὼν δ᾽ οὐκ ἄν τις ἕλοιτο, For the sentiment cp. 4. 3.

731. The line is wanting in most MSS,

734. kat emphasises πολέας : the τε, as in the preceding line, marks
the sentence as general (gnomic), § 49, 9.

καὐτός, for καὶ αὐτός, as 6. 260. For the sense cp. Od, 6. 185
μάλιστα δέ τ᾽ ἔκλυον αὐτοί.

736. yap is used by anticipation, introducing the ground of the advice
given in 1. 740: cp. 2. 803.

περί, with δέδηε, as 12. 35 ἀμφὶ... δεδήει τεῖχος.

737. κατὰ-- ἔβησαν, Tmesis, ‘ have passed over.’

742. See on 9. 235.

743. €metta is used in the second of two clauses expressing alterna-
tives, meaning ‘ (if not) then’; so 24. 356 ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽
ἵππων, ἤ μιν ἔπειτα... λιτανεύσομεν : cp. also Od. 20. 63 (Hentze).

745. τὸ χθιζόν, Art. as in 1. 794 ἠοῖ τῇ προτέρῃ, § 47, 2, a.

ἀποστήσωνται, lit. ‘weigh back’ (στημι as 10. 247, &c.): hence
‘make good,’ ‘ make full payment for.’

749. The line is wanting in Ven. A. and some other MSS.

752, ἀντιόω, Fut., ‘ will deal with,’ ‘ see to.’

754. The comparison of Hector to a snowy mountain is a violent
hyperbole, unlike the Iliad, and is especially inappropriate where he is
described as rushing swiftly through the battle.

762. ot μέν refers to the /as¢ mentioned, Adamas and Asius, ot δέ in
1. 764 to Deiphobus and Helenus, by the figure called Chiasmus.

765. tov δέ, The Art. marks the antithesis; ‘ but him (the other)

282, TITAD. SBOCK XIV.

they found, to wit Paris,’=‘ but instead they found Paris’: ep. 1. 20,
and see § 47, 2, a.

770, ποῦ τοι, Dat. ethicus, as if Paris had charge of them.

772. κατ᾽ ἄκρης, ‘from its highest point, ‘from top to bottom,’
utterly. Cp. Virgil’s imitation, Aen. 2. 290 rat alto a culmine Troja.

773. Here του is the Particle, ‘ surely.’

775. The clause ἐπεί to.— has no apodosis; see on 3. 59.

αἰτιάασθαι, Inf. with θῦμος (ἐστί), ‘you have a mind for blaming.’

776. ἄλλοτε x. τ. A., =‘ this is not a time when I am likely to shrink.
ἐρωῆσαι, ‘to recoil,’ cp. 1. 57: for the tense with μέλλω cp. 1. 226.

779. δέ of the apodosis. . δμιλέομεν, see on IT. 502.

787. ἐσσύμενον, with indefinite Subject, ‘for one that is all eager’:
cp. 2. 234., 6. 268.

793. ἀμοιβοί, ‘taking their turn,’ replacing others who had gone
home.

796. ὑπὸ Bpovris. The thunder is imagined to cause the wind.

799. κυρτά, ‘curling.’ φαληριόωντα, ‘ rising in a ridge’ or ‘ crest.’

ἐπί, here adverbial, ‘after,’ ‘ behind.’

805. σείετο, ‘shook to and fro’: apparently the helmet did not fit
closely.

806, 807. προποδίζων, ὑπασπίδια, see 1. 158.

810, αὔτως, -- without following up your threats by action.

812, Διὸς μάστιγι, see the note on 12. 37.

814. dpap... εἰσί, lit. ‘are straightway,’ ‘are (ready) at once,’ 7. ὁ.
you will speedily find that we too have hands to defend ourselves.

817. σχεδὸν ἔμμεναι ὁππότε, ‘ the time is at hand when —.’

820. πεδίοιο, ‘ over the plain,’ § 39, 3, 2.

824. ἁμαρτοεπές, ‘ blundering in speech,’ cp. 3. 215.

825. οὕτω ye... ὡς, ‘as surely — as.’

820. πεφήσεαι, ‘shalt be slain,’ from the root φεν-.

BOOK XIV.

THE fourteenth book is entitled Διὸς ἀπάτη---“ the, beguiling of Zeus’
—from the contrivance by which the aid of Poseidon is secured to the
Greeks for a little while longer, and the critical moment once more
postponed. ‘The agent in this last effort is Here. The story is as
follows :—

The sudden noise of the battle is heard by Nestor, who is still with
Machaon, and also by the three wounded chiefs, Agamemnon, Ulysses,

NOTES. 28 3
and Diomede. They come forth from their tents, and resolve to do
what they can in spite of their wounds to stir up and direct the defence.
Poseidon encourages Agamemnon and the rest of the army (ll. 1-152).

At this point Here resolves upon a new and bold device. She
furnishes herself with the magic girdle of Aphrodite, obtains the aid of
Ὕπνος, and lulls Zeus to sleep on Mount Ida (ll. 153-353).

On hearing of this Poseidon again encourages the Greeks, who under
the guidance of the wounded kings arm themselves afresh for the final
struggle. Hector, on encountering Ajax, is struck down by him with a
stone, and compelled to retire. The Trojans are driven back across the
rampart (ll. 354-522).

The anger of Achilles and his consequent absence are mentioned
in two places, a speech of Agamemnon (1. 50), anda speech of Poseidon
(1. 366). These references make us feel that he is uppermost in the
thoughts of the Greeks.

Much difficulty has been felt in reconciling the part now played by
Here with the action of Poseidon in the preceding book. If Poseidon
has been watching for the moment when the eye of Zeus is withdrawn,
and at once takes advantage of his opportunity, how comes it that Here,
who is watching with no less interest (14. 153), does not also act?
And when she does act, after much scheming and preparation, what really
new result is attained? These considerations led Hermann to condemn
a large part of the thirteenth and fourteenth books as an interpolation.
By striking out 13. 39—14. 152 he made the action of Here follow
immediately on the coming of Poseidon to the Greek camp.

On the other hand it has been pointed out by Nutzhorn! that this
backwardness on the part of Here is justified by the earlier part of the
Tliad. In the eighth book Here and Athene come down to the battle-
field in spite of the command of Zeus, and are called back and rebuked
by him. It is natural that a new attempt should be made by a different
god, and that Here should wait a little before she is sufficiently en-
couraged by Poseidon’s success. And this form of the episode has
dramatic value in other ways. In the first place it is so contrived as to
give variety to the poem. The thwarting of the will of Zeus (which is
the ground idea) arises in an unexpected quarter. Poseidon is a new
figure, and his presence leads to a series of new situations. In the second
place the scenes of the episode are of gradually increasing interest. We
see Poseidon first with Ajax and Idomeneus, and again, as the danger
grows more pressing, with the three greater chiefs. Then the intervention
of Here marks a new stage in the development of the action Without

| Entstehung der hom. Gedichte, p, 160.

284 ILIAD, BOOK XIV.

some such new element there would be a want of the sense of gradation
or ‘ thickening of the plot’ which is essential to dramatic effect.

If it is objected that the action of the two gods leads to no tangible
result, the answer is that the poet’s object is to raise expectations, not to
satisfy them. The episode does not end with any definite event, precisely
because it is an episode. Why does the victory of Menelaus over Paris,
or the irresistible career of Diomede, lead to no solid advantage for the
Greek cause? The reason lies in the poetical unity of the Iliad as a
whole, which does not tolerate the appearance of a satisfying conclusion
before the true conclusion is reached. In this case, accordingly, it is
essential that Zeus should awake in time to turn the course of events
back into its proper channel?.

It must still be admitted that the situation at the opening of the
fourteenth book does not quite harmonise with the end of the thirteenth.
There is indeed an excellent formal transition: the noise of battle
described in the last lines of book XIII is heard by Nestor in his tent.
But what he sees, and presently relates to the wounded chiefs, is the
storming of the rampart and disorderly flight of the Greeks,—not the
comparatively successful resistance which is now being made by the
help of Poseidon. We seem to be taken back to the end of the twelfth
book, when the fortunes of the Greeks were at their lowest point. But
in Nestor’s view the main fact evidently is that the Trojans have carried
the Greek fortification. Moreover, the poet wishes to find a motive for
the action of the wounded kings. And the dark colours in which the
state of things is now painted belong to the general heightening of the
interest in the fourteenth as compared with the preceding book.

The last part of the book tells us how the Trojans were driven back
across the palisade and ditch, the chief event being the combat of Hector
and Ajax. This is introduced with curious abruptness (1. 402 Αἴαντος δὲ

1 When the rational sequence of events is neglected, we can generally
see that it is sacrificed to some dramatic necessity. At the very beginning
of the Iliad we are met by the insuperable difficulty that there is no
sufficient reason why Achilles should have allowed Briseis to be taken
from him (see the note on 1]. 1. 221). So in the present instance we
might ask, not only why Here is so slow to act, but also why Athene
and other gods who take the Greek side do not act at all. A modern
scholar (Bischoff, in the Phz/ologus, vol. xxxiv. p. 20 f.) has pointed out
with perfect justice that the sleep of Zeus gave them time to secure all
that they desired,—the victory of the Greeks and the destruction of Troy.
It seems very unlikely, when we think of it, that they should have thrown
away the opportunity. The true explanation is that the story is not, and
cannot be, free from improbability. The poet is satisfied if the improb-
abilities do not jar upon his hearers, or injure the general effect of his
work.

NOTES. LINES 1-31. 285

πρῶτος ἀκόντισε φαίδιμος “Exrwp), as though the meeting of the two
heroes had been already described. Lachmann accordingly conjectured
that we have here the latter part of a ‘lay’ which begins in the eleventh
book, and breaks off there with a meeting of Ajax and Hector (11.
557 ff.). An equally good point of junction is obtained without going
further back than the end of book XIII, where Ajax challenges Hector,
and Hector replies with confident words. It is harsh, however, to
suppose that even this meeting is still fresh in the mind of the hearer.
Perhaps the difficulty is best got over by supposing the loss of one
or two lines before 1. 402.

The last fifteen lines of the book (ll. 508-522) do not stand well after
Il. 440-507. Both passages describe the series of individual victories
which marked the retreat of the Trojans: but evidently there is not
room for two such descriptions, each with its own beginning and end
(cp. 1. 442 ἔνθα πολὺ πρώτιστος κιτ.λ. with 1. 509 ὅς Tis δὴ πρῶτος, and
again the concluding 1. 507 πάπτηνεν δὲ ἕκαστος κιτιλ. with 1. 522
ἀνδρῶν τρεσσάντων, k.7.A.). It seems probable, therefore, that one of
the two passages is an interpolation.

I. πίνοντά περ. This takes us back to the scene in Nestor’s tent,
where Nestor and Machaon drink the κυκειών of Pramnian wine: see
esp. 11. 641 ff. ἔμπης -Ξἴῃς Attic ὅμως.

3. ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα, z. 6. ‘ what is to be done’: cp. 1. 61.

8. εἴσομαι, Fut. of ofa. Join ἐλθὼν és περιωπήν.

14. dptvopévous, ‘ driven,’ ‘in rout,’ cp. 9. 243.

16, πορφύρῃ, ‘is stirred,’ ‘troubled’: πορφύρεος was applied originally
to any turbid, murky colour. κωφῷ, 2, 6. making no plash; ‘ noiseless,’
‘sullen,’

17. ὀσσόμενον, ‘looking for,’ awaiting with dread.

18. αὔτως, z.¢. ‘doing no more,’ explained by οὐδ᾽ dpa τε «.7.A.

19. κεκριμένον, ‘ decided,’ ‘ settled.’

26. νυσσομένων, ‘as they pierced each other, Mid. The Gen. depends
on xaAkés, cp. 13. 499. We might have had the Dat. agreeing with
σφι, but the other construction is more characteristic of Homer.

31. πρώτας, ‘furthest forward,’ 2. 6. furthest from the sea, as in 15.
654, 656 (but otherwise in 1. 75, g.v.). The clause is subordinate in
sense to αὐτὰρ... ἔδειμαν, the two clauses together*meaning ‘they built
the wall by the sterns of the ships which they drew furthest towards the
plain’ (in prose, ἃς πρώτας εἴρυσαν, τούτων ἐπὶ ταῖς πρύμναις ἔδειμαν).
This is said to explain how there were ships that were ‘far from the
battle,’ so that the wounded heroes could be met πὰρ νηῶν ἀνιόντες
(1. 28). Some commentators accent πρυμνῇσιν, from the oxytone Adj.
πρυμνός, and take it to mean ‘the hindmost ships.’ ζ, ὁ, those furthest

286 ILIAD. BOOK XIV.

landwards, πρώτας being =‘ nearest the sea.’ But πρυμνὴ ναῦς can only
mean the stern of a ship: cp. 1. 51.

35. προκρόσσαξ, ‘row after row,’ cp. προθέλυμνος (13. 160). The
passage is evidently imitated in Hdt. 7. 188 αἱ μὲν δὴ πρῶται τῶν νεῶν
ὥρμεον πρὸς γῇ, ἄλλαι δ᾽ em’ ἐκείνῃσι ἐπ᾽ ἀγκυρέων" ἅτε yap τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ
ἐόντος οὐ μεγάλου, πρόκροσσαι ὡρμέοντο ἐς πόντον καὶ ἐπὶ ὀκτὼ νέας.
Some (as Stein a. 1.) take πρόκροσσαι of the vertical position of the files
of ships, standing out like battlements. But a single row of ships
drawn up in the usual way would answer to this description. κρόσσαι
(the word is only found in the Plur.) seems to be applied to objects
placed in a row, e.g. to the successive courses of stones in the pyramids
(Hat. 2. 125).

36. στόμα, the bay or opening, formed by the space between the two
headlands (ἄκραι) ; cp. Od. 10.90. The headlands were Rhoeteum and
Sigeum.

40. πτῆξε, ‘smote with dismay’; elsewhere Intransitive.

45. The reference may be to 8. 182 ὡς πυρὶ νῆας ἐνιπρήσω, κτείνω δὲ
καὶ αὐτούς.

46. μὴ ἀπονέεσθαι, ‘that he would not return’: μή (instead of οὐ)
as with Verbs of swearing, see on 6. 133.

49. As to this anger of the Greeks see on 13. 109.

50. ἐμοί is construed with the whole phrase ἐν θυμῷ βάλλονται χόλον
(Ξε κεχολωμένοι εἰσί).

53. ἑτοῖμα, ‘ fulfilled,’ turned into fact: cp. Od. 8. 384 ἠμὲν ἀπείλησας
βητάρμονας εἶναι ἀρίστους, ἠδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἑτοῖμα τέτυκτο.

54. παρατεκτήναιτο, ‘order otherwise’: παρά repeats the idea already
expressed by ἄλλως. Note that it does not here imply change for the
τυογϑά.

59. δπποτέρωθεν, ‘from which side,’ 2. 6. whether from their own or
the enemy’s.

60. ὡς --ὅτι οὕτως, Cp. 13. 133.

62. ῥέξει, ‘is likely to do.’ νόος is emphatic, being contrasted with
πόλεμον in the next clause.

63. βεβλημένον, indefinite, cp. 13. 787.

67. ἔλποντο δέ x.7.A., ‘which they hoped would be.’

γι, 72. ὅτε is temporal in both places: ‘I knew when—and I know
(it) now when —. The change to ὅτι in 1. 72, made in most editions,
is harsh and unpoétical; the two clauses are evidently meant to be
parallel.

73. ἔδησεν, cp. Od. 4. 380 πεδάᾳ καὶ ἔδησε κελεύθου.

75. πρῶται, explained by ἄγχι θαλάσσης as ‘the furthest’ in the
direction of the sea, ¢.¢. the nearest to the sea. Cp. 1. 31, where πρῶται
(πεδίονδε) has the opposite meaning because it is used from the opposite
point of view.

NOTES. LINES 35-125+ 287

νῆες is Nom. by the attraction of the clause ὅσαι x.7.A.

77. ὕψι, ‘in deep water,’ ‘afloat.’ ἐπ᾽ εὐνάων, ‘at anchor’; the εὐναί
being blocks of stone thrown out as anchors at the bows, while the stern
was fastened to the shore by the πρυμνήσια : see on 1. 436.

78. καὶ τῇ, ‘even in it.’ The suggestion that the Trojans may fight
by night is ironical; such a thing was unknown in Homeric warfare.

79. ἁπάσας, 7. ὁ. the other ships as well.

80. οὐ νέμεσις, ‘it is no matter for νέμεσις,᾽ ‘no blame.’

ἀνὰ νύκτα. Night is thought of as a space of darkness.

81. βέλτερον ὅς, ‘it is better (with him) who —,’ 7. ὁ. it is better
when one &c.: cp. Od. 15. 72.

84. ovAdpeve, ‘miserable man!’ see on I. 2.

στρατοῦ, with σημαίνειν, which elsewhere governs the Dat.

8g. ὀϊζύομεν, Impf., ‘we have been suffering.’

go. τίς Te, ‘some or other,’ ὃ 49, 9.

91. διὰ στόμα ἄγοιτο, ‘suffer to pass through his mouth’: see on
2, 250.

95. νῦν, 7. δ. ‘as it is,’ since you Aave uttered such a speech.

ὠνοσάμην, “1 blame’; properly ‘ I have blamed’ (like ἔπλετο, ‘ has
come to be,’ ‘is’). The idiom is common in Attic, as ἥσθην, “1 am
pleased,’ ἐπήνεσα, “1 approve.’

98. evra, ‘ boasting,’ see on 13. 726.

ἔμπης, ‘still,’ see on 1. 1: the meaning is, ‘have (more) cause to
boast, though they are (already) victorious.’

99. ἐπιρρέπῃ, ‘ turn the scale, ‘ be decided as our lot’ ; the metaphor
which is turned into a symbolical act in 8. 69-74.

IOl. ἀποπαπτανέουσι, ‘ will look about them away’ (from the war),
ὦ. δ. look out for escape, and so give up the fight.

104. καθίκεο, ‘hast hit,’ ‘ touched.’

108. ἀσμένῳ is in sense the predicate: ‘it would be welcome to me.’
So in prose, βουλομένῳ poi ἐστι, &c.

113. γένος is Acc., see on 5. 544.

110. αὐτόθι, ‘ where he was,’ at home.

121. θυγατρῶν, partitive Gen., (one) ‘of the daughters.’

123. ὄρχατοι, ‘rows,’ z.¢. plantations.

dpdis, ‘round’ the fields, ἡ. ¢. separating them: ep. 3. 115.

125. μέλλετε, see on 13. 220.

ἀκουέμεν, ‘to have heard.’ Homeric language does not distinguish
the fact of hearing from the zmfresston that remains with the hearer ;
cp. Od. 15. 403 νῆσός τις Supin κικλήσκεται, εἴ που ἀκούεις, also 1]. 20.
204., 24. 543., Od. 3. 193.» 11. 458.. The Pf. ἀκήκοα, which would be
the proper tense to express the vesz/¢ of hearing, is not found in Homer.

ἐτεόν (sc. ἐστι) is construed as a substantive, ‘truth.’ The principle
is the same as in οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη (2. 204), &e.

288 ILIAD. BOOK XIV...

126. οὐκ dv with the Opt. is a gentle form of request ; see on 2. 250.

γένος, Acc. of reference with κακόν.

127. πεφασμένον, ‘set forth,’ uttered: cp. 18. 295 νοήματα paiv’ ἐνὶ
δήμῳ, Od. 4. 159 ἐπεσβολίας ἀναφαίνειν.

130. ἐκ βελέων, ‘ out of range of weapons,’ cp. 4. 465., 16. 122, &c.

132. θυμῷ ἦρα φέροντες, ‘ doing the pleasure of, giving way to, their
temper,’ z.é. ‘in waywardness ’: see on 1. 50.

135. ἀλαοσκοπιήν, see on 18. 10.

141. δερκομένῳ, ‘as he beholds,’ Dat. with κῆρ γηθεῖ, notwithstand-
ing the Gen. ᾿Αχιλῆος : see on 9. 636.

142. ὥς connects a wish with a state of things: here ‘may he as
surely perish’ (as he exults over our defeat).

145. κονίσουσιν, ‘ will make dusty’: cp. the common phrase xoviov-
τες πεδίοιο, ‘raising (a track of) dust 7 the plain.’ κονίω has a Transi-
tive meaning here.

154. στᾶσα, ‘ taking her station.’

ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο, with εἰσεῖδε, is further defined by ἀπὸ ῥίου, ‘ looked
forth from Olympus, from a peak.’

158. εἰσεῖδε. The clause here becomes independent, instead of carry-
ing on the construction with ἔγνω (1. 154).

στυγερός implies either hate or fear: in this place they need not be
distinguished ; Here ‘ sickened’ on beholding Zeus.

162. ἐντύνασαν, Acc. because it goes with ἐλθεῖν, ‘to array herself
and go’: see on 2. 113. For € αὐτήν it would be more correct to write
€’ αὐτήν : the form éé (for ἐξέ) is here required by the metre.

165. χεύῃ, Subj., expresses Here’s purpose where she is herself the
agent, in contrast to ἱμείραυτο, an expected consequence of her action.
The use, however, is irregular, the poet forgetting that the whole depends
on a Past Tense (φαίνετο in 1. 161) ; see § 34, 2, ¢.

167. ἐπῆρσε, ‘ fitted,’ ‘ made to close.’

168. κρυπτῇ, ‘ secret’ or ‘ private,’ explained by the clause τὴν δ᾽ οὐ
θεὸς ἄλλος ἀνῷγεν, =‘ one that no other god could open.’

170. ἀμβροσίῃ, here imagined as a kind of cosmetic: cp. 19. 38,
where it preserves the body of Patroclus.

171. Atm’, ὦ. ὁ. λίπα, an adverb with ἀλείψατο.

172. ἑδανῷ, a word of unknown meaning, which only occurs here. It
may be = ‘eatable,’ from root ἐδ- (so Brugmann): if so, it should be
written ἐδανός, The derivation from ofad (d4vddve) is untenable.

τό ῥά ot τεθυωμένον ἦεν, ‘sweet-scented oil that she had’; 13. 340.

173. τοῦ, Gen. with ἀϊτμή, ‘from it when stirred.’

174. ἔμπης, ‘even’ (though stirred in the palace of Zeus).

176. πλοκάμους, ‘ plaits’ (net ‘locks’ of hair), cp. 17. 52 πλοχμοί θ᾽
οἱ χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἀργύρῳ ἐσφήκωντο. ‘This artificial mode of dressing the
hair is seen in the oldest Greek statues and vase paintings. ‘The-free

NOTES. LINES 126-230. 289

style characteristic of the best period of Greek art is not found before
the fifth century B. c. (Helbig, p. 164).
φαεινούς, “ shining,’ viz. with oil.

177. ἐκ kpdaros, 7. ὁ. hanging down from the head.

178. ἑανόν, see on 3. 385.

179. ἔξυσε, ‘smoothed’; ἀσκήσασα, ‘having wrought it’: the two
words =‘ wrought to due smoothness,’ cp. 4. 110 ἀσκήσας... ἤραρε.

180, ἐνετῇσι, ‘clasps,’ ‘brooches.’ κατὰ στῆθος, ‘on the breast,’ z.¢.
at a point on it: κατά with Acc. as in κατ᾽ ὦμον (used of a wound in
the shoulder), κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα, &c. See Helbig, p. 200 of the second ed.

182. ἕρματα, ‘ ear-rings.’

183. tptyAnva, of three drops or beads, see on 8. 164.

popdevra, probably ‘ consisting of berries,’ Ζ. 6. clustering, from μόρον,
‘a mulberry.’

184. The κρηδέμνον appears to have been a kind of mantle, covering
the back of the head and the shoulders, but leaving the face free
(Helbig).

185. νηγατέῳ, The meaning of this word is unknown ; see on 2. 43.

190. πίθοιο, Opt. equivalent to a gentle Imperative, see on 4. 93.

I9I. τό ye=:‘ therefore,’ ‘at the idea that,’ § 37, I.

196. τετελεσμένον, “ accomplished,’ z. ¢. that can be accomplished.

199. Sapva, 2 Sing. Mid. of δαμνάω. But we should perhaps read
δάμνασαι, which is metrically better.

203. “Peias, Gen. with δεξαμένη, as I. 596.

205. ἄκριτα, lit. ‘undistinguished,’ as in 7. 337, hence ‘involved,’
‘with measureless issues.’

206. ἀλλήλων, governed by εὐνῆς kal φιλότητος.

208. κείνω, with ἀνέσαιμι (see on 13. 657).

213. tavets, cp. 9. 325 (with the note), 18. 258.

214. κεστὸν ἱμάντα, a thong or band of pierced work ; probably not
a piece of dress, but simply a charm. It was placed in the bosom (ep.
1. 219) simply as the easiest way of carrying it safely (Helbig, p. 156).
Cp. 3. 371, where the band of the helmet is πολύκεστος ἱμάς.

215. θελκτήρια πάντα, ‘all manner of seduction’: for πάντα cp. 1. 5.

217. πάρφασις is in apposition to φιλότης ἵμερος and ὀαριστύς :
‘these things are the persuasion (means of persuasion) which beguiles’ &c.
For the concrete sense cp. γένεσις (1. 201), ἀνάπνευσις (11. 800), &c.

221. ἄπρηκτον, “ without accomplishment,’ in the active sense. ὅ τι
with ellipse of the antecedent ; (in respect of) whatever &c.

225. ἀΐξασα, ‘with a swift movement,’ ‘ shooting down.’

226. Πιερίην, east of Mt. Olympus. Ἠμαθίην, the later Macedonia.

228. ἀκροτάτας κορυφάς, in apposition, explaining ὄρεα : a common
construction in Homer, see 1. 284, also 2. 145., 8. 48.

230. Note that Lemnos and its king take no part in the war.

VOL. Il. uU

290 ILZITAD. BOOK XIV.

240. ποσίν, ‘ for the feet’; ὑπό being adverbial, ‘ under it.’

248. ὅτε py, see on 13. 310.

249. ἄλλο is used adverbially with ἐπίνυσσεν (§ 37, 1), ‘taught me
in another matter,’ z.e. once already gave me a lesson. Some MSS. have
the reading of Zenodotus, τεῇ ἐπίνυσσεν ἐφετμῇ, ‘ taught me by reason
of, on the occasion of, a behest of thine.’ For ἄλλο cp. τόδε in 1. 298.

252. ἔλεξα, ‘laid to rest.’

253. νήδυμος, see on 2. 2.

256. χαλέπαινε ῥιπτάζων = ‘ showed his rage by hurling.’

258. ἄϊστον, as a predicate with ἔμβαλε πόντῳ, ‘would have cast me
so that I had perished.’

265. ἢ φῇς, ‘ dost thou indeed think?’ &s—as—, ‘will as surely—as
he was angered about (aept-) Heracles.’

271. ἀάατον, an obscure word, found in the Od. with a different
scansion (ἀδᾶτος). It is probably derived from daw (which shows the
same variation of quantity), and means ‘ not to be done foolishly against,’
not to be treated with ἄτη, befooling.

272, 273. Soin 9. 568 Althaea beats the earth in calling Hades and
Persephone to witness. The gods of the nether world, however, are
beneath sea and land alike, cp. 8. 478 οὐδ᾽ εἴ κε τὰ νείατα πείραθ᾽ ἵκηαι
γαίης καὶ πόντοιο, iv’ Ἰάπετός τε Kpévos τε x.7.4. Accordingly a victim
sacrificed in taking an oath by them might be thrown into the sea, as in
the case of Agamemnon’s oath, 19. 267; see on 3. 310.

282. ἑσσαμένω is subordinate to πρήσσοντε.

284. Λεκτόν, in apposition, see on 1. 228.

286. πάρος Διὸς ὄσσε ἰδέσθαι, ‘before he met the gaze of Zeus,’
ze. came into his presence: cp. 15.147 ἐπὴν ἔλθητε Διὸς δ᾽ εἰς ὦπα
ἴδησθε. Commentators generally take ὄσσε as subject.

288. ἀήρ is the lower misty region, αἰθήρ the bright upper air.

290. évadtyktos, Ζ. 6. taking the shape.

ἐν ὄρεσσι belongs in sense to the principal clause ; see on 13. 340.

291. χαλκίδα, so called from its bronze colour. The divine name is
the one which has a good meaning, see on I. 403.

295. περ strengthens the whole phrase οἷον ὅτε mp@tov—, ‘even as
when first.’

298. τόδε is adverbial, ‘thus,’ ‘this time,’ § 37,1. Cp. Hdt. 5. 76
τέταρτον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν ἀπικόμενοι.

308. τραφερήν, ‘ dry land,’ lit. ‘ solid’ (τρέφω as in 5. 903).

314. τραπείομεν, ‘let us take our pleasure’: see the note on 3. 441.

316. περιπροχυθείς, ‘shed all round,’ cp. ἀμφεκάλυψε (1. 294).

317-327. These lines are probably an interpolation. Such a piece of
genealogical learning is unlike Homer, and doubtless comes from some
later versifier of the Hesiodic school.

317. Ἰξιονίης ἀλόχοιο, Dia.

ἃ Ὁ»...

NOTES. LINES 240-386. 201

321. Φοίνικος κούρης, Europa, daughter of Agenor.

332. τὰ δὲ προπέφανται ἅπαντα is subordinate in sense, ‘on the top
of Ida, where all is open to view.’ τά, ‘ the place’ (vaguely).

The clause εἰ νῦν «.7.A. has no grammatical apodosis. The intended
apodosis— we should be seen ’—is sufficiently implied in τὰ δὲ προπέ-
g~avra, and its place is taken by the new sentence πῶς κ᾽ ἔοι «.7.A.,
which draws out the notion further.

337- ἔπλετο, ‘ has come to be’: so in 1. 340, εὔαδεν, ‘ has pleased.’

342. τό ye, adverbial with δείδιθι, ‘ have not this fear.’

τινά is here Acc. de guo (§ 37, 7), ‘fear not as to any one of gods
or men, that he will see.’ Cp. Od. 22. 39, 4o—

οὔτε θεοὺς δείσαντες οἱ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσιν,
οὔτε Tw’ ἀνθρώπων νέμεσιν κατόπισθεν ἔσεσθαι.

345. Join ὀξύτατον εἰσοράασθαι, ‘ most keen for beholding.’

φάος blends the notions of ‘ light ’ and ‘ eye-sight.’

347. τοῖσι, ‘for them,’ ὑπό being adverbial.

349. €epye, ‘kept them off’ (the ground).

354 ff. This message serves as a transition from the scene on Mt. Ida
to the field of battle.

357. πρόφρων, ‘ with your will,’ 7. ὁ. as much as you desire.

360. ἐν φιλότητι, with εὐνηθῆναι.

363. μέγα, with ἐκέλευσε, ‘ aloud.’

3609. ὀτρυνώμεθα, ‘ bestir ourselves.’ -

370-387. Exception has been taken, not without reason, to the scene
described in these lines. Poseidon puts himself at the head of the Greeks,
and urges them to make a general exchange of arms,—the best warriors
taking the largest shields &c. and giving inferior weapons to the less
brave men. Such a proceeding is exceedingly improbable in itself—
any exchange of arms being exceptional—and especially if it is to be
imagined as carried out in the crisis of a battle. The difficulty is con-
siderably diminished if (with Cauer and others, quoted in Hentze’s
Introduction to the book, p. 63) we strike out ll. 376, 377, 381, 382;
thus getting rid of the idea of an exchange, and reducing the incident to
a general putting on of the best arms within reach.

371. ἀσπίδες, Nom., cp. 1. 75.

376, 377. It is evident that these two lines come in awkwardly, after
the natural close of the speech.

377. 6 8€. The subject is the same, but the Art. marks the contrast
between the acts, § 47,1. There seems to be a play of sound in the
two verbs δότω---δύτω.

381. dpeBov, ‘changed,’ z. ὁ. directed the exchange.

382. χέρεια, = χερείονα, like πλέες for πλέονες (see on 2. 129).

386. TO... μιγῆναι, ‘to meet it’ (the sword).

οὐ θέμις, ‘it may not be,’ it is not to be thought of:

U2

292 ILIAD, ΠΕ BOOK XIV,

389. τάνυσσαν, see on 13. 358-360,

391. ὃ μέν, z.e. Hector, the /as¢ mentioned, by Chiasmus (13. 762),

392. The sea rises and dashes on the shore in sympathy with
Poseidon as the god of the sea,

305. πόντος in Homer always means the deep sea.

399, μάλιστα, ‘ more than all,’ qualifies μέγα βρέμεται,

403. ot is Dat. ethicus (§ 38, 1): Ajax ‘ was turned (so as to be) in
a straight line for him,’ so that he (Hector) had him right in the line of
his throw.

404. TH ῥα, with ἀκόντισε (1. 402), ‘shot his spear at the place
where —.’

teAapave, ‘the two baldricks,’ which both passed over the right
shoulder. The shield in Homeric times hung from the neck; cp. 13.
407.

409. τόν governed by βεβλήκει in 1. 412, where the sentence is taken
up again: see on 13. 197.

410, τά fa πολλά, ‘one of the many which,’ as Od. 5. 422 (κῆτος)
οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει κλυτὸς ᾿Αμφιτρίτη : Od. 6. 150 εἰ μέν τις θεός ἐσσι τοὶ
οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσιν,

411. ἐκυλίνδετο, “ were rolling about.’

τῶν ἕν ἀείρας repeats xeppadiw,— with one of these in his hands.’

413. ἔσσευε, ‘sent spinning.’ περὶ δ᾽ ἔδραμε, sc. Ἕκτωρ.

410. ἔγχος, his second spear, cp. 1. 402, ἑάφθϑθη, see 13. 543.

428. αὐτοῦ, with πάροιθεν.

436. ἀμπνύνθη, ‘came to himself’; see on 5. 697,

449. τῷ, Dat. with ἦλθεν ἀμύντωρ,

452. ἔσχεν, ‘held on,’ ‘kept its way.’

455. πηδῆσαι, ‘has leaped.’

456. κόμισε, ‘has received,’

457, αὐτῷ σκηπτόμενον, ‘ taking it for his staff’: αὐτῷ is emphatic,
the staff ‘as it was,’ ready to his hand ; he would need no other on the
way to Hades.

461, καρπαλίμως, with ἀκόντισε,

463. λικριφίς, ‘ sideways,’

465. συνεοχμῷ, ‘ the joining’ (ovv-éxw),

406, νείατον, ‘ the last,’ in this case the highest.

474. yeveny, ‘in descent,’ ‘kinship,’ z. 6. he had a family likeness,

477. ὃ δ᾽ ὕφελκε, -- ὑφέλκοντα, ‘as he was dragging him away,’

ποδοῖιν, Gen., by the feet,’

479. iopwpot, * arrow-heroes,’ mere archers: see on 4. 242.

482, εὕδει, ironically of death.

484, ἄτττος, unpaid.’ The long t is against all analogy, see 13. 414,

The common reading is kat κέ τις, but there is also MS, authority for
καί τέ τις and καί τις, With this evidence we are entitled to restore

NOTES. LINES 389-522. 293

the ze (see § 49, 9), and the Homeric order καί tis te (cp. Lat.
quisgue).

485. ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρα, The phrase recurs in 18. 100, 213. In all three
places Aristarchus read”Apew, Zenodotus ἀρῆς : the MSS. generally give
dpews here and in 18. 213, but ἀρῆς in 18. 100. ἀρῆς is supported by
the recurring phrase ἀρὴν ἑτάροισιν ἀμύνειν (12. 334., 16. 512, &c.).

491. Ἑρμείας, as god of herds (νόμιος, ἐπιμήλιος).

493. θέμεθλα, the ‘root’ or ‘ bed’ of the eye.

498. αὐτῇ, ‘as it was,’ helmet and all: cp. 8. 24., 9. 194.

499. φὴ κώδειαν, ‘like a poppy-head’: on φή see 2. 144.

500. πέφραδε, ‘ bade them mark it,’ not quite the same as ἔδειξε.

503. οὐδὲ γὰρ 4 marks a contrast to πατρὲ καὶ μητρί -- “ἴοτ (as they
will not, so) neither will —.’

504. ἀνδρὶ ἐλθόντι =‘ by her husband’s coming,’ the Dat. being instru-
mental.

508-522. The appeal to the Muses in 1. 508 and the list of Trojans
slain by Greek chieftains are both indications that we have reached an
important turning-point in the story.

516. “AtpetSys, viz. Menelaus.

522. ἀνδρῶν τρεσσάντων, ‘ when men have taken to flight,’ Gen. Abs.
For τρέσαι, ‘to run away,’ cp. Hdt. 7. 231 ὄνειδός τε εἶχε ὁ τρέσας
᾿Αριστόδημος καλεόμενος.

BOOK XV.

In this book the reaction in favour of the Greeks is suddenly brought
to an end; the position of the armies is soon restored to that which
they occupied when Poseidon interfered ; and finally the Trojans press
on to the Greek ships, and all but set fire to one of them. Thus
the decisive moment is reached which is to bring Patroclus again to the
field.

The action is simple in its general outline. It begins with scenes on
Ida and Olympus, which show us the gods submitting with much ill-
humour to the will of Zeus. The rest of the book traces the gradual
progress of the Trojan attack: except that the poet turns aside for a few
lines in the middle of the book to describe Patroclus hastening back to
Achilles with the object of urging him to come to the rescue of the
Greeks. The digression serves to mark the last stages of the Greek
defence, and to allay the impatience with which we are now awaiting
the crisis of the poem. The argument is as follows :—

294 ILIAD, BOOK XV.

Zeus awakes, and seeing the position of affairs rebukes Here and sends
her to Olympus, to bid Iris and Apollo come to him. Ares, hearing
of the death of his son Ascalaphus, is about to go down to avenge
him, but is restrained by Athene (Il. 1-148).

Tris is sent by Zeus to Poseidon, who makes his submission (Il. 149-219).
Apollo is next charged to restore Hector to strength, and drive the
Greeks back to the sea. Hector accordingly returns to the battle.
The Greeks on the advice of Thoas fall back: Apollo leads on the
Trojans, levelling the rampart. The Greeks prepare to defend the ships,
while the Trojans attack with their chariots (Il. 220-319).

Patroclus leaves Eurypylus to return to Achilles (Il. 390-404).

The battle is in suspense, while Ajax and Hector are opposed. Ajax
is aided by Teucer with his arrows, also by Menelaus and Antilochus.
At length the will of Zeus prevails, and the Greeks are forced back from
the outer line of ships (Il. 405-652).

The final conflict is engaged within the camp. Ajax leaps from one
ship to another, encouraging the Greeks to defend the tents. Hector
fastens upon the ship of Protesilaus, and calls for fire. Ajax is forced
back from the deck to the stern, but continues to repel the Trojans who
endeavour to set fire to the fleet (Il. 635-746).

The references in this book to the main subject of the Iliad are
unusually full. In the opening dialogue Zeus declares to Here his
resolution to fulfil the prayer of Thetis (ll. 74-77). The promise which
Zeus gives to Apollo,—that when the Greeks have been driven to
the Hellespont he will himself bethink him of ways by which they
may recoyer from their distress (Il. 234, 235),—may be regarded as a
vague foreshadowing of the action of Patroclus and Achilles. Then we
have the passage about the return of Patroclus (Il. 390-404). Again,
in the final attack, Zeus is represented as looking for the flame of
a burning ship, as the sign that the prayer of Thetis has been fulfilled
(1. 596-600).

The connexion with the immediately preceding books is maintained
by the absence of the three wounded kings, and the confinement of the
gods to Olympus, except under the direct commands of Zeus. The
reference to Ares in the thirteenth book is taken up again (1. 110),
evidently for the purpose of bringing out this element in the situation.
The chief actors are the same—first Hector and Ajax, then Antilochus,
Menelaus, and Teucer : but Ajax, son of Oileus, does not appear.

Hentze observes (in his Z¢voduction to the book, p. 94) that perhaps
there is no part of the epic which in regard to arrangement of incidents
and internal connexion (JZof/vierung) has raised so many difficulties as
this. And certainly there.is no part of his commentary which places
before us a greater number of views and suggestions, proceeding from

[ NOTES. 295

scholars who seek either to smooth away discrepancies by striking out
passages as interpolated, or to use these discrepancies as proof of
different date or authorship. The following are some of the chief points
which have been discussed :—

1, When Hector returns to the battle (Il. 262-280), Thoas advises
the Greeks to retreat. The ‘multitude, he says, should return to the
ships, while the best warriors withstand Hector. Yet the following
lines indicate that the whole army keeps up the fight ; cp. 1. 312 ᾿Αργεῖοι
δ᾽ ὑπέμειναν ἀολλέες, also the mention of arrows, which were not the
weapons of the chiefs (1. 313), and the comparison to a herd attacked
by wild beasts (1. 323). The contradiction perhaps would disappear if
we knew how an army in Homeric times would effect its retreat behind
fortifications. We may infer that it would fall to the chiefs to cover
the movement ; but some support from the λαός might still be needed.

2. When Hector and the Trojans a second time pass the Greek ram-
part, they do so with their chariots (1. 385), for which Apollo has
smoothed the way. Then ensues a battle in which the Trojans attack in
chariots, while the Greeks mount on their ships (of μὲν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων, of δ᾽
ἀπὸ νηῶν ὕψι μελαινάων ἐπιβάντες). And when Hector and Ajax meet
they fight over a ship (μιῆς περὶ νηός, 1. 416). Yet in the same context
we hear of squadrons (φάλαγγες, 1. 408 and 1. 448), masses of men
(ἀολλέες, 1. 494), and hand to hand fighting (1. 510), as though both
armies were in the open field. So, a little later, the Greeks protect their
ships with a ‘barrier of bronze’ (1. 566),—language which would not
naturally be applied to men posted ox the ships. Probably, however,
the difficulty arises from a too narrow interpretation of the phrases
ἀφ᾽ ἵππων and ἀπὸ νηῶν. The Homeric ‘ horseman’ did not keep to his
chariot, but mounted and dismounted as the occasion required ; never-
theless he would be said to fight from a chariot. So doubtless in the
defence of a line of ships drawn up on shore, which was evidently
a recognised branch of tactics, we may presume that the defenders would
be said to fight from the ships: but it does not follow that they were
allon board. The analogy of the chariot rather suggests that in this
kind of fighting the art lay in the use of the ship as a post of vantage or
of retreat. As such it was superior in size and stability, as we see from
the use of much larger spears (vavyaya)1!: while the chariot had the
advantage in the power of movement.

3. In the passage relating to Patroclus (Il. 390-404) it is said that he
remained with Eurypylus as long as the Greeks and Trojans fought
about the wall, but when he perceived the Trojans rushing at it, and the

* Helbig is of opinion that these spears were only used in the species
of fighting now in question, not in naval battles properly so called. See
on 1. 389.

296 ILIAD. BOOK XV.

ery and flight of the Greeks, he hastened to Achilles. Here, apparently,
fighting about the wall (τείχεος ἀμφεμάχοντο) is distinguished from
attacking it (τεῦχος ἐπεσσυμένους). It may be that the text is in fault,
and that we ought to read νηυσὶν ἐπεσσυμένους, as elsewhere (cp. 1. 593).
But the words as they stand are intelligible if we take them with the
next clause (ἀτὰρ Δαναῶν γένετο ἰαχή τε φόβος Te), and regard it as ex-
pressing the main point :—‘when he perceived that the Trojan attack
had ended in their victory and the flight of the Greeks.’

4. The same passage raises a doubt which affects the whole ques-
tion of books XIII-XV. As the story is told, the Trojans are repre-
sented as having ¢wce passed the Greek rampart, first at the end of book
XII, again in book XV. At which of these points did Patroclus leave the
tent of Eurypylus? Taken by itself the language now used would be
understood of the first time that the rampart was stormed :—or, rather,
it implies that such an event had only happened once. In the context, how-
ever, it can only refer to the immediately preceding description of the
Trojan advance (cp. 1. 384 ὧς Τρῶες... κατὰ τεῖχος ἔβαινον with 1. 395
τεῖχος ἐπεσσυμένους ἐνόησε Τρῶας). The inference drawn by many scholars
isthat in the original poem there was only one storming of the rampart,
consequently that the whole episode of the interference of Poseidon and
Here is a later addition. The alternative hypothesis—surely a more
probable one—is that the poet has not felt it necessary to remind
his hearers that the rampart had been already stormed. As a step in
the course of events that success had been cancelled by the intervention
of Poseidon and Here, The language used favours this view. When
it is said that Patroclus waited so long as the Trojans and Greeks

τείχεος ἀμφεμάχοντο θοάων ἔκτοθι νηῶν,
the words seem intentionally wide, and intended to cover éverything
that happened before the attack reached the ships.

5. The last stage of the Greek defence is reached when they are driven
from the outer line of ships, as is related in ll. 592-654. The first words
of this passage have been objected to. They tell us that the Trojans
‘rushed upon the ships ’—whereas the attack upon the ships had then
been going on for some time. ‘This however involves no contradiction.
The tense is the imperfect (νηυσὶν ἐπεσσεύοντο), which does not imply
a new event, and the words are to be read with the next clause—Acds δ᾽
ἐτέλειον ἐφετμάς, #.7.A. A later writer would say that ‘the attack which
was going on began to prevail’; Homer makes this into two clauses,—
‘the attack went on, the Trojans prevailed.’

It would seem, on the whole, that the difficulties now in question
arise from our ignorance of the conditions of Homeric warfare, or from
the tendency to lay undue stress on isolated expressions. For cases in
which there is some reason to suppose interpolation see the notes on

ll. 63 ff., 1. 214, 11. 263-268, 11. 668-673.

NOTES. LINES 3-86. 297

3. παρ᾽ ὄχεσφιν. The chariots had been left on the other side of the
trench before the τειχομαχία, see 12. 76 ff.

Io. ἀπινύσσων, ‘lying senseless.’

13. δεινά qualifies the phrase ὑπόδρα ἰδών, =‘ with a fearful scowl.’

14. κακότεχνος, with δόλος,

17. ἐπαύρηαι, ἱμάσσω. Subj. of deliberation (§ 29, 3), though
grammatically the clause is dependent.

18. The want of a caesura might be easily cured by reading ὅτε τε
κρέμω, but possibly the unusual rhythm is intended to answer to the
sense, by suggesting the idea of szw¢ezzg in the air.

22. παρασταδόν, nearly =mapacrayres, ‘at close quarters’; cp. 1. 105
ἄσσον ἰόντες. The opposite word is ἀποσταδόν (1. 556).

λάβοιμι, Opt. ὃ 34, 1, ὁ.

23. ἵκηται, the Subj. after a past Tense generally implies that the
event is still future (§ 34, 2, εὐ. Either this is meant here—of course
ironically,—or the Opt. ἵκοιτο should be read.

24. ἀνίει, ‘let go its hold of,’ ‘ left.’

33. ἣν is cognate Acc., § 87, 2.

37. τό, ἃ 47, 2, ὦ: see on 1. 340. ὅς τε, Masc. by attraction to
the predicate ὅρκος.

41. μή is the negative used in swearing: it belongs only to the words
δι᾽ ἐμὴν ἰότητα. Cp. το. 330., 19. 261 (note).

45. παραμυθησαίμην, without ἄν, because the Opt. expresses conces-
sion, ‘I am ready to advise,’ § 30, 4. But in 9. 417 καὶ δ᾽ ay...
παραμυθησαίμην -- 1 should advise.’

58. παυσάμενον, Acc. because it goes with ἱκέσθαι, ‘ that he cease from
war and_go,’ see on 14. 162.

63 ff. The next few lines give a picture that does not answer to the
course of events. The Greeks never reach the ships of Achilles; the
παλίωξις does not begin with the death of Hector (see 15. 601 ff.),—on
the contrary, the death of Hector causes a long pause in the war;
finally, the taking of Troy lies quite outside the action of the Iliad,
and certainly cannot fix the point at which Zeus will cease his anger
(1. 72 τὸ πρὶν δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔγὼ παύω χόλον). It is clear that ll. 64-71 are
an interpolation. The παλίωξις is suggested by 1. 601.

66. Ἰλίου, 8 19, 3.

71. This may refer to the Wooden Horse, τὸν ᾿Επειὸς ἐποίησεν σὺν
᾿Αθήνῃ (Od. 8. 493).

Ἴλιος is elsewhere Fem.; we may read αἰπύν, as Faesi suggests,
comparing 19. 97 Ἥρη θῆλυς ἐοῦσα.

80. The use of ἄν in a simile is irregular, ὃ 33, 1, ὁ.

82. εἴην, Opt. of wish. μενοινήῃσι πολλά, ‘forms many desires,’ of
going from place to place.

86. δεικανόωντο, ‘welcomed,’ ‘ pledged,’ see on 4. 4.

298 ILIAD. BOOK XV.

87. Θέμιστι, with δέκτο, ‘took for Themis,’ z.e. in compliment to
her.

go. βέβηκας, ‘art afoot’: the Pf. expresses simply the attitude of
walking (§ 26), either coming or going. See on 1]. 1. 221.

97. πιφαύσκεται, ‘puts forth,’ allows to be seen as his deeds; cp. 12.
280 πιφαυσκόμενος τὰ ἃ κῆλα.

103. ἰάνθη, ‘softened,’ ‘ cheered.’

νεμεσσηθεῖσα, ‘in self-rebuke,’ checking the rebellious temper ; see
on |, 211.

105. ἄσσον ἰόντες, see on I. 567.

109. ἔχετε, Imper.

110. ἔλπομαι, see on 1. 288.

III. See 13. 518 ff.

116. ἰόντ᾽, 2.6. ἰόντα, see on 1. 58.

124. διὲκ προθύρου, 2. 4. following Ares, who had already left the hall
of Zeus.

128, αὔτως, z.¢. without being the better for them.

129. αἰδώς has a vague meaning, ‘sense of fitness,’ ‘discretion’ (in
a moral sense) : see on 13. 121.

130. οὐκ ἀΐεις, ‘hast thou not heard’; for the tense see the note on
ἀκουέμεν, 14. 125.

136. κυδοιμήσων, ‘to drive in wild confusion.’

153. θυόεν νέφος, cp. 14. 350.

154. πάροιθε Διός, with στήτην.

155. For σφωΐν Heyne rightly proposed σφωε: so Cobet, Mise. Crit.
p. 258.

οὐδὲ ἐχολώσατο, z.¢. was right well pleased, ὃ 59.

162. The combination εἰ οὐκ (=e μή) is regular in Homer, but only
when the verb is in the Indicative : cp. 1]. 4. 160., 9. 435., 20. 129.

164. μὴ ταλάσσῃ; construed with φραζέσθω, ‘let him take heed,’ as
with a verb of fearing.

167. σον is adverbial, ‘alike,’ ‘on equal terms,’ see on I. 187.

171. αἰθρηγενέος, ‘ born of clear skies,’ because the north wind comes
with clear weather.

185. ἀγαθός περ ἐών is put in apologetically, like our ‘with all
respect.’

189. πάντα, with τριχθά, as in phrases with numerals, such as δέκα
πάντα, ‘ten in all’ (19 247).

191. παλλομένων, partitive Gen., ‘of us when we drew lots’: cp.
Hat. 3. 128 παλλομένων δὲ λαγχάνει ἐκ πάντων Βαγαῖος.

194. οὐ βέομαι, ‘I will not live’: βείομαι or βέομαι is 2 Aor. Subj.
from the root giv, Gr. βι- (Bi-os). The true form is perhaps βίομαι
(cp. πίομαι), which is preserved in the MSS. of the Homeric hymn to
Apollo, 1. 528. For the Subj. with οὐ see § 29, 6.

NOTES. LINES 87-247. 299

Διὸς φρεσίν, ‘ by the mind of Zeus,’ z.c. at his will. Perhaps the
literal meaning is ‘ by means of the ¢péeves—the vital organs—of Zeus’ :
to ‘live with the heart’ of another being a phrase for absolute depend-
ence (cp. our ‘not able to call his soul his own’).

196, δειδισσέσθω, ‘threaten,’ ‘bully,’ see on 2. 190.

197. The Datives θυγατέρεσσιν and υἱάσι are construed with βέλτερον
εἴη, though in sense they belong rather to the Inf. ἐνισσέμεν : ‘it. were
better (more fitted) for his daughters and sons, to scold them,’ =‘ better
to scold his daughters and sons.’ See on 7. 409. The reference is
doubtless to Athene and Ares, who were also in the battle. The Opt.
without “ev expresses concession: ‘let him, if he likes, scold.’

202. φέρω is Subj., ‘am I to bear ?’

203. μεταστρέψεις, Intrans.

204. Ἐρινύες, see on 9. 456. ἕπονται, ‘attend upon,’ ‘are at the
service of.’

207. This line is referred to in Pind. Pyth. 4. 494 ἄγγελον ἐσλὸν ἔφα
[sc. ὍμηροΞ] τιμὰν μεγίσταν πράγματι παντὶ φέρειν.

209. ἄν is out of place here, as the meaning is general, not referring
to a future case. The original doubtless was ὁππότε (F)iadpo pov.

ὁμῇ πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ is an epexegesis of iodpopov: lit. ‘destined
with like portion,’ z.e. ‘one to whom a like fortune is given.’

211. νεμεσσηθείς, ‘ with self-rebuke,’ z.e. repenting of his purpose of
resisting Zeus. For this sense of νεμεσάομαι cp. Od. 2. 64 νεμεσσήθητε
καὶ αὐτοί, ἄλλους δ᾽ αἰδέσθητε κιτ.λ. So νεμεσίζομαι in Od. 1.263., 2.138.

212. θυμῷ, ‘in my heart,’ Ζ. ὁ. in earnest, not with words only.

214. ‘This line is doubtless an interpolation, suggested by the θεομαχία
of book XX—the only place where Hermes and Hephaestus are ranked
as enemies of Troy. ’

215. πεφιδήσεται, Fut. with αἴ κεν.

224. ἡμέτερον, cp. 13. 257.

ἐπύθοντο, of hearing the actual noise: cp. 20. 61-66.

227. ἔπλετο, cp. 14. 95.

νεμεσσηθείς, see on |. 211.

228. χεῖρας, with ὑπόειξε, an unusual construction.

230. τῇ, ‘therewith,’ is the reading of the best MSS.: others have
τήν. The construction with the principal verb is generally preferred to
that of the participle.

240, νέον, ‘newly,’ z.¢. lately. éoayetpero, ‘was collecting again,’
‘recovering.’

242. νόος, ‘the purpose’; Zeus here acts without instruments, by his
mere will.

245. Wo, ἢ. 6. oar.

247. Join τίς θεῶν ; ‘who of the gods?’

ἄντην, ‘face to face ᾿; Ξε who is speaking to me and asking ?

300 ILIAD. BOOK XV.

248. οὐκ ἀΐεις ; ‘art thou not aware?’ see on 1. 130.

252. ἄϊον, “ breathed out.’

258. ἱππεῦσιν, the Dat. with ἐποτρύνω is unusual.

263-268. This simile has been already used in 6. 506-511 to describe
the return of Paris to the field. It is less appropriate here as a descrip-
tion of the movements ofa commander in rallying his forces (ἐποιχόμενον
στίχας ἀνδρῶν, 1. 279). But perhaps the poet meant it to apply only to
Hector’s rush to the scene of action, from the ford of Xanthus where he
had been carried (14. 433 ff.). Ifso we should write in 1. 270 étpuvéwv
immjas—a reading mentioned by the scholiasts.

273. ἠλίβατος, only used as an epithet of πέτρη. It probably meant
‘without moisture’ (λείβω, λιβάς, &c.), being related to ἀλίβας, ‘a
skeleton,’ as ἄδμητος to ἀδάμας, ἀκάματος and ἄκμητος to ἀκάμας. Cp.
our phrase ‘ dry as a bone.’

274. αἴσιμον, ‘ fated,’ ‘ their lot.’

275. ὑπὸ ἰαχῆς, ‘ because of, roused by, their cry.’

276. εἰς ὁδόν, with ἐφάνη (which implies motion).

277. Fos μέν, ‘so far,’ explained by αὐτὰρ ἐπεί «.7.A, to be=‘ till
they saw Hector’: cp. 13. 143.

282. ἄκοντι, ‘ with the lance,’ z.¢. in wielding it.

284. περὶ μύθων, lit. ‘over words,’ for superiority in the play of words;
as Od. 8. 225 ἐρίζεσκον περὶ τόξων. The reference is probably not to
the serious debate of the Agora, in which the elders took the chief part:
ep. Hdt. 6. 129 ὡς δὲ ἀπὸ δείπνου ἐγένοντο of μνηστῆρες ἔριν εἶχον
ἀμφί τε μουσικῇ καὶ τῷ λεγομένῳ ἐς τὸ μέσον.

287. οἷον δῆ, see on 13. 633.

288, ἔλπετο, lit. ‘was comforted,’ ‘was pleased to think.’ This is
the original sense of ἔλπομαι, cp. Lat. volup-tas.

207. πρῶτον, with ἀντιάσαντεξ.

299. θυμῷ, with δείσεσθαι.

301. For this use of ἀμφί see on 3. 146-148.

305. ἣ πληθύς, Art. of contrast, cp. 2. 278.

309. ἀμφιδάσειαν, ‘thick all round,’ viz. with tassels, cp. αἰγίδα
θυσσανόεσσαν (1. 229).

310. ἐς φόβον ἀνδρῶν, in a concrete sense =‘ to the scene of flight’;
ep. és πόλεμον φορέειν (1. 533).

316. ἐπαυρεῖν, ‘to reach,’ ‘take hold of,’ cp. 11. 391.

320. kat’ ἐνῶπα ἰδών, ‘looking in the face,’ ‘ placing himself face to
face with.’ ἐνῶπα is an Acc. Sing., like the simple ὦπα in the phrases
εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι, ὅτε.

221. τοῖσι δέ, apodosis, the δέ repeating the αὐτάρ of 1. 320.

326. ἀνάλκιδες, ‘ without mal-ing a defence,’ ‘ helpless.’

328. κεδασθείσης ὑσμίνης, ‘the close order of battle being now
broken,’ cp. 1. 303 ὑσμίνην ἤρτυνον.

NOTES. LINES 248-428. 301

330. τὸν μέν, viz, Arcesilaus, the /as¢ mentioned (13. 762).

Lines 333-336 are repeated from 13. 694-697.

344. kal σκολόπεσσιν is subordinate in sense to τάφρῳ, ‘ the trench
with its palisade ’; hence ὀρυκτῇ is construed with τάφρῳ only.

350. λελάχωσι, Subj. with οὐ as an emphatic negative, ὃ 29, 6,

354. ἔχον, ‘ guided.’

257. ἐς μέσσον, 7. ὁ. of the trench, so as to fill it up.

γεφύρωσεν, ‘embanked’; γέφυρα in Homer means a mound or
dam, not a bridge,

360, πρὸ δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων, sc. ἔβαινε, understood from προχέοντο.

362. ψάμαθον, sc. ἐρείπῃ, or a similar verb understood out of ἔρειπε.

363. ἀθύρματα, ‘a plaything,’ Ζ. ὁ. of the sand,

364. ἀθύρων, ‘ playing’: we should make this the principal verb,
‘amuses himself with levelling it again.’

365. ἤϊε, an epithet of unknown meaning.

369. εὐχετόωντο, We expect a Participle, answering to κεκλόμενοι,
see § 58, I, also the notes on 3. 79., 8. 347.

371. χεῖρ᾽, z. 6. χεῖρε.

372. ἐν "Αργεΐ περ, ‘in Argos,’ not merely here: the point being that
they did not start without the promise of return from Zeus.

382. καταβήσεται, 1 Aor, 5110]. : so in 1. 384 κατὰ τεῖχος ἔβαινον,
‘ passed over the wall.’

389. vatpaxa, Nom. from the attraction of the clause Ta... ἔκειτο.
Naval battles are unknown in Homeric times ; ‘ ship-fighting’ weapons,
however, were needed for such a defence as the Greeks were now
making.

κολλήεντα, ‘made with clinchers,’ Ζ. 6, of pieces clinched together :
cp. 1. 678,

391. τείχεος, Gen. because ἀμφεμάχοντο here means ‘fought about,’
z. ὁ. disputed the possession of,

393. λόγοις, ‘with talk’; the word λόγος occurs only here and
in Od. 1. 56.

394. Gkéopata, with ὀδυνάων, ‘as means of healing the dark pains.’

409. μιγήμεναι, ‘to get among.’

410, στάθμη, ‘a rule.’

412, σοφίης, ‘art’; the word only occurs here, and the Adj. σοφός
is post-Homeric.

415, ἄντ᾽, 1.6. ἄντα. This line should follow the preceding one
closely,

418. The force of ye is to show that ἐπέλασσε is to be taken strictly,
‘brought up to the ship, but no further.’

426, otetvei, ‘ press,’ ‘hard struggle.’

428. ἀγῶνι, ‘ gathering,’ or ‘ place of gathering’ ; this is the original
sense of ἀγών, cp, 24. 141 ἐν νηῶν ἀγύρει,

302 ILIAD. BOOK XV.

438. ἔνδον ἐόντα, see on 13. 363.

441. ὠκύμοροι, ‘swift in bringing fate’: generally it means ‘ suffer-
ing a swift fate,’ ‘ short-lived.’

443. παλίντονον, see on 8. 266.

447. πεπόνητο, ‘was busied.’

450. ἱεμένων, partitive Gen., with οὔ τις.

456. εἰσορόωντα, ‘keeping him in view,’ watching the battle.

460, ἀριστεύοντα, ‘as he was proving himself the ἀριστεύς, the hero
of the day. ν᾿

465. ἐπὶ τῷ ἐρύοντι, ‘ as he (Teucer) was drawing it on him (Hector),

467. ἐπικείρει, ‘cuts short,’ brings to naught.

468. 6 τε, ‘in that, ‘in respect that,’ ὃ 48, 2: the snapping of the
string is a proof that a god is working against him.

473. peynpas, ‘ taking up a grudge’: cp. 13. 563.

476. μὴ ἕλοιεν, deprecatingly, ‘let us at least hope that they will not
take’: see on 8. 512.

484. βλαφθέντα, ‘broken down,’ ‘ failing’: cp. 16. 331.

489. Διόθεν, ‘by power from Zeus’ ; this is the only Adverb in -6ev
formed from the name of a person.

490. Διὸς ἀλκή, ‘the valour that is from Zeus.’ ἀνδράσι, ‘ among
men’; 7.6. it is easily seen in man when Zeus gives or takes away
valour.

491. κῦδος ὑπέρτερον, ‘ the glory of overcoming’ (cp. 12. 437).

492. οὐκ ἐθέλῃσιν, ‘ refuses,’ a single notion, hence οὐκ is admissible.

496. This passage was often imitated, 6. g. by Callinus, 1. 6 :—

τιμῆέν τε yap ἐστι καὶ ἀγλαὸν ἀνδρὶ μάχεσθαι
γῆς πέρι καὶ παίδων κουριδίης τ᾽ ἀλόχου"
where τιμῆέν τε καὶ ἀγλαόν is an amplification of the Homeric οὔ οἱ
ἀεικές. Cp. also Tyrt. x. 1 ff., Simonid. fr. 105.

502. ἄρκιον, ‘sure’: see on 2. 393, and cp. 13. 773 νῦν τοι σῶς: αἰπὺς
ὄλεθρος. 3

505. ἐμβαδόν, “ on foot.’

508. ye emphasises ἐξ χορόν, contrasting it with μάχεσθαι.

510. ἢ αὐτοσχεδίῃ μῖξαι is in Apposition to τοῦδε, so that the Com-
parative has both constructions: cp. Od. 6. 182 οὐ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ γε κρεῖσ-
σον καὶ ἄρειον ἢ ὅθ᾽, κιτιλ.

511. ἢ--ἠέ, ‘either—or.’ ἕνα χρόνον, ‘ once for all.’

513. ὧδ᾽ αὔτως, ‘thus without change,’ thus hopelessly.

517. πρυλέων, ‘ champions,’ see on 11. 49.

520. ὕπαιθα, ‘from before him’ (lit. under).

528. ὅς, sc. Dolops.

530. γυάλοισιν ἀρηρότα, ‘ we'l-fitted with its plates,’ 7. 6. consisting of
(two) plates well fitted together.

536. κύμβαχον, ‘the head’ or ‘ top.’

NOTES. LINES 438-637. 303

537. αὐτοῦ, ‘from him’ (Dolops). Some refer it to κύμβαχον.

543. ἐλιάσθη, ‘ gave way,’ ‘sank’ (headlong).

544. ἐεισάσθην, from εἶμι, ‘made a move forward,’ cp. 1. 415.

545. κασιγνήτοισι, ‘kinsmen’; Melanippus was cousin to Hector.

547. ὄφρα μέν, ‘for a time,’ z.¢. ‘till the time came,’ referring to
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ «.7.A., cp. 13. 143.

555. περὶ ἕπουσι, ‘ deal with,’ ‘handle.’

556. ἀποσταδὸν μάρνασθαι, ‘to fight holding aloof, without coming
to close quarters, —here perhaps a euphemism for declining battle, like
our ‘ fight shy’ (§ 60): but cp. 17. 375.

557,558. πρίν γ᾽ ἠὲ--ἠὲ---- The speech continues in the ironical vein :
‘we cannot decline battle before we either slay or are slain,’ meaning ‘ we
cannot decline at all, but must either’ &c. There is a somewhat harsh
change in the clauses ἠὲ---ὐἠὲ---, since ᾿Αργείους must be understood as
Object to κατακτάμεν and again as Subject to éAéev. However the
main antithesis, ‘slay or be slain,’ is clearly given by the verbs κατα-
κτάμεν---κτάσθαι.

561-564. These lines are repeated from 5. 529-532.

566. ἐν θυμῷ ἐβάλοντο, ‘took to heart,’ ‘gave heed to.’

569. οὔ τις νεώτερος,--οὔ Tis τῶν νεωτέρων : σεῖο is governed by
θάσσων in the next line; ‘none of the younger warriors is swifter or so
mighty.’

571. et... βάλοισθα, a form of wish, here equivalent to an exhortation,
cp. 10. 111, 222. The ending -σθα is very rare in the Opt., see ὃ 2.

575. ἀνδρὸς ἀκοντίσσαντος, with ὑπό, ‘ from before the spear-throw.’

580. βλημένῳ, Aor. ‘ which has just been struck.’

581. ἐτύχησε βαλών, --τυχήσας ἔβαλε (12. 189), ‘has hit his mark
(ἐτύχησε) and so wounded.’

587. ἀμφὶ βόεσσι, ‘over the oxen,’ in an attack on them; cp. 1. 633
βοὸς ἀμφὶ φονῇσι.

508. ἐξαίσιον, ‘not according to αἷσα, ‘undue,’ ‘monstrous.’ Or
perhaps simply ‘ out of the ordinary course,’ turning aside the natural
order of events. With the former interpretation the word is one of the
few traces of the poet’s sympathy for the Greeks.

599. πᾶσαν is emphatic, ‘ accomplish to the full.’

602. ὀρέξειν. The MSS. vary between this form and the Aor. ὀρέξαι :
the context seems to require a Future Infinitive.

605-637. In this description of Hector’s attack we may distinguish
three successive stages, each illustrated by a striking comparison. First
his furious onset is met by unbroken ranks, compared to a-rock beaten
upon by wind and waves (Il. 605-622). Then he fills them with terror,
as a great wave falling upon a ship makes the sailors tremble (ll. 623--
629). At length he breaks in, as a lion dashes into a herd of oxen, and
slays one, while the rest are put to flight (1]. 630-638).

304 ILIAD, BOOK XV.

609. papvapevoro, ‘as he fought,’ Gen. with κροτάφοισι.

614. ὑπὸ Πηλεΐδαο βίηφι, ‘at the hands of the son of Peleus’
(Πηλεΐδαο Bin -- ιτηλεΐδης).

618. ἴσχον, ‘held their ground.’

620. κέλευθα, ‘coming’; the Plur. has the force of an abstract.

625. ὑπὸ νεφέων, ‘rising up under the clouds,’ as 16. 374 ὕψι δ᾽ ἄελλα
σκίδναθ᾽ ὑπὸ νεφέων. The picture suggested is that of the wave seen
against the clouds as it is about to fall.

626. Most MSS. have ἀήτης, but ἀήτη was the reading preferred by
the ancient critics, and is found in Ven. A. δεινός with a Fem. substan-
tive is defended by the similar use of κλυτός (II. 2. 742., Od. 5. 422);
but the word is suspicious on another ground, viz. that it usually lengthens
a preceding vowel, as if δῥβεινός (Hom. Gr. § 394).

628. τυτθόν, ‘ by a little,’ ‘ hardly.’

630. 6 ye, Hector: the form of the sentence is changed after the
simile (1. 637 ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορι), so that ὅ ye has no verb. This
anacoluthon is softened by the Nom, λέων at the beginning of the
simile: see ὃ 58, 4.

631. εἱαμενῇ, ‘flat-lying land,’ cp. 4. 483.

634. πρώτῃσι καὶ ὑστατίῃσι, 7.6. now with the foremost, now with
the hindmost.

635. ὁμοστιχάει, ‘ranges himself with.’

640. ἀγγελίης, according to some ancient grammarians a Nom.
Ξε ἄγγελος, but see on 3. 206.

641. Tod... ἐκ πατρός, ‘ from him as his father.’

642. ἀρετάς, cognate Acc. with ἀμείνων.

645. πάλτο, ‘he was thrown against,’ ‘ let himself be dashed against.’

646. ποδηνεκέα, in the relatival clause, see on 13. 340.

647. βλαφθείς, “ caught,’ see on 6. 39., 16. 331.

653. εἰσωποί, ‘ facing’; they (the Greeks) were now behind the first
line of ships, and therefore had them in sight as they looked towards the
Trojans. That this is the meaning seems to be shown by the next words,
περὶ δ᾽ ἔσχεθον ἄκραι νῆες, ‘the furthest ships encircled them.’

656. αὐτοῦ, ‘ where they were.’

662. ἐπὶ μνήσασθε, Tmesis.

666. μηδὲ τρωπᾶσθε, return to a finite Verb: cp. 1. 369.

668-673. These lines were condemned by Aristarchus, on the ground
that no darkness has been mentioned. The distinction that is made in
ll. 672,673 is also unsuited to the context, since all except Ajax had
fallen back (ἀφέστασαν, 1. 675),

670, jpev—kat, for 7utv—75é. πρός, ‘in the direction of,’

677, vavpaxov, see on 1. 389.

678, βλήτροισι, ‘clamps,’ or ‘clinchers,’ for fastening the several
pieces together: cp. κολλήεντα, 1. 389,

— ὦ

NOTES. LINES 609-742. 305

679. κελητίξειν, ‘to ride,’ cp. Od. 5. 371, where Ulysses bestrides
a plank κέληθ᾽ ὡς ἵππον ἐλαύνων. It is evident from these passages that
riding was known as a show performance, but it does not seem to haye
been in ordinary use: see on 10. 513.

680. ovvaetperat, Aor. Subj., ‘has harnessed together’: for this
sense of the word see on 10. 499.

681. σεύας, ‘ urging on their way.’

Sinrat, ‘drives at speed’: so διώκω.

684. ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλον ἀμείβεται, “ passes in turn to (ἐπαμείβεται) now
one, now another,’ cp. 6. 339 νίκη δ᾽ ἐπαμείβεται ἄνδρας.

ot δὲ πέτονται, ‘ w/z/e they still fly on.’

685. ἐπί, as in ἐπῴχετο (1, 676).

690. αἴθων, ‘ dark red.’

695. χειρί. This immediate personal agency is not elsewhere ascribed
to Zeus: cp. 1. 242, where it is his #zd which influences events.

705. Πρωτεσίλαον. As he was the first to be slain in the war
(2. γοι ff.), so his ship is the first to be set on fire.

709. Gpdis, ‘apart.’ The MSS. have οὐδέ τ᾽ ἀκόντων, but τε has no
force here, § 49, 9: read οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽.

713. peAavSera, ‘bound with black,’ with black (1, 6. iron) bands to
secure the hilt.

714. ἀπ᾽ Spwv, viz, when the warrior was not using his sword at the
moment.

716. οὐχί is a form which only occurs here and in τό. 762. Zenodotus
read οὐκ ἐμεθίει, Aristarchus rejected the form ἐμεθίει, but we do not
know what he read: perhaps οὔ τι.

719. ἦμαρ, in a wide or metaphorical sense, ‘ day of requital’; see on
13. 98. For ἄξιον cp. 13. 446.

720. νῆας ἑλεῖν explain ἄξιον ἦμαρ, the requital of taking the
ships.

721. θέσαν, cp. I. 2 ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκε. κακότητι, cp. 13. 108.

729. θρῆνυν, probably (as Mr. Leaf suggests) the bridge or gangway
over the hold, connecting the after and fore decks.

730. δεδοκημένος, ‘on guard,’ ‘ at bay.’

735. ἀοσσητῆραξ, ‘ helpers,’ ‘comrades.’ The root is sef, Gr. ἕπ-ομαι,
Lat. seguor, socius.

736. τεῖχος ἄρειον, as 4. 407, ‘a wall built for war.’

738, ἑτεραλκέα, -- ἑτέραν ἀλκὴν διδόντα, ‘giving fresh help,’ able to
furnish a reserve force: see the note on 7. 26, δῆμος does not properly
mean the actual body of men (λαός), but the district which they belong to

740. κεκλιμένοι, ‘hard upon,’ cp. 5. 709 λίμνῃ κεκλιμένος Κηφισίδι.

741. ἐν χερσί, ‘in the strong hand’: cp. 16. 630.

οὐ μειλιχίῃ, ‘not in lukewarmness.’
742. ἔφεπε, ‘went to work,’ plied his spear,
VOL. 11, x

306 ILIAD, BOOK XVI,

744. χάριν, Acc. describing the sum or result (§ 37, 3), ‘ the pleasure
of Hector who had commanded it,’ ὦ. 6. yielding compliance to Hector’s
command.

BOOK XVI.

WITH the sixteenth book the story of the Iliad returns once more into
its main channel. The sense of expectancy roused by the vicissitudes
and delays of the preceding books is fully satisfied; and from this
point to the end of the poem the march of events is not sensibly inter-
rupted, The argument of the book is simple ; it is as follows :—

Achilles allows Patroclus to go with the Myrmidons to the aid of
the Greek army, warning him not to pursue the Trojans too far.
Meanwhile Ajax is at length forced to retreat, and a Greek ship is set
on fire (ll. 1-129).

Patroclus, wearing the armour of Achilles, falls upon the Trojans,
and forces them back from the burning ship. After some resistance
he drives them across the trench, slaying many (ll. 130-418).

The Lycian chief Sarpedon comes to the rescue. Zeus wishes to
save his life, but yields to Here, and suffers fate to take its course.
Sarpedon is slain by Patroclus. His companion Glaucus is healed by
Apollo of the wound which he received in the τειχομαχία, and defends
the body. The battle which follows ends with the flight of the Trojans.
Zeus commands Apollo to send Sleep and Death to carry the body of
Sarpedon home to Lycia (Il. 419-683).

Patroclus forgets the warning of Achilles and pursues the Trojans
to the city wall. Hector is encouraged by Apollo to attack him.
Patroclus slays Hector’s chariot-driver, Cebriones: a long battle follows
over his body. At length Patroclus is disarmed by Apollo, and slain
by Euphorbus and Hector (Il. 684-857).

The sixteenth book is in some respects the most important in the
Iliad. The episode which it relates—the Patroc/eda or story of the
victorious career and death of Patroclus—is of the highest tragic
interest, and is also the poetical device by which the dénouement or
‘untying of knots’ in the story of the Iliad is brought about. The
‘knots’ or dramatic problems which meet us in the earlier part of the
poem are mainly two, viz. (1) what is to be the result of the defeat
which Zeus is bringing upon the Greeks? and (2) how is the wrath of
Achilles to be appeased? In the natural course of things the victory of

NOTES. 307

the Trojans would mean the destruction of the Greek army, except
Achilles and his men. The poet’s task is to find a different issue from
the position which he has created,—one that shall be at once interesting
in itself, consistent with the memories or legends of the war, in harmony
with the character of his hero, and springing naturally out of the
previous circumstances. The story of the sixteenth book fulfils these
requirements. The intervention of Patroclus at the supreme moment
saves the Greeks: the death of Patroclus brings the wrath of Achilles
to an end, quenched in the stronger passion of grief for his friend.
Thus the book constitutes the pivot upon which the plot of the Iliad
hinges. It opens an escape from the difficulties which up to that point
have been closing round the Greeks; and it prepares the way for the
events of the remaining books,—the victory of the Greeks, the reconcilia-
tion with Achilles, and the final appeasing of his spirit.

Along with the cardinal importance of the Patrocleia in relation to
the structure of the Iliad, we have to notice its value in other ways for
the development of the story. The agents and forces which it brings
into play do not merely give a new turn to events, and lead to new
combinations; they bring about a change in the whole position and
circumstances of the hero. Achilles, who has been losing our sym-
pathies by his arrogance and indifference to the distress of his country-
men, suddenly becomes an object of the profoundest compassion, Such.
a change, amounting to a περιπέτεια or complete reversal of fortune,
has always been recognised as the most powerful source of dramatic
effect. Moreover, the dporeia of Patroclus forms an excellent prelude
to the later battles. Coming after the defeat and humiliation of the
other Greek chiefs, and before the final manifestation of the prowess of
Achilles, it has the effect of an additional grade in a scale, a middle
platform, by which the chief hero is set aloft, out of reach of all com-
parison with other warriors.

It remains to consider the means by which the leading incidents of
the sixteenth book, the sending forth of Patroclus, and his death, are
brought into connexion with the preceding narrative. Why is it, in the
first place, that Achilles allows Patroclus to come to the aid of the
Greeks, but will not aid them himself? And again, what is the
necessity or ground for the determination of Zeus that Patroclus shall
be slain? In regard to the former question it must be admitted that
it is difficult to account for the action of Achilles on an intelligible
principle, and still more difficult to trace any such principle in the text
of Homer. What we do find in Homer is the art by which this want
of motive is disguised. The sending of Patroclus in place of Achilles
is first heard of in the eleventh book, where Nestor suggests a reason
for it. ‘If? he says, ‘ Achilles is held back by fear of some warning
given from Zeus, let him send thee forth’ (11. 794 ff.). This is duly

X 2

308 1214... BOOK XVI,

repeated by Patroclus (16. 36 ff.), and Achilles at once answers that
that is not the reason of his holding aloof from the war. But he gives
no reason which does not equally tell against sending Patroclus. His
answer is virtually the confession of the poet that there is no reason.
Yet the two speeches (16. 20-100), though they do not logically
account for the action of Achilles, nevertheless furnish it with a tolerable
poetical motive. That is to say, the entreaty of Patroclus, and the
reason which he gives, are sufficient to prepare us for what follows and
to remove the sense of harshness which entire absence of motive would
involve.

On the question of the death of Patroclus it is worth observing,
that the poet takes pains to lead up to it, and even to suggest a cause
which will bring it about. When Achilles first sends Patroclus to
enquire as to the wounded Machaon, we are told that ‘it was the
beginning of evil for him’ (11, 604). And when Patroclus addresses
his entreaty to Achilles, ‘he was destined to entreat death and fate for
himself’ (16. 44, 45). Then we have the more definite warning of
Achilles, which we know will be disregarded, against pursuing the
- Trojans to the city (16. 91 ff.), with the reason given, that ‘a god
may step in—Apollo loves them right well.’ These intimations serve
not only to lay stress on the death of Patroclus as a crisis in the story,
but also to soften the causeless nature of the event.

Among the subordinate actors of this book we have especially to
notice the Lycian leaders, Sarpedon and Glaucus, These were pro-
minent in book XII, but are not heard of in the intervening books
XIII-XV. The fortunes of Sarpedon form in several ways the counterpart
to those of Patroclus. The sense of being determined by an irresistible
fate is the leading motif in both. Ajax, who is so prominent in the
last books, is now in the background; but this is because he is
especially a hero of defence.

4. atytAuros, an unexplained word.

7. δεδάκρυσαι, ‘art in tears,’ § 26.

22. τοῖον, referring to μὴ vepéoa, ‘ such that you should not condemn
me.” βεβίηκεν, ‘holds in its power,’ ‘ constrains.’

23-27 repeat Nestor’s words, 11. 658-662; and similarly 1]. 36-45
are a repetition of 11. 794-803. The events of books xii-xv are
ignored.

30. φυλάσσεις, ‘cherish,’ used like τρέφω in Attic poets (e.g. Soph.
Aj. 1124 ἡ γλῶσσά σου τὸν θυμὸν ws δεινὸν τρέφει).

31. αἰναρέτη, Voc., ‘accursed in thy heroism.’

περ emphasises éiptyoves in contrast to ’Axatotow: Patroclus
ironically asking if Achilles, in now leaving the Greeks to perish, is
doing a service to some later generation.

NOTES. LINES 4-66. 309

33 οὐκ dpa ἦν, =‘ is not, as we thought he was’; cp. 8. 163.

35. ὅτι, ‘because,’ gives the ground of the assertion just made;
(I know that) ‘the sea is your true mother, since you are so hard of
heart.’ Cp. the note on 4. 32, also Hom. Gr. § 269 (2).

36. θεοπροπίην ἀλεείνεις, ‘shrink from a divine warning,’ cp. 11. 794.

40. dporiv, with θωρηχθῆναι, as 1. 64 ὥμοιϊν τεύχεα δῦθι.

43. ‘A little is a breathing-space,’ z.e. a little space is enough to
enable men to recover breath. ὀλίγη is Fem. by attraction to ἀνάπνευσις:
see on 11. 801.

50, 51. Achilles does not necessarily mean that Thetis has told him
nothing (cp. 9. 410-416): he only denies that anything she may have
told him is the reason of his refusing to fight. So in the New Testa-
ment: ‘ Neither hath this man sinned nor his parents,’ =‘ it is not that
this man hath sinned’ (Prof. Packard, in the 77ans. of the Amer. Phil.
Assoc. 1876).

53. τὸν ὁμοῖον, ‘his peer,’ the Art. is used as with words of com-
parison, § 47, 2, a.

ἀμέρσαι, ‘to do a mischief to,’ ‘spoil.’ The literal sense of ἀμέρδω
seems to be ‘ to dull,’ ‘to bedim,’ hence ‘to impair,’ deprive of posses-
sions or rights.

54. ὅ τε, Art. asa Relative, referring to ἀνήρ.

προβεβήκῃ, ‘stands forth,’ is pre-eminent.

55. τό refers to the following sentence, the meaning being αἰνὸν ἄχος
ἐστὶν ὅτι κούρην K.T.A.

57. πόλιν, Lyrnessus, according to 2. 690 ff.

59. μετανάστην, ‘a sojourner’ (= the Attic μέτοικος) : ἀτίμητον,
because such a one could have no rights or assured position. The
Ace. is governed by ἐκ (χειρῶν) ἕλετο : ἐξείλετο takes a double Ace.
(15. 460., 17. 678).

60. προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν, ‘we will let them go their way,’ z.e. put
them away from us. The common explanation is ‘let them have hap-
pened before,’ Ζ. 6. ‘treat them as past and done with’; but this is not
the exact force of the expression. The Inf. προτετύχθαι is not = ὥσπερ
προτετυγμένα, but = ὥστε προτετυγμένα εἶναι. And it is more natural
to take mpé=‘ forth,’ ‘away’; cp. προ-ίαψε (1. 3), προβέβηκε (of stars
far ow their course, 10, 252), πρὸ ὁδοῦ ἔγένοντο, ‘had got forward on
the way’ (4. 382), &c.

οὐδ᾽ dpa πως ἦν, =‘ it may not be,’ see on 1. 33.

61. ἢ To,=Attic καίτοι, ‘though I did think.’ ἔφην need not refer
to any actual speech ; cp. however 9. 650-655.

62. ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν δή, ‘but only when’: this form is more emphatic
than the Inf. after πρίν.

66. ἀμφιβέβηκε, ‘has settled round’; elsewhere ἀμφιβαίνω with a
Dat. means ‘ to bestride’ (a fallen warrior).

310 ILIAD, BOOK XVI.

68. κεκλίαται, see on 15. 740.

69. ἐπὶ πᾶσα βέβηκε, ‘has all come upon them’; the * whole city’
put for ‘all the citizens,’ as δῆμος (15. 738).

71. ἐναύλους, ‘ channels,’ ‘ water-courses.’

72. This is one of the passages which Grote regarded as inconsistent
with the Embassy of book ix. But Achilles does not refer to a re-
conciliation, such as Agamemnon then offered; he rather means that
if Agamemnon ‘ were of gentle mind’ to him, z.¢. behaved as a good
friend generally, such mischief would not arise. For this meaning of
ἤπια εἰδείη cp. Od. 15. 557 ἀνάκτεσιν ἤπια εἰδώς (of Eumaeus), also
Il. 4. 361 ἤπια δήνεα olde τὰ γὰρ φρονέεις ἅ τ᾽ ἔγώ περ.

74. Here, as in the earlier books (v—viii), Diomede is recognised as
the chief warrior after Achilles.

75. μαίνεται, ‘rages unchecked,’ said of a victorious career, cp.8. 111,

76. οὐδέ πω ἔκλυον, ‘I have not yet heard,’ z.c. he has not yet
come to the rescue.

78. meptayvurat, ‘ echoes round.’

80. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥς, ‘even so,’ 7.4. although it is Agamemnon’s own
fault that the Trojans are so triumphant. This is the leading thought
of the speech, as we see from Il. 61-64 4 τοι ἔφην γε... τύνη δ᾽ κ-τ.λ.
Ξ- 1 did resolve not to help the Greeks, but —.’ Thus ἀλλὰ καὶ ds—
in substance repeats 1. 60 ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν προτετύχθαι κ.τ.λ..--- Agamemnon
has done a grievous wrong, but I will send him help.’

81. ἔμπεσε, ‘throw yourself.’ πυρός, Gen. of material, § 39, 4.

83. μύθου τέλος, the final, decisive word.

θείω, Subj. of purpose, § 29, 1.

84-86. As Grote pointed out, Achilles has already (in book ix)
rejected the very things which he is now anxious to secure. But this
is only part of the change of temper which he proclaims. And now
the danger is (as Phoenix warned him, 9. 601-605) that the Greeks will
be victorious without him, and thus he will sacrifice his revenge and
the gifts of Agamemnon as well. Patroclus therefore is only to relieve
the immediate danger, and to leave him to do the rest on his own terms
(ἐπὶ δώροις, 9. 602). Afterwards, indeed (19. 147 ff.), Achilles treats
the gifts with as much disdain as ever: but the change is equally true to
nature. Grief for Patroclus then fills his mind with the same absorbing
force which the wrath had exercised. The present passage may be
defended as showing him in a calmer mood, when the glory and
rewards of victory have their natural place in his thoughts. Possibly,
however, the lines 84-86 are interpolated. They come in awkwardly
between the introductory πείθεο «.7.A, and the injunction itself. They
may have been suggested by the words ἀτιμότερον δέ με θήσεις in 1, go,
which some rhapsodist wished to make more explicit.

97. at γὰρ «.7.A. The wish has the tone of a curse (like Nestor’s

b

NOTES. LINES 68-162. 811

ἐν wept δὴ βουλαί τε γενοίατο κιτιλι, 2. 340), πε 1 do not care if Trojans
and Greeks both went to perdition, and you and I were left to take the
city of Troy.’

οὐ. νῶϊν can only be a Nom,, as σφῶϊν in Od, 23. 52.

ἐκδῦμεν is 2 Aor, Opt.: ep. dun (for 5d-ry) in Od. 18. 348., 20. 286.

104. φαεινή. The adj., at the end of the line, belonging to a substan-
tive in the next line, is against Homeric usage.

106, φάλαρα, ‘ check-pieces,’ or, according to Helbig (p. 212),
‘bosses’ or ‘ knobs’ on the side of the helmet.

108. ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ πελεμίξαι, ‘to shake it (the shield) from its place
round him (from covering his body).’ πελεμίζω means ‘to cause to reel.’
In the Mid. it is applied to the movement of a man who loses his
footing and staggers backward.

στ. * Evil was buttressed up by evil’: the different evils formed a
mutually supporting mass, which resisted all remedy,

tr4 ff, At the end of the fifteenth book Ajax has retreated to the
stern of a ship (15. 729): but this detail is now ignored.

115, Join aixpys ὄπισϑεν, * behind the spear-head,’

παρὰ καυλόν, lit. ‘past the shaft,’ ¢¢. just where it ends, just at
the point.

122. ἐκ βελέων, “ out of range.”

124. ἄμφεπεν, * was busy with,’ ‘ took hold of.’

127. twyy, the ‘rush’ or ‘blast.’

128, μὴ ἕλωσι, ‘they must not take!’ expressing fear that they will,
8. 29,5. The clause is grammatically independent.

vend, ‘ means of fleeing,’ ‘ flight’: see on 13. 726,

129. dyeipw, Aor, Subj., expressing conditional purpose, § 31, τὶ

131-1390, nearly the same as 3. 330-338.

140-144. These lines were rejected by Zenodotus. Apparently they
are intended to account for the circumstance that the spear of Achilles
is not lost with the rest of his armour: ep, 19. 387 ff, where the four
lines describing the spear (Il. 141-144) recur,

142, 143. The play of sound in the words wiAa and Πηλιάδα is
evidently intentional.

145. ζευγνῦμεν, Inf. with irregular Ὁ, cp, τιθήμεναι, 23. 83, 247.

180, ἅρπνια, a personification of the storm-wind, imagined as a
semi-divine being in the form of a mare.

152. παρηορίῃσιν, ‘the side harness’: the mapHopos was ἃ spare
horse, fastened to one of the yoke-horses or to the yoke itself,

154. ἕπετο, ‘kept up with,’ played his part with,

157. περὶ φρεσίν, ‘ about,’ ἡ. ¢, filling, the φρένες.

160, ἀπὸ κρήνης. with λάψοντες. This use of ἀπό is rare: but cp.
1, 226, also 1. 508.

162, ἄκρον, ‘on the surface,’

312 IZIAD. BOOK XVI,

φόνον αἵματος, “ life-blood’ (of their prey). φόνος is ‘slaughter,’
then, in a concrete sense, ‘ slaughter-stuff,’ ‘ blood-shed.’ αἵματος is a
kind of Gen. of material,—‘ φόνος consisting of aipa’—, like ἀνέμοιο
θύελλα, νέφος ἀχλύος. In such phrases it is the z7der notion that is
put in the Gen.

163. περιστένεται, ‘is choked,’ ‘chock-full’: the verb only occurs
here and in 21. 220 στεινόμενος νεκύεσσι, said of the river choked with
dead. The point here is that the wolves, though gorged, are still
ravenous.

172. σημαίνειν, with ἡγεμόνας ποιήσατο. A distinction is intended
between σημαίνειν, to lead’ (the divisions), and ἤνασσεν.

177. ἐπίκλησιν, ‘in name,’ 7. 6. his surname was ‘ son of Borus.’

180. χορῷ καλή, ‘ beautiful in the dance.’

187. μογοστόκος, for the derivation see on 11. 270.

188. πρό is adverbial, ‘ forth to the light.’

199. κρίνας, ‘ ordering them,’ cp. 2. 446 κρῖν᾽ ἄνδρας κατὰ φῦλα κατὰ
φρήτρας.

200. μὴ λελαθέσθω, Aor. Imper. with μή, contrary to the rule
which obtained in later Greek: ep. 4. 410.

202. ὑπό, of time, ‘ during,’ here and in 22. 102.

203. χόλῳ, ‘ with gall,’ in the literal sense.

207. μ᾽, for we, a second Acc, after ταῦτα €Balere: cp. 9. 59.

πέφανται, ‘is set before you,’ see on 11. 734.

208. €ns, for ἧς, a form only found here. Read perhaps οἵης (υ -).

211. ἄρθεν, ‘ were fitted,’ ‘closed’: cp. ἀρτύνθη δὲ μάχη.

214. dpapov is here Intrans., or rather it is=d@AAnAous ἄραρον, which
is used in this sense in 12. 105.

218. προπάροιθε, ‘in the forefront’ (not of ¢zme).

221. ἀνέῳγε, with Acc. of the covering taken off, as with ἀπο-
καλύπτω, &C.

227. οὔτε τεῳ x.7T.A. The form of the clause is changed, so that
οὐδέ τις ἄλλος (1. 225) does not construe with it: see ὃ 58, 1.

ὅτε μή, like εἰ μή, ‘ unless,’ ‘ except.’

231. μέσῳ épket. The tent, like every house, had its court-yard in
front, where the altar of Ζεὺς ἑρκεῖος was.

234. ZeAAoi. There was an ancient variant ἀμφὶ δέ σ᾽ Ἕλλοί, prob-
ably giving the true form of the name, of which Ἑλλάς, Ἕλλην, &c. are
derivatives. But Σελλοί is at least as old as Sophocles (cp. Trach. 1167).

235. ὑποφῆται, -- προφῆται, givers of oracles. σοί, ‘ for thee,’ as ‘hy
prophets.

243. ἐπίστηται, Subj. ‘ shall know,’ 7. δ. ‘shall be found to be able.’

245. ἐγώ περ, ‘7’ (not he alone), ‘ I myself.’

259. αὐτίκα, 7. 6. immediately after they set out on their march
(ἔστιχον, cp. 2. 287 ἐνθάδ᾽ ἔτι στείχοντες an’”Apyeos). The parenthesis

NOTES. LINES 163-333. 313

ὄφρ᾽ ἐν Tpwot... ὄρουσαν anticipates the description which follows in
11. 259-276. Perhaps we should read αὐτίκα δή.

260. ἔθοντες, ‘ after their wont’; see on 9. 540.

262. τιθεῖσι, sc. the children, by provoking the wasps.

263. τίς τε, § 49, 9.

264. ot δέ, apodosis.

265. πᾶς πέτεται. The slight anacoluthon caused by the change to
the Sing. gives a certain liveliness of style: cp. the use of ἕκαστος in
apposition to a Plural.

272. καὶ Sepatrovres,—(he) ‘and his followers,’ =‘ and whose followers
too are the bravest,’ put in by way of afterthought.

273, 274. Patroclus here repeats the language of Achilles, 1. 411, 412.

280. ὀρίνθη, ‘ was shaken’ (with terror).

281. ἐλπόμενοι, in Apposition to φάλαγγες, by a construction ad
sensum : cp. 18.604. For the meaning see on 15. 225.

παρὰ ναῦφι, -- παρὰ νεῶν, the next line implying motion from the
ships.

287. ἱἵπποκορυστάς, ‘wearing helmets (with plumes) of horse-hair,’
see on 2. I.

300, αἰθήρ, properly upper air, here includes the high clouds which
break up ‘from the face of the sky’ (οὐρανόθεν) and leave it clear.
See on 8. 558.

302. ἐρωή, ‘recoil’; there was no sudden giving way in the war.

304. προτροπάδην, ‘in downright flight,’ lit. ‘turning right away’
(in the direction of their retreat): πρό as in 1. 60.

308. αὐτίκ᾽ dpa, with στρεφθέντος, ‘at the moment when he turned
away.’

312. στέρνον, with otra (1. 311), not with γυμνωθέντα.

παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, “ past the shield,’ uncovered by it.

314. ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος, ‘ was first in delivering a blow,’ with an Acc. of
the part wounded ; so in 1. 322, and 23. 805. It appears to be a con-
struction ad sensum, ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος being = ἔβαλε.

321. τοῦ 8 —dpov. After ὃ μέν (1. 317) we expect ὁ δὲ (Θρασυμήδης),
but the form of the clause is changed. τοῦ may be taken with ἔφθη
(cp. 11. 51 φθὰν δὲ μέγ᾽ ἱππήων), or perhaps with ὦμον.

322, πρὶν οὐτάσαι, “ before he (Maris) gave the blow.’

323. ὦμον, with ἔφθη dpeEdpevos, cp. 1. 314.

324. ἄχρις, z. 6. close by the shoulder.

329. ἀμαιμακέτην, ‘of monstrous size,’ see on 6.179. The word is
predicative, = ὥστε ἀμαιμακέτην εἶναι.

331. βλαφθέντα. The word describes any failure or break-down:
here probably ‘ hustled,’ ‘ entangled,’ and so put at a disadvantage. Cp.
15. 484, 647.

333. ὑπεθερμάνθη, ‘ was hot with blood’; ὑπό =‘ by reason of.’

314 ILIAD. BOOK XVI,

338. καυλόν, here the hilt of the sword.

340. ἔσχεθε, ‘held on,’ Ζ. 6. was not cut through.

341. παρηέρθη, ‘ swung (loose) at his side’; cp. παρήορος.

343- ἐπιβησόμενον, Aor. Part. (Indic. ἐπεβήσετο), see on 5. 46.

350. πρῆσε, “ blew out,’ ‘made to spirt’; cp. 1. 481.

352. ἐπέχραον, ‘assail, Aor. of similes. The Pres. is not found: it
would be xpaiw (for xpaF-yw, like καίω, δαίω). For the form ep. δάηται,
2 Aor. Subj. of δαίω, burn.

353. αἵ τε refers to dpverow and ἐρίφοισι, instead of following
μήλων in Gender. For similar change between Fem. and Neut. cp.
ἘΚ Θ, 1π: 2415.

354. ἀφραδίῃσι, ‘heedlessness.’ διέτμαγεν, ‘have been scattered.’

358. 6 μέγας, to distinguish him from Ajax son of Oileus, the last
mentioned (in 1. 330): § 47, 2, d.

301. σκέπτετο, ‘ watched’ (= Attic ἐσκοπεῖτο).

362. ἑτεραλκέα νίκην, ‘victory by other strength’ (than their own),
see on 15. 738.

363. σάω, Impf. as if from a Pres. σάωμι (= cadw): see § 8, 2.

364. οὐρανὸν εἴσω, ‘towards the sky,’ Ζ. 6. spreading over it. εἴσω
in Homer does not necessarily mean ‘ within.’

365. αἰθέρος ἐκ Sins, ‘coming out of the clear upper air.’ This
phrase does not contradict ἀπ᾽ Οὐλύμπου : the cloud seems to come
out of the cloudless sky, and the overclouding spreads from the top of
the mountain.

τείνῃ; so 1, 567 Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἐπὶ νύκτ᾽ ὀλοὴν τάνυσε : cp. also 17. 547.

367-383. The narrative here is not free from difficulty. It has been
asked (1) why is the trench mentioned while nothing is said of the
wall? (2) how is Hector able to cross the trench, when the other
chariots are stopped by it (1. 369)? (3) what has become of the space
levelled by Apollo, through which the Trojans have already passed
(15. 355 ff.)?, On the two last points it may be enough to point out
that the trench is not represented as a complete or insuperable barrier,
It is only said that way chariots broke down in it (1. 370), and that
this caused fatal disorder (1. 377). The omission of the wall is less
intelligible. As it was a mere palisade (12. 36), perhaps the hearer in
Homeric times would understand that when once passed by an attacking
army it would no longer be a serious obstacle.

367. οὐδὲ κατὰ μοῖραν, ‘in no regular fashion,’ z.¢. in hideous dis-
array: § 59.

369. οὕς, after λαόν, is a construction ad sensum: cp. 1. 281. There
seems to be a play of sound in ὀρυκτὴ---ἔρυκε.

371. ἄξαντ᾽, 2. 4. ἄξαντε, the Dual being used distributively for each
pair of horses. So for ἅρματ᾽ ἀνάκτων the original reading doubtless
was ἅρμα βανάκτων, the Sing. being used as in ]. 351 ἄνδρα ἕκαστος.

NOTES, LINES 338-419. 315

πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ, the foremost point, where the yoke was fastened.
Tt is evident that traces were not used; cp. 6. 38.
374. aeAAa, the whirl of dust.
375. ὑπὸ νεφέων, see on 15. 625.
τανύοντο, ‘ strode out,’ Ζ. ὁ. galloped: cp. Od. 6, 83.

378. ἄξοσι, sc. of their own chariots.

381. This line is wanting in the best MSS.

384. βέβριθε, ‘is loaded,’ ‘oppressed,’ viz. by the rain, cp. 5. 91 ὅτ᾽
ἐπιβρίσῃ Διὸς ὄμβρος.

388. θεῶν ὄπιν, ‘the regard of the gods.’

389. τῶν, ‘ of these men.’

390. κλιτῦς, ‘ slopes,’ such as would be cultivated.

392. ἐπὶ Kdp is obscure. The corresponding adjective ἐπικάρσιος is
used in Od, g. 70 of ships driven by a wind that comes suddenly from a
new quarter (ai μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐφέροντ᾽ ἐπικάρσιαι), probably = ‘ athwart their
course. In later Greek it means ‘ crosswise,’ ‘at right angles’ to what-
ever is the main direction in the case. Here the notion may be that
the streams leave their channels and ‘ cut across’ the slopes of the hills.
The word κάρ is probably connected with κείρω : cp. ἐπικείρω, ‘to cut
short,’ used (e.¢.) in 1. 394 of intercepting a retreat. The explanation
‘headlong’ (from κάρη, Acad) has little point in the two Homeric
passages, and is at variance with the later use.

μινύθει, Intrans., ‘are wasted.’

394. Patroclus had cut his way through the Trojans and passed the
trench before them (ll. 377-380): he now cut off their retreat.

395. πόληος, with ἐπιβαινέμεν, ‘to set foot in the city.’

307. This line is probably an interpolation. The mention of the
river is out of place, and peonyvs gives a good sense if taken abso-
lutely, ‘in the mean space,’ 7. ὁ. ‘ between them and the city’: cp. 11.
573. τείχεος is the wall of the city; they remained outside.

398. ποινήν, ‘the price of bloodshed, —used ironically of payment in
kind.

400. See on l. 312.

401. 6 δὲ Θέστορα «.7.4. The sentence is interrupted by a paren-
thesis about Thestor, and resumed in 1. 404 ὃ δ᾽ €yxet vite «.7.A., in the
form of a clause answering to the parenthesis. Cp. 13. 689, 690 (with
the note).

403. ἀλείς, ‘ crouching.’

405. αὐτοῦ ὀδόντων, ‘ the teeth of the man.’

406. δουρὸς ἑλών, ‘ taking him by the spear.’

407. ἱερόν, perhaps in the original sense, ‘ goodly,’ ‘mighty’
(Sanscr. zsizras): see on 5. 499.

419. ἀμιτροχίτωνας, ‘having a dress without pizpy,’ 7. 6. simply
wearing no μίτρη. The μίτρη was a broad belt worn about the loins,

316 ILIAD. BOOK XVI,

over the ¢horax; so that ἀμιτροχίτωνες cannot refer to the chzton
proper—with which the μίτρη had no connexion—but is used like
χαλκοχίτωνες, clothed in brass’ (Helbig, p. 201).

428. ἀγκυλοχεῖλαι, ‘with crooked beak.’ But the derivation from
χεῖλος is unsatisfactory: probably we should read ἀγκυλοχῆλαι, ‘ with
crooked claws’ (Wackernagel in Α΄. Z. xxix. 125),

430. κεκλήγοντες, found here and in 17. 756, is a ‘ metaplastic’ par-
ticiple, z.e. it implies a Pres. κεκλήγω, related to the Pf. κέκληγα as
ἀνώγω, πεπλήγω to ἄνωγα, πέπληγα. There was an ancient variant
κεκληγῶτες, with which we may compare τετριγῶτας (2. 314).

432-458. These lines have been suspected because Here is not now
on Mount Ida with Zeus (15. 78 ff.). Cp. the note on ll. 666 ff.

433. 6 τε, ‘in that.” pot, Dar. ethicus.

435. Join φρεσὶν dppatvovti, cp. 10. 4 πολλὰ φρεσὶν ὁρμαίνοντα.

438. δαμάσσω, 7. 6. suffer him to be vanquished.

441. πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ, lit. ‘destined with a portion, see on 15. 209.
Note that αἶσα, μοῖρα, &c. do not mean death except by a euphemism,
like our word ‘fate.’

449. τοῖσιν, viz. the immortals.

454. Join πέμπειν Θάνατον φέρειν piv; the place of μιν obeys the
general rule that enclitics follow the first word in the sentence. Cp.
21. 347 χαίρει δέ μιν bs τις ἐθείρῃ. Some take μὲν with πέμπειν, ‘send
him for Death to carry’; though apparently supported by 1. 681, this
involves a use of the Acc. with the Inf. that is not Homeric.

467. οὔτασεν, here of a throw, contrary to the general rule.

468. ἔβραχε, used of the crash of armour, &c., here denotes the harsh
snort or roar of the horse: μακών is applied to any animal’s cry of
pain.

470. διαστήτην, ‘parted,’ ‘wheeled asunder,’ Ζ. ὁ. with their hinder
quarters, since their necks were still fast in the yoke (La R.): ep. 1. 371
as to the absence of traces.

472. τοῖο is Neut.; ‘ this (state of things).’

474. ἀΐξας, ‘with a quick movement,’ making a dash: ep. 8. 88
φασγάνῳ ἀΐσσων.

475. ἰθυνθήτην, ‘were turned right,’ the opposite of διαστήτην.
τάνυσθεν, ‘ got into straight order,’ out of the entanglement of reins; or
perhaps ‘got into their stride,’ cp. the Impf. τανύοντο, " galloped’ (1. 375).
ῥυτῆρσι, ‘reins’ (not ¢races).

476. τώ, the two combatants. ἔριδος πέρι, ‘to fight out their
quarrel,’ see on 7. 301.

481. €pxarat, ‘are closed in,’ ‘are packed,’ from épyw: cp. 5. 89.

ἁδινόν, ‘close,’ ‘tight’: cp. πυκιναὶ φρένες: the notion appa-
rently being that the heart, midriff, &c. are solidly packed together
in their places. For the different meanings of the word see Buttmann,

NOTES. LINES 428-542. B19

Lexil. 5.ν. Others (as Mr. Leaf on 2. 87) make the primary notion to
be ‘quick, restless motion’; here accordingly ‘ throbbing.’

482-486 repeated from 13. 389-393.

487. ἀγέληφι, Dat. ‘amid the herd,’ -- ἐν εἰλιπόδεσσι βόεσσιν.

491. pevéatve, ‘was full of mettle —‘ showed fight.’

492. πολεμιστὰ μετ᾽ ἀνδράσι, ‘ warrior (chief) among men’; μετ᾽
ἀνδράσι implies comparison, like the Gen. in δία θεάων, dia γυναικῶν.

494. ἐελδέσθω, ‘ be thy desire.’

θοός has a wide meaning,—a man of action, spirit, &c.: cp. 1. 442.

500, νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι, see on 15. 428.

504. αὐτῷ, sc. the spear.

506. ἵππους, viz. the horses of Sarpedon.

507. ἐπεὶ λίπον, ‘ when they (the horses) had parted from,’ cp. 1. 371.
Aristarchus read λίπεν (so Ven. A. and other good MSS.), taking it
as an Aor. Pass.= ἠρημώθησαν, ‘when the chariot was bereft of its
masters.’

509-531. This passage is rejected by Hentze as an interpolation,
inserted to reconcile the account of the battle over the body of Sarpedon
with the wounding of Glaucus in the τειχομαχία (12. 387 ff.). It is
true that in the preceding speech (16. 497) Sarpedon takes no notice of
the wound, which in 12. 392 he is expressly said to have observed.
But unless 12. 290-429 is condemned on other grounds (see the intro-
duction to book xii), this contradiction cannot have much weight.

510, αὐτόν is emphatic: he was himself suffering from a wound.

512. τείχεος, with ἐπεσσύμενον, as in 12. 388,

515. πάντοσ᾽, 7. 4. πάντοσε: Verbs of hearing take an adverb of
motion to a place, as 11. 21 mevOero γὰρ Κύπρονδε μέγα κλέος.

516. ἀνέρι. The Dat. with Verbs of hearing is rare in Homer, and
only used in prayer to a god,—doubtless to indicate that the hearing is
a favour to the suppliant.

517. ἀμφί, ‘on both sides,’ z. ὁ. all over.

519. τερσῆναι, ‘to get dry’ (also τερσήμεναι, Od.): cp. popéw, Inf.
φορήμεναι, φορῆναι.

αὐτοῦ, the wound.

522. ov παιδός, so Aristarchus: the MSS. have @ παιδί, The Dat.
is more usual with ἀμύνω.

531. εὐξαμένοιο, Gen. with ἤκουσε, in spite of ot: see on 14. 26.
In this place εὐξαμένοιο is nearly =edx7js, so that the construction may
be compared with Od. 4. 767 θεὰ δέ οἱ ἔκλυεν ἀρῆς.

540. ἀποφθινύθουσι may be Intrans. (as in 5. 643), since θυμόν may
be an Acc. of respect. So 1. 491 φθινύθεσκε φίλον κῆρ.

542. εἴρντο, ‘upheld.’ δίκῃσι te καὶ σθένεϊ G, cp. Aesch. fr. 298:

ὕπου yap ἰσχὺς συζυγοῦσι καὶ δίκη,
ποία ξυνωρὶς τῶνδε Kaprepwrépa ;

318 ILIAD. BOOK XVI.

544. νεμεσσήθητε, see on 15. 211.

548. κατὰ κρῆθεν, an obscure phrase, perhaps ‘ down from the head’
(κάρη), z.e. from head to foot, completely. There was also a reading
κατ᾽ ἄκρηθεν, = κατ᾽ ἄκρης (13. 772).

554. λάσιον κῆρ, explained as ‘shaggy breast’; but this use of κῆρ is
strange, see on 2. 851.

558. According to the account in 12. 397 ff. this is not correct.
Sarpedon tears down a breast-work, but it is Hector who πρῶτος
ἐσήλατο τεῖχος ᾿Αχαιῶν (12. 438).

559. εἰ with the Opt. expressing wish: see 15. 571.

561. αὐτοῦ, emphatic, ‘ the leader himself,’ opp. to his arms.

574. ἱκέτευσε, ‘had come as suppliant’ (ἱκέτης, lit. one that comes).

581. ἑτάροιο, ‘ objective’ Gen. with ἄχος.

587. ἀπὸ τοῖο, 2, 6. from the neck.

589. purn, ‘ the throw,’ z. 6. the range.

501. δηΐων ὕπο, ‘ because of, under stress of, enemies.’

598. μιν, sc. Glaucus, κατέμαρπτε, ‘was coming up with.’

600. ὡς, -- ὅτι οὕτως, ‘that a brave man had thus fallen’; cp. 23. 648,

602. Cp. 5. 506 μένος χειρῶν ἰθὺς φέρον.

609. ὑπασπίδια, ‘ under cover of the shield, cp 13. 158.

612. πελεμίχθη, ‘ staggered,’ ‘ quivered’; see on 13. 148,

613. ἀφίει μένος, see on 13. 444.

614, 615. These two lines, which repeat 13. 504, 505, are omitted
here by nearly all the MSS.

617. ὀρχηστήν, ‘a dancer,’ a contemptuous way of accounting for the
nimbleness with which Meriones had avoided the spear (1. 610).

621. ὅς ke, after πάντων, used distributively.

628. ἐπέεσσι, with χωρήσουσι, ‘will not give way before words.’

630. ἐπέων δ᾽ ἐνὶ βουλῇ. The sentence takes this form because the
phrase τέλος πολέμου suggests τέλος μύθου (9. 56., 16. 83). Thus,
instead of the simple point that the issue of war lies in deeds, not
words, we get the conceit that as the issue of war lies in deeds, so the
issue of words lies in counsel, 7,4. it is only an issue of words that is
settled by counsel. Cp. Ion, fr. 63 (Nauck): βουλὴ μὲν ἄρχει, χεὶρ δ᾽
ἐπεξεργάζεται.

635. τῶν, with δοῦπος, which also governs χαλκοῦ τε ῥίνου tTe—‘a,
noise of them, the noise of brass.’

636. βοῶν, ‘shields.’ Aristarchus proposed to omit the 7’ after βοῶν,
doubtless on the ground that pwod and βοῶν are not distinct, both words
referring to the shields.

637. νυσσομένων, with τῶν, “ piercing one another’; cp. 14. 26.

638. φράδμων, ‘ watchful,’ acme.

642. meptyAayéas, ‘ overflowing with milk.’

646. αὐτούς, ‘the men’ implied in topivys.

NOTES. LINES 544-687. 319

649. αὐτοῦ, explained by én’ ἀντιθέῳ Σαρπηδόνι.

650. δηώσῃ, ἕληται, Subj. of deliberation, though depending on a past
tense, § 34, 3. Possibly we should read δηώσει᾽ and ἕλοιτο, like ὀφέλ-
λειεν in 1. 651, If anything were meant by a change of mood it should
be that the Opt. expressed the less immediate alternative, whereas the
reverse is the case.

653. ὄφρα, properly ‘until’: ‘thought it to be better z¢z7 he should
drive back,’ seems to mean ‘thought it better that he should go on so
Jar as to drive back,’ z.e. that he should a¢ /east drive back. See on 4.
405.

657. ἔτραπε, ‘turned,’ sc. his chariot.

658. ἱρὰ τάλαντα, ‘the heavenly scales, cp. 8. 69 ff. No vwésible
sign is meant here ; the phrase is a concrete way of representing the de-
cisive influence of Zeus.

660. βεβλαμμένον does not necessarily mean ‘dead,’ but ‘struck
down,’ the powers of life ‘thrown out of gear’: cp. 1. 331.

661. ἀγύρει, ‘ the gathering-place.’

662. ἐτάνυσσε, see on 13. 359.

666-683. This digression has been suspected on the ground that
Apollo is not now on Mt. Ida with Zeus. We have seen that in the
corresponding passage, ll. 432-458, the same question arises as to the
presence of Here. It is difficult to know how much weight should be
given to inconsistencies of this kind, which may be due to the vague
notions of the poet as to the nature and powers of the gods. In this
place it is clear that 1. 684 does not fit on smoothly to 1. 665. And we
expect some account of the fate of Sarpedon’s body. Still it seems by
no means improbable that these two passages were interpolated in
order to bring the Homeric story of Sarpedon into harmony with local
legend, as well as with monuments or places which were associated with
his name.

667. εἰ δ᾽ dye, a formula in which εἰ is (practically at least) a mere
interjection; see on 1. 302., 6. 376.

κάθηρον takes a double Acc., like Verbs of ‘aking away: cp. 18,
345., 21. 122.

668. ἐκ βελέων, see on 14.130: not to be taken with ἐλθών ; the
sense being, ‘go, and when out of range of weapons cleanse,’ &c.

670. ἀμβροσίῃ, thought of as an unguent; so 10. 38, cp. 23.
186.

671. φέρεσθαι, in the Middle sense, ‘ to carry with them’; cp. φέρειν
in 1. 454.

686, 687. These lines are not quite consistent with 647 ff., where the
question is whether Patroclus is to be slain at once, or to drive the
Trojans further towards the city. Here it is implied that if Patroclus

ad refrained from the pursuit the will of Zeus would have been of no

320 ILIAD. BOOK XVI.

effect. The difficulty perhaps arises (as in the instance discussed under
ll. 666 ff.) from the want of a clear conception of divine power.

688. τε is here gnomic, § 49, 9.

689, 690. These two lines are wanting in Ven. A and other good
MSS. : they recur in 17. 177, 178.

697. φύγαδε μνώοντο, ‘turned their thoughts to flight,’ cp. 5. 252.

698-711. This scene does not harmonise very well with the rest of the
narrative. It is clear from ll. 713, 714 that the Trojans are still in the
plain, and Apollo is with them (ll. 720, 728). It is hardly possible
that Patroclus should have already tried to scale the wall. Moreover
the passage is almost entirely made up of lines that occur elsewhere :
thus 1. 698=21. 544, 1, 659=11. 180; and ll. 702-711 are closely
parallel to 5. 436-444.

702. ἀγκῶνος, an angle or ‘ bend.’

708. πέρθαι, ‘to be sacked,’ a non-thematic Aor., § 3.

714. λαούς, Acc. before ἀλῆναι.

720. μιν, with προσέφη.

723. στυγερῶς ἀπερωήσειας, ‘you would shrink back in fearsome
fashion,’ ὦ. 6. you would suffer for shrinking back. Cp. Od. 21. 374 τῷ
κε τάχα στυγερῶς τιν᾽ Ey πέμψαιμι νέεσθαι, also Od. 4. 672 ὡς ἂν
ἐπισμυγερῶς ναυτίλλεται εἵνεκα πατρός.

735. Tov ot is the reading of the MSS., but involves the neglect of the
digamma in fot. Modern editors (following Bentley) write ὀκριόενθ᾽ ὅν
ot. A better change perhaps would be τὸν οὐ, ‘a stone which his hand
did zo¢ quite cover.’

736. οὐδὲ δὴν χάζετο, ‘did not long give way from,’ an ironical way
of saying ‘was not long of reaching’: cp. 11. 539 μίνυνθα δὲ χάζετο
δουρός. The best MSS. generally have &fero, ‘respected’: but this
word always takes an Acc. φωτός, the man struck, viz. Cebriones.

740. σύνελεν, lit. ‘took together,’ ‘crushed into one’: cp. Od. 20. 95.
ἔσχεν, ‘held,’ z.¢. withstood the blow.

742, αὐτοῦ, ‘just there,’ emphasising πρόσθε ποδῶν =‘ before his feet
as he stood.’

ἀρνευτῆρι, ‘a diver,’ cp. 12. 385.

745. κυβιστᾷ, ‘tumbles,’ ‘ throws somersaults’: cp. 18. 604.

746. καὶ πόντῳ, Ζ. 6. as well as on land (ἐν πεδίῳ, 1. 749).

747. τήθεα, ‘oysters.’ They are not thought of here as delicacies,
but as possible means of satisfying the hunger of a crew at sea.

748. δυσπέμφελος, ‘rough,’ ‘stormy’ (sc. ποντός).

752. οἶμα, the ‘rush’ or ‘spring.’

756. δηρινθήτην, Aor., ‘joined battle.” Their combat does not lead
to anything decisive, but is merged in the general battle of ll. 764-
776.

Hey μέγα φρονέοντε, ‘with high spirit.’

NOTES. LINES 688-827. 321

762, κεφαλῆφιν, Gen., ‘ by the head.’

766. πελεμιζέμεν, with epidatverov, ‘ contend in tossing about, swirl-
ing.’

167. τανύφλοιον, ‘with well stretched bark,’ Ζ. 6. smooth and stiff
(Helbig, p. 134).

768. ταννήκεας, ‘long-pointed,’ epithet applied elsewhere to a sword.

775. μαρναμένων, ‘as they fought,’ governed by χερμάδια and ἀσ-

midas,
777. μέσον οὐρανὸν ἀμφιβεβήκει, ‘bestrode, stood high in, mid
heaven.’ No precise point of time is meant: nevertheless it is hard to
reconcile this passage with 11. 84 ff., where the Aristeia of Agamemnon
takes place about the time of the midday meal.

779. μετενίσετο, ‘moved past’: μετά as in μεταβαίνω, &c.

781 ff. Notice the change from the position described in ll. 760 ff.,
where Hector and Patroclus contended for the body of Cebriones.
Hector now seems to be ina different part of the field: cp. ll. 818, 820.

789. δεινός, with emphasis, ‘in terrible fashion.’

ἰόντα, ‘as he went’: τόν does not go closely with ἰόντα.

792. στρεφεδίνηθεν, a strong expression, ‘ went wheeling round.’

- 793-804. There is some difficulty in reconciling this account with the
passages in the next book which represent Hector as spoiling Patroclus
of his armour (see 17. 125,187, 205). And 1. 805 τὸν δ᾽ ἄτη φρένας εἷλε
k.7.A, follows more naturally on 1]. 791, 792 (στρεφεδίνηθεν δέ οἱ dace),
the bewilderment being an effect of the blow given by Apollo, not of
the loss of armour. But if the lines in question are condemned, we
must also reject 1. 815 and 1. 846. And we expect some reference to
the armour, which was the armour of Achilles himself, and if not taken
off as the passage relates, must have been pierced by the weapons of
Euphorbus and Hector.

803. τερμιόεσσα, commonly explained as ‘ reaching to the feet,’ from
τερμίς a foot (Hesych.). But the word would mean ‘furnished with a
Teppis, and Mr. Leaf suggests that this reppéis—lit. ‘end’ or ‘ fringe’—
was the ‘appendage, apparently of leather, which we frequently find
hanging from shields in vase-paintings’ (7. 27. 5. iv. p. 286). However
this may be, it is clear that ‘ fringed’ is the most probable meaning of
τερμιόεις.

805. ἄτη, ‘ blindness,’ ζ. 6. bewilderment.

811. πρῶτ᾽ ἐλθών, ‘ having come for the first time,’ ‘ being just come.’
διδασκόμενος, ‘learning,’ as a beginner.

823. ἐβιήσατο, ‘ overpowers.’

825. ἀμφί, ‘over,’ of the odject of a contest. The Gen. is rare with
ἀμφί, but is found in this use with περί.

827. πεφνόντα. This word is proparoxytone according to Aris-
tarchus, and in the MSS., though it is an Aor. Participle.

VOL. II. n'e

322 ILIAD. "BOOK XVII.

830. κεραϊζέμεν, the MS. reading, was changed by Bekker to kepat-
ξέμεν, to suit ἄξειν in i, 832. Ifthe Pres. is retained we must translate
‘you thought you zweve laying waste our city,’ as though the slaughter
caused by Patroclus was equivalent to laying waste the city.

834. ὀρωρέχαται, Pf. Mid. of édpéyw, ‘are astretch,’ Ζ. 6. are put to
their full stride.

835. ὅ σφιν ἀμύνω. The Art. 6 is used as a Relative, with a causal
force, =‘ in that I —.’

852. βέῃ, ‘ shalt live,’ see on 15. 194.

857. ἀνδροτῆτα is the reading of nearly all MSS., here and in 22.
363., 24.6. If the meaning is ‘manhood’ we may conjecture that the
true form, required by the metre, is ἀδροτῆτα. Such a form, with ap-
instead of ἀνδρ- (for the original dvp-), would be parallel to ἄβροτος in-
stead of ἄμβροτος (for ἀμρ-). Another trace of this ἀδρ- may be found in
the phrase ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἀνδρειφόντῃ (2. 651, &c.), in which the metre
clearly points to the form ἀδρι-φόντης (or ἀδρο-φόντηΞ), ‘ man-slaying.’

BOOK XVII.

THE seventeenth book relates the course of the battle which followed
upon the fall of Patroclus, down to the time when the news of that
disaster was brought to Achilles. The main subject is the contest over
the body of Patroclus, which the Greeks, though driven back to the
lines of their camp, succeed at last in recovering. The ancient title
Μενελάου ἀριστεία is very partially applicable. Menelaus is brought
into prominence by the absence of so many of the greater chiefs, but
Ajax is still the chief support of the defence. The argument is as fol-
lows :—

Menelaus defends the body of Patroclus, and kills Euphorbus, but
retreats on the approach of Hector, calling Ajax to his aid. Hector
seizes the armour, and retreats (ll. 1-139). ‘Glaucus upbraids him,
upon which he puts on the armour of Patroclus, and exhorts the Trojan
allies. Ajax and Menelaus call upon the Greek leaders (ll. 140-261).
The Trojans at first have the advantage, and gain possession of the
body, but Ajax repulses them (ll. 262-318). Then Apollo encourages
Aeneas, assuring him that Zeus is siding with the Trojans. The Greeks
are exhorted by Ajax to close their ranks over the body, The centre
of the battle is shrouded in mist (Il. 319-399).

NOTES. 323

Achilles does not yet know of the death of Patroclus (ll. 400-411),

The battle is still obstinate (ll. 412-423).

The horses of Achilles weep for his loss (Il. 424-440), Zeus pities
and promises to save them, though Hector is to be victorious for that
day (ll. 441-455). Automedon, the driver of the chariot, is joined by
Alcimedon, Hector and Aeneas advance to attack them, but they call
upon the Ajaces and Menelaus, who come to their aid, and Hector and
Aeneas retreat (ll. 456-542). -

The contest over the body again waxes fierce: Athene comes down
to encourage Menelaus: Apollo rebukes Hector. Then Zeus gives
victory to the Trojans (Il. 543-596). Idomeneus is nearly killed by
Hector. Ajax begs Menelaus to seek out Antilochus, and send him to
tell Achilles of their loss and peril (ll. 597-699). Menelaus and
Meriones take up the body of Patroclus and carry it out of the battle,
while the Ajaces keep the Trojans at bay (ll. 700-761).

The narrative of the seventeenth book, it is evident, holds a place of

secondary importance in relation to the main story of the Iliad, Its in-
terest lies chiefly in the enhanced value which it gives to the events of
the preceding and succeeding books. Patroclus having led the Greeks
far across the plain of Troy, it becomes necessary to bring them back,
on.the one hand to show the immediate effect of his fall, and on the
other hand because the fullest room has to be left for the impending
victories of Achilles. Again, the book serves to prepare us for the
scene in which Achilles hears of the death of his friend. ‘This, the
critical moment in the history of the wrath is intentionally delayed, ob-
viously with the view of raising expectation to the highest pitch. The
poet even stops in the middle of the desperate battle over Patroclus to
tell us that Achilles had not yet heard the tidings (ll. 400-411). The
successive steps taken by Ajax and Menelaus (ll. 628-693), and the
shock which the message gives to Antilochus (ll. 694-700), have the
same poetical purpose.
. It is doubtless owing in the main to the subordinate character of the
incidents, rather than to any want of poetical skill, that they do not
exhibit the rapid and simple movement of the preceding book. In some
cases, however, it is not improbable that the effect has been marred by
interpolation. Hentze has called attention to the number of places
about the middle of the book in which the poet gives a short general
description of his main subject, in the form which marks either the en-
trance upon a digression or the return from one. Thus we have—

(1) 1. 366 ὡς of μὲν μάρναντο x.7.A, (introduces description of dark-

ness over the battle—mention of Antilochus).

(2) 1. 384 τοῖς δὲ πανημερίοις ἔριδος μέγα νεῖκος ὀρώρει x.7.A, (return

to main subject).
ΥΩ

324 TLTAD. BOOK XVII.

(3) 1. 400 τοῖον Ζεὺς ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ ἵππων
ἤματι τῷ ἐτάνυσσε κακὸν πόνον.
(digression—Achilles has not yet heard the tidings).
(4) l. 412 of δ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ νεκρὸν ἀκαχμένα δούρατ᾽ ἔχοντες
νωλεμὲς ἔγχρίμπτοντο κ.τ.λ.
(5) 1. 424 ὡς οἱ μὲν μάρναντο k.7.X. (introduces incident of the horses
of Achilles).
The repetition of these forms at such short intervals certainly breaks
upon the continuity of the story, and critics have naturally sought to
.reduce their number. Lachmann got rid of four by striking out ll. 566--
423, and some recent writers reject the fifth as well, viz. 1, 424 with
the incident which it introduces. On the whole the arguments for
rejecting ll. 366-388 seem to have most weight. The passage about
Antilochus and Thrasymedes, 1], 377-383, can hardly be genuine (see
the note a. Δ), and the preceding description, ll. 366-376, is connected
with that digression, is itself of little value, and may well be only an
exaggerated repetition of the shorter mention of the darkness at ]. 270.
The other passages—the reference to Achilles (ll. 400-411), and the
incident of Automedon and the horses (ll. 424 ff.)—serve at least to
deepen the impression of the Patrocleia,

In the latter part of the book the chief passages suspected are Il. 459-
542 (the sequel of the passage about the horses), and ll. 543-592 (where
Athene and Apollo encourage the two sides), The points at issue are
briefly noticed in the notes.

The most marked characteristic of the battles in this book is the
‘cloud’ or thick mist which covers the centre of the field, where the
body of Patroclus is. It is described in three different places, ll. 268 ff.,
366 ff., 644 ff., but (as has been said) the genuineness of the second of
these is doubtful. The last contains the famous prayer of Ajax (1. 647
ἐν δὲ φάει καὶ ὄλεσσον), in answer to which the cloud is rolled away.
It is not easy to understand the meaning of this marvellous feature. At
first it is represented as a protection from the Trojan attack (1. 272),
as in 5. 506 ἀμφὶ δὲ νύκτα θοῦρος “Apns ἐκάλυψε μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν apnywr :
but generally it seems merely to increase the toil of the combatants,
as in the parallel case of Sarpedon (16. 568 ὄφρα... μάχης ὀλοὸς
πόνος εἴη). Poetically, therefore, as a mark of divine sympathy, it
heightens the interest of the battle: and it adds at the same time to
the sense of delay and expectancy which belong to this part of the
story. Another characteristic—subserving a like object—is the number
of prophecies. Zeus foretells the victory of Hector, and _ his
speedy death (ll. 201-208): also the escape of the horses of Achilles,
and the term of the Trojan success (ll. 451-455). We may add
the dying prophecy of Patroclus (τύ, 851-854). These intimations
are rightly placed in the part of the Iliad where the hearer begins to

NOTES. LINES 2-70. 325

look forward to the end, and so to realise the course of the story as a
whole.

2. Πάτροκλος Sapeis, ‘that Patroclus had fallen’; it is this /av¢
that is the logical subject to ἔλαθε.

17. μή σε βάλω is in form independent, ‘see that I do not strike
you,’ but is practically a subordinate clause, dependent on ἔα. It is a
good illustration of the way in which py with the Subj. comes to be
used in Final clauses; ‘ do this, let not that happen’=‘ do this /es¢ that
happen.’

19. οὐ μὲν καλόν, ‘nay, it is not well.’ ὑπέρβιον, Adverb.

21. μέγιστος is in sense the predicate, =‘ whose spirit is greatest.’

22, περὶ σθένεϊ βλεμεαίνει, ‘swells with the fulness of strength.’
The phrase σθένεϊ βλεμεαίνει (without περί) occurs in 8. 337: hence
περί is to be taken as an adverb, = ‘ exceedingly.’

24. The slaying of Hyperenor is mentioned in 14. 516, but without
the details which Menelaus now fills in.

25. ὥνατο, ‘made light of’: this form occurs only here.

28. εὐφρῆναι, ‘has gladdened.’

31. pnd’... ἐμεῖο is subordinate in sense, ‘instead of standing up
against me,’ 8 57. Accordingly πρίν in the next line goes with ἰέναι,

32. So Hesiod, Op. 216 παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω. Cp. Liv. 22. 39
neque eventus modo hoc docet,—stultorum iste magister est.

35. ἐπευχόμενος δ᾽ ἀγορεύεις, ‘and (over whom) thou dost utter
boasting speech.’

37. ἀρητόν, ‘prayed about’ (2.6. against), ‘ accursed.’ Many MSS. have
ἄρρητον, ‘ unspeakable,’ but the word is not Homeric in this sense.

42. ἀδήριτος, ‘ unfought,’ since πόνος implies battle.

ἤ τε---ἤ TE, Cp. 11.410, ἀλκῆς and φόβοιο, are governed by πόνος.
the Gen. being used to express a vague connexion or description ;
‘whether the struggle end in (take the side of) victory or flight.’ This
Gen, appears when two alternatives are opposed ; as Od. 1. 24 of μὲν
δυσομένου “Ὑπερίονος of δ᾽ ἀνιόντος.

44-46. Repeated from 3. 348-350.

47. avaxalopévoro, governed by στομάχοιο.

51. Χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι, ‘like (the hair of) the Graces.’

52. mAoxpot, “ plaits,’ cp. 14. 176.

54. avaBéBpoxev, Pf. of ἀνοβρέχω, is the reading of Zenodotus.
Aristarchus read ἀναβέβρυχεν, a form that can hardly be explained.

58. βόθρου, ‘the trench,’ in which the olive was set.

59. τοῖον, Masc., used predicatively, =‘thus’: cp. 10. 164.

65. δῃῶν, ‘rending,’ ‘making havoc of it.’

70. φέροι, ‘would have carried off Opt. with Kev used as the Indic.
with ἄν in Attic, § 30, 6.

326 ILIAD. BOOK XVII.

γι. ἀγάσσατο, ‘had grudged’: cp. peyatpw (13. 563).

73. Μέντῃ. In the Catalogue Εὔφημος is the only leader of the
Κίκονες. The name Mentes recurs in the Odyssey.

75. ἀκίχητα, Neut. Plur. used in a half abstract way, ‘without hope
of attainment’: cp. φυκτά, ‘ escape’ (16, 128).

76-78. Repeated το. 402-404.

83. πύκασε φρένας ἀμφὶ μελαίνας, ‘ covered (lit. packed close) the
midriff (till it was) black on both sides’: cp. 10. 271 πύκασεν κάρη
ἀμφιτεθεῖσα, and see on I. 103.

89. The -@ of ἀσβέστῳ must be scanned as one syllable with ov8’.
Perhaps we should read οὐδ᾽ via λάθ᾽,

93. νεμεσήσεται, Aor. Subj., see § 29, 5.

98. πρὸς δαίμονα, ‘against a higher power. ‘This use of πρός is
very rare in Homer, and indeed only found in this book (ll. 104, 471).
Cp: ποτὶ ῥόον, 1. 264.

100. μ΄, Ζ.6. μοι, § 51, 5.

νεμεσήσεται, Fut. or perhaps Subj. (8. 29, 6).

102. πυθοίμην, ‘learn of,’ ‘discover.’

105. φέρτατον, ‘the most tolerable.’

112, παχνοῦται, ‘is stiffened,’ chilled with fear.

115. παπταίνων, with Acc. ‘looking about for,’ so 4. 200.

121. νέκυν περ, his body at least (since we cannot save himself).

προφέρωμεν, ‘bear forth’ (from the battle).

122. This line recurs 1. 693 and 18. 21. It is here premature, as we
have not yet heard that Hector has taken the arms (1. 125). Moreover
it gives a false opposition to the emphatic νέκυν περ of 1, 121.

133. λέων, ‘a lioness’: Homer uses λέων (Masc.) for both sexes.

135. ἐπακτῆρες, ‘hunters.’

139. μέγα πένθος ἀέξων, ‘letting his sorrow swell in his heart.’ The
phrase occurs several times in the Odyssey (11. 195, &c).

141. ὑπόδρα, ‘with a scowl,’ see on 1. 148.

142. €Seveo, ‘ dost fall short in’: Impf. with dpa, see on 16. 33.

143. αὔτως, ‘for naught,’ lit. ‘with nothing more,’ nothing for the
κλέος to rest upon.

147. περί, ‘about,’ in defence of: Gen. as in 1. 157.

οὐκ dpa with Impf., as in 1. 142.
χάρις, ‘ matter of thanks,’ the phrase is one like od νέμεσις, ‘it is no
blame,’ see on 9. 316.

149. πῶς κε cawcetas, ‘how should you save,’ Ζ. 6. how can we
expect you to save. μεθ᾽ ὅμιλον, ‘ amid the throng,’ ‘ through the press
of battle’: μετά as 2. 143.

155. ἴμεν is best taken as an Inf., ‘ will listen as to going,’ =‘ will be
persuaded to go.’ The clause is conditional in form, with 7z#:fJzed
apodosis, ‘if any one will go, (let him)’: see on 6. 150,

NOTES. LINES 71-233. 32m

πεφήσεται, Fut. Pf. of φαίνομαι, only found here: cp. 11. 147
ἀναφαίνεται αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος.

161. χάρμης, ‘from the battle,’ ablatival Gen., as 5. 456.

163. λύσειαν, ‘would release,’ deliver up.

164. τοίου, z.¢. great enough (to induce them to exchange).

165, =16. 272.

167. κατ᾽ ὄσσε ἰδών, ‘ looking him in the eyes.’

173. ὠνοσάμην, see On 14. 95.

176-178, = τό. 688-690.

181. ἀλκῆς is most naturally taken with μεμαῶτα, cp. 13. 107
μεμαότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς. Some take it with σχήσω, and perhaps it
should be regarded as belonging to both.

183-185, =8. 172-174., 15. 485-487.

187. ἐνάριξα, with double Acc., Jerson and thing, cp. 15. 343.

197. ynpas, Aor. Part., as if from an Indic. ἐγήρᾶν.

198. ἀπάνευθεν, with κορυσσόμενον in 1. 199.

202. σχεδὸν εἶσι, so Aristarchus: most MSS. have σχεδόν ἐστι.

204. ἐνηέα, ‘ gentle.’

205. οὐ κατὰ κόσμον, because it was against the due order of things
that Hector should win the armour of a mightier hero (Achilles).

207. 6 is adverbial,=‘in that,’ ‘because. tot, Dat. ethicus, ‘take
for you’=‘do you the service of taking in charge.’ The negative goes
with the whole phrase νοστήσαντι δέξεται, ‘never will Andromache
take your armour on your return from battle.’

210. ἥρμοσε, Intrans., as in 3. 333.) 10. 385.

213. ἰνδάλλετο, ‘ showed himself, ‘filled all eyes.’

214. Aristarchus read μεγαθύμῳ Πηλεΐωνι, and so Ven. A: the other
MSS. have μεγαθύμου Πηλείωνος, which is probably right. There is
no instance of ἰνδάλλομαι with a Dative meaning ‘to seem like.’

221. yap refers forward to the main point of the speech, 1. 227 τῷ
τις νῦν «.7.A.3 ‘since I did not call you hither—let every one now,’ &c.

“πληθὺν διζήμενος, ‘because I wanted a host of men,’ 7. 6. merely
for the pleasure of having them here.

224. ὑπό, ‘from before.’

225. δώροισι, ‘ by gifts,’ ὦ, ὁ. by exacting gifts.

226. θυμὸν ἀέξω, viz. with food and drink: cp. 261 μένος μέγα οἶνος
ἀέξει : also 19, 161-170.

228. ‘For that is the sweet converse of war,—an oxymoron, since
ὀαριστύς properly means ‘social meeting’: see on 13. 291.

229. καὶ τεθνηῶτά περ, ‘though already slain,’ so that there is the
less to do,

231. The division of a single suit of armour is difficult to understand.

233. βρίσαντες, ‘ pressing on,’ throwing their weight into the attack:
cp. l. 512.

328 ILIAD. BOOK XVII.

236. ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ, emphatic, ‘over it as it lay.’

237. Ajax appeals to Menelaus as commander in the absence of
Agamemnon. From the same point of view in 1. 249 Menelaus couples
himself with Agamemnon as giver of feasts to the chiefs.

239. αὐτώ περ, ‘ourselves,’ 2.6. without the body of Patroclus.

240. It matters little whether we read (here and in 1. 242) πέρι δείδια
or περιδείδια. The meaning in either case is ‘I fear about.’ The Gen.
is used with περί of the object of a contest.

243. It seems best here to take νέφος as Object after καλύπτει :
‘Hector spreads the cloud of war over the whole field.’ This con-
struction is supported by 14. 359 μαλακὸν περὶ Kapa κάλυψα, cp. 14.
343 νέφος ἀμφικαλύψω, also 17. 132. It is possible to take νέφος as
Nom., with Ἕκτωρ in Apposition (like 11. 347 νῶϊν δὴ τόδε πῆμα
κυλίνδεται ὄβριμος “Extwp): but the metaphor is a harsh one.

250. δήμια, ‘at the public cost,’ the γερούσιος οἶνος (4. 259) provided
by the people. Cp. the note on 18. 301 (καταδημοβορῆσαι).

254. αὐτός, ‘of himself,’ without waiting for exhortation.

256. ὀξύ, ‘ clearly.’

259. ἀνδρειφόντῃ, see on 16. 857.

260. yor φρεσίν, 7.4. by his own powers of memory.

264. κῦμα, ‘the waves’ (of the sea), the Sing. in a collective sense;
see on 1. 482, βέβρυχεν, ‘roar,’ 1.6. dash with a roar. ποτὶ ῥόον,
‘against the stream’ of the river.

ἄκραι ἠϊόνες, “ projecting points of beach,’ sandy headlands: cp.
Od. 6. 138 ἐπ᾽ ἠϊόνας προὐχούσα-ς.
265. ἁλός, in its proper sense, ‘the salt water.’
ἔξω, ‘forth’ (from the sea).

268. φραχθέντες, ‘making themselves a screen’ of shields: ep. 15.
506 φράξλαντο δὲ νῆας ἕρκεϊ χαλκείῳ.

Join ἀμφὶ κορύθεσσι, taking σφιν asa true Dat., ‘about their
helmets.’

272. μίσησεν, ‘hated,’ ‘could not bear that —’; Aor. of the access of
feeling.

277. ἐρύοντο, Impf., ‘sought to drag off?

καὶ τοῦ, ‘that same,’ the dead body. The commentators join
καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί, against the order of the words; the contrast with Τρῶες is
sufficiently marked by emphasising Tod.

278. ἐλέλιξεν, ‘wheeled,’ 2. 4. rallied; cp. 1. 283, also Hom. Gr.
§ 52.

283. ἑλιξάμενος, ‘wheeling,’ turning to bay. διὰ Byooas, with
ἐκέδασσε.

285. peta with ἐκέδασσε. For μετεισάμενος see on 13. go.

290. ἀμφί, ‘on both sides,’ 2. 6. of both feet, nearly =apporepous: cp.
18. 414 ἀμφὶ πρόσωπα καὶ ἄμφω χεῖρε.

NOTES. LINES 236-368. 329

294. avrooxedinv, originally a Fem. adjective, sc. πληγήν, ‘a blow
given at close quarters.’

295. ἤρικε, ‘ was shattered’: Aor. of ἐρείκω with Intrans. meaning.

297. αὐλόν, the sheath or ‘tube’ by which the head of the spear was
fastened to the shaft; cp. Od. 9. 156 aiyavéas δολιχαύλους. In pre-
historic weapons this part is made of bone or horn.

300. αὐτοῖο, emphatic, ‘where it (the body) lay,’ cp. 1. 236.

302, 303,=4- 478, 479.

309. τόν takes up ZxeSiov in 1. 306: cp. 13. 197 (note).

310, ἀνέσχε, ‘came out.’

314, 315. Repeated, 13. 507, 508.

321. ὑπὲρ Διὸς αἶσαν, ‘ beyond the portion (1. 6. destiny) decreed by
Zeus.’

324. πυτίδῃ, a patronymic taken from his calling: cp. 7. 384
ἠπύτα κῆρυξ.

325. φίλα φρεσὶ μήδεα εἰδώς, Knowledge and feeling are not clearly
distinguished ; ‘ whose heart was ready with kindly wisdom.’ See on
ὁ: 551:

327. πῶς ἂν «.7.A., ‘how can you deliver Troy’? Apollo begins by
assuming that Aeneas thinks the gods hostile, this being the most
polite way of accounting for his inactivity.

εἰρύσσαισθε, Plur. meaning ‘ you and the Trojans.’

328. ὡς δὴ ἴδον «.7.A, Apollo goes on to tell Aeneas that others
have not been hopeless, even with the gods against them; then that
the gods are not really adverse; finally he puts plainly what he had
begun by hinting, 1. 332 ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ «.7.A.

330. kat, ‘even.’ ὑπερδέα, ‘very scanty,’ by Hyphaeresis for bmep-
deéa: cp. ἐνδεής.

331. βούλεται, ‘wishes rather,’ cp. 1. 112.

334. μέγα, with βοήσας, ‘with a loud shout.’

338. ἔτι, with εἶναι, which is in sense the main verb.

yap, cp. 1. 221.

340. μηδ᾽... meAacaiaro, ἡ. 6. ‘let us hope that they will not bring’:
see on 15. 470.

354. εἶχε, ‘wasrable,’ cp. 16. 110 οὐδέ πῃ εἶχεν dumvedoa.

ἔρχατο, ‘ were packed together,’ formed a barrier, cp. l. 268.

359. pada, with ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ βεβάμεν, ‘to take their stand well over
him.’

301. ἀγχιστῖνοι, ‘thick and fast,’ cp. 5. 141. The word does not
come from the Superl. ἄγχιστα, but from ἄγχι, through a verb ἀγχίζω:
cp. προμνηστῖνοι, ‘ one after another.’

363. ἀναιμωτί, ‘ without bloodshed,’ 7. ὁ. without some loss.

366-376. As to these lines see the introduction, p. 323.

308. μάχης ἐπί θ᾽ ὅσσον, -- ἐφ᾽ ὅσον τε μάχης, ‘over so much of the

330 ILIAD. BOOK XVII.

battle as,’ ‘over that part of it in which—. This seems to have been
the reading and interpretation of Aristarchus. It leaves the te unex-
plained, for there is no parallel for ἐπί θ᾽ ὅσον -- ἐφ᾽ ὅσον te. The MSS.
have μάχης ἐπί θ᾽ ὅσσοι, Eustathius ἔπι ὅσσοι (so Wolf and Bekker).
The simplest reading would be ἐπὶ ὅσσον, with hiatus after ἐπί, as in
émlopios, ἐπιόψομαι.

372. ὀξεῖα, ‘undimmed.’

373. γαίης, Gen. of place after a negative, § 39, 3, a.

μεταπανόμενοι, lit. ‘ceasing by turns,’ with intervals of rest.

377-383. These lines seem to be an interpolation, They were
probably meant to reconcile the statement that all the ἄριστοι
were in the middle of the battle over Patroclus with the subsequent
mention of Antilochus.

381. ἐπιοσσομένω, ‘looking out for,’ watching against.

384. πανημερίοις. This word often means, ‘for the rest of the day’;
but even in this limited sense it is not appropriate here. ἃ

ὀρώρει, ‘ was astir,’ raged.

387. παλάσσετο, Sing., perhaps because the parts of the body
enumerated are thought of as a mass (-- μέλεα); or because γούνατα
is the most prominent in the list.

papvapevouv Dual, generally explained of the two opposed sides.
Possibly it is distributive, referring to the several faivs of combatants;
see on 16. 370. Some good MSS. have μαρναμένοισιν.

The text of this passage, however, can hardly be sound. The com-
bination καμάτῳ τε καὶ ἱδρῷ παλάσσετο is defended on the ground that
ἱδρῷ contains the governing notion (κάματός τε καὶ idpws=‘the sweat
caused by toil’). But (1) in other places where the phrase occurs
(13. 711., 17. 745) κάματος is evidently the important word ; and (2)
ἱδρῷ παλάσσετο, ‘was bespattered with sweat,’ is an extremely harsh
expression. On the whole it seems probable that ll. 384-388 were
added along with ll. 377-383, in order to mark the return to the main
subject.

390. λαοῖσιν, ‘his men.’ μεθύουσαν, in the literal sense, ‘ dripping,’
‘soaked.’

392. κυκλόσε, ‘in a ring,’ z.¢. pulling it every way as they stand
round,

ἱκμάς, ‘the moisture.’ ἔβη, ‘ passes from’ the skin.

398. ἄγριος is emphatic, explained by the following clause: hence
the Asyndeton.

401. ἐτάνυσσε =‘ brought to a height’: see the note on 13. 359.

402. Πάτροκλον τεθνηότα expresses the ¢iz¢ known—that P.was dead.

404. τό, ‘wherefore’ (cp. 19. 213, &c.). Some take it to refer to the
Inf. τεθνάμεν, as in 1. 406 τό refers to ἐκπέρσειν. This would leave τό
μιν «.7.A, without connexion with the preceding clause.

NOTES, LINES 372-542. 331

405. ἐνιχριμφθέντα πύλῃσιν. Achilles had forbidden Patroclus to
advance near the city; but he may be supposed to see that the in-
junction had been disobeyed.

406. Achilles did not suppose that he had been slain, nor again
(οὐδὲ τόν that he would take Troy: hence he expected him to return.

407. οὐδὲ σὺν αὐτῷ, ‘nor with himself,’ = nor even with him.

408. τό ye, that he should not take Troy. νόσφιν, ‘apart,’ secretly.

410. δὴ τότε γ᾽ οὔ of ἔειπε, =‘ then indeed (it turned out that) she
had not told him’; z.e. a-thing had come to pass which she had never
told him. At the beginning of book XVIII Achilles is represented as
foreboding the death of Patroclus, and remembering a prophecy of
Thetis which pointed to it.

416, γαῖα χάνοι, a form of wishing for death—not implying an earth-
quake, as Virgil seems to have understood, Aen. 4. 24 sed mihi vel tellus
optem prius ima dehiscat: see on 4. 182.

417. ἄφαρ, ‘at once,’ 7. 6. without doubt.

418. εἰ peOqoopev, ‘if we are to give up.’

424. σιδήρειος, ‘hard as iron,’ Ζ. 6. unyielding, ceaseless.

431. ἀρειῇ, ‘scolding,’ harsh words.

437. ἐνισκίμψαντε, lit. ‘sticking fast,’ ἡ. ὁ. stiffening their necks, with
heads bent to the ground. So ofa spear, 1. 528 οὔδει ἐνισκίμφθη.

440. ζεύγλης, ‘the yoke-cushion,’ z.e. one fastened under the yoke,
where it rests on the horse’s neck. Such a cushion would confine the
mane, but only so long as the horse’s head was in the usual position.

443. ἄνακτι, ‘as your master.’

445. ἔχητον, Subj. after the Aor. δόμεν, because the fulfilment of the
purpose is still future, § 34, 2, ¢.

450, καὶ τεύχεα, ‘so much as the arms.’

αὔτως, ‘as it is,’ without better reason (than the arms).

453. σφίσι, viz. the Trojans, implied ἴῃ Ἕκτωρ.

454. This purpose of Zeus is carried out with tolerable exactness, as
the Trojans are driven back by Achilles just before they reach the ships,
and the sunset immediately follows (18. 240). See on 11. 193, 194.

459-542. This passage, which forms a sequel to the incident of the
horses weeping for their charioteer, has been pronounced spurious by
some critics. It certainly seems unlikely that at the height of the
contest over Patroclus the two chief Trojan warriors should be tempted
away by the hope of seizing the horses: and the more so as Hector has
already made the attempt, and has been warned by Apollo that they
are not within his reach (ll. 75-78). The same may be said of Ajax
and Menelaus, whose absence at the the call of Automedon amounts
to stopping the main action of the book. The words which mark its
renewal (1. 543 ἂψ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Πατρύκλῳ τέτατο #.7..) seem hardly
sufficient. On the other hand the Trojans are not fighting in the close

332 ILIAD. BOOK XVI.

order of the Greeks (1. 564), so that the movements of individual
heroes are freer: and the attempt of Automedon to join in the fighting
offers a new opportunity to Hector.

460. ἵπποις, ‘with the chariot,’ Dat. in the comitative use, ὃ 38, 3.

462. ὀπάζων, ‘ pressing on’ (in pursuit).

464. ἱερῷ, cp. the note on 16. 407.

465. ἐπίσχειν, ‘to direct,’ ‘drive aright.’

471. οἷον, ‘in respect that thus —’; see on 13. 633.

475. γάρ shows that this question gives the reason for the following
Imperative ἀλλὰ σὺ x.7.A. .

476. δμῆσίν τε μένος τε, taken with ἐχέμεν in somewhat different
senses (by Zeugma): ‘to hold (¢.e. exercise) the taming and control the
fiery temper.’

477. εἰ py, ‘except’: ἄλλος εἰ μή -- ἄλλος 7.

479, 480. ἀποβήσομαι, because the παραιβάτης leaves the chariot
as soon as he reaches an antagonist whom he wishes to engage. See on
5. 226, 227, where the same lines occur, and 11. 49.

481. BonPoov, ‘swift at the call to battle’; elsewhere an epithet
applied only to warriors.

486. Tode,=‘here.’ ἐνόησα, “1 perceive, Aor. as 14. 95.

487. ἡνιόχοισι, used loosely, to include the παραιβάτης : for κακοῖσι
means ‘ unwarlike.’

488. The best MSS. have τῷ or τῶ, but the Dual gives a better con-
nexion.

489. The MSS. are divided between ἐθέλεις and ἐθέλοις. The Indic.
suits the context best, since Hector would not speak as if the willingness
of Aeneas were doubtful.

ἐφορμηθέντε ye νῶϊ, ‘our onset,’ governed by tAatev. The con-
struction is ‘endure us so as to fight,’ =‘ endure to fight with us.’

499. ἀμφί, with πλῆτο, see on 1. 83.

502. ἐμπνείοντε μεταφρένῳ, cp. 13. 385 πνείοντε κατ᾽ ὥμων.

5ού. ἤ κ᾿ --ἁλοίη, change to independent construction.

509. τὸν νεκρόν, Art. of contrast, to νῶϊν δὲ ζωοῖσιν κ΄, τ.λ.

οἵ περ ἄριστοι, = τοῖς ἀρίστοις οὖσι : Cp. I. 230.

510. βεβάμεν. Inf. of purpose, ‘for them (the ἄριστοι) to bestride it.’

512. ἔβρισαν, ‘have pressed,’ ‘thrown themselves’: cp. 1. 233.

514. θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται. The origin of this famous phrase is
obscure. The most probable account is that resting on the lap was
symbolical of complete power and possession, Objects were dedicated
to the gods by being placed on the knees of their statues, which were
sitting figures; cp. 6. 273 τὸν θὲς ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν.

522. ἵνα, the mass of sinew, called in Od. 3. 449 τένοντας abxevious.

524. μάλ᾽ ὀξύ, with κραδαινόμενον as a predicate, ‘right keen as it
was.

NOTES. LINES 460-612. 953

526-529, =16. 610-613.

531. μεμαῶτε, with owe, ‘in their eager rush’ (with their swords).

538. Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος, with ἄχεος, ‘my grief for the death of —.’

5320. μεθέηκα, ‘I have let go, ‘lightened.’

540. Join ἐς δίφρον θῆκε.

543 ff. The descent of Athene from Olympus can hardly have been
at the bidding of Zeus, who is on Mt. Ida, as we hear directly after-
wards (I. 594). Moreover, the change in the mind of Zeus (1. 546 δὴ
γὰρ νόος ἐτράπετ᾽ αὐτοῦ) is inconsistent with 1. 596, where he still gives
victory to the Trojans. Zenodotus rejected 11, 545, 546. There is,
however, a further and somewhat marked contradiction between the
words of Menelaus about Hector (1. 565) and those of Apollo in 1. 587.
Hence many reject the whole scene, Il. 543-592.

547. πορφυρέην. This word contains the point of the comparsion;
cp. πορφυρέῃ νεφέλῃ in 1, 551. Hence it must mean ‘dark,’ ‘turbid,’
—an epithet that may be due rather to association with the ideas of
storm and gloom than to the violet and indigo among the colours
of the rainbow. For its use as a τέρας πολέμοιο cp, 11. 27. The
sentiment which looks upon it as a sign of hope and comfort is foreign
to Greek imagery,

558. ἑλκήσουσι, ‘are to drag about, tear.’ The Fut, with ef κεν is
rare: but see 5. 212., 15. 213:

564. θανών, ‘his death.’ ἐσεμάσσατο, ‘has touched to the quick.’

571. kat ἐργομένη μάλα περ Χροός, an unusual order, for cat μάλα
περ Xpoos ἐργομένη : cp. I. 217 καὶ μάλα περ θυμῷ κεχολωμένος.

573. ἀμφὶ μελαίνας, see on 1. 83.

575. Ἠετίωνος, not the father of Andromache, since his sons were all
killed by Achilles, 6. 423.

577. The substantive εἰλαπιναστής defines ἑταῖρος (as in the com-
binations βοῦς ταῦρος, &c.), ‘a companion who is a giver of feasts.’

587. οἷον δή, ‘ considering how,’ see on 13. 633

589. νεκρόν, sc. Podes, cp. 1. 581. σὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε is paratactic, ὃ 57.

594 ff. In this overclouding of Ida, accompanied by thunder, we may
trace the original notion of the aegis as the ‘ storm-cloud’ of Zeus.

599. ἐπιλίγδην, shearing away the surface ; the word explains ἄκρον,
cp. Od. 22. 279 λίγδην, ἄκρην δὲ ῥινὸν δηλήσατο χαλκός.

609. δίφρῳ, the chariot, as the next line shows, of Meriones. It was
a matter of course that Idomeneus, having failed to wound Hector,
should retreat to a chariot.

611. αὐτῷ, ‘the master,’ Meriones.

612. The sentence here returns to the main subject, Idomeneus, to
explain why it was not his own chariot.

τὰ πρῶτα λιπών, ‘when he originally left,’ 7, 6. at the beginning of
the day.

334 ILIAD, BOOK XVII,

613. ἐγγυάλιξεν, would have ‘put in their hands,’ ‘ presented them
with.’

615. ‘Came as φάος, 7.6. his coming was salvation.

617. τὸν Bad’ «.7.A. Takes up the sentence begun at 1. 610, τόν
also referring to αὐτός in the preceding line.

618. mpupvov can hardly be put for ἄκρον, as the commentators say.
It is not elsewhere applied to a spear, but might possibly mean the
thick part of the head. Diintzer reads πρυμνούς.

621. ἐκ πεδίοιο, with ἔλαβεν : cp. 16. 668.

627. 6 τε, after οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ’ Αἴαντα Ζεύς, =‘ Ajax perceived that Zeus—’;
cp. I. 537 οὐδέ μιν Ἥρη ἠγνοίησεν ἰδοῦσ᾽ ὅτι κ.τ.λ.

ἑτεραλκέα, ‘ by strength not their own,’ see on 7. 26., 15. 738.

631. ayy. The MSS. show great variety here,—épein, ἀφείη, ἀφίει,
ἀφήει, &c. The Subj. is required by the general Homeric rule, Σ 33, I,¢.

633. αὔτως, ‘merely,’ without doing anything more.

639. σχήσεσθαι, ‘will be held back,’ checked in his course.

ἐν νηυσὶ πεσέεσθαι, ‘that he will fall upon the ships,’ of a hostile
attack, as in 13, 742: see on 9. 235. .

647. καὶ points to ὄλεσσον as one of two alternatives: ‘let it be in
the light if you destroy us’ (as well as if you save us): cp. 5. 685
ἔπειτά με καὶ λίποι aiwy, =‘ then I am content to die or live.’

657 ff. This simile has already been used in book XI to describe
Ajax, ll. 659-664 being identical with 11. 550-554.

658, ὅς τ᾽ ἐπεὶ κιτιλ, The sentence is not finished grammatically :
it is interrupted by the description οἵ τέ pw κιτιλ., and resumed at
664 ἠῶθεν δ᾽ κ-τ.λ.

659. βοῶν, Plur. with an indefinite sense: ‘the fat of some ox.’

666. περί, see on line 240.

667, πρὸ φόβοιο probably means ‘away in flight,’ πρό being used
as in πρὸ ὁδοῦ ἔγένοντο (see on 16. 60).

671. ἐπίστατο, ‘it was his character’; cp. 14. 92 ὅς τις ἐπίσταιτο Hat
φρεσὶν ἄρτια βάζειν : and the similar use of οἶδα, as 16. 73., 17. 325.

676. πτώξ, ‘the hare’; lit. the animal that crouches (πτήσσων : used
as an adjective in 22. 310 m7@xa Aaywor,

677. ἀμφικόμῳ, ‘with leaves all round,’ ‘ full-foliaged.’

681. ἴδοιτο, so Aristarchus, and the best MSS.: ἴδοιο is also an
ancient reading. The change to the Third Person is not more harsh
than in 16. 586: cp. also 17. 705. Some supply ὄσσε as Nom. to
ἴδοιτο : but this is not according to Homeric usage.

685. εἰ δ᾽ dye, see on τό. 667.

686, μὴ with the Ind. ὥφελλε because it is an expression of zw7sh.

689. Τρώων, ‘ belongs to, is with, the Trojans’: cp. 3. 457.

692. εἰπεῖν, αἴ κε σαώσῃ, ‘say to him if he will save,’ 7.e. ask if he
will : see on 7. 375 (47. G. § 294).

NOTES. LINES 613~756. 335

694. κατέστυγε, ‘sickened’: cp. 14. 158 στυγερὸς δέ οἱ ἔπλετο θυμῷ.

699. ἔστρεφε, ‘guided about,’ 7.6. kept at hand wherever they were
wanted in the battle.

703. ἔνθεν, -- ἀφ᾽ ὧν (ἑταίρων).

vos. ὅ ye, For the change to the Third Person see on 1. 681.

710, ἰέναι, in the Future sense, ‘ will go forth.’

717 ff. So, according to the Aethiop~is of Arctinus, when Achilles
himself fell, the body was carried by Ajax, while Ulysses kept the
Trojans back.

720. ὁμώνυμοι, ‘even as we have one name,’

723. ἐπί, ‘thereat,’ in rage at seeing it.

727. ἕως μέν, ‘so far,’ ‘ until’ (the time given in the next clause): see
on 13. 143.

728. éAtterat, Aor. Subj., of what happens repeatedly.

732. κατ᾽ αὐτούς, ‘ over against them,’ 7.¢. at the point for attacking
them, cp. 1. 484 κατὰ στρατόν (of the ship arriving) ‘off the camp.’

τῶν δέ, apodosis.

735-741. These lines are condemned by some critics, perhaps rightly.
The words ὡς οἵ γ᾽ ἐμμεμαῶτε νέκυν φέρον come well in.]. 746, after the
simile of the mules, but less appropriately here, where the preceding
lines describe the Ajaces, not those who carried the body.

736. ἐπὶ τέτατο, ‘was intense, was at its height, behind them,’ cp.
14. 389 ἔριδα πτολέμοιο τάνυσσαν, and the note on 13. 358 ff.

737. πόλιν, governed by ἐπεσσύμενον (cp. 12. 143, 15. 395, Od. 6, 20),
rather than by φλεγέθει, which is elsewhere Intrans. : cp. 21. 13.

739. ἐπιβρέμει, lit. ‘roars on to,’ 7. 6. the wind drives on to the fire
with a loud blast.

741. ἐρχομένοισιν,᾽ as they retreated.’

742. ἀμφιβαλόντες, ‘putting on,’ ‘arming themselves with’; we
expect the Middle (cp. 5. 738), but the Participle βαλόμενος is im-
possible in hexameter verse.

747. ἰσχανέτην, ‘held back’ (the Trojans); the same as 1, 752 μάχην
ἀνέεργον ὀπίσσω Τρώων.

748. τετυχηκώς, nearly -- τετυγμένος, ‘fashioned,’ ‘made to be’ :—
‘whose form stretches out dividing the plain.’ διαπρύσιον, from διαπρό,
see on II. 275.

749. ἀλεγεινά, ‘grievous,’ ‘cruel,’ the cause of distress (ἀλέγω).

750. πεδίονδε τίθησι, ‘ sets,’ causes to flow, ‘towards the plain.’

751, πλάζων, ‘thrusting it aside,’ z.e. out of its course.

755. τῶν has no construction except the attraction of Ψαρῶν and
κολοιῶν ; see On 4. 433.

756. οὗλον, lit. ‘thick,’ close in the texture, hence ‘ in full, unbroken,
cry.’ Here, as in τό, 430, the ancient texts were divided between κεκλή-
yovres and κεκληγῶτες. The Part. is construed ad sensum, νέφος papay

336 ILIAD, BOOK XVIII.

being -ε ψῆρες. Cp. Od. 11. 15 Κιμμερίων ἀνδρῶν δῆμός τε πόλις τε, ἠέρι
καὶ νεφελῇ κεκαλυμμένοι.
γότ. Δαναῶν, with τεύχεα, ‘of the Greeks as they fled.’

BOOK XVIII.

THE eighteenth book consists of two parts. The first consists mainly
of scenes which serve to show us the effect upon the mind. of Achilles
of the news that his companion has fallen. The second relates how the
armour which was lost with Patroclus is replaced by new armour, the
work of Hephaestus. The two parts are connected by the presence of
Thetis, first with her son, then in the house of Hephaestus. The argu-
ment is as follows :—

Antilochus brings the news of the death of Patroclus. Thetis hears
the cry of her son, and comes with the Nereids. She promises to
obtain new armour for him (ll. 1-147).

The body of Patroclus is near falling into the hands of the Trojans,
when Iris, sent by Here, bids Achilles go and show himself at the trench
(Il. 148-238). Here brings on sunset (Il. 239-242).

Assembly of the Trojans: Polydamas advises retiring into the city
(ll. 243-314).

Lament of Achilles over the body of Patroclus (11. 315-355). Dia-
logue of Zeus and Here (ll. 356-378).

Thetis goes to Hephaestus, who promises to make new armour for
Achilles (Il. 369-477). The shield is fully described (ll. 478-617).

The scene at the beginning of the book, in which Thetis and Achilles
are the actors, is the necessary complement of the Patrocleia. While
the death of Patroclus is the external event upon which the plot of the
Iliad hinges, it is the effect of that event on the mind of Achilles that is
the ultimate source of interest,—the true crisis of an epic of which the
‘wrath of Achilles’ is the true subject. It is in this dialogue that the
change of purpose resulting from the death of Patroclus is enacted, as it
were, before the eyes of the hearer. Achilles makes his confession to
Thetis, repents bitterly of his quarrel (1. 107 ὡς ἔρις ἔκ τε θεῶν ἔκ τ᾽
ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλοιτο, x.7.A.), and desires only to return to the field, in
order to avenge his friend (1. 114 νῦν δ᾽ εἶμ᾽ ὄφρα φίλης κεφαλῆς ὀλετῆρα
κιχείω). Thus the situation created in the first book by the quarrel and
all its consequences is finally brought to an end.

The relation of this passage to the events of the first book is further

NOTES, 337

emphasised in the working out of the scene. ‘The appearance of Thetis
at once reminds us that it is the second time that she has come at the
call of her son. Her complaint on hearing his voice strikes again the
key-note of the Iliad—the shortness and unhappiness of the life to which
the hero is destined. The dialogue which follows is evidently meant to
recal the former meeting, to contrast it with the new state of things, and
thus to place before us the main outlines of the story, the crisis of which
we have now reached. We see that the prayer of Thetis, which up to
this time has been the motive force behind the action of the poem, can
be so no longer. The boon that she obtained from Zeus has turned to
bitterness (1. 80 ἀλλὰ τί μοι τῶν δος ;), and Achilles has to go back to
her for counsel and help. In doing so he reveals the change which, as
has been already pointed out (p. 307), is the true dramatic περιπέτεια,
viz. the change from anger against Agamemnon to grief and thirst for
vengeance. Of this new situation the remaining events are the natural
and obyious consequence. ‘The scene therefore has a double value, first
as being in itself—z. ¢. simply as an event—the turning point or cata-
strophe of the story, and secondly from the way in which it brings the
last part of the poem into palpable relation to the beginning.

The interval between the meeting of Thetis with Achilles and her
arrival at the house of Hephaestus is filled by incidents of a subordinate
character. The changes of scene are frequent, and there is little inter-
dependence between the action that goes on at different places. The
Trojan assembly, the lament of Achilles, the dialogue of Zeus and Here,
and the making of the new armour are more or less contemporaneous.
Moreover, the transitions from one to another are not made with the
smoothness that belongs to the Homeric manner. Partly on these
grounds, and partly owing to difficulties of detail, the genuineness of
much of this part of the book has been seriously contested. The
following are the questions most worth notice :—

(1) The circumstances which lead to the appearance of Achilles on
the rampart do not tally with the picture given in book XVII of the
rescue of Patroclus. Though Lachmann exaggerates the differences in
detail 1, it must be allowed that the two passages cannot be easily read
as parts of a connected story. The passage in book XVII loses some-
what in point if it is not the account of a fiza/ rescue. Again, there is
no apparent reason why the sénding of Iris to Achilles should be secret
(Il. 168 and 185), since Zeus certainly did not wish the body to fall

1 He makes a curious mistake in saying that in the seventeenth book
the two Ajaces are represented as carrying the body of Patroclus on
their backs (Betrachtungen, p: 79). The only discrepancy is that the
carrying of the body (by Menelaus and Meriones) is not expressly noticed
in book XVIII, Barge

VOL. tf. 2

338 ILIAD, BOOK XVIII,

into the hands of the Trojans. On the other hand, it may be thought
that the last lines of book XVII (especially the words πολέμου δ᾽ οὐ
yiyver épwn) are a hint that Patroclus is not yet safe. We may compare
the end of book XV, where the last stage of the Greek defence runs over
into the next book (16. 101 ff.), just as the last stage of the contest over
Patroclus is made to do here. And the interference of Here may be re-
garded as in defiance of the injunctions of Zeus, repeated in book XIV,
and not withdrawn till book XIX. For difficulties of language see the
notes on ll. 151, 168, 192, 209, 231. The interpolation (ifit is one) doubt-
less extended from αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοί in 1. 148 to the same words in 1. 231.

(2) If the appearance of Achilles is an addition, the scene of the
Trojan assembly must be condemned with it. Further reason has been
found in the two speeches, which are generally regarded as below the
Homeric level. See the notes on ll. 245, 259, 272, 274, 294. Bergk
and others reject the whole passage about the Trojans, ll. 243-315.
But possibly the original text contained the three lines 243, 244, 314.
After a day of fighting we expect some notice of both the armies.

(3) The short dialogue between Zeus and Here (ll. 356-368) must
also be struck out if the appearance of Achilles is not part of the
original story. It has however been condemned on its own merits by
nearly all critics ancient and modern. Wolf gives it as a decisive
instance of a passage inserted by the supposed διασκευασταί, for the
purpose of connecting two originally distinct rhapsodies (Pro/egomena,
c. xxx). It can hardly be thought to have much value of that kind,
since the journey of Thetis makes a much more natural transition from
the Troad to Mount Olympus. But it may fairly be regarded as a specimen
of the kind of accretion to which the Homeric poems were liable during
the period of oral transmission.

It will be seen that these three passages all iurn on the notion that
the contest over the body of Patroclus was ended by Achilles showing
himself to the Trojans over the rampart of the Greek camp, It can
hardly be maintained that this incident is necessary to the story, and all
the three passages can be detached without violence from the context.
It seems possible, therefore, though it cannot quite be proved, that we
have in them a series of additions to the original text.

The difficulties that have been felt in regard to the latter part of the
book are mainly chronological. It has been argued that Thetis does
not reach Olympus till the day after the Patrocleia, consequently that
the making of the arms occupies a whole day; during which the two
armies are idle’. It is true that several events are placed in the interval
after Thetis leaves Achilles (ll. 148-368), and that one of them is the
sunset (1. 239): but we may suppose that the poet, in returning to

' Bekker, Hom. Bilatter, ii. p. 232.

NOTES, 339

Thetis, goes back to the beginning of that interval, and that the journey
of the goddess takes no appreciable length of time. Thus the making
of the arms will occupy the time from the scene between Thetis and
Achilles to the dawn of the next day.

The book ends with a digression that takes our thoughts wholly
away from the story of the Iliad. The divine pictures with which
Hephaestus adorns the shield of Achilles do not illustrate anything
in the context in which they are placed, and indeed have no relation to
history or legend. They are representations of common ever-present
objects ; the great phenomena of nature—earth and sea, sun, moon and
stars—then the various events and occupations that make up the round
of human life. The passage, therefore, has properly no dramatic
interest. It comes in as a sort of interlude, like some of the choral
odes of Euripides, to fill a pause in the action of the poem. For the
history of the earliest Greek art it is obviously a document of first-rate
importance.

Within the last few years—even since the first edition of this book
was published—archaeology has thrown much new light upon the
character of the art represented in the Homeric poems. The discoveries
of Schliemann at Mycenae have been followed up by other finds, which
have revealed the traces of a pre-historic civilisation of which the coasts
and islands of the Aegean were the seat. To this civilisation the term
‘Mycenaean’ has been applied. The date of it is still a matter of
dispute, but the evidence seems to show that it covered a period of
several centuries, and that the age of the Z/cad and Odyssey—an age of
Achaean chiefs, united more or less closely in an Achaean nationality—
falls within that period, and probably towards the end of it. This
appears, in the first place, from the general correspondence in geo-
graphical area between the sites of Mycenaean remains and the Homeric
Catalogue of the ships. The eastern districts of European Greece—
Argolis, Attica, Boeotia, Thessaly—with Laconia and Crete, hold the
chief place in both lists. Again, the fortified citadels of which we find
the foundations and even the walls at Tiryns, at Mycenae, at Hissarlik,
answer to the Homeric palaces, such as those of Priam and his sons on
the acropolis (ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ). In historical Greece the acropolis was
generally reserved for the temples of the gods. And the plan and
structure of the palaces offers many points of comparison. In the poems,
as in the existing remains, we find the αὐλή or enclosed court, with its
porticoes, and the altar of Ζεὺς ἑρκεῖος in the middle; the μέγαρον, with
the central ἑστία surrounded by pillars, against one of which the mistress
of the palace may be seen leaning as she spins (Od. 6. 307); and even
such details as the bronze plating of the walls, the frieze of blue (θρίγκος
xvavo.o), the door-sills of wood or stone. Finally, in the arts of design,
with which we are especially concerned in the eighteenth book of the

Z 2

340 ILIAD. BOOK XVIII,

Iliad, we find remarkable coincidences between Homer and the My-
cenaean objects, both in ¢echigue and in style of treatment.

In respect of ¢echzzgue the most striking feature is the inlaid metal
work, and the use of metal, especially gold, of different colours. On
a dagger-blade found in one of the graves at Mycenae there is a picture
of a lion-hunt, formed by various metals inlaid on a thin bronze plate
(Schuchardt, p. 230 of the translation). The lions and the men are
inlaid in gold, the trousers and shields of the men in silver, the shield-
straps and other accessories in a black substance. Ona second dagger-
blade from the same grave there are three lions inlaid in gold, with
manes of a somewhat redder gold: some lines are given by means
of a lighter gold. In another grave was found a dagger-blade with
a representation of ducks hunted by cats, in a river in which plants of
papyrus are growing—doubtless an Egyptian subject. The cats, the
bodies of the ducks and the plants are inlaid in gold, the wings of
the ducks are silver, the fish are of a dark substance. On one of the
ducks a drop of blood is given in red gold. Another dagger-blade
is ornamented with flowers, each with three inlaid stamens, and there
are similar flowers on the gold plate covering the hilt (202d. p. 264).
There is also a cup of silver, ornamented with inlaid gold-work repre-
senting flower-pots with lotus-plants (/ézd. p. 240).

These objects find their counterpart in several pictures of the Homeric
shield. There is a vineyard (561-565), with dark-coloured grapes, poles
of silver, a ditch round it of cyanus (blue paste), and a fence of tin:
there is a herd of oxen (573-578), wrought of gold and tin, with four
herdsmen all of gold: and a dance of youths, with golden daggers
hanging by silver belts (598). Again, in the ploughing scene the
earth as it is turned up by the plough is shown ‘ dark-coloured, though
of gold’ (χρυσείη περ ἐοῦσα).

Moreover in choice of subjects and in the manner of treatment there
is aremarkable agreement between the Mycenaean remains and the shield
of Achilles. All the pictures, as has been said, are taken from incidents
of everyday life. The siege represented on the shield (509 ff.) finds a
parallel at Mycenae in a representation of warriors fighting outside
a city, on the walls of which women and children are seen with uplifted
hands. Similarly the lion-hunt already mentioned may be compared
with the scene of two lions carrying off a bull from the herd, The
details are different, but the gee of the design is evidently the same.

Finally, the correspondence may be traced in the way in which the
various scenes of the shield are arranged. We do not indeed know
exactly what the arrangement was. It is not difficult to devise a
probable scheme, but no one scheme proposed is clearly the right one.
We can see, however, that the composition of the scenes is governed by
the principle of balance and symmetry. The city at peace, with its

NOTES, LINES 2-55. 341

wedding’ and its law-suit, is contrasted with the city at war, represented
doubtless in a corresponding number of scenes. The pictures of country
life appear to be intended to illustrate the seasons of the year. The
same principle is splendidly exemplified by the two gold cups, of the
best period of Mycenaean workmanship, found in 1889 at Vapheio near
Sparta (Schuchardt, p. 350). On each cup is a beautiful design, in
repoussé work, representing a group of bulls. On one cup the bulls are
wild: of the three shown in the design one has been caught in a net, in
which he is struggling fiercely, another has just tossed a man on his
horns, a third is rushing away at headlong speed. On the other cup the
bulls are tame: three of them are standing or feeding together, and
another is being led away with a rope fastened to one of its hind feet. In
style and subject, but above all in the ethical contrast which governs
the composition, these cups breathe the very spirit of Homeric art.

The absence of mythological subjects is the most striking feature
of the Shield. It may be added that among the occupations depicted no
form of seafaring life has a place. Ships of war, maritime commerce
and fishing are alike wanting. The reason has been pointed out by
Helbig. There was then no commerce which could be placed side
by side with agriculture in a picture of Greek life. The most con-
siderable traders were the Phoenicians. The great commercial and
colonising movement of the Ionians was post-Homeric.

It is worth notice that in the Hesiodic ‘Shield of Heracles’—an
imitation of the Homeric shield—there are several mythological scenes
(the Centaurs and Lapithae, Perseus and Gorgons, &c.), and a scene of
fishing in a bay.

2. ἄγγελος, with ἦλθε, ‘came as messenger.’

3. ὀρθοκραιράων, “ with upright horns,’ also an epithet of oxen. As
applied to ships it describes the two ends rising in a curve (Helbig).

8. θυμῷ, in the locative sense, ‘bring to pass griefs in my heart,’ --
grieve me at heart. Forthe sentiment cp. Od. 9. 507 ff., 13.172 ff. ὦ πόποι,
ἢ μάλα δή με παλαίφατα θέσφαθ᾽ ἱκάνει K.7.A.

13. σχέτλιος, “ perverse’; explained by ἢ τ᾽ ἐκέλευον «.7.A. ‘ though
T enjoined on him.’

33. ὃ 8 ἔστενε, ‘while he (Achilles) groaned.’

34- This is the only reference to suicide in the Iliad ; but cp. Od. 4.
550.) 16: 50, Lb, i277.

390-40. The ancient critics condemned this passage, with its long list
of unimportant names, as being Hesiodic in character. Cp. Hes.
Theog. 243-262. The repetition of the words κατὰ βένθος ἁλὸς Νηρηΐδες
ἦσαν (1, 38 and 1. 49) seems to mark the limits of an interpolation.

50. kat belongs to the whole clause, as in τοῖσι δὲ καὶ peréerme —,

54. δυσαριστοτόκεια, ἐπὶ κακῷ τὸν ἄριστον τεκοῦσα (Schol.).

58. ἥ τ᾽ κιτιλ. The sentence is finished grammatically by the two

342 ILIAD. BOOK XVIII,
clauses τὸν pev—rév 8’—, but in sense the former of these is paren-
thetical: ‘after I had brought him up, shall not receive him back.’

60. νοστήσαντα, Aor. Part., see on 13. 38.

67. ῥήγνυτο, ‘parted’: cp. 13. 29 θάλασσα διίστατο.

68. θαμειαί is predicative, ‘in close array.’

71. ὀξύ, ‘ shrill,’ making a contrast to βαρὺ στενάχοντι.

75. The prayer here attributed to Achilles is that which he begs
Thetis to make to Zeus: 1. 409 τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ᾽ ἅλα
ἔλσαι ᾿Αχαιοὺς κτεινομένους.

77. ἀεκήλια, lit. ‘unquiet’ (ἕκηλοϑ).

85. ἔμβαλον, ‘ cast,’ alluding to the unwillingness of Thetis.

88. viv δ᾽ ἵνα «.7.A. The ellipse is easily supplied from the wish of
the preceding lines: ‘but now (it has so happened—you have become
the wife of Peleus) in order that —.’

90. 008’ —dvwye, ‘ does not bid,’ =‘ bids me not to —.’

93. €Awpa, Plur., used in an abstract sense, ‘the spoiling,’ 7.6. slaying.
Cp. Plat. Apol. p. 28 C εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ τῷ ἑταίρῳ τὸν φόνον καὶ
Ἕκτορα ἀποκτενεῖς.

95. οἷ ἀγορεύεις, ‘ with what you say,’ Ζ. 6. if you do as you say.

οὔ. ἑτοῖμος, ‘ at hand.’

99. κτεινομένῳ, ‘in his death struggle.’

100. δῆσεν, ‘needed,’ 7.6. has come to need. The form must be
referred to δέω (δίδημι), “ to bind,’ whence the impersonal δεῦ (9. 337),—
not to devw, ‘to come short,’ Aor. ἐδεύησε. The word may be taken im-
personally here, ‘there has come to be need.’

dpjjs, see on 14. 485.

ior ff. viv δ᾽ ἐπεὶ «.7.A. The sentence is taken up again at 1. 114
viv δ᾽ εἶμ᾽ ὄφρα x.7.A., where the main point of the speech comes in,
the resolution to go forth against Hector.

νέομαι may be either Pres. with future meaning (cp. εἶμι), or Fut.,
formed like τελέω, καλέω. See on 23. 76.

110. ἀέξεται, ‘grows,’ ‘mounts up.’

112. See on 16. 60, where this characteristic phrase first occurs.

116. τελέσαι, ‘to bring it (κῆρα) to pass.’

117. Heracles is always spoken of in the Iliad as a mere mortal. So
the Dioscuri, see on 3. 243.

121. ἀροίμην, Opt. of w7sh, as ἐφείην (1. 124).

125. yvotev 8’, ‘and may they know,’ as a consequence of the wish
already expressed. This shows how an Opt. of ws may pass into one
of end.

128. ἐτήτυμον goes best with οὐ κακόν ἐστι (as La R.): ‘this is of a
truth no evil thing.’ Most editors put a stop at ἐτήτυμον : but there is
no good parallel for ταῦτά γ᾽ ἐτήτυμον (sc. ἐστί, or εἶπες) ; and the point
required by the context is not that Achilles has spoken /7#y, but that

NOTES. LINES 60-192. 343

what he proposes to do is good—érnrupor ob κακόν ἐστι. For ἐτήτυμον
=‘really,’ cp. 13. 111 εἰ δὴ καὶ πάμπαν ἐτήτυμον αἴτιός ἐστιν ἥρως
᾿Ατρεΐδης, h. Apoll. 64 αἰνῶς γὰρ ἐτήτυμόν εἰμι δυσηχὴς ἀνδράσιν, Archil.
fr. 64. The word seems to mean ‘real,’ ‘ genuine,’ rather than ‘true
as an assertion’ (ἀληθής, νημερτήϑ).

133. αὐτῷ, emphatic, ‘to him as well.’

134. μή with Aor. Imper., see on 4. 410.

136. vedpat, see on νέομαι, ]. ΤΟΙ.

148 ff. As to the scenes which follow—the message of Iris to Achilles,
the appearance of Achilles by the trench, and the assembly of the
Trojans—see the introductory remarks (p. 338).

150. ‘The ships and the Hellespont,’ put vaguely for the Greek camp.
The flight of the Greeks did not go beyond the trench,

151. οὐδέ κε. ἐρύσαντο. The apodosis begins at 1. 166 εἰ μὴ x.7.A.
the original protasis is repeated in substance in 1. 165 καί νύ κεν εἴρυσσέν
τε «.7.A. Another reading is οὐδ᾽ dpa, with which we must translate
‘had not saved Patroclus’ (viz. at the time now in question).

152. ἐκ βελέων, ‘ out of range of weapons,’ ep. 14. 130.

153. λαός τε καὶ ἵπποι, 7. ὁ. foot and chariots.

155. The picture of the body of Patroclus carried by Menelaus and
Meriones is now dropped or forgotten ; see 17. 722 ff.

158. ἔμπεδον, ‘in unshaken course.’

159. ἐπαΐξασκε, ‘dashed on’; cp. 7. 240.

161. σώματος, ‘a carcase’: see on 3. 23.

167. θωρήσσεσθαι, ‘to bid him arm.’ Achilles in fact does not arm
(188 ff.) ; but this need not affect the language used here, especially as
the line is a recurring one (cp. 11. 715).

168. The place of μιν is unusual: see Hom. Gr. § 365 (ed. 2).

172, ἕστηκε, cp. 13. 333 ὁμὸν ἵστατο νεῖκος.

175. ἐπ-ιθύουσι, ‘make it their aim,’ ‘make efforts.’

178. σέβας, properly ‘awe’: ‘let it be felt in your mind a shocking
thing (efas) that—,

180, σοὶ λώβη, sc. ἔσται. ἔλθῃ, ‘shall be brought in,’ cp. 17. 160
εἰ δ᾽ οὗτος προτὶ ἄστυ... ἔλθοι τεθνηώς. It is not clear, however, how
the dead body is to be recovered in the case supposed.

182. γάρ in a question indicates going back to the veasov of what has
been said. Here we might translate, ‘nay, but which of the gods —’?
See on Io. 61.

188. τ᾽ dp’, § 49, 3: cp. 1.8.

ΤΟΙ. στεῦτο, ‘ showed herself ready,’ see on 2. 597, 3. 83.

192. The Gen. with οἶδα should not be explained by the Attraction
of ted in the dependent clause. In the passages usually quoted in
support of this explanation, as το. 416 φυλακὰς δ᾽ ἃς εἴρεαι, the attracted
word is not in a distinct clause. The reason for the Gen, rather is that

344 ILIAD. BOOK XVIII.

οὔ rev οἶδα does not mean ‘I do not know (generally) of any one,’ but
‘I do not know as to any one whether I can wear his arms. Cp. 11.
657 οὐδέ τι οἷδε πένθεος, ὅσσον dpwpe: and similar uses with γιγνώσκω
(4. 357), πυνθάνομαι (1. 257), &c.

The peculiarity of this passage is the use of the direct Interrogative.
Apparently the speaker begins as if he meant to say ‘I do not know
any one’s arms, which I could put on’ (οὔ rev τεύχεα, τά κε δύοιμι), and
changes abruptly to the direct question—‘ whose arms can I put on?’
If the indirect form had been retained we should probably have had the
Opt.; cp. 5. 192 ἵπποι δ᾽ οὐ παρέασι καὶ ἅρματα, τῶν κ᾽ ἐπιβαίην.

198. αὔτως, ‘as you are.’

199-201, =I1. 799-801., 16. 41-43.

205. ἔστεφε, ‘set close,’ ὦ. ¢. ‘ covered (his head) with.’

206. αὐτοῦ, ‘ himself,’ ‘ his figure.’

209. ot τε refers back to ἄστεος, as implying ‘citizens.’ This, how-
ever, is a harsh construction, and probably we should read ot δὲ, as
Heyne proposed.

210. ἔκ implies that the city is their base,—not necessarily that they
fight from the walls.

' 211, πυρσοί, ‘ signal-fires.’

212. Join ὑψόσε γίγνεται, ‘rises aloft’: ἀΐσσουσα, ‘shooting forth,’
is added as a description.

213. ἀρῆς, see on 14. 485.

215. στῆ ἰών, ‘went and took his stand’: ἰών is used as an Aor.
Participle. ἀπὸ τείχεος, ‘ clear of the wall,’ 7. 6. not on it.

οὐδ᾽ és ᾿Αχαιοὺς μίσγετο, ‘but not so far as to join the Greeks’:
who must be supposed not to have been driven back to the trench.

218. ὦρσε, sc. Achilles; the clause about Athene being parenthetical.

219. σάλπιγξ. We do not hear of a trumpet in any Homeric ‘battles.
This simile (supposing it is not a later addition) would show that it
was known, although not ordinarily employed 77 ¢he field.

220. Join ὑπὸ δηΐων περιπλομένων, ‘by reason of enemies compassing
about’; cp. 16. 591.

224, ὄσσοντο, ‘looked for,’ implying dread (as 14. 17 ὀσσόμενον ἀνέ-
μὼν κέλευθα) : ‘their hearts were filled by images of pain.’

230. For δὲ καὶ see on 1. 50.

231. ἀμφὶ σφοῖς ὀχέεσσι καὶ ἔγχεσι, ‘over their own chariots and
spears,’ 7. δ. in the confusion of the flight. The expression is a some-
what harsh one; cp. Thuc. 7. 84 περὶ δὲ τοῖς δορατίοις καὶ σκεύεσιν οἱ
μὲν εὐθὺς διεφθείροντο, *.7.4.—perhaps a reminiscence of this passage.

240. νέεσθαι, ‘to go,’ with πέμψεν (not ἀέκοντα).

244. bd ἅρμασιν, Dat. in spite of €Aveav,—partly perhaps because
of the metrical form of the Gen.: cp. 13. 88.

245. μέδεσθαι. The Pres. Inf. after πάρος is very rare.

NOTES, LINES 198-293. 345

246. ὀρθῶν is predicative,—‘ of men standing up.’ This was a’ signal
mark of alarm and confusion.

248. δηρὸν δὲ «.7.A. is subordinate in sense, ‘after long ceasing from
battle.’

250, πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω, 7.2. on all sides, cp. ἀμφί (1. 254).

252. μύθοισιν, ‘in speeches,’ 7.6. in the council.

257. οὗτος --] αἱ. zste, § 45.

259. xatpeokov. The Iterative is somewhat strange, since the Tro-
jans had only spent one night near the ships.

On ἰαύων, ‘spending the night,’ see on 9. 325.

262. οἷος has a Causal force: ‘so overweening is the man’s spirit
(that) he will not consent.’

264. ‘ Divide the rage of Ares,’ fight with equal fire (ὁμῶς μεμάασιν).

265. περί, here of the assailant: cp. 9. 327 ἀνδράσι papvapevos ὀάρων
ἕνεκα σφετεράων (for éhezr wives).

272. Τρώων with πολλούς.

at γὰρ «.7.A., ‘would that it may so happen away from my
hearing,’ z.e. ‘may I never hear of such a thing.’ This is of course
a way of wishing that it may never happen.

@S¢=‘as I say.’ ἀπ᾽ οὔατος is in sense the predicate (=dm’ οὔατος
εἴη τὸ ὧδε γενέσθαι ταῦτα) ; cp. 22. 454 al γὰρ am’ οὔατος εἴη ἐμεῦ ἔπος.

274. νύκτα μὲν εἰν ἀγορῇ σθένος ἕξομεν, ‘during the night (remain-
ing) in the Agora we shall keep in reserve our strength.’ This seems
to be the only possible meaning of the obscure phrase. εἰν ἀγορῇ
implies that they were neither to disperse nor to take the field. σθένος
is generally explained as=‘ our forces’ (de Heeresmacht, Hentze) ; but
there is no trace of such a use in Homer. For σθένος ἔχειν, in the sense
of ‘checking the exercise of strength,’ cp. 21. 308 σθένος ἀνέρος aupc-
τεροί περ σχῶμεν : also the phrase σθένος οὐκ ἐπιεικτόν (8. 32, 463), and
similar uses of μένος, as 12. 166 σχήσειν ἡμέτερόν γε μένος.

279. περὶ τείχεος, ‘for the wall,’ as περὶ πτόλιος (1. 265).

280. ἂψ πάλιν «.7.A., an explanation of τῷ δ᾽ ἄλγιον ; hence the
asyndeton, which also serves to bring out the contrast ἐκ νηῶν---ἐπὶ
νῆας.

281, ἠλασκάζων, ‘scouring idly to and fro’: cp. 2. 470 of flies ai’ τε
κατὰ σταθμὸν ποιμνήϊον ἠλάσκουσι.

286. ἀλήμεναι, “ to let ourselves be cooped up.’

288. yap refers really to the second of the clauses πρὶν péev—vov 5¢—,
the sense being ‘for whereas of old Troy had great possessions, now it
has lost them through the siege.’ μέροπες ἄνθρωποι in the Nom. only
here: the irregular metre is probably due to the more familiar μερύπων
ἀνθρώπων.

293. The connexion is, ‘after we have suffered so much by being
shut up in Troy, now when I have a chance of driving the Greeks into

346 ILIAD. BOOK XVIII,

the sea you wish to retreat to the city.” In most editions there is a
comma at ᾿Αχαιούς, so that 1. 295 is the apodosis to the clause ὅτε
περ ---. But the passage gains in effect if we regard viv δ᾽ ὅτε as with-
out a grammatical apodosis (see on ]. 88 and]. του). The apostrophe
νήπιε, «.7.A. fills the blank, finishing the passage in a somewhat abrupt
way: ‘now when Zeus gives deliverance (you wish to throw it away),—
nay, do not let such counsel be heard.” The words μηκέτι ταῦτα
νοήματα atv’ ἐνὶ δήμῳ are evidently the climax of the speech, which it
is in Homer’s manner to introduce with a sudden transition: see on 3.
406., 4. 37, 351., 12. 244.

295. ταῦτα, isfa, § 45. φαῖνε, ‘utter,’ ‘ publish,’ cp. 14. 127.

299. ἐγρήγορθε, ‘be awake,’ Imper. Mid. of éypyyopa. Analogy
requires the form ἐγρήγαρθε, cp. διέφθορα, διέφθαρμαι.

300. ὑπερφιάλως ἀνιάξει, ‘is vexed beyond bearing,’ finds his
possessions too great a weariness to him. The point of the sarcasm is
that only a person who is tired of his possessions would wish to be
longer besieged (referring to ll. 288 ff.).

301. καταδημοβορῆσαι, ‘to make public feast with.’ So δημοβόρος
βασιλεύς (1. 231) is ‘a public-feasting king,’ one whose only function is
to eat at the public cost.

306. Hector repeats the words of Polydamas (1. 278), giving them a
new force: Achilles will suffer, not merely (as Polydamas promised) by
failing to take Troy, but by meeting Hector himself.

308. ἤ κε φέρῃσι- ἤ κε φεροίμην, ‘whether he shall bear away
the victory, or I may bear it away myself.’ The Subj. is used for the
alternative on which the emphasis falls; the sense being, ‘I will meet
him, let him be ever so victorious.’ So in Od. 4. 692 ἄλλον κ᾽ ἐχθαίρῃσι
βροτῶν, ἄλλον κε φιλοίη the sense is ‘he w7// hate some (though he
may love some). For the Mid. φεροίμην cp. 13. 486.

309. ktavéovta is probably not a Fut. Part.: the regular Fut. of
κτείνω is κτενέω, and the Fut. Part. is only used in Homer with Verbs
of motion (like the Lat. Supine in - τι). κτανέω may be a distinct
Present, with desiderative force.

317. ἐπί, with θέμενος (Tmesis).

319. @, ‘from whom,’ a ‘true’ Dat.

ὑπό, with ἁρπάσῃ, ‘ snatch from under,’ 7.e. from the possession of.

321. per ἴχνια, ‘following the track,’ further explained by ἐρευνῶν.

341. καμόμεσθα, ‘ have gained by our toil.’

344. ἀμφὶ πυρί, ‘over the fire’; ἀμφί because the feet of the tripod
surround the fire.

345. λούσειαν ἄπο, with double Acc., see on 16. 667.

350. Alt’, 2.6. λίπα, ‘ richly,’ ‘ thickly,’ see on Io. 577.

351. évvedporo, ‘ of nine seasons,’ 7. δ. years. This is the most obvious
rendering, and is supported by Od. 11. 317. But the meaning which

NOTES. LINES 295-401. 347

suits all the places is ‘mature,’ ‘in season’ (see Merry and Riddell on
Od. το. 14): hence the true form (as Mr. Raper has suggested) may be
ἔνν-ωρος, = ἐν ὥρᾳ (cp. ἔνδιος, évvuxos) : the w being due to the original
J of ὥρα, Engl. year. Such a word might easily be confused with the
form évvéwpos from ἐννέα.

357. ἔπρηξας, ‘thou hast accomplished it,’ ‘succeeded.’

kai ἔπειτα, lit. ‘afterwards (if not at first),’ hence ‘at length.’

358. 7 ῥά vu «.7.A., ‘the Greeks must be thy own children,’ ironically
said.

362. μέλλει, ‘is likely to,’ meaning that such a thing is quite in the
ordinary course. βροτὸς dvSpi =‘ one mere man for another.’

367. parpar, ‘to bring about’; so ὑφαίνω, τεκταίνομαι, &c.—metaphors
from the most familiar industries of the time.

Lines 356-368 are probably an interpolation. The dialogue in-
terrupts the course of the story with an abrupt double change of scene:
whereas the change from the Greek camp (1. 355) to the house of
Hephaestus (1. 369) is smoothed, in the Homeric way, by the passage
of Thetis from the one to the other. Moreover, there is nothing to
indicate that the return of Achilles was especially the work of Here, or
that it was against the desire of Zeus.

369. The narrative goes back to the point at which Thetis left
Achilles.

372. ἑλισσόμενον, ‘wheeling about,’ in busy movement.

375- Join σφι ἑκάστῳ, ‘for them each one,’ and ὑπὸ (θῆκεν)
πυθμένι.

370. θεῖον ἀγῶνα, ‘the assembly of the gods,’ see on 7. 298, also 15.
428,

378. τόσσον... οὔ πω προσέκειτο, 7.6. were finished except that the
ears were not yet put on: see on 4. 130 and 13. 143.

379- ἤρτυε, ‘was fitting on,’ explained by κόπτε δὲ δεσμούς, ‘was
forging the fastenings.’

382. Χάρις, a personification of the beauty which belonged to the
work of Hephaestus: cp. 14. 183 χάρις δ᾽ ἀπελάμπετο πολλή. In the
Odyssey this notion takes the more definite form of the marriage of
Hephaestus and Aphrodite.

386. πάρος, with the Pres. Indic., ‘before this thou hast not been a
frequent comer.’

392. ὧδε, lit. ‘as things are here,’ z.e. ‘here at once,’ ‘ to join us.’

395. This is evidently another version of the myth told in 1]. 1. 590-
594, where the fall of Hephaestus is brought about by Here, though in
a different way, and is connected with the Sinties and the island of
Lemnos.

401. The πόρπη was a brooch (=aepdvn). The ἕλιξ was probably a
kind of brooch or clasp, formed of spiral work (whence the name), The

348 ITTAD, BOOK XVIII.

κάλυξ seems also to have been a fastening of some sort (Helbig, p.
191). The ὅρμος was a chain long enough to fall down over the
breast.

405. ἴσαν, 2.6. Fioay, ‘knew.’

407. ζωάγρια, ‘ransom for life.’

410, αἴητον is a very obscure word, probably one of those which only
survived in the conventional epic language.

414. ‘His face on both sides.’ ἀμφί is adverbial, not governing
πρόσωπα : cp. 17. 290, also 6. 117 (note).

417. ὑπό, Adv. ‘ underneath.’

ἄνακτι, ‘for their master,’ 7.6. supporting him.

418, εἰοικυῖαι, an anomalous form, for ἐΐκυξαι (FeFieviar).

420. θεῶν ἄπο ἔργα ἴσασι, ‘they have skill in working that is of the
gods. Cp. Od. 6. 18 χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσαι (also Od. 6. 12., 8.
457). ἔργα, ‘woman’s work,’ cp. Od. 20. 72 ἔργα δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίη δέδαε
κλυτὰ ἐργάζεσθαι.

421. ἔρρων. The original meaning is obscure, but some kind of
painful or helpless movement is evidently implied: see on 8. 239.

422. πλησίον ἔνθα, ‘near to where —.’ Θέτις, sc. ἷζε.

426. θαμίζεις, see 1. 386.

426, 427,=14. 195, 196: also Od. 5. 89, 90. The lines represent
a formula of intercourse =‘ what can I do for you ?’

429. ὅσαι, after τις, -- τῶν ὅσαι, ‘ of all that —.’

431. ἐκ πασέων, ‘above, more than, all’: so in the next line.

435. ἀρημένος seems to means ‘vexed’ or ‘ broken down,’ and to be
connected with the apy noticed on 14. 485.

ἄλλα δέ μοι viv, sc. ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν (1. 431). But the ellipse is very
harsh.

437-443 are repeated from ll. 56-62, and 444, 445 from 16. 56, 58.

446. ἔφθιεν, the only instance of the form φθίω. Apparently it is
Impf., not Aor. Cp. 1. 491 φθινύθεσκε φίλον κῆρ.

447. θύραζε, ‘forth,’ ‘out’; see on 5. 694.

450. We should gather from this passage that the sending out of
Patroclus was the immediate result of the embassy of book IX.

458. υἱεῖ ἐμῷ ὠκυμόρῳ The unusual Synizesis (τῳ @- as one
syllable) may be avoided by reading vi’ ἐμῷ ὠκυμόρῳ (with two MSS).

404. ὧδε, ‘as surely’: cp. 13. 825 εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν οὕτω ye — , ds —.

495. tkavor, Opt. because the principal Verb is an Opt., § 34,
Tete:

467. ἀνθρώπων πολέων, ‘of the many’ (who will see it): cp. Od. 9.
352 πῶς Kev τίς σε Kal ὕστερον ἄλλος ἵκοιτο ἀνθρώπων πολέων ; (=‘and
many might do so’). θαυμάσσεται may be Aor. Subj., implying
purpose; cp. 3. 287.

470. χοάνοισιν, ‘melting-pots,’ ‘ crucibles.’

NOTES. LINES 405-500. . 349

471. παντοίην, 2, ὁ. of all degrees of strength.

473. ὅππως κιτιλ. This clause takes the place of the alternative to
σπεύδοντι : instead of μὴ σπεύδοντι or μὴ παρέμμεναι (or some equi-
valent phrase) the poet uses words which logically cover every case.
The reason evidently is that there are not /wo alternatives, but various
degrees (παντοίην ἀυτμήν, 1. 471).

481. αὐτοῦ, the dody of the shield (opposed to ἄντυξ and τε-
Aanwv),

πτύχες. The five ‘coats’ or ‘layers’ were circular plates of metal,
successively diminishing in size in such a way as to form concentric
rings,—the fifth or smallest being visible as a complete circle, in the
centre of the shield. On this central plate, and the four rings sur-
rounding it, the pictures were wrought. The description begins with
the innermost circle and proceeds outwards.

485. τείρεα, ‘constellations.’ The Art. makes a contrast to the sun
and moon: ‘and the starry signs too —.’

ἐστεφάνωται, ‘is set round with.’
488, αὐτοῦ, ‘in the same space,’ always in the north.
δοκεύει, ‘ watches,’ as an animal expecting to be attacked. Orion
is imagined as a hunter.

490 ff. The two cities now described probably occupy the next ring
of the shield. They are evidently typical of the two conditions of
peace and war. The city at peace is represented in two scenes, a
“marriage procession (491-496), and a law-suit (479-508).

491. γάμοι, the Plur. of zzdefintteness: the picture represented
marrying and feasting by means of one marriage-feast. So in the next
line νύμφας and θαλάμων, though we need not suppose more than one
bride in the actual scene,

_ 492. ὕπο, ‘by the guidance of.’

495. ἔχον, ‘kept up,’ as 16. 105 καναχὴν ἔχε.

499. εὔχετο, ‘ maintained,’ ‘ claimed credit for,’

500. πιφαύσκων, ‘setting forth the case,’ assuring all men that it
was So.

dvaivero μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι, ‘ refused to take anything.’ The phrase is
usually translated ‘denied that he had received anything,’ but, as Mr.
Leaf has lately pointed out (7. H. \S. viii. 122 ff.), ἀναίνομαι means ‘re-
fuse,’ not ‘deny’ ; and besides the poet would hardly choose to represent
a suit arising out of homicide—the most interesting chapter of primitive
law,—where the dispute had nothing to do with the homicide itself, but
was a mere question whether certain money had been paid or not. It
gives a much better picture if we suppose the case to belong to
the period when the obligation to accept a money payment was coming
to be recognised, but might still be disputed in particular circum-
stances,

35° ITIAD, BOOK XVIII.

μηδέν, the only instance of this form in Homer: the Homeric
words are οὔ τις, μή τις. The use of μή (instead of od) is for the sake
of emphasis, as with Verbs of swearing.

501. ἐπὶ ἴστορι, ‘with a daysman’; properly torwp is one who
knows, 1.6. witnesses, the agreement by which he is called on to
decide: see 23. 485-487. So in the case of an oath (e.g. 7. 411 ὕρκια
δὲ Ζεὺς ἴστω) a god is called to witness it, and is expected to know
and punish its violation. Thus the word comes to mean an arbiter or
referee.

πεῖραρ ἑλέσθαι, ‘to take an ending, decision.’

502. The scene here changes to the actual trial. The chief difficulty
is to reconcile the ἴστωρ to whom the parties wished to resort with the
γέροντες or Elders who now give judgment. The true explanation seems
to be that quoted by Hentze from A. Hofmeister, viz. that the ἴστωρ finds
the case too grave for him to decide alone, and accordingly brings it
before the Elders. This is not expressed in the passage, but perhaps is
implied by the description of the people taking sides, and so making the
matter one of public concern. Mr. Leaf adopts this view, and (among
other illustrations) traces an interesting parallel with the trial of Orestes
in the Zuwmenides, where Athene acts as ἴστωρ, and lays the case before
the court of the Areopagus.

505. σκῆπτρα, the indefinite Plural, referring to what was done
several times. Each elder received a sceptre in turn from one of the
heralds, and held it in his hand while he spoke: see on 1. 234.

506, τοῖσιν, ‘with these,’ Dat. in the comztative use, § 38, 3.

ἤϊσσον, ‘started up.’
δίκαζον, ‘ gave judgment.’

507, 508. These lines have been much discussed. The main question
is whether the two talents of gold represent the ποινή in dispute—in
which case 1. 508 is to be understood of the disputants, and δίκην
εἴποι =‘ plead his cause,’—or form a kind of prize, to be given to that
one of the e/dervs whose decision (δίκη) is most approved. The latter
interpretation is accepted by Sir Henry Maine (Azczent Law, p. 375),
who compares the Roman procedure, and points out that in primitive
times the agreement under which two parties resorted to a judicial
decision took the form of a wager, and the stake went, as ‘fees of
court,’ to the judge. The language of the passage is clearly in favour
of this view. The two talents are connected with the description of
the elders giving judgment, not with the mow7,—which was a sum
claimed, but not an object to be produced in court. Moreover, the
sum is too small for the ‘were-gild’ of a man: cp. 23. 269, where
the two talents serve as the fourth prize of the chariot-race. And the
words δίκην ἰθύντατα εἴπον apply properly to a judge: so δίκη ἰθεῖα
(Iles. Op. 36), ‘righteous judgment’; cp. 1], 16. 387 ct. σκολίας κρίνωσι

NOTES. - LINES 501-541. 351

θέμιστας, and Hes. Op. 221 σκολίῃς δὲ δίκῃς κρίνωσι θέμιστας. The
chief difficulty urged on the other side is that there would have to be
some way of deciding which of the elders gave the best judgment.
But this difficulty would not arise in practice. Homeric debates end
without any formal voting: either some one opinion is adopted by
the ‘evident sense’ of the assembly, or else no decision at all is
arrived at.

509 ff. The two armies are probably both besiegers (not besiegers
and besieged, as has been thought). The artist of the shield could
only give the notion of serounding a city by showing it between two
sets of assailants (see the examples given by Helbig, p. 305). The
words δίχα δέ σφισιν ἥνδανε βουλή need not refer to the two
armies (as though each supported one of the two proposals). They
only imply an assembly in which the usual alternatives (cp. 22.
117-121) were supposed to be debated, perhaps with envoys from the
besieged.

513. ὑπεθωρήσσοντο, ‘armed themselves to meet’ (the enemy): ὑπό
as in ὑπαντιάζω, ὑπομένω, ὑποκρίνομαι. The usual explanation, ‘armed
in secret,’ cannot be supported by a good parallel.

515. ἐφεσταότες, Masc. because the boys and old men are in the
poet’s mind: cp. 2. 137.

519. ἀμφίς, ‘standing owt, not mixed with the crowd.

ὑπολίζονες, ‘smaller under’ (them), ὑπό as in ὑποδμώς, ὑποβού-
κολος, tpyvioxos,—words implying a lower position. Editors generally
write ὑπ᾽ 6Atfoves, taking ὑπό as an Adverb with ἦσαν.

520. εἶκε, lit. ‘gave way,’ ‘made room for,’ hence ‘was fit for.’
The Pres. εἴκω (Feixw), ‘to yield,’ is probably the same verb as the Pf.
ἔοικα, ‘to be fit’ or ‘like’ (Curt. GZ. 5th ed. p. 663). This passage
shows the transition of meaning: cp. 22. 321.

523. Join ἀπάνευθε λαῶν, ‘ away from the main body.’

527. τά, z.¢. the herds.

528. τάμνοντ᾽ ἀμφί, ‘cut off? (so as to drive them away): cp. Od.
11. 402 βοῦς περιταμνόμενον ἠδ᾽ οἰῶν πώεα καλά ( =‘ making raids’).

531. εἰράων, ‘the place of assembly,’ where the debate (1. 510) was
supposed to be going on.

ἐφ᾽ ἵππων βάντες, ‘mounting their chariots.’

533. στησάμενοι, ‘setting (the battle) in array.’

537. ποδοῖϊν, Gen. ‘ by the feet.’

539. ὡμίλευν, versabantur: the actions and movements of the
groups were like those of living men.

541 ff. At this point a fresh set of subjects begin, doubtless on a new
uing of the shield. The chief occupations and pleasures of country life
are illustrated, and apparently arranged in the order of the Seasons, Spring
is represented by ploughing (11. 541-549; Summer by reaping (Il. 550--

352 ILIAD. BOOK XVII,

560); Autumn by the vintage (ll. 561-572): and Winter by cattle and
sheep feeding, with a hunting incident (Il. 573-589).

544. τέλσον, a word which only occurs here and in 13. 707, clearly
means the ‘headlands’ or boundary of the field at the end of the
furrows.

548. The dark colour given to the gold points to the use of an
enamel (Helbig, p. 303).

550. τέμενος, a ‘close,’ exempt from common occupation. Cp. the
τέμενος given by the Lycians to Bellerophon (6. 194), and Sarpedon
(12. 313), and by the elders of Calydon to Meleager (9. 578). Many
MSS. have the reading βαθυλήϊον, ‘deep in standing corn’; but this
epithet could hardly apply to the whole τέμενος, and the character of
the τέμενος as a domain attached to the kingly position (τιμὴ BaotAnits)
is clearly shown from the passages quoted (Mr. Ridgeway in the /. 1. .S.
vi. p. 336).

552. δράγματα, ‘handfuls,’ the stalks of corn grasped by the left hand
at each stroke of the sickle: cp. the Part. δεδραγμένος.

per’ dypov, ‘along the furrow,’ as the reaper fo//owed it.

553. δέοντο, ‘bound’: Cobet reads δίδεντο.

555. Spaypevovres, ‘ gathering the handfuls.’

556. πάρεχον, ‘handed on,’ kept supplying the binders.

560. δεῖπνον, ‘for the mid-day meal’ (not ‘supper,’ as in Attic): see
on 8. 52.

πάλυνον, lit. ‘sprinkled,’ as Od. 10. 520 ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἄλφιτα λευκὰ παλύνειν,
of sprinkling into a libation. Hence it may mean to ‘grate’ or ‘shred,’
in making some kind of broth or pottage.

562. μέλανες, ‘dark,’ in contrast to the other gold (cp. 1. 548).

563. ἑστήκει, sc. ἀλωή, ‘was set up, supported.’ The Dat. κάμαξι is
instrumental or comitative (§ 38, 3), cp. 6. 243.

570. λίνον δ᾽ ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄειδε. These words are generally under-
stood of the Linus-song, or dirge in honour of Λίνος, which the boy
‘sang to the accompaniment’ (ὑπό) of his lyre. The subject of the
song, a beautiful youth cut off by an untimely death, belongs to a type
represented in most mythologies. It is more than doubtful, however,
whether this is the true account of the passage. Zenodotus read Atvos,
7.6. the linen string of the lyre, which ‘sang sweetly, in answer’ to the
touch of the player; and this view—which is equally tenable with the
reading λίνον, taken as a Neut. Nom.—is strongly supported by Od.
21. 411 ἡ δ᾽ ὑπὸ καλὸν dace, χελιδόνι εἰκέλη αὐδήν (said of the bow-
string tried by the hand of Ulysses). In any case καλόν is an Ady,
(1- 473):

571. ῥήσσοντες, ‘beating the ground’ ; ῥήσσω is generally taken to be
another form of ῥήγνυμι, but this is doubtful.

573. ὀρθοκραιράων, see on 1, 3 (where it is applied ta ships).

NOTES, “LINES 544-613. 353

575. κόπρου, ‘ the farm-yard.’

583. λαφύσσετον, for λαφυσσέτην, a form which is impossible in
hexameter verse: cp. ἐτεύχετον (13. 346).

584. ἐνδίεσαν, ‘set on,’ ‘hounded on.’

αὔτως, ‘without doing more, 7.e. without attacking the lions
themselves.

585. δακέειν, ‘in regard to biting,’ Ζ, 6. shrank from biting the lions.
The construction is like 7. 409 οὐ γάρ τις φειδὼ νεκύων... πυρὸς μειλισ-
σέμεν, ‘there is no grudging as to the dead for soothing them with fire,’
=as to soothing the dead with fire.

590 ff. This dance probably occupied a ring of the shield. According
to Pausanias the work of Daedalus was a relief in white marble that
was still shown at Cnossus in his time. The figures of the dance are
supposed to have represented the windings of the labyrinth in which
Ariadne guided Theseus. ποίκιλλε is a word which only occurs here.
Elsewhere ἐτίθει or ποίησε is used of the different scenes.

592. ἀλφεσίβοιαι, ‘oxen-earning,’ 7.6. purchased with oxen- by their
suitors.

594. καρπῷ, Sing. used distributively : ‘ holding their hands (each) on
@ wrist.) Cp) 13.°783., 16. 371. 627.,:24. 647.

596. εἵατο, from ἕννυμι, Pf. Mid. εἷμαι.

600, ἄρμενον ἐν παλάμῃσιν, ‘ well-fitted (for holding) in his hands’:
so in Od. 5. 234 (of an axe).

Gor. πειρήσεται, Aor, Subj. πειράομαι does not elsewhere take an
Acc., hence τροχόν should be regarded as an Acc. de quo, § 37, 7.

602. ἐπὶ στίχας ἀλλήλοισι, lit. ‘in rows as regards each other,’ z.e.
forming themselves into answering lines,—in contrast to the simple
movement in a circle of 1. 599 ff.

604-606 = Od. 4. 17-19.

τερπόμενοι, in apposition to ὅμιλος, cp. 16, 281.

The words μετὰ 5€ ogi . . . poppifwv are not in any MS. of the Iliad.
They were inserted by Wolf from the passage of the Odyssey, chiefly on
the authority of Athenaeus (V. p. 181). No trace of them is to be
found in the ancient scholia. The picture of the dance and the two
tumblers is simpler and more intelligible without the player on the lyre.
If the words are not inserted we must read ἐξάρχοντες (or possibly
ἐξάρχοντε) in 1. 606. In the other case ἐξάρχοντος is better, taken asa
Gen. absolute (sc. ἀοιδοῦ).

613. κασσιτέροιο. The use of #77 is strange, since it is too softia
metal for such a purpose. See Helbig, p. 196.

VOL. IL. Aa

354 ILIAD. BOOK XIX.

BOOK XIX.

THE. chief subject of this book is the ‘renunciation of wrath ’—
μήνιδος andppnoits—which Achilles has to make in the Greek assembly
before he can again take his place in their ranks, and exact the ven-
geance for which he is thirsting. There are four scenes, divided as
follows :—

Thetis brings the new arms to Achilles (11. 1-39).

Achilles calls the Greeks to an assembly, declares his quarrel at
an end, and presses for immediately taking the field. Agamemnon re-
peats his offer of gifts as atonement. Ulysses warns against going into
battle hungry (ll. 40-276).

The gifts are brought to Achilles in his tent. Briseis laments over
Patroclus, Achilles refuses food and drink, but Athene strengthens
him with nectar (ll. 277-355).

The Greeks arm and sally forth. The arming of Achilles is de-
scribed, The horse Xanthus foretells his death (ll. 356-424).

In this book, as in the last, the narrative stands in the closest rela-
tion to the events with which the story of the Iliad begins. Just as the
meeting of Achilles and Thetis, which is the first and most important
incident of book XVIII, recals their former meeting in book I, so the
assembly described in this book takes us back to the assembly which
was the scene of the quarrel between Achilles and Agamemnon. The
‘wrath’ which was then kindled in the sight of the Greek army has its
counterpart in an equally public ‘renouncing of wrath,’ and reconcilia-
tion of the two chiefs.

The speeches now put into the mouth of Agamemnon contain a
reference evidently intended to connect the present position of affairs
with the Embassy to Achilles in book IX. The gifts then offered to
Achilles by way of atonement are again pressed upon him by Aga-
memnon, and his attitude towards the offer is essentially the same as it
was then, namely, one of complete indifference. He does not refuse
the gifts, for he has formally renounced his quarrel with Agamemnon ;
but he makes it clear that they are nothing to him, See the note on
16. 84-86.

Mr. Grote and those who with him regard the Embassy to Achilles
as an addition, inconsistent with the original plan of the Iliad, are
necessarily led to maintain that the passages in book XIX which refer
to it, viz. ll. 140, 141, 192-195, and 243, are interpolations. But
ll. 192-105, at least, cannot be spared, unless we also strike out the pas-
sages which describe the gifts being brought to Achilles, ll, 238-249,
278-281. Homer would not make Ulysses go to the tent of Aga-

NOTES. 355
memnon and fetch the gifts without being first commanded by Aga-
memnon to do so; and this command is given in ll, 192-195. It is
significant, too, that Ulysses is not told what gifts he is to fetch.
He simply goes to bring ‘the gifts,’ and he finds everything ready to
his hand, in a way that would be unintelligible unless the episode of
book IX had preceded.

These considerations seem to show that if book XIX has been
tampered with in order to bring it into harmony with book IX, the
changes made must have been greater than Mr. Grote supposed.
Among later theories the most plausible is that of Hentze, who would
leave out ll. 140-302 (except Il. 270-277), so as to make the final
apostrophe of Achilles—Zed πάτερ, ἣ μεγάλας ἄτας ἄνδρεσσι διδοῖσθα---
follow directly on the main speech of Agamemnon, Hentze urges with
much show of reason that after the appeal for immediate action which
Achilles has made (1. 68 ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε θᾶσσον ὄτρυνον πόλεμόνδε K.7.A.),
the long speeches about the gifts, and on the question whether the army
ought to breakfast before taking the field, are tasteless and out of place.
This however is a line of argument which we must be careful in apply-
ing to Homer. We certainly find speeches made by Homeric heroes at
critical moments, when a single word would seem to be more than
enough, In such cases a conventional license is given. The speech is
allowed to be long enough to give room for a sufficient picture of the
situation; and the improbability is tolerated for the sake of the artistic
effect. Now in the present instance the aim of the poet is to bring out
the lofty impulsiveness, mingled with grief and desire of vengeance,
which now characterises Achilles, and he does this by contrasting him,
first with the neutral type represented by Agamemnon, then with the
patience and practical wisdom of Ulysses. The debate about the ex-
pediency of sending out the army without food would doubtless seem
to a Greek hearer to be a very fit occasion for the exhibition of these
qualities. And in regard to the gifts it is to be considered that the
acceptance of them by Achilles would probably be regarded as bind-
ing him anew to the cause of Agamemnon. Achilles might himself
be willing to return to the war, even without gifts (ἄτερ δώρων,
like Meleager in the story told by Phoenix, see 9. 598-604) ; but the
morality of the time may have recognised them as a pledge of good-
will which the other chiefs could not safely neglect. In any case the
presentation of the gifts tends to exalt the hero (cp. 9. 605), and has the
character of a solemn oyert act cementing the reconciliation.

Many short passages in this book have been rejected by critics as
later interpolations. The most important is the passage in which
Achilles is made to speak of his son Neoptolemus, whom he had left in
the island of Scyros. Some critics content themselves with leaving
out 1. 327, in which the name Neoptolemus occurs; others reject 1].

Aa2

356 ILIAD, BOOK XIX.

326-337, 50 as to get rid of all mention of Scyros. The latter view
is supported by peculiarities of language in the passage (see the notes on
ll. 326, 331, 332), and the complete silence of the rest of the Iliad as
to the marriage of Achilles. The Scyros adventure was told in the
Cyclic poem called the Cyfria, and the coming of Neoptolemus from
Scyros was an incident of the Little Ziad. The present passage may
have been suggested by either of these poems, or may have come from
some common source.

The dialogue between Achilles and the horse Xanthus (ll. 404-424)
has been suspected, on the ground that the chariot is not heard of in the
next book. But the Homeric chariot, when it has once brought the
warrior to the field, has little to do except to wait in case he should
be wounded, or hard pressed by an enemy. ‘The scene contains one of
the prophecies that are a feature of this part of the poem, and the
miraculous incident of the horse speaking—one of a kind that is rare in
the Iliad—gives additional emphasis and solemnity.

8. τοῦτον, Lat. zs/um, implies some degree of impatience.

15. ἔτρεσαν, ‘they turned and fled’; cp. 14. 522, also Od. 6. 138
τρέσσαν δ᾽ ἄλλυδις ἄλλη (of Nausicaa’s maidens).

17. δεινόν is an Ady. qualifying ἐξεφάανθεν (not an Ad).).

19. τετάρπετο, a reduplicated 2 Aor., § 4.

22. ota is predicate with ἔμεν, ‘such as it is like the works of im-
mortals are.’ ἄνδρα should perhaps be ἀνδρί, as in 18. 362 μέλλει
βροτὸς ἀνδρὶ τελέσσαι (Nauck).

24. υἱόν, Acc. governed by καδδῦσαι in the next line.

26. μὴ éyyelvwvrat, ‘lest they have engendered.’

27. ‘The life is slain out of him,’ z.¢. is taken by slaying. The
clause is parenthetical.

σαπήῃ, sc. νεκρός, χρόα being Acc. of ‘ part affected,’ § 37, 4.

32. κῆται is read by Ven. A.: other MSS. have κεῖται. The regular
Homeric Subj. would be κείεται (cp. ἔφθιτο, Subj. φθίεται), becoming
κέεται, which is probably the true reading here.

35. ἀποειπών (ἀπο- εἰπών), ‘ declaring at an end,’ ‘ renouncing.’

38, 39. It is probable that some primitive process of embalming is
in the poet’s mind: see on 16, 670.

42. ἀγῶνι, see on 15. 428.

43. οἵ τε, sc. ἦσαν. ἔχον, ‘wielded.’

40. ἔχον, ‘bore,’ ‘ suffered from 7; so in 1. 52.

50. πρώτῃ, ‘the foremost part.’

56. τὰ expresses doubt or hesitation, which here is of course ironical, =

“can we say that it has been well?’ Cp. Od. 9. 11 τοῦτό τί μοι κάλ-
λιστον ἐνὶ φρεσὶν εἴδεται εἶναι =‘ this seems perhaps best.’
ἄρειον “ well (and not ill)’: Compar. as in 1. 63.

NOTES, LINES 8-85. 357

57. This is one of the places in which it is difficult to decide be-
tween ὅτε, ‘when’ and 6 τε, ‘in that,’ ‘in respect that’ (§ 48, 2). The
latter suits τόδε, which gains by being taken as an antecedent to the
Relatival clause: cp. Od. 20. 333 viv δ᾽ ἤδη τόδε δῆλον ὕ τ᾽ οὐκέτι
νόστιμός ἐστι : also the combination τὸ---ὅτι (Il. 5. 406, &c.), τοῦτο ---
ὅτι (Il, 15. 207), τὸ---ὃ (Il. 19. 421., 20. 466).

60. ἑλόμην, ‘gained her’ (as a prize).

62. ἐμεῦ ἀπομηνίσαντος, ‘from the time of my great anger’; ἀπό
expresses that it was an z/fer quarrel, see on 2. 772.

63. κέρδιον, ‘ profitable for the Trojans’ (not for me). The Com-
parative expresses this contrast, not a higher degree of the quality
‘profitable.’

65. προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν, see on 16. 6o.

70. ἔτι, ‘once more,’ as before the quarrel.

71. ἰαύειν, z.¢. ‘to bivouac,’ see on 9. 325.

77. αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἕδρης, ‘without moving from his seat’; so in Od.
13. 56 αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἑδρέων, opposed to ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἵστατο. Two of the old
texts which were used by Aristarchus (those of Massilia and Chios)
had instead of ll. 76, 77 the two lines—

τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων

μῆνιν ἀναστενάχων καὶ ὑφ᾽ ἕλκεος ἄλγεα πάσχων.
The text of Zenodotus had the first of these lines only. The great
difference in the two versions of 1. 77, and the fact that both were
unknown to Zenodotus, make it probable that both are spurious,—are
in fact two different attempts to explain the obscure words at the begin-
ning of Agamemnon’s speech.

79, 80. Aristarchus understood these lines as Agamemnon’s plea for
indulgence in speaking from his seat, and apparently took ὑββάλλειν
(2. 6. ὑποβάλλειν) as meaning ‘ to prompt,’ to put up some one else to
speak for one. ‘It isa goodly thing to listen to one standing,’—z. ὁ. it
is well for a speaker to stand (which I cannot do on account of the
wound)—‘ and it is not fitting to speak through the mouth of another’
—so that I am driven to speak ἐξ ἕδρης. This explanation is evidently
very forced, and is only tenable at all on the assumption that Agamem-
non was zo¢f standing. If we reject 1. 77 the lines are naturally taken
as an appeal for silence: ‘it is well to listen to him who stands up (to
speak), and unseemly to interrupt.’ With 1. 79 so understood cp, Od.
I. 370 μηδὲ Bonris ἔστω, ἐπεὶ TO γε καλὸν ἀκουέμεν ἐστὶν ἀοιδοῦ : and
for ὑββάλλειν, ‘ to take up,’ ‘interrupt,’ see on 1]. 1. 292, where the Adv.
ὑποβλήδην has this force.

82. βλάβεται, ‘ breaks down,’ see on 16. 331.

83. ἐνδείξομαι, ‘ will declare the matter.’

84. σύνθεσθε, cp. 1. 76 σὺ δὲ σύνθεο, ‘ give heed.’

85. τοῦτον, Lat. zstem, ‘that word of yours’ (§ 45), refers to the

358 ILIAD, BOOK XIX.

foregoing speech of Achilles. ‘The Greeks have already said all this
that you say now.’ For this use of οὗτος cp. ll. 187, 213.

89. αὐτὸς ἀπηύρων, ‘took by my own act,’ see 1. 356.

90. διά, with τελευτᾷ, ‘ brings to the end.’

g1-93. Διὸς θυγάτηρ is predicate. Note the shifting play of personi-
fication: Ate—moral blindness—is first a ¢izmg put into the soul by
Zeus, Fate and the Erinys, and then suddenly becomes a living agent.
She goes with soft tread ‘along the heads of men,’ 7. ὁ. she enters men’s
minds before they are aware of her deadly power. So the Erinys
is ἠεροφοῖτις, ‘moving in mist’ (like ‘the pestilence that walketh in
darkness’). Cp. Shelley, Adonais xxiv:

Out of her secret Paradise she sped
Through camps and cities rough with stone, and steel,
And human hearts, which to her aery tread
Yielding not, wounded the invisible
Palms of her tender feet where’er they fell.
ἀᾶται, Mid. in a transitive sense, ‘ infatuates.’

94. ἕτερόν ye, ‘one at least’ (if not both himself and Achilles).

95. Zevs ἄσατο, so Aristarchus: the MSS. have Ζῆν᾽ ἄσατο, sc.
“Atn. The transitive sense may be defended by the use of ἀᾶται in
ll. oI, 129.

103. μογο-στόκος (so divided), probably ‘staying labour’ (root
stek); see 11. 270.

105. τῶν ἀνδρῶν γενεῆς, ‘one of the race of those men.’

οἵ θ᾽ αἵματος ἐξ ἐμεῦ εἰσί, ‘who are of blood from me.’ So in
1. 111 οἱ σῆς ἐξ αἵματός εἰσι γενέθλης, ‘who are of blood from thy
stock,’ joining σῆς ἔξ εἰσι γενέθλης : cp. Od. 13. 130 τοί πέρ τοι ἐμῆς ἔξ
εἰσι γενέθλης. The Gen, αἵματος is partitive, in the wide sense of ‘ be-
longing to’; cp. 20. 241 ταύτης τοι γενεῆς τε Kal αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι,
and Od. 4. 611 αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο.

107. αὖτε indicates the relation of promise and fulfilment: ‘you will
not, when the time comes round, crown your word with fulfilment.’

110, ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε, ‘ with this day,’ as the event of this day. See
on 13. 234.

113. ἔπειτα, ‘thereupon,’ 7. 6. therein.

115. ἤδη, ‘ knew of,’ ‘ knew that there was.’

117. ἑστήκει, ‘was on,’ ‘was running’ as we say, with a different
metaphor.

118. ἠλιτόμηνον, ‘ of the wrong month” (ἀλιτεῖνν.

120, ἀγγελέουσα. The Fut. Part. is properly used in Homer only
with verbs of motion. - Perhaps προσηύδα has this force: ‘addressed
herself to Zeus with the news.’

126, λιπαροπλοκάμοιο, ‘with plaits shining (with ointment)’: cp.
ΤῊ: 176%

NOTES, IINES 89-183. 359

131. ἔργ᾽ ἀνθρώπων means especially ‘tillage,’ as in 16. 392. In the
heroic age this comprehended all settled life,

140, ὅδε παρασχέμεν, ‘am here to furnish,’ as 9. 688 εἰσὲ καὶ οἵδε τάδ᾽
εἰπέμεν.

141. χθιζός is incorrect, at least according to our mode of dividing
time, since the Embassy was in the night before last. But possibly
Homer reckoned the day from sunset to sunset, as the Jews still do.

147, 148. The construction here is mainly a question of stopping.
Recent editors put a comma after ἐθέλῃσθα, and again after ἐχέμεν,
and read πάρα (--πάρεστι) :—‘ Gifts it is for thee, if thou wilt, to
offer, as is becoming, or to withhold them’; or (taking the Inf. for
the Imperative) ‘Gifts, if thou wilt, do thou offer,’ &c. Τί seems
better, with the older editors, to join ἐθέλῃσθα παρασχέμεν, and to
read ἐχέμεν παρὰ σοί (with the MSS.): ‘ Gifts if you choose to offer,
as is meet, or to keep them with you, (do so): but now’ ὅς. The
ellipse of the grammatical apodosis is quite Homeric: cp. 7. 375 at κ᾽
ἐθέλωσι παύσασθαι πολέμοιο δυσηχέος, εἰς ὅ KE νεκροὺς κήομεν' ὕστερον
αὖτε μαχησόμεθ’ κιτιλ. See also on 6.150. The presumption is in
favour of the interpretation which requires the fewest stops. For παρὰ
got =‘ in thy keeping’ cp. Od. 11. 175 ἢ ἔτι πὰρ κείνοισιν ἐμὸν γέρας ἢέ
τις ἤδη ἀνδρῶν ἄλλος ἔχει.

7 Te is nowhere else used exactly as in this passage, =‘ or.’ Perhaps
the true reading is εἴ τ΄.

149. κλοτοπεύειν, a word only found here, said to mean ‘ to make fine
speeches’; but this is a mere guess ftom the context.

I51. ὥς κέ τις... ἴδηται is best taken after μνησώμεθα χάρμης:
‘that so men shall see Achilles,’ &c. Some take ὥς κέ τις- ὧδέ τις as
correlatives; ‘as each one of you shall see Achilles. . so let him’ &c.
But this separates the three lines too much from the rest of the speech.

158. δμιλήσωσι, ‘meet ’ (in combat).

163. ἄκμηνος, ‘ unfed,’ a word that occurs in this book only (Il. 207,
320, 346).

169. γυῖα, ‘in his limbs,’ Acc. of ‘ part affected.’

172. ὅπλεσθαι, ‘to make ready,’ found here and at 23. 159.

176. μή after Verbs of swearing, cp. 15. 36.

τῆς is governed by εὐνῆς, ‘her bed’: see on 9. 133.

180, δίκης ἐπιδευές, ‘a falling short in right,’ failure to receive what
is due.

181. ἐπ᾽ ἄλλῳ, ‘ with another,’ ‘in another case.’

183. ἀπαρέσσασθαι, ‘to make his peace again with.” The Acc.
βασιλῆα is to be taken as subject to ἀπαρέσσασθαι, and ἄνδρα as
object (the same construction as oe ἀρεσάσθω in 1, 179): ‘it is no
matter for blame (Ζ. 6. it is only right) that a king should make atone-
ment to a man when he is the beginner in the quarrel.’ χαλεπαίνω is

360 ILIAD. BOOK X1X.

‘to storm,’ ‘chafe,’ χαλεπῆναι (Aor.) ‘to lose one’s temper,’ ‘ break
out in strife.’ Some editors take βασιλῆα ἄνδρα together: the rhythm
is against this. Heyne takes ἀπαρέσσασθαι -- δυσαρεστεῖν : ‘it is only
natural that a king (viz. Achilles) should show displeasure when one
provokes him.’ But this would be a mere truism. The form of the
line reappears in the conventional ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαμύνασθαι ὅτε τις πρότερος
χαλεπήνῃ (Il. 24. 369., Od. 16. 72., 21. 133).

186. ἐν μοίρῃ, ‘ in fitness,’ ‘duly.’

187. ταῦτα, ἡδέα, ‘ what you propose,’ cp. 1. 175.

189. Aristarchus read αὖθι τέως, the best MSS. have αὖθι τέως περ.
Here the form τέως, which had crept in instead of the original Homeric
τῆος, spoiled the metre, and so led to further corruption. We have
first to reject wep (with Aristarchus), and then to change αὖθι into
αὐτόθι (Bekker) or αὐτοῦ.

193. κούρητας, used here and in 1. 248, apparently = κούρους.

194. ἐνεικέμεν is an exceptional form in Homer; elsewhere ἤνεικα is
the Tense-form used, § 5, 3.

195. Χθιζόν, here an Ady.: but perhaps we should read χθιζοί (so
the passage is quoted in Strab. X. 467).

202. yaw. The usual Homeric form is ἔῃ.

20%. ὀτρύνετον, ‘ you two,’ viz. Agamemnon and Ulysses.

208, τεύξεσθαι, the Fut. to show that this is not properly part of the
command: cp. 6. 70 ἄνδρας κτείνωμεν, ἔπειτα δὲ... συλήσετε. But
the Opt. τισαΐμεθα shows that the clause is grammatically dependent
on ἀνώγοιμι. See § 34, 1, a,

212. ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος, z.c. with his feet pointing through
the doorway.

213. ταῦτα, ‘your theme,’ viz. food, cp. ll. 85, 187.

216. We may read Πηλῆος, scanning υἱέ as an iambus (cp. 4. 473:
6. 130, &c.), or Πηλέος υἱέ (- -- -- -).

218. προβαλοίμην, ‘may surpass,’ ‘should be found to surpass’ ; lit.
‘throw myself in front’; cp. 6. 68 ἐνάρων ἐπιβαλλόμενος.

221, τέ marks a general statement, ὃ 49,9. So Od. 1. 392 αἶψά τέ
of δῶ ἀφνειὸν πέλεται, and Hes. Theog. 86 ὁ δ᾽ ἀσφαλέως ἀγορεύων αἶψά
τε καὶ μέγα νεῖκος ἐπισταμένως κατέπαυσε (Diintzer).

222. καλάμην, ‘the straw.’ War isa harvest in which there is much
cutting down, but little ingathering of fruit. In this fine metaphor the
slaughter in war is compared to the work of the sickle, the word χαλκός
applying to both, ἄμητος δ᾽ ὀλίγιστος is an ironical under-statement,
a way of saying that in war there is xothing answering to the ἄμητος of
the husbandman :—it is a harvest that is all cutting down, no storing
up of what is cut. The ἄμητος is clearly not the slaughter (as L. & S.)
To understand it of the booty is logical, but somewhat impairs the
poetical effect.

NOTES. LINES 186-261. 361

223. ἐπὴν κλίνῃσι τάλαντα Ζεύς, ‘ when Zeus strikes the balance,’ 7. ὁ.
decides the issue; cp. the symbolical weighing of opposing champions,
8. 69 ff.

225. γαστέρι, 2. ¢. by fasting.

227. πότε κέν τις ἀναπνεύσειε πόνοιο ; ‘when can a man have a
breathing-space from the toil’ (of fighting)? This parenthetical ques-
tion simply dwells on the notion implied in πολλοὶ καὶ émftptyo.—that
there can be no respite (and therefore no time for fasting or cere-
monious mourning of any kind), Some make it refer to the ‘ hardship’
of fasting: but this is a post-Homeric sense of mévos, and does not
give so good a connexion of thought.

229. νηλέα, for νηλεέα (Nom. νηλεής), by hyphaeresis: cp. ἀκλέας,
ὑπερδέα, also aideo for aidé-eo.

ἐπ᾽ ἤματι, ‘for the day,’ z.e. on the day only. δακρύσαντας, Aor.
because it means ‘ performing the weeping,’ regarded as a single act.

230. περὶ λίπωνται, ‘are left over from’: περί as in περίειμι, &c.

234. λαῶν, with τις.

235. ἥδε γὰρ ὀτρυντὺς κακὸν ἔσσεται ὅς κε λίπηται, “ for this call to
arms will be ill for him who shall stay behind,’ 7. ὁ. after this call to
arms it will go hard with him who shall stay behind. The commenta-
tors generally take ἥδε ὀτρυντύς to be the ἄλλη ὀτρυντύς of the pre-
ceding line. But surely ἥδε can only mean ‘this present,’ opposed to
any future or distant one; cp. 7. 358 οἶσθα καὶ ἄλλον μῦθον ἀμείνονα
τοῦδε νοῆσαι.

247. στήσας, ‘having weighed.’ πάντα, ‘in all.’

254. ἀπὸ τρίχας ἀρξάμενος, ‘cutting off hair as the beginning of
the rite.’ ἄρχεσθαι is applied to any preliminary rite, and as the rite
is in this case cutting off hair ἀπάρχεσθαι is equivalent to dmo-
τέμνειν, and is construed accordingly: see on 1. 471 (ἐπαρέάμενοι δε-
πάεσσι).

255. ἐπ᾽ αὐτόφιν, generally explained ‘by themselves,’ ‘ withdrawn
into themselves’ (Leaf), as 7. 195 (εὔχεσθε) σιγῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑμείων. But this
reflexive use of αὐτός is very questionable, and ἧσθαι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν can
hardly be made to mean ‘to sit withdrawn into themselves.’ Probably
the true reading (as Nauck suggests) is αὐτόθι, and én’ —faro means ‘ sat
by’ (Lat. adststebant).

258-260. The chief deities called upon to witness oaths are Zeus,
the Sun, and the Earth. In 1. 197 Agamemnon mentions only Zeus and
the Sun. The three are named together in the similar passage, 3. 104,
and a ram is allotted to each. ‘The avenging powers ‘beneath the
earth’ appear in the prayer 3. 276-279, but the name Erinyes is only
given to them here.

261. μὴ ἐπενεῖκαι, ‘ that I never laid hand’; for py with the Inf. in
oaths cp. 1. 176 μή ποτε... ἐπιβήμεναι. The Nom. ἐγώ however is

362 ILIAD, BOOK XTX.

unexplained: and as the formula ἴστω νῦν is elsewhere (10. 329., 15. 36)
followed by μή with the Indicative, and the form ἐνεῖκαι does not
elsewhere occur (cp. 1. 194), it is probable that the true reading here
is ἐπένεικα (so La Roche).

262. εὐνῆς is governed by κεχρημένος in the sense of ‘ desiring.’

πρόφασιν is adverbial, as in 1. 302, =‘professedly.’ The mpo-
φασις is the ostensible ground, whether it be the true ground (as here),
or not.

265. ὅτις σφ᾽ ἀλίτηται, ‘to whoever offends,” to every one who
offends. σφ᾽ for σφέ, Acc. Plur.

271, οὐκ ἂν x.7.A., ‘else surely Atrides would not have stirred.’

273. ἀμήχανος, lit. ‘impracticable,’ ‘with whom no contrivance is
of avail,’ hence ‘perverse,’ ‘unconscionable’: cp. 13. 726 ἀμήχανός
ἐσσι παραρρητοῖσι πιθέσθαι.

ἀλλά ποθι κιτ.λ., ‘but, it seems, Zeus wished’=‘ unless Zeus had
wished.’

276. αἰψηρήν, ‘speedy,’ z. 6. so that it separated speedily.

290. ὡς introduces a reflexion founded on the fact just men-
tioned: ‘even as for me evil always waits upon evil,’ ‘showing how
evil waits upon evil.’

δέχεται, used without an object, ‘waits for its turn,’ is ready to
carry on the series.

293. τούς por pla, see on 3. 238.

294. κηδείους, “ much cared for,’ beloved.

298. κουριδίην, see on 5. 414.

ἄξειν, ‘that he would carry me’; the change of subject is some-
what harsh, but the name of Achilles is the chief word in the previous
clause.

δαίσειν γάμον, ‘to give a marriage-feast’: Od. 4. 3 δαινύντα γάμον
πολλοῖσιν ἐτῆσιν.

302. πρόφασιν, as in 1. 262, does not imply that the mourning for
Patroclus was a mere pretence, but only that it was the immediate
occasion: so in ll. 338, 339.

305. ἐπιπείθεθ᾽, for ἐπιπείθεται, “ listens to my prayer.’

300. πρίν, ‘sooner,’ sc. than sunset; this is expressed by a fresh
sentence (1. 308), cp. 16, 62., 24. 699.

312. Téptrovres, Pres., ‘seeking to comfort.’

313. πολέμου στόμα, ‘the open gulf of war.’ The word is ap-
plied to any opening, ¢.g. a bay between headlands (14. 36). War
is perhaps thought of as an open space, an abyss, into which a man
may fall and be lost. But we must not press the metaphor too
closely.

314. μνησάμενος, ‘ bethinking himself,’ viz. of Patroclus.

ἀνενείκατο, ‘ fetched a sigh.’

ον

NOTES. LINES 262-375, 363

315. more, nearly=‘ many a time,’ like 7s=‘many a one.’ ἔθηκας,
‘hast served.’

321. σῇ ποθῇ, ‘with longing for thee’: so 1. 336 ἐμὴν ἀγγελίην,
‘news of me.’

ov πάθοιμι, without dv or kev, § 31, 4.

322. τοῦ πατρός, ‘my father’ (instead of you): the Art. marks
the contrast, as in Od. 2. 134 ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ πατρὸς κακὰ πείσομαι, ἄλλα
δὲ κιτιλ.

324. ὃ 8 . . wodepifw, This combination of the Art. with the
First Person is only found here: but cp. the similar use with $s, 15.
257, &c.

325. ῥιγεδανῆς, ‘ to be shuddered at,’ ‘ abhorred.’

326. τόν has no construction: the Acc. is used as though the last
sentence had been in the form τὸν πατέρα ἀποφθίμενον πυθοίμην.

φίλος vids is construed with the Relatival clause: cp. 13. 340, &c.

330. τε is not in place here (§ 49, 9): we should probably read σὲ

᾿ ἔτι, ‘that you would yet.’

There is some reason to regard the lines which speak of Neopto-
lemus (Il. 326-333) as interpolated: see p. 355. The construction of
1, 326 is defective, and 1. 327 has been generally condemned. The place
of the μοι in 1. 326, and the neglect of the F of ἕκαστα (1. 332), are also
suspicious. The expectation of Achilles that Patroclus would return
without him (Il. 329, 330) does not agree with 18. 10, where he says
that he ought to have known that Patroclus must die first.

3327. ἀγγελίην ὅτε, ‘ the news (which there will be) when’ &c.: cp. 8.
229 εὐχωλαὶ ὅτε δὴ φάμεν, ‘the boasts (which we made) when we said.’

344. κεῖνος, with deictic force, ‘ yonder he sits.’

351. Either κατ-έπαλτο (πάλλω), ‘ hurled herself down from,’ or κατ-
επ-ᾶλτο, ‘leaped down to him from.’

357. Διός, here in the original sense, ‘ heaven.’

358. atOpnyevéos, see 15. 171.

361. κραταιγύαλοι, ‘ with stout yada,’ z.¢. breast and back pieces.

362. γέλασσε, ‘ was brightened’: this is perhaps the literal meaning
of γελάω.

364. The narrative here goes back to the arming of Achilles, which
must have been over before his followers left the camp.

365-368. These four lines were rejected by Aristarchus, on the ground
that it is absurd to represent Achilles as gnashing his teeth.

366. ἐν δέ ot ἦτορ Biv’ ἄχος, ‘grief entered his heart’: cp. 11. 268
ὀδύναι δῦνον μένος ᾿Ατρεΐδαο, Od. 18. 348 δύη ἄχος κραδίην.

375. This simile comes awkwardly after the simple comparison in
1. 374 σέλας yever’ ἠύτε μήνης. The use of ἄν in 1. 375 is unusual in
Homeric similes, § 33, 1, b.

ἐκ πόντοιο, ‘ out at sea’: the light is seen from the sea.

364 ILIAD, BOOK XX,

380. περί, with θέτο.

383. ἵει θαμείας, ‘set thick’: cp. 18. 612 ἐπὶ δὲ χρύσεον λόφον ἧκε. -

385. ἐφαρμόσσειε, ‘if the armour would fit’; the verb is: intransitive,
as 17. 210 Ἕκτορι δ᾽ ἥρμοσε τεύχε᾽ ἐπὶ χροΐ. Cp. 1 Sam. xvii. 39 ‘ And
David said unto Saul, I cannot go with these; for I have not proved
them.’

386. Cp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 14 ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τὰ τῶν ὅπλων φορήματα
πτεροῖς μᾶλλον ἐοικέναι ἢ φορτίῳ.

388-391 =16. 141-144.

392. “AAktpos, apparently a shorter form of the name ᾿Αλκιμέδων (16.
197), like Πάτροκλος for Πατροκλέης, “Exaros for “ExarnBdaos.

395. κολλητόν, ‘ well put together.’

390. ἐφ᾽ ἵπποιϊν, ‘on to the chariot’: Gen., cp. 18. 531.

399. πατρός, since they had been given to Peleus, 16. 381.

401. ἄλλως, ‘in another fashion, 7z.e. better than you did for
Patroclus.

φράζεσθε, ‘ bethink you how.’
σαωσέμεν, Aor. in -σον, ὃ 9, 3.

402. ἕωμεν may be the 2 Aor. Subj. of ἵημι, used in the sense of
μεθίημι, ‘let go from,’ ‘cease.’ But more probably it is from the root
sa, Greek a-, meaning ‘to have enough,’ which we have in ἅ-δην,
and Lat. sa-tur, sa-tis: cp. 1. 423 ἅδην ἐλάσαι πολέμοιο. Thus ἕωμεν
would be for ἅομεν or ἥομεν, formed like βήομεν (Curt. Verb. ii. 69).

404. ζυγόφι, for the Gen., ‘ from under the yoke.’

πόδας αἰόλος, ‘ with glancing feet. The word αἰόλος is especially
used of the effect of quick movement.

418. €pwves, the powers that punish violation of divine laws. So
Heraclitus said that if the Sun went out of his due course the Erinyes
as the helpers of justice would find him out (fr. 29 Bywater).

421. 6, ‘that’ -εὅτι, § 48, 2.

423. ἅδην ἐλάσαι πολέμοιο : cp. 13. 315.

BOOK XX.

THE next three books, XX-XXII, bring the action of the Iliad to
the culminating point. The grief of Achilles for Patroclus, which the
preceding book has shown us in its effects on the quarrel with Aga-
memnon, is now translated into deeds in the field. He goes forth to
avenge his friend; and the battle ends with the death of Hector.

νυ... δ

NOTES. 365

In the events which follow three stages may be distinguished, cor-
responding to the three books of our text : (XX) preliminary incidents
in which Aeneas has a leading part; (XXI) the fighting by the river,
and combat with the river-god himself, and (XXII) the final combat
with Hector. The argument of book XX is as follows :—

Zeus holds an assembly of all the gods, and grants them permission
to take part in the war, They descend and range themselves accord-
ingly (Il. 1-75).

Aeneas is urged by Apollo to single combat with Achilles. The gods
retire to watch events. Achilles and Aeneas meet. In the combat
which follows Aeneas is on the point of being slain, but is saved by
Poseidon (ll. 75-352).

Achilles and Hector exhort their followers: Hector withdraws before
Achilles (11. 353-380).

Achilles slays many Trojans. Hector seeks to avenge the death of
Polydorus, and is about to be slain, when he is rescued by Apollo, Still
Achilles rages unchecked (ll. 381-503).

The plan of the book brings out one of the contradictions which are
the stumbling-blocks of critics, but which really lie deep in the nature
of epic poetry. Achilles is burning to avenge his friend; he ought
therefore to seek out Hector and bring his quarrel to a speedy issue.
Instead of this he is drawn away into a slaughter of Trojan rank and
file, with incidents which occupy two books. The reason is that the
poet has to fill his canvas. The death of Hector must not stand by
itself in the picture, but form the climax of the last and greatest of the
days of battle, The difficulty is met, as Hentze has well pointed out,
by the Olympian assembly at the beginning of the book. The gods
that are friendly to Troy are again left free to act, and their in-
terference brings about the due ‘retardation’ in the course of events.
The scene is of use at the same time in recalling the former assembly
in book VIII, in which Zeus imposed the restraint which he now re-
moves.

The ‘ battle of the gods’ (θεομαχία), from which the book has had the
misfortune to take its title, has long been condemned as spurious. The
passage announces with great circumstance the breaking out of ‘war in
heaven,’ but no actual conflict follows. What we expect after the
speech of Zeus is that the gods should descend to the plain of Troy,
and there kindle fresh strife between the opposed armies. Doubtless
this was all that was intended by 1. 31; but not unnaturally the words
πόλεμον ἀλίαστον ἔγειρε suggested warfare between the gods themselves,
Hence an interpolator bethought him of bringing all the chief gods on
the scene, several of whom—as Hermes, Hephaestus, Leto, Artemis—do
not take part in the war on either side. The extent of the interpolation

366 ILIAD, BOOK XX.

is not certain. The most natural limits are ll. 33-73, but parts of this
passage may be genuine.

A little further on (ll. 112-155) we find a sort of council held by the
gods who are ranged on the Greek side, to whom Here speaks of the
danger of Achilles and the need of giving him encouragement. This
seems quite out of place here, especially when Zeus had just proclaimed
as his motive of action the fear that Achilles. would carry everything
before him and anticipate fate by the utter destruction of the Trojans.
The passage may have been inserted to account for the comparative
inactivity which takes the place of the expected θεομαχίας. A more
important question is raised by the next two hundred lines (ll. 156-
352), in which Achilles and Aeneas play the chief part. The arguments
which Kammer has urged against the genuineness of this episode seem
conclusive. It opens with the meeting of the two heroes, which the
poet describes as though it came about accidentally, when the two
armies approached each other, thus ignoring the encouragement already
given to Aeneas (1. 79), and the main impulse of Achilles, his desire
to be avenged on Hector. The death of Patroclus seems for the time
to be forgotten, and the whole character of the speeches is out
of keeping with the fierce and rapid movement which distinguishes
books XIX-XXII. Poseidon, who is elsewhere a relentless enemy of
the Trojans, now rescues Aeneas, and foretells the glory of his house.
It is this prophecy, indeed, which forms the chief interest of the episode.
Evidently it has a local source, and is intended to point to some dynasty,
ruling in the Troad and claiming to be descended from Aeneas, to
which Poseidon may have stood in the relation of family patron-god.
Hence if the passage had been undoubtedly Homeric we should have
had a strong argument for the connexion of the poem with the actual
scene of the Trojan war, the later Aeolis. As it is, we are rather led
to conclude that the local traditions of the Troad were not well known
to the author of the Iliad.

The remainder of the book, at least from 1. 381 ἐν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Τρώεσσι
θόρε κιτ.λ., satisfies every requirement of epic art. We feel that this
Achilles is the Achilles of the Iliad, and that his deeds are bringing us
by swift stages to the crisis which is to be reached by the death of
Hector.

3. θρωσμῷ πεδίοιο, cp. 11. 56.

4. Θέμιστα, see 15. 87.

5. κρατὸς ἀπ᾽, to be taken with κέλευσε.

18, ἄγχιστα δέδηε, ‘most nearly blazes up,’ Ζ. 6. is on the point of
blazing up (Heyne, Faesi). This seems the most natural sense: but the
phrase is a strange one.

21. ὧν ἕνεκα, ‘on what account,’ epexegesis of βουλήν.

26, otos, ‘alone,’ without the help of any god.

NOTES, LINES 3-t01. 367

27. ἕξουσι, ‘ they (the Trojans) will keep back, withstand.’

30. ὑπέρμορον, so Aristarchus ; the MSS. generally have ὑπὲρ μόρον,
but ὑπέρμορον is supported by the corresponding plural ὑπέρμορα (II.
Εν ΤῸΝ

31. ἀλίαστον, 2. 450.

32. δίχα, ‘two ways,’ divided.

34. ἐριούνης, “ giver of blessings’ (ὀνίνημι).

35. ἐπὶ... κέκασται (Tmesis), ‘excels,’ cp. 24. 535 πάντας γὰρ én
ἀνθρώπους ἐκέκαστο.

42. κύδανον, “ gloried’: Intrans. only here.

45. ὅθ᾽ may be either ὅτε, ‘ when’ or ὅ te ( -- ὅτι), “ because.’

48. According to Aristarchus the apodosis begins at ate δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη : cp.
I. 193 ἦλθε δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη. But the shouting of Athene is a mere incident
of the combat now suddenly stirred up, and it is this combat which is
contrasted with the former panic of the Trojans (1. 44 ff.). Hence it is
better to make the apodosis begin at ὦρτο δ᾽.

50. ἀὔτει, instead of ἀὐτέουσα, § 58, I.

58. θέων is best taken with ἐπὶ Καλλικολώνῃ : the Callicolone or
‘Fairhill’ being an outlying height near the river Simois, to which
Ares rushed from time to time in order to be nearer the battle.
Commentators mostly join πὰρ Σιμόεντι θέων, but the Dat. is against
this, whether παρά means ‘to the side of’ or ‘along.’ The reading
of Aristarchus was θεῶν, so that Ares would stand ‘on the gods’ fair
hill.’

55. ῥίγνυντο seems to mean ‘caused to break out.’ ἐν αὐτοῖς,
‘among them,’ viz. the two armies. Some take it in the reflexive
sense, ‘among themselves’: but this use of αὐτός is extremely doubt-
ful.

62. μή x.7.A. This clause should not be taken as dependent on
δείσας, but on ἄλτο καὶ ἴαχε.

63-65. Cp. the imitation in Virgil, Aen. viii. 243-246.

65. στυγέουσι, ‘dread,’ see 14. 158.

67. The F of ἄνακτος is neglected: but the passage is doubtless
spurious, see p. 365.

72. Ἑ μῆς, the contracted form, not elsewhere found in the Iliad.

77. Tod, with atparos, ‘ with 47s blood.’

78. ταλαύρινον, ‘with shield of stout bull’s hide,’ cp. 5. 289.

83. ἀπειλαί, ‘ boastings,’ boastful offers.

85. πολεμίξειν. Most MS. have πολεμίζειν, but A has πτολεμίξειν.
The Fut. Inf. is usual after a verb of promising,

87. ταῦτα, Lat. 7s¢a; explained by the next line, ἀντία. μάχεσθαι.

95. τίθει φάος is metaphorical, =‘ gave him success.’

99. ἄλλως, 7. 6. apart from the aid of a god, ‘in any case.’

101. ἶσον τείνειεν πολέμου τέλος, ‘stretched even the decision of

368 ILIAD, BOOK XX.

war, 7.¢, pulled evenly at each end of the line. The metaphor of
a rope is a favourite one; see on 13. 358. We should say, using a
different figure, ‘ held the balance evenly between us.’

IOI, 102, ov κε is the reading of A: most MSS. have ot pe. In the
next line vukqoew’ is Bentley’s restoration for the vulgate νικήσει. The
Fut. is clearly out of place in speaking of a purely imaginary case. The
adoption of the Opt. does not necessarily involve reading οὔ Ke: see on
ΤΌΣ 32%:

108, ἰθὺς φέρε, “ bear right on,’ ‘aim straight before you.’

109. AevyaAéots, ‘ pitiful,’ fit for one who is Aevyadéos.

ἀρειῇ, ‘ scolding,’
114. ἄμυδις στήσασα, ‘ bringing together’: cp. 13. 336.
θεούς, viz, the gods who were on the same side.
117, ὅδε, ‘here.’
120, αὐτόθεν, ‘ from where he is,’ hence ‘ at once.’
ἔπειτα, =‘ failing this, then,’ ἡ, ¢. as the next best thing, cp. 13. 743.

121, παρσταίη, Opt. of gentle command: ‘it were well that some
one should stand by.’

125. ἀντιόωντες, Fut. Part. of ἀντιάζω.

126, πάθῃσι, Subj. after κατήλθομεν, because it refers to what is still
future: ὃ 34, 2, ¢.

129. ov after et is not uncommon in Homer: cp. 15. 162.

131. χαλεποὶ φαίνεσθαι, ‘are dangerous in respect of appearing,’ 7. ὁ.
their appearing is dangerous.

135. This verse is wanting in many MSS.

136. ἔπειτα, 7. 6. if there is not to be a strife of gods, cp. 1. 120.

138. ἄρχωσι, so Aristarchus and the best MSS.: but Zenodotus read
ἄρχῃσι, The plural is defended on the ground that it is used as if the
subject had been”Apys καὶ ᾿Απόλλων. But there is no parallel for such
an anomaly, Probably ἄρχῃσι is the true reading, changed to suit
ἴσχωσι καὶ οὐκ εἰῶσι in the next line.

140. παρ᾽ αὐτόθι, ‘on the spot,’ ‘at once,’ cp. 13. 42., 23. 147. The
MSS. have trap’ αὐτόφι.

142, ἴμεν, here in the Fut. sense, ‘ will go.’

145. ἀμφίχνυτον, lit. ‘thrown up (7. 6. built of earth) round him,’ a
round earth-work.

147. τὸ κῆτος, ‘ the sea-monster,’ the one sent by Poseidon, in revenge
for the faithless treatment which he and Apollo suffered from Laomedon
king of Troy. This defining use of the Art. is very rare in the Iliad

151. ἑτέρωσε, viz. on the Trojan side.

152. ἀμφὶ σέ x.7.A., 7. 6. the group of which Apollo and Ares were
the chief. For this use of ἀμφί see 3. 146.

ἤϊε is an epithet of unknown meaning.
154. βουλάς is emphatic, opposed to πολέμοιο.

NOTES. LINES 101-213. 369

156. τῶν introduces ἀνδρῶν ἠδ᾽ ἵππων, marking the transition from
gods to men.

158. The meeting of Achilles and Aeneas is introduced as if they had
not been already mentioned : for the formula cp. 13. 499.

161. The Aor. Participle ἀπειλήσας describes the forward movement
of Aeneas expressed by ἐβεβήκει : ‘strode on with (a word or gesture
of) defiance.’

162. κόρυθι, comitative Dat., ὃ 38, 3.

ἀτὰρ... ἔχε, a fresh sentence, though logically parallel to νευστάζων,
§ 58, 1.

166. ἀγρόμενοι πᾶς δῆμος. For the Plur. with a Collective Noun
cp. 18. 604 ὅμιλος τερπόμενοι. πᾶς δῆμος -- {Π6 whole people of the
δῆμος, like πᾶσα πόλις : the local sense of δῆμος being the older one.

168. ἐάλη, ‘ gathers himself together,’ ‘ crouches.”

Ἐ113. φθίεται, Sun answering to ἔ-φθι-το, § 18, A.

178. τόσσον, ‘so much,’ qualifies the whole phrase ὁμίλου πολλὸν
ἐπελθών, “ coming far on in respect of the throng,’ ¢. ¢. far to the front of
the battle.

179. €orns, ‘hast taken a position’ (not ‘stopped’): cp. 17. 342
πολὺ προμάχων ἐξάλμενος ἔστη. For the Aor. cp. 21. 561.

181. τιμῆς, with ἀνάξειν, ‘wilt be master of the dignity’: cp. Od. 24. 30.

183. ἀεσίφρων, probably ‘ smitten in mind,’ from the root seen in the
Aor. daca, cp. Od. 21. 296 φρένας ἄασεν οἴνῳ, 1]. 16. 805 τὸν δ᾽ ἀτη
φρένας εἷλε, Od. 21. 301, 302. Ifso, it ought to be written ἀασίφρων, a
form given by Hesych. Others take it from ἄημι, ‘to blow,’ hence
‘light-minded,’ cp. Il. 3. 108 φρένες jepéOovra. This makes a good
opposition to ἔμπεδος, The force of the line is that Priam is still able to
tule, and if he were not, has sons to whom to hand over the kingdom.

186, ἔολπα, ‘I comfort myself,’ flatter myself.

195. ῥύεσθαι, ‘ that he (Zeus) is sheltering you.’

ἐνὶ θυμῷ βάλλεαι, ‘ the thought is passing in thy mind.’

196-198 =17. 30-32.

202, αἴσυλα, ‘unseemly.’ The word, however, is out of place here :
the conjunctions ἠμέν.---ἦδέ imply some opposition between the terms
which they connect. Hence we should probably read αἴσιμα (Diintzer).

204. ™mpokAvta, ‘sounded far and wide,’ ‘ famous.’

ἀκούοντες, ‘ having heard,’ cp. 14. 125.

207. ἁλοσύδνης, usually explained as ‘ daughter of the sea’ (Curt.),
but this is quite uncertain.

210. ἕτεροί ye, ‘ one pair or the other.’

212. ὧδε, ‘as we are, without a serious result.

213. εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις «.7.A. There is no apodosis, except the story to be
told in 215 ff.: see the note on 6. 150.

VOL. HH. Bb

370 ILIAD, BOOK XX.

215. αὖ has no obvious force: possibly it has crept in from 1. 219.
We might read dp, with some inferior MSS.

216-218. A parallel to this piece of history may be found in Sicily.
The Sicel chief Ducetius τὰς μὲν Νέας, ἥτις ἣν αὐτοῦ πατρίς, μετῴκισεν
εἰς τὸ πεδίον, Kal. . ἔκτισε πόλιν ἀξιόλογον, ἣν .. ὠνόμαζε Παλικήν
(Diod. xi. 88. 6).

229. ἄκρον ἔπι ῥηγμῖνος, ‘along the top of the surf.’ With this
reading ἄκρον is taken substantively. But probably Ahrens was right
in proposing ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνα, with hiatus after the caesura: cp. 1. 227, also
16. 162 ὕδωρ ἄκρον. The word pyypis here seems to mean ‘the breaking
waves ’ generally, not merely the line of breakers along the beach.

230. Τρώεσσιν, ‘for the Trojans,’ cp. 13. 452 ἔμ᾽ ἔτικτε πολέσσ᾽ av-
δρεσσιν ἄνακτα.

234. ἀνηρείψαντο, ‘snatched up.’ The word cannot be derived from
ἐρείπω ; the true form is doubtless ἀνηρέψαντο, from a verb-stem ἀρεπ-,
identical with ἅρπ- in ἁρπάζω. Cp. the phrase in the Od. (1. 241, &c.)
᾿Αρπυῖαι ἀνηρείψαντο, ‘the snatchers (winds that seize and carry off)
have snatched away’ (Fick, Odyssee, p. 2).

235. oto, used as if Ganymede were the grammatical subject of the
sentence: § 44.

246. ὀνείδεα, Nom. ‘ words of reviling we have both at command.’

247. ἑκατόζυγος, ‘of a hundred benches,’ such a ship being then an
impossibility.

248. μῦθοι, ‘speeches,’ Ζ, 6. things to say.

249. νομός seems to be used almost in its literal sense of ‘ portion
allotted’: so πολὺς vouds =‘ much room allowed,’ ‘ great license.’ The
meaning ‘ pasture’ is doubtless secondary, arising from the word being
frequently used of ‘right’ or ‘ share’ of pasturage ; much as κλῆρος, ‘a
lot,’ came to mean a piece of land. -

252. ἀλλήλοισι, Dat. with νεικεῖν (not ἐναντίον).

253. ἔριδος πέρι, ‘ over a quarrel,’ see 7. 301., 16. 476.

255. éred τε καὶ ovKi, ‘true and untrue.’

256. ἀλκῆς, with ἀποτρέψεις.

260, μέγα, Ady. with puxe, ‘rang aloud.’

265. ‘ The gifts of the gods are not easy as regards yielding,’ z. 6. do
not easily yield: cp. 1. 131 χαλεποὶ δὲ θεοὶ φαίνεσθαι ἐναργεῖς.

269. ἔλασσε, sc. Αἰνείας (not €yxos).

αἱ δ᾽ κιτιλ. ‘but there were still three’: for the Art. here and in
1. 271 τὰς δύο, see § 47, 2, d.

The four lines 269-272 were rejected by Aristarchus, as inconsistent
with the description of 18. 481, which says nothing of layers of different
metals. Moreover the words χρυσὸς γὰρ ἐρύκακε δῶρα θεοῖο occur in
21. 165, and are there applied to the whole shield,

,

275. ὕπο, ‘under,’ ‘close to.’ πρώτην, ‘outermost,’ the very rim,

NOTES. LINES 215-348. 371

—where the shield was thinnest, there being only one layer of bronze
with the corresponding layer of hide.

280. ἱεμένη, ‘in its eager course,’ cp. 13. 563.

ἀμφοτέρους κύκλους, the layers of bronze and hide.

282. κὰδ δ᾽ ἄχος of. Bentley read κὰδ δ᾽ ἀχλύς.

285-287 -- 5. 302-304. ov.. φέροιεν, § 31, 4.

289. ἤρκεσε, ‘would have warded off’: the main sentence being
conditional (ἔνθα xev . . βάλε), the κεν need not be repeated.

296. χραισμήσει, sc, ᾿Απόλλων.

298. ἕνεκ᾽ ἀλλοτρίων ἀχέων, 7. ¢. in a quarrel not his own: ἄχος (Lat.
dolor) is used for the resentment which makes a quarrel.

301. κεχολώσεται, The Fut. Ind. is sometimes used in Final clauses,
but rarely in Homer with μή.

303. ἄφαντος is predicative, ‘ perish and leave no sign.’

306. ἤχθηρε, ‘has come to hate’: cp. 3. 415 τὼς δέ σ᾽ ἀπεχθήρω ὡς
νῦν ἔκπαγλ᾽ ἐφίλησα.

307. This celebrated prophecy may be taken as evidence that at the
time when it was composed (as to which see the introduction to the
notes on this book) there was a dynasty reigning in the Troad (possibly
on the supposed site of Troy), and claiming to be descended from
Aeneas. The story of the escape of Aeneas to Mount Ida is perhaps a
subsequent amplification: it is known to have been related by the later
epic poet Arctinus in his poem the Ἰλίου πέρσις.

311. Αἰνείαν, Acc. de quo, § 87, 7, ‘consider as to Aeneas whether
you will protect him or’ &c.

ἐάσῃς is found in one good MS., and is more in accordance with
Homeric usage than the common reading ἐάσεις.

313. πολέας ὅρκους, ‘by many witnesses’; ὅρκοι being the ‘ objects
sworn by,’ there may be many to one oath (Buttmann, Lex7/. s, v. ὅρκος,
§ 5).

315. ἐπί with ἀλεξήσειν (Tmesis). ‘That we will not ward off’ is an
under-statement, really meaning that they would bring it about.

317. See on 21. 376, where this line recurs with a different reading.

322. 6 δέ, the subject is the same, see § 47, 1.

325. ἔσσενεν, ‘ sent flying.’

329. πόλεμον μέτα, ‘to mix in the war.’

332. ἀτέοντα (scanned -- -- u), ‘ playing the madman.’

335. συμβλήσεαι. The Fut. with ὅτε κεν is doubtful, but perhaps ad-
missible when used of an event sure to happen. But Cobet’s conjecture
ξυμβλήεαι is very probable; cp. Od. 17. 471 ὁππότ᾽ ἀνὴρ... βλήεται.

342. μέγ᾽ ἔξιδεν, ‘ looked with wide open eyes.’

345. τόδε, ‘ here.’

347. ἢ ῥα, ἦεν, ‘is’ (though I thought not).

348. αὕτως, ‘merely’; ‘that his claim was a mere boast.’

Bb 2

372 ILIAD. BOOK XX,

ἐπὶ στίχας ἄλτο, ‘ leaped, flung himself, along the ranks.’
; ἐφέπειν, ‘to deal with,’ ‘ take in hand.’

359. στόμα. The metaphor is obscure: comparing 19. 313 we should
translate ‘ face’ or ‘ edge’ rather than ‘ mouth.’

362. στιχὸς διαμπερές, ‘through a rank,’ 2. 6. through the line of men
which I find in my way. It would make ἘΝ sense if we could read
στίχας, but there is no warrant for an Acc. with διαμπερές. This is
perhaps one of the cases where the right word—here the gen. plur.
ot:x@v—cannot be used in hexameter verse.

365. φάτο δ᾽ ἴμεναι, ‘said that he would go. This is the common
interpretation: but φάτο properly means ‘thought, and the form
ἴμεναι (with long v) or ippevat—whichever we adopt—is anomalous.

370. TeA€et may be Pres. or Fut.—probably the former, as κολούει.

377. ἐκ φλοίσβοιο, ‘from amid the press of battle’ (instead of meeting
him in front, as a mpdpaxos).

δέδεξο, Pf. of attztude, ξ 26, 2.

382. “Idvtiwva, a chief not Sheed in the Catalogue.

385. Ὕδη was a place in Lydia, according to the Schol. the Sardis of
history.

394. ἐπισσώτροις, ‘ with the tires of their wheels.’

Saréovro, lit. ‘divided up,’ made ‘mince meat of,’ an exaggerated
phrase apparently meaning that they gashed or disfigured the body.

397-400=12. 183-186.

403. dio@e, ‘ gasped forth’; 16. 468 ὁ δ᾽ ἔβραχε θυμὸν ἀΐσθων.

404. Ἑλικώνιον, Poseidon is so called from Ἑλίκη in Achaia. He
was also worshipped under this name at Mycale (Hdt. 1. 148), where
the Panionion or common sanctuary of the Ionians was consecrated to
him. ἀμφί, ‘in the precinct of,’ round the altar; or (generally) in the
assembly of which Poseidon was the centre, cp. 1. 152.

405. Tots, sc. xovpos. The dragging of the bull was a feature of the
sacrifice, a sort of game proper to the feast.

408, οὔ τι εἴασκε, ‘would not suffer,’ z. 6. sought to forbid.

409. νεώτατος γόνοιο, ‘ the youngest born.’

414. tapatocovros,.Gen. with νῶτα, ‘in his back as he sped past.’
Some inferior MSS. have παραΐσσοντα, in agreement with tov. This
gives a more usual construction: but the Gen. avoids the awkwardness
of putting together two words (νῶτα παραΐσσοντα) which seem to agree
and do not,

ὅθι... θώρηξ, see on 4. 132, 133.

418. λιασθείς, ‘turning,’ sinking to the ground, as 1. 420 λιαζόμενον
ποτὶ γαίῃ.

424. ἀνεπᾶλτο, ‘started up to meet him’: see on 10. 351, If we
read ἀνέπαλτο, from ἀναπάλλω, it means ‘bounded in the air,’ viz. in
excitement,

ΩΣ wo
en or
“I ὦ)

a

NOTES. LINES 353-494. 573

425. ἐσεμάσσατο, ‘has touched to the quick,’ cp. 17. 564.

427. πτολέμοιο γεφύρας, see on 4. 371.

431-433 =ll. 200-202.

435. ταῦτα refers properly to the speech of Achilles, 1. 429, which is
taken up in 1. 436: ‘as for your threat of slaying me, it rests with the
gods whether I, weaker as I am, shall slay you.’

437. πάροιθεν, ‘in front,’ z7.e, at the point. The expression has the
humour of a colloquial phrase.

439. πάλιν, ‘ back from.’

449-454. This speech has already occurred in 11. 362-367.

458. ἠρύκακε, ‘ stayed in his course.’

463. Tpaa δ᾽ «.7.A. The parenthesis here is of a marked type: it
begins with 6 μέν (with a change of subject, the Art. referring to a pre-
ceding accusative), and the corresponding 6 δέ takes up again and con-
cludes the original sentence. Cp. 16. 401 ὁ δὲ Θέστορα-- ὃ μὲν ἧστο- ὃ
δ᾽ ἔγχεϊ vie, =6 δὲ O€aropa, ὃς ἧστο, νύξε. Also 8. 268 αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἥρως,
ἐπεί τινα βεβλήκοι---ὃ μὲν ὄλεσκεν---ὀἸτὰρ ὃ δύσκεν. In this case the
parenthesis is so long that the first words (ὁ μὲν ἀντίος ἦλθε k.7.A.) have
to be taken up again (ὁ μὲν ἥπτετο «.7.X.) before the final apodosis.

404. λαβών is commonly taken with γούνων, so as to give the mean-
ing ‘seizing Achilles by the knees.’ The order of the words however
makes this all but impossible: and moreover Tros is not allowed actu-
ally to clasp his conqueror’s knees: cp. 1. 469, where he is said to be
ἱέμενος λίσσεσθαι. Hence we must recur to the ancient interpretation
(Eust.), and join πεφίδοιτο λαβών, ‘spare him, when he had made him
prisoner.’ For this use of λαβών cp. 21. 36 ἦγε λαβών. The reason for
adding it here is evidently that the poet had not told us yet what had
brought Tros to the necessity of begging for his life.

470. κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ‘ pouring from it’ (the liver).

476, 477 =16. 333, 334-

478. ἵνα, here in the local sense.

470. χειρός, the arm as far as the elbow is included.

481. πρόσθ᾽ ὁρόων, ‘ seeing before him,’ immediately expecting.

482. αὐτῇ πήληκι, ‘ with the helmet on it,’ as it was, § 83, 3.

483. ἔκπαλτο, ‘ was flung from,’ ‘ scattered forth from.’

484. Πείρεω, implies a Nom. Πείρας, or perhaps Πειρέας. Elsewhere
(2. 844., 4. 520) there is a Thracian chief Πείροος, so perhaps we should
read Πειρόου here.

486. νηδύϊ. The best MSS. have πνεύμονι, but this is inconsistent with
μέσσον : cp. 13. 397 δουρὶ μέσον περόνησε τυχών... μέσῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστέρι
πῆξεν.

491. βαθεῖα, 7, 4. not a mere fringe or outside.

494. κτεινομένους ἐφέπων, ‘ busy with them being slain,’ ὦ. ὁ. busy
with slaying them.

374 IEIAD, BOOK XX1.

497. λέπτ᾽ ἐγένοντο, ‘it becomes peeled grain’: the verb follows the
predicate in number.

499-502 =II. 534-537.
503. ἀάπτους. see on 11. 169, where the same line occurs.

BOOK XXII.

THE largest part of the twenty-first book is taken up with the ‘ battle
by the river’ (μάχη παραποτάμιος), which is the last episode in the
story of Achilles before his final combat with Hector. The incidents
of the book are of a more romantic cast, and involve more distinctly
supernatural agency, than in any other part of the Iliad. They are as
follows :— δ,

Achilles pursues the routed Trojans to the ford of the Scamander,
and slays many, defying the river to protect them. He slays Lycaon,
then Asteropaeus. The River-god is roused to anger. Finding his
stream choked with dead, he rises in a flood against Achilles. Poseidon
and Athene give Achilles fresh strength. Scamander calls upon Simois,
and Achilles is like to be swept away, when Here calls Hephaestus to
his aid. The fire of Hephaestus overpowers the flood; Scamander is
forced to yield (ll. 1-384).

War breaks out among the gods. Ares attacks Athene, who fells him
with a stone, then strikes down Aphrodite. Poseidon challenges Apollo,
but he declines combat. Here assails Artemis, who complains to Zeus.
Finally Apollo goes to Troy, and the other gods return to Olympus
(Il. 385-520).

Achilles pursues the Trojans to the city, and almost takes it. But
Apollo encourages Agenor to meet his attack; then himself takes
Agenor’s form, and so leads Achilles away from the gate (Il. 520-611).

In the battle with the Scamander the epic narrative rises with its
theme, and attains a vividness, rapidity of movement, and imaginative
force, which have never been surpassed in poetry. Whether it also
possesses the clearness and smoothness of construction which usually
belong to Homer may be disputed. Critics have found various points
difficult to determine: when Achilles is fighting on the bank, and when
he is in the bed of the river; whether he is on the side next the Greek
camp, or on the further side, where the Trojans are flying to the city;
whether the river is enraged by the taunts of Achilles (1. 136), or by
the slaying of the Trojans his worshippers (1.146), or because his

NOTES. “LINES 1=27. 375

stream is choked with dead (1, 218). Some of these questions will
perhaps be solved by further study. For instance, the different reasons
given for the action of the river are not contradictory, and doubtless are
intended to produce a sense of gradually rising anger, bursting forth at
length in uncontrollable violence. Other difficulties, it may be sus-
spected, have their source in the bold and impetuous style of the pas-
sage, which leaves little room for fulness and consistency of detail’.

The θεομαχία which follows (Il. 385-520) is generally believed to be
an interpolation. The grounds for this opinion are certainly strong.
The episode is of no great poetical merit, and it has the defect,
regarded as a piece of supernatural dramatic machinery, of being with-
out obvious bearing on human affairs—a mere interlude, and that on a
different stage. Moreover, it seems to be a rule with Homer that a
digression is only introduced to fill a necessary pause or interval in the
action of the story. But in this case there is no such pause: on the
contrary, Achilles is still just where we left him, and his career goes cn
exactly as we should expect it to do. :

The last part of the book is evidently meant to bring the scene of
action close up to the walls of Troy. The incident of Agenor effects
this purpose, and also serves as a natural prelude to the final combat.

1. πόρον, the ford or crossing-place of the Scamander. Half of the
Trojans succeeded in escaping to the city, while Achilles cut off the
retreat of the rest, and so forced them into the deep part of the river.

2. Every river is the ‘ offspring of Zeus’ (διιπετής, 1. 268), because fed
by his rain (Διὸς 6uBpos).

5. patvero, ‘raged unchecked’: cp. 16. 74, also 8. 111 (note).

6. πεφυζότες, ‘in flight,’ an irregular form of the Pf. Part.

7. épuképev, ‘to check their flight.’ This sending of a mist leads to
no result; perhaps the words ἠέρα... ἐρυκέμεν are an interpolation.

11. ἔννεον may be either for é-veov (like ἔλλαβε, &c.), or from the
Compound éy-véw, περὶ Sivas, ‘round and round in the eddies,’ cp. 1.
317 ἑλισσομένη περὶ καπνῷ.

12. ἠερέθονται, “ flutter up,’ ‘rise in a swarm.’

13. φλέγει may be Intrans., as φλεγέθω : see on 17. 738.

22. μεγακήτεος, ‘ great-bellied,’ a common epithet of ships.

27. λέξατο, ‘ collected,’ ‘ mustered.’

1 Wilamowitz says of the first book of the Odyssey (which he attri-
butes to a compiler): ‘Diese Exposition will a geben, und falls man
sich nur in die notige Entfernung von dem Detail stellt, so gibt es sie
vortrefilich’ (p. 11). But the hearer of poetry, like the spectator of a
work of art, must always place himself at the right point of view.
Whatever is invisible from that point is without value for criticism,

376 ILIAD, BOOK XX.

31. The στρεπτὸς χιτών, as Mr. Leaf shows (Il. 5. 113), was a stout
pleated doublet, worn under the θώρηξ. The ἱμάντες here mentioned
were doubtless the straps used to fasten the χιτών.

36. ἀλωῆς, here ‘ an orchard.’

40. ἐπέρασσε, ‘sent him for sale’ (πέρ-νημι).

Λῆμνον, Acc. of the Zerinus ad quem, which is comparatively rare
in Homer, § 37, 6.

45. οἷσι φίλοισι, ‘ with his friends’: Instrumental Dat. in the ‘ comi-
tative’ use, § 38, 3.

48. νέεσθαι, Inf. after πέμψειν (not ἐθέλοντα).

52. ὑπό, ‘ beneath him.’

53. ὀχθήσας δ᾽, apodosis to τὸν δ᾽ ὡς (1. 49).

54. τόδε, ‘here,’ in my sight.

56. ὑπό, ‘from under,’ ‘ up from.’

57. οἷον, ‘to see the way that,’ pointing to an examfle, cp. 15. 287
οἷον δὴ αὖτ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἀνέστη κῆρας ἀλύξας “Ἕκτωρ, ‘even as Hector
has’ &c.

58. memepypévos, from mepaw. The regular form would be πεπρη-
μένος, which should perhaps be read here.

59. πόντος ἁλός, perhaps with a trace of the original meaning of the
words, ‘ the pathway of the salt sea.’

62. ὁμῶς, ‘as well’ (as from Lemnos).

5. περὶ θυμῷ, ‘ with all his heart.’

68. οὐτάμεναι, the proper word for the 2λγηοζ of a weapon.

70, Gpevat, ‘ to glut its desire.’

74. aiSeo, ‘have regard to’; αἰδώς is the sense of shrinking from a
forbidden act, such as the killing of a suppliant would be. This is
again insisted upon in the epithet aiSotos in the next line.

75. ἀντί, ‘as good as,’ equivalent to: cp. 8. 163 (note).

76. πρώτῳ. Cp. Od. 6. 175 ἀλλά, ἄνασσ᾽, ἐλέαιρε" σὲ γὰρ κακὰ πολλὰ
μογήσας ἐς πρώτην ἱκόμην, also Od. 7. 301., 8. 462.

79. ἑκατόμβοιον, sc. ὦνον : cp, Od. 15.452 6 δ᾽ ὑμῖν μυρίον ὦνον
ἄλφοι.

80. νῦν δὲ λύμην κιτιλ, This clause is subordinate in the thought ;
‘now, whew I had been released—and it is but the twelfth day &c,—
now (I say)’ &c.

83. μέλλω που, ‘I must surely’: cp. 13. 226.

89. δειροτομήσεις, 7. 6. slay in cold blood, cp. 1. 555.

93. οὐχ ὁμογάστριος. This is one of the traces of the ancient
system of reckoning kinship through the mother, which, as we know
from Herodotus, survived in historical times among the Lycians.

IOI. τὰ qualifies φίλτερον, ‘it was, I might say, more to my mind.’

104. Ἰλίου, for Ἰλίοο, § 19, 3.

105. kat emphasises πάντων, ‘no not of all.’ After a negative οὐδέ

NOTES. LINES 31-163. 377

is more regular, but cp. Od. 1. 19 καὶ μετὰ οἷσι φίλοισι, ‘not even amid
his friends.’

106, ἀλλά, φίλος, «.7.A. The tone of the speech changes abruptly
into one of sadness and compassion: Achilles sees in the death of
Lycaon a reflexion of the untimely death of Patroclus, and the fate
which is soon to overtake himself. Such transitions of feeling belong
to his character, which is conceived by the poet as one in which reason
is entirely under the dominion of impulse.

IIo, ἔπι, ‘is assigned, attached to,’ z.¢. I too am not exempt.

rot calls attention to something general and obvious: ‘surely you
know that —.’

111. δείλη, ‘evening,’ elsewhere δείελος (1. 232), and δείελον ἦμαρ.
Perhaps we should write SeteAos here.

114. αὐτοῦ, ‘on the spot,’ straightway.

120. ἧκε φέρεσθαι, ‘sent flying’: or perhaps ‘sent to be carried
down’ (by the river).

122. μετά with the Dat. Plur. is generally used of Jervsons: hence μετ᾽
ἰχθύσι may have a contemptuous force, ‘ with the fish for company.’

123. ἀπολιχμήσονται takes an Acc. of the ¢izzg taken away (αἷμα)
the Zerson (σέ), and the part (ὠτειλήν). But some MSS. have ὠτειλῆΞ.

ἀκηδέες, ‘ paying no rites of burial’ τε ἀκηδέστως.

126. ptx’ ὑπαΐξει, ‘will dart beneath the ripple,’ the surface of the
ruffled sea.

127. ὅς ke φάγῃσι, ‘which has eaten,’ Ζ. 6. after devouring the flesh.
Some take ὑπαΐξει to mean ‘will dart up to,’ and ὅς κε φάγῃσι,
‘which shall eat,’ z.¢. in order to eat. But the picture of the fish dis-
turbed while feeding on the body is much more natural.

129. κεραΐζων, ‘ destroying.’

131. δηθά, with the Pres. tepevere has the force of jamdudum : ‘have
long sacrificed.’

144. ἀντίος ἐκ ποταμοῖο, ‘facing him from the river,’ 7.¢, with the
river behind him: cp. 20. 377 €« φλοίσβοιο δέδεξο.

146. δαϊκταμένων, ‘slain in combat’ (Sdis): we might write 8di
κταμένων. The Gen. with κεχόλωτο, ὃ 39, 5.

150. ὅ,-- ὅτι : ‘who are you that you have dared?’ Cp. 1. 488.

156. Asteropaeus, as a late comer, is not mentioned in the Cata-
logue: though, as Mr. Leaf points out (on 2. 848), he must have arrived
before the time at which the Catalogue is placed in the poem.

162. Πηλιάδα μελίην, cp. 16. 143.

δούρασιν ἀμφίς, ‘with spears from both hands,’ with both his
spears at once. We must understand some word meaning ‘attacked,’
out of ἀνέσχετο μελίην in the preceding clause.

163. περιδέξιος, used here for ἀμφιδέξλιος, a word that the metre does
not admit,

7 ak Τα “BOOK ΧΑ

166. χειρός, ‘arm,’ cp. 11. 252 κατὰ χεῖρα μέσην ἀγκῶνος evepber.
167. 48’, sc. αἰχμή, understood in δόρυ.
αὐτοῦ, ‘his body.’ ὑπέρ =‘ passing over,’ as 20. 279 ὑπὲρ νώτου
ἐνὶ γαίῃ ἔστη.

169. ἰθυ-πτ-ίωνα, ‘straight-flying’: the termination is the same as in
“Ὑπερίων, Kpoviwv.

172, μεσσοπαγές, ‘half driven home,’ buried to the middle. The
best MSS. have μεσσοπαλές, ‘brandished by the middle,’ which does
not suit ἔθηκε. Mr. Leaf translates it ‘quivering up to the middle’:
but πάλλω when used of a spear always describes the movement caused
by the act of poising before the throw is made.

174. Asteropaeus now wishes to use the spear of Achilles, but cannot
pull it out of the ground. Apparently he has no sword.

177. μεθῆκε Bins, ‘let go his force,’ relaxed his efforts.

178. ἐπιγνάμψας, ‘ by bending’ ; he tried to bend it tillit should break.

180. Cp. 4. 525, 526.

184. rot marks the lesson to be enforced: ‘it is hard, you see.’

185. παισίν, Plur. of generality, ‘with a son of Zeus’: see ll. 190,
499. ἐκγεγαῶτι, ‘ for one that is the offspring.’

186. φῆσθα, Impf., ‘ you said just now.’

γένος, Acc. (as γενεὴν in the next line)=‘ in respect of descent.’
Hence construe ποταμοῦ ἔμμεναι (not γένος ποταμοῦ).

190. κρείσσων μὲν κιτιλ. This clause is subordinate in thought to
the next: ‘therefore as Zeus is mightier than rivers, so the offspring of
Zeus is mightier,’ &c.

ποταμῶν, a Plur. of generality, ‘ mightier than any river.’

202. Stawe «.7.A. parallel in sense to κείμενον : ‘lying on the sand
and wetted by the dark stream.’

204. κείροντες is a more general word, qualified by ἐρεπτόμενοι :
‘plucking at the fat and so making spoil of it.’

206. ἔτι πεφοβήατο, ἐπεὶ εἶδον is a condensed form=‘ were still in
flight, having taken to flight when they saw.’

215. ἀνδρῶν, Gen. after περί, ‘ beyond all men.’

217. μέρμερα, ‘famous deeds.’ The demand of the Scamander— if
you must kill Trojans, chase them on to the plain first’—4is ironical,
the thing being practically impossible.

220, ἀϊδήλως, ‘in all-consuming fashion.”

221. ἄγη μ᾽ ἔχει. The phrase is elsewhere used of admiration, as in
Od. 3. 227., 16. 243. Here it is rather ‘astonishment,’ unless it is taken
to be ironical, as is very possible. The tone of the speech is one of
vepressed indignation, which breaks out afterwards.

223. ταῦτα, ‘ what you ask,’ viz. inl. 217. Achilles puts his refusal
into the form of a modified compliance: ‘I will stop, as you bid me, but
not till I have driven the Trojans into the city.’

NOTES. LINES 166-275. 379

225. Ἕκτορι, ‘against Hector,’ πειρηθῆναι ἀντιβίην being =‘to
fight.’

226. δαμάσσεται, Aor. Subj.

230. εἰρύσαο, ‘hast maintained,’ cp. 1. 126.

232. SeleAos, evening,’ perhaps ‘the evening sun’ (cp. Od. 17. 606
δείελον Huap), since ὀψὲ δύων applies properly to the sun.

234. οἴδματι θύων, ‘ boiling with his swollen waters.’

235. κυκώμενος, ‘ swirling.’

237. θύραζε, ‘forth.’ Cp. Italian /vor7, from Lat. for7s.

240. δεινόν, Adv. with κυκώμενον : cp. 19. 17.

242. εἶχε, 16, 110.

244. διῶσεν, ‘ split asunder,’ made a gap in.

ἐπέσχε, ‘ reached over,’ ep. 1. 407.

245. γεφύρωσεν, ‘dammed,’ cp, 15.357. μιν αὐτόν, ‘the river itself,’
the whole river.

247. πεδίοιο, with πέτεσθαι.

249. akpokeAatvidwv, ‘darkling on the surface,’ cp. 1. 126 μέλαιναν
φρῖκα.

252. τοῦ θηρητῆρος, ‘ the one called the hunter.’ The Art. implies that
the θηρητήρ is a particular kind of eagle: cp. 20. 181 τιμῆς THs Πριάμου,
and the commoner use with words of comparison, Alas 6 péyas, &c.
(8 47, 2, αὐ. There was also a reading μελανόστου, recognised by
Aristotle.

254. ἐϊκώς. The Pf. Participle generally has the long stem in the
Masc., the shorter in the Fem.: εἰδώς ἰδυῖα, dpnpws dpapvia, &c., and so
ἐοικώς (ἐϊκώς only here), Fem. éixvia.

255. ὕπαιθα τοῖο λιασθείς, ‘turning to one side from before him’
(the river).

257. ὀχετηγός, ‘maker (lit. leader) of channels, one who makes
channels for irrigation.

258. ὕδατι ῥόον ἡγεμονεύῃ. ‘ guides the water in its flow’: construed
like ὁδὸν ἡγεῖσθαί τινι, ‘to lead one in the way.’

262. προαλεῖ, ‘ overhanging,’ ‘sloping.’

καὶ τὸν ἄγοντα, ‘even the man who is guiding it’: the Art. with
kat as in I. 340.

267. φοβέουσι, ‘ are causing him to flee,’ 7. 6. are taking part in the
war of elements that is raging against him.

269. πλάζε, ‘ dashed upon.’

271. ὑπ-έρεπτε, ‘snatched from beneath,’ ‘ washed away.’

273. ὡς expresses astonishment : ‘ to think that —.’

ἐλεεινόν, with pe, ‘in my piteous case.’

274. πάθοιμι is concessive: ‘I am ready to suffer.’

275. τόσον αἴτιος, ‘so much to blame,’ 7.¢. no one is particularly to
blame, except my mother.

380 ILIAD, BOOK ΧΧΛ

279. ἔτραφε, Intrans., see on 2. 661.

281. εἵμαρτο, ‘it is fated’ (though I thought otherwise): the Plpf.
is used like the Impf. with dpa.

283. évavAos, properly a channel or ‘bed,’ cp. 1. 312; here ‘a
stream.’ ἀποέρσῃ, ‘sweeps away,’ see 6. 348.

χειμῶνι, ‘in a storm,’

286. ἐπιστώσαντο, ‘gave him assurance.’

288. tpée, ‘shrink back’: the word always implies an act of shrink-
ing or flight (not merely the feeling of fear).

201. ὡς x.7.A., to be taken with 1. 288.

292. λωφήσει, ‘will abate.’ εἴσεαι, ‘shalt find it out.’

295. Ἰλιόφι must here be a ‘ true’ Gen., ‘the walls of llios.” Some
take it as a Locative, but the order is against this. Probably we should
read Ἰλίοο, as in 15. 66., 21. 104 (§ 19, 3).

296. ὅς κε φύγῃσι, ‘so many as escape.’

303. ἀν᾽ ἰθύν, ‘in his course,’ ‘ as he strove towards his aim.’

305. ἔληγε τὸ ὃν μένος, ‘ slackened in his fury,’ see on 13. 424.

306: κόρυσσε, ‘crested,’ raised in a crest.

308. ἀμφότεροί περ, ‘both together’ (if one is not enough).

312. ὕδατος, with ἐμπίπληθι.

317. οὔτε τὰ x.7.A., ‘nor again’: the Art. emphasises the arms as
specially important in the enumeration.

319. χέραδος, an Acc. Neut., according to the best authorities.

322. αὐτοῦ, ‘where he falls.’

323. τυμβοχόης is the reading of the ancient grammarian Crates.
Aristarchus read τυμβοχοῆσ(αι), ‘ to raise a funeral mound.’ But the -at
of the First Aor. Inf, is never clided in Homer; and the Acc. and Gen.
with χρεώ is a very common construction (9. 75, &c.).

ὅτε piv θάπτωσιν is covered by the negative, the meaning being
‘he will need no mound at his burial’ (because he will have no burial).
Hence the use of ὅτε with Subj. without ἄν or κεν (§ 33, I, 4).

325. μορμύρων, cp. 18. 403.

326. πορφύρεον, ‘ troubled,’ cp. 17. 547, also πόρφυρε (1. 551).

327. κατὰ ἥρεε, Impf. ‘was ready to overpower.’

332. ἠΐσκομεν, Impf. of continuance in the past, ‘we have always
judged Xanthus to be a match in battle for you,’ to be your fit
antagonist ; in allusion to the natural enmity of fire and water.

336. Join ἀπὸ κήαι, ‘burn up.’ The Opt. expresses the more
remote intention (ὄρσουσα being the immediate purpose): § 34, 2, @.

337. φορέουσα, ‘ carrying with it,’ spreading.

338. ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵει πυρί, ‘ plunge the river bodily in fire.’

μηδέ σε κιτ.λ. = 20. 108, τοῦ.

342. τιτύσκετο, ‘ got ready.” The common meaning ‘to aim ’ is de-

rived from this more general sense.

———— νυυ υυνυ ον νον

NOTES. LINES 279-453. 381

344. The line is wrongly repeated from 1. 236; here κατ᾽ αὐτόν has
nothing to refer to.

346. νεοαρδέ᾽ ἀλωήν, ‘freshly watered orchard.’

347. μιν is governed by ἐθείρῃ, ‘tills.’ For the order cp. H. G. § 365.

353. ot κατὰ Sivas, sc. ἦσαν : cp. 11. 535 avruyes al περὶ δίφρον.

356. ts ποταμοῖο, perhaps not a mere periphrasis for ποταμός.

358. φλεγέθοντι agrees with σοί (not πυρί).

360, ἐξελάσειε, Opt. of concession, § 80, 4.

τί μοι x.7.A., ‘ what part have I in—?’

362. ἐπειγόμενος, ‘ urged,’ exposed to the force of.

364. ἀμβολάδην, ‘ throwing up the water,’ boiling. ᾿

367. βίηφι, Gen.

369. ἔχραε, ‘has attacked,’ ‘ fallen upon,’ cp. 16. 352, ῥόον is object
to κήδειν, cp. Od. 21. 68 of τόδε δῶμα ἐχράετ᾽ ἐσθιέμεν.

374-376 = 20. 315-317: but most MSS. here have καιομένη, καίωσι
(instead of δαιομένη, δαίωσι).

386. ἄητο, lit. ‘ blew,’ Ζ. 6. was stirred, was furious.

388. σάλπιγξεν, ‘rang as with a trumpet’: see 18, 219.

392. ῥινοτόρος, ‘ piercer of shields.’

. ἄητον is generally explained as from ἄημι, ‘ blowing,’ hence
‘fierce,’ ‘vehement.’ If so it should be oxytone, ἀητόν. See the note
on ainrov, 18. 410.

397. πανόψιον, generally translated ‘in the sight of all,’ either as an
Ady. or agreeing with ἔγχος. The word is probably corrupt.

400. οὔτησε, ‘struck a blow’ (not necessarily inflicting a wound).

411, ὅτι κιτιλ. expresses the ground of the assertion οὐδέ νύ πώ περ
ἐπεφράσω : ‘you cannot have bethought you how much mightier I am,
if you match yourself’ &c.

412. ἐρινύας, ‘the curses,’ Od. 11.: 280. ἐξαποτίνοις, ‘ pay (7. ἐ.
suffer) to the full.

τῆς μητρός, viz. Here. The Art. is used as in 19. 322.

421. ἣ κυνάμνυια, Art. expressing dislike, § 47, 2, 5.

431. ἀντιόωσα, Fut. of ἀντιάζω,

437. αἴσχιον, 2 Comparative of contrast between two offosites, 2. ὁ.
it means, not ‘more αἰσχρόν, but “ αἰσχρόν instead of καλόν. So in
1. 486 dyporépas ἐλάφους =‘ wild (not tame) stags.’ Cp. 19. 56, 63.

441. exes, ‘ have had,’ sc. in helping the Trojans.

450. μισθοῖο τέλος, ‘the fulness of payment,’ ἡ. ὁ. the performance
when the full time had come.

ἐξέφερον, ‘ were bringing,’ ὦ. ὁ. should have brought.

451. βιήσατο, ‘did violence,’ ὦ. 6. robbed us of the hire.

453. σύν, with δήσειν, by Tmesis. Several MSS. have σοί, which
was adopted by the older editors. But there seems to be no point in
limiting part of the outrage to Apollo.

382 ILIAD, BOOK XX.

454. περάαν, ‘ would send for sale,’ see on 1. 40.

455. στεῦτο, see 3. 83. Such mutilations were regarded in later
Greek history as characteristically ‘ barbarous.’

460. πρόχνυ, for mpd-yvu, ‘forward on knee,’ abased to the ground.

463. εἰ δὴ πτολεμίξω, ‘if I am to make war,’ cp. I. 294.

464-466. These lines repeat in a somewhat simpler form the famous
comparison of 6. 146-149.

466. ἀκήριοι, ‘ lifeless,’ see on 5. 512.

467. αὐτοί, ‘ by themselves.’

469. μιγήμεναι ἐν παλάμῃσι, ‘to engage in the hands of,’ 7. ἐ. to come
to a hand-tothand fight with.

473. ἐπέτρεψας, ‘ hast yielded,’ sc. by flying.

μέλεον, ‘idle,’ because not founded on actual fighting: cp. 23. 795
μέλεος εἰρήσεται aivos.

475. μὴ .-. ἀκούσω, “ let me not hear,’ cp. I. 26.

482. μένος, with ἀντιφέρεσθαι, as in 1. 411 μένος ἰσοφαρίζεις. We
cannot distinguish sharply between the literal sense ‘to meet in
combat’ and the metaphorical ‘ to match oneself, rival.’

487. εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις «.7.A. The apodosis— do so’—is omitted as self-
evident: for the other examples of this form see on 6. 150.

488. ὅτι μοι «.7.A. suits the general sense of the preceding clause :
‘you wish to know which is stronger, since you offer me battle.’

490. τόξα, ‘ bow and arrows,’ including quiver, &c. So in 1]. 502.

491. αὐτοῖσιν, ‘with these as they were,’ going no further for
weapons.

495. Χηραμόν, ‘a cleft’: a second Acc., in apposition to πέτρην : cp.
14. 228.

409. πληκτίζεσθαι, ‘to come to blows.’ ἀλόχοισι; see on Il. 185, Igo.

503. στροφάλιγγι kovins, ‘the whirl of dust.’ The phrase belongs
to descriptions of battles (τό. 775); here it has a mock-heroic effect.

504. θυγατέρος, with τόξα.

513. ἐξ ἧς, ‘of whose doing.’ ἐφῆπται, ‘has got a hold among.’

517. ὑπέρμορον, see on 20. 30.

524. ἔθηκε, sc. καπνός, the smnoke—more properly the fire.

530. Most MSS. have ὀτρυνέων, but the Pres., implying that he called
to the watchers as he descended, seems more vivid: cp. 9. 790.

534. ἀναπνεύσωσιν ἀλέντες, ‘recover breath by crowding into the
city,’ 2. δ. reach the city, and so recover breath,

535. ἐπανθέμεναι, so Aristarchus: the MSS. have ἐπ᾽ ἂψ θέμεναι.

536. ἅληται, 2 Aor. Subj. of ἅλλομαι, only found here.

537. ἄνεσάν τε x.7.A. The general statement, " opened the gates,’ is
put before the detail, though that is earlier in time: for the so-called
Prothysteron, or ὕστερον πρότερον, cp. 1. 251.5 5. 118.

a en, νυν is

NOTES. LINES 454-609. 383

538. τεῦξαν φάος, ‘wrought deliverance,’ cp. 16. 95 ἐπὴν φάος ἐν
νήεσσι Onns.

539. ἀντίος, ‘to meet’ Achilles. So in 1. 542 ὃ means Achilles.
Join Τρώων λοιγόν (like λοιγὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν in 1, 134): ἀλαλκεῖν does not
govern an Acc. and Dat.

546. φῶτα... υἱόν, cp. 4. 194.

551. πόρφυρε, ‘was troubled’: see on 14. 16.

555. δειροτομήσει, see |. 80.

558. πρὸς πεδίον, ‘in the direction of the plain,’ 7. ὁ. away from the
city. Ἰλήϊον is a form that only occurs here, and has not been satis-
factorily accounted for. It cannot well be the Adj. of Ἴλιος, or of *IAos
(10. 415, &c.), but presupposes a Noun Ἰλεύς. An ancient variant is
Ἰδήϊον, explained as the plain ‘ at the foot of Mt. Ida,’ 7.e. the part of
the Trojan plain on the side furthest from the sea. The chief objec-
tion to this is that the Adj. of Ἴδη is Ἰδαῖος.

560. ἑσπέριος δ᾽ «.7.A, This may be the apodosis to 1. 556 εἰ δ᾽ ἂν
ἐγὼ «.7.4. Or we may suppose the apodosis to be forgotten, or omitted
as self-evident: cp. 1. 487.

561. τίη διελέξατο, Aor. in impatient questions, cp. 2. 323.

563. ἀπαειρόμενον, ‘starting to go.’

567. Here the apodosis is supplied in sense by the clause kal yap
«.7.., which sufficiently indicates what is meant. Join ot κατεναντίον
ἔλθω.

568. This contradicts the later fancy of the invulnerability οὗ
Achilles.

575. φοβεῖται, of flight, as always.

576. φθάμενος, has ‘begun by’ wounding it, 7.c. has so far the ad-
vantage that he has wounded it.

578. ξυμβλήμεναι, ‘get to close quarters,’ ἡ. ὁ. reach the hunter with
its teeth or claws.

588. εἰρνόμεσθα, probably Fut., like ἐφέψεις,

502. μιν, sc. κνήμην. But some MSS. read ἀμφὶ δέ ot, and the Dat.
is more in accordance with Homeric use.

593. πάλιν ὄρουσε, ‘ rebounded off again.’

600. αὐτῷ, the vea/ man: cp. 14. 474., 23. 66.

609. πεφεύγοι. One or two good MSS. have πεφεύγει, which fits ὅς
τ᾽ ἔθανε better. There is still more doubt in 8. 270 as to βεβλήκοι, the
only other instance of a Pf. Opt. of this form. In neither place does the
Opt. give a perceptibly different meaning from the Indic: § 34, 1, ὁ,

384 ILIAD. BOOK XXII.

BOOK XXII.

WITH the twenty-second book ofthe Iliad the last of the four great days
of battle comes to an end. The two mightiest champions are at length
brought face to face: the death of Hector deprives the Trojans of all
hope of deliverance; and the vengeance of Achilles is accomplished.
As we approach this climax the march of events becomes so simple and
direct that it is hardly necessary to analyse it. Hector at first resolves
to make a stand outside the Scaean gate. Then he flies before Achilles,
and is pursued three times round the city. Finally the gods resolve
that his fate can no longer be postponed. Athene deludes him with the
expectation of succour, and then helps Achilles to slay him. Achilles
despoils him of armour, and drags the body behind his chariot to the
camp. ‘This outline is filled up by several passages of dialogue, which
serve chiefly to bring out the character of the two antagonists. In vain
Priam and Hecuba, from the walls of the city, entreat Hector to seek
shelter with the other Trojans (ll. 25-97). He puts aside the thought
of purchasing safety by submitting to terms (ll. 98-130). His proposal
that each combatant should promise to grant burial to his fallen enemy
is fiercely rejected by Achilles (ll. 248-272). His dying prayer for the
same boon is received with like bitter contempt (Il. 330-366). After
his death Achilles summons the Greeks to return for the burial of
Patroclus (ll. 377-394). The book ends with the laments of Priam
(ll. 405-429), Hecuba (ll. 430-436), and Andromache (ll. 437-515).

The poetical attraction of the book, to a modern reader, centres in
the figure of Hector, whose character, as drawn out in successive
speeches and incidents, appeals profoundly to our sympathy. The
student of the Iliad, however, has to consider the value of this por-
traiture in relation to the main subject. It would undoubtedly be a
mistake in art to allow Hector to take away our interest from the chief
hero at the supreme crisis of the poem. What, then, is the relation
which we find between the two characters that now occupy the stage?
Evidently it is one of the most complete contrast. Achilles, the Greek
hero, the ideal of a youthful warrior, is fighting victoriously, and with
the aid of friendly gods, in the cause of private friendship. Hector, the
champion of the enemy, with inferior prowess, and therefore with little
hope of success, is devoting himself as a matter of duty to the defence
of his country. His conduct, too, is essentially chivalrous, and in con-
formity with the rules which were afterwards recognised in civilised
Greece, while Achilles represents mere primitive savagery. Here we
have a moral contrast, not unlike those which are often made the source
of interest in Greek drama. We may compare the <mtigone, in which

NOTES. 385

duty to a brother involves disobedience to the state: or the PhzJoctetes,
in which just resentment for private wrongs stands in the way of public
interest. In the Iliad, indeed, there can hardly be said to be an ethical
problem. On every ground of morality Hector seems to us to stand
infinitely higher, The question, then, is: are we to infer that the larger
share of sympathy would be given to Hector by the original hearers of
the Iliad? The poet does not help us much here, because his dramatic
instinct led him to divide the interest between the two great antagonists ;
but we can hardly doubt that in his intention the chief place remained
with Achilles, and that it was in order to heighten the glory of Achilles
that he portrayed the noble despair of Hector. Ifso, we are driven to
suppose that the moral superiority which impresses us was not recog-
nised as such by the contemporaries of Homer, or at least that it was
not felt to have more than a secondary value, as an element of dramatic
effect. And this view is confirmed by the repulsive piece of treachery
by which Athene brings about the death of Hector, as well as the
barbarous mutilation of the dead which follows.

The soliloquy spoken by Hector while Achilles is advancing (Il. 98-
130) is rejected by Hentze, on the ground that it is inconsistent with the
vivid simile by which his unconquerable spirit has just been described
(Il. 93-973 ep. especially 1. 96 ἄσβεστον ἔχων μένος οὐχ ὑπεχώρει with
1. 98 ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα κιτ.λ)ὴ. The change of mood is certainly abrupt,
and perhaps the whole speech is somewhat below the level of Homeric
art. Another doubtful passage is the dialogue in heaven between Zeus
and Athene (ll. 167-188), which closely resembles the dialogue between
Zeus and Here about the death of Sarpedon (16. 432-458), and also
recals that between the same speakers in 18. 356-368. All three passages
are suspected ; and in this case the scene is open to the definite objection
that it anticipates, and consequently spoils, the fine description of Zeus
weighing the fates of Achilles and Hector in the balance (ll. 208-213).

After Hector is slain, Achilles addresses the Greeks in a speech which
has provoked much criticism. First he proposes at once to attack Troy,
and see whether the Trojans will make any defence (Il. 381-384); then
he remembers that Patroclus lies unburied (ll. 385-390); finally he
bids the Greeks return with the body of Hector, singing a paean of
victory (ll. 391-394). But instead of the solemn procession which this
implies, he drives his chariot at full speed to the camp (1. 400), dragging
the body behind it. In all this, however, there is surely no greater
inconsistency than we expect from the wayward character of Achilles:
see the note on 16. 84. The poet wished to show that grief for Patroclus
was now the ruling motive in his hero’s mind. Perhaps, too, he wished
to explain why the Greeks did not follow up their victory by an assault
on the city. Fick maintains that the original Iliad ended with 1. 394;
and certainly the words of ll. 393, 394 (ἠράμεθα μέγα κῦδος x.7.A.)

VOL. II. cc

386 ILIAD. BOOK XXT7I,

make a fine conclusion. But it is difficult to think that an ancient
hearer would have been satisfied without some mention of the burial of
Patroclus.

4. wake’ ὦμοισι κλίναντες, in the attitude of readiness to receive an
attack ; cp. II. §93., 13. 488.

5. μεῖναι, Inf. of consequence, ‘ for remaining,’ so that he remained.

10. σὺ δ᾽ ἀσπερχὲς peveaivets is parenthetical (8 57 )—‘ in the hot fury
of your pursuit.’ σύ is repeated to mark the opposition to the preceding
clause: ‘ you have not recognised me—(on the contrary) you pursue
with unslackened ardour.’ So in 1, 12 σὺ δὲ δεῦρο λιάσθης =‘ while you
have turned aside hither.’

II. πόνος, of the ‘ distress’ of battle, as elsewhere.

13. οὔ τοι popotpos, ‘I am not fated for you,’ z.e, fate does not give
me to you to kill.

15. ἔβλαψας, ‘thou hast foiled me,’ spoilt my career: cp. 15. 484.

17. ‘ Before reaching’ is of course ironical, as they would never reach
Troy.

19. ῥηϊδίως, ‘ with a light heart.’

23. TiTatvopevos, ‘at full stride,’ cp. 16. 375 τανύοντο δὲ μώνυχες
ἵπποι.

24. λαιψηρά, with πόδας καὶ γούνατα, the second Noun fixing the
gender ; cp. 17. 387.

26. παμφαίνοντα (cp. 5. 6) is to be taken closely with ἐπεσσύμενον ;
‘ glittering as he rushed on.’

27. ὀπώρης, Gen. of time within which, § 39, 2.

29. ἐπίκλησιν, cognate Acc. with καλέουσι, § 37, 2.

34. ἀνασχόμενος, ‘raising’ (his hands): put for χεῖρας ἀνασχόμενος
(Od, 18. 100).
ἐγεγώνει, cp. 12. 337

38. τοῦτον, 7st, especially used of an enemy: cp. 10. 2.

41. σχέτλιος, ‘ hard,’ ‘relentless one,’ said of Hector, Most com-
mentators refer it to Achilles, both here and in 1. 86, where it is simi-
larly used. But σχέτλιος is especially a word of friendly complaint:
so Achilles uses it of Patroclus (18. 13), Diomede of Nestor (10.
164), &c.

43. κείμενον, ‘left lying,’ sc. unburied.

47. Τρώων, ‘among the Trojans,’ partitive Gen.

49. μετὰ στρατῷ, 7.6. in the hands of the Greeks.

50. χαλκοῦ, Gen. of frice. ἀπολυσόμεθα, for the Mid. cp, 1. 13.

51. Stace, ‘gave with,’ see on 9. 146,

52. εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισι, sc. εἰσί.

54. ἄλλοισι, see on 2. 101.

57. κῦδος, ‘ glory,’ =victory, cp. 15. 401.

—_—_— χω κνως να:

NOTES. LINES 4-109. 487

59. φρονέοντα, = ζώοντα (cp. 19. 335)—alive and therefore knowing
what evils are impending.

60, οὐδῷ, lit. ‘threshold’: not however thought of as a door-way
(so that the metaphor would imply that Priam was only entering upon
old age), but as a ‘stepping-ground,’ ‘landing,’ which he had fairly
reached.

62. ἑλκηθείσας, ‘dragged away,’ cp. ἑλκηθμός (6. 465).

63. θαλάμους, cp. the description of Priam’s palace, 6. 244 ff.

64. ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι, ‘in the fell havoc.’ The word has a vague
meaning: cp. Od, 12. 257 χεῖρας ἐμοὶ ὀρέγοντας ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι (of
the men in the grasp of Scylla).

66. πρώτῃσι θύρῃσι, =‘ just outside the door,’ cp. 8. 411.

69. τραπεζῆας, ‘eating from the table,’ domesticated.

70. περὶ θυμῷ, ‘to the fulness of their hearts,’ cp. 21. 65.

71. πάντα, Nom., as in 1. 73.

72. ἀρηϊκταμένῳ, Dat. because it means ‘7/ he falls in battle’: see on
DS 115]

κεῖσθαι, cp. 1. 43. ὅττι φανήῃ, ‘whatever may present itself,

befal him in the sight of men’; see on 11. 734. Some take it to mean

‘ whatever is shown, exposed to view,’ φαίνω being used as in Od. 18, 67
φαῖνε δὲ μηρούς.

8ο. ἀνιεμένη, ‘throwing back,’ ‘ opening.’

82. τάδε αἴδεο, ‘be moved by (do not be callous to) this sight.’

83. αὐτήν, nearly ‘in my turn.’

86. σχέτλιος, ‘relentless,’ ‘ unkind,’ must be understood as in 1. 41,
of the obduracy of Hector.

ov ἔτι, ‘I shall no more bewail,’ ze. no more have the hope of
duly bewailing.

88. πολύδωρος, see on 6. 394. μέγα, with ἄνευθε.

94. κακὰ φάρμακα, ‘poisonous herbs.’ Virgil’s coluber mala gramina
pastus (Aen. 2. 471).

93. περὶ χειῇ, ‘round (inside) his hole,

100, ἀναθήσει, ‘will fasten upon me’; cp. Od. 2. 86 μῶμον ἀνάψαι,
also Il. 5. 492 (note).

IOI. ἡγήσασθαι, ‘to lead, direct’: see 18. 254 ff.

102, ὑπό, ‘during, as 16, 202 πάνθ᾽ ὑπὸ μηνιθμόν. The literal sense
will suit if night is regarded as a space of darkness: cp. 2. 57 (note).

107. πιθήσας, ‘obeying,’ Ζ. 6. giving way to confidence in: cp. Od.
13. 143 Bin καὶ κἀρτεὶϊ εἴκων.

109. ἄντην, ‘facing’ (Achilles). This is the important word, the
meaning being that it is better to face Achilles, whether the consequence
is victory or death.

κατακτείναντα, al. κατακτείναντι. Aristarchus gave both readings ;
the Acc, is more correct when the Participle is taken closely with the

CC 2

388 ILIAD, BOOK XXII.

predicate,—‘ to kill and so return’; see on 1. 72. In the next. line,
however, Aristarchus wrote αὐτῷ, and this is the reading of the best
MSS. If it is right, the Dat. is to be accounted for by the desire of
bringing the Pronoun into apposition with ἐμοί in 1. 108, so as to show
that Hector means himself. The Acc. αὐτόν would naturally mean
Achilles. Aristarchus seems to have thought it also possible to take
αὐτῷ 858 -- ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, but this can hardly be defended.

110. Kev has nearly the force of ‘else,’ as in Od. 4. 546. This is the
only place where it goes with an Inf.

111. εἰ δὲ κεν x.7.A. There is no apodosis, the sentence being broken
off abruptly at 1. 122 ἀλλὰ τίη κιτιλ : cp. 21. 556-562, 567-570.

118. αὐτός, ‘in person, not through a herald or messenger.

116. 4 τε, ‘which thing,’ Fem. by attraction of the predicate ἀρχή.

117. ἀμφίς, “in two parts’: cp. 2. 13., 12. 434. Some take it to
mean ‘separately,’ sc. that the treasure brought by Paris was not to
count in the division of the Trojan possessions: but this is less natural.

119. Τρωσὶν ὅρκον ἕλωμαι, ‘ take an oath from the Trojans,’ z.e, im-
pose on them the taking of an oath: cp. Od. 4. 746 ἐμεῦ δ᾽ ἕλετο μέγαν
ὅρκον.

120. ἄνδιχα, ‘in two parts,’ sharing it between besiegers and besieged.
This seems to have been the usual compromise ; cp. 18. 511.

123. μή piv ἐγὼ pev... 6 δέ μ᾽ οὐκ ἐλεήσει. The real object of the
fear is given by the apodosis, the sense being ‘I fear that after I have
approached him he will not pity me.’ Hence we expect ἐλεήσῃ.

125. αὕτως, ‘just,’ without more effort.

126. ἀπὸ δρυὸς οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ wétpys is a proverbial phrase, the original
application of which was doubtless forgotten. The meaning seems to
be ‘with anything that comes to hand,’ ‘at haphazard.’ It occurs in
an entirely different connexion in Od. 19. 163 οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ δρυός ἐσσι
παλαιφάτου οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ πέτρης = ‘you are of flesh and blood,’ Cp. Hes. Theog.
35 ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα περὶ δρῦν ἢ περὶ πέτρην ( =not to the purpose).

127. ὀαριζέμεναι, lit. ‘to keep company’ (from dap): hence=Lat.
conversart.

129. ὅττι τάχιστα, ‘as soon as may be,’ to be taken with the preceding
Imper., as in the parallel passages (e.g. 15. 146). There was a variant
ὄφρα τ., which perhaps ought to be adopted here, as it is found in
similar passages whenever a Subj. follows (4. 269, &c.).

132, κορυθ-άϊκι, ‘darting with helmet,’ cp. κορυθαίολος.

134. ἀμφί, ‘round him,’ of the armour generally: so περί in 13. 245.

140. οἴμησε, ‘ swoops down.’

141. λεληκώς, ‘screaming’; see § 28, 3.

143. τρέσε, ‘shrank away,’ ‘ fled,’ see on 11. 546.,19. 15.

145. σκοπιήν, ‘the look out place’; not that of 2. 792 ff., which was
some way from the city. ἐρινέον, 6. 433.

——

NOTES. LINES 110-171. 389

146. tex, ‘away from under,’ getting further out as he went on.

ἀμαξιτόν, ‘the waggon-track,’ leading to the washing-place.

148. Σκαμάνδρου, with πηγαί, ‘two springs of the Scamander,’ 7. ὁ.
two of the sources from which it is fed. Some take Σκαμάνδρου with
ἀναΐσσουσι, supposing it to be meant that the springs had an under-
ground connexion with the river. But such a marvel as this would
surely have been described in more explicit language. The passage has
played an important part in all controversies about the site of Troy.
The ‘two sources’ were identified by the French traveller Lechevalier
with a group of springs which he found near the village of Bunarbashi:
and his discovery was thought to tell decisively against placing the site of
ancient Troy at Hissarlik (ovum Jiunt). But the Bunarbashi springs
do not satisfy all the conditions. The contrast of hot and cold, on
which 50. much stress is laid in the Homeric account, is entirely wanting,
all the springs being of the mean temperature of the locality (63° Fahr.).
Moreover, Lechevalier’s theory obliges us to give the name Σκάμανδρος
to the small stream which is formed by the springs, whereas Homer’s
Scamander must be the Menderé, which is the chief river of the Troad.
On the other hand, the Menderé does in fact take its rise from two
springs, one of which is warm, but they are on Mount Ida, thirty miles
away’. It is possible that the poet may haye heard of these springs,
and have confused them with some such washing-place as he describes
outside the walls of the city. Dr. Schliemann finds the Homeric πηγαί
in a cavern just under Hissarlik, with three springs and a conduit of
high antiquity (Zyoy, p. 64). For the purposes of controversy these
springs may be fairly set against those of Bunarbashi; but they are
equally without the characteristic contrast of a hot and a cold spring.

153. ἐπ᾽ αὐτάων, ‘at them.’ πλυνοί, ‘washing troughs.’ Cp. the
description in the Odyssey (7. 85 ff.).

157. φεύγων, ‘one flying.’ The Part. is used like a substantive, or
as 1-- φεύγων Tis: cp. 2. 234., 6. 208., 24. 528.

159. tepyiov, beast for sacrifice, ‘ festal ox.’

160. ἀρνύσθην, ‘sought to win,’ strove for.

ποσσίν, ‘for speed of foot.’
& τε, Plur. by the attraction of the predicate ἀέθλια.

162. τέρματα, ‘the goal, meta; cp. 23. 309, &e.

163. τὸ δέ, ‘and it, the prize’; the Art. anticipates the word ἄεϑλον,
already suggested by ἀεθλοφόροι.

κεῖται, ‘is set out’; κεῖμαι serves as Pf. Pass. of τίθημι.

164. ἀνδρός, with ἄεθλον, ‘prize belonging to, in honour of, a man,’
sc. at his funeral.

171, For the altar of Zeus on Mount Ida see 8. 48.

1 See the account of Prof. Virchow, Zandeskunde der Troas, p. 33-

390 ILIAD. BOOK XXII.

179-181, τε τό. 441-443; and 182-184=8. 38-40.

185. μηδέ τ᾽ ἐρώει, ‘do not fail,’ see on 2. 179.

188. κλονέων ἔφεπε, ‘kept in hand as he drove him on’: the phrase
would naturally be used rather of attack on a dody of men: cp. 11. 406.

101. τόν, the dog, grammatically construed as object to λάθῃσι (§ 58,
4), but placed before the clause et πέρ τε #.7.A., to show that it is the
main subject of the sentence. Hence θέειν needs no fresh Nom.: ‘he,
even if it hides from him, yet hunts it out with unflagging course.’

193. οὐ λῆθε, ‘could not hide from.’

194. πυλάων may go with ὁρμήσειε, and also with ἀντίον ἀΐξασθαι,
which expresses the same idea: ‘start for, making a rush towards.’

197. προπάροιθεν, not necessarily of time, ‘coming in front.’

198. ποτὶ πτόλιος, ‘on the side of the city,’ keeping next it. It is
difficult to reconcile the description of Hector’s successive attempts to
reach the gate with the statement that he was pursued three times round
the walls (1. 165). One would suppose that Hector, if he could keep
away from Achilles at all, would be able to approach the walls at any
point. However the poet’s conception evidently is that the speed of the
two heroes was so nicely balanced that Achilles, having once got nearer
the walls, was able to prevent Hector from passing across his course and
reaching them.

199. ἐν ὀνείρῳ, «.7.A., ‘in a dream he (viz. the dreamer) is not able.’
The subject to δύναταν is suggested by ἐν ὀνείρῳ (-- ὀνειρώσσων, “ one
dreaming’).

201. ov δ᾽ ὅς, § 48, I.

202. ὑπεξέφυγεν, ‘escaped, viz. during his flight before Achilles
when Apollo came and gave him strength for the last time.

205. λαοῖσιν, ‘to his men,’ the Greeks. ἀνένευε, properly ‘ threw
back his head,’ 2. 6. made signs of forbidding, see on 6. 311. Achilles
was between Hector and the walls, and the Greek army might therefore
have attacked Hector on the other side, had not Achilles signed to
them not to do so. This is mentioned as another reason why Hector
escaped as he did: hence there should not be a full stop at the end of
1. 204.

208. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ τὸ τέταρτον #.7.A. The connexion requires that
this should follow more closely upon 1. 165 ὥς τὼ τρίς «.7.A. Probably
much of the intervening text is interpolated—esp. the scene in heaven (Il.
167-187), and the obscure 1]. 202-207, if not also the similes (1]. 189 ff.,
and 1]. 199 ff.).

209-212. These lines are a repetition of 8. 69-72, except that Hector
and Achilles are put for the Greeks and Trojans. The passage was
known in later times as the ψυχοστασία, or ‘ weighing of the souls.’ It
suggested to Aeschylus a famous passage in the play which he wrote
on the subject of Memnon. The final combat between Memnon and

—— κὦ

NOTES. LINES 179-265. 3g1

Achilles was accompanied by a scene enacted on the θεολογεῖον (above
the stage), in which the souls of the two heroes were weighed against
each other by Zens.

213. ᾧχετο εἰς ᾿Αἴΐἴδαο. It is not clear whether this is said of the lot
(Ἕκτορος αἴσιμον ἦμαρ), or of Hector himself. On the former view
it is an exaggerated way of describing the sinking of the lot—more
exaggerated than 8. 73 αἱ μὲν ᾿Αχαιῶν κῆρες ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ
ἐζέσθην, Τρώων δὲ πρὸς οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἄερθεν. If Ἕκτωρ is the Nom.,
‘he was gone’ is put for ‘he was condemned to ρο. We may compare
9. 413 ὥλετο μέν μοι νόστος, ‘my return is (as good as) lost,’ 13. 772
viv ὥλετο πᾶσα κατ᾽ ἄκρης Ἴλιος. But these instances are in sfeeches,
where such a boldness of expression is more natural.

217. μέγα κῦδος, -- νἱοίοτγ. ᾿Αχαιοῖσι, ‘ for the Greeks.’

218. dros, ‘not to be satisfied,’ is for d-aros, which is probably the
true form in Homer: see on ἅδην, 13. 315.

219. πεφυγμένον, Ζ. 6. in a state of safety from, cp. 6. 488.

220. πολλὰ πάθοι, ‘ were to give himself much trouble.’

221, προπροκυλινδόμενος. The compound προκυλίνδομαι means ‘to
roll on,’ ‘roll forward’; as in 14. 18, where it is said of a wave ‘ falling
over.’ The second πρό seems to mean ‘before’ (Zeus). But in Od.
17. 525 προπροκυλινδόμενος must mean ‘rolling on and on.’

222, Gparvee, ‘take breath.’ The form points to a Pres. πνύω, or
Aor. ἔπνυον (like ἔκλυον). Elsewhere we find only the Mid. ἄμπνῦτο
(or €umvuro): hence Cobet (AZisc. Crit. p. 348) proposed ἄμπνυο here.

229. ἠθεῖε, see on 6. 518, where Paris so addresses Hector.

234. γνωτῶν, ‘kinsmen,’ especially brothers, cp. 14. 485., 17. 35.

235. νοέω, ‘my mind is,’ nearly =doxef μοι. In this sense νοέω,
φρονέω, &c. take an Aor. (not Fut.) Inf.: see on 3. 98.

237. ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἔντοσθε μένουσι, § 57.

241. τοῖον, “ to such a degree.’

247. kat implies that Athene led the way with the same guile with
which she had spoken. κερδοσύνῃ, ‘ craftiness’; κέρδος and its derivatives
in Homer imply cunning or σ 21 rather than actual gain.

251. Stov, here=‘ fled.’

254. ἐπιδώμεθα, ‘grant to each other for it,’ ze. allow to be called
as witnesses to the compact.

255. ἐπίσκοποι, another word for ‘ witnesses’: see on 18. 501.

256. ἔκπαγλον, ‘outrageously,’ in unseemly fashion, It is generally
applied to persons, probably with the notion of ‘ overweening,’ ‘ un-
governable.’

257. Kappoviny, ‘ withstanding,’ ‘ holding one’s ground,’ a euphemism
for victory.

261. adage, ‘unforgotten,’ because eternally hateful.

265. φιλήμεναι, a non-thematic form, § 8, A, 2.

392 ILIAD. BOOK XXII,

266. ‘ There will be no treaty between us before one or other falls’ ;
an ironical way of saying that there can be no treaty.

207, — 20570:
268. παντοίης ἀρετῆς, ‘prowess of every sort’: ep. Hector’s words,
yeas vill.

271. δαμάᾳ, Fut. § 12, 3.

272. ἑτάρων, ‘for my comrades,’ § 39, 1.

277. δίδου, λάθε δέ, -- διδοῦσα ἔλαθε, § 27.

280, ἠείδης, Plupf. of οἶδα ; used with dpa like the Impf. ἢ τοι ἔφης
ye, ‘though you thought so’: sce on 3. 215.

281. ἀρτιεπής, ‘glib speaker,’ the opposite of ἁμαρτοεπής (13. 824):
cp. ἀρτίπος, ‘sound of foot.’

ἐπίκλοπος μύθων, “ trickster in speech’: cp. Od. 21. 397 ἐπίκλοπος
τόξων, “ cunning about the bow.’
ἔπλεο, ‘ you have become,’ = you prove to be.

284. στήθεσφιν, here for the Gen. στηθέων.

286. ὡς κομίσαιο, ‘ would that you may receive it.’

293. κατηφήσας, ‘ cast down in heart’: so στῆ δὲ ταφών (16. 806, &c.).

ἀλλ᾽, for ἄλλο : it was usual to have two spears.

295. ἥτεε explains ἐκάλει, hence the asyndeton.

300. We should probably read οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄνευθεν, as τε is not in place,
§ 49, 9.

304. ἀσπουδί, ‘ without an effort,’ tamely.

308. οἴμησεν, cp. 1. 140. ἀλείς, ‘ gathering himself together.’

310. πτῶκα, ‘cowering’ (πτήσσων : πτῶξ is also used as a substantive
to denote the hare (17. 676).

313. ἀγρίου, to be scanned ayptoo, § 19, 3.

κάλυψε, ‘ spread as a covering’: cp. 5. 507.

316. θαμειάς, used predicatively, ‘set thick’: cp. 18. 68., 19. 383.

319. ἀπέλαμπε, ‘light shone,’ a kind of impersonal verb.

321. εἰσορόων, not strictly ‘looking at,’ but (as the next words show)
‘looking towards,’ to see how to reach it. εἴξειε is impersonal, as 18.
520 ὅθι σφίσιν εἶκε λοχῆσαι.

222. ἄλλο τόσον is adverbial: cp. 23. 454 τὸ μὲν ἄλλο τόσον φοῖνιξ
ἣν, ‘over the rest of his body’: and for τόσον μὲν- δὲ -- “11 except,’
see on 4. 130.

324. φαίνετο, ‘it showed,’ was visible.

am’ ὥμων αὐχέν᾽ ἔχουσι, ‘hold the neck apart from the shoulder’;
cp. 8. 325 ὅθι κληὶς ἀποέργει αὐχένα τε στῆθύς τε. We should rather
say ‘connect’ the neck and shoulder: but cp. also 13. 706 τὼ μέν τε
ζυγὸν. ἀμφὶς ἐέργει (of oxen).

325. λαυκανίην was probably the reading of Aristarchus. The Acc.
is to be explained by apposition to αὐχένα, the λαυκανίη or gullet (24.
642) being part of the neck: see on 8. 48., 14. 228. This is not quite

NOTES. LINES 266-371. 393

satisfactory, because Aavkaviny is so placed as to go with the principal
Verb (φαίνετο), rather than with the clause ἣ κληῖδες «.7.4. Perhaps,
however, it might be attracted into agreement with αὐχένα (8 58, 4).
Most MSS. have Aaveavins, which may be taken as a local partitive
Gen., meaning ‘at the part of the gullet where the neck meets the
collar-bone’ (viz. the lowest exposed part). For such a Gen. with
φαίνετο we may compare 17. 372 νέφος δ᾽ ov φαίνετο πάσης γαίης.

328. ἀσφάραγον, ‘ the wind-pipe.’

333. Join τοῖο ἀοσσητήρ, ‘for hima champion’ (15. 254). ἄνευθεν,
‘in the background,’ explained by νηυσὶν ἔπι «.7.A.

336. ἀϊκῶς, ‘hideously’; elsewhere we only find the form ἀεικής.

339. Join κύνας ᾿Αχαιῶν : so Τρώων κύνες, 13. 831., 17. 241.

340. δέδεξο, ‘ accept,’ cp. 19. Io.

342, 343,=7- 79, 80.

345. γούνων and τοκήων go with youvafeo, which has the sense of
‘entreat by,’ sc. by appeal to. The history of this Gen. seems to be
that the verb γουνάζομαι, lit. ‘to clasp the knees’ (in supplication),
came to mean generally ‘to supplicate,’ but retained the construction of
a verb of taking hold: and this was extended to anything appealed to
by the suppliant. Here of course actual clasping is not intended.
Cp. Od. το. 66 τῶν ὄπιθεν γουνάζομαι.

340-348. at yap .. ὡς «.7.A. This is a regular Homeric form of
asseveration, meaning ‘as surely as I wish that , so surely shall
——’: ep. 18. 464 at γάρ μιν θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ὧδε δυναίμην νόσφιν
ἀποκρύψαι. . ὥς οἱ τεύχεα καλὰ παρέσσεται : and see on 8. 538 ff., 13.
825 ff.

347. οἷα, -- ὅτι τοιαῦτα, ‘after the things you have done to me.’

348. ἀπαλάλκοι, Opt., § 34, 2, ὁ.

349. εἰκοσινήριτα evidently means ‘twenty-times over,’ z.¢. twenty-
fold the usual ransom. The second part of the word has not been
satisfactorily explained : it is otherwise known in Homer only as the
name of a mountain, Νήριτον in Ithaca.

350. στήσωσι, ‘ weigh.’

351. ἐρύσασθαι, ‘to outweigh,’ z. 6. to give your weight in gold.

ἀνώγοι. The change to the Opt. marks that Achilles is no longer
thinking of a ransom such as he would expect, but is making a mere
supposition,

354. κατὰ Sacovrat, ‘ shall divide among them,’ feast on as prey.

359. προτιόσσομαι, “1 watch, mark with foreboding.’ ὄσσομαι is
especially used of looking in a meaning way, seeing with anxiety, dis-
jikey ces: οἷν. 14. 17.

358. μήνιμα, “ cause of wrath.’

361-364, =16. 855-858; and 365, 366=18. 115, 116.

371. ἐνουτητί, ‘without a wound,’ 7.¢. without giving one.

394 ILIAD. BOOK XXII.

381. εἰ δ᾽ ἄγετε, the apodosis: see on 16. 667.
σὺν τεύχεσι πειρηθέωμεν, = ‘ make an attack,’ cp. 5. 220.
382. ἔτι, ‘ further,’ as the next step.
383. πόλιν ἄκρην, ‘the acropolis’: to abandon it was to desert the
city entirely. Cp. 24. 383 ff.
389. καταλήθονται, ‘men forget,’ to be taken closely with εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο :
‘if the dead forget their dead, so will not I.’
391. παιήονα, a song of thanksgiving, cp. 1. 473.
305. μήδετο, ‘ bethought him of,’ put in practice.
307. €s σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ‘ from the heel to the ancle.’ Thus the
strap passed through, or rather perhaps behind, the sinew of the heel.
401. τοῦ... κονίσαλος, ‘there was dust from ge by) him as he
was dragged along’; Gen, as χλαγγὴ βιοῖο (1. 49), κύματα παντοίων
ἀνέμων (2. 397), &e.
409. κωκυτῷ of women, οἰμωγῇ of men; cp. the use of κώκυσεν and
φμωξεν i in ll. 407, 408.
εἴχοντο, ‘were possessed by,’ given up to.
410. τῷ... ὡς εἰ —, ‘ the case (state of things) as [it would be] if —’;

see on 11. 467. Cp. Virgil’s imitation, Aen. 4. 669 Non aliter quam si

tmmissts ruat hostibus omnis Carthago, &c.
4II. ὀφρυόεσσα, ‘ beetling’: ὀφρύς, cp. 20. 151.
κατ᾽ akpys, cp. 13. 772.
412. ἀσχαλόωντα, ‘chafing,’ cp. 2. 293.
416. κηδόμενοί περ, ‘though concerned for me.’ This is the reading

of Aristarchus. The best MSS. have κηδόμενόν περ, ‘in my great ὦ

sorrow.’

418. λίσσωμαι, Subj. of Purpose or will, § 29, 1. τοῦτον, zstum,
§ 45.

419. ἡλικίην, ‘my time of life, cp. 20. 465 ὁμηλικίην ἐλεήσας.

420, τοιόσδε, ‘such a one as I am.’

425. ov ἄχος, ‘sorrow for whom,’ ὃ 39, 1.

431. th vu βείομαι, ‘how shall I live?’ 2. 6. what is to become of my
life? Subj. like τί πάθω; τί γένωμαι ; &c. (§ 29, 3). For the form sce
on 15. 194.

433. πελέσκεο, ‘ didst come and go about the city.’

435. δειδέχατο, ‘ saluted,’ paid court to,

438. Ἕκτορος may be construed with ἄλοχος or (better) with
πέπυστο.

ἐτήτυμος, ‘sure,’ ὦ. 6. authentic: she first heard only the wailing
(1. 447), and feared the worst (1. 455 ff.).

441. δίπλακα, ‘ double cloak’: so 3. 126, where Helen is embroider-
ing pictures of the war.

Opova, ‘ flowers.’ ἔπασσε, ‘embroidered.’

443- ἀμφὶ πυρί, 18. 344.

—s ee

and ine ae

ee ee

NOTES. LINES 381~491. 395

448. ἐλελίχθη, ‘shook.’ κερκίς, ‘ shuttle.’

450. ἴδωμ᾽ may stand for ἴδωμι or (better) wpa: § 29, 1.

452. ἀνὰ στόμα, ὦ. 6. as though it would come out at my mouth.

454. am’ οὔατος, see on 18, 272.

455, 450. pr. . δίηται, ‘lest he have chased.’

457. ἀλεγεινῆς, ‘ unhappy,’ because the cause of his death.

461. παλλομένη κραδίην, ‘her heart beating,’ cp. 1. 452.

463. παπτήνασα, Aor., ‘sending a glance.’

465. ἀκηδέστως, cp. 21. 123.

466, =5. 659., 13. 580.

467. ἐκάπυσσε, ‘ breathed out’: cp. 15. 252 φίλον diov ἥτορ.

468. δέσματα, ‘ head-gear.’

469. ἄμπυκα, a ‘diadem’ of metal, hence the epithet χρυσάμπυκες,
applied to the Muses (Hes. Theog. 916), and Seasons (Hom. h. VI. 5).

κεκρύφαλον, a coif or hood.

πλεκτὴν ἀναδέσμην, ‘ plaited band,’ probably a thick band passing
round the head behind the ears, represented on some Etruscan monu-
ments of the archaic style (Helbig, pp. 157-160).

470. κρήδεμνον, 14. 184.

474. Join εἶχον ἀπολέσθαι, ‘stayed her from perishing.’

475. ἔμπνυτο, so Aristarchus, the MSS. have ἄμπνυτο. See on 11. 359.

476. ἀμβλήδην, ‘uplifting her voice’: cp. Od. 1. 155 ἀνεβάλλετο
καλὸν deidev,=‘began the song’; so also ὑποβλήδην (Il. 1. 292),
‘taking up,’ ‘interrupting.’? Some explain ‘with sudden bursts,’ or
‘with deep sobs’ (Mr. Leaf), comparing ἀμβολάδην (21. 364). But the
frequentative meaning of ἀμβολάδην is given by the form of the adverb:
cp. Emotpopadny, ἐπιτροχάδην.

477. γιγνόμεθ᾽, Impf. with dpa, ‘ it seems that we were.’

ἰῇ αἴσῃ, ‘ with, under, a like fate’: an instrumental Dat., § 38, 3.

484. νήπιος αὕτως, ‘an infant and no more,’ 6. 400.

487 ff. The passage which follows, with its moralising on the sorrows
of an orphan, was condemned by Aristarchus. It certainly does not
apply very well to one whose grandfather was still alive and reigning ;
and the return to the particular case of Astyanax at 1. 500 is exceedingly
abrupt. The style and tone of thought are rather Hesiodic than Homeric.
Aristarchus obelised 1]. 487-499. Most editors reject ll. 500-504 also:
and certainly they are somewhat pointless without the preceding descrip-
tion, and may have been added (as Mr. Leaf suggests) to connect the
locus communis about orphanage with the context.

488. τούτῳ ye, 7:72, the Pronoun here expressing ity.

489. ἀπουρίσσουσιν, ‘ will mark off’ (and so occupy, seize).

491. ὑπεμνήμυκε, ‘hangs his head,’ Pf. of ὑπ-ημύω, apparently for
ὑπ-εμήμυκε (Attic reduplication).

πάντα, adverbial Neut. Plur., =‘ completely.’

396 ILIAD, BOOK XXIII.

494. τῶν with tts, ‘one or another of them.’

ἐλεησάντων, ‘if they take pity.’
τυτθόν, ‘a little bit,’ for an instant.

496. ἀμφιθαλής, ‘ rich on both sides,’ ὦ, e. (according to the ancients)
with father and mother both living.

504. θαλέων, ‘with θάλεα, fat things,’ Neut. Pl. of θάλυς, an adj.
found in the Fem. (δαῖτα θάλειαν, Il. 7. 475).

505. πάθῃσι, ‘he must suffer,’ Subj. of confident prediction, § 29, 4.

506, 507. Cp. 6. 402, 403.

509. aidAa refers to the play of light; ‘with shining scales.’

510. κέονται, thematic 3 Plur. of κεῖμαι, found here and in Od. 11.
DAT τῶν 2522.

513. οὐδὲν σοί γ᾽ ὄφελος. It is not clear whether this means that
the garments will be of no use to Hector,—and therefore may be burnt,—
or that the burning will be of no use, since he will not be laid in them
(ἐγκείσεαι) on the pyre, and therefore will not take them with him to
Mades. The latter seems more correct, especially if (as is probable on
other grounds) we read αὐτός for αὐτοῖς.

514. κλέος εἶναι, ‘to be a glory,’ z.¢. so that they may do honour.

BOOK XXIII.

THE two remaining books of the Iliad form a kind of epilogue,
relating the burial of the two chief heroes who have fallen in the course
of the poem,—Patroclus, the friend of Achilles, and Hector, his great
rival.

The twenty-third book describes the burial of Patroclus, and in
particular the Funeral Games (d@Aa ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ), which are held in
his honour. ‘Thus it falls into two parts:

I. The Burial. Achilles makes the Myrmidons pass round the body,
and commands the funeral feast (Il. 1-58). The shade of Patroclus
appears to him, and entreats speedy burial (ll. 59-110). Wood is
brought, the body is placed on the pyre, Boreas and Zephyrus come at
the prayer of Achilles to make it burn (ll, 111-225). Next day the
bones are gathered and the mound raised over them.

II. The Games. There are eight contests, but three of these (as we
shall see) are probably not part of the original list :—

1, Chariot-race, described at length (Il. 257-652).

2. Boxing-match (Il. 653-699).

3. Wrestling, between Ajax and Ulysses (Il. 700-739).

4. Foot-race—Ajax the less, Ulysses, Antilochus (Il. 740-797).

NOTES. 397

[5. Tournament with spears between Diomede and Ajax (ll. 798-825).

6. Throwing the iron weight (ll. 826-849).

7. Archery contest (ll. 850-883).]

8. Throwing the spear; Achilles gives the prize without a contest to
Agamemnon (Il. 884-897).

The two last books have been regarded by many scholars as addi-
tions to the original Iliad, such as may be accounted for partly by the
natural desire to linger over the final scenes of a story, and partly by
the importance attached in common belief to the due performance of
funeral rites. The grounds for this opinion are to be found, in the first
instance, in the relation of the two books to the general structure of
the poem, and to each other. The following points are worth notice :—

1. Neither of the books in question can be said to be necessary to
the poetical complefeness of the Iliad. The events of the twenty-
second book bring the story to a conclusion, which—to a modern
reader at least—leaves nothing to be desired. The anger of Achilles
is appeased, his vengeance is satisfied, the danger to the Greeks has
passed away. Hence, as Mr. Grote argued, ‘the death of Hector
satisfies the exigencies of a coherent scheme, and we are not entitled
to extend the oldest poem beyond the limit which necessity prescribes’
(Hist. of Greece, Pt. I, ch. xxi).

2. The two books do not stand well together. They seem to repre-
sent two different ways of bringing the poem to an end. It was urged
as an argument against the Doloneia, that the night in which it is
placed is already sufficiently occupied by the Embassy to Achilles
(vol. i. p. 353). So in this case, while there might have been room
(artistically speaking) for one last book—either the Funeral Games or
the Ransoming of Hector,—there is not room for both.. A second
episode, which fills nearly the same space on the poetical canvas, tends
to disturb the effect of the first.

3. This want of unity is accentuated by difference of style and tone.
The narrative of the Funeral Games is cheerful and animated, the
incidents in more than one place approaching the character of comedy.
The twenty-fourth book is pathetic, and full of solemn and touching
eloquence. The sudden return from the lighter vein to the gravest
manner of the Iliad is certainly awkward, and unlike the art of Homer.

We turn now to the consideration of the twenty-third book, with the
view of ascertaining how far the incidents and the language are con-
sistent with the belief in its genuineness as part of the original Iliad.

The narrative is composed with evident reference to the preceding
books. The burial of Patroclus was the first thought of Achilles in
the moment of his victory (22. 386). In two places (Il. 20-23, and
180-183) he refers to his promise to slay twelve Trojan youths on the

398 ILIAD. BOOK XXIII,

funeral pyre (18. 333 ff.), and his intention to throw the body of
Hector to the dogs (22. 335, 348, also 261 ff.).

On the other hand, there are indications that the agreement is of
a superficial kind. The body of Patroclus seems to be no longer in the
tent of Achilles (19. 211), but on the beach, where all the Myrmidons
pass round it in procession (Il. 13-15). The line ἢ fa καὶ “Exropa
δίον ἀεικέα μήδετο ἔργα (22. 395) is repeated in 1. 24, but applied in
a pointless way. The same may be said of 1]. 17-18, which repeat
18. 316-317, but are not followed by any such solemn lament as they
announce (ἐξῆρχε γόοιο).

Further, the connexion of the narrative is unsatisfactory. It is not
easy to see why the solemn farewell address to Patroclus—xaipé μοι, ὦ
Πάτροκλε, «.7.A.—comes in twice (1.19 andl. 179). The preparations for
the funeral feast are described (ll. 29-34); but Achilles is taken away to
banquet in the tent of Agamemnon. The ghost of Patroclus appears
to Achilles and begs for speedy burial (ll. 65-107) ; but the incident
does not hasten the burial in any way. Moreover, it is based on the
notion, of which there is no other trace in the Iliad, that the souls of
the unburied are forbidden to cross the Styx. The funeral procession is
formed by the Myrmidons (Il. 122-134), but presently the whole Greek
army seems to be present: the lament, we are told, would have lasted
till sundown, if Achilles had not asked Agamemnon to dismiss the
host (ll. 154-162), Meanwhile Hector’s body is protected by the gods,
though we do not yet hear of further outrage offered to it (see the note
on 1. 187). The account of Iris carrying the prayer of Achilles to the
two winds, Boreas and Zephyrus (ll. 198-212), is somewhat strange,
as Iris elsewhere acts only as messenger of the gods, Apart from this,
it forms an awkward digression, during which the main action—the
burning of the body of Patroclus—is at a stand-still.

Several of these difficulties may be removed by rejecting particular
lines or passages; but taken together they point rather to general
weakness in the construction of the narrative.

The description of the Games, which occupies the rest of the book,
is open in part to criticism of the same kind, Thus, Nestor addresses
a long speech to his son Antilochus (ll. 306-348); but the advice which
he gives has no effect on the issue. In the boxing-match (Il. 653-699)
Epeius begins by rude boasting, which by all the rules of poetical
justice ought to ensure his defeat; but he is victorious. These are
defects which seem to be characteristic of the book. In one place,
however, the evidence points rather to interpolation, to which a narra-
tive made up of distinct unconnected events is peculiarly liable. The
three contests described in ll, 798-883, viz, the duel in armour, the
throwing of the iron weight, and the archery, are in all probability
later additions, The original list is pretty clearly indicated (see the

NOTES. LINES 7-16. 399

note on 1. 638), and the account of the three additional contests is full
of singularities.

The language of the books shows several traces of comparative
lateness, Chief among these are the post-Homeric uses of the Article
(11. 75, 257, 295, 303, 348, 376, 465, 525), and of the Prepositions (ll.
671, 703, 742). In these respects the usage approaches most nearly to
that of book X (see vol. i. p. 354). The use of νῦν in the sense of
‘now’ is peculiar to books X and XXIII. Similarly the form τιθήμεναι
(11. 83, 247) is to be compared with τιθήμενος (10. 34).

In respect of vocabulary there is not so much of a decisive kind.
Several words and phrases are common to this book and the Odyssey :
e.g. ἀπόπροθι (1, 832), ἀληθείη (1. 361, also 24. 407), ἀτέμβω (Il. 445,
834, also in the doubtful line 11, 705), ὑγρὸν ἔλαιον (1. 281), ἐπιεικέα
τοῖον (1. 246, cp, Od. 3. 321 μέγα τοῖον, &c.), ἐπ’ ἠεροειδέα πόντον
(1. 744), περιπλομένους ἐνιαυτούς (1. 833), εἴδωλα καμόντων (1. 72).
Among the ἅπαξ λεγόμενα we may notice ἑωσφόρος, ‘the morning star,’
κηδεμόνες, ‘friends’ or ‘ backers,’ τοξευτής (for τοξότης), περιδώμεθον
(1 Dual), and the Comparative ἀφάρτεροι, ‘ swifter.’

Thongh it is doubtful whether the account of the ‘ Funeral Games’ is
part of the original Iliad, there can be no question of its interest, both
as a picture of Homeric or nearly Homeric times, and as a fine piece
of descriptive poetry. Schiller has gone so far as to say that any one
who has lived to read the twenty-third book of the Iliad cannot com-
plain of his lot in the world, Asa composition it is full of life and
picturesque effect. The monotony which might have been expected in
a long list of similar incidents is skilfully avoided. The picture of
Achilles in his new position as host and president of the Games, is
singularly stately and life-like. Here and there, especially in the at-
tractive scene between Antilochus and Menelaus, the poet shows in-
dependent power of imagining and delineating character. As an
epilogue or concluding chapter the book has the essential merit of
repose and harmony. The satisfaction of Achilles in his victory over
Hector, and in the payment of due rites to his friend, is felt as an
undertone through the narrative. The reconciliation with Agamemnon,
which is the true conclusion of the ‘wrath,’ is once more brought into
relief, A special honour paid to him as ‘king of men’ forms the last
incident of the day, and may be fairly regarded as striking the key-note
of the whole poem,

7. ὄχεσφι is for the Gen., ‘ from under the chariot.’

8, αὐτοῖς, ‘as they are,’ without taking them out, § 38, 3.

9. ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστί, ‘ for that is the due honour,’ cp. 12. 344.
16, τοῖον, ‘so good,’ z.¢. one who deserved so much sorrow,

μήστωρα φόβοιο, cp. 5. 272.

"
᾽

400 ILIAD. BOOK XXT7/1.

SJ

20. The reference is to 18. 334 ff.

21. ὠμὰ δάσασθαι, Neut. Plur., because κρέα is meant.

27. ὑψηχέες, perhaps ‘neighing with head aloft,’ cp. Virg. Aen. 11.
496 arrectisque fremit cervicibus alte (Hentze).

29. τάφον Saivu, ‘gave the funeral feast’; so Od. 4. 3 δαινύντα
γάμον.

30. ἀργοί, ‘shining,’ Ζ. 6. sleek; elsewhere an epithet of dogs in the
sense of ‘ swift.’

ὀρέχθεον, probably a Frequentative from dpéyw, ‘to stretch out’;
hence ‘ plunged,’ moved convulsively. The ancients generally took it to
mean ‘bellowed.’ In any case it seems to be a description of oxen
being slaughtered (σφαζόμενοι) : so ἀμφὶ σιδήρῳ, ‘ with the iron in their
flesh, cp. περὶ δουρί (13. 441). This is the only place where a knife
of iron is mentioned.

34. κοτυλήρυτον, ‘ that might be taken up in cups,’ z.¢. deep enough
to dip a cup in: from ἀρύω, ‘ to draw water.’

36. εἰς "Ayapépvova, ‘to Agamemnon’s tent.’

40, 41, nearly=18. 344, 345.

43. ὅς tis τε, the indefinite Relative, seems out of place here. The
line, however, is evidently an old formula. The meaning may be,
‘Zeus, or by whatever name the highest of the gods is to be called’;
cp. Aesch. Ag. 160 Ζεύς, ὅς τίς ποτ᾽ ἐστίν, εἰ τόδ᾽ αὐτῷ φίλον κεκλημένῳ,
where the idea is presented in a refined form.

43. στυγερῇ, ‘importunate,’ hateful because it is regardless of cir-
cumstances: ep. Od. 7, 216 οὐ γάρ τι στυγερῇ ἐπὶ γαστέρι κύντερον
ἄλλο.

50. ἀξέμεναι, Aor., § 9, 3: soinl.111.

ὅσσα, after ἔχοντα, ‘ what it is fitting the dead should have when
he passes down to the shades of darkness.’

53. θᾶσσον, cp. 21. 437. ἀπ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν, ‘away from before our
eyes.

; 55. ἐφοπλίσσαντες. Bentley proposed to read ἐφοπλίσσαντο on
account of βέκαστοι, and this is supported by one good MS. (viz. D),
and by Eustathius.

63. νήδυμος ἀμφιχυθείς, 14, 253.

64. “Extop’, probably Ἕκτορα.

63. ἦλθε δ᾽, apodosis: cp. I. 194. .

66. αὐτῷ, ‘the real man,’ z.¢. the body.

69. λελασμένος, Pf., of the condition of forgetfulness.

70. ἀκήδεις, Impf., ‘ thou wast not neglectful of me in life.’

71. ὅττι τάχιστα might be taken with either clause, but the parallels
are in favour of taking it with the Imperative θάπτε: see on 22. 129.
περήσω is a Subj. of purpose, § 29,1. Such a Subj. is not uncommon
after an Imperative; cp. 6. 340 ἐπίμεινον ᾿Αρήϊα τεύχεα δύω.

NOTES, LINES 20-116, 401

75. τὴν χεῖρα, ‘ your hand,’ a post-Homeric use of the Art.
ὀλοφύρομαι, generally taken as=‘TI entreat’: but there is no other
example of this sense. Aristarchus took it as an Aor, Subj. expressing
purpose like περήσω in 1. 71): ὁ give me your hand, I will lament,’ ὦ ὁ.
that I may lament over our parting. This suits the next words, οὐ γὰρ
ἔτ᾽ αὖτις κιτιλ., and the answer of Achilles, 11, 97, 98. Cp. also 24. 328
φίλοι δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἕποντο πόλλ᾽ ὀλοφυρόμενοι ὡς εἰ Odvardvbe κιόντα. ὁ
γ6. νίσομαι, a Pres., which in this use is equivalent to a Fut.
79. ἀμφέχανε, ‘has opened its maw for me.’
λάχε, ‘had me given to it,’ became my fate: cp. 20, 128.

80. μοῖρα, sc. ἐστί.

81. εὐηφενέων, see on 11, 427. ‘The word occurs as a proper name,
Ἐὐηφένης (Wilamowitz, Hom. Unters. p. 323).

83. τιθήμεναι. The ἢ is irregular; cp. τιθήμενον (10. 34).

86. ὕπο, ‘ by reason of,

88. ἀμφ᾽ ἀστραγάλοισι, ‘ over (the game of) knucklebones.’

ot. ὥς, refers back to ὡς ἐτράφην περ, |. 84.

92. This line is perhaps interpolated from Od, 24. 74. The golden
jar belongs to a later part of the history, about which the Iliad is silent.

94. ἠθείη, sce on 6. 518.

97. ἀμφιβαλόντε ἀλλήλους, ‘casting (our arms) about each other.’
The commoner construction (but only found in the Odyssey) is χεῖρας
ἀμφιβάλλειν τινί, We should rather expect the Mid. ; cp. 17. 742.

99. ὠρέξατο, ‘ stretched forth to grasp’: Dat. as in 1. 102.

χερσὶ συμπλατάγησε, ‘clapped his hands.’

Tol, τετριγυῖα, ‘squeaking’; of the cry of a bat, Od. 24. 6-0.

103. Tes, with ψυχή, ‘ there is a sort of life,’ lit. * breath,’

104. εἴδωλον, ‘a semblance ’ of the bodily form.

φρένες, ‘midriff,’ the physical organ of life and thought, the con-
dition of vea/ life. The clause ἀτὰρ x«.7.A, is parenthetical.

110. ἐλεεινόν, perhaps an Ady., with μυρομένοισι, cp. 22. 408.

112, πάντοθεν ἐκ κλισιῶν, with ὥτρυνε.

émi . . ὀρώρει, cp. Od. 3. 471 ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἀνέρες ἐσθλοὶ ὄροντο οἶνον
οἰνοχοεῦντες, also 14. 104 ἐπὶ, ὄρονται, Some derive these forms
from the root var (dp-4w, Lat. vereor, Germ, wahren), comparing
ἐπίουρος, ‘watcher over.’ This gives a very satisfactory sense; but the
Attic reduplication is against an original Ff. ‘The alternative is to sup-
pose that ἐπὲ ὄρομαι, ‘1 bestir myself over,’ acquired the special sense,
‘I look after, am in charge of.’

116, This line may be meant to imitate the galloping of the mules:
it has the same peculiar rhythm as the famous Od. 11. 598 adres ἔπειτα
πέδονδε κυλίνδετο λᾶας ἀναιδές, viz. three trochaic caesuras in succession :
but the jingling effect produced by the repetition of the sound -avra is
without a parallel in ΤΠ] οἴμοι,

VOL. lk pd

402 ILIAD. BOOK XXIII.

120. διαπλήσσοντεϑ, ‘cutting up,’ cutting in pieces.
121. €kSeov, so that the mules dragged the wood, cp. 17. 742 ff.-
δατεῦντο, ‘cut up,’ trampled into mire: cp. 20. 394.

125. ἐλδόμεναν, ‘ making for,’ eager to reach.

132. παραιβάται, This term for the warrior who ‘ stands beside’ the
driver of the chariot occurs only here: but cp. 11. 104.

135. καταείνυσαν, ‘covered,’ as with clothing.

138. πέφραδε, ‘had pointed out to them’ to put him down there.

142. τρέφε, Impf. =‘ had been cherishing.’

144. ἄλλως ἠρήσατο, ‘vowed to another purpose,’ Ζ. ὁ. made a vow
which looked for a different event.

147. παρ᾽ αὐτόθι, ‘ beside the very spot’: cp. 13. 42.

148. ἐς πηγάς, ‘into the springs,’ z.e. so that the blood should flow
into them.

151. ὀπάσαιμι, Opt. of concession, ‘I may as well give,’ ‘I am ready
to give,’ § 80, 4.

156. yap indicates that this clause gives the reason for the request
which follows. This is again divided into two clauses γόοιο pév—, viv
δ᾽. the second of which is the important one. For the double Dat.
σοὶ μύθοισι see on 1. 150.

157. πείσονται, Plur., with the collective Noun λαός, cp. 15. 305.

ἔστι καὶ Goat, ‘it is possible to be sated’; euphemism meaning
that they have had enough.

160. κήδεος, Adj., elsewhere κήδειος : so χρύσειος and χρύσεος, &c.

οἵ τ᾽ ἀγοί, sc. εἰσιν, ‘those who are chiefs’: cp. 8. 524 μῦθος δ᾽ ὃς
μὲν νῦν ὑγιής, εἰρημένος ἔστω, also 19. 43., 20. 500., 21. 353.

163. κηδεμόνες, “mourners,’ those to whom he is «75eos.

164. ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, ‘each way,’ z. 6. in length and breadth.

167. ἄμφεπον, ‘made ready,’ cp. 7. 316 τὸν δέρον ἀμφί θ᾽ ἕπον.

169. δρατά, “ flayed’ (δείρω).

171. κλίνων, because the ἀμφιφορεύς was made with a pointed end,
so that it could not stand upright.

173. ἐννέα x.7.A. This is in sense a subordinate clause =‘ of the nine
house-dogs which he had,’ § 57.

τραπεζῆες, cp. 22. 69.

177. σιδήρεον, ‘iron-like’: the word unites the notions ‘ invincible’

and ‘ unrelenting’; cp. 17. 424.
νέμοιτο, ‘consume,’ as l. 182 πῦρ ἐσθίει.

182. τούς, the Art. repeats υἱέας : cp. 16. 56-58.

184. ἀμφεπένοντο, ‘were busy upon’: said of fish, 21. 203.

186. ῥοδόεντι, ‘rose-scented’: the statement of Pausanias (ix. 41, 7)
that oil of roses served to keep wood from rotting is perhaps only a
fiction suggested by this passage.

187. ἀποδρύφοι, ‘scrape off the skin’; the line recurs in 24. 21,

NOTES. LINES 120-246. 403

where it is connected with the dragging of Hector’s body round the
tomb. Here it is quite out of place: indeed there is nothing to show
even what is the subject of the sentence.

100. πρίν can only mean ‘ before the burial of Hector’; but there is
nothing in the context to suggest this.

IgI. σκήλειε, ‘should parch up,’ a form referred to oxéAAw, which
however should give 1 Aor. ἔσκειλα.

192. οὐδὲ ἐκαίετο, ‘ was not like to burn.’

195. Βορέῃ, a spondee, as in 9. 5: we should probably read Βορρέῃ,
cp. the Attic form Boppas.

198. σεύαιτο, ‘ should be stirred to bum,’ started burning. So 1. 210
ὄρσητε καήμεναι.

200. Ζεφύροιο ἔνδον, like Διὸς ἔνδον (20. 13).

205. οὐχ ἕδος, ‘it is not (a time) to sit,’ see on 11. 648.

214. ἵκανον ἀήμεναι, ‘came blowing’: generally compared with βῇ
ἰέναι, ὦρτο πέτεσθαι, &c.: but in all these phrases the governing verb
implies the degizning of motion. Perhaps we should read ἀήμενοι.

Me ane ‘together,’ Ζ. 6. both blowing on the same point.

ἔβαλλον, ‘beat upon’: lit. ‘threw at,’ as though the blasts were
missiles. Others (as L. and S.) translate ‘threw the burning embers
together,’ viz. by blowing from different sides.

219. ἀμφικύπελλον, ‘two-handled,’ see on 1. 584.

222. παιδός may be taken either with ὀδύρεται or with ὀστέα ; so
ἑἕτάροιο in 1. 224.

226. φόως ἐρέων, cp. Od. 13. 94 ἔρχεται ἀγγέλλων φάος.

230. Because the north and west winds come from Thrace, it has
been argued that the poet’s standpoint is the coast of Asia Minor. On
the other hand, in this very passage the dawn is described as coming
over the sea (1. 227 ὑπεὶρ ἅλα κίδναται ἠώς), which therefore must lie to
the eastward. We must either find some place which satisfies both
conditions—such as the island of Chios—or else regard this class of
arguments as in their nature indecisive.

232. ἐπὶ ὄρουσεν, “ fell upon him.’

233. ot δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ *Atpetwva, ‘ Agamemnon and those about him’: see
the note on 3.146. This line is subordinate in sense to 1. 234 (§ 57):
‘when the other chiefs gathered round Agamemnon, their approach
roused Achilles.’

237. κατὰ σβέσατε, ‘quench,’ T'mesis.

243. φιάλῃ, not a saucer-shaped vessel, as in =o Greek, but a jar
or urn (Helbig, p. 266).

244. "Αἴδι, a locatival Dat., § 38, 2, so that Hades is here used. as
the name of a place ; see on 1. 3.

246. ἐπιεικέα τοῖον, ‘just befitting’: τοῖον in this use is not found
elsewhere in the Iliad, but is common in the Odyssey.

pde2

404 ILTAD. BOOK XXIII.

247. πιθήμεναι, Inf. for the Imperative,—here the Third Person, for

we cannot well take ᾿Αχαιοί as a Voce.
ἐμεῖο δεύτεροι, ‘ behind me,’ after my death.

251. βαθεῖα is predicative, ‘ had fallen (and lay) deep.’

254. =18. 352.

255. τορνώσαντο, ‘rounded off.’

θεμείλια, ‘ groundwork,’ ‘basement,’ cp. 12. 28. Mr. Leaf com-
pares the description of the tomb of Alyattes, Hdt. 1. 93 ἡ κρηπὶς
(Ξ-: θεμείλια) μέν ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων, TO δὲ ἄλλο σῆμα χῶμα γῆς.

257. πάλιν κίον, ‘moved away.’ It is unnecessary to take κίον as an
Impf., ‘ were going’ =‘ were about to go’; the line is evidently a piece
of commonplace (cp. 24. 801).

258. αὐτοῦ, ‘ where they were.’

ἀγῶνα, ‘assembly,’ see on 7. 298. The word denotes both the
place of meeting and the audience.

262. ποδώκεσιν is not quite appropriate as an epithet of charioteers,
ἱππεῦσιν. The Townley Schol. mentions.the reading ἵπποισιν, which
may be right.

263. ἄγεσθαι, ‘ for the (winner) to take away.’

264. ὠτώεντα, ‘furnished with handles’: the correct form, as Heyne
pointed out, is οὐατόεντα.

266. ἀδμήτην, the fact that the horse had not yet been worked en-
hanced its value: so the caldron is ἄπυρος, ‘innocent of the fire,’ and
‘ white as at first’ (αὔτως).

269. The τάλαντον in Homer is of very much less value than in
historical times; cp. 1. 751, where half a talent of gold is worth less
than a fat ox.

270. ἀμφίθετον, ‘two-handled,’ see on 1. 584.

273. SeSeypeva, ‘awaiting,’ § 26, 2.

274. ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ, ‘ over another.’ εἰ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, Opt., § 30, 6.

275. τὰ πρῶτα, ‘the first prize,’ as 1. 538.

276. περιβάλλετον, ‘excel’: βάλλω in composition often has a very
vague sense.

280. τοίου γὰρ x#.7.A., ‘they have lost the fair renown of (having) so
good a charioteer.’ We need not regard κλέος ἡνιόχοιο as a periphrasis
like Bin Πριάμοιο.

283. πενθείετον, see § 8, B, 1.

284. ἐρηρέδαται, ‘rest on the ground,’ because they keep their heads
sunk in grief. Cp. 19. 405 ἤμυσε καρήατι, πᾶσα δὲ χαίτη . . . οὖδας ἵκανεν.

285. στέλλεσθε, ‘ make ready’ for the start.

287. ταχέες, predicative =‘ quickly.’

ἄγερθεν, ‘ assembled,’ is the reading of the best MSS.; others have
ἔγερθεν, which was read by Aristarchus, and has some support from
ὦρτο in the following lines (288, 290, 293). See on 7. 434.

NOTES. LINES 247-325. 405

291. Tpwovs, ‘ of the breed of Tros,’ see 5. 265 ff. The capture of
the horses of Aeneas is told in 5. 432 ff.

295. τὴν ᾿Αγαμεμνονέην, the Art. of contrast, § 47, 2, d: ‘Aethe—
that one Agamemnon’s—and (the other) his own.’

299. εὐρυχόρῳ, ‘with wide dancing grounds.’ Sicyon was under
Agamemnon, hence Echepolus was bound to serve in the war.

300. 6 ye, Menelaus. ἰσχανόωσαν, 17. 572.

305. μυθεῖτ᾽ eis ἀγαθά, ‘spake to good purpose,’ cp. 9. 102 εἰπεῖν εἰς
ἀγαθόν.

φρονέων νοέοντι καὶ αὐτῷ, ‘speaking with judgment to one who
had understanding of his own.’ So φρονέων in |. 343.

309. τέρματα, ‘ turning-point,’ Lat. mera.

310. τ᾽, probably for tor, as 1.170 σ᾽ ὀΐω. But the reading is un-
certain, the Syrian palimpsest having τῷ γ᾽ οἴω.

311. ἀφάρτεροι, ‘ swifter.’

αὐτοί, ‘the drivers.’

314. παρεκπροφύγῃσι, ‘give you the go-by. Mr. Paley remarks
that the word seems borrowed from the language of racing.

317. ἐρεχθομένην, ‘torn,’ ‘ vexed.’

320. ἐπὶ πολλόν, ‘ over a wide space,’ z. ¢. takes a wide turn.

ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, ‘ this way and that, 7. 6. all round the mera.

321. ἵπποι δὲ «.7.A. is generally taken as the apodosis: but this is
unsatisfactory, since it merely carries on the description of the unskilful
driver. Some take 6s pév demonstratively, ‘the one’: but there is no
parallel to this in Homer. Probably then the apodosis to ὃς μέν «.7.A.
is intentionally left to be understood from the context: ‘if a man lets
his horses take a wide turn, and straggle about,—(you know what
happens).’ Thus the whole period will be of the common type seen in
I. 135 GAA’ εἰ pev—, εἰ δέ κε μὴ---, ἐγὼ δέ kev—, with the difference that
instead of the unexpressed consequent being εὖ ἔχει or the like, it is the
opposite idea. :

322. κέρδεα εἰδῇ, ‘has artful devices in his mind,’ εἰδέναι as 2. 213.

323. στρέφει ἐγγύθεν, the opposite of ἐπὶ πολλὸν ἑλίσσεται.

324. ὅππως κιτ.Χ., ‘just as he has pulled them straight from the out-
set with the ox-hide reins’; he sees at once the right course, draws the
reins accordingly, and keeps the τέρμα steadily in view. τανύσῃ de-
scribes the act of tightening the reins at starting, necessary to secure a
steady course. Some take οὐδέ € λήθει closely with ὅππως «.7.A.,
translating ‘he does not fail to see how he must stretch his horses.’ But
the point is, not that he pulled his horses straight at first, but that he
keeps them straight till he rounds the turning-point. And it is better
to take the phrase οὐδέ ἑ λήθει as a mere parenthesis: see on ]. 649.

325. ἔχει ἀσφαλέως, ‘holds them in an unswerving course.’

τὸν προὔχοντα, ‘the one who is in front.’

406 ILIAD, BOOK XXIII.

326. σῆμα seems here to mean an object which Antilochus is to
recognise. by description, and which it will be useful for him to know.

327. ὅσον τ᾽ ὄργνια, sc. ἐστί, ‘ to the length of a fathom.’

328. τὸ μὲν x.7.A., a parenthetical clause: see on 20. 463.

329. ἐρηρέδαται, ‘are set firm’ (on the ground).

330. ξυνοχῇσιν, ‘meeting,’ place where tracks met: perhaps the
two parallel tracks of the race-course are meant, but this is not made
clear. ἱππόδρομος, a space suited for chariots.

331. σῆμα here means a tomb, ‘monument.’

334. ἐγχρίμψας, lit. ‘crushing (the chariot) hard against,’ a natural
hyperbole for ‘ driving as close as possible.’ So ἐγχριμφθήτω in 1. 338.
Cp. 1. 381, where καταθέντε means only ‘ putting close.’ Actual touching,
as Nestor goes on to explain, would be fatal.

335. δίφρῳ, the body of the chariot, ἐὐπλέκτῳ, ἡ. 6. composed of
plaited work of leather. This may refer either to the platform on which
the driver stood (as Mr. Leaf thought, see his note on Il. 5. 727), or to
the breastwork in front (Helbig, p. 102).

336. ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά, 7. 6. inwards. τοῖιν, ‘the pair’: but Heyne’s conj.
τοῖον is very plausible, cp. 1. 246. τόν, § 47, 2, d.

337. εἶξαι x.7.A., ‘slacken his reins.’

339. ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι, ‘to reach the surface,’ 7. ¢. just to reach and no
more. κύκλου, with πλήμνη.

340. ἐπαυρεῖν, ‘to get hold of, strike upon: used by a touch of
irony of a weapon striking, II. 391.

343. πεφυλαγμένος, ‘on your guard.’ φρονέων as in 1. 305.

345. ἕλῃσι, ‘shall overtake.’ οὐδὲ παρέλθῃ, ‘07 pass you.’ The
Subj. is used as in simple sentences with οὐ, § 29, 6.

346. et kev with Opt., § 34, 1, 6: here Kev shows that the condition
‘if you have passed the turning-point’ still subsists.

348. The horses of Laomedon are the breed given to Tros, see 5.
265-269. ἐνθάδε ye =‘ among those bred in Troy,’ cp. 21. 279.

350. πείρατα, the final or essential points.

352. ἐν ἐβάλοντο, ‘cast in.’ A helmet was generally used, cp. 3. 316.,
7.176. The lot settled their places at the start.

358. Commentators are divided on the question whether μεταστοιχί
means ‘in rank, side by side,’ or ‘in file,’ one behind the other. The
latter view is the more natural, since pera =‘ after,’ and στοῖχος in Attic
means ‘a file.’ It also accounts more fully for the necessity of drawing
lots (though this might be explained by the advantage of an znszde
place), and it suits the language of ll. 354-356 (esp. ὕστατος). Start-
ing in file would of course be unfair, but might be necessary for want
of room on the course. The line recurs in the foot-race, l. 757, where
the excuse of want of room could not apply: accordingly Aristarchus
rejected it there, as wrongly repeated from this place. On the whole

NOTES. “LINES 326-403. 407

the notion of a narrow course, with not more than room ‘to pass, answers
best to the description of the race; see esp. ll. 419, 427.

359. σκοπόν, a watcher, ‘ umpire.’

361. μεμνέῳτο, Opt. of μέμνημαι, apparently formed like the Attic
τρυγῷμι from τρυγάω, &c. Analogy would lead us to expect either
μεμνῇτο (cp. 24. 745 μεμνήμην), or μέμνοιτο (cp. μέμνῃ). The umpire
was to ‘remember,’ z. 6. to observe and be able to report, which chariots
duly passed the turning-point. δρόμους, ‘the courses’ of the several
chariots: as to the Acc. with μέμνημαι see on 6.151. The MSS. have
δρόμου, ‘the rmnning’: but δρόμους was read by Aristarchus.

362. ἵπποιιν, Dual, used distributively, see 16. 371.

363. ἱμᾶσιν, perhaps ‘the reins.’

365. νόσφι νεῶν, ‘away from the ships’: the other end of the course
was somewhere on the plain, cp. 1. 374. The fortification round the
camp is now forgotten.

373- πύματον δρόμον, ‘the last part of the course.’ It isa question
whether the chariots had to go round the course more than once. The
νύσσα was far off (1. 359), and nothing is said of a second turning-
point, or of the number of ‘laps.’ Hence it is probable that the
short ἱππόδρομος, with its double νύσσα, was a later arrangement. The
change is one that would naturally be made in the interest of the
spectators,

374. ἐπί with the Gen. expresses direction ‘towards,’ see on 3. 5.

315. τάθη δρόμος, ‘the running was strained,’ z.c. the speed was
raised to the highest pitch: cp. 1. 518.

376. ἔκφερον, apparently a technical word, ‘ drew away.’

3790. ἐπιβησομένοισιν, Participle of the Homeric Aorist ἐπεβήσετο,
see on 5. 40., 16. 343. It is generally explained as a Fut., ‘about to
mount.’ But the Fut. Participle is not used in Homer except after verbs
of motion (cp. the Latin Supine in -z7). And in this place the expres-
sion ‘seemed to have mounted’ is only a little bolder than ‘ seemed to
be about to mount.’

381. θέρμετο, Sing., with μετάφρενον as the important word.

καταθέντε, cp. 1. 334.

382. ἀμφήριστον, ‘a matter to dispute over’: Virgil’s amdiguamve
relinguat (Aen. 5. 326).

387. ἐβλάφθησαν, see on 16. 331.

388. ἐλεφηράμενος, “ playing a trick on,’ governs Τυδεΐδην.

392. ἧξε, ‘ broke’: the Homeric form is ἔαξε,

393. ἀμφὶς ὁδοῦ, ‘apart in respect of their track.’ For the Gen. cp.
πρὸ ὁδοῦ ἔγένοντο, ‘ got forward on the way.’

398. παρατρέψας, ‘turning them aside,’ ‘making them swerve,’ z. δ.
so as to pass the broken down chariot.

403. ἔμβητον, ‘come on,’ lit. step on.’ τιταίνετον, ‘draw.’

408 ILIAD, BOOK XXII

408. καρπαλίμως, with κιχάνετε.

409. λείπεσθε, ‘suffer yourselves to be left behind’: see on 13. 110.

413. ἀποκηδήσαντε, ‘having given up caring,’ for want of an effort :
the Dual because the horses are the main subject, though by using the
First Person φερώμεθα, Antilochus associates himself with his team, in
fact speaks asifhe were part of it. On the same principle ἵππω in Homer
=‘a chariot,’ including the driver. Some explain the Dual of Anti-
lochus and his team regarded as two parties: see on 5. 487. But this
is very artificial, especially as Antilochus clearly means ἀποκηδήσαντε
to refer to the horses only.

415. ταῦτα, explained by the Inf. παραδύμεναι : cp. 17. 406.

419. κοίλης, ‘hollowed out,’ sunk; as Hom. h. Cer. 177 κοίλην κατ᾽
ἀμαξιτόν. The roads of a primitive country are apt to be of this
character; and in winter to become mere water-courses.

420. ῥωχμός (ῥήγο-νυμι), ‘a break.’

ἀλέν, ‘confined’: the winter flood, at some point where it had no
sufficient outlet, had carried away part of the road.

421. δδοῖο is partitive, ‘had broken away (part) from the road.’

βάθυνε, ‘had let down,’ caused it to sink.

422. ἁματροχιάς, ‘running abreast’: Menelaus wished the chariots
to keep to single file in the narrow place, and therefore was making no
attempt to pass those in front. Antilochus, on the contrary, forced
the pace, and got abreast of Menelaus, who then had to fall behind in
order to avoid a collision in the dangerous narrow place.

424. ἐδίωκεν, “ pressed on.’

427. παρελάσσειςΞ. This form is not Homeric: we should read
either παρελάσσαις (with one good MS.), an Opt. to be understood
in the concesszve use, § 30, 4; or (with Schol. V) εὐρυτέρη παρελάσσαι,
‘it will presently be broader for passing.’

428. ἅρματι, ‘ with the car.’

431. οὖρα, ‘ the range.’

κατωμαδίοιο, ‘thrown κατωμάδον᾽ (15. 352), 2,6. with the arm
raised above the shoulder.

433. ἐπεδραμέτην, ‘ran on,’ Ζ.6. ran ahead, gained.

ἠρώησαν, ‘slackened,’ see on 2. 179.

439. 6AowTepos, ‘ more mischievous,’ cp. 22. 15.

440. €ppe, ‘away!’ ἔτυμον, Adv., ‘truly.’ φάμεν, Impf., ‘we have
been saying.’

441. οὐδ᾽ ὥς, 2. 4. even though you have come in first.

444. φθήσονται καμόντα, ‘ will sooner be wearied out,’ ‘ give way,’

445. ἀτέμβονται, ‘are impaired in.’

450. ἵππους, ‘a chariot,’—which proves to be Diomede’s.

432. τοῖο anticipates ὁμοκλητῆρος, ὃ 47, 2, a: we might translate
‘and while he (07 the man) was still far off, he heard the shouting

NOTES. LINES 408-5109. 409

driver and recognised him,’ We ought not to translate ‘heard him
shout,’ which would be ὁμοκλήσαντος.

454. ἄλλο τόσον, see on 22. 322. φοῖνιξ, ‘ bay.’

459. ἄλλοι, ‘other’ than before. παροίτεροι, ‘in front.’

460, αὐτοῦ, ‘where they were,’ = left behind.

401. κεῖσε, ‘to that point,’ viz. the νύσσα.

402. tas is generally taken as a Relative, viv δέ being the apodosis;
but this is not necessary: see on 1. 125.

πρῶτα, ‘before,’ opposed to viv: see on 2. 572., 9. 34.

περὲ τέρμα Badovoas, ‘rounding, taking the turn round, the post.’
Mr. Leaf thinks that this τέρμα must be the one at the starting-point,
since ‘at the distant νύσσα the horses could not be distinguishable.’
If so, the τέρμα of the next sentence (1. 466) is a different one, which
involves a somewhat harsh ambiguity. But Idomeneus does not need to
distinguish the horses. If he followed them with his eye from the
start he could tell which passed the νύσσα first.

468. ἐξηρώησαν, ‘have swerved from the course,’ see on 2. 179.

471. ᾿Αργείοισιν, here in the strict sense, of the city of Argos.

474. AaBpevear, ‘talk big’: λαβρός is applied to a violent wind
(2. 148), a swollen wave (15. 625), &c.

πάρος, ‘beforehand,’ z.e, before you are sure. For at δέ τ᾽ we should
doubtless read ai δ᾽ ἔτ᾽ (cp. 22. 300).

476. Idomeneus was μεσαιπόλιος (13. 361), so that ‘not the youngest’
is a litotes, § 59.

480. αὐταί, ‘the same,’ ‘ the very horses.’

483. The te seems to connect ἄλλα δεύεαι with the two preceding
epithets, the sentence changing from the Vocative form to a finite verb
(compare § 58, 1).

485. περιδώμεθον, ‘let us wager’: the only First Person Dual in
Homer.

486. ἴστορα, ‘ witness.’

494. ῥέζοι, Opt., because the speaker is making a mere supposition,
not looking forward to actual cases: cp. Od. 6. 286.

496. οἱ δέ, ‘the men,’ implied in ἵππους, ‘ chariots,’ ep. 1. 252.

500. μάστι, Dat. of a form μάστις : cp. μήτι, 1. 315.

504. ἐπέτρεχον, ‘ran behind.’

505. ἐπισσώτρων, with yiyvero, ‘no deep chariot rut was made (as
the mark) of the tires’: so rapidly the chariot skimmed over the dust.

510. μάτησεν, ‘ loitered.’

513. ἔλυεν ὑπό, ‘loosed from under’ (the yoke),

515. κέρδεσιν, ‘artful devices,’ cp. 22. 247 (note),

517. ἀφίσταται, ‘is separated from,’ ‘is clear of.’

518. τιταινόμενος, ‘straining,’ at the top of his speed, ep. 22. 23.

519. tov, sc. the horse’s, ὃ δέ, ‘the wheel.’

410 1.14.5. BOOK ΧΧΤΖ

521. θέοντος is Gen. absolute, ‘as he courses’; or possibly it is
governed by ἄγχι.

523. τὰ πρῶτα, ‘ the time before,’ viz. when he first fell behind.

és, ‘up to, as much as.

524. ὀφέλλετο, ‘waxed great,’ 2.6. showed itself great: cp. our
colloquial ‘ came out strong.’

527. Zenodotus read ἢ ἀμφήριστον, as in 1. 382.

529. δουρὸς épwhy, ‘a spear’s throw’: for the Acc. cp. 10. 357
ἄπεσαν δουρηνεκές.

531. ἤκιστος (al. ἥκιστοΞ), ‘ feeblest’: the Positive is only found in
the adverb ἦκα, “ faintly.’

523. πρόσσοθεν, ‘before him’: the word only occurs here.

536. λοῖσθος, predicative, ‘is last to drive.’

538. δεύτερα, ‘the second prize,’ in apposition to ἀέθλιον.

542. δίκῃ, ‘with a claim of right.’ δίκη, ‘the setting forth of right,’
in the mouth of a suitor is only a J/ea, though in the mouth of a judge
it becomes a decision.

546. ὥφελεν, ‘he ought to have,’—his ill fortune must be taken to
be his own fault.

547. τῷ κ᾽, ‘in that case,’ if he did that: cp. 19.61. Most MSS.
have τό kev, but τό in this use means ‘ wherefore,’ § 47, 3 /i7.

551. ἔπειτα, 7.6. after the prizes now won have been given.

558. οἴκοθεν, ‘from my own store’: ep. 7. 364.

559. ἐπιδοῦναι, ‘to give besides,’ into the bargain.

561. χεῦμα, acasting. ἀμφιδεδίνηται, ‘is carried round.’

568. σκῆπτρον, as a sign that he was to speak, cp. 18. 505.

571. ‘You have tarnished the fame of my prowess, and brought my
horses to disaster.’ ἀρετή is a gencral word for powers and accomplish-
ments. In l. 578 (ἀρετῇ τε βίῃ Te) it is used to include ‘rank’ or
‘position’; somewhat as we use ‘quality’: cp. 9. 498 (of the gods)
τῶν περ καὶ μείζων ἀρετὴ τιμή TE Bin TE.

574. és μέσον, ‘in the middle,’ 2.6. as between both.

μηδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀρωγῇ, ‘not in view of aid,’ not as partisans of either:
cp. 18. 502 ἀμφὶς ἀρωγοί.

577. ὅτι κιτιλ. The second of the two clauses is the important one,
the sense being ‘ because, ¢howgh his horses are inferior, he is of higher
rank himself.’

579. δικάσω, ‘declare what is right,’ make my claim: see on l. 542.

μ᾽, for μοι.

580. ἰθεῖα, ‘justice’ (sc. δίκην) : cp. 18. 508 δίκην ἰθύντατα εἴποι, also
16. 387 οἱ βίῃ εἰν ἀγορῇ σκολιὰς κρίνωσι θέμιστας.

581. ἣ θέμις ἐστί, means that in such a case Menelaus is justified in
demanding the oath.

583. ἔχε is the reading of the MSS. Editors before La Roche give

NOTES. LINES 521-639. 411

ἔχων, from Eustathius. The change to the finite verb is quite Homeric
(§ 58, 1), and there is no difficulty in taking the clause αὐτὰρ-- ἔλαυνες
as a parenthesis,

587. ἄνσχεο, ‘bear’ (with me): cp, 1. 586 dvacyeo κηδομένη περ.

588. mporepos, ‘elder,’ cp, 15. 106 γενεῇ πρότερος.

589. νέου ἀνδρός, with τελέθουσι, lit. ‘ what manner of transgressions
are brought about (in the transgressions) of a young man,’ 7.e. what
kind of offences a young man is led to commit. The Gen. is used as
often with γίγνεσθαι and similar verbs: see on l. 505.

590. voos, ‘his purpose’: for the whole line cp. 10. 226.

592. καί, with ἄλλο μεῖζον : thus there is an asyndeton, ‘the horse
I won,—(nay) whatever else you should ask for,’ &c.

595. ἐκ θυμοῦ, ‘ out of thy good-will,’ the opposite of ἐνθύμιος (Od,
13. 421): cp. Il. 1. 562 ἀπὸ θυμοῦ.

ἀλιτρός, ‘a sinner,’ with reference to the false oath which Anti-
lochus would have had to make: hence the words amount to an
indirect confession of being in the wrong. The drift of the speech is
judicious evasion of the question whether he had won fairly or not.
δαίμοσιν, ‘ with, in the sight of, the gods,’

598. ὡς et τε ἐέρση, ‘as the dew,’ 2.6. as the refreshing caused by it :
cp. κόμαι χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι 17. 51.

602. ὑποείξομαι χωόμενος, ‘ will give way in,’ Ζ. 6. from, my anger.

603. mapyopos, ‘hanging loose,’ erratic, see on 7. 156.

ἀεσίφρων, cp. 20. 183.

604. νεοίη, a word which only occurs here, evidently means ‘ youthful
temper.’ The alliteration makes it likely that the words come from an
old proverb.

607. ἀλλὰ ov γὰρ «.7.A., ‘ but inasmuch as —’: see on 13. 736.

615. τέτρατος ws ἔλασεν, ‘fourth, even as he came in’ (fourth).

621. αὔτως, ‘ without asking more,’ for nothing.

627. Instead of the common formula πόδες καὶ χεῖρες, in apposition
to γυῖα (as in 1. 772, also 5. 122., 13. 75, &c.), the second word is
turned into an independent sentence, ὃ 58, 1.

628, ἐπαΐσσονται ἐλαφραί, ‘ pounce lightly on their mark.’

Spwv, with ἀμφοτέρωθεν, ‘on either side of my shoulders.’

631. Join βασιλῆος ἄεθλα, ‘the prizes in honour of the king’: so
1, 748 ἀέθλια οὗ ἑτάροιο, and 22. 164 ἄεθλον ἀνδρὸς κατατεθνηῶτος.

635. ἀνέστη, as we say ‘stood up to,’ cp. 1. 677.

638. οἴοισιν ἵπποισι, ‘in the chariot-race only.’ This implies that
the list of contests—mv&, πάλῃ, πόδεσσι, δουρί, ἵπποισι---ἰ5 a com-
plete one. They are the same as the contests enumerated by Achilles
(ll. 621, 622), and probably therefore formed the πένταθλον of the
heroic age.

639. πλήθει πρόσθε βαλόντεΞ. These words can only mean ‘getting

412 ILIAD. BOOK XXTII,

them in front by force of numbers,’ sc. by being two against one: cp.
17. 330 mwAndei τε σφετέρῳ. The advantage which this gave them is
described in 1], 641, 642.

ἀγασσάμενοι, ‘ roused to emulation,’ put on their mettle: cp. 7. 41
oi δέ κ᾿ ἀγασσάμενοι κιτ.λ., Where it means ‘piqued by the challenge.’
The word may express simple wonder, as in the formula μῦθον ἀγασσά-
μενοι, or indignation—the feeling that ‘ this is too much.’

640. οὕνεκα must mean ‘ because’ (not ‘ wherefore,’ as La R.). The
sense seems to be that the sons of Actor were roused to a last effort
because the greatest prize still remained (αὐτόθι = not carried off by
Nestor). But the line is weak and obscure.

641. ἔμπεϑον, z.c. undisturbed by having to use the whip.

648. évnéos, cp. 17. 204.

649. τιμῆς is generally construed with σὲ AnOw, regarded as =
λανθάνῃ : but this (as Mr. Leaf observes) does violence to the Greek.
Moreover, οὐδέ σε λήθω simply repeats μέμνησαι in a negative form,
and a clause of the kind is generally a mere parenthesis. It is better to
explain τιμῆς by the attraction of the following Relative: see the
examples given on 6. 396, esp. Od. 8. 74. 4s may be analogous to
the Gen. of rice (so Hentze). Some explain it as attracted to the
antecedent τιμῆς, but this attraction is not Homeric.

654. ταλαεργόν, ‘ sturdy worker’; not exactly ‘enduring work,’ which
would be taAdepyos (proparox.).

655. ἀδμητήν, see on |. 266.

660. ἀνασχομένω, ‘ raising,’ sc. their hands, cp. 22. 34.

661. Kappovinv, cp. 22. 257.

670. ἐπιδεύομαι, cp. 17. 142. The sense is, ‘if I am inferior in
battle, is not that all the more reason why I should be superior in
boxing ?’

675. ot κε ἐξοίσουσι, ‘who shall in the case intended,’ = ‘in order
that they shall.’

679. ὅς, viz. Mecisteus. δεδουπότος Οἰδιπόδαο, ‘when Oedipus had
fallen’: cp. the formula δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, also 13. 426 αὐτὸς δουπῆσαι
ἀμύνων λοιγὸν ’Axaots, where δουπῆσαι is = ‘to fall in battle’: and so
probably here. It has been thought that δεδουπότος reters to some
special incident of the death of Oedipus ; but this seems unlikely. It
is clear that the story of his blindness, &c. is unknown to Homer.

680. és τάφον, with ἦλθε, ‘ came for the funeral rites.’

683. παρακάββαλε should mean ‘laid ready to his hand,’ as in 1. 127,

684. ἱμάντας, thongs wound about the hand.

688. χρόμαδος, ‘ grinding’ of teeth.

690. παπτήναντα, ‘when he peered out.’ The Aor. must refer to
a particular occasion or act which gave his antagonist a chance.

691. αὐτοῦ, ‘where he stood’; he could not even stagger back.

NOTES. LINES 640-757. 413

692. ὑπὸ φρικός, ‘at the coming of the ripple’: see on 7. 63, 64.
ὑπό is used vaguely of conditions or accompaniment. Bopéw, ‘ of,’ 2.6.
raised by, the north wind: cp. 7. 63.

ἀναπάλλεται, ‘ tosses itself,” ‘leaps up’: cp. 21. 126.

693. θίν᾽ ἐν φυκιόεντι, ‘on a beach full of sea-weed,’ z. δ. in the shoal
water along the beach. The point of the simile is the leap in the air,
followed by sudden disappearance.

698. ἀλλοφρονέοντα, ‘wandering in mind’: cp. the use of ἄλλως
= ‘idly’ (Od. 14. 124), and ἀλλότριος (Od. 20. 347): also Lat. aliena
mens.

701. δεικνύμενος, ‘ offering,’ inviting them to contend for it.

702. ἐμπυριβήτην, ‘made to stand (lit. stride) over the fire.’

703. ἐνὶ σφίσι, ‘to each other,’ when they saw it produced.

705. τεσσαράβοιον, ‘worth four oxen’; but in the Odyssey (1. 431) a
female slave is worth twenty oxen. It is natural that captives should
be cheap in time of war: but after due allowance has been made for
this, the difference points to a considerable change of circumstances.

707. πειρήσεσθον, Dual: only one pair of wrestlers was admitted.

709. κέρδεα εἰδώς, cp. 1. 322.

712. apetBovres, ‘rafters,’ like wrestiers because locked together
above, and leaning towards each other.

714. τετρίγει, ‘creaked,’ with the strain upon them.

720. ἔχεν, ‘ held firm.’

721. aviafov, ‘began to vex,’ ‘try the patience of.’ There was an
ancient variant édcvqpides ᾿Αχαιοί, with which ἀνίαζον must be Intrans.,
with the meaning ‘ grew impatient.’

725. ἀνάειρε, Impf., “ proceeded to lift.’

δόλου, ‘the trick’ to be used in the circumstances : explained by the
next words kop’ κατιλ, For the asyndeton, see on 5. 805, 810.

726. κώληπα, ‘the hollow of the knee,’ which Ulysses on being lifted
struck with his heel, and so brought Ajax down.

728. θηεῦντό τε θάμβησάν Te = θεώμενοι ἐθάμβησαν.

730. οὐδέ τ᾽ ἄειρεν should probably be οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄειρεν.

731. ἐν δὲ γόνυ γνάμψεν, “ bent in his (Ajax’) knee.’

735. ἐρείδεσθον, ‘strive,’ lit. press against each other. There is also
a reading ἐρίζεσϑον, ‘contend.’ τρίβεσθε, ‘let yourselves be worn out.’

743. 2Sé6ves, distinguished from Φοίνικες ; the latter, who are not
elsewhere mentioned in the Iliad, are always the sailors or merchants
who bring the works of art; while S:ddves (Σιδονίη, &c.) is the name
of the nation that produced them (Il. 6. 290, 291).

745. στῆσαν, ‘landed,’ as Od. 19. 188 στῆσε δ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αμνισῷ, sc, νῆα.

746. υἷος, Gen. with dvov, ‘the price, ransom, for —.’

748. ἀέθλιον, read ἀέθλια, cp. Od. 21. 4.

757. Rejected by Aristarchus, see on 1. 358,

414 . ILIAD. BOOK XXIII.

758. ἀπὸ νύσσηϑ, ‘from the starting-point.’ Here (as in Od. 8. 121,
where the words recur) there is no mention of a turning-post, which is
the meaning of νύσσα in ll. 332, 338. τέτατο δρόμος, ‘the running was
at their highest speed’: cp. 1. 374 ἂψ ἐφ᾽ ἁλὸς... τάθη δρόμος.

759. ἔκφερε, ‘drew ahead,’ cp. 1. 376.

761. στήθεός ἐστι, sc. ἄγχι. The loom was vertical: the κανόνες,
horizontal rods, to which the lower ends of the threads of the warp
(μίτος) were attached. The weaver had to stand close to the warp in
order to pass the spool (πηνίον.) across it (Leaf a. /.).

764. ἴχνια, ‘the footsteps’ of Ajax. πάρος κόνιν ἀμφιχυθῆναι, “ before
the dust (raised by Ajax) had time to rise and cover him’ (Ulysses).

767. pada, with σπεύδοντι, ‘when (already) striving right well.’

768. πύματον δρόμον, as in 1. 371.

769. ὃν κατὰ θυμόν, Ζ. 4. to himself: see on oe 524.

773. ἐπαΐξεσθαι, ‘to rush at, pounce on’: the best MSS. have the
Aor. ἐπαίξασθαι, but μέλλω in this sense dalton the Fut. Inf.

777. ἐν, with πλῆτο.

778. ὡς ἦλθε φθάμενος, like 1. 615 τέτρατος ws ἔλασεν.

787. ἔτι καὶ νῦν, ‘even to this day,’ Ζ. 6. it is no fable.

791. ὠμογέροντα, ‘in green (2. ὁ. early) old age.’

792. ἐριδήσασθαι, ‘to rival,’ a form only found here.

᾿Αχαιοῖς, with ἀργαλέον, ‘hard for the Greeks to contend’ (with
Ulysses). The sense is that ¢howgh Ulysses is beginning to be an old
man, he is still swifter of foot than all except Achilles.

798-883. The three contests which follow,—the duel in armour, the
throwing of the σόλος, and the archery,—seem to be later additions:
see the note on 1. 638. The language is generally weak, and several of
the incidents are very confused and improbable.

804. This line appears to have been wanting in the text of Aristarchus,
though it is necessary to the construction of the sentence.

805. φθῇσιν ὀρεξάμενος, ‘shall be first to reach’; with an Acc,
Χρόα, as in 16. 314, 322.

806. διά τ᾽ ἔντεα kal μέλαν αἷμα, ‘ passing through armour and dark
blood’: a phrase which properly belongs ‘to a description of walking
over a field of battle (10. 298, 469).

807. The Thracian sword appears unexpectedly here after the armour
of Sarpedon has been announced as the prize (ll. 798-800). For Thrace
as a place from which swords come, cp. 13. 577.

809. ξυνήϊα elsewhere (1.124) is the ‘common stock’ of the army.
Here it must mean that the arms (of Sarpedon) were to be held in
common by the two combatants.

810. The offer of a feast to the combatants is also a singularity of
this contest.

813-816. The language is Toney het awkwardly adapted from. 3.

NOTES. LINES 758-871. 415

340-343, and 6. 120, 121. Thus the pointless ἀμφοτέρω is substituted
for ἀμφοτέρων (6, 120), which there means ‘ the two armies.’

821. κῦρε, ‘ was like to reach.’

822. The assembly declares them equal, but Achilles gives the prize
to Diomede.

826. αὐτοχόωνον seems to mean ‘just as it left the melting-pot,’ ὦ. e.
not wrought. Contrary to the rule observed in the other contests, it is
the only prize.

832-835. The general sense evidently is that the oéAos will furnish
iron for the needs of his shepherds and ploughmen for five years. The
language however is obscure. In 1. 832 of must mean the winner, but
this is not given in the context. ἀπόπροθι, ‘ far off,’ viz. in the country,
cp. Od. 4. 757. It is not clear what difference the distance of the
lands would make: perhaps it is meant that a city would furnish im-
plements ready made. ἕξεν χρεώμενος, ‘ will have and use,’ ‘ will keep
inuse.’ Jn the last clause, οὐ μὲν «.7.A., the negative goes with ἀτεμβό-
pevos, ‘it will not be for lack of iron that your shepherd or ploughman
will go to the town. παρέξει, either ‘he’ (the owner) or ‘it’ (the
cddos) will furnish &c.

840. γέλασαν #.7.A., implies a dad throw; but it is unlike Homer
to leave this unexpressed.

843. The language is taken from Od. 8. 189, 192, where σήματα
means marks put to show the distance thrown by the several com-
petitors.

847. ἀγῶνος, probably ‘ the assemblage,’ as elsewhere.

851, ἡμιπέλεκκα, single axes, the πέλεκυς being double.

855. For the change to oratzo recta see on 4. 303 (where as in this
place it follows the word ἀνώγει). There is. no other example of a
speech beginning in the middle of a line.

857. The offer of a prize for cutting the string seems absurd. Such
an incident is only intelligible as a surprise, giving an opportunity for
the feat of hitting the bird as it fliesaway. Virgil tells the story in
this way, see Aen. 5. 485 ff.

863. ἠπείλησεν, ‘vowed,’ so in 1.872. This sense of the word is
not found elsewhere.

868. παρείθη, ‘fell loose,’ from παρίημι.

870. χειρός, sc. of Teucer: with the reading in the text we must
assume that there was only one bow, which the competitors used in
turn. But the ancients were divided on this point. The Massilian
edition read ἐπεθήκατ᾽ ὀϊστὸν | τόξῳ ἐν yap χερσὶν ἔχεν, «.7.A., which
allows Meriones to have his own bow, as well as his own arrow.
Other variants are given in the Scholia.

871. ὡς ἴθυνεν, generally taken to mean ‘while Teucer was aiming’
(so Hentze and Leaf): but this use of ὡς is strange, and the change of

416 : ILIAD. BOOK XXIV.

subject very harsh. Schol. B. gives ἕως ἴθυνεν, which removes the first
of these objections: but ἕως scanned as a monosyllable is doubtful. If
ὡς ἴθυνεν is right we must adopt a reading which allows each hero to
have his own bow, and then explain ἔχεν πάλαι ὡς ἴθυνεν, ‘ was holding
it ready as he had directed it,’ 2. 6. had placed it aright, and was keeping
itso. For this use of ὡς cp. l. 324 ὅππως τὸ πρῶτον τανύσῃ (with the
note) ; also 24. 27 ἔχον ὥς σφιν πρῶτον ἀπήχθετο. ‘The alternative is
to read ὡς ἰθύνοι, with Voss and others.
79. σὺν λίασθεν, ‘sank together,’ collapsed.
πυκνά, ‘close,’ not predicative, but an ordinary epithet of plumage.
880, ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ‘from where he stood,’ cp. 16.117. The story is
still very confused: the arrow passing through the bird, the return of
the bird to settle on the mast, the arrow falling at the feet of Meriones
—all the incidents are pointless as well as improbable.
886. ἥμονες, ‘ throwers’ of the spear.
890. ἴδμεν yap, ‘as we know,’ see on 13. 736.
897. δίδου, Impf., cp. 6. 192, and see § 27.

BOOK XXIV.

THE subject of the twenty-fourth book is the ransoming of the body of
Hector (λύτρα Ἕκτορος) and his burial. The story is told as follows :—

After the funeral games are over, Achilles continues to outrage the
body of Hector. The gods are offended, and desire that the body should
be given back for burial. Thetis is sent for, and bears the message to
her son (Il. 1-140).

Zeus sends Iris to Priam, to bid him go to the Greek camp and
ransom the body. Hecuba in vain seeks to prevent him from going.
He calls upon his sons to get ready a wagon, and load the ransom upon
it. After due libation and prayer, Priam and his herald Idaeus set out
(1. 141-328).

Hermes is sent by Zeus to conduct Priam on his way. He appears in
the form ofa Myrmidon soldier, and guides Priam past the sentinels,
and so to Achilles (Il. 329-467).

Then follows the scene in the tent of Achilles. Priam makes his
appeal: Achilles is moved to pity, and consents to accept the ransom.
After placing the body of Hector on the wagon he presses Priam to eat
meat, and makes ready a sleeping-place for him. “Priam asks for a
truce, for the burial, which Achilles grants (Il. 468-676).

Hermes comes to warn Priam to return, and guides him as far as the
ford of the Scamander. He is first seen by Cassandra; then met by the

NOTES. 417

Trojans at the gate. The body is placed on a bier, and due lamentation
performed, led by Andromache, Hecuba, and Helen. Then follows the
burial (11. 677-804).

The relation of the twenty-fourth book to the rest of the Iliad has
already been touched upon in discussing the twenty-third book (p. 397).
The main difficulty, it was pointed out, lies in the parallelism of the two
books, each of which seems to bring the poem to a close in its own way ;
and the most obvious inference is that both books are later additions.
If, again, the twenty-third book is pronounced to be post-Homeric—for
which there seemed to be considerable ground—it becomes still more
difficult to maintain the genuineness of the twenty-fourth. For it is un-
likely that the burial of Hector would be described at length if the burial
of Patroclus had been passed over in silence. On the other hand, the
incidents of the book, especially the meeting in the tent of Achilles, and
the reconciliation brought about between Achilles and Priam, are pre-
eminently fitted for the closing scene of the Iliad. On this point we
may quote the judgment of a great poet. Writing to a friend, Shelley
says: ‘I congratulate you on your conquest ofthe Iliad. You must have
been astonished at the perpetually increasing magnificence of the last
seven books. Homer there truly begins to be himself. The battle of
the Scamander, the funeral of Patroclus, and the high and solemn close
of the whole bloody tale in tenderness and inexpiable sorrow, are
wrought in a manner incomparable with anything of the same kind’
(Letters from Italy, xliv). In the face of such testimony can we say
that the book in which this climax is reached,—in which the last re-
maining discords of the Iliad are dissolved in chivalrous pity and
respect,—is not the work of the original poet, but of some Homerid or
thapsodist ?

The discussion of a critical question of this kind raises several issues,
which it is well to keep distinct. First, can the poem have come to an
end at an earlier point, such as the death of Hector, or the burial of
Patroclus? Again, is there anything that may have led some later poet
to feel the need of a more satisfactory conclusion? And finally, are
there any traces in the incidents, or in the style and language, which bear
out such a supposition? On the first of these questions something has
been already said (p. 397). The victory of Achilles, with the complete
revenge which he takes for his friend, must have left little for the
ordinary Greek hearer of the Iliad to desire. That Patroclus should
have a splendid funeral was a necessity in Greek eyes: but the poet has
taken pains to show that this was the first thought of the conqueror (II.
22. 385-390: see the remarks on p. 385). What then gave rise to the
sequel which we have in the two last books? In the case of book XXIII,

VOL. 1M, Ee

418 ILTAD. BOOK XXIV.

the answer is easy. The author of that book has merely drawn out the
suggestion of the passage of book XXII just quoted. He has shown us
in detail what we already knew. But the twenty-fourth book does much
more than this. It redresses a wrong to which the poet has so far shown
himself indifferent, namely the savage and unjust treatment of Hector.
And with the atonement offered to a noble enemy it raises our thoughts,
for a time at least, above the fierce passions of the moment, and even
above the strife of Greek and Trojan. The bereavement of Priam, the
loss of Patroclus, the impending fate of Achilles himself, are seen in
their profound tragic meaning, as examples of the infinite sadness of
human things. Sznt lacrymae rerum, et mentem mortalia tangunt.
In all this are we to recognise the hand of a ‘ Homerid, or is it here
that Homer—in Shelley’s words—truly begins to be himself?

The problem is really an ethical one. To a Greek of the age of
Pericles, as to a modern reader, the whole conduct. of Achilles towards
his fallen enemy must have seemed barbarous and inexcusable. The
atonement now made comes in lame and ineffectual fashion, like the
Prayers of the ninth book, to repair the wrong that has been done. But
of this view of the matter the twenty-second book shows no trace. The
outrage done to the body of Hector, and the refusal of funeral rites, are
related without any apparent suspicion that they are a blot on the
character of the hero. The moral superiority of Hector, as has been
already observed (p. 384), does not seem to attract the sympathy of the
poet. In the twenty-fourth a different spirit prevails. The gods are
offended by the cruelty of Achilles, and oblige him to give up the body
of Hector for burial. There is room, therefore, for the conjecture that
the story of the ‘Ransoming of Hector’ really represents a sensible
advance upon the very elementary morality of the Homeric times, and
reflects rather the feeling of an age in which mutilation of an enemy was
no longer approved, and the duty of granting a truce for the burial of
the slain was taking its place in Hellenic religion,—an age, moreover,
in which the civic virtues of a Hector would be sure of sympathy.

The main incident of the book—the expedition of Priam into the
camp of the enemy—cannot have been suggested by anything in the
preceding books, and indeed is unlike the manner of the Iliad. But the
framework of the narrative shows traces of imitation. The periods of
twelve days (1. 31), and nine days (1. 784) remind us of similar periods
in the first book (1. 107, 493, and 1. 53). . The account of Achilles
dragging Hector about the funeral pyre is a repetition of the treatment
described in the twenty-second book. The laments put into the mouth of
Hecuba, Andromache and Helen, are too like those of the same book
(22. 430 ff., 477 ff.). At the sume time we find characters and motifs that
do not belong to the Iliad. Such are, the part played by Hermes as
‘ guide of men,’—a function which he has in the Odyssey; the prominence

NOTES. 419

of Cassandra (Il. 699 ff.) : the twenty years that are said (1. 765) to have
elapsed since the Rape of Helen (implying an interval of ten years
before the beginning of the Trojan war); the mention of Niobe (Il. 602—
617), of the Judgment of Paris (ll. 29, 30), of Troilus (1. 257), of the
Μοῖραι (in the plural number, 1. 49). The prayer for a sign (ll. 292 ff.)
has parallels in the Odyssey, not in the Iliad, Some of. these passages
may be interpolated (see the notes on Il. 29-30, 614-617, 720-723):
but taken together they point to a somewhat different date.

The language of the twenty-fourth book shows many coincidences
with that of the Odyssey. We may note especially the number of lines
and half-lines which do not occur elsewhere in the Iliad, but in: the
Odyssey have a fixed or conventional character.

1. 8, ἀνδρῶν re πτολέμους ἀλεγεινά τε κύματα πείρων (three times
in the Odyssey).

29. ὅτε of μέσσαυλον ἵκοντο (Od. το. 435).

33. σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, δηλήμονες (Od. 5. 118).

38. καὶ ἐπὶ κτέρεα κτερίσαιεν (three times in Od.),

56. εἴη κεν καὶ τοῦτο (Od. 15. 435).

73- ὁμῶς νύκτας τε καὶ ἦμαρ (four times in Od.).

99. μάκαρες θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες (four times in Od.).

124. ἐντύνοντ᾽ ἄριστον (Od. 16, 2).

189, 266. ἅμαξαν ἐὔτροχον ἡμιονείην (Od. 6. 72).

200. ὡς φάτο, κώκυσεν δὲ (Od, 2. 361).

211. ἀπάνευθε τοκήων (Od. 9. 36),

230-231, =Od. 24. 276-277.

256, 494. Τροίῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ (three times in Od.).

774. ἐνὶ Τροίῃ εὐρείῃ (three times in Od.).

262, ἀρνῶν ἠδ᾽ ἐρίφων (three times in Od.).

283. ἀγχίμολον δέ σφ᾽ ἦλθε (five times in Od.; a. δέ οἱ ἦλθε is a
formula of the Iliad).

309. δός μ᾽ és ᾿Αχιλλῆος φίλον ἐλθεῖν ἠδ᾽ ἐλεεινόν (Od. 6, 327).

320. οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες

γήθησαν, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἰάνθη (Od. 15. 163-164).

323. ἐκ δ᾽ ἔλασε προθύροιο καὶ αἰθούσης ἐριδούπου (three times in Od.).

332. αἶψα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ‘Eppeiay υἱὸν φίλον ἀντίον ηὔδα (Od. 5. 28).

3320-345,-- Οάἁ. 5. 43-49: Il. 340-342 also=Od. i. 96-98.

348. πρῶτον ὑπηνήτῃ, τοῦ περ χαριεστάτη ἥβη (Od. 1ο. 279).

353. φάτο φώνησέν τε (Od. 4. 370 ἔπος φ. φ. T.).

369. ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαμύνασθαι ὅτε τις πρότερος χαλεπήνῃ (twice in Od.; a
variation on II. 19. 183 ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαρέσσασθαι ὅτε κ.τ.λ.).

376. δέμας καὶ εἶδος ἀγητός (Od. 14. 177).

382, ἄνδρας ἐς ἀλλοδαπούς (twice in Od.).

407. ἀληθείην κατάλεξον (six times in Od.),

476. ἔσθων καὶ πίνων (twice in Od.).

Ee 4

420 ILIAD. - BOOK XXIV.

484. ἐς ἀλλήλους δὲ ἴδοντο (Od. 18. 320).

633. €5 ἀλλήλους ὁρόωντες (Od. 20. 373).

492. (ἀπὸ) Τροίηθεν ἰόντα (three times in Od.).

507. ws φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ dpa πατρὸς ὑφ᾽ ἵμερον ὦρσε γόοιο (Od. 4. 113).

546. πλούτῳ τε καὶ υἱάσι (Od. 14. 296). ᾿

567. ῥεῖα μετοχλίσσειε (Od. 23. 188).

588. ἀμφὶ δέ μιν φᾶρος καλὸν βάλον ἠδὲ χιτῶνα (twice in Od.).

507. ἕζετο δ᾽ ἐν κλισμῷ (Od. 4. 136).

604. ἕξ μὲν θυγατέρες, ἐξ δ᾽ υἱέες ἡβώοντες (Od. 10. 6).

633. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τάρπησαν (three times in Od.).

635, 636, -- Οά. 4. 294-295., 23. 254-255.

644-647,=Od. 4. 297-300., 7. 336-339: 1. 647 also=Od. 22. 497.

673. of μὲν ap’ ἐν προδόμῳ δόμου αὐτόθι κοιμήσαντο (Od. 4. 302).

749. φίλος ἦσθα θεοῖσιν (Od. 24. 92).

759. οἷς ἀγανοῖς βελέεσσιν ἐποιχόμενος κατέπεφνε (five times in Od.).

765-766, =Od. 19. 222--223., 24. 310.

802. (δαίνυντ᾽) ἐρικυδέα δαῖτα (four times in Od.).

The most noticeable words common to this book and the Odyssey
are, πρῆξις, ἀνάρσιος, δηλήμων, ἀεικείη, λύσις, γονή (offspring), ἐξεσίη,
αἰσυμνητήρ, τετράκυκλος, θυοσκόος, πείρινς, φωριαμός, ἐνδυκέως (also 23. 90),
φαεσίμβροτος, ἐὔσκοπος, πανδαμάτωρ, also δαΐφρων “ prudent’; the verb
ἀγαπάζω ; and the phrases γλαυκῶπις κούρη (of Athene), ἀγκὰς ἑλόντα,
μελεϊστὶ ταμών, ἄντιτα ἔργα, ἀμείβετο μύθῳ. To these have to be
added some peculiarities of grammar, such as the use of the defining
Article (11. 388, 801, also in books X and XXIII, see p. 399) ; ἐπί c. Acc.
of extent, without a verb of motion (Il. 202, 535, cp. 10. 213); διὰ νύκτα
(1. 363) ; ἐν with abstract words (1. 568, see 7. G. § 220); the Opt. in
the First Person with κεν (1. 664); and, in respect of metre, the neglect
of “Position ’ (Il. 324, 795), the toleration of Hiatus (27. G. § 382), and
τέως (υ -- in 1, 658): also the formula ἀλλ᾽ dye μοι τόδε εἰπέ (Il. 197,
656, so 10. 384, 405, and four times in the Od.). On the whole the
weight of argument seems to be in favour of the opinion that the twenty-
fourth book is somewhat later than the bulk of the Iliad, and was
designed to furnish a conclusion in harmony with the feeling of a more
advanced civilisation than that which the original poet represented.

1, ἕκαστοι, Plur. meaning ‘each company.’

2. ἰέναι, Inf. of consequence, as in BR δ᾽ ἰέναι, πέμπε νέεσθαι, &c.

3. ὕπνου, as well as δόρποιο, is governed by péSovro, the Inf. ταρπή-
pevat being epexegetical, ‘ to take pleasure therein.’

6. ἀνδροτῆτα, see on 16. 857.

7. ἠδ᾽ ὁπόσα «.7.A., sc. ‘remembering,’ understood out of ποθέων by
a kind of Zeugma.

NOTES. LINES 1-53. 421

8. πτολέμους, epexegetic of ὅποσα : cp. Od. 8. 182 πολλὰ γὰρ ἔτλην,
ἀνδρῶν τε πτολέμους κιτιλ. Thus πείρων is added with reference to κύματα
only: ‘and grievous waves which he passed through.’ ’

13. λήθεσκεν, Ζ. ὁ. the dawn found him watching for it: being the
time when he dragged Hector round the tomb,

15. δέ marks the apodosis, as the change to the Indic. δησάσκετο
shows. ἕλκεσθαι, ‘for being dragged,’ that he might be dragged.

18. toto, governed by χροΐ. The construction ἀπέχειν τινί τι is found
in Od. 20. 263, where however the Dat. is a Personal Pronoun.

20, πάντα, Masc., sc. Πάτροκλον.

22. μενεαίνων, ‘in his rage’: the usual meaning of μένος is rather
‘ spirit,’ eagerness to fight.

27. €xov, Intrans., ‘they kept on being.’

28. ἄτης, so Aristarchus read, others ἀρχῆς, ‘ the beginning made by
Paris.’ There is a similar doubt as to the reading in 3. 100 and 6. 356.

29. νείκεσσε, ‘flouted.’ Lines 25-30 were rejected by Aristarchus.
There is no other trace in Homer of the ‘judgment of Paris,’ and
the reference to it in ll. 27-30 is vague and indirect, unlike the manner
of Homer.

31, ἐκ toto does not refer to any event given in the context, but
means ‘from the time when all this began,’ 7.e. the death of Hector.
Cp. I. 493.

35. νέκυν περ, ‘even dead ’—much less to bring him back alive.

οὐκ ἔτλητε, ‘you had not the heart,’ 7. 6. resolution: meaning that
they yielded to mere caprice.

38. ἐπὶ κτέρεα κτερίσαιεν, lit. ‘burn his favourite possessions over
him,’ hence generally ‘ perform due funeral rites.’

“41. ἄγρια οἶδεν, cp. 2. 213 (with the note).

42. ὅς τ᾽ ἐπεὶ Gp «.7.A. The sentence is not finished: cp. 17. 658
ὅς τ᾽ ἐπεὶ dp κε κάμῃσι K.7.A., also 8. 230 ἃς ὁπότ᾽ ἐν Λήμνῳ κενεαυχέες
ἠγοράασθε.

45. This line was rejected by Aristarchus. It occurs in Hesiod, Op.
318, where it is more in place. The αἰδώς which does harm cannot be
thought of here.

46. μέλλει, see on 18, 362.

47. δμογάστριον, 7.6. whole brother. Instances of half-brothers, the
sons of different mothers, are frequent in Homer.

48. κλαύσας, ‘having performed the lamentation’: μεθέηκεν, ‘he
leaves it alone,’ puts it from him.

49. τλητόν, Act. in sense, ‘able to endure.’ μοῖραι, the Plur. of this
personification is only found here. Cp. the κατακλῶθες, Od. 7. 197.

52. κάλλιον, Comparative used as 19. 56 ἄρειον.

53. μή with the First Person expresses warning: ‘see that we are not
provoked to indignation.’

422 ILIAD. BOOK XXIV.

54. ‘Senseless earth,’ viz. the dead body.

56. εἴη Kev, ‘may stand good,’ ‘ may be as thou sayest.’

57. εἰ... θήσετε, ‘if you (gods) mean to give like honour to Achilles
and Hector.’ Note the change to the Plur.

58. μαζόν, in apposition to γυναῖκα, as the part to the whole.

65. ἀποσκύδμαινε, ‘quarrel utterly’: ἀπό as in ἀπομηνίω (see on 2. 772).

68. ἡμάρτανε δώρων, ‘failed in gifts,’ neglected to offer them.

71. κλέψαι ἐάσομεν, ‘we will give up taking by stealth.’

81. κέρας, explained by the scholiasts as a sheath of horn placed
behind the hook, to prevent the fish biting through the line: cp. Od. 12.
253. ἐμβεβανῖα, ‘set upon,’ ‘fastened into.’ The piece of lead is added
to make the hook sink. See the postscript, p. 432.

88, ἄφθιτα, ‘ unfading,’ that cannot come to nought.

96. λιάζετο, ‘gave way,’ made room for them: cp. 13. 29 γηθοσύνῃ
δὲ θάλασσα διίστατο.

97. ἐξαναβᾶσαι, ‘mounting (the beach) out of (the sea).’

102. εὔφρηνε, ‘ gladdened her,’ gave her welcome.

pete, ‘reached it to her,’ gave it back to her.

106. τοῦ, Art. as a Rel., with Antecedent understood: cp. 20, 21
ἔγνως... ὧν ἕνεκα ξυνέγειρα.

III, αἰδῶ καὶ φιλότητα τεῆν, ‘reverence and love towards thee.’ Cp.
αἰδοῖός Te φίλος τε (Od. 5. 88), and similar phrases.

118. tévt’, for ἰόντα, Acc. before the Inf. λύσασθαι : cp. 15. 116.

124. ἄριστον, in Attic with @: hence perhaps we should read ἐντύ-
vovT’ ἄριστον.

131. βέῃ, see on 15. 194.

139. τῇδ᾽ εἴη Os «.7.A. The Opt. is concessive: ‘he may be here
who may bring the ransom and take away the dead,’ z. 6. “1 am content
to see some one come with ransom,’ &c. tfSe=‘here, as 17. 512.
For the form of the sentence cp. 14. 107 νῦν δ᾽ εἴη ὃς... ἐνίσποι.
Most commentators put a colon at τῇδ᾽ εἴη, making ὃς ἄποινα φέροι
subordinate to ἄγοιτο ; but this is harsh and un-Homeric.

149. κήρυξ τίς οἱ ἕποιτο, the exception is introduced with an Asyn-
deton: ‘let none other go with him, (only) a herald may follow,’ &c.

154. ὃς ἄξει, originally ὅς Ff’ ἄξει, as in 1. 183 ὅς σ᾽ ἄξει.

160. ἐνοπήν, generally of battle-cry.

163. ἐντυπάς, ‘closely,’ lit. ‘ beating himself into’ the cloak. For the
form of the Adverb cp. dyxas. The common explanation is, ‘so that
the form (τύπος) of the body showed through the garment.’ But this
implies a use of τύπος which is not to be traced in Homer, and indeed is
due to familiarity with the later art of coining money.

165. καταμήσατο, ‘scraped up’: cp. ἐπαμήσατο, of collecting leaves

(Od. 5. 482).

NOTES, LINES 54-269. 423

172. κακὸν ὀσσομένη, “ boding evil.’ τόδε, ὃ 37, I.

190. πείρινθα, a basket which formed the body of the waggon.

192. κέδρινον, pannelled with cedar. γλήνεα, see on 8. 164.

202. ἔκλεο, for ἐκλέεο, cp. ἀποαίρεο (1. 275), μυθέαι (Od. 2. 202), &c.

ἐπί c. Acc. of extent over is not generally used in the Iliad except
with a verb of motion: cp. 10. 213., 23. 742.

206, αἱρήσει καὶ ἐσόψεται, an apparent ὕστερον πρότερον, the more
important being placed first:=‘shall catch thee coming within his
sight.’ Cp. 21. 537.

207. ‘ The man is bloodthirsty and faithless, he will not pity thee,’ a
paratactic way of saying ‘he is so bloodthirsty and faithless ¢hat he’ &c.

pyorys, elsewhere of animals of prey.

208. ἄνευθεν, ‘in absence,’ as 22. 88 ἄνευθε δέ σε μέγα νῶϊν K.T.A., CP.
also 22. 508 νόσφι τοκήων.

209. τῷ δ᾽ ὥς ποθι κιτιλ. The sentence is unfinished in form: ‘even
as it was fated that he should be the prey of dogs, (so it has come to
pass).’ The commentators make ὥς demonstrative: but this is less
satisfactory.

213. τότ᾽ ἂν turd. The best MSS. have ἄντιτα (as Od. 17. 51), but
the av can hardly be omitted here.

216. ἀλεωρῆς, ‘shrinking aside, cp. 13. 436 οὔτε γὰρ ἐξοπίσω φυγέειν
δύνατ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἀλέασθαι. Elsewhere it is used of things that protect (12.
57.» 15. 533).

210. ὄρνις κακός, ‘a bird ({. ὁ. a sign) of ill omen.’

223. On the combination νῦν 8’—ydp see on 12. 326.

226, κατακτείνειε, Opt. of concession, ‘Iam content that he should slay.’

230. ἁπλοΐδας, ‘single’: opposed to δίπλαξ (3. 126., 22. 441).

235. ἐξεσίην, ‘on a message’ (ἐξίημι) ; Acc. 8 37, I.

239. For éAeyxées we should probably read ἐλέγχεα (as 2. 235, ὅτε.) :
see on l. 354.

241. ὀνόσασθε, ‘have you complained?’ 7.¢. have you not thought
it (sorrow) enough ?

242, ὀλέσαι, with ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν, ‘ the grief of losing.’

243. ῥηΐτεροι évatpepev, personal construction (as in English), ‘easier
to slay.’

250. βοὴν ἀγαθόν, treated as a single word.

260. ἐλέγχεα πάντα, ‘all reproaches,’ 7.¢. none that is not a living
reproach. The Art. is used to mark the contrast to τοὺς μὲν #.7.A,

262. ἐπιδήμιοι, ‘among your own people,’ instead of robbing strangers
(ἀλλοδαποί, Od. 3. 74).

267. καλὴν πρωτοπαγέα, cp. 5. 194 δίφροι καλοὶ πρωτοπαγεῖς.

269. The yoke (ζυγόν) is ὀμφαλόεν, Ζ. 6. furnished with an ὀμφαλός, a
knob or boss in the middle, and has οἴηκες, probably hooks or rings for
the reins to pass through.

424 ILIAD. BOOK XXIV.

270, ζυγόδεσμον, ‘the yoke-fastening,’ the cord or thong which
attached the yoke to the end of the pole.

272. πέζῃ, apparently the wedge-shaped head in which, according to
Helbig (p. 150, ed. 2), the pole usually ended.

The κρίκος was a ring attached to the middle of the yoke, and the
ἕστωρ a peg near the end of the pole. The yoke was got into its place
on the pole by slipping the ring over the peg, and was then secured by
the ζυγόδεσμον, which also passed round (and was kept in place by)
the ὀμφαλός of the yoke.

274. ἑξείης κατέδησαν. These words must be intended to explain
what was done with the rest of the nine cubits of ζυγόδεσμον. Mr. Leaf
conjectured that the end was fastened to the body of the waggon, serving
as a stay for the pole, ἑξείης being a corruption of the word for the part
to which it was attached. This view is adopted by Helbig, who observes
that the pole of an ancient carriage was very liable to break, so that in
the case of a waggon intended for a heavy load some such additional
strength must have been needed.

ὑπὸ γλωχῖνα, ‘ passing under a hook’: Acc. § 42, 3.

281. ζευγνύσθην, Mid. ‘ were yoking their horses.’

285. ὄφρα λείψαντε Ktoitnv,=‘that they might pour a libation be-
fore going.’

294. δεξιόν is predicative: ‘ (ask for) one to appear on the right.’

296. ov after εἰ is not uncommon in Homer: see on 15. 162.

304. xépviBov, the basin into which the water for hand-washing
(χέρνιψ) was poured ; elsewhere called λέβης (Od. 1. 137, &c.).

πρόχοον, the vessel /707 which the water was poured.

315. τελειότατον, the surest to bring fulfilment, cp. 8. 247.

316. μόρφνον θηρητῆρα, ‘the dark one, the hunter’; cp, 21. 252
μέλανος τοῦ θηρητῆρος.

περκνόν, another word for dark colour (Od. 7. 126).

318. KAniot, ‘with bolts.’ The best MSS. have ἐϊκληϊς, the reading
of Aristarchus; but ἐὺ KAyto’ was also ancient, and is more Homeric.

325. δαΐφρων, ‘ prudent’: elsewhere in the Iliad δαΐφρων is applied
to warriors.

326. ἵπποι, the verb is understood out of ἕλκον ἀπήνην, 1. 324.

329. πόλιος κατέβαν, ‘had gone down from the city.’

333. The use of Hermes as the messenger of Zeus is not elsewhere found
in the Iliad, but is regular in the Odyssey. This line recurs in Od. 5. 28,

335. ἑταιρίσσαι, ‘ to serve as ἑταῖρος."

ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσθα, ‘whom it pleases thee (to hear)’: Dat. used of a god,
cp. 16. 516.

338. IImActwvade, the only instance of this -5¢ with the name of a
person. We might have had the Gen., as in’Aiddcde, For the Acc.
cp. 23. 36 εἰς ᾿Αγαμέμνονα, ‘ to A.’s tent.’

NOTES. LINES 270-403. 425

339-345, =Od. 5. 43-49: Il. 340-342 also=Od. 1. 96-98.

347. αἰσυμνητῆρι, ‘a prince’: so Aristarchus. The word occurs in
Od. 8. 258 in the form αἰσυμνῆται, apparently =‘stewards of games.’
Some of the best MSS. read αἰσυητῆρι, which is supported by the
proper name Αἰσυήτης.

348. πρῶτον ὑπηνήτῃ, ‘ bearded newly.’

354. ppadéos, Nom. φραδής, ‘watchful,’ one of the very few instances
in Homer of a simple Adj. in -4s: cp. 1. 239, also 4. 235 (ψευδέσσι).

355. διαρραίσεσθαι, ‘will be dashed in pieces.’

356. ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, ‘on our chariot,’ leaving the mule-waggon.

ἔπειτα, ‘if not, then’: see on 13. 743.

358. σὺν χύτο, Tmesis. γέροντι, a ‘true’ Dat., § 38, 1.

360. αὐτός, of his own motion, without being entreated.

367. ὀνείατα, ‘ goodly things,’ elsewhere only used of a feast.

tis ἂν δή τοι νόος εἴη ; ‘ what would be your device (for escape) ?’

3268, ovre—Bé. The second clause would regularly be οὔτε οὗτος,
but is changed to a distinct sentence: cp. 7. 433.

369. ἀπαμύνασθαι, Inf. of consequence with νέος and γέρων : ‘you
and your companion are (too) old to defend yourselves.’ But the con-
struction is harsh, and the mention of a gwarrel (ὅτε τις πρότερος χαλε-
avn) does not fit the context very well, and may have come from Od.
16. γι αὐτὸς μὲν νέος εἰμὶ καὶ οὔ mw χερσὶ πέποιθα ἄνδρ᾽ κιτ.λ. (=21,
132-133).

370. οὐδέν, adverbial, ‘ in nought.’

376. αἴσιον, ‘of good omen.’ οἷος -- ὅτι τοιοῦτος, ‘in that thou art so
noble in form and feature.’

377. In sense μακάρων is the predicate, and the clause is subordinate:
‘so that they are happy that call thee son.’

382. ἵνα μίμνῃ;, ‘where they shall remain,’ in order that there they
may remain.

385. μάχης ἐπεδεύετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν, ‘fell short in fighting, failed to keep
up battle, with the Greeks.’

For the Gen. ᾿Αχαιῶν cp. 11. 542 Αἴαντος δ᾽ ἀλέεινε μάχην : and for
ἐπεδεύετο cp. 13. 310 δεύεσθαι πολέμοιο, and 17. 342 μάχης dpa πολλὸν
ἐδεύεο.

388. ὡς after a question gives the ground for asking it: ‘who can
you be that you so’ &c.,

τὸν οἶτον, defining Art., cp. 20. 147., 23. 257, 465.

390. εἴρεαι, ‘dost ask about’: see on 6, 151.

400. τῶν μέτα, a post-Homeric construction, cp. 13. 700. Possibly
τῶν is a partitive gen. ; ‘ of them I was chosen by lot to follow hither.’

402. θήσονται μάχην, ‘ will bring on a battle’; cp. 17. 158 πόνον
καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο.

403. οἵδε καθήμενοι, ‘sitting still here’: so 1, 412 κεῖνος ‘ yonder.’

426 ILIAD, BOOK XXIV,

404. Join ἴσχειν πολέμου, ‘to stay from war.’

413. αὔτως, ‘ the same as ever,’ ‘ unchanging.’

417. ἀκηδέστως, cp, 21. 123 ἀκηδέες (of fish devouring the slain),

419. αἷμα is Acc.: ‘he is washed clean of blood.’

420. σὺν μέμυκεν, Tmesis, ‘ have closed their lips.’

421. ὅσσα, cognate Acc., cp. 5. 361 ἕλκος & με βροτὸς οὔτασεν ἀνήρ.

- 425, διδοῦναι, one of the very few instances of the Pres. Inf. of a Verb
in -μωεο in Homer.

426, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἴην ye has the force of confirming what is being said: ‘if
he lived—as he did (2. 6. as surely as he lived), he did not forget.’ See
on 3. 180. ;

430. The δέ shows that πέμψον δέ pe is subordinate: ‘ deliver me by
conducting me,’ &c.

434. παρὲξ ᾿Αχιλῆα, “ past Achilles,’ without regarding him.

437. kat ke. ‘The sentence makes a kind of fresh beginning here:
hence the pleonasm of ke after ἄν.

439. ὀνοσσάμενος μαχέσαιτο, ‘ quarrel by making light,’ z.e. begin a
quarrel by saying something slighting. The Aorists express coincident
acts.

440. ἀναΐξας, ‘ rushing up on to (the chariot).’

443-445. The apodosis to ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κιτιλ. begins (in sense at
least) at 1, 445 τοῖσι δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὕπνον «.7.A., since the connexion is, ‘ when
they reached the walls, where the sentinels were busy with their supper,
Hermes put them to sleep.’ The stop at πονέοντο should be a comma
(not a colon, as in most editions).

448. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ «.7.A. The apodosis is at 1. 457 δή ῥα «.7.A.

451. ὄροφον, ‘reeds,’ a kind so called from the use to which they
were put in thatching (ἐρέφω).

454. ἐπιρρήσσεσκον, ‘were wont to push home’: for ῥήσσω, see on
18. 571.

457. ote, contracted form, only found here.

464. ἀγαπαζέμεν, ‘ greet,’ hob-nob with: θεόν is subject.

467. τέκεος, Neoptolemus, see 19. 326. σὺν ὀρίνῃς, Tmesis.

473. τώ, the Art. is used with Numerals where a distinction is made,
§ 47, 2,α.

474. Αὐτομέδων τε καὶ ἔΑλκιμος, 19. 392.

476. ἔτι καὶ κιτιλ., added to explain νέον δ᾽ ἀπέληγεν ἐδωδῆς : hence
the asyndeton.

480. If ἄτη here means something which is the consequence of blood-
guiltiness, we must understand it either of madness or of the external
consequences, such as the exile of the manslayer. Neither alternative
is satisfactory. The word dry in Homer always implies an act of folly
or blindness—not simple misfortune ; and the notion of madness follow-
ing on bloodshedding is not to be traced in Homeric times. Probably,

NOTES. LINES 404-544. 427

therefore, the reference is to the arm which brought about the man-
slaughter, the clause ὡς ὅτ᾽ ἂν «.7.A. meaning ‘as when a man through
ἄτη has shed blood.’ In any case the point of the comparison does not
lie in the ἄτη, but in the sudden appearance of the exile in the house to
which he comes as a suppliant.

It is unnecessary to suppose that the manslayer of this passage comes
for purification, which is a post-Homeric idea. We may compare the
cases of Phoenix (Il. 9. 478 ff.), and Patroclus (Il. 23. 85 ff.).

487. τηλίκου ὥς περ ἐγών, = ἡλίκος εἰμὲ ἔγώ : cp. Od. 16. 208 ἥ τέ με
τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει. On the phrase ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ see 22. 60.

489. ἀρῆν, see on 14. 485.

- 493. ἐπεὶ τέκον «.7.A. This clause is subordinate in sense to τῶν
δ᾽ οὔ τινα «.7.A.: the two paratactic clauses being=‘since of the sons
born to me in Troy none is left.’

498. τῶν μὲν πολλῶν, ‘of them, many as they were.’ For the Art.
ep. Od. 2. 58 (Ξ 17. 537) τὰ δὲ πολλὰ κατάνεται, 17. 457., 22. 273.

499. αὐτούς, ‘the men’ (in the city): cp. Od. 9. 40 πόλιν ἔπραθον
ὥλεσα δ᾽ αὐτούς : also Od. το. 26 νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς.

503. αὐτόν, ‘(me) on my own behalf’: ‘have respect for the gods,
and pity for the suppliant on his own account.’

507. πατρὸς γόοιο, ‘ wailing for his father,’ § 39, 1.

515. χειρὸς ἀνίστη, ‘ raised him by the hand.’

522. ἔμπης refers forward to ἀχνύμενοι, “ still amid all our grief,’

524. πρῆξις, ‘result,’ ‘profit’: a word common in the Odyssey.

526. ἀχνυμένοις, so the best MSS.; the Acc. dyvupévovs would be
more regular, since it goes closely with the Inf. (wey: see on 13. 56.

527. πίθοι, large jars, used for wine (Od. 2. 340). The good and evil
are spoken of as if they were kinds of wine: cp. ἀμμίξας.

ἐν Διὸς οὔδει, ‘ on the floor,’ viz. of the palace of Zeus.

528. κακῶν, ἕτερος δὲ ἑάων, -- ἕτερος μὲν κακῶν, ἕτερος δὲ ἑάων, ‘one
of ills, the other of blessings.’ Cp. 22. 157 παραδραμέτην, φεύγων, ὃ
δ᾽ ὄπισθε διώκων : also 7. 418 νέκυάς τ᾽ ἀγέμεν, ἕτεροι δὲ μεθ᾽ ὕλην.

531. τῶν λυγρῶν, ‘ miserable things,’ ‘ wretchedness’; Art. of con-
trast to ‘ good things,’ § 47, 2, d.

532. BovBpworts, ‘ vast hunger,’ appetite on the scale of an ox; Bov-
expressing what is out of proportion, as in the later word βουλιμία.

535. ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώπους, see on |. 202.

538. ἐπί, with θῆκε, ‘made for him,’ assigned as his lot: cp. 6. 357
οἷσιν ἐπὶ Ζεὺς θῆκε κακὸν μόρον, also 21. 110.

530. κρειόντων, ‘ruling,’ ‘ to be rulers.’

540. παναώριον, ‘ of all untimely fate’: ἄωρος (Od. 12. 80).

543. ἀκούομεν, =‘ know by hearing,’ see on 14. 125.

544. ἄνω ἐντὸς ἐέργει, lit. ‘confines upwards,’ 7. ὁ. to the north, = forms
the southern boundary. For the use of éépyw of marking a limit see on

428 ILIAD, BOOK XXIV.

2. 617, 845., 12. 201. It is probable that Lesbos was then occupied by
Phoenicians, the name Maxap representing the Phoenician Melkart.

545. καθύπερθε, ‘ from above,’ Ζ. 6. to the north: cp. Od. 3. 170 καθύ-
περθε Χίοιο, of passing to the N. Strictly speaking, Phrygia is to the E.
and N.E., the Hellespont to the N.W. ἄνω, ‘ upwards’ and καθύπερθε,
‘from above,’ are naturally used of bounding in opposite directions.

546. τῶν, ‘of these,’ Ζ.6. of all within these limits. The Gen. with
κεκάσθαι, ‘to excel,’ is not elsewhere found in Homer.

548. Achilles uses general words—‘ fighting and slaying of men ’—in
order to avoid directly speaking of the death of Hector,

551. κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃσθα, euphemism, like πάσχειν τι ---“ to die.’
Some put a colon before πρίν, and suppose the clause to be paratactic :
‘sooner you will suffer another evil’: cp. 1. 29.

554. κῆται, see on 19. 32. ἀκηδής, ‘uncared for. The word is not
restricted to funeral rites, though these are chiefly intended here.

557. ἔασας, ‘hast left me alone,’ spared me: see on 1. 569. The
ancient grammarians who give this interpretation cannot have found
1. 558 in their text: and the line is wanting in good MSS. For the
force of πρῶτον, ‘once for all’ cp. 13. 285., 15. 75, 207.

560. νοέω, of purpose, as in the Substantive νόος.

563. σὲ γιγνώσκω, ὅττι κιτιλ.-- 1 know that a god has brought
you,’ &c., σέ being Acc. de quo, § 37, 7.

567. nog poe lit. ‘shift with a lever, hoist back; the phrase
recurs in Od. 23. 188.

508. ἐν ἄλγεσι. The use of ἐν with an abstract word is rare in the
liad: cp. 10. 245, 279 ἐν πάντεσσι πόνοισι.

569. ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἐάσω, ‘suffer in my tent,’ spare as under my protec-
tion: cp. Od. 4. 743 od μὲν dp pe κατάκτανε νηλέϊ χαλκῷ, ἢ ἔα ἐν μεγάρῳ.

570. Διὸς ἐφετμάς, not any special commands, but generally the will
of Zeus as the protector of the suppliant (ἐπιτιμήτωρ ἱκετάων τε ξείνων
τε, Od. 9. 270).

572. otkovo, viz. the tent: Gen. with θύραζε.

576. ὑπὸ ζυγόφιν, Gen., ‘ from under the yoke.’

581. πυκάσας is the important word: ‘that he might shroud the
dead body before giving it.’

584. οὐκ ἐρύσαιτο, after μή, because equivalent to a single positive
notion, ‘allow to break out.’ ἐρύομαι here has the sense usually found
only in the form ἐρύκω.

586. ἀλίτηται, the Subj. can hardly be defended : see on 14. 165., 24.
655. We should probably read ἀλίτοιτο, with hiatus due to the imita-
tion of 1. 570 Διὸς δ᾽ ἀλίτωμαι ἐφετμάς : cp. 13. 22.

594. οὐ ἀεικέα, a litotes, § 59.

595. ἀποδάσσομαι, Subj. “ will give a share,’ probably in the shape of
offerings at his tomb, as in the case of xrépea.

NOTES. LINES 545-673. 429

598. τοίχου, “ by the other wall,’ Gen. of lace, cp. 9. 219.

601. dywv, ‘ when you bring him’ (to the city).

608. ἣ δ᾽ αὐτὴ γείνατο πολλούς, in sense subordinate to φῆ: ‘ while
she herself was the mother of many.’

610. ἐν φόνῳ, ‘in their blood,’ untended.

611. The meaning seems to be that the people who sought to bury the
slain were turned into stone by Zeus. ‘There may be a play on λαός and Aaas.

614-617. These lines have been rejected by many critics, ancient and
modern. The connexion of the story is certainly not clear. Niobe is
not one of the λαοί who were turned into stone ; for it was after this that
she ‘remembered to eat meat.’ The last line, however, (λίθος περ ἐοῦσα)
assumes that that change had come about, though it does not tell us how
or why. The Niobe of this passage is usually identified with a figure
which has been discovered near Magnesia, cut in relief on the steep side
of Mt. Sipylus. The ancient local tradition seems to have found the
Homeric Niobe in some natural formation of the rock which at a certain
distance presented the appearance of a weeping woman (see Mr. Ramsay’s
article in the 7. H. S. vol. iii. pp. 61-64).

615. εὐνάς, apparently =‘ abodes’: but there is nothing to show what
natural objects are intended by the phrase.

616. ᾿Αχελώϊον, a common name for a river, but not otherwise known
in the neighbourhood of Mt. Sipylus.

ἐρρώσαντο, ‘pass swiftly,’ ‘speed,’ viz. in the dance: cp. Hes. Th. 8.

The tense is difficult to explain, as the gnomic Aor. is not in place here.

617. θεῶν ἐκ, ‘from the gods,’ by divine intervention: cp. 5. 64.

630. ἄντα, lit. ‘ facing,’ hence ‘ by comparison’: cp. 21. 332.

632. τε is placed after ὄψιν because the chief ideas coupled are ὄψις
and μῦθος : the Participles εἰσορόων and ἀκούων are subordinate.

640. χόρτοισι, “ walled-in spaces’ (Lat. hortws); cp. 11. 774-

644. δέμνια, ‘ bed-steads.’

646. ἕσασθαι, ‘to put on,’ ‘to cover them with’ (ἕννυμι).

647. δάος, Sing., ‘each with a torch’: cp. 18. 594.

649. ἐπικερτομέων, ‘ taunting,’ is out of place here.

651. ot τε refers to βουληφόρος, ‘a counsellor of those who.’

655. καί κεν... γένηται, Subj. perhaps to express the certainty of the
consequence, ὃ 29, 4. But some MSS. have γένοιτο.

658. ὄφρα x.7.A. depends upon εἰπέ in 1. 656.

661. ὧδε refers forward, ‘as I shall say.’

662. yap gives the reason for the following sentence: cp. I. 123.

663. ἀξέμεν, § 9, 3. δεδίασιν, the only example of δέδια in Homer.

664-666. The Opt. in the First Person with «ev expresses willingness.
This usage is common in the Odyssey. On the form δαινῦτο see on
16. 99.

673. προδόμῳ, the regular sleeping place for guests ; cp. Od. 4. 302.

430 LLTAD.. BOOK XXIV,

681. ἱερούς, cp. 10. 56 φυλάκων ἱερὸν τέλος.

683. οἷον εὕδεις, ‘to see how you sleep’; οἷον as in 13. 633.

684. εἴασεν, ‘has left thee unharmed,’ cp. 1. 557.

686. wot, in contrast to ransom for the dead Hector. δοῖεν, ‘ may
give,’ Ζ. δ. may have to give.

687. rot, Art. marking the contrast with Hector.

696. ἔλων, Impf. of a form éAdw, found in the Inf. ἐλάαν (in the
phrase μάστιξεν δ᾽ ἐλάαν, &c.), also Od. 10.83. οἰμωγῇ; ‘ with wailing,’
Instrum. Dative, in the comitative sense, § 38, 3.

699. Note the paratactic form: ‘no one knew them beforehand ; but
Cassandra. . .,,=‘no one knew them sooner than did Cassandra, who’
&e. Cp. 16. 62., 18. 403-405., 19. 306-308.

γοι. ἀστυβοώτην, cp. KaAnropa (1. 577). The proper form would be
ἀστυβοήτης.

702. ἐφ᾽ ἡμιόνων, ‘on the mule-carriage’: cp. ἐφ᾽ ἵππων -- ‘in a chariot.’

705. εἴ ποτε kai... χαίρετε, ‘as surely as once yourejoiced’: cp. the
phrase εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην γε (1. 426, with the note).

706. δήμῳ, ‘land’ or ‘ district,’ in contrast to πόλις.

708. ἀάσχετον, see on 5. 802.

711. τιλλέσθην, ‘ mourned,’ lit. ‘ tore their hair in mourning for.’

712. ἁπτόμεναι κεφαλῆς, cp. 1. 724.

716. Join εἴξατε οὐρεῦσι, ‘make way for the mules,’ por being Dat.
ethicus, ‘for me.’

719. δώματα, governed by the eis of εἰσάγαγον.

721. ἀοιδὴν θρήνεον, Cognate Acc., ‘ bewailed in a song of lamentation.’

722. ot μὲν δὴ may be added after the Relative οἵ τε, to mark the
contrast with the following ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο yuvatkes. But such an
addition is very strange, and it seems probable that a line is wanting after
1], 721. By γυναῖκες are meant Andromache, Hecuba, &c.; cp. 1. 710.

725. ἀπὸ ὦλεο, ‘ hast perished from,’ z. 6. by perishing hast been taken
from. More commonly αἰών, ‘life,’ is said to be taken from the man:
cp. 19. 27 ἐκ δ᾽ αἰὼν πέφαται, ‘ is taken by slaying,’ 16, 453 ἐπὴν δὴ τόν
γε Aimy ψυχή τε καὶ αἰών.

729. αὐτήν, ‘itself,’ as well as the wives and children (1. 730).

730. €xes, ‘ didst uphold,’ ‘ keep safe’: in allusion to the name”Exrwp.
Cp. 5. 473 ἄτερ λαῶν πόλιν ἑξέμεν.

733. ἀεικέα, ‘menial,’ unworthy of thy birth.

734. πρό, ‘ for,’ or perhaps ‘ in the sight of’: in either sense the use of
the Preposition is un-Homeric.

735. ὄλεθρον, Acc. of the sum or result of the sentence; cp. 4. 28.

According to the story told by later poets (probably suggested by this
passage) Astyanax was thrown from the wall of Troy by Neoptolemus..

741. ἀρητόν, sce on 17. 37.

744. πυκινόν, ‘sound,’ ‘ wise’; lit. ‘firm, tight.’

NOTES, LINES 681-802. 431

749. ζωός περ, in contrast to ἐν θανάτοιό περ αἴσῃ. The Dat. por is
ethical ; ‘I had in you a son dear to the gods.’

751. The main argument introduced by γάρ is given in ll. 757-759:
‘ for,—though Achilles sold my other sons into slavery, and though he
dragged you round the tomb of Patroclus,—yet now you are laid fresh
and sweet in the halls.’

753. ἀμιχθαλόεσσαν, probably ‘steaming, smoking,’ the island of
Lemnos being volcanic. The root sigh (ὀμίχλη, Sanscr. megha, “ cloud,’
&c.) might give a Noun ἀμίχθαλος, ‘steam’; cp. at@ados, κονίσαλος.

757. πρόσφατος, ‘ freshly slain.’ It is difficult to see how the word
acquired this meaning: perhaps it is=apds τῷ φόνῳ (or ταῖς φοναῖς)
‘ close to the slaying,’ cp. 1. 610 κέατ᾽ ἐν φόνῳ, ‘lay in their blood’: also
Hat. 9. 76 ἐν τῇσι φονῇσι ἐόντας, =‘ red-handed.’

+65. ἐεικοστὸν ἔτος. Taken strictly this implies an interval of ten
years before the Trojan war began, of which there is no other trace in
the Iliad.

767. ἀσύφηλον, ‘ insulting,’ cp. 9. 647.

768. εἰ ἐνίπτοι, the only instance in Homer of εἰ with an Opt. used
of the past, in the iterative sense.

769. δαέρων, scanned asa spondee. Perhaps we should read δαβρῶν
(a form related to δαέρων as πατρῶν to πατέρων, &c.).

775. πεφρίκασι, ‘hold me in horror,’ § 26.

776. ἀπείρων, ‘boundless,’ properly an epithet of S¥pos, ‘land’ (1.706),
but retained in spite of the transference to the sense of ‘ people of the land.’

778. ἄξετε, Aor. Imper., § 9, 3.

779. πυκινόν, ‘closely packed,’ in close ranks.

780. éméreAde . . , μὴ πημανέειν, “ enjoined (with the assurance) that
he would not attack.’

789. ἔγρετο, ‘ was roused,’ mustered ; see on 7. 434.

791 ff. repeat 23. 237 ff.

795. λάρνακα, ‘ coffin’: cp. 23. 253 where we hear of a golden φιάλη
used for this purpose.

SOU == 23.257.

802. Join εὖ δαίνυντο, ‘ they duly held feast.’

432 ILIAD. BOOK XXIV. NOTES.

On 24. 80-82 (postscript).

The main difficulty in the ancient explanation of this passage is the
prominence given to the képas, which is spoken of as if it were the chief
feature of the fisherman’s apparatus. So in Od. 12. 251-253 :—

3) 53) is

ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἐπὶ προβόλῳ ἁλιεὺς περιμήκεϊ ῥάβδῳ

ἰχθύσι τοῖς ὀλίγοισι δόλον κατὰ εἴδατα βάλλων

ἐς πόντον προΐησι Bods κέρας ἀγραύλοιο.
The question naturally suggests itself, whether the κέρας might not be
the hook itself, made, like so many utensils of primitive times, from the
horn of an animal. On this point Mr. E. B. Tylor writes to the editor
as follows: ‘Fish-hooks of horn are in fact known in pre-historic
Europe, but are scarce and very clumsy. After looking into the matter
I am disposed to think that the Scholiast knew what he was about, and
that the old Greeks really used a horn guard where the modern pike-
fisher only has his line bound, to prevent the fish from biting it through.
Such a hom guard, however, if used then, would probably last on in use,
anglers being highly conservative, and I shall look out for it.’

Since this was written Mr. C. E. Haskins ( Journal of Philology, xix.
240) has made the very probable suggestion that the κέρας: was an
artificial bait of horn, probably shaped like a small fish, with hooks of
χαλκός fastened to it, and used by being thrown out, allowed to sink (a
μολυβδαίνη being inserted in it), and then drawn rapidly through the
water. Such baits, he tells us, are still in use.

ΠΕ ΤΟ ΤΗΕΒΞ

Accent, 16. 827.
Accusative, 19. 299., 21. 258.,
23. 29., 24. 338.

terminus ad quam, 21. 40.

BekGuon 3.275. 582... 14,342,
18. 601., 20. 311., 24. 563.

of the fart affected, 13. 424,
473.» 14. 113, 126, 474., 15.
228;, τὸς 212., 19, 27, 100.
21. 186, 305., 22. 461.

of the vesadt of a sentence, 15.
44... τ, 202250240795.

of space, 23. 529.

Cognate, 13. 623., 15. 33, 612.,
22. 29; see also 10. 299., 21.
58, 255. 20. 024}. 255.} 421,

21.

with Verbs of Axowing, &c., 23.
361., 24. 390.

Double, 16. 59, 207, 667., 17.
180} τὸ. 345: Lriple; 21.
WAST

See also Infinitive.

Adverbs :

Neut. Sing., 13. 185., 14. 249.,
15.167, 240, 628., 17. 19., 18.
128., 19.17, 195., 20. 30, 78.,
Ὁ) 2710.., 22. 2241, 6250), 522,
494., 23. I10, 440, 454., 24.
370. See also ὅ, τό.

Neut. Plur., 13. 158., 15. 13., 16.
609., 22. 491.

Fem. Sing., 17. 294.

in -dov, 13. 152, 204. 15. 22,
505, 556., 23. 431, 469.

in -δην, 13. 315, 516, 584., τό.
304) 17: 599 21. 364., 22.

_ 410.
in -δε, 16, 697., 24. 338.
VOL. Il.

NOTES,

in -θεν, 15. 489., 20. 120.
in -ds, 24. 163.
αἰδώς, 13. 121., 15.

24. III.
ἀκούω, 14. 125., 20. 204., 24. 543.
ἀμφί, τό. 517., 17. 83, 290, 499,

573., 18. 414., 22. 134.

in Composition, 15. 391., 16.
yv77., 18. 528 (Tmesis), 23.
97, 159.

c. Dat., 13. 612, 704., 15. 587.,
ΤΥ} 208. 180 aah 344, 22:
443., 23. 30, 88.

c. Gen., 16.825.

ce. Acc., 15. 201... 20. 152, 404.,

ἘΠ 23. 233:
apdts, 13. 345., 14. 123., 15. 709.,

18. 519., 21. 162.22. 1Ὶ 7:

23. 392.

dv (irregular), 13. 285., 15. 80,

209., 19. 375.
ἀνά, 14. 80., 21. 303., 22. 452.
Anacoluthon :

sentence interrupted and re-
sumed, 13. 197, 434, 689., 14.
409;, 15. 636., 16) 401, 17.
309, 617, 658., 18. ΤΟΊ: 20.
463.

second of two clauses changed,
16; 2275921. 18: 27:

change to Sing, 16, 265.

See also Apodosis, omission
of.

dvev, 13.559.
dvri, 21.75.
Aorist;

of a s¢mgle action, 13. 597., τύ.
MEO psn 27 215° τον 220; 22:
463., 23. 690.

E2050 21 70

F f

434

of completion, 14. 95., 17. 173.
20. 306; ἔπλετο, 14. 337., 15.
227220201.

in questions, 20. 179., 21. 561.

Gnomic, 16. 352., 24. 48, 616.

inf.) 3: 607. ΤῊ Ὅ92,., 22.

13. 38, 545., 15. 575.5
60.

13. 395, 512, 597-, 14. 225.,
16. 474., 20. 161., 24.439.
+ ,» Of past time, 15. 580.
ἀπό, 14.
420.
in Composition, 14. 10T., 19. 35,
62., 24. 65.
in Tmesis, 18. 345., 19. 254., 21.
336., 24.725.
Apodosis, see δέ:
omission of, 13. 68, 775., 14.
332) Τὴ: 058; alo 58: LOL,
203.5, ΤΟ. ΠΑ y= 20s 212., 21:
487, δύο, 567., 22. 111.) 23.
321.) 24: 42, 209.
Apposition, 13. 600., 14. 217,
228, 28A%, τ. 05: 225 19250
24. 58.
Article:
substantival, 13. 53., 14. 377.»
24. 498.
of contrast, 13. 279, 597, 765.,
14. 503-, 15. 37, 305-, 17. 500.»
TS. 455-5). 10.5 322-1020 O;
22 2r 21" 252, 202, 310, 4152.
22. 103., 28: 295: 452;, 024,
260, 531, 687.
with a word of comparison, 13.
83, 745-, 16. 53, 358., 23. 336.

5: of fast time, 14. 455., |

of coincident action, |

ΠΡ... 010.5100; δ ΒΕ ΠΡ |

with Numerals, 20. 269., 24. |

473-
of the First Person, 19. 324.
defining, 20. 147., 24. 388.
of dislike, &c., 13. 53., 21. 421.
repeating a Noun, 23. 182.
anticipating a clause, 16. 55.
as a Relative, 16, 54:
post-Homeric uses, 23. 75, 325
(see p. 399).

| Catalogue of ships,

INDEX.

Asyndeton, 17. 398., 18. 279.,
22. 205.,°23. 725...24« XAG:
476.

Attraction;

into Gender of Predicate, 13.
237., 15.37. 16: 43., 22.110.
160.

‘construction of following clause,
14.75, 371.) 15. 380., 17. 755.»
18. 192., 22. ΤΟΙ... 23. 649.
from Acc.c. /7f.,13.56., 14. 162.,
15. 58, 116.,.22: 72, 100. BAe
118, 526,
αὐτός, 13.627., 16, 646., 17. O11.,
18.133, 451,, 22. 83. ΤΠῪ
23.311., 24. 360, 503, 729.
‘alone,’ 15.262. 720), τῦ. 240s
254.» 19. 89., 21. 467.
of a body, 18. 206,, 21.
245, 338., 23.66.
‘without change,’ 14. 457, 498.,
172236, 300., 20:, 482s, ner
491., 23. 8.
Reflexive (?), 20. 55.
αὐτόθι, αὐτοῦ, 14. 119., 15. 656.,
16. 649, 742., 18. 488., 19.
255... 21.. 114) 322.5, ἋΣ. 2555
460, 691.
παρ᾽ αὐτόθι, 13. 42., 20. 140.,
23. 147.
αὔτως, ‘only,’ 13. 104, 810., 14.
18., 17. 143, 450, 633., 18.
584., 20. 348., 22. 125, 484,
23020.
‘without change,’ 15. 128, 513.,
18. 198., 24. 413.
yap :
anticipating, 13. 736., 17. 221,
338, 475.» 23. 156, 607, 890.,
24. 223, 662.
in a question, 17. 475., 18. 182.
with a Relative, 23.9., 24. 68.
1: 30K
685, 686, 692, 693, 701., 21.
156.

167,

γέ, 15. 418, 508., 19.94., 20. 210.
Chiasmus, 13. 762., 14. 391., 15.

229.
Collective Noun,

1 a es Ὁ ΤΠῚ
264. ch us

INDEX.

construed with a Plur., 16. 281,
369., 17. 756., 18. 209, 604.,
20. 166., 23. 157.

used as a predicate, 13. 485.

Comparative, 19. 56, 63., 21.
437+, 23. 53.» 24. 52.

Contraction, 13. 622., 20. 72., 24.
457-

Crasis, 13. 74.

Dative, 13. 211, 326, 439, 443,
450, 704, 770., 14. I4I, 240,
347, 493, 449., 15. 87, 258.,
16. 235, 433,516,522.,17.268.,
18. 319., 20. 230., 24. 19, 335,
358, 716.

Locatival, 13. 217., 15. 490., 16.
40., 23. 244.

Instrumental, 13. 407., 14. 504.,
22. 477: in the Comitative
sense, 17. 460., 18. 506., 20.
162., 21. 45., 24. 696.

in -φι(ν), 16. 487.

δέ, 13. 260.

of the apodosis, 13. 779., 15.
ΦΆΤΟ. LOs2042, 107. 7.32. 20.28:,
21. 53., 23-65., 24.15, 445.

Sid, c. Acc., 14. 91., 23. 806.

in Tmesis, 19. 90., 13. 507.

Digamma, 15. 209, 626., τύ. 735.,
20. 67., 23:55.» 24. 154.

Dual, 16. 371., 17. 387., 19. 205.,
23. 362, 413.

ἔεδνον, 13. 382.

ei, of wish, 15.571., 16.559.

εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε, τό. 667., 17.685., 22.
281.

εἴ ποτε, ‘as surely as,
24. 426, 705.

es, 15.246., 23. 36, 523., 24.719;

εἴσω, 16. 364.

Elision ;

of-o1, 13. 481.

of -a of 1 Aor. Inf., 21. 323.

ἔλπομαι, 13. 309., 15. 288., 16.281,

ἐν, 24. 568: in Tmesis, 23. 777.

᾽

15. 372+

€£, 11. 493., 14. 154, 177., 18. 210,

431., 19.375.) 20.377-, 21.144,
412, 513., 23. 595.) 24. 617.

ἐκ βελέων, 14.130., 16.122, 668.,
18.152.

435

ἔπειτα; 13.743.) 18. 357., 19. 113.,
20. 120, 136., 23. 551, 24.
356.

ἐπί, 13. 799., 15. 685., 16. 69., 17.
723, 736., 21. 110.

δὲ Dat. 157... 257, 455 ἼΘ, ΒΟ
τὸς 110; 220... 22. 2740574.

c. Gen., 14. 77., 19. 396., 22.
153.) 23. 374.» 24. 356, 702.

6: ᾿Αἴσοῖν 1344s 17 9685, 2 ONS hae
24. 520...24: 20: aes

with form in -φι(ν), 13. 308., 19.

_ 255.

in Composition, 13. 409., 23.504,

Age DS

in Tmesis, 15.662, 684.,18.317.,
20. 35, 315., 24.538.

Future, 13. 47., 19. 208., 20. 301.

with wey, 15. 215., 17. 558., 20.
335.» 23. 675.

Buti ΤΣ 13. 903) 15-1602... 16;
83035 F7-.910.,20.08.,,23..773,

Fut. Part., 18. 309., 19. 120., 23.

379-
Gender, 16. 353., 18.515., 22. 24.
Genitive, 15. 640., 17. 42, 689.,

22. 164, 281., 23. 631, 746.,
24. 385, 507.

objective, 16. 581., 17. 538., 22.
272, A425 Cp. 10. 521} Σ΄
TE

partitive, 13. 66, I191., 14. 121.»
15. 101, 450., 19. 105., 22.47,
Ὑ25..525. 2.

of source, 14. 173.» 15. 490., 16.
635., 22. 401., 22. 580, 692.

of material, 13.563.,16. 81, 162,

of space, 13. 64, 252, 820., 21.
247.

of place, 17. 373.) 24. 508

of ¢2me, 22. 27.

of price, 22. 50.

Gen. absolute, 14. 522., 15. 328.,
23. hale

with a Verb of emotion, 13. 166,
207.520.040.232 222:

with a Verb of azming, 13. 315,
499, 650., 16, 512., 17. 181.,
BanTOAs

with λαβεῖν, &c., 14. 477., 16.

Ff2

436

406., 18. 537+ 22. 345-5 24. |

O15.

with οἶδα, 18. 192.

with σημαίνω, 14. 84.

Ablatival, 14. 203., 17. 161.

in -φι(ν), 13. 308, 700., 16, 281,
762., 19. 255, 404., 21. 295,
367., 22. 284., 23. 7.

ἦμαρ, 13. 98., 15. 719.

Hesiodic style, 14.317 ff., 18. 39.,
22. 487.

Hyphaeresis, 13. 286., 17. 330.,
19. 229., 24. 202.

iavw, 14. 213., 18. 259., 19. 71.

Ἴλιον (neut.), 15.71.

Ἰλίου, for Ἰλίοο, 15. 66., 21. 104,
205... 22. ὃ.

Imitations of Homer, 13.5, 198,
225, 772,14. 35+, 15-490., 16,
234, 542, 630., 17. 32, 416,
717., 18. 231., 19-91, 386., 20.
63., 22. 94, 209, 410., 23. 27,
382, 857.

Imperfect, 14. 89., 17. 277., 20.
408., 21. 332, 450., 23. 70,
142, 192, 440, 725, 821.

of velative time, 22. 277., 23.

807.
with dpa, 16. 33, 60., 17. 142;
147-, 20. 347., 21. 281., 22.
280, 477.
Indefinite, see Relative.
Infinitive :
of purpose, 13.312., 17.510.) 24.
15.
of consequence, 13.280, 512, 515,
775-> 14: 345-, 16.60., 17.155,
489., 22. 5.7) 23. 214.) 24. 2,
360.
of reference, 15. '720., 16. 766.,
18. 585., 22. 474., 24. 71, 242.
as an Imperative, 23. 247-
with kev, 22. 110.
Inf. Aorist, see Aorist.
Inf. Future, see Future.
Acc. c. Inf., 16. 454: see Attrac-
tion.
Irony, 13. 291, 397., 14. 482.) 15.
557+, 16. 31, 398, 736. 17.
S275, 19. 505 21. 217, 221,

INDEX.

22.17, 266., 23. 340: see also
Litotes.
kai, 13. 260, 734., 15. 670., 16.
749., 17. 330, 647., 18. 50,
,357.) 21. 105.) 22. 247.
κατά, c. Gen., 13. 385, 504., 20.
470.
ὃ. Acc. 14. 180:, 15: 320:, Τὴ:
167, 732.
in Composition, 15. 382., 24.
_ 329.
in Tmesis, 13. 737., 15.
22. 354.) 23. 237.
κεῖνος, ‘ yonder,’ 19. 344.
Litotes, 15. 155., 16. 367, 736.,
20. 315+, 24. 504.
μέλλω, with Pres. Inf., 13. 226,
"6., 14. 125., 21. 83: with
Aor. Inf,,. 185 302... 23-2785

354.,

᾿ΕΝ

ς. Gen., 13. 700., 24. 400.
ο. “Act:, 15. 2 Ὁ, 5304: ΤῊΣ
18. 321, 552.) 20. 329.
in Composition, 16. 779.» 17.
373-
Metaphor, 13. 358., 16. 658., 17.
401, 615., 18. 367., 19. 222.,
20. IOL., 21. 482, 538.
Metre, 18. 288., 23. 195.
Caesura, 15. 18.
Hiatus, 13. 22.,) 20. Ζῶ 0:
586.
metrically impossible forms, 13.
88, 346., 17. 742., 18. 244,
583:, 20. 302.205 10a. nea

149.,

97-
μῆ; 15. 164, 476., 17.17, 340, 686.,
18. 500., 20. 301., 21. 475.
in oaths, &c., 14. 46., 15. 41,
500., 19. 176, 261.
with Aor. Imper., 16, 200., 18.
134.
Middle, 13. 110, 525., 14. 26., 15.
645., 16. 671., 18. 286, 308.,
22. 50., 23. 409, 735.
of verbs in -ow, 13. 382.
νέμεσιξ, 13. 121., 14. 80., 15. 103,
211, 227., 16. 544.

INDEX.

ὅ, ὅ τε, ὅτι, = ‘ because,’ ‘ that,’ 15.
AGS. τὸν Sh. 3365 ἼπΠ.. 207,
a7. ΤΟ ΩΣ ἈΦ 1." 26. 8.
21. 150, 41:

Oaths, 14. 272., 19. 258.) 20. 313.,
22. 119.

65¢,=‘here,’ 17. 486., 19. 140.,
50. 7) 275» 25. has. 24.

403.
Optative: 24.664.
(1) in Principal Clauses :
of wzsh, 15. 82., 18. 121, 125:
as an Imperative, 14. 190., 20.
Lar.
of acquiescence, 15. 45, 197., 21.
274, 300., 23, 151, 427., 24.
139, 226.
with ov, 20. 286.
with οὐκ ἄν, 14.126.
with μή (deprecation), 15. 476.,

17. 340.
of unfulfilled condition, 17.

40.
(2) in Dependent Clauses :
of a remote or tmaginary case,
21. 336., 22. 351, 494.
of indefinite frequency, 15. 22.,
21. 609., 24. 768.
by ‘attraction,’ 13. 118, 320,
322.0103 405.5 19. 208ι, 22.
,. 348., 23. 346.
OTE PN, --εἰ μή, 13. 319., 14. 248.,
16. 227.
οὐ, οὐκ, 15. 162, 492., 18. g0., 24.
296, 584.
οὐχί, 15. 716., 16. 762.
οὐδέ-- ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ, 13. 712., 24. 25.
ovros (=zste), 18. 257, 295., 19. -
BO55 187, 203-,.20. 87,435.
21. 223., 22. 38, 488.
ὄφρα, τό. 653.
Oxymoron, 13. 10., 17. 228.
mapa, 13. 267., 16. 115, 312;
_ παρέξ, 24. 434.
in Composition, 14. 54.
Parataxis, 13. 376, 676., 14. 67,
158, 332, 477-, 15. 684. 17.
31., 18. 33, 55, 248, 288., 19.
573. 500.; 20.) 162:, 20.) SO,
τοῦ 202,22." 10; 329) 2870 1

437

23: 173) 577+) 24. 207, 377,
430, 493, 608, 699.

with Anacoluthon, 15. 369, 666.,
17. 500., 20. 50., 23. 483, 627.,
24. 368.

Parenthesis, 16. 259., 19. 27.,

23. 103, 328.

sentence resumed after, 13. 197,
434, 689., 14. 409., 16. 401.,
17. 309, 617.,18.151., 20. 463.

Participle, 15. 364, 581.

indefinite subject understood, 13.
220; 787.,,14. 63., 21. 185,
22.157.

expressing fact as a thing, 13.
38, 352, 545-, 14. 504. 15.
575 17- 2, 402, 489, 538,
564., 18. 60.

constr. with preceding clause,
13. 133, 343, 499-, 14. 26,
I4I., 15. 450, 609., 16. 531,
637, 775.

See also Aorist, Future.

mds, 14. 215., 15. 189., 19. 247.,
24. 260.

περ: ΤΙΣ 205., Τῇ. 3.2... GOS 51:
225, 3 αὖ. Tals ΘΟ ΕΝ lean
308., 24. 35, 749.

περί, 17. 22.

Ca Date ΤΡ ὙΠ. Lonel s 7. 20
65., 22. 70, 95.

δ: Gens; 15: 20425 Τὸ» 170. 1...
147, 240, 666., 18. 265, 279.»
20. 253., 21. 215.

in Composition, 13. 52, 728.,
17. 240, 666.

in Tmesis, 13. 736., 19. 230,
380.

περιπρό, 14. 316.

Perfect (meaning), 13. 60, 79,
3032, ΤῊ. 90,730.) LO 7. 25.
834., 17.204, 748:, 20) 37/7,
22.219, 340, 435, 491., 23. 69,
IOI, 273, 343, 714.) 24. 775.

Personification, 13. 444, 563,
569., 16. 150., 18. 382., 19. 91.,
20. 280., 24. 49.

Personal constr., 13. 726., 15.
τονε δου 21. 265.» 22. 1a ed
243.

438

Play on words, 13. 276, 360., 16
142, 143., 24.611, 730.
Plural:
of abstract Nouns, 13. 108., 15.
620., 16. 354., 18. 93-
of generality, 15. 741., 17. 487,
659., 18. 491, 505., 21. 185,
190, 499.
of oneself, 13. 257.,
Post-Homeric:
stories, 14. 317-, 21. 568., 23.
92, 679., 24. 29, 735, 795-
arts, usages, &c. 15. 679., 18.
219., 24. 163, 480.
Predicate, 13. 99., 14. 108., 18.
272., 20.497.) 24- 377:

15. 224.

Adjective, 14. 258., 17.21, 59,
524., 18. 68, 246:,. 19; 276,
382.,) 22. 510., 22: 251, 287,
530., 24. 294.

Present, 19. 312., 23. 76.
πρό, 16. 188.
c. Gen., 17. 667., 24. 734.

in Composition, 13. 130, 158.,
17 55-, li 2.52 OMZOA. 12 2
22

προτί, πρός, 13. 678., 24. 737.

c. Gen., 15. 0 70., 22.198.

πρῶτον, πρῶτα:

= once.) once ΤΟΣ alls 12.
28}5-. 15: 2 Oye 24 feo 557:

= ‘formerly,’ 23. 462.

τὰ πρῶτα, Τῇ. 612., 23. 523.

Prothysteron (ὕστερον πρότερον).
17. 589., 21. 537., 24. 200,
Relative :

ἐστί, &c., understood, 13. 128.,
17-509.) 19. 43+) 21. 353+) 22.
160, 327.

epithet in the R. clause, 13.
320.; ΤᾺ. 72s) 15. 040... 1ο.
326.

Plural with Sing. antecedent, 14.

410,
ellipse of Antecedent,

14. 81,
404., 17.509., 18. 422, 429.,
19. 2355 205, 337.» 21. 2y6.,

ΘΕΈ ΤΗΣ
ὅτε, = ‘(the time) when,’ 13.

817. +» 10. 337-

INDEX.

οἷος, = ὅτι τοιοῦτος, 18. 95, 262.,
22. 347., 24-376.

οἷον. (Ady.), 13. 633., 15. 287.,
17. 471, 507-5 212 57.5 24.
683.

ws, = OTL τοὕταν, 13. 133., 14.
60., 16. 600., Ig. 290., 21.

273. 24. 388.
ὡς in a τῦξζο, 14: ἸΖ 2
286.

Singular, used distributively, 16.
371, 621., 18. 594., 24. 647.
Indefinite sense: εἷος μέν, 13.
143.» 15- 277+) 17-727: ὄφρα
μέν, 15. 547.
Subjunctive:
(1) in Principal Clauses :
of purpose, 16. 83, 129., 22.
418., 24.595.
of deliberation, 15. 202.
of solemn prediction, 15. 350.,
17. 100., -18. 308., 22. 505.»
23. 345+) 24. 551, 655.
of eae 16) 128: Dyn Τὴ.
93-) 24.
(2) in Dependent Clauses :
with a Relative, 17. 728., 18.
467.
with εἰ, ὅτε, &c., 15. 17., 16
243., 21. 325}. 24. 2525
after a Past Tense, 14. 165.»
U5. 23.) 16. ὅ50., 1... ΜΕ
20. 126., 24. 586.
σύν, 21. 453 (Tm.)., 24. 358 (Tm.),
420 (Tm.), 467 (Tm.).
Synizesis, 17. 89., 18. 458.
Tap, 13. 307., 18. 188.
τε, 13. 734., 16. 688., 19. 221, 330.»
22. 300., 23. 474., 24. 632.
τίς TE, 14. 90, 484., 16. 263., 23.
43.
at, 13. 120) 446, 521. ΠΟ ΡΣ ΣΝ
Io].
τό =‘ therefore,’ 14. 101, 342., 15.
37+» 17+ 404-5 23. 547.
TOU, 13. 115, 773.5 212 110; Lode
ὑπέρ, 17. 321., 21. 167.
ὑπό, 14. 240, 347., 18. 417., 21
Ra, 2305532
c. Dat., 13. 88.

INDEX, 439

in Composition, 16. 333., 18.
319 (Tm.)., 18. 513, 519, 570
(Tm.).

Verbals in -tos, 13. 726., 14. 98,
Ἅ21. 40425) LO 128. 17. 75:

OL Το 27, LOS, γοῦν 15:
278» 515» 625., 16. 375, 591.»
ΤΥ 224. 18: 220. 402-, 21.
56., 23. 86, 692.

c. Acc., 16. εἰ Os 275-5022)

Ω

102:: 24. 2 24. 49.
a form in DAG). 15.614.,23. | Zeugma, 13. 585., 17. 476., 21.
.» 24. 576. 162., 24. 7.

THE END.

: OXFORD
ae PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
BY HORACE HART, M.A.
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY

wy

-
ae ae,
τῇ ᾿
ΤΑ af
« ΤΙ
ty
ἊΝ
Γ
ra
Red
ie
7
oa
ee

Le

LATIN

DICTIONARIES
ELEMENTARY LATIN DICTIONARY. By C. T.

Lewis. 7s. 6d.

LATIN DICTIONARY FOR SCHOOLS. By> ©: ae
Lewis. tes. 6d.

LARGER LATIN DICTIONARY. Founded on Andrews’s

edition of Freund’s Latin Dictionary. Revised, enlarged, and in great
part rewritten, by C. Τὶ Lewis and C. Suort. 255.

GRAMMARS, READERS, ETC.
NEW LATIN GRAMMAR. Based on the Recommenda-

tions of the Joint Committee on Grammatical Terminology. By E. A.
SONNENSCHEIN. 25. 6d.

LINGUA LATINA.
A Series of Readers on the Direct Method edited by W. H. D.
Rouse and S. O. Andrew.
DECEM FABULAE. By W.L. Parng, C. L. Marnwarine,
and KE. Rye. 1s. 6d.
ΠΡ ΠΑΝ ΝΞ. By.W. L. Paine and Ὁ. L. Mame

WARING. 2S.

SECUNDUS ANNUS. By WV ΕΠ 5: JONES. In preparation,
A MASTER’S BOOK. By S. O. ANDREW. In preparation,

fees A ILEN SS ELEMENTARY “SERIES

RUDIMENTA LATINA. 425. -

ELEMENTARY LATIN GRAMMAR. New Edition,
revised and enlarged (238th thousand). as. 6d.

FIRST LATIN EXERCISE BOOK. Eighth Edition. 2s.6d.

SECOND LATIN EXERCISE BOOK. With hints for
continuous prose. 2nd Ed. 3s.6d. Key, to both Exercise Books,
5s. net. (Applications for all Keys to be made direct to the Secretary,
Clarendon Press, Oxford.)

THE OXFORD ELEMENTARY LATIN
READERS

By J. B. Allen. With notes, maps, vocabularies, and
exercises. 1s. 6d. each.

LIVES FROM CORNELIUS NEPOS.

TALES OF EARLY ROME. Adapted from Livy.

TALES OF THE ROMAN REPUBLIC. Adapted from

Livy. In two Parts.
I

CLARENDON PRESS SCHOOL BOOKS

By W. D. Lowe. Simplified and graduated selections with
historical introductions, notes, exercises, vocabularies, etc.
CAESAR IN BRITAIN. From the Gallic War. _ Illus-

trated. Is.

SCENES FROM THE LIFE OF HANNIBAL. From
Livy. 15. 6d.

TALES OF THE CIVIL WAR. From the third book of
Caesar’s Civil War. 15. 6d.
SELECTIONS FROM CICERO. sts. 6d.

SELECTIONS FROM OVID. ts. 6d.

FIRST LATIN READER. ByT.J.Nunns. 3rdEd. as.
EXTRACTS FROM CICERO. With notes. By HENnry
Watrorp. Third Edition, revised. Three parts, 4s. 6d., or each
part 1s. 6d. Part I: Anecdotes from Greek and Roman History.
Part II: Omens and Dreams ; Beauties of Nature. Part III: Rome’s
m4 Rule of her Provinces.

EXTRACTS FROM LIVY. With notes and maps. By
H. Lez-Warner. Each part, 1s.6d. Part]: The Caudine Disaster. New
Edition, revised. Part II : Hannibal’s Campaign in Italy. Part III (By
H. Lee-Warner and T. W. Goutp): The Macedonian War.

SELECTIONS FROM -THE LATIN .LITERATURE
OF THE EARLY EMPIRE. ByA.C.B. Brown. With maps. 4s. 6d.
Separately: Part A (Inner Life), 2s. 6d.; Part B (Outer Life), 2s. 6d.

REDDENDA MINORA. Latin and Greek passages for
unseen translation. For lower forms. By C. 5. JERRAm. Sixth
Edition, revised and enlarged. is. 6d. Separately, Latin Passages, 15.

ANGLICE REDDENDA. Latin and Greek passages for
unseen translation. For middle and upper forms. By Ὁ. 5. JERRAM.
Fifth Edition. 25. 64. Second Series, New Edition (13th thousand),
gs. Third Series, 3s. Separately, Latin Passages (First and Second
Series), 25. 6d.

MODELS AND EXERCISES IN UNSEEN TRANS-
LATION (LATIN AND GREEK). By H. F. Fox and J. M. BRomLey.
With versions of the early passages. Revised Edition. 5s.6d. Key,
with references for later passages, 6d. net.

OXFORD BOOK OF LATIN VERSE. Chosen by H. W. —
GARROD. 6s. net; on Oxford India Paper, 7s. 6d. net.

SELECTIONS FROM ἜΣΤΕ, LESS KNOWN LATIN
POETS. By N. PInDER. 4s. ne

PERVIGILIUM VENERIS._ With introduction by J. W.
MAcKAIL.

NOVUM ESTAMENTUM LATINE. Edited by J.
WorpsworTH and H. J. WHITE. From 25. net.

JUNIOR HISTORY OF ROME. See p. 47.

2

LATIN

COMPOSITION

PROSE

LATIN PROSE PRIMER. Passages for continuous
prose, with hints. By J. Y. Sarcent. The Second Part of this book
forms a companion to Easy Passages for Translation into Latin.
Second Edition. 525. 6d.

PASY PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION INTO
LATIN. By J. Y. Sarcent. Eighth Edition. 2s. 6d. Key, 5s. net.

ΕΛ PROSE COMPOSITION. By G. G. Ramsay,
Fourth Edition. Feap 8vo. Cloth.
Vol. 1: Syntax and Exercises. 4s. 6d.

Or, Part I: First Year’s Course. Exercises, passages for continuous
prose, and hints. With vocabulary. ts. 6d.

Part 11: Second Year’s Course. Exercises, passages for continuous
prose, and hints. With vocabulary. 15, 6d.

Part III: Syntax and Appendix. 2s. δά.
KEY to the volume, 5s. net.

Vol. Il: Passages for Translation. With an introduction on continuous
prose. 4s. 6d.

LATIN PROSE VERSIONS. Contributed by various
Scholars. Edited by G. G. Ramsay. 5s.

VERSE

NORMA ELEGIACA. A Standard for the Writing of
Latin Elegiacs. By R. L.A. Du PonTer. ts.
Peers, HINTS, AND EXERCISES FOR LATIN

ELEGIACS. With vocabulary. By H. LEz-Warner. 3s. 6d. Key,
4s. 6d. net.

DEMONSTRATIONS IN LATIN ELEGIAC VERSE.

Exercises, versions, and notes. For teachers. By W. H. ἢ. Εουξε.
4s. 6d.

RESPONSIONS PAPERS IN STATED SUBJECTS

(exclusive of Books), 1906-11. Mathematics, Grammar, Latin Prose,
and Unprepared Translation. With answers to mathematical questions
and introduction. By C. A. Marcon and F. G, BRaBant. 35. 6d. net.

3

CLARENDON PRESS SCHOOL BOOKS

ANNOTATED TEXTS

CAESAR: Gallic War, I-VII. By Sr. Greorce Stock.
Vol. I: Introduction, 5s. Vol. Il: Text and Notes, 6s.

Gallic War. By Ὁ. E. Moperty. With maps. 2nd Ed.
III-V, 2s. 6d.; VI-VIII, 3s. 6d.

Civil War. By Ὁ. E. Moperty. New Edition. 3s. 6d.
SE eases Selections. (Text only.) By Rosinson EL Is.

3s. 6

Beets on Catullus. By Roprnson E:tis. 18s. net.

CICERO: De Amicitia. By St. GEorGE Stock. 35.
De Senectute. By L. HuxLey. 25.
In Catilinam. By E.A.Urcotr. 3rd Ed., rev. 2s. 6d.
In Q. Caecilium Divinatio and In Verrem I. By J. R.

Kine. Second Edition, revised. 2s.
Pro Cluentio. By G. G. Ramsay. Second Edition. 3s. 6d.

Pro Marcello, Pro Ligario, Pro Rege Deiotaro. By
W. Y. Fausset. Second Edition. 25. 6d.

Pro Milone. By A.B. Poynton. Second Ed. 25. 6d.

Philippic Orations, I, II, III, V, VII. By J. R. Kine.
New Edition, revised by A ες: CLARK. 3s. 6d.

Pro Roscio. By St. GrorcE Stock. 3s. 6d.

Select Orations, viz. In Verrem Actio Prima, De Imperio
Gn. Pompeii, Pro Archia, Philippica IX. By J. R. Kine. Second
Edition (10th thousand). 25. 6d.

Selected Letters. By Ὁ. E. Pricuarp and E. R. BrEr-

NARD. Second Edition. 3s.

Selected Letters. (Text only.) By ALBERT Watson.
Second Edition. 4s.

Somnium Scipionis. (Text only.) 3d. paper, 4d. cloth.

CORNELIUS NEPOS. By Oscar Browning. Third
Edition, revised by ὟΝ. R. INGE. 35.

ERASMUS: Selections. By P. 5. Δεν. Illustrated.
With vocabulary. 3s. 6d. and (India Paper) 4s. 6d.
4

LATIN

HORACE. By E. C. WickuHam.

The Works. In 2 vols., crown 8vo. I: Odes, Carmen
Saeculare, and Epodes. Second Edition. II: Satires, Epistles,
and De Arte Poetica. 6s. each. Separately, Odes, I, 2s.

Odes, Carmen Saeculare, and Epodes. Demy 8vo.
Third Edition. 7s. 6d.

Selected Odes. Second Edition. 25.
ee Thirteen Satires (I, III-V, VII, VIII, X-X VI).

By C. H. Pearson and HERBERT A. STRONG. Second Edition. 95.

Diva, ΒΥ Sir J. R. SEEtry. 6s.

V-VII. By A. R. CLuer. New Edition, revised by P. E.
MaTHEsoN. 55. Separately: V, 2s. 6d.; VI and VII, 2s. each.

IX. By T.Nicxiin. With vocabulary, 3s. ; without, 2s. 6d.

XXI-XXIII. By M.T.TatHam. Second Edition, en-
larged. 5s. Separately: XXI and XXII, 2s. 6d. each.

LUCRETIUS, V. By W. Ὁ. Lowe. 3s. 6d. Separately,
ll. 1-782, 2s. ; ll. 783-1457, 2s.

MARTIAL: Select Epigrams. By R. T. BrincE and
E. D. C. Lake.

Spectaculorum Liber & I-VI. 3s. 6d. Separately,

Introduction and Notes, 2s.
VII-XII. 3s.6d. Separately, Introduction and Notes, 2s.

Select Epigrams. Text and critical notes. By W. M.
Linpsay. 35. 6d. and (India Paper) 5s.

OVID: Selections. By G. G. Ramsay. With appendix on
Roman calendar, by W. Ramsay. Third Edition. 55. 6d.

Tristia. By S. G. Owen. I, Third Edition, 3s. 6d.

III, Second Edition, revised, 2s.

Metamorphoses, Book III. By M. Cartwricut. With

or without vocabulary, 2s.

Metamorphoses, Book XI. By G.A. T. Davies. With

or without vocabulary, 25.

Stories from the Metamorphoses. By D. A. SLATER.
Illustrated. With or without vocabulary. 25. 6d.

Selections. Hexameter and Elegiac. By A. C. B.

Brown. With or without vocabulary. ts. 6d.

PERSIUS: Satires. With translation and commentary by
J. Conineton. Edited by H. Netrresuip, Third Edition. 85. 6d.

Ὁ

CLARENDON PRESS SCHOOL BOOKS

PLAUTUS: Captivi. By W. M. Linpsay. Ed. 2. 25. 6d.

Mostellaria. By E. A. SoNNENSCHEIN. Text interleaved.
Second Edition. 4s. 6d.

Rudens. By E. A. SoNNENSCHEIN. Text and appendix
on scansion interleaved. 4s. 6d.

Trinummus. By Ὁ. E. FREEmANand A. Stoman. Fourth
Edition. 3s.

PLINY: Selected Letters. By C. E. Pricnarp and E.R:
Bernarp. Third Edition. gs.
PROPERTIUS. See Tibullus.
QUINTILIAN : Institutio Oratoria, X. By W. PETERson.
Second Edition. 35. 6d.
SALLUST: Catiline and Jugurtha, By W. W. Capes.
Second Edition. 4s. 6d.
TACITUS. By H. Furneaux.
Annals, I-IV. Second Edition. 5s. Separately, I, 2s.
Annals. (Text only.) 6s.
Agricola. 6s. 6d.
Germania. 6s. 6d.
By H. Pitman. Annals V—XII. 3s.6d. Annals, XIII-
XVI. With map. 45. 6d.
TERENCE: Adelphi. By A. Stoman. Second Edition. 3s.
Andria. By C. Ε. Freeman and A. Stoman. and Ed.,

revised. 3S.

Famulus. As performed at Westminster School. By
J. Sarceaunt and A. G. 5. Raynor. 25.

Phormio. By A.Stoman. Second Edition, revised. 35.
Comedies. ByS.G.AsHMoreE. 6s. (Published by Mr. Frowde.)
TIBULLUS AND PROPERTIUS: Selections. Εν
G. G. Ramsay. Third Edition, revised. 65.
VIRGIL. By T. L. Papition and A. E. Hateu.
Works. Two volumes. 35. 6d. (cloth 6s.) each. Sepa-
rately: Aeneid, in parts, I-III, IV-VI, VII-IX, X-XII, 25. each ;
Aeneid, 1X, by A. E. Haicu, 1s.6d.; Bucolics and Georgics, 2s. 6d.
Text only, 3s. 6d. (Oxford India Paper, 5s.).
By C. 5. JERRAM.
Aeneid, 1. ts. 6d. Bucolics. 2s. 6d.
Georgics, I-II and III-IV. 25. 6d. each.
For Oxford Classical Texts see p. το.
6

Books published during the twelve months ending June 1, 1912,
ee
or in the press, or in preparation, are underlined.
Se ξ Ζ εξ 15 25325 8 9:88 :5 ᾿ξ Ξ. ΕΞ 55:55:

GREEK

DICTIONARIES

ΒΗ G. LIDDELL AND ΒΕ. SCOTE
ABRIDGED GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON. Twenty-
first Edition. 7s. 6d.
INTERMEDIATE GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON.
125. 6d.

LARGER GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON. Eighth

Edition, revised throughout. 36s.

GRAMMARS, READERS, ETC.

ELEMENTARY GREEK GRAMMAR. ByE. E. Bryant
and. Εἰ. D) €. LaKr. 25. 6d.
ELEMENTARY GREEK GRAMMAR. By J. B. ALLEN.

38.

WORDSWORTH’S GREEK PRIMER. 15. 6d.
SELECTIONS FROM HERODOTUS. Adapted and
graduated by W. D. Lowe. With notes and vocabulary. 2s. 6d.
GREEK READER. Adapted, with English notes, from
Professor von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff’s Griechisches Lesebuch. With

vocabularies. By E. C. Marcuant. Two volumes. 25. each.

SEEECTIONS FROM PLUTARCH’S LIFE OF
CAESAR. With notes. By R. L.A. Du Ponter. 25.

SELECT DIALOGUES OF LUCIAN. Prepared for
schools. With short notes in Greek. By ὟΝ. H. Ὁ. Rouse. Text, 25.
Notes, 2s.

FIRST GREEK READER. With notes and vocabu-
lary. By W.G. RusHsrooxe. Third Edition. as. 6d.

SECOND GREEK READER. Selections from Herodotus.
With introd., notes, and vocabulary. By A. M. Bett. 2nd Ed. 3s.

EASY SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON. Adapted,
with notes, vocabulary, maps, and illustrations. By J. S. PHILLPoTTs
and C. S. Jerram. Third Edition. 35. 6d.

SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON. Adapted, with
notes, maps, and illustrations as above. By J. 5. Puirtporrs. New
Edition. 35. 6d. Key (to §§ 1-3), 2s. 6d. net.

REDDENDA MINORA. Greek and Latin passages for
unseen translation. For lower forms. By Ὁ. 5. Jerram. Sixth
Edition, revised and enlarged. ts. 6d.

-

͵]

CLARENDON PRESS SCHOOL BOOKS

ANGLICE REDDENDA. Greek and Latin passages for

unseen translation. For middle and higher forms. ByC. S. JERRAM.
Fifth Edition. 2s.6d. Second Series, New Edition, 3s. Third Series,
35. Separately, Greek Passages (First and Second Series), 3s.

SELECTIONS FROM GREEK EPIC AND DRAMATIC
POETRY. With introd. and notes. By Everyn Apport. 4s. 6d.

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE COMPARATIVE
Grammar of Greek and Latin. By J. E. Kine and C. Cooxson. 55. 6d.

MODELS AND EXERCISES IN UNSEEN TRANS-
LATION (LATIN AND GREEK). By H. F. Fox and J. M. Bromtey.
With versions of the early passages. Revised Edition. 5s. 6d. Key,
with references for later passages, 6d. net.

GOLDEN TREASURY OF GREEK PROSE. By Sir
ΒΕ. S. Wricut and J. E. L. SHADWELL. 4s. 6d.

COMPOSITION

GRAECE REDDENDA. Exercises for translation into
Greek, with vocabulary. By C. 5. Jerram. 25. 6d.

PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION INTO GREEK. By
J. Y. Sarcent. 3s. EXEMPLARIA GRAECA (select Greek versions
of some passages in same), 35.

HELPS, HINTS, AND EXERCISES FOR GREEK
VERSE COMPOSITION. ByC. E. Laurence. 3s. 6d. Key, 5s. net.

MODELS AND MATERIALS FOR GREEK IAMBIC
VERSE. By J. Y.Sarcent. 4s. 6d. Key, 5s. net.

NEW TESTAMENT IN GREEK
GREEK TESTAMENT. With the Readings adopted by

the Revisers of the Authorized Version, and marginal references. 4s. 6d.

THE OXFORD GREEK TESTAMENT: the same, with

a new apparatus criticus. By A. Souter. 3s. net; on Oxford India
paper, 4s. net.

NOVUM TESTAMENTUM. Edited by C. Lioyp. 35.
With appendices by W. Sanpay, 6s.

NOVUM TESTAMENTUM. Juxta exemplar Millianum.
2s. 6d.

EVANGELIA SACRA GRAECE. 15. 6d.

GREEK TESTAMENT PRIMER. Edited by E. Mitter.
Second Edition. 25. (paper boards), 3s. 6d. (cloth).

RESPONSIONS PAPERS. See p. 39.
8

GREEK

ANNOTATED TEXTS

AESCHYLUS. By A. Sipewicx.
Agamemnon. Sixth Edition, revised. 35.
Choephoroi. New Edition, revised. 3s.
Eumenides. Third Edition. 235.
Persae. 35. Septem contra Thebas. 3s.

By A. O. PRicKARD.
Prometheus Bound. Fourth Edition, revised. 2s.
Prometheus Bound. Translated by R.WuitTELaw. With
introduction and notes by J. ChurtTon Co.Ltins. 15. net.
Agamemnon. Translated by J. Conincton. With intro-
duction and notes by J. Courton Cottins. 15. net.
APPIAN, I. With map. By J. L. Srracuan-Davipson.
gs. 6d.

ARISTOPHANES. By W. W. Merry.
Acharnians. Fifth Edition, revised. 3s.
Birds. Fourth Edition. 3s. 6d.
Clouds. Third Edition. 3s.
Frogs. Fifth Edition. 3s.
Knights. Second Edition, revised. 3s.
Peace. 38. 6d. Wasps. Second Edition. 3s. 6d.

CEBES: Tabula. By C. 5: JeErram. Paper, ts. 6d.; cloth,
25. 6d.

DEMOSTHENES. ByEvetyn ΑΒΒΟΤΤ and P. E. MATHESON.
Against Philip. Vol. I: Philippic I, Olynthiacs I-III.
Fourth Edition. 3s. Vol. 11: De Pace, Philippics II-III,
De Chersoneso. 4s. 6d. Separately, Philippics I-III,
2s. 6d.

On the Crown. 35. 6d.
Against Meidias. By J. R. Kine. 3s. 6d.

DEMOSTHENES and AESCHINES: On the Crown. By
G. A. Stmcox and W. H. Simcox. 125.

EURIPIDES: Alcestis. ByC.S. Jerram. 5thEd. 25. 6d.
Bacchae. By A. H. CruicKsHANnK. 3s. 6d.
Cyclops. By W. E. Lone. 2s. 6d.
Hecuba. By Ὁ. B. HEBERDEN. 2s. 6d.
Helena. By ( 5: Jerram. Second Ed., revised. 3s.
Heracleidae. By C.S.JERRam. New Ed., revised. 3s.
9

CLARENDON PRESS SCHOOL BOOKS

EURIPIDES (continued): lon. By (Ὁ. 5. JeERRAmM. 35.
Iphigenia in Tauris. By C. 5. JERRAmM. New Ed. 35.
Medea. By Ὁ. B. HeBerpen. 3rd Ed., revised. 2s.
Alcestis. Translated by H. Kynaston. With intro-

duction and notes by J. Cuurton Cottins. 15. net.

HERODOTUS ‘Selections. By W. W. Merry. 2s. 6d.
IX. By Everyn ABBOTT. 35.

V-VI. By Evetyn ABBoTT. 6s.
HOMER: Iliad, I-XII. With Homeric grammar. By

D.B. Monro. Fifth Edition, revised. 6s. Separately, 1, with grammar
and notes, Third Edition, 15. 6d.

XIII-XXIV. By D. B. Monro. Fourth Edition. 6s.
III. By M. T. Tatuam. 15. 6d.
XXI. By Hersert HamstTone. 15. 6d.
Odyssey. By W. W. Merry.
I-XII. Sixty-sixth thousand. 5s. Separately, 1 and II,
1s. 6d. each; VI-VII, ts. 6d. ; VII-XII, 3s.
XIII-XXIV. Sixteenth thousand, revised. 5s. Sepa-
rately, XIII-XVIII, 3s.; XIX-XXIV, 3s.
ISOCRATES: Cyprian Orations. Evagoras, Ad Nicoclem,
Nicocles aut Cyprii. By E.S. Forster. 3s. 6d.
LUCIAN: Vera Historia. By Ὁ. 5. Jerram. Second

Edition, revised and enlarged. 15. 6d.
LYSIAS: Epitaphios. By F. J. SNELL. 2s.

PLATO: Apology. BySt.Grorce Stock. 3rd Ed. 25. 6d.
Crito. By St. GEoRGE STOCK. 2s.
Euthydemus. By E. H. Girrorp. 3s. 6d.
Euthyphro. By Sr. GeorGE Stock. 2s. 6d.
Ion. By St. GzorcE Stock. 2s. 6d.
Menexenus. By J. A. SHAWYER. 25.
Meno. BySrt.Gerorce Stock. 3rd Ed., revised. 2s. 6d.
Phaedo. By J. BURNET. 55.
Selections. By J. Purves. Second Edition. 5s.

PLUTARCH: Lives of the Gracchi. By G, E. UNDERHILL.

4s. 6d.
Life of Coriolanus. 25.

SOPHOCLES. By Lewis CampsBe.t and EveLyn ABBOTT.
New and revised Edition. Vol. I: text, 45. 6d. Vol. II: notes, 6s.
Separately (text with notes): Ajax, Antigone, Electra, Oedipus Coloneus, —
Oedipus Tyrannus, Philoctetes, Trachiniae, 2s. each.

Ex recensione G. DinporFi. Each play, paper covers, 6d. ; Ajax
also in cloth, 8d. “ΞΕ

Io

GREEK

SOPHOCLES (continued): Scenes. With illustrations. By
C. Ε. Laurence. I: Ajax. II: Antigone. 15. 6d. each.
Antigone. Translated by R. WuiTELaw. With intro-
duction and notes by J. Cuurton Co.ttins. 15. net.
Electra. Translated by R. WHitTELaAw. With MatrHew
ARNOLD’s Merope. With introduction and notes by J. CouRTON
Couns. 35. 6d.

THEOCRITUS. ByH.Kynaston. Fifth Edition. 4s. 6d.

THUCYDIDES, IJ. By H. F. Fox. 3s.6d. IV. By
T. R. Mitts. 38. 6d. ; separately, Notes, 25. 6d.

XENOPHON: Anabasis. With vocabulary to each volume.
By J. MarsHatt. I, II (by Ὁ. 5. Jerram), III, IV, 1s. 6d. each.
III-IV, 3s. Separately, Vocabulary, ts.

Cyropaedia. By C. Biec. I, 2s. IV-V, as. 6d.

Hellenica. By G. E. UNDERHILL. 7s. 6d. net. Separately,
Notes, 7s. 6d. I-II, 35.

Memorabilia. By J. MARSHALL. 45. 6d.

ANCIENT HISTORY, ETC.

JUNIOR HISTORY OF ROME. To the death of Caesar.
By M. Hamixton. Intro. L.H. HEerperrt. Illustr. 4s. 6d.

GREEK COMMONWEALTH. Politics and Economics
in Fifth Century Athens. By A. E. Zimmern. 8s. 6d. net.

GREEK GENIUS AND ITS MEANING TO US. By
R. W. LivinGsToNE. 6s. net.

COMPANION TO ROMAN HISTORY. By H. 5. Jones.
Illustrated. 155. net.

ATTIC THEATRE. A description of the Stage and

Theatre of the Athenians. By A. E. Haieu. Illustrated. Third Edition,
revised and partly rewritten by A. W. PickaRD-CAMBRIDGE. 105. 6d. net.

RISE OF THE GREEK EPIC. By Girpert Murray.
Second Edition. 7s. 6d. net.

ANCIENT CLASSICAL DRAMA. By R. G. Moutton.
8s. 6d.

SOURCES FOR ROMAN HISTORY, s.c. 133-70. By

A. H. J. GREENIDGE and A. M. Cray. 55. 6d. net:

SOURCES FOR GREEK HISTORY between the Per-
sian and Peloponnesian Wars. ByG.F.Hitt. Reissue. tos. 6d. net.

LATIN HISTORICAL INSCRIPTIONS, illustrating the
history of the Early Empire. By G. MeN. RusurortuH. os. net.

MANUAL OF GREEK HISTORICAL INSCRIP-
TIONS. By E.L. Hicks. New Edition, revised by G. F. Hitt. 125. 6d.

11

OXFORD CLASSICAL TEXTS

Asconius. CLarK. 3s. 6d.

Caesaris Commentarii. Du Ponte.
2vols. 2s. 6d. and 25.

‘Complete, 7s.)

Catulli Carmina. Etuis. as. 6d.

Catullus, Tibullus, Propertius. (8s.6d.)

Ciceronis Epistulae. Purser.

4 vols. 6s., 45. 6d., 4s. 6d., 3s.
(Complete, 215.)

Ciceronis Orationes. Mil., Caesari-
anae, Phil. CiarK. 93s.—Sex.
Rosc., Imp., Clu., Cat., Mur., Cael.
Ciark. 3s.—Verrinae. PETERSON.
4s. (3 vols. in 1, 18s. 6d.)—Quinct.,
Rosc.Com., Caec.,Agr., Rab.Perd.,
Flacc., Pis., Rab. Post. Crark.
3s.—Post. Red., Dom., Har. Resp.,
Sest., Vat., Prov. Cons., Balb.
PETERSON. 3S.—Tull., Font., Sull.,
Arch., Plane., Scaur. CLark.
2s. 6d. (3 vols. in 1, 16s.)

Ciceronis Rhetorica. WHuxk1ns.
2vols. 3s. and gs. 6d.
(Complete, 7s. 6d.)

Corneli Nepotis Vitae. WinsTEDT. 2s.

Horati Opera. WickHAmM and
GARROD. 35. (45. 6d.)

Isidori Etymologiae. Linpsay. 2

vols., 20s. (25s.)

Lucreti de Rerum Natura. Bal ey.
3s. (45.)

Martialis Epigrammata. Luinpsay.
6s. (7s. 6d.)

Persi et Iuvenalis Saturae. Owen.
3s. (4s.)

Plauti Comoediae. Linpsay. Vol. I,
6s. Vol. II, 6s. (Complete, 16s.)
Properti Carmina. PHILLIMORE. 35.
Stati Silvae. PHILLimore. 35. 6d.
Stati Thebais et Achilleis. Garrop.
6s. (With Silvae, ros. 6d.)
Taciti Op. Min. FurRNrEAUX. 2s.
Taciti Annales. FisHeR. 6s. (75.)
Taciti Historiae. FisHEr. 4s. (5s.6d.)
(Hist., Ann., Op. Min., 15s.)
TerentiComoediae. TyRRELL. 3s. 6d.
(55.)
Tibulié Carmina. PosTGATE. 25.

Vergili Opera. HrrtzeL. 3s. 6d.
(4s. 6d.)
Appendix Vergiliana. ELtis. 45.

Aeschyli Tragoediae. Sipewick.
gs. 6d. (4s. 6d.)

Antoninus. Lropotp. 3s. (4s.)

Apolionii Rhodii Argonautica, Sra-
TON. 3S.

Aristophanis Comoediae. Hatt and
GELDART. 2 vols., 3s. 6d. each.
(Complete, 8s. 6d.)

Bucolici Graeci. von WILamo-
WiTz-MoELLENDORFF. 35. (45.)
Demosthenis Orationes. ButcHer.

Vol. I, 4s. 6d. Vol. II, Pt. 1, 3s. 6d.
(Vols. I and II, Part I, ras. 6d.)
Euripidis Tragoediae. Murray.

Vol. I, gs. 6d. Vol. II, 3s. 6d.
(Vols. I and II together, gs.) Vol.
III, 3s. 6d. (4s. 6d.)
(Complete, ras. 6d.)

Hellenica Oxyrhynchia cum Theo-
pompi et Cratippi Fragmentis.
GRENFELL and Hunt. 45. 6d.

Herodoti Historiae. Hupz. 2 vols.,
45. 6d.each. (Complete, ras. 6d.)

Homeri Ilias. Monro and ALLEN.
2 vols., 3s. each. (Complete, 7s.)

Homeri Odyssea. ALLEN. 2 vols.,

gs. each. (Complete, 6s.)
Homeri Hymni, &c. ALien. 4s. 6d.
(55: )
Hyperides. Kenyon. 35. 6d.
Longinus. PricKARD. 2s. 6d.
Lysias. Huber. In the press.

Platonis Opera. Burnet. Vols. I-III,
6s. each (7s. each; I-III, 2os.).
Vol. IV, 7s. (8s. 6d.). Vol. V, 8s.
(tos. 6d.; IV-V, 18s.) Separately
—Respublica, 6s. (7s.); on 4to
paper, tos. 6d.; First and Fifth
Tetralogies, paper covers, 25.
each; Sixth, cloth, 4s., paper
covers, 35. 6d.; Apology and
Meno, 2s. 6d.

Theophrasti Characteres.
35. 6d.

Thucydidis Historiae. Jones. 2 vols.,
3s. 6d. each. (Complete, 8s. 6d.)
Xenophontis Opera. Marcuanrt,
4 vols, 1, Ill, 9s.7seach ΝΣ
3s. 6d. each. (Complete, 125. 6d.)

Tragicorum Fragmenta Papyracea.

Hunt. 35.

DIELs,

Prices above are for cloth bindings (in brackets, for editions on Oxford

India Paper).

In paper covers, 6d. less per vol. (1s. less for those from

6s. in cloth). Prices for interleaved copies in stiff cloth on application.

APR 0 9 1999

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

ist a

i ay 4

᾿ i
i ATG
CAO ys

| .
δ

y
\ S23

ΤΩ
Ne
GA\sy

ἀκ ων

Noe
Ee
i ἴω:
A
op

oe

᾿ ΩΝ
aye

Wy
Mehr

Ὗ ον νῷ Ne

DATARS
ms

Hi
oe

we

WN
fens
ily

mY ON s
EPS RUIN KOU

t
RON)
weal

bea

agen)

eat? BM},

AS ia
uf